.
VR
delemonico's Journal


delemonico's Journal

THIS JOURNAL IS ON 11 FAVORITE JOURNAL LISTS

Honor: 0    [ Give / Take ]

PROFILE




38 entries this month
 

Hydrogen cars

18:45 Jul 27 2006
Times Read: 1,228


GM and Shell Bringing Hydrogen-Powered Vehicles to New York



By KEN MAGILL - Staff Reporter of the Sun

January 28, 2005



A D V E R T I S E M E N T





A D V E R T I S E M E N T



General Motors Corporation and Shell Oil Company announced plans yesterday to bring a small fleet of hydrogen-powered automobiles to the metro-New York area.



However, the average consumer shouldn't expect to be driving one of these pollution-free automobiles anytime soon.



GM plans to provide 13 fuel-cell-powered vehicles to an undetermined commercial fleet owner, and Shell Oil plans to establish the state's first hydrogen service station at an existing Shell station in New York City sometime in 2006.



Unlike gasoline-powered automobiles, hydrogen-powered vehicles emit only water.



"This fleet will put New York in the forefront on the road to the future," said the vice president of GM research and development and planning, Lawrence Burns, at a press conference yesterday at Tavern on the Green.



The two companies unveiled a similar initiative in November in Washington, D.C., where there are six hydrogen-powered vehicles in operation.



Five of those vehicles are being used as test-drive vehicles by politicians, educational groups, and business leaders.





Fuel Cell Vehicles Deepen US Dependence on Foreign Hydrogen



RYIADH, SAUDI ARABIA- Futurists and visionaries have long tauted the promise of hydrogen-based fuel cells as an environmentally friendly energy alternative to petroleum, and now, after decades of experimentation and innovation, it seems that America's greener future has finally arrived as dozens of new hydro-powered vehicles hit the market. No longer will millions of tailpipe's belch fumes into the atmosphere, destroy acres of rain forest, or displace adorable mammals from their natural habitat. To meet demand for this new fuel, civic-minded strip miners are at this very moment busy uncovering cubic miles of earth in search of the elusive element most commonly found in the exotic mineral zeolite.



In a study published in this month's issue of Obscure Earth Science Quarterly, geologists say that roughly 90% of the world's supply of hydrogen-rich zeolite lies in a concentrated pocket beneath Saudi Arabia, a fact that might have best been disclosed before Congress mandated the switch to hydrogen earlier this year.



The market for the new fuel is exploding, proving once again that people will make good decisions for the long-term health of the planet when forced by law to do so.



More proof of hydrogen's reputation as a safe and environmentally friendly fuel came last week when a hydro-tanker ran aground, breeching its hull on another tanker that had sunk there just weeks before.



Rather than ending up with a sticky petroleum mess, the hydrogen spill was remarkably tidy. In fact there was no cleanup needed at all since the resulting explosion killed everyone and destroyed everything within a mile radius.



On Tuesday, members of the newly-formed HyPEC cartel announced a planned cut in production to protect prices for this new commodity- in spite of the fact that production has yet to begin.



"How ironic it would be for people who hate Americans so much to have so much power over them," said HyPEC chairman Wadi Al Yankovic. "That would be really, really awkward I think- sort of like murdering your daughter for dishonoring the family and then seeing her at breakfast the next morning like nothing happened. Weird."





RELATED STORIES

New Fuel Cell Car Unveiled: The 2003 Ford Hindenburg

Billy Joel Fires Toonces As Personal Chauffeur

New California Emissions Standards Outlaw Flatulence

Traffic Accident Validates Decades of Nagging

New EPA Chief Promises Better Environment For Automobiles Everywhere

Members of Congress called upon the President to rebuke HyPEC for its arrogance, but White House spokesman Scott McClellan reminded everyone of the golden rule of this new economy: sitting atop a mound of highly pure mineral-form hydrogen means that someone can do and say pretty much whatever they want.



"This HyPEC situation is getting out of hand," said Senator Pete Domenici (R. New Mexico) on CNN's Crossfire. "At some point we will have to reduce or eliminate our dependence on foreign hydrogen."



"Well, clearly the solution is to use less energy, to conserve," interjected Dick Durbin (D. Illinois). "These people with their hydrogen-guzzling XUV's are going to have to come to grips with the consequences associated with limitless use of limited resources."



The other members of the panel denounced the argument as a load of crap and immediately began beating Durbin ferociously about the face and neck. The next question on anyone's mind is not what Americans need to sacrifice but whom we must kill to make things right.



All of this has led some in Washington to suspect that the US might invade a handful of Arab countries to secure the precious zeolite and protect the foundation of the new hydrogen economy before it slides further into the even newer hydrogen recession.



Sources inside the administration indicate that Bush's advisers are pressuring the President to act now, before Americans are paying $300 per canister at the corner hydrostation, but so far he has refused to come out publicly in favor of another regime-changing resources raid.



Aides say it might take two to three months for the President to come to the American people and the UN with his plans for war. This makes sense since experts say it will take at least that long to cook up the intelligence to justify such an action.



Just in case the President does decide to go to war in the near future, anti-war activists have taken proactive steps to bewail it including a 50-foot-long "NO BLOOD FOR HYDROGEN" banner across the front gate of the White House along Pennsylvania Avenue.



Unfortunately, the banner faced out toward the street so Bush never had a chance to read it





Institute of Transportation

Studies

(University of California, Davis)

Year 2000 Paper UCD-ITS-RR-00-09

A ZEV Credit Scheme for Zero-Emission

Heavy-Duty Trucks

Timothy Lipman

University of California, Davis

This paper is posted at the eScholarship Repository, University of California.

http://repositories.cdlib.org/itsdavis/UCD-ITS-RR-00-09

Copyright c

2000 by the author.

A ZEV Credit Scheme for Zero-Emission

Heavy-Duty Trucks

Abstract

Zero and near-zero emission vehicles based on electric-drive technology have

the potential to play a long-term role in alleviating the air pollution, greenhouse

gas, and energy use concerns associated with conventional vehicles. Most attention

has focused on electric-drive technologies for light-duty vehicles (LDVs), but

some electric-drive technologies are also suitable for heavy-duty vehicle (HDV)

applications.

HDVs are in fact particularly attractive targets for zero-emission technology

because they produce a disproportionate share of motor vehicle pollution in

California and the U.S. HDVs are largely based on diesel engine technology, and

these diesel engines produce high emission levels of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and

fine particulates (PM10). PM10 emissions in particular are increasingly seen as

having the most serious health effects of all vehicle pollutants. Furthermore, the

vast majority of HDV travel is by heavy-duty trucks (HDTs), but these vehicles

are at present less-stringently regulated than urban transit buses (particularly

given the recent CARB regulation to reduce urban transit bus emissions beginning

in 2002).

In order to investigate the potential of stimulating the development of zeroemission

HDTs, and their introduction into California-based HDT fleets, this

report anlayzes the potential for broadening the ZEV mandate to allow manufacturers

of zero-emission HDTs to be awarded ZEV credits. The report analyzes

the average relative emission levels of carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons

(HCs), NOx, and PM10 from LDVs and HDTs in California, as estimated in

the latest version of the CARB mobile source emission inventory model, EMFAC2000.

Using these estimates of the relative emission reduction potential of

zero-emission LDVs and medium and heavy HDTs, along with estimates of the

average annual mileage for these vehicle classes, potential ZEV credit award

levels for zero-emission HDTs are estimated.

The findings are that from 42 to 226 ZEV credits could in principle be justified

to be awarded to manufacturers of zero-emission HDTs, depending on

the model year of their introduction (from 2001 to 2010) and the HDT weight

class, if the four pollutants are weighted according to their approximate relative

damage values. These damage values reflect the impact on each pollutant to

human health in major California urban areas. Using a simpler scheme that

does not consider the relative damages from the pollutants, and that weights

each pollutant equally, potential ZEV credit award levels range from 24 to 100

credits for zero-emission HDTs.

A ZEV Credit Scheme for

Zero-Emission Heavy-Duty Trucks

UCD-ITS-RR-00-09

By

Timothy E. Lipman

November 2000

Institute of Transportation Studies

One Shields Avenue

University of California, Davis

Davis, California 95616

Tel. 530/752-0247 Fax 530/752-6572

http://www.engr.ucdavis.edu/~its/

email: itspublications@ucdavis.edu

i

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to acknowledge the assistance of Jeff Long, of CARB’s Motor Vehicle

Analysis Branch, and CJ Brodrick and Dan Sperling, of ITS-Davis, in providing

data and comments that were helpful in the completion of the analysis described

in this report.

This project was conducted with funding provided by General Hydrogen, but I

alone am responsible for the report contents and findings.

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Executive Summary ..................................................................................................... 1

Introduction...................................................................................................................2

The California ZEV Mandate...................................................................................... 4

Emissions from Diesel Trucks .................................................................................... 5

Diesel Emissions and Human Health.................................................................... 6

Emission Standards for Heavy Duty Vehicles ..................................................... 7

Actual Emissions from Heavy-Duty Vehicles...................................................... 8

Pollutant Emissions from LDVs............................................................................... 12

Potential ZEV Credit Schemes for Zero-Emission Heavy-Duty Trucks ............ 13

Methods for Estimating ZEV Credits for HDTs ................................................ 13

Conclusions and Policy Recommendations ........................................................... 22

References.................................................................................................................... 24

Appendix A...............................................................................................................A-1

1

Executive Summary

Zero and near-zero emission vehicles based on electric-drive technology have the

potential to play a long-term role in alleviating the air pollution, greenhouse gas,

and energy use concerns associated with conventional vehicles. Most attention

has focused on electric-drive technologies for light-duty vehicles (LDVs), but

some electric-drive technologies are also suitable for heavy-duty vehicle (HDV)

applications.

HDVs are in fact particularly attractive targets for zero-emission technology because

they produce a disproportionate share of motor vehicle pollution in California and the

U.S. HDVs are largely based on diesel engine technology, and these diesel engines

produce high emission levels of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and fine particulates (PM10).

PM10 emissions in particular are increasingly seen as having the most serious health

effects of all vehicle pollutants. Furthermore, the vast majority of HDV travel is by

heavy-duty trucks (HDTs), but these vehicles are at present less-stringently regulated

than urban transit buses (particularly given the recent CARB regulation to reduce urban

transit bus emissions beginning in 2002).

In order to investigate the potential of stimulating the development of zero-emission

HDTs, and their introduction into California-based HDT fleets, this report anlayzes the

potential for broadening the ZEV mandate to allow manufacturers of zero-emission

HDTs to be awarded ZEV credits. The report analyzes the average relative emission

levels of carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HCs), NOx, and PM10 from LDVs and

HDTs in California, as estimated in the latest version of the CARB mobile source

emission inventory model, EMFAC2000. Using these estimates of the relative emission

reduction potential of zero-emission LDVs and medium and heavy HDTs, along with

estimates of the average annual mileage for these vehicle classes, potential ZEV credit

award levels for zero-emission HDTs are estimated.

The findings are that from 42 to 226 ZEV credits could in principle be justified to be

awarded to manufacturers of zero-emission HDTs, depending on the model year of

their introduction (from 2001 to 2010) and the HDT weight class, if the four pollutants

are weighted according to their approximate relative damage values. These damage

values reflect the impact on each pollutant to human health in major California urban

areas. Using a simpler scheme that does not consider the relative damages from the

pollutants, and that weights each pollutant equally, potential ZEV credit award levels

range from 24 to 100 credits for zero-emission HDTs.

2

Introduction

Zero and near-zero emission vehicles based on electric-drive technology have the

potential to play a long-term role in alleviating the air pollution, greenhouse gas, and

energy use concerns associated with conventional vehicles. While most attention has

focused on electric-drive technologies for light-duty vehicles, some electric-drive

technologies are also suitable for heavy-duty vehicle (HDV) applications. These include

electric propulsion systems that are battery powered but hybridized with a diesel or

natural gas powered generator set, and those that are fuel cell powered.

Of these options, only HDVs with fuel cell/electric motor propulsion systems have the

potential to completely eliminate tailpipe emissions.1 An HDV with a hybrid

propulsions system could produce significantly less pollution than a conventional

diesel truck, but some emissions would necessarily be produced from the hybrid HDV’s

fuel-fired generator system. In contrast, fuel cell powered HDVs could be designed to

produce no direct emissions by using hydrogen fuel that is stored onboard. This

hydrogen fuel could be provided at a refueling station, or produced onboard the vehicle

from water and electricity with an electrolyzer device.

It is also noteworthy that in addition to reducing emissions of criteria pollutants, these

heavy-duty zero-emission vehicle (ZEV) technologies can also lead to reductions in

greenhouse gas emissions. These reductions could be expected due to potential

increases in vehicle efficiency, and the potential use of fuels with lower associated

greenhouse gas emissions than diesel. Furthermore, they offer the potential of using

renewable sources of energy rather than fossil fuels. Battery powered vehicles can be

recharged with solar, wind, and hydro-electric power, hybrid vehicles can combust

biodiesel or ethanol to produce electricity, and fuel cell vehicles can use hydrogen

derived through solar, wind, and hydro-powered electrolysis, or certain biological

processes.2 Several battery, hybrid, and fuel cell powered buses have been built and are

undergoing testing, and hybrid and fuel cell powered trucks are also under

development.

Thus, heavy-duty vehicles that incorporate electric-drive technology have the

possibility of advancing a range of social goals. However, the main benefits that they

offer are no doubt related to their potential to reduce the criteria pollutant emissions

from conventional HDVs. HDVs powered with diesel fuel are well known to be high

emitters of nitrogen oxides (NOx) and fine particulate matter (PM10). These two

pollutants are of concern because of the ozone-forming potential of NOx and the direct

1 Purely battery powered HDVs are possible, but they are relatively impractical for most applications

because of the tremendous mass of batteries required to power such large vehicles.

2 Recent advances have been announced in the generation of hydrogen with algae, and also with alkaline

hydride-based hydrogen storage and release systems.

3

and adverse human health impacts of PM10. Due to their relatively high levels of

emissions of these two pollutants, HDVs are thus good targets for zero and near-zero

emission technologies.

This report develops a few possible ZEV credit schemes for HDVs, with a particular

focus on ZEV credits for the heavy-duty truck (HDT) class of vehicles.3 This class of

vehicles is a particularly attractive niche for electric-drive technology because

conventional HDTs are predominantly diesel-fueled, with high associated emissions,

and because HDTs are used intensively, with average annual mileages of 30,000 to

40,000 miles per year (Davis, 1997).4 Therefore, this report focuses on a ZEV credit

scheme for zero-emission HDTs, although in principle other HDV classes could be

included as well.

This report assesses estimates of criteria pollutant emissions from HDTs, relative to

emissions from light-duty gasoline vehicles, and then presents potential schemes for

awarding ZEV credits to manufacturers of zero-emission medium HDTs and heavy

HDTs. The suggested ZEV credit values are based on the relative emission reductions of

incorporating zero-emission drivetrain technologies into HDTs and light-duty vehicles

(LDVs). The proposed HDT ZEV credit schemes include one that estimates the

pollutant reduction potential of zero-emission HDTs, relative to light-duty ZEVs, and

then weights the relative impacts of carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HCs), NOx,

and PM10 according to their approximate human health damage values. A second

scheme is shown that does not weight the pollutants by damage values and instead

calculates the simple average of the emission reduction potential across pollutants.

Finally, based on the relative merits of these proposed HDT ZEV credit schemes, policy

recommendations are made with regard to the potential adoption of such a scheme in

future revisions of the California Air Resources Board ZEV mandate. The Board may

wish to consider such a scheme because a revision of the ZEV mandate that included an

avenue for awarding ZEV credits to manufacturers of zero-emission HDTs would build

additional flexibility into the LEV II/ZEV regulations. This flexibility would arise from

allowing the possibility for manufacturers of LDVs to purchase ZEV credits from zeroemission

HDT manufacturers, and this could be valuable in early years of the ZEV

mandate when LDV manufacturers might otherwise have difficulty meeting their

mandated production of ZEVs. A scheme for awarding ZEV credits to zero-emission

HDT manufacturers would have the particular appeal of potentially helping to reduce

3 Heavy-duty trucks are defined for purposes of this report as trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of

8,500 pounds or more, matching the definition of heavy-duty trucks used in the CARB MVEI series of

vehicles emission models. Medium HDTs are defined as having a weight class between 14,001 and 33,000

pounds, and heavy HDTs are defined as having a gross vehicle weight rating of 33,001 to 66,000 pounds,

again corresponding with the definitions used in the MVEI emission models.

4 Although surprisingly over 70% of HDTs have daily operating ranges of 100 miles or less (Davis, 1997),

suggesting that even limited range ZEV technologies can be suitable for most HDTs.

4

emissions from the HDT sector, which as discussed below produces a disproportionate

share of emissions of NOx and PM10.

The California ZEV Mandate

The original 1990 California ZEV program (known as the “ZEV mandate”) was adopted

by the California Air Resources Board (CARB) in September of 1990 as part of the state’s

Low-Emission Vehicle (LEV) regulations. The original ZEV mandate required 10% of

the vehicles offered for sale by major manufacturers in the state of California to be ZEVs

by 2003, with 2% and 5% production requirements for 1998 and 2001. Under the

definitions in the regulation, seven automakers currently qualify as “major

manufacturers” that produce over 35,000 vehicles per year for the California market.

These include DaimlerChrysler, Honda, Ford, General Motors, Mazda, Nissan, and

Toyota. In 2003, intermediate-sized manufacturers (with California production between

4,000 and 35,000 vehicles per year) also were to be bound by the 10% ZEV production

requirement. New York and Massachusetts subsequently adopted the same

requirements as California, approximately doubling the number of ZEVs required to be

produced (CARB, 1998a).

In 1996, under the biennial review process included in the LEV program, the ZEV

mandate was changed to lift the requirements for production prior to 2003. The 2% and

5% production requirements were replaced by “memoranda of understanding” with

automakers to produce a smaller number of vehicles, on the order of a few hundred for

each manufacturer. Then, in 1998, under the subsequent biennial review, the mandate

was changed again to allow some of the 10% ZEV requirement for 2003 to be composed

of “partial ZEV credits” from other "near-ZEVs" that meet a complex set of emissionrelated

and other technological criteria. However, even under the new, more flexible

regulations, at least 40% of the ZEV credits required of major manufacturers, or 4% of

overall production for California, must come from "true ZEVs" that emit no criteria

pollutants directly from their tailpipes (CARB, 1998a and 1998b).

Under the revised regulation, manufacturers can receive partial ZEV credits for non-

ZEVs if the vehicles certify to super-low emission vehicle (SULEV) exhaust emission

standards, certify to “zero” evaporative emission standards,5 certify to meet the

applicable on-board diagnostic requirements at 150,000 miles, and have vehicle

performance and defects warranty periods of at least 15 years or 150,000 miles.

Manufacturers of vehicles meeting these requirements receive baseline partial ZEV

credit of 0.2 credits per vehicle. Vehicles can be awarded additional partial ZEV credits

if they have a zero-emission driving range of over 20 miles. Under the zero-emission

driving range clause of the regulation, vehicles can receive up to 0.6 ZEV credits for

5 CARB is presently determining the specifics of the evaporative emission requirements, and what exactly

“zero evaporative emissions” means.

5

zero-emission driving range, based on a formula that awards credits across a

continuum of zero-emission range from 20 to 100 miles. Vehicles that do not qualify for

the zero-emission range-based avenue of partial credits can alternately receive 0.1

credits if they include some form of advanced ZEV componentry. Finally, vehicles that

meet the baseline partial ZEV requirements can receive up to 0.2 ZEV credits if they

meet a fuel-cycle NMOG emission standard of 0.01 grams per mile (CARB, 1998a).

The California LEV program will be reviewed again in 2000, and additional revisions to

the ZEV regulations are possible under this review process. CARB has scheduled a

board meeting for September of 2000 to determine if additional changes to the program

are warranted.

Emissions from Diesel Trucks

Emissions from diesel engines have been under intense scrutiny in recent years due to

the possibility of carcinogenic effects of diesel particulates, and because of their

disproportionate contribution to worsened air quality. In 1995, for example, diesel

engine vehicles accounted for 26.5% of U.S. highway vehicle NOx emissions, and

emissions from heavy-duty diesel vehicles composed nearly 98% of the total NOx

emissions from these diesel engine vehicles. In general, diesel engines accounted for

about 17% of NOx emissions from all sources in the country in 1995. With regard to PM

emissions, diesel engine vehicles emitted about 66% of all particulates from highway

vehicles in 1995, and heavy-duty diesel vehicles were responsible for 95% of the diesel

vehicle total (U.S. EPA, 1996).

The high levels of PM emissions from diesel engines contribute significantly to ambient

levels of particulates in many urban areas. For example, a recent report by the Natural

Resources Defense Council (NRDC) reports on 1998 monitoring work that was

conducted by NRDC in conjunction with the Coalition for Clean Air. This monitoring

study revealed that particulate concentrations in urban areas with heavy truck and bus

traffic were as high as 50 µg/m3 at times during the monitoring period (NRDC, 1998).

Other PM analysis efforts in Stockton, Fresno, and Bakersfield frequently measured

motor vehicle particulate levels of 10 µg/m3, compared with CARB estimates of 2.2

µg/m3 for a California statewide average and 3.6 µg/m3 in the South Coast Air Basin

(NRDC, 1998). Thus, there is some evidence that official estimates of ambient

particulate levels are understated, and that motor vehicle exhaust raises ambient PM

levels to levels much higher than the estimated statewide and South Coast averages in

some areas.

It is also important to note that within the U.S., trucks are increasing in number and are

moving an increasing proportion of freight. In 1995, 307,000 heavy-duty trucks (Class

7-8 -- over 26,000 pounds gross vehicle weight) were sold, up from 206,000 in 1990 and

175,000 in 1980 (Davis, 1997). Total U.S. registrations of heavy single-unit and

6

combination trucks were 5.7 million in 1987, 6.0 million in 1992, and 7.1 million in 1997,

and the vehicle miles traveled by these truck fleets were 123.5 billion miles, 153.4 billion

miles, and 191.4 billion miles, respectively (Davis, 1999). In general, trucks seem to be

increasing in number, traveling more miles, carrying heavier loads, and emitting more

pollution (in absolute terms) with each passing year.

Diesel Emissions and Human Health

Diesel emissions are particularly damaging to human health because they are high in

levels of particulate matter, and because the particulate matter tends to be very fine

particulate matter. Such fine particulate matter, under one micron in size, goes deep

into the recesses of the lungs and is not easily cleared. Furthermore, the particulates

from diesel exhaust are coated with a mixture of chemicals, and these chemicals are

delivered into the human body when the particles are inhaled (HEI, 1999).

Many studies have been conducted on the health effects of diesel exhaust, including 40

studies conducted by the Health Effects Institute (HEI) from 1983 to 1999. Based on

these studies, HEI has concluded that there is an association between lung cancer and

diesel exhaust exposure, with workers that have been exposed to diesel exhaust

showing a 20% to 40% greater incidence of lung cancer than the general population

(HEI, 1999). Several government agencies, including the National Institute for

Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), the World Health Organization (WHO), and

the California EPA, have concluded that laboratory studies on rats are sufficient to

demonstrate the carcinogenicity of diesel exhaust. The U.S. EPA has recently released a

draft report (in November, 1999) that reviews the analysis that the agency has

conducted on the health effects of diesel exhaust, and that reports that the agency is

currently considering whether to place diesel exhaust in the “likely” or “highly likely”

category for carcinogenicity (HEI, 1999).

In California, diesel exhaust was identified as a chemical “known to cause cancer”

under Proposition 65 in 1990 (CARB, 1998c). More recently, CARB has listed particulate

emissions from diesel engines as a toxic air contaminant (TAC). Initially, CARB staff

proposed listing “diesel exhaust” as a TAC, but the agency subsequently decided that

this was too general and also inappropriate because diesel exhaust includes harmless

substances such as water vapor and nitrogen. Thus, the more specific category of

“particulate emissions from diesel engines” was determined to be more appropriate,

and on August 27, 1998 CARB approved the staff proposal to list this category of

pollutants as a TAC. The agency is now investigating the need, feasibility, and cost of

measures to reduce public exposure to both the particulate matter and organic gases

emitted by diesel engines (CARB, 1998c).

Also in California, the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) has

recently completed a landmark air toxics study, known as the Multiple Air Toxics

7

Exposure Study (MATES II). This study consisted of a comprehensive monitoring

program for the South Coast area, a revised emissions inventory of TACs, and a

modeling effort to characterize the risks from TACs to human populations in the South

Coast area. A draft report of the study results concludes that the average carcinogenic

risk in the South Coast Air Basin is about 1,400 per million people, with mobile sources

being by far the largest contributor to this risk. Furthermore, about 70% of all of the

identified carcinogenic risk was attributable to diesel particulate emissions, with 20%

from other mobile sources, and 10% from stationary sources. In general, the variation

in cancer risk across the regions studied were driven by differences in the influence of

mobile sources, with the greatest risk in areas (south-central and east-central portions of

Los Angeles County) with a particularly heavy dominance of mobile source

contributions (SCAQMD, 1999).

Emission Standards for Heavy Duty Vehicles

Emission standards for heavy-duty vehicles have remained relatively constant in recent

years, although standards for NOx and PM have been tightened somewhat. Also,

separate and more stringent federal and California standards were promulgated for PM

emissions from urban buses, beginning in 1991. Both the federal and California

standards for CO have been constant at 15.5 g/bhp-hr since 1990, and standards for

HCs have been constant at 1.3 g/bhp-hr. NOx standards, on the other hand, have been

ratcheted down somewhat, with the federal and California 1990 standard of 6.0 g/bhphr

replaced with a 5.0 g/bhp-hr standard in 1991-1993 and a 4.0 g/bhp-hr standard in

1998 and thereafter (1996 and thereafter in California). PM standards also were reduced

somewhat during the 1990s, from 0.6 g/bhp-hr in 1990 to 0.25 g/bhp-hr in 1991-1993,

and 0.10 for 1994 and thereafter (the California standard was further reduced to 0.07

g/bhp-hr from 1994-1995 and to 0.05 g/bhp-hr for 1996 and thereafter). Also, new

federal standards for HDVs have been proposed for 2004 and thereafter, with the

principle change being a new combined standard of 2.4 or 2.5 g/bhp-hr for NOx plus

NMHCs (EPA, 1997).

Table 1: Federal and California Emission Standards for HDVs

HDV Standard CO HCs NOx PM

Federal 1998+:

g/bhp-hr 15.5 1.3 4.0 0.10

g/mia 66.7 5.6 17.2 0.43

Proposed Federal 2004+:

g/bhp-hr 15.5 2.4 or 2.5 NMHC+NOx 0.10

8

g/mia 66.7 10.3 or 10.8 NMHC+NOx 0.43

California 1996+:

g/bhp-hr 15.5 1.3/1.2b 4.0 0.05

g/mia 66.7 5.6/5.2 17.2 0.22

Source: U.S. EPA, 1997

Notes: CO = carbon monoxide; HCs = hydrocarbons; NMHCs = non-methane hydrocarbons; NOx =

nitrogen oxides; PM = particulate matter.

aEmission standard values were converted from g/bhp-hr to g/mi with an approximate conversion factor

of 4.3 bhp-hr/mile (CARB, 1996).

b1.3 g/bhp-hr for total HCs and 1.2 g/bhp-hr for non-methane HCs (vehicles can certify to either

standard).

Actual Emissions from Heavy-Duty Vehicles

In general, HDV diesel engines tend to easily meet the standards for CO and HCs, but

they meet the standards for NOx and PM with more difficulty. The less commonly used

HDV gasoline engines emit lower levels of NOx and PM than diesel engines, but higher

levels of CO and HCs. Emission data for HDVs are generally more sparse than for

LDVs, but engine certification data based on dynamometer testing, along with some

data from chassis dynamometer testing, are available. For reference, Table A-1 (in

Appendix A) presents heavy-HDV diesel engine data from CARB’s 1999 engine

certification listing.

Based on these certification data, and data from other sources, CARB has developed

emission factors for HDVs for use in estimating the motor vehicle on-road emission

inventory. The emissions inventories for mobile sources in California, for HDVs as well

as other vehicle types, are estimated using the Motor Vehicle Emission Inventory

(MVEI) family of models. The version of the model currently approved for use is

MVEI7G, but a revised version of the model, EMFAC2000, has been proposed and is

currently under review. This new version of the model is believed to more accurately

represent actual in-use emissions from vehicles than previous model versions, due to a

host of revised parameters, assumptions, and methodologies. Even this heavily-revised

model probably does not estimate motor vehicle emissions with complete accuracy, but

there is no readily-available better tool with which to analyze vehicle emissions in

California. At any rate, it is clear from the large and in some cases dramatic increases in

emissions estimated by EMFAC2000 relative to MVEI7G that considerable progress has

been made with this latest model revision.

In order to illustrate the potential changes in emission factors for HDVs that will

accompany the adoption of EMFAC2000 (if and when it is officially adopted), Table 2

presents estimated emission factors for various model years of diesel heavy-HDVs, for

vehicles with 391,000 miles of use and that are mid-way between engine rebuilds.

9

Shown are the emission factors used in both MVEI7G and EMFAC2000 for purposes of

comparison, for trucks of recent and future vintages. Also shown, for comparison, are

the average values of the engine certification data presented in Table A-1, converted

into units of grams per mile using an approximate conversion factor of 4.3 bhp-hr per

mile.

10

Table 2: MVEI/EMFAC Model Emission Factors for Diesel Heavy-Heavy Duty

Trucks with 391,000 Miles of Use (g/mi)

Model Version and

Modeling Year

CO HCs NOx PM10

1996-1997:

MVEI7G 14.002 1.217 12.161 0.344

EMFAC2000 4.452 0.973 21.998 0.791

1998-2001:

MVEI7G 14.002 1.217 9.729 0.344

EMFAC2000 4.452 0.973 17.598 0.791

2002-2003:

MVEI7G 14.002 1.217 9.729 0.344

EMFAC2000 4.452 0.973 8.799 0.791

2004+:

MVEI7G 14.002 1.217 9.729 0.344

EMFAC2000 4.452 0.404 8.799 0.791

Average of 1999 Engine

Emissions Certification

Data (from Table A-1)a

4.21 0.86 16.17 0.361

Source: CARB, 1999a

Notes: CO = carbon monoxide; HCs = hydrocarbons; NOx = nitrogen oxides; PM10 = particulate matter

ten microns or less in diameter.

aConverted from g/bhp-hr to g/mi using a conversion factor of 4.3 bhp-hr per mile.

In relation to MVEI7G, the HDV emissions estimation methodology used in

EMFAC2000 is quite different. Whereas MVEI7G uses emission factors in units of

grams per brake horsepower-hour (bhp-hr), derived primarily from engine

dynamometer testing, the development of emission factors for EMFAC2000 drew upon

emission data from chassis dynamometer testing and are in units of grams per mile. The

chassis dynamometer data used to develop the EMFAC2000 emission factors were from

testing of 17 trucks at the National Renewable Energy Laboratory. This change in

methodology means that the emissions factors in EMFAC2000 have not been converted

11

from units of grams per bhp-hr to units of grams per mile using conversion factors for

bhp-hr per mile. Thus, one potential source of introducing inaccuracies into the

estimates has been eliminated. EMFAC2000 emission factors also include revised

estimates of idling emissions, and “off-cycle” NOx emissions. The results of these latest

revisions to the MVEI/EMFAC model are significant increases in estimated emissions

of NOx in pre-2002 modeling years and PM, slight decreases in estimated emissions of

NOx in 2002 and later modeling years, and significant decreases in estimated emissions

of CO and HCs (CARB, 1999a).

Finally, Table 3 presents statewide average emission factors for medium and heavy

HDTs, based on model runs of EMFAC2000. Presented in the table are results for three

model years (2001, 2003, and 2010). These emission factors were calculated from the

statewide total emissions in units of tons per day, using estimates of vehicle miles

traveled (VMT) and a grams-per-ton conversion factor. As is evident in the table, heavy

HDTs are modeled to emit higher grams-per-mile rates of CO, NOx, and PM10 than

medium HDTs, while medium HDTs emit higher rates of HCs. The higher emission

rates of HCs for medium HDTs are due to the fact that a higher proportion of medium

HDTs are gasoline powered, and gasoline powered heavy-duty engines tend emit more

HCs than heavy duty diesel engines.

Table 3: EMFAC Model Average Emission Factors for Medium Heavy-Duty and

Heavy Heavy-Duty Trucks (g/mi)

Modeling Year CO HCs NOx PM10a

2001:

Medium HDTs 25.687 2.565 17.801 0.7375

Heavy HDTs 36.046 2.209 24.594 1.1990

Average 32.137 2.343 22.031 1.0249

2003:

Medium HDTs 19.855 2.300 14.960 0.5071

Heavy HDTs 24.837 1.816 20.051 0.9056

Average 22.965 1.998 18.138 0.7559

2010:

Medium HDTs 12.268 1.966 10.260 0.3122

Heavy HDTs 7.941 1.169 11.096 0.5150

Average 9.420 1.442 10.810 0.4457

12

Source: EMFAC2000 (v1.99) model runs for California statewide total emissions.

Notes: CO = carbon monoxide; HCs = hydrocarbons; HDTs = heavy-duty trucks; NOx = nitrogen oxides;

PCs = passenger cars; PM10 = particulate matter ten microns or less in diameter. Medium HDTs are

trucks with a weight class of 14,001 to 33,000 pounds, and heavy HDTs are trucks with a weight class of

33,001 to 60,000 pounds.

aIncludes running, idling, and starting emissions only. Excludes PM10 emissions from tire and brake wear

because electric-drive HDTs would also emit particulates from these sources.

Pollutant Emissions from LDVs

The emissions from LDVs are also estimated in MVEI7G and EMFAC2000 using a

similar emission-factor approach as is used for HDVs. The following table presents

California statewide emission estimates from passenger cars and light-duty trucks (of

3,750 pounds or less), based on recent runs of the EMFAC2000 model. These emission

estimates are emission factors, in units of grams per mile, that include running

emissions, idling emissions, evaporative emissions (for hydrocarbons), and “cold start”

emissions. The emission estimates were derived by running the EMFAC2000 model for

a particular modeling year, in order to obtain a total emissions inventory for LDVs for

each pollutant (in units of tons per day), and then back-calculating average gram-permile

emission estimates. These gram-per-mile emission estimates were calculated using

vehicle miles traveled (VMT) data and a grams-per-ton conversion factor. Shown in the

table are emission factors for passenger cars, light-duty trucks, and a calculated average

for LDVs in general.

Table 4: EMFAC Model Average Emission Factors for Light-Duty Vehicles (g/mi)

Modeling Year CO HCs NOx PM10a

2001:

PCs 15.108 1.572 0.721 0.0142

LDTs 30.711 2.493 1.270 0.0228

LDV Average 17.656 1.722 0.810 0.0156

2003:

PCs 11.355 1.203 0.533 0.0130

LDTs 23.115 1.898 0.951 0.0210

LDV Average 13.309 1.318 0.603 0.0143

2010:

PCs 5.853 0.669 0.241 0.012

LDTs 11.501 0.955 0.439 0.018

13

LDV Average 6.842 0.719 0.275 0.013

Source: EMFAC2000 (v1.99) model runs for California statewide total emissions.

Notes: CO = carbon monoxide; HCs = hydrocarbons; LDTs = light-duty trucks of 3,750 pounds or less;

NOx = nitrogen oxides; PCs = passenger cars; PM10 = particulate matter ten microns or less in diameter.

aIncludes running, idling, and starting emissions only. Excludes PM10 emissions from tire and brake wear

because electric-drive HDTs would also emit particulates from these sources.

Potential ZEV Credit Schemes for Zero-Emission Heavy-Duty Trucks

The California ZEV mandate is based on the premise that the production and use of

vehicles with no tailpipe emissions can lead to overall reductions in criteria pollutant

emissions. This is because the emissions associated with producing electricity to

recharge battery EVs (or in principle with producing hydrogen for direct-hydrogen fuel

cell vehicles – the other currently known ZEV type) are much lower than the tailpipe

emissions of conventional vehicles. In support of this premise, several studies on the

potential emissions associated with battery EV recharging have shown that EVs used in

California would have much lower associated pollutant emissions than conventional

vehicles. The consensus of these studies is that CO and HC emissions would be nearly

eliminated if battery EVs were used in place of conventional vehicles, and NOx and PM

emissions would be significantly reduced (Dowlatabadi, et al., 1990; Yau et al., 1993;

Hwang et al., 1994, CARB, 1996, Acurex, 1996a, Rau et al., 1996, Wang et al., 1990;

Austin and Caretto, 1995). Furthermore, the location of the emissions would change

such that fewer emissions would occur in crowded urban areas where they tend to have

the greatest negative impact.

Given their relatively high emissions, particularly of NOx and PM, HDTs are attractive

targets for ZEV technology. In general, however, HDTs have tended to receive less

attention than LDVs as potential ZEVs, and at present the California ZEV mandate

applies only to manufacturers of LDVs. Therefore, only production of light-duty ZEVs

can lead to the award of ZEV credits, and there is therefore no regulatory pressure or

incentive for manufacturers of HDTs to produce vehicles that employ ZEV technology.

Methods for Estimating ZEV Credits for HDTs

One basic method that can be used to estimate the appropriate number of ZEV credits

to award to manufacturers of HDTs is to estimate the relative level of emissions of each

pollutant from HDTs and LDVs, and to multiply the resulting emission factor ratio by

the average annual mileage ratio of HDTs and LDVs. This results in a relative estimate

of the overall emission benefit of replacing typical LDVs and HDTs with their zeroemission

counterparts.

In order to arrive at an overall estimate of the number of ZEV credits to be awarded,

across all four pollutants of concern, values for each pollutant can be weighted by the

14

approximate relative damages caused by each pollutant in order to arrive at a weighted

average result. Alternately, a simple average can be calculated with the underlying

assumption that each pollutant “counts the same.”

With regard to the damage value weighted-average approach, there is an extensive

literature on damage and control costs of different pollutants in various regions of

California and the U.S. These various estimates of the relative benefits of reducing

different pollutants can be the basis for such a pollutant-weighting scheme. For

example, Table 5 presents several estimates for damage and control costs of different

pollutants in different regions.

15

Table 5: Damage and Control Cost Values for Criteria Pollutants ($/ton per year)

Source/Location

Type

HC

CO

NOx

PM10

SOx

CEC (1992) South Coast Damage 6,911 3 14,483 47,620 7,425

(1989$s) Control 18,900 9,300 26,400 5,500 19,800

CEC (1992) Ventura County Damage 286 0 1,647 4,108 286

(1989$s) Control 21,100 I.A. 16,500 1,800 21,100

CEC (1992) Bay Area Damage 90 1 7,345 24,398 90

(1989$s) Control 10,200 2,200 10,400 2,600 10,200

CEC (1992) San Diego Damage 98 1 5,559 14,228 98

(1989$s) Control 17,500 1,100 18,300 1,000 17,500

CEC (1992) San Joaquin Valley Damage 3,711 0 6,473 3,762 3,711

(1989$s) Control 9,100 3,200 9,100 5,200 9,100

CEC (1992) Sacramento Valley Damage 90 1 7,345 24,398 4,129

(1989$s) Control 9,100 5,000 9,100 2,800 9,100

CEC (1992) North Coast Damage 467 0 791 551 467

(1989$s) Control 3,500 I.A. 6,000 900 3,500

CEC (1992) N. Central Coast Damage 803 0 1,959 2,867 803

(1989$s) Control 9,100 I.A. 9,100 900 9,100

CEC (1992) S. Central Coast Damage 286 0 1,647 4,108 286

(1989$s) Control 9,100 I.A. 9,100 900 9,100

CEC (1992) Southwest Desert Damage 157 0 439 680 157

(1989$s) Control 3,500 2,900 6,000 5,700 3,500

ECO Northwest (1987) –

W. Oregona (1989$s)

Damage N.E. N.E. 839 1950 N.E.

EIA (1995) – Nevadab (1992$s) Control 1,012 1,012 7,480 4,598 1,716

EIA (1995) - Oregonb (1992$s) Control N.E. N.E. 3,500 3,000 0

EIA (1997) – CAAA, Title IVc Control N.E. N.E. N.E. N.E. 113-322

McCubbin and Delucchi (1996) – Damage 472 – 27 - 163 5,933 - 11,204 - 30,418 -

Los Angelesd (1991$s) 3,892 70,515 141,140 190,400

McCubbin and Delucchi (1996) – Damage 91 – 898 9 - 82 998 - 544 - 2,540 -

United Statesd (1991$s) 14,705 13,726 20,502

PG&E – CA facilitiese (1996$s) Control 4,236 N.E. 9,120 2,624 4,486

PG&E – Pacific NWe (1996$s) Control 0 N.E. 292 556 298

SCE – CA facilitiese (1992$s) Control 22,462 N.E. 31,448 6,804 23,490

Small and Kazimi (1995) –

South Coast (1992$s)

Damage 2,920 N.E. 10,670 N.E. 109,900

Wang and Santini (1994) - Damage 2,700 N.E. 5,380 10,840 3,600

Chicagof (1994$s) Control 8,150 2,440 7,990 4,660 9,120

Wang and Santini (1994) – Damage 3,540 N.E. 6,890 5,190 2,910

Houstonf (1994$s) Control 15,160 2,680 17,150 2,780 3,590

16

Notes: CAAA = Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990: CO = carbon monoxide; HC = hydrocarbon; I.A. =

district is in attainment; N.E. = not estimated; NOx = oxides of nitrogen; PG&E = Pacific Gas and Electric;

PM10 = particulate matter less than 10 microns in diameter; SCE = Southern California Edison; SOx =

oxides of sulfur. CEC (1992) values are from EIA (1995).

aThese values are reported in Wang and Santini (1994).

bThese values were adopted by the states for use in state utility planning decisions.

cThese values are based on experience by eastern and mid-western state utilities in meeting CAAA Title

IV SOx regulations. The $322 per ton control cost is for using scrubbers, and the $113 per ton control cost

is for modifying a plant to burn lower sulfur coal.

dThese values were estimated by assuming a 10% decrease in motor vehicle emissions, and then

estimating the resulting change in ambient air quality and reduction in damages. The values shown are

the results when upstream emissions and road dust are included. The authors also calculate results

excluding these emission sources, and the resulting damage values are higher than the ones shown.

Values were converted from $/kg to $/ton using 907.2 kg/ton.

eThese values, documented in EIA (1995) are used by the utility in planning decisions for the region

shown.

fThese values were estimated through regression analysis of pollutant concentration and population

levels in the region.

Thus, one possible method for considering the relative value of reducing emissions of

all four pollutants of concern from motor vehicles would be to weight the pollutants

based on their approximate damage values. If the damage values from the CEC (1992)

study (reported in EIA [1995]) were considered for the most likely areas for ZEVs to be

introduced, then the weighting values shown in Tables 6 and 7 would result. These

pollutant weights are normalized to the damage values for HCs, and they are averages

of the damage values for the South Coast, Ventura County, the Bay Area, and the

Sacramento Valley.6 These values are used because they are a disaggregated set of

factors for areas in which ZEVs would be likely to be used, and they are the most

complete estimates for which precise answers are provided. McCubbin and Delucchi’s

(1996) estimates are more up to date, their broad ranges of uncertainty make calculating

ratios between pollutants difficult. In time, when the recent epidemiology of air toxics

that has continued to demonstrate the harm caused by fine particulate is integrated into

the damage value calculations, the estimated value of particulate harm is certain to

increase, toward McCubbin and Delucchi’s (1996) high case values. In this case, the

damages would be even more heavily weighted toward the damages of PM, further

increasing the number of ZEV credits for zero-emission HDTs. Hence, these estiamates

are somewhat conservative in this regard.

Table 6 presents a series of the calculations described above for medium HDTs (with

vehicle weights between 14,001 and 33,000 pounds), again based on EMFAC2000

6 The damage values could be further weighted by population levels in the various regions, but this

would be unlikely to significantly change the results because they are relative damage values, rather than

absolute values.

17

emission model data, for three different emission modeling years. Table 7 presents a

similar analysis for heavy HDTs, with vehicle weights of 33,001 pounds to 60,000

pounds.

18

Table 5: Potential ZEV Credits for Zero-Emission Medium HDTs

Modeling Year

and Pollutant

Emission

Factor Ratio

(MHDT/LDV)

Avg. Annual

Mileage Ratio

(MHDT/LDV)

Pollutant

Damage

Weight

HDT ZEV

Credits

2001:

CO 1.45 1.45 0.0 0.0

HCs 1.49 1.45 1.0 2.2

NOx 21.97 1.45 4.2 133.8

PM10 47.32 1.45 13.6 933.2

Weighted Avg. 57

CO 1.45 1.45 1.0 2.1

HCs 1.49 1.45 1.0 2.2

NOx 21.97 1.45 1.0 31.9

PM10 47.32 1.45 1.0 68.6

Simple Avg. 26

2003:

CO 1.49 1.53 0.0 0.0

HCs 1.74 1.53 1.0 2.7

NOx 24.82 1.53 4.2 159.5

PM10 35.37 1.53 13.6 736.0

Weighted Avg. 48

CO 1.49 1.53 1.0 2.3

HCs 1.74 1.53 1.0 2.7

NOx 24.82 1.53 1.0 38.0

PM10 35.37 1.53 1.0 54.1

Simple Avg. 24

2010:

CO 1.79 1.64 0.0 0.0

HCs 2.73 1.64 1.0 4.5

NOx 37.26 1.64 4.2 256.6

PM10 24.03 1.64 13.6 536.0

Weighted Avg. 42

CO 1.79 1.64 1.0 0.0

HCs 2.73 1.64 1.0 2.9

NOx 37.26 1.64 1.0 61.1

PM10 24.03 1.64 1.0 39.4

19

Simple Avg. 26

Notes: CO = carbon monoxide; HCs = hydrocarbons; HDT = heavy-duty truck; LDV = light-duty vehicle

(includes passenger cars and light-duty trucks of 3,750 pounds or less); MHDT = medium HDT; NOx =

nitrogen oxides; PM10 = particulate matter ten microns or less in diameter; ZEV = zero-emission vehicle.

20

Table 5: Potential ZEV Credits for Zero-Emission Heavy HDTs

Modeling Year

and Pollutant

Emission

Factor Ratio

(HHDT/LDV)

Avg. Annual

Mileage Ratio

(HHDT/LDV)

Pollutant

Damage

Weight

HDT ZEV

Credits

2001:

CO 2.04 3.62 0.0 0.0

HCs 1.28 3.62 1.0 4.6

NOx 30.35 3.62 4.2 461.4

PM10 76.92 3.62 13.6 3,786.9

Weighted Avg. 226

CO 2.04 3.62 1.0 7.4

HCs 1.28 3.62 1.0 4.6

NOx 30.35 3.62 1.0 109.9

PM10 76.92 3.62 1.0 278.5

Simple Avg. 100

2003:

CO 1.87 3.85 0.0 0.0

HCs 1.38 3.85 1.0 5.3

NOx 33.27 3.85 4.2 538.0

PM10 63.15 3.85 13.6 3,306.5

Weighted Avg. 205

CO 1.87 3.85 1.0 7.2

HCs 1.38 3.85 1.0 5.3

NOx 33.27 3.85 1.0 128.1

PM10 63.15 3.85 1.0 243.1

Simple Avg. 96

2010:

CO 1.16 4.79 0.0 0.0

HCs 1.63 4.79 1.0 7.8

NOx 40.30 4.79 4.2 810.8

PM10 39.64 4.79 13.6 2,582.3

Weighted Avg. 181

CO 1.16 4.79 1.0 5.6

HCs 1.63 4.79 1.0 7.8

NOx 40.30 4.79 1.0 193.0

PM10 39.64 4.79 1.0 189.9

21

Simple Avg. 99

Notes: CO = carbon monoxide; HCs = hydrocarbons; HDT = heavy-duty truck; HHDT = heavy HDT;

LDV = light-duty vehicle (includes passenger cars and light-duty trucks of 3,750 pounds or less); NOx =

nitrogen oxides; PM10 = particulate matter ten microns or less in diameter; ZEV = zero-emission vehicle.

22

Conclusions and Policy Recommendations

This report has analyzed the average relative emission levels of CO, HCs, NOx, and

PM10 from LDVs and HDTs in California, as estimated in the latest version of the CARB

mobile source emission inventory model, EMFAC2000. Using these estimates of the

relative emission reduction potential of zero-emission LDVs and medium and heavy

HDTs, along with estimates of the average annual mileage for these vehicle classes,

potential ZEV credit award levels for zero-emission HDTs have been estimated.

The findings are that from 42 to 226 ZEV credits could in principle be justified to be

awarded to manufacturers of zero-emission HDTs, depending on the model year of

their introduction (from 2001 to 2010) and the HDT weight class, if the four pollutants

are weighted according to their approximate relative damage values. These damage

values reflect the impact on each pollutant to human health in major California urban

areas. Using a simpler scheme that does not consider the relative damages from the

pollutants, and that weights each pollutant equally, potential ZEV credit award levels

range from 24 to 100 credits for zero-emission HDTs.

This analysis has been conducted because under the upcoming biennial review of the

ZEV mandate, CARB may wish to consider broadening the mandate to allow ZEV

credits to be awarded to manufacturers of HDTs, in order to address the pressing

problem of diesel engine emissions in California. Diesel engines contribute a

disproportionate amount of NOx and PM10 pollution to the state’s emission inventory,

and PM10 emissions in particular are increasingly seen as having the most serious health

effects of all vehicle pollutants. Recent monitoring studies have shown that ambient

concentrations of PM10 are in some cases much higher than the estimated statewide

averages, and also that in some areas of the South Coast Air Basin emissions from diesel

engines account for up to 70% of the total carcinogenic risk from air toxic contaminants.

Given the magnitude and importance of diesel emissions in California, and that the goal

of the ZEV mandate is to reduce emissions and accelerate the development and

commercialization of inherently low-emitting technologies, it makes sense to include

HDVs in the mandate in some way. Unlike in the urban bus class of HDVs, however,

where CARB has recently imposed zero-emission bus regulations that complement the

ZEV mandate regulations that apply to LDV manufacturers, purchases of HDTs are not

heavily subsidized by public funding sources. Therefore, it would be much less feasible

to require initially costly ZEV technology for HDTs, and to impose additional costs on

the HDT industry (which is characterized by intense competition and razor-thin profit

margins).

Rather, manufacturers of HDTs who choose to build zero-emission HDTs that then are

introduced into California-based fleets could be awarded ZEV credits that could

23

subsequently be marketed to the LDV manufacturers that are bound by the mandate.

This would build additional flexibility into the mandate, without sacrificing any of its

emission-reduction goals. Particularly in the early years of the ZEV mandate, when fuel

cell technology is likely to be at too early a stage of development to introduce into LDV

fleets in large numbers, this additional flexibility could allow LDV manufacturers to

meet their ZEV mandate requirements in a more cost-effective manner than the

alternative of producing battery-electric vehicles.

As a final point, as it considers the potential adoption of a ZEV credit scheme for HDTs

similar to the one outlined in this report, CARB may also wish to consider that certain

zero-emission HDT technologies may have the potential to aid in the commercialization

of zero-emission LDVs. This is possible because the introduction of some types of zeroemission

HDTs could promote the development of refueling infrastructure that would

be suitable for both LDVs and HDTs. This type of “spillover” effect could aid in the

successful commercialization of zero-emission LDVs, and potentially enhance the

emission reduction benefits of the ZEV program.

For example, one type of zero-emission HDT technology would use an on-board

electrolyzer to produce hydrogen from water and electricity, that then would be used in

a fuel cell/electric motor drive system. Since these vehicles would not need to refuel

with off-board hydrogen, a major infrastructure hurdle would be eliminated. This same

electrolyzer technology could also be well-suited for light-duty ZEVs that use fuel cells,

and if the costs of the electrolyzers and associated water and electricity refueling ports

were driven down by first being used in HDTs, the feasibility of having widespread use

of direct-hydrogen fuel cell LDVs could be enhanced. CARB may thus wish to consider

the possibility of encouraging this type of synergistic technology development, with

spillover benefits between the HDT and LDV sectors, by particularly encouraging zeroemission

HDT technologies that offer these types of potential benefits. This could be

done by offering a ZEV credit premium to zero-emission HDTs that use refueling

infrastructure that also would be suitable for light-duty ZEVs, under the assumption

that cost reductions from the development of infrastructure for HDTs would

subsequently aid in the development of such infrastructure for LDVs. This could

therefore enhance the commercialization potential of light-duty ZEVs, and help to

remove a major barrier to widespread ZEV use.

24

References

Acurex Environmental Corporation, Evaluation of Fuel-Cycle Emissions on a Reactivity

Basis: Volume 1 - Main Report, FR-96-114, Prepared for California Air Resources

Board, Mountain View, September 19, 1996.

T.C. Austin and L.C. Caretto, “Powerplant Emissions and Energy Consumption

Associated with Electric Vehicle Recharging,” 5th CRC On-Road Vehicle

Emissions Workshop, April 3, 1995.

California Air Resources Board (CARB), “Proposed Amendments to the Low-Emission

Vehicle Regulations to Add an Equivalent Zero-Emission Vehicle Standard,”

Preliminary Draft Staff Report, Mobile Source Division, El Monte, California,

June 11, 1996.

California Air Resources Board (CARB), “Proposed California Zero-Emission and

Hybrid Electric Vehicle Exhaust Emission Standards and Test Procedures for

2003 and Subsequent Model Passenger Cars, Light-Duty Trucks and Medium-

Duty Vehicles,” Sacramento, California, September 18, 1998a.

California Air Resources Board (CARB), “1998 Zero-Emission Vehicle Biennial Program

Review,” California Environmental Protection Agency, Sacramento, California,

July 6, 1998b.

California Air Resources Board (CARB), “The Toxic Air Contaminant Identification

Process: Toxic Air Contaminant Emissions from Diesel-fueled Engines (Fact

Sheet),”Sacramento, California, October, 1998c.

California Air Resources Board (CARB), “EMFAC 2000 On-Road Emissions Inventory

Estimation Model Technical Support Document,”Sacramento, California,

October, 1999a.

California Air Resources Board (CARB), “1999 Model Year Heavy-Duty On-Road

Engine Certification Listing Update,” El Monte, California, 1999b.

S.C. Davis, Transportation Energy Data Book: Edition 17, ORNL-6919, Office of

Transportation Technologies, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington,

D.C., August, 1997.

25

S.C. Davis, Transportation Energy Data Book: Edition 19, ORNL-6919, Office of

Transportation Technologies, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington,

D.C., August, 1999.

Energy Information Administation (EIA), Electricity Generation and Environmental

Externalities: Case Studies, DOE/EIA - 0598, Energy Information Administration

Office of Coal, Nuclear, Electric, and Alternate Fuels, U.S. Department of Energy,

Washington, D. C., September, 1995.

H. Dowlatabadi, A.J. Krupnick, and A. Russell, “Electric Vehicles and the Environment:

Consequences for Emissions and Air Quality in Los Angeles and U. S. Regions,”

Discussion Paper, QE91-01, Resources for the Future, Washington, D. C.,

October, 1990.

Health Effects Institute (HEI), “Program Summary: Research on Diesel

Exhaust,”December, 1999.

R. Hwang, M. Miller, A.B. Thorpe, and D. Lew, Driving Out Pollution: The Benefits of

Electric Vehicles, Union of Concerned Scientists, Berkeley, November, 1994.

D.R. McCubbin and M.A. Delucchi, The Social Cost of The Health Effects of Motor Vehicle

Air Pollution, UCD-ITS-RR-96-3 (11), Institute of Transportation Studies - Davis,

Davis, August, 1996.

N.S. Rau, S.T. Adelman, and D.M. Kline, EVTECA - Utility Analysis Volume 1: Utility

Dispatch and Emissions Simulations, TP-462-7899, National Renewable Energy

Laboratory, Golden, 1996.

South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), Multiple Air Toxics Exposure

Study – MATES II (Draft), November 9, 1999.

K. Small and C. Kazimi, "On the costs of air pollution from motor vehicles," Journal of

Transportation Economic Policy 29: 7-32, 1995.

G.M. Solomon, T.R. Campbell, T. Carmichael, G. Ruderman Feuer, and J.S. Hathaway,

“Exhausted by Diesel: How America's Dependence on Diesel Engines Threatens

Our Health,” Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), April, 1998.

U.S. Department of Commerce (U.S. DOC), “1992 Census of Transportation: Truck

Inventory and Use Survey,” TC92-T-52, May, 1995.

26

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), “National Air Pollutant Emission

Trends, 1900-1995,” Office of Air Quality, EPA454/R-96-007, September, 1996.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), “Emission Standards Reference

Guide for Heavy-Duty and Nonroad Engines,” Air and Radiation Division,

EPA420-F-97-014, September, 1997.

Q. Wang et al., "Emissions Impacts of Electric Vehicles," Journal of the Air and Waste

Management Association 40: 1275-1284, 1990.

M.Q. Wang and D.J. Santini, "Monetary Values of Air Pollutant Emissions in Various

U.S. Regions," Transportation Research Record 1475: 33-41, 1994.

T.S. Yau, H.W. Zaininger, M.J. Bernard, M.K. Singh, and C.L. Saricks, Utility Emissions

Associated with Electric and Hybrid Vehicle Charging, DOE/CE-0395, Office of

Transportation Technologies, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C.,

April, 1993.

A-1

Appendix A

0

Table A-1: 1999 CARB Diesel Engine Emissions Certification Data (Heavy-Heavy Duty Vehicle Engines)

Manufacturer Engine Type Displacement

(liters)

HCs

(g/bhp-hr)

CO

(g/bhp-hr)

NOx

(g/bhp-hr)

PM

(g/bhp-hr)

Caterpillar XCPXH0629ERK 10.3 0.21 1.11 3.7 0.079

Caterpillar XCPXH0729ERK 12 0.24 0.96 3.6 0.073

Caterpillar WCPXH0893ERK N.R. 0.2 1.39 3.8 0.075

Caterpillar XCPXH0967ERK 15.8 0.13 1.16 3.8 0.08

Cummins XCEXH0661MAH 10.8 0.2 0.9 3.7 0.08

Cummins XCEXH0661MAI 10.8 0.26 0.87 3.77 0.082

Cummins XCEXH0855NAD 14 0.4 1 3.82 0.093

Cummins XCEXH0855NAE 14 0.4 0.8 3.8 0.086

Cummins XCEXH0855NAF 14 0.4 0.8 3.22 0.093

Cummins XCEXH0912XAB 14.9 0.14 0.78 4.03 0.08

Cummins XCEXH0912XAD 14.9 0.1 0.4 3.6 0.08

DDC XDDXH08.5EJL 8.5 0.1 1 3.8 0.101

DDC XDDXH11.1EHL 11.1 0.1 1.38 3.9 0.09

DDC XDDXH12.7EGL 12.7 0.1 0.7 3.9 0.1

Mack XMKXH11.9E54 11.9 0.2 N.R. 3.8 0.074

Volvo XVTXH07.350S 7.3 0.1 1 3.7 0.1

Volvo XVTXH12.150S 12.1 0.1 1.5 4 0.06

Average Values 12.2 0.20 0.98 3.76 0.084

Source: CARB, 1999b

Notes: CO = carbon monoxide; HCs = hydrocarbons; NOx = nitrogen oxides; N.R. = not reported; PM = particulate matter.

A-2


COMMENTS

-



 

18:33 Jul 26 2006
Times Read: 1,228


http://www.hermetics.org/magick.html



http://www.sacred-magick.com/Main.html?



http://www.sacred-magick.com/pdf/Enochian.html



http://www.thelemapedia.org/index.php/Enochian_magick



http://www.hermetic.com/browe-archive/enochian.htm



http://www.rahoorkhuit.net/library/enochian/





http://altreligion.about.com/library/bl_enochian.htm?terms=enochian


COMMENTS

-



 

Planetary Influences on Solar Activity

17:51 Jul 26 2006
Times Read: 1,229




Introduction

There are a number of observations that indicate that sunspots, flares and other solar activity are triggered by remote fields. Surface features, such as coronal transients and magnetic arcs, take place before flares. It is well known that theories suggesting internal forces as responsible are flawed, and flares are best described as an exploding current. Furthermore, flares reappear in essentially the same location, indicating a stability that could not be achieved by internal processes, since the explosive nature of solar erupts would disrupt any uniform flow. In fact, coherent radio emissions were observed from a large sunspot producing bursts from a maser, the radio equivalent of a laser, and electron beams. These require much more stability than would occur from an internal process. Also, white-light flares are produced from energy above the solar surface and flares take place at different depths of the solar surface. The question is where do the remote fields come from? The evidence points to the planets and their solar linkage.



Theories of planetary influences on solar activity have a long history. Again, as is so typical of the current mind-set in the physical sciences, these observations have been attributed to gravitational effects, but gravitational effects are far too weak. Because of this, some scientists have denied any planetary influence exists, but the effect is not gravitational. Rather, the effect is electromagnetic. These influences are the result of a new Earth model, referred to as the Field-dynamical Earth Model (FEM), and the other planets are similar at this level, referred to as a Field-dynamical Planetary Model. Here are some excerpts from The Vital Vastness -- Volume Two: The Living Cosmos.

Earthly Influences on Solar Activity

When considering all of the observations, they call for a spiraling electromagnetic helix typical of the Fields on the planets, like the Polar Fields' and their helical auroras. These Fields are accelerated towards the Sun's surface by a coupling with the Interplanetary Magnetic Field; abbreviated IMF (see Figure 4). A solar physicist's comments strongly indicate that the Field-dynamical Model of the planets are at work: "The similarity of auroral particle acceleration to the solar flare case has suggested to several authors that the same acceleration mechanisms may explain both phenomena. It seems likely that more than one acceleration mechanism may be necessary to explain all observations." A planetary correlation with sunspots has been claimed by many scientists throughout the years, but has been denied by others, because no mechanism was known, and gravitational effects are far too weak.

Notwithstanding, a number of observations indicate that the Earth and other planets trigger solar activity. Flares do not form at the brightest x-ray point in sunspots, and other types of solar activity, which indicates that the trigger is far from the site. Also the magnetic fields are continuous, but would not be if they were the result of internal processes. Internal motions would disrupt an internal field. In fact, some flares affect different depths of the solar surface (i.e., corona, chromosphere or photosphere), which is another indication of a remote field.



The Earth's magnetic field undergoes changes of intensity that reflect the magnitude of changes in solar activity before they take place on the Sun. This study took into account eight solar cycles totaling 89 years (1884 to 1972). The observations disclosed that magnetic data for the Earth at sunspot minimum indicates the "depth" of the following maximum.



Furthermore, the majority of solar maximums take place in a period around the vernal equinox. The scientist that conducted the study states: "Of the 21 maximums occurring during the period 1750-1970 thirteen take place during the 4-month period February-May, while only four occur during each of the periods June-September and October-January." Flare formation around the time of the March or vernal equinox unveils the effects of the Earth. After all, months are relative to the Earth's motion around the Sun, not the Sun itself.



These seasonal variations are also noted in naked-eye Oriental sunspot sightings, which show a peak in March, and a secondary peak in April. A third peak is noted around the December solstice. This effect is not random, and it has been suggested that late winter-early spring dust storms obscured sightings in other seasons, bringing about this effect. However, this does not explain the December peak, a time when there were winter thunderstorms, especially during solar maximums. Furthermore, dust storms have more often been an aid, rather than a hindrance, to naked eye viewing of the Sun.



More recent solar events also show these peaks, as well. Major solar activity was noted for June 1988, March 1989, March 1990, March and June 1991, and so on. Some of the strongest solar proton events also occur around these times. The strongest proton events for certain years are 24 September 1978; 13 October 1981; 13 July 1982; 26 April 1984; 13 and 18 March 1989; 13 August 1989; 30 September 1989; 20 October 1989; 1 December 1989; 24 March 1991; 11 June 1991; 8 July 1991; 9 May 1992; 31 October 1991; 21 February 1994; and 21 April 1998 (all are 1,700 pfu @ > 10 MeV or greater). All of these events are within five weeks, some are within a few weeks or days, of the equinoxes or solstices. In fact, the strongest was 24 March 1991, just a few days following the vernal equinox (43,000 pfu @ > 10 MeV). Moreover, in 1991 there were very strong solar activity, solar flares, and geomagnetic storms that revealed the FEM-solar linkage. Other facts confirm the FEM-solar linkage (as will be shown throughout this chapter).



One such fact is the 1913 and 1969 jerks of the geomagnetic field, which are correlated with the 11-year solar cycle. Shifts in the geomagnetic field peak first, then solar activity. Again, this phenomenon indicates that the Earth is responsible for the solar transformations; it is a matter of cause and effect. Further support for this linkage is evident in theories that attribute the polar jerks to both internal and solar variations. Impulses were first attributed to internal processes, but were later correlated to solar activity. The reason they are attributed to both is that FEM and the Sun are a single unit. Polar jerks, reversals and wander will be discussed in section 5.7. The entire solar-FEM linkage can be noted in the fact that solar activity, geomagnetic activity, changes in the length of day (i.e., the Earth's rotation), and various geophysical phenomena, including climate, earthquakes, and volcanic eruptions are correlated.



The vernal equinox is a time when the Earth has both poles oriented perpendicular to the ecliptic plane, and is moving toward the Sun, making it an ideal time for interaction with the solar wind and Interplanetary Magnetic Field (IMF). Geomagnetic activity reaches a maximum around the time of the equinoxes, with the largest variations in spring and fall, as well as daily and annual variations, and this effect is controlled by the Earth's interaction with the IMF.



Due to the interactions between the IMF and geomagnetic field (GMF), there is a twelve-month wave in geomagnetic activity with a maximum at the March (vernal) and September (autumnal) equinoxes. The largest sunspot average effect on the Sun's Northern Hemisphere switched to the largest effect on the Southern Hemisphere in 1913, the year of a polar jerk. This occurred along with the deepest solar activity minimum since 1811. Also, it was a year when solar motion around the center of mass (barycenter) attained a minimum. The conclusion is inescapable: "It seems, however, that these phenomena are the result of a common cause."



One of the most established connections between the Earth and Sun is the close correlations between changes in the Earth's magnetic field, and fluctuations in the coming and going of sunspots. So interconnected are these fields that the polarity of the IMF can be inferred by observations of the Earth's magnetic field. An Earthly influence on solar activity has been commented upon by one scientist who proposes that the GMF could be a strange attractor due to some type of oscillations, and thereby, creates turbulent flow. Others claim that different mechanisms are responsible for an Earthly influence on solar activity.



Observations near the Earth also confirm a solar-FEM linkage in solar activity. The most energetic solar flare phenomena are associated with what are called Ground Level Events (GLE). All GLE between 1942 and 1978 displayed no delay in onset times; they occurred on the Sun and Earth simultaneously. In order to explain this, the IMF must intersect "open field lines connected to Earth." Such events are only partly accelerated on site, but also in the heliosphere, which extends beyond the planets.



It was noted that an active boundary of the IMF (current sheet), and plasma layers in the geomagnetic field (GMF) were surrounding a strong rotation of the GMF that contained compressed and heated solar wind plasma. This observation reveals one of the IMF-GMF interactions that take place. An enhanced field strength and considerable wave activity direction is noted, but not in the direction predicted by the magnetic stresses across the boundary. The source of the energy and momentum were unknown. However, the unknown is the Polar Field of FEM interacting with the IMF, and accelerating the solar wind earthward. This is why solar wind streams display a pronounced local depletion of ion concentrations near the Earth. In contrast, during quiet periods the Earth is one of the main sources of protons.



The Moon, which influences Earthly phenomena (as will be discussed in this chapter), is also observed in solar activity. A lunar effect is indicated in proton counts (1952-1963), and neutron counts (1958-1963) near the Earth (i.e., the lunar mean synodic rotation of 27.3 days, and the synodic month of 29.5 days, which is especially beyond random distribution). There is also a lunar influence on the occurrence of aurora. The Moon influences the dynamics of FEM by triggering particle flow, which in turn may influence the Sun due to the solar-FEM linkage.



Other indications of an Earthly influence on solar activity have been noted. Only 25% of all solar flares cause magnetic disturbances at the Earth (geomagnetic storms). However, as stated, the Earth's magnetic field always reveals solar activity prior to that activity.



Even flare formation and aurora formation are very similar. Hydrogen (-alpha) flares develop in about 20 to 30 minutes, and auroral substorms in about 30 minutes. In x-ray and microwaves the flare occurs in less than a minute, and auroral intensity increases two to three orders of magnitude in about a minute. Both have x-ray emissions and electron spectra that are similar. An astrophysicist makes the inevitable statement: "It is fascinating to infer that an auroral 'curtain' and a flare 'ribbon' are produced by similar processes."



Large-scale fluctuations of the solar wind occur in the Earth's vicinity (1 AU), and display a period of four days. The intermediate-frequency fluctuations occur in periods from approximately nine hours to four days, and low-frequency from about four days to the solar rotational period. In addition, there are periods of three to four days in Interplanetary Magnetic Field phenomena. All these phenomena have a common period of four days.



A number of phenomena on Earth have a period of four days, and this is associated with the time-varying aspects of the Fields. There is a 4-day period in mid-latitude electron zone flow induced by lightning. Thunderstorms increase about four days after cosmic-ray events (e.g., flares). The electrical potential change in the lower troposphere and radioactive elements (radionuclides; e.g., Be7) increase about four days after solar eruptions. Likewise, when the IMF sector structure passes the Earth there is an increase in the size of cyclones (VAI; Vorticity Area Index), which peaks in about four days. Weather events, earthquakes, and other geophysical phenomena also display a 4-day period (this will be discussed). Putting it all into perspective, the life connection of FEM can be seen in the fact that all life on Earth has a "preperception," four days prior to magnetic changes on Earth that are later caused by solar events. To better state this, life on Earth contributes to the functioning of FEM, which in turn influences the Sun, and this then affects FEM.



Further support for this understanding is afforded by observations of the interrelationships between the geomagnetic field (GMF) and the Interplanetary Magnetic Field (IMF). The aurora known as the Theta-arc configuration occurs along a certain structure of the IMF, which is the north-directed IMF (i.e., the y-component). Dynamics of the Earth's polar region, where auroras take place (i.e., polar cusp), are related to IMF solar wind particles when they are injected into the region where the northward IMF and GMF lines merge. The IMF carries shock waves that cause geomagnetic storms, and corresponds with other polar phenomena (such as, the electrostatic potential). The active regions of the IMF, at 0o to 40o latitudes, are ideal for interaction with the Earth's orbital plane, which is inclined 7o to the solar equator. The IMF's annual change form toward or away form the Sun occurs when the heliographic latitude of the Earth is 0o, and this IMF shift depends on which solar pole is tipped toward the Earth. So interconnected are the GMF and IMF that the polarity of the IMF can be deduced from observations of the GMF.



As discussed, the IMF and GMF interact more during the equinoxes, and one pole during the solstice. As a result, there is a maximum in geomagnetic activity during the equinoxes due to the Earth's inclination on it axis relative to the IMF. The strongest activity occurs when open field lines merge, particularly when the IMF is southward with maximums just following the equinoxes on about 5 April and 6 October.



Processes other than the Sun and the IMF are required to accelerate the solar wind in interplanetary space. Not realizing that the Earth's and other planets' Fields influence solar activity and the solar wind, scientists make comments like these: "The nature of the sources of accelerated particles is still unclear." "The nature of the Sun's magnetic field and the processes that cause sunspot-belt flux to erupt as observed remain enigmatic." In contrast, another scientist comments on the Earth's influence: "The phenomena observed indicate that the Earth also apparently repels sunspots to the farther side of the Sun." Other studies also indicate the Earth has an influence on solar activity.



Numerous flare observations confirm that a mechanism(s) outside the Sun triggers flares and sunspots. Studies of flares indicate that there are mechanisms that are overlying the Sun's surface. For example, the charge interchange with atomic and ionized hydrogen at particle sources appears to require two different acceleration mechanisms. The preexisting field on the Sun must be moved "aside" for the emerging flux to develop. Flare loops form through a magnetic reconnection in a local, outwardly extended and external magnetic field. Magnetic disturbances at the Earth and corotating, high-speed streams are so co-fluctuating that the magnetic disturbances have been used to determine solar activity, including seasonal peaks. A team of scientists explain this phenomenon: "That such similar structure is observed in the same phase of different cycles over such a long time (up to tens of years) suggests a quite stable source structure for the geomagnetic disturbances generated by the corotating structure in the solar wind." The Sun and Earth are a single unit when it comes to solar activity.



Aside from solar maximums occurring more around the vernal equinox, and the Earth's magnetic field indicating the depth of the following maximum, there are other connections with FEM. Solar cycles fluctuations in phenomena on Earth and the life upon it are well known. For example, a double solar cycle of 22 years is apparent in the heavy hydrogen (deuterium) to hydrogen (D/H) ratios in fossilized tree wood. This shows that there are cyclic variations in air or water temperature that are in accord with solar cycles. The thickness of annual sediment layers also display a 22-year cycle. There are many similar cyclic correlations that will be discussed in section 5.2, and cannot be explained solely by the relatively minor fluctuations in solar output.



Life and the electrical potential of the Earth vary with solar activity. There is a minimum (1.0 GV; gigavolt) at sunspot minimum, and a maximum (2.7 GV) at solar maximum, which is also reflected in magnetic disturbances on Earth. The air and Earth potentials fluctuate with life. For example, tree potentials (L-fields) shift along with the Earth's magnetic and electric activity, the light-dark cycles, and lunar cycles.



Chemical reactions (Piccardi Tests) on Earth peak first, then solar activity. These chemical reactions are also correlated with magnetic storms, sudden cosmic-ray bombardments, solar flares, and have an annual cycle with a peak, like solar activity, around the March (vernal) equinox. This chemical-reaction effect is also apparent in living things. All life on Earth, even the simplest creatures, such as bacteria, display behavioral and physiological changes four days prior to magnetic disturbances on Earth that are later caused by solar activity. In turn, alternating electromagnetic fields, like those that accompany geomagnetic storms, are biologically active, changing animals (systolic) rhythms, bioelectricity, and blood dynamics.



A highly significant statistical test indicates that the economy (GNP and Price Index), which is actually a measure of the life destroyed, has an influence on solar activity, and not the other way around. Finally, it is a well-known fact that when cycles of the same length here on Earth coincide with solar cycles, it is the Earth's that peaks first. Section 5.2 will illustrate this further.



Other observations bring conformation of this relationship. Polar faculae of the Sun have been observed more since 1951, during minimums. Faculae are produced by solar plasma that is accelerated into the poles of the Sun. The 1950s were a time when the world economy became more industrialized (post-World War II) and solar activity began a new maximum. Since that time these faculae first appeared and continue to reappear. The Sun is maintaining its fusion reactions in response to more losses in the solar wind than previously.



An Earthly influence on sunspots was discussed as far back as 1907, and has continually reappeared in scientific literature since then. The 1907 article was called "An Apparent Influence of the Earth on the Number and Areas of Sunspots in the Cycle 1889-1901." A recent review of these data leads a present-day scientist to conclude that the Earth triggers sunspots.



From section 5.2 the discussion is focused on cycles of solar activity and those of Earthly phenomena, and here is another reference to the GNP:





This relationship is also apparent in the Gross National Product (GNP) and the Wholesale Price Index, both of which are a measure of the life destroyed in the manufacture of goods and the waste generated. A study compared these indexes over a time period from 1889 to 1978 with sunspot cycles, and disclosed the causal factor. In this article, "Sunspots and Cycles: A Test of Causation," in which the authors state:

"In an attempt to identify the limitation of exogeneity testing, we gathered data on a 'classic' question in economics. Is there a causal relationship between sunspots and the business cycle? On the basis of the evidence, we... are forced to conclude that the U.S. economy has a significant impact on the Sun, but that sunspots have no influence on the economy. We were, of course, more than a little surprised to the find that the U.S. economy has any influence on the Sun. However, as [others have] said so well, one 'would have to be rather more pigheaded in order not to have the evidence change his views.' We agree that identifying the linkages constitutes an important topic of future research."



Planetary Influences on Solar Activity









The Earth is not the only planet to display an influence on the formation of sunspots, though it is the most influential. Electron acceleration has been observed near Jupiter, not only along magnetic field lines, but across the regular magnetic field and toward the Sun. In fact, some of these electrons have been noted in the Earth's orbit. An astrophysicist's comment reveals what could be expected of a time-varying accelerator, "the source acts for some days and is then switched off."

This is also true of the other planets, and this is one of the reasons why we observe planetary periods in solar activity. It has been known for a long time that planetary positions that create angles of 0o, 90o, 180o, 270o, or two planets at 180o with the third at 90o affect short-wave radio reception, and radio signals due to increased solar activity. These angles are typical of the dynamics of electric and magnetic field interactions. From 1952 onwards, forecasting based on this understanding alone has been 80% effective.



The Earth in an angular relationship with any of the other planets, such as Venus-Earth configurations, influences the formation of sunspots. Configurations involving Mercury, Earth and Venus show some of the greatest effects. A 110-day cycle of angular acceleration between Venus, Earth and Jupiter is correlated to energetic x-ray bursts. The sources can be noted in the observation that the solar wind is associated with the local depletion of ion concentrations in the Venus and Earth ionospheres.



The four outer, largest planets (Jupiter, Saturn, Neptune and Uranus) are the most important for determining the position of the Sun, and the center of mass in the Solar System. The three closest (Mercury, Venus and Earth) are the most important for causing the jerk or change of acceleration of the Sun. These influences are the greatest gravitational effects, which are still far too weak to cause the observed shifts in solar activity.



The terms used to describe the angles between the planets are conjunction (0o), square (90o), and opposition (180o), all of which are noted in effects on solar activity. When Venus and Earth are in opposition there are 60% more sunspots than during conjunction. When the Earth, Venus and Jupiter are in conjunction, there are even more sunspots. A study covering a 300-year period disclosed that sunspots increase when Jupiter and Saturn are in conjunction, square and opposition. Uranus and Neptune are in square during maximums, and in conjunction or opposition during minimums. The positions of Mercury, Venus, Earth and Jupiter are correlated with solar proton events. Mercury's revolution around the Sun is also a solar cycle (87.976 days). When Venus, Earth and Jupiter are on the same side of the Sun with Mercury at closest approach (perihelion) the effect doubles. That is, Mercury's orbital period in sunspot data also depends on the phases of Venus, Earth and Jupiter. The conclusions from the data are clear: "There is a close link between various planetary alignments and the dates of sunspot maxima and minima."



The influence is a combination of electromagnetic fields in dynamic interaction that overcome the gravitational (tidal) forces. This is why studies that claim gravitational forces are responsible have been put into the skeptics corner, so to speak, and have somewhat discredited this whole area of study. Gravitational forces are far too weak to be responsible for the effects.



This electromagnetic long-range force is also why there are planetary periods in sunspots. What particularly illustrates this is that Pluto, the farthest (most of the time) and smallest of the planets, has a period that shows up in sunspot data. The influence cannot possibly be gravitational, as a scientist exclaims: "These planetary influences cannot be gravitational, but must be magnetic or electrical in character." Planetary positions have been used to predict solar flares, which is not explainable by gravitational effects. A scientist studying planetary positions and solar activity makes a comment that reflects the limitations of present perspectives: "There was as yet no understanding of why this should be."



The five outer planets' orbital (synodic) periods display close associations with sunspot periods, with the exception of Neptune. A scientist expresses concern over this enigma: "Note that, in spite of its size and great distance from the Sun, Pluto is included as one of the planets involved in a synodic period associated with a sunspot period. This is most surprising. Pluto is the most eccentric of the planets; Neptune, next to Venus, is the least eccentric. In fact, Neptune's orbit is almost exactly circular."



The reason Neptune's synodic period does not show up in sunspot periods is due to the way in which Neptune's magnetic field is offset in relation to the ecliptic plane and the IMF. It is not anywhere near the angular interactions that the other planets have with the IMF. This is also evident in lower radio emissions and an offset auroral zone that rotates with Neptune away from the Sun and the IMF.



Not only do planetary synodic periods correlate with solar activity, but also variations from orbital eccentricity are found in sunspot periods. Conjunctions of Jupiter and the center of mass of the Solar System (barycenter) have been used to predict energetic x-ray flares. Planetary effects on solar activity have been shown in numerous other studies. Many scientists acknowledge that the effect is not gravitational (i.e., tidal).





Solar Neutrinos



Observations of solar neutrinos confirm both the structure of the Sun, and the influence of planetary Fields on solar activity. Solar neutrinos are subatomic particles produced by the nuclear reactions that take place within the Sun. A direct test of how the Sun produces its luminosity is to observe the quantity of neutrinos that are emitted.

Recent observations show that the Sun is discharging only one-third of the expected number of neutrinos. This greater solar efficiency is in disagreement with the supposedly well-established theory of stellar evolution. Therefore, the Sun's mechanisms are not understood or the classical theory of neutrinos is wrong. Both possibilities are unattractive to conventional theorists. Admittedly, a scientist relates: "Something else in the Sun has to be efficiently transferring energy out of the center." This greater efficiency is also suggested by the long-term (secular) variability of solar activity.



The biggest surprise was that neutrinos fluctuate in relation to the solar cycle. Less neutrinos are emitted during solar maximum, but they should not vary, except on a timescale of billions of years. A neutrino with a large magnetic-moment can interact with strong magnetic fields, causing the spin of the neutrino to flip from left-handed to a right-handed helicity, and thereby, go unobserved in the experiments. That is, the weak interaction coupling (constant) occurs mostly with left-handed spins, and the experiments were designed with this perspective in mind. The spin conversion would have to occur at or above the solar surface, or it would not be correlated to the solar cycle. Therefore, a strong magnetic interaction that originates from outside the Sun is required, because sunspots are bubbles of less dense material coming off the solar surface (e.g., magnetic flux tubes). This sunspot-cycle effect by itself could not bring about the required conditions with only the Sun, and therefore, remote fields are required. The facts at this level also encourage the idea that the remote fields of the planets are involved in solar activity, and this correlates with fluctuations in neutrinos.



A serious shortfall of solar neutrinos was revealed in more recent data from the Soviet-American Gallium Experiment or SAGE. The gallium interacts with low-energy neutrinos created in the prime energy producing reactions of the Sun, but their detected levels were far too low. This statement hints at the Earth's influence: "Such a low rate provides strong evidence that electron-neutrinos somehow disappear between their creation and reaching the Earth." Notwithstanding, it has also been suggested that the neutrino shortfall could be the result of an energy source in the Earth's core, as described for FEM.



In fact, the present theory of flare formation relies on magnetic flux tubes beneath the surface, in the photosphere, while no photospheric process can produce the energy required. Before a flare, dramatic, relative motions of sunspots indicate force-free fields that produce a twisting or shear of the magnetic field lines. Force-free and field-aligned currents are essential to flare occurrence. Furthermore, vortex flows are essential for generating field-aligned currents, while electrons carrying the upward field-aligned currents must be streaming down into a deeper layer, the chromosphere. One group of scientists summarizes:



"Considering all the evidence, it seems that a full solution of the solar neutrino puzzle requires something in addition to the hypothesis of neutrino magnetic moments. The primary concern is the possibility that ordinary cosmic rays, by some unknown process, contaminate the 37-Ar data and lead to a correlation with solar activity through the modulation of galactic cosmic rays. Nonetheless, perhaps some other vector could mediate between the cosmic rays and the detector."



Statements like this suggest planetary fields are interacting with the solar surface, causing the spin flip of the neutrino, as well as the other observations. This is especially true of FEM, because the detector is on Earth, and therefore, the spin flip must take place before reaching the Earth's surface. Then again, as indicated by scientists, this could be due to the fact that the Earth has an energy source deep within its interior, as noted with FEM.



The Vital Vastness continues with other observations that confirm the planetary influences on solar activity. The Earth, however, is the most influential of the planets. This can be seen in the history of solar activity and how it fluctuates with the waxing and waning of civilization. As civilizations spread and destroy wilderness, they offset the dynamics of the Field-dynamical Earth Model (FEM), and due to its solar linkage triggers solar activity. This is also evident in the Modern Maximum in solar activity, fairly recent solar features, and geophysical effects beginning with the Industrial Revolution, and compounding effects from post-World War II on, when industrialization began a sweeping impact on the biosphere.















COMMENTS

-



 

COmmon sence

18:19 Jul 20 2006
Times Read: 1,238


As anyone remotely interested in science knows by now, 100 years ago

Einstein wrote six papers that laid the groundwork for quantum

mechanics and relativity, arguably the two most successful theories

in history. To commemorate Einstein's "annus mirabilis," a coalition

of physics groups has designated 2005 the World Year of Physics. The

coalition's Web site lists more than 400 celebratory events,

including conferences, museum exhibits, concerts, Webcasts, plays,

poetry readings, a circus, a pie-eating contest and an Einstein look-

alike competition.



In the midst of all this hoopla, I feel compelled to deplore one

aspect of Einstein's legacy: the widespread belief that science and

common sense are incompatible. In the pre-Einstein era, T. H. Huxley,

aka "Darwin's bulldog," could define science as "nothing but trained

and organized common sense." But quantum mechanics and relativity

shattered our common-sense notions about how the world works. The

theories ask us to believe that an electron can exist in more than

one place at the same time, and that space and time — the I-beams of

reality — are not rigid but rubbery. Impossible! And yet these sense-

defying propositions have withstood a century's worth of painstaking

experimental tests.



As a result, many scientists came to see common sense as an

impediment to progress not only in physics but also in other

fields. "What, after all, have we to show for ... common sense," the

behaviorist B. F. Skinner asked, "or the insights gained through

personal experience?" Elevating this outlook to the status of dogma,

the British biologist Lewis Wolpert declared in his influential 1992

book "The Unnatural Nature of Science," "I would almost contend that

if something fits in with common sense it almost certainly isn't

science." Dr. Wolpert's view is widely shared. When I invoke common

sense to defend or — more often — criticize a theory, scientists

invariably roll their eyes.



Scientists' contempt for common sense has two unfortunate

implications. One is that preposterousness, far from being a problem

for a theory, is a measure of its profundity; hence the appeal,

perhaps, of dubious propositions like multiple-personality disorders

and multiple-universe theories. The other, even more insidious

implication is that only scientists are really qualified to judge the

work of other scientists. Needless to say, I reject that position,

and not only because I'm a science journalist (who majored in

English). I have also found common sense — ordinary, nonspecialized

knowledge and judgment — to be indispensable for judging scientists'

pronouncements, even, or especially, in the most esoteric fields.



For example, Einstein's intellectual heirs have long been obsessed

with finding a single "unified" theory that can embrace quantum

mechanics, which accounts for electromagnetism and the nuclear

forces, and general relativity, which describes gravity. The two

theories employ very different mathematical languages and describe

very different worlds, one lumpy and random and the other seamless

and deterministic.



The leading candidate for a unified theory holds that reality stems

from tiny strings, or loops, or membranes, or something wriggling in

a hyperspace consisting of 10, or 16 or 1,000 dimensions (the number

depends on the variant of the theory, or the day of the week, or the

theorist's ZIP code). A related set of "quantum gravity" theories

postulates the existence of parallel universes — some perhaps mutant

versions of our own, like "Bizarro world" in the old Superman comics —

existing beyond the borders of our little cosmos. "Infinite Earths

in Parallel Universes Really Exist," the normally sober Scientific

American once hyperventilated on its cover.



All these theories are preposterous, but that's not my problem with

them. My problem is that no conceivable experiment can confirm the

theories, as most proponents reluctantly acknowledge. The strings (or

membranes, or whatever) are too small to be discerned by any

buildable instrument, and the parallel universes are too distant.

Common sense thus persuades me that these avenues of speculation will

turn out to be dead ends.



Common sense — and a little historical perspective — makes me equally

skeptical of grand unified theories of the human mind. After a half-

century of observing myself and my fellow humans — not to mention

watching lots of TV and movies — I've concluded that as individuals

we're pretty complex, variable, unpredictable creatures, whose

personalities can be affected by a vast range of factors. I'm thus

leery of hypotheses that trace some important aspect of our behavior

to a single cause.



Two examples: The psychologist Frank Sulloway has claimed that birth

order has a profound, permanent impact on personality; first-borns

tend to be conformists, whereas later-borns are "rebels." And just

last year, the geneticist Dean Hamer argued that human spirituality —

surely one of the most complicated manifestations of our complicated

selves — stems from a specific snippet of DNA. Although common sense

biases me against these theories, I am still open to being persuaded

on empirical grounds. But the evidence for both Dr. Sulloway's birth-

order theory and Dr. Hamer's "God gene" is flimsy.



Over the past century, moreover, mind-science has been as faddish as

teenage tastes in music, as one theory has yielded to another.

Everything we think and do, scientists have assured us, can be

explained by the Oedipal complex, or conditioned reflexes, or

evolutionary adaptations, or a gene in the X chromosome, or serotonin

deficits in the amygdala. Given this rapid turnover in paradigms,

it's only sensible to doubt them all until the evidence for one

becomes overwhelming.



Ironically, while many scientists disparage common sense, artificial-

intelligence researchers have discovered just how subtle and powerful

an attribute it is. Over the past few decades, researchers have

programmed computers to perform certain well-defined tasks extremely

well; computers can play championship chess, calculate a collision

between two galaxies and juggle a million airline reservations. But

computers fail miserably at simulating the ordinary, experience-based

intelligence that helps ordinary humans get through ordinary days. In

other words, computers lack common sense, and that's why even the

smartest ones are so dumb.



Yes, common sense alone can lead us astray, and some of science's

most profound insights into nature violate it; ultimately, scientific

truth must be established on empirical grounds. Einstein himself once

denigrated common sense as "the collection of prejudices acquired by

age 18," but he retained a few basic prejudices of his own about how

reality works. His remark that "God does not play dice with the

universe" reflected his stubborn insistence that specific causes

yield specific effects; he could never fully accept the bizarre

implication of quantum mechanics that at small scales reality

dissolves into a cloud of probabilities.



So far, Einstein seems to be wrong about God's aversion to games of

chance, but he was right not to abandon his common-sense intuitions

about reality. In those many instances when the evidence is

tentative, we should not be embarrassed to call on common sense for

guidance.


COMMENTS

-



 

Dreamwalking

18:17 Jul 20 2006
Times Read: 1,240


Dreamwalking



Dreamwalking is a form of psychic projection where you leave the barriers of what you create inside your mind and travel beyond them while you are asleep. To do this, you must be able to lucid dream at will. Where you go is only limited by your own imagination. Just as easily as you were able to form your dreams, you can travel astrally through the earthbound planes of existance and even into the dreams of other sleepers. A thought, and you are there. Instantly.



Visiting Someone Elses Dream

This is easier if you have arranged a meeting with the person ahead of time because you can agree on a place to "meet up."

For surprise visits, I like envisioning the "Dream Bridge" where I picture myself on one side, and the dreamer I wish to visit on the other. If the person doesn't form on the other side of the bridge; he is usually either



*Not asleep



*Not in REM sleep where dreaming occurs



*Has some serious dreaming of his own to do



Once the person forms on the other side, begin to walk across the

bridge, slowly toward them. When you both meet in the middle, look to

see if the person sees you. If they smile and allow you to take their

hand; you will be a welcome participant in the dream. If they ignore

you, I wouldn't recommend going in under ANY circumstances.



Going into another person's dream, without permission is likened to

mind rape. While you can manipulate another's dreams as easily as you

can in your own lucid dreams, it is important to remember that you

are not the one ultimately in charge in another persons dream. Using

Dreamwalking as a weapon on another dreamer puts you at an EXTREME

disadvantage and is ill-advised.



The difference between Dreamwalkers and Astral Travelers is that

Dreamwalkers take a big shortcut into the astral realms. They are

asleep. Because of this, Dreamwalkers don't snap back to conciousness

immediately when threatened on the astral.



Typically, when an inexperienced Dreamwalker is threatened, they will

invariably fall deeper into sleep and begin to dream on a more

subconcious level. Regaining control after this happens is unlikely

without going through the relaxation process all over again.



While lucid dreaming is totally safe because you are inside your own

mind, Dreamwalkers stray outside and into the fast lane. You could

encounter others like you -- or others, not so like you. Not everyone

you meet will be friendly.



In a DreamWalk you are projecting yourself psychically. True astral

travellers have the full-blown astral vehical with them that they can

pull more energy through on an "as needed" basis. DreamWalker's have

only what they walk in with.



When you open your mind, you open yourself up to all sorts of nasty

business. My best advice to you is... if confronted with a hostile

entity while you are on a DreamWalk... Leave!


COMMENTS

-



 

First lesson I teach to my students.

06:09 Jul 19 2006
Times Read: 1,250


Student: Have you been in any rituals?

Depends on what your term of ritual is I'm a practicer of the necromantic and nyctomantic arts. A natural gater

Student: Hm.

Like I said depends on what people call ritual Every word spoken is a spell woven into existance with power, and every action is a ritual to prove somethign into manifestation.

Student: Deep. Do you ever group around and worship some name or object? Hang out?

Gods goddesses ect are mearly energy that has een focused on, given will ,purpose and enough energy to manifest it when it is tapped into. Why worship anything that is pure energy unless one is willing to become a channel a gate pure enough not to taint it and strong enough not to burn out?

Student: Because it gives me reason not to be destructive, to strive for something, all that is left in me. In this material world is there even one thing to strive for?

Self perfect sweet prince

Student: Heh!

When we can prove thru action word and deed that we are better human beings .When we can nobaly stand against all the rest and thier words and lies cannot touch us becuase we know thier are spoken in fear and that we cannot hate a creature for it's nature becuase it knows no better.When thier bitter rage is like energy to feed from and we sow the seeds of only the profitable then eventually the seeds will coem to grow and they will crawl back to us begging for forgiveness once we have woken them fro the dreaming

Student: Well, I'm kind of at a lost at what to say.

If we hate them becuase they hate us we are no better then they are, if we get them back and allow them to bring us down then we are no better hten they are. When we take ourselves above them and treat them like kings in beggars clothing then they eventually come to see and awaken. We can only work towards self perfection

Student: Self perfection alone?

We create the cycles around us sweet prince, we sow the seeds of creation or destruction in everyone we meet in everyone we touch in everyone we speak to and in everyone we see. Self disipline,self perfection, Study some buddist beliefs...the core 4 and the 8 fold path to honor. Mindfulness of our thoughts for thoughts lead to actions and spells are woven into rituals

Detachment, sometimes they lash outbecuase they are hurt it has nothgin to do with you or I they lash out becuase of themselves we chose weather or not to accept those words. Let me give you an example... If one insults you it is your choice to either understand the other persona (compassion) or take the insult , accept it personally. You can chose weather or not that insult hold any meanign or worth.

If you understadn they mearly woud speak it to anyone in that situation of the sort or that they way to anyone not just you and undrstand that they know no better way of communicating, mearly let it go like water off a ducks back.

one mindedness., If you are doing one task (even multitasking) Do each individual task as if it would be for the one you love dearly and that it must be perfect. Focus on each task and only that task as you do it. to put your best effort in.The only acceptance you'll ever need is your own, learn to forgive yoruself accept yourself and to life with yourself. When you make a mistake do NOT keep harboring that emotion and beatign yoruself down, Learn the lesson from the situation and make an effort to change the unnacceptable behavoirs that led to it.

Student: I see.

Live every moment of everyday reminding yourself of this self perfection, weather each action is acceptable or unacceptable . Learn your triggers what causes what reaction that you do not desire, self mastery is to obtain the self

Once we obtain ourselvs then can we live

Student: And if we die?

WE do not ever die WE are not of flesh and bone not what can be carved in stone... We are the endless sea of energy that has become aware of itself, created a space that is not itself, filled that space with itself to sudy and learn itself we are a small piece of the cosmos and we reflect every cause and action of the universe every tide change every moment of every day. WE can chose to take control of our lives and write our own fates, take responsibility for our own lives and wake from the dreaming

OR we can chose to forget, rely only on the shappeards to guide the blind sheep thru the dreaming and in faith trust that they will be strong enough to channel enough of that perfected energy to protect us. I have given you the tools to live to teach yourself, and to heal yourself.

What you do with these tools if your own responsibility, I haveplanted the seeds it is your choice weather you give them fertile soil or weather you leave them dormant.. But eventually they will grow Mayhaps in this form you have chosen or in the nex, Hell is to repaet the same event over and over untill one learns the lesson, every moment of every day there is a lesson to be learned even from the simplest of things.

Student: I'm sorry I'm silent, I'm just thinking.

Silence is proper at this moment for contemplation

Student: Is it hell to love someone that hates you?

No love and hate are both passion The opposite of love is indifference

There are those that I love unconditionally accepting unjudgementally . They could tear the beatign heart out of my chest and hate me for all eternity and I woudl love thier hate becuase it is thiers.

WE can only learn to change our own unnaccptable behaviors and when we have reached a point that the new programmign of behavors overwrite the old unnacceptable then they see it in our every move and they come to forgive

Hate come from pain or sorrow, It is an instinctive response hate fades with time or it consumes. WE chose what we do with that energy and killign ourselves over the emotion of another when they have a made that choice is irresponsible becuase there are others we are the world for weatheror not we see it.

Our llives effect so many people around us and weave so many fates into a single thread that we often have a million peopel to die for but it our responsibility to live for our purpose an dour duty EVerything is like the tides it's shifts it comes it goes and it will come back in time. We learn to shift with it and to understand what leaves will return again when it needs to. The reed or the tree that does not bend with the wind will break That land that does not shift with the tides will be eaten away and taken someplace else.

That which does not learn to adapt to overcome and to evolve fades and something takes it place untill It beomces somethign else. Life is a marble , infinite directions infinite place infinite spaces each infinite direction. But it takes will and force equal to that path to change it's course.

I was once old that in a world of darkeness it is easier to mearly give in , lose ones own light and becomes dark themselves, It takes aperson with dedication and charactar one willing to live and take the fight for whats right. To cling to that inner fire and feed it with the small simle sweet pleasure of life as they are treasures not to be taken for granted. TO build thier own lives and dreams from the shards of that ghosted mirror we call the past instead of allowing them to bleed us dry. Those who still fight for what it light and hodl to that fight hold th ehope of an entire race adn as long as there is still one who fights there is still hope enough. WE are that hope, how can we not answer such a calling.

The path will be rough but it is what we make it for those to come after us that makes the difference. Nothgi nis truly ours we are not is begining nor it's destination it is mearly gifted to usfor a time for it;s keeping. In such are we not responsible for it's keeping? Is it not our duty to utilise it to the fullest and take the best care of it we are able?

Student: I'm confused. The question you asked about keeping something Are you asking if we are responsible for life? Our own lives? Or is it that it's the other way around.

I ask this about everything I own physically , mundanely and nonphysically We are rsponsible for the upkeeping of everythign we are gifted with From our flesh to our minds, to our possessions to the places we live.

Student: Ah

Please do ask any questions freely

Student: Heh, why call me a prince? Right now all I am is just some normal man with a round belly.

Every person is a king in beggars clothing, They mearly need the keys to open their potentiality

Student: Ok then... How is your situation at this time?

Right now honestly it is as bad as it is good depending on the day and how I wish to see it... I can focus on the fact that I have no job, my lover has epilespy, siesures, migrianes, a floating spinal bone and a rotated 180 degree spinal bone that causes fluid to build up on the brain which leads to paranio ad many other other things. I can focus on the fact that I am living on a friends floor and doign all the house work becuase she has ptsd bad enough with migraines she cannot function.

Student: I'm sorry.

Or I can focus on the fact, that I have a roof over my head, foot to eat, can come and go as I please, all the freedom I need right now. I can forget for a time that my soal mate cut his throat and bled to death in my arms and remember that I am alive. I can focus on the fact that I will find a job and I will make things work out and that I can heal enough make to make a ripple to teach enough people to heal themselves and to live and to teach, so that they may take from me what I took from life with less scars and teach others. My Life is what I make it, what I am willing to do and as long as I remember to learn from every event of every day and keep in mind the steps than everythign turns out ok and everything goes along smoothly and I am happy. We chose to cause our own suffering and I learned along time ago that I was tired of suffering so I did something about it. I learned how to live, to live well and to the best of my ability.


COMMENTS

-



 

past life regression

19:00 Jul 18 2006
Times Read: 1,251




Past life regression (PLR) is the alleged journeying into one's past lives while hypnotized. While it is true that many patients recall past lives, it is highly probable that their memories are false memories. The memories are from experiences in this life, pure products of the imagination, intentional or unintentional suggestions from the hypnotist, or confabulations.



Some New Age therapists do PLR therapy under the guise of personal growth; others under the guise of healing. As a tool for New Age explorers, there may be little harm in encouraging people to remember what are probably false memories about their living in earlier centuries or for encouraging them to go forward in time and glimpse into the future. But as a method of healing, it must be apparent even to the most superficial of therapists that there are great dangers in encouraging patients to create delusions. Some false memories may be harmless, but others can be devastating. They can increase a person's suffering, as well as destroy loving relationships with family members. The care with which hypnosis should be used seems obvious.



Some therapists think hypnosis opens a window to the unconscious mind where memories of past lives are stored. How memories of past lives get into the unconscious mind of a person is not known, but advocates loosely adhere to a doctrine of reincarnation, even though such a doctrine does not require a belief in the unconscious mind as a reservoir of memories of past lives.



PLR therapists claim that past life regression is essential to healing and helping their patients. Some therapists claim that past life therapy can help even those who don't believe in past lives. The practice is given undeserved credibility because of the credentials of some of its leading advocates, e.g., Brian L. Weiss, M.D., who is a graduate of Columbia University and Yale Medical School and Chairman Emeritus of Psychiatry at the Mount Sinai Medical Center in Miami. There are no medical internships in PLR therapy, nor does being a medical doctor grant one special authority in metaphysics, the occult or the supernatural.



reincarnation and PLR



Psychologist Robert Baker demonstrated that belief in reincarnation is the greatest predictor of whether a subject would have a past-life memory while under past life regression hypnotherapy. Furthermore, Baker demonstrated that the subject's expectations significantly affect the past-life regressive session. He divided a group of 60 students into three groups. He told the first group that they were about to experience an exciting new therapy that could help them uncover their past lives. Eighty-five per cent in this group were successful in "remembering" a past life. He told the second group that they were to learn about a therapy which may or may not work to engender past-life memories. In this group, the success rate was 60%. He told the third group that the therapy was crazy and that normal people generally do not experience a past life. Only 10% of this group had a past-life "memory."



There are at least two attractive features of past life regression. Since therapists charge by the hour, the need to explore centuries instead of years will greatly extend the length of time a patient will need to be "treated," thereby increasing the cost of therapy. Secondly, the therapist and patient can usually speculate wildly without much fear of being contradicted by the facts. However, this can backfire if anyone bothers to investigate the matter, as in the case of Bridey Murphy, the case that started this craze in 1952.



channeling

Channeling is a process whereby an individual (the "channeler") claims to have been invaded by a spirit entity which speaks through the channeler. The channeling craze began in earnest in 1972 with the publication of Seth Speaks by Jane Roberts and Robert Butts, her husband. They claim that "Seth," a very wise "unseen entity," communicated his wisdom to Jane, who dictated to Butts while she was in a trance. Though Roberts, a somewhat accomplished poet, was obviously very literate and widely read in many religious and occult traditions (including Jung), her advocates portray her as communicating ideas beyond her ability. They take this as proof she was inspired. This is true: Roberts and Butts were probably inspired by the depth of human credulity.



Actress Shirley MacLaine and the ABC television network gave this modern version of ghosts speaking through a medium a modicum of credibility. In 1987, ABC showed a mini-series based on MacLaine's book Out on a Limb, which depicts MacLaine conversing with spirits through channeler Kevin Ryerson. One of the spirits who speaks through Ryerson is a contemporary of Jesus called "John." "John" doesn't speak Aramaic--the language of Jesus--but a kind of Elizabethan English. "John" tells MacLaine that she is co-creator of the world with God. MacLaine, a consummate egotist, becomes ecstatic to find out that she is right about a belief she'd expressed earlier, viz., that she IS God (Gardner, 1987 ).



One of MacLaine's favorite channelers is J.Z. Knight who claims to channel a 35,000 year-old Cromagnon warrior called Ramtha. This preposterous notion has made her famous and wealthy. Some of her patrons pay as much as $1,000 to attend her seminars where she dispenses such wisdom as "[we must] open our minds to new frontiers of potential."



cryptomnesia

Cryptomnesia is, literally, hidden memory. The term Was coined by psychology professor Théodore Flournoy (1854-1921) and is used to explain the origin of experiences that people believe to be original but which are actually based on memories of events they've forgotten. It seems likely that most so-called past life regressions induced through hypnosis are confabulations fed by cryptomnesia. For example, Virginia Tighe's hypnotic recollections of Bridey Murphy of Cork, Ireland (Bridie Murphey Corkell), if not deliberately fraudulent, are most likely recollections of events that happened in this life but which she had forgotten.



Cryptomnesia may also explain how the apparent plagiarism of such people as Helen Keller or George Harrison of the Beatles might actually be cases of hidden memory. Harrison didn't intend to plagiarize the Chiffon's "He's So Fine" in "My Sweet Lord." Nor did Keller intend to plagiarize Margaret Canby's "The Frost Fairies" when she wrote "The Frost King." Both may simply be cases of not having a conscious memory of their experiences of the works in question.



AKASHIC SOUL SCIENCE

DEFINITION:

Whether called 'reincarnation memories' or 'personality roles' we each carry within us a series of SCENARIOS or "STORIES" buried deeply within our Psyche, waiting only to be called-upon in order to 'surface' and reveal themselves to us. Some of us can easily tap into this 'memory pool' or 'Tree Of Tales' through dreams, fantasies and meditation; others need a bit of help getting the material 'flowing' out of long-term memory. The process of opening-up this data-pool is commonly called 'Akashic Meditation.' The "Akashic Record" may be viewed as the 'library' of your personal Incarnation stories.. a collection of EXPERIENCES that amount to a Karmic "logbook" of your Soul's Journey.



KARMA.. or the Spiritual Consequences of past actions and experiences.. is what you will experience through Akashic Meditation. Karma is the force which gives us our PATTERNS of life-experience. Every 'lifetime' or Soul-fragment located through Akashic Meditation has it's own 'Karma Story;' and anytime you enter the Akashic State you literally 'change your Karma' by taking-off your present Karma Story and trying-on the Karma-story of one of your 'Past Lives' or Soul Memories. This is a life-changing event; to change your Karma Story even a little proves to the mind that it can change ALL of it's Karma.. and accelerated Liberation from Karmic patterns that have limited you is the inevitable result.



Many people have used this Meditation to surface a 'story' which so perfectly 'explained' a trauma or problem in their current lives, as to literally HEAL them of illness, emotional trauma or relationship alienation patterns that had resisted every other effort. Others have found in these 'self-fragments' clues to traits they have long wanted without any ability to integrate.. until the 'memory' made it all seem 'natural' and easy. Whatever your own reason for wanting it, here is the easiest and most direct method we know of for tapping into this Memory Bank of the Soul.



The following Akashic-Regression Meditation technique is part of the New Age Movement's contribution to mystical living. First published in newsletter handouts 'down under' in Australia and New Zealand in the 1970's.. and attributed to Tibetan Lamas visiting the West after the invasion of their country (though this has never been confirmed as an authentic Tibetan practice,) this Regression Procedure has been adopted by countless individuals and groups who have found it the most reliable and workable method available for discovering and altering one's Karmic Patterns. It has been adopted as the primary SOUL SCIENCE of the Maitreyan Order of Hsien Tao, which publishes this Manual.





--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



AKASHIC REGRESSION

PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES

Have the Subject remove their shoes, socks, belts and other binding items of clothing, and lie on a floor or couch comfortably, with a pillow under their head.



Closing their eyes, have the subject simply RELAX DEEPLY while the REGRESSION ASSISTANT sitting at their feet begins to massage slowly and gently the entire Ankle-area of both feet simultaneously. This should continue for about five minutes or so.



During the first two or three minutes of this Ankle-Massage, the Regression Leader gently massages BOTH TEMPLES of the Subject with their fingertips.. not intending anything more than RELAXATION. About half-way through the Ankle-Massage, the REGRESSION LEADER who sits at the Subject's head, now forms one hand into a fist; and begins to gently massage the Subject's forehead with the fleshy muscle of the side of the fist. This should be in a circular motion, steadily applied with an even but light pressure.



Once the Ankle Massage stops after 5 minutes, the Regression Leader should begin to increase the speed of the forehead Massage, gently until it is a quite brisk but non-violent whirling of the hand. At this point the eyes of the Subject should begin showing Rapid Eye Movement (REM) behavior.. showing that the Subject is in a deep or 'effective' Akashic State.



Stopping the Forehead Massage, the Regression Leader now begins to speak in a clear but soothing tone of voice, guiding the Subject as shown below.



AKASHIC 'FLIGHT' EXERCISES

'Now that we are nice and relaxed, we are going to do a few simple exercises with the mind, ok? Let's start by imagining that you are about four inches longer through the feet. Imagine AND FEEL as if your legs are four inches longer, and your feet stick out four more inches away from you. CAN YOU FEEL WHAT THAT WOULD BE LIKE?' Let the Subject answer. (If the answer is NO, simply say 'OK' and go right on to the next paragraph.. hoping they will further relax.)



'Now let your feet return to 'normal' and let us do the same thing with your head. Imagine AND FEEL what it would be like if you were four inches taller through the head.. and your head stuck four more inches up from your shoulders. Can you feel what that would be like to experience?' After the Subject answers, ..



'Now let your head return to normal, and just relax again. Now let yourself imagine AND FEEL that your entire body is beginning to emit a soft, pulsating white light that shines out of your skin like a gently glowing balloon. As you imagine AND FEEL this balloon pulsing larger and larger you feel LIGHTER AND LIGHTER. Let this ball of pulsating white light grow to fill the entire room.. and as it does, let yourself rise gently up like a safe, pulsating ball of beautiful white light. Can you feel yourself getting lighter?'



After the Subject answers (often by this stage, in a VERY gentle almost whispered voice) continue; 'Now see AND FEEL yourself rising inside this large, comfortable ball of white light.. rising up from the floor, up through the ceiling, through the roof and out into the sky above the house. Look down now and see the roof. Can you see the roof below you?' Let the Subject answer.



NOTE: IF AT THIS POINT IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS, THE SUBJECT SAYS 'NO' WHEN ASKED TO SEE OR FEEL SOMETHING, TRY REASSURING THEM THAT THEY CAN IF THEY ONLY RELAX MORE AND TRY TO IMAGINE MORE VIVIDLY. IF A SECOND TRY IS MADE AND THEY STILL CANNOT SEE OR FEEL WHAT IS BEING DESCRIBED, SIMPLY SAY 'OK; Just RELAX then. Maybe this is not the time for you to be doing this. Try moving your hands and feet and sit up slowly when you feel like it. We will try another time, perhaps."



Once the Subject has said they CAN 'see' the roof below them, 'Now we are going to leave this place very quickly.. flying away into outer space, like superman or a spaceship. Imagine AND FEEL yourself flying very fast out away from the earth.. and as you fly imagine that you can see a very white, small bank of clouds way out in space; a GLOWING bank of clouds made out of light. Can you imagine such a cloud bank and fly toward it?' Let the Subject answer.. then continue.



Fly up TO that bank of clouds, which turns out to be a large "Continent" of Light-Clouds.. and fly toward the tallest Peak of all of those clouds. Can you 'find' a tallest Peak, and hover above it.. and tell us what you see there?' Let the Subject answer. You may prompt then for more data.. such as 'you may go closer if you want, and mention anything else you wish to.' Once they have said SOMETHING about this Tallest Peak by which to identify it later, continue...



'This Tallest Peak is a place we may return to later, to explore it more fully. But for now, rise up above it, and survey the whole range of Light-Cloud 'mountains'.. looking for openings between the peaks. Can you find a place where the clouds open to reveal an "Inviting" bit of sky you would like to fly into?' Let the Subject select an opening in the Cloud-mass, and fly toward it.



ENTERING THE ALTERNATIVE 'PERSONA'

'Now I would like you to simply DROP FEET FIRST into this opening.. drop down all the way from the clouds down to the bottom, until you reach the 'ground' or 'surface' or another environment that is not just Sky, but A WORLD. As you reach this world, let your feet FEEL a gentle pressure on the soles of your feet; and then Look Around and tell us what you see there.'



'Can you feel your feet on the ground.. and see a scene around you? Look down at your feet and describe what you see. Can you see feet and ground below them?'



NOW BEGINS THE MOST CRUCIAL PERIOD Of THE 'REGRESSION'.. WHEN IT IS NECESSARY TO BOTH GENTLY GUIDE THE SUBJECT IN EXPLORING THEIR WORLD-EXPERIENCE.. AND YET NOT 'SUGGEST' WHAT THEY SHOULD REPORT. TRY PHRASES SUCH AS...



'Please describe yourself as fully as you can.. your appearance, location and what you are doing there.'



'Is this where you 'live' or do you usually 'live' somewhere else? Would you go there, please and describe it.'



'Are there others that you live WITH here?.. or do you live alone? Describe what your life is like by day.. and at night.'



'Is this where you were born?.. or did you come here from elsewhere? See yourself at the place you began life at. Describe it.



LET THE SUBJECT "LEAD" THE DISCUSSIONS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. ONLY ASK QUESTIONS WHEN THE SUBJECT SEEMS RELUCTANT TO SPEAK. ASK SUCH QUESTIONS AS "WHAT ARE YOU SEEING OR FEELING RIGHT NOW."



'Is this where you spent the rest of your life, too? If not, go to the place where you lived the later years of your life.. and describe it fully. What did you do there?'



'Please describe how that life ended for you. See it ending now, and release it. As you describe the ending of that life, let yourself rise up gently, and begin to float up toward the sky. Float up until you rise up between the peaks of the mountains of light-clouds where we began our journey.'



CLOSING THE REGRESSION

AS THE SUBJECT REPORTS RISING ABOVE THE CLOUD-MASS AT THE END Of THE REGRESSION, HAVE THEM FLY TO THE TOP OF THAT HIGHEST PEAK OF THE MOUNTAINS OF LIGHT-CLOUDS.



'We are going to see if we can find some place on that highest Peak where a Book is kept. Can you find a building or structure of any kind, where a Book might be found?'



LET THE SUBJECT LEAD YOU TO A PLACE WHERE THE "AKASHIC RECORDS" CAN BE FOUND. THESE ARE NORMALLY FOUND TO BE A BOOK THAT OPENS TO REVEAL PAGES THAT MAY SOMETIMES TURN INTO MOTION PICTURES.. EACH PAGE BEING A SEPERATE IDENTITY-FRAGMENT.. OR 'LIFETIME.' HAVE THE SUBJECT OPEN THE BOOK TO AT LEAST ONE PAGE, AND LOOK AT IT.. DESCRIBING ANY SYMBOLS OR PICTURES ON THE PAGE. AFTER THEY DO, CONTINUE..



'And now we are going to rise up from that mountaintop, and leave the continent of Light-Clouds behind. We are going to fly quickly back to this room here, where your body rests with us around you. See and feel yourself entering back into the body, and feel your body filled with your returned presence.



The regression is over. Let the subject move around and sit up as they 'reawaken.'

IMPORTANT NOTE: Both the Regression Leader and their Assistant have literally "touched the Karma" of another Soul.. and some of the Akashic Energy or Karma of that Soul MAY literally 'cling' to the hands that massaged the Subject into Meditation. THIS MUST NOW BE REMOVED FROM THEM or they may replay some of the Karmic Patterns of the other Soul during the coming day or so! In our Order we remove the energy by passing our hands under running water for a minute or so, while stating aloud 'Archangel Mikal and the Malakhim who govern the Karmic Patterns of mankind; I have touched and stirred the Karma of another Soul. Please wash away from me all of the Karma I have handled; let it leave my body and aura completely. Thank You!"



This Akashic Regression Technique can be practiced upon a person as may times as one wishes (though once per day seems about the limit of one's PATIENCE!, for it is time-consuming.) After a few such experiences, however, the Journey becomes quite easily performed without the help of the massage or guidance from others.. and becomes a simple Akashic Meditation, which one may do anytime you are relaxed enough to enter it's subtle domain.



Past life regression

Use any induction you feel comfortable with, followed by this deepener and script for past life regression.



“You are now standing at the top of a long, spiral staircase which seems to go down and around for ever. On one side of the staircase is a beautiful ornate banister on which you place your hand as you begin to walk, gently down.’



At this point count the desired number of steps, or just describe the depth of the stairs.



‘And as you go deeper you discover, to your amazement that somehow, your feet no longer touch the ground, but instead you are floating down, and down, around and around.



As you reach the bottom of the stairs just let any cares or worries you may have, disappear, fade away – and let the stairs themselves, and the ordinary, everyday world, fade from your mind.



Standing before you are two, very heavy, oak doors, and you make your way toward these doors. Push open the doors, they are heavy, but not locked. And when you open these doors and walk through, you find there are five more steps, leading down into the Archives, where you will discover some very interesting things about yourself.



And you walk through the door. Down the five steps, down, deeper and deeper. Relaxing more and more, as you go deep, deep down into yourself.



On either side of you are hundreds and thousands of old books, old ones, and some not so old ones, large books and small books. Thin books and thick books. Some of the books have old, torn, brown covers, they look as though they could be hundreds of years old, maybe they are.



Looking up you notice that each section is dated, the 1900’s, the 1800’s and so on. Within each section the books are appear alphabetically. However, deeper into the archive you see there are no dates, and looking up at the books you notice pictures instead of words, some ancient symbols that you don’t quite understand.



Now walk along the rows and rows of books, you’re looking for one that bears your name. And sure enough, its there. Reach out for it. Reach up and take that book.



The book is heavy and you carry it carefully onto a large, wooden table and open the book. The pages are delicate, some as thin as tissue paper, others like parchment, in fact the book is more like an album, packed with photographs, colour as well as black and white, there are pictures, (drawings) and some pictures you recognize as you are now, some you recognize as how you were as a child, but further back there are pictures that you don’t recognize at all. I want you to nod your head when you see such a picture.



(Wait for nod.)



Good. Now I’m going to ask you some questions and although you are deeply relaxed, you’ll find that visualizing and answering my questions, make you relax even more deeply.



Look at the picture and tell me, what do you see?



(From this point, wait for answers after each question, if they are not forthcoming, use ideomotor signalling.)



Is it a man, or a woman?



How old are you?



What is your name?



Where do you live?



What year is it?



Continue questioning.



If you wish you can have the client float into the picture and experience everything that is happening at that time, and when you run out of things, move onto another picture In this way, you can move forward or backward in time.



After each picture has been described, remember to thank the subconscious mind for co-operating in this way. If traumatic material is remembered, give suggestions of healing by suffusing with a beautiful violet light

For more information look on this site

http://www.hypnoticworld.co.uk/regression_pastlife/past_life_index.shtml

COMMENTS

-



 

more about me

23:25 Jul 16 2006
Times Read: 1,251














What Type of Soul Do You Have ?







You're a natural born trouble-maker. You hate authority and do everything you can to get around the law, or in some cases, break it. Naturally stubborn, you hardly ever sway once a decision is made. Your nature is fiery and courageous, and always out-going. You love attention and usually have kinky fetishes you're not afraid to explore. People either love you or hate you.Take this quiz!













Quizilla |

Join



| Make A Quiz | More Quizzes | Grab Code


COMMENTS

-



 

herbalism and botany

22:04 Jul 14 2006
Times Read: 1,253


http://www.libertymls.com/gulch/herb.html



http://www.botany.com/



http://www.ucmp.berkeley.edu/glossary/gloss8botany.html



http://www.wayner.com/booksforsale/btny.htm



http://huntbot.andrew.cmu.edu/HIBD/History/History.shtml



http://www.britannica.com/ebi/article-197802



http://www.chineseherbsdirect.com/



http://www.blessedherbs.com/?af=0020&gclid=CLfShIyQkoYCFSc8FQod4yap0g


COMMENTS

-



 

Psychedelic Research

21:58 Jul 14 2006
Times Read: 1,255


http://www.psychedelic-library.org/thermenu.htm



http://www.psychedelic-library.org/rschmenu.htm

http://www.psychedelic-library.org/relmenu.htm

http://www.psychedelic-library.org/peyotmnu.htm


COMMENTS

-



 

Basic psionic info

04:25 Jul 12 2006
Times Read: 1,261


http://members.fortunecity.com/kisociety/undergroundsociety/id10.html



http://www.psipog.net/qna.php?browseq=1&cat=4



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Parapsychology



http://www.angelfire.com/ky/DeMares/psi.html



http://www.geocities.com/allandorrpg/psionics.html



http://home.elp.rr.com/shinkou/rifts/sens.html



http://www.shaolin-wahnam.org/taichicom.html



http://www.internaldamagetaichi.com/
















COMMENTS

-



 

Cryokinesis basic

04:14 Jul 12 2006
Times Read: 1,262


http://pyroar.tripod.com/id12.html





Cryokinesis is the ability to control the element of Ice. Before you start, you will most likely want to prepare your body for this. For techniques on preparatory work. Below are just different techniques that you could try to use Cryokinesis for.



Cultivating Water Energy:

This technique you will need throughout most of Cryokinesis, since you will be taking the water elemental energy and forming it to ice. To start, stand in a position you would for ki breathing or grounding. Close your eyes, and picture yourself standing in a peaceful place, surrounded by water, or waterfalls, whatever you want. Now, picture energy flowing from the water, into your body, mixing with your ki in your Dan Tien, and flowing throughout your body. I picture this as a blue form of mana. Keep doing this until you feel that the technique has been completed, and that you have cultivated water energy.



Cultivating Water Energy 2:

This is an easier way to cultivate water energy. While taking a shower close your eyes and let the water hit your front side of your body. Visualize the water energy coming from it into your Dan Tien or even just your body like it is absorbing it. After a minute or two you will have enough.



Changing Temperature:

This technique is one of the more common you can find on Cryokinesis all over the web. It is using Cryokinesis to change the temperature of a specific area a bit, to make it colder.



To start out, you may want to meditate a bit and clear your mind. Now, find the room, or whatever area you wish to change the temperature of, and you may want to check the thermostat first, and see what the temperature is. Now, stand there comfortably, with your eyes closed. Invasion that you are standing in the middle of a blizzard, with snow blowing past you with gusts of frigid wind, ice forming on the ground. You must really get into this. Actually try to feel your body becoming colder. Picture the thermostat that you looked at in the beginning, and picture the temperature on it dropping. You could also picture ice forming around the room, all over everywhere, causing the temperature to drop. Now don't get discouraged, this takes practice. With enough work, you should be able to make the temperature a little colder.



Ice Ball:

This is the other common Cryokinesis technique that you will see a lot. Now, there are many ways of doing this, but I will explain one of them. Get into the stance that you use when you normally make a Ki or mana ball, with your knees bent a bit, and hands in the ki ball position, at your side, near your hip. Now, picture water running over your hands and in between your hands, as if you were running them under a faucet. Feel it out, and extract the water elemental energy. Now, picture the water frosting over, try to hear the sounds of the ice crackling as the water freezes. Picture it freezing little by little, and compiling into a ball of ice between your palms. Do this for a few minutes, and see if you feel any cold between your hands. Don't worry, all these techniques take time and practice, so you might not get it on the first day. Just keep working on it. Practice this every day, until you can do it. To test this, you can try throwing the ice ball at a candle or some kind of small flame like that. And again, don't worry if nothing happens the first few times. Just remember, when throwing the ice ball, just like any other energy ball, you must be in complete concentration and focus, so that the ball does not simply disperse into the air.



Ice Blast:

This tech can be done a couple of ways, and here I will describe both that I know of. One way, is to just make a normal ice ball, and then push your hands forward like a normal ki blast, and picture the ice ball flying through the air, being absorbed into your target, and turning the entire thing to ice. Now, this will not actually turn the object into ice. But if done on a person, they may get a shiver, or feel cold. Now, the second way to do this, is a bit different. This way I have thought up myself. Instead of making an ice ball, fill up your fore-arms with the water energy. Now, picture it freezing just like the ice ball technique, and then shoot your hands forward, picturing a large icicle being launched out of your hands at your foe.



Tsurara Tate:

"Icicle Shield". To start out, stand in a wide stance, and be in concentration on the elemental energy of water, and draw it into your body. Keep picturing it filling up your body, mixing with your ki in your Dan Tien. When you think you have enough, then tense up your muscles. Become completely focused, and picture the water element exploding out of you, and freezing mid-way through the air, forming a dome of ice around your body. Picture more water energy being added to it, the dome becoming larger and more powerful, and freezing more. Keep picturing this happening, and also picture the water energy inside you, powering you up internally, like an internal ki flame. Practice this, and remember not to over do it.



Kori Hari:

"Ice Needles". Now, this is similar to the Ice blast technique, using the icicle. But, it is a bit harder and could take more practice. Now, to start out, draw in the water energy, and pack it into your arms. Picture it freezing like in the ki ball technique, but staying inside your arms. Now, tense up your arms and shoot them forward as if for a blast, but this time, use your ishi(will power) to have the ice energy come out of your palms and fingertips in the form of little needles of ice, which you should focus on pelting your opponent with



control over ice and sub-zero temperatures







What is cryokinesis? Part ice element, and part psychic. An example of powerfull cryokinesis is subzero, from mortal combat. It litterally is the manipulation of, and control over, ice. Here are some abilities that will come from practicing cryokinesis:



1. Drop temperatures in a room.

2. make someone cold, but nobody else.

3. create frost.

4. turn water to ice.

5. create ice.

6. project ice at an opponent.

7. cause an opponent to suffer from hypothermia.

8. metabollic freazing if someone/thing(turn to ice)



Those are a few of the main things people aim for. But I've only met one person who can turn ITEMS to ice. I have only reached the ability to cause hypothermia, along with being able to emmit mist from my body.













Here are a few techniques I have developed, as I have only seen one other place on the web that provides info on cryokinesis.





Propper preperation:

Your body needs to be in the right condition in order to be able to safely perform cryokinesis, for if one is propperly conditioned, he/she is immuned to the effects of ice.

Start out by Taking a peice of ice and holding it in both your hands. Keep your fist clenched around the ice, and don't let go, no matter how much it hurts. Time yourself for one minute. After a minute, you may release the ice cube. Do this five times a day. After a week, extend the time to two minutes. After another week, extend it to three minutes. Then after a month, keep the ice cube in your hand untill it melts. Make sure you condition both hands equally. Durring this two month period, also begin taking cold baths. Lower the temperature of the water, every week that you extend the time you hold on to the ice cube.

After this training period of about two months, you body should be conditioned to withstand hostile temperatures. You can only manipulate ice as much as you body can handle.





Standard Ice Ball:

Stand in a grounded position. Place your hands out in front of your navel(belly-button). Shape them just as you would if you were creating a ki or psi ball. Now visualize the water element all around you, flowing in between your hands. Then visualize a cold gust of wind sweeping across and forming the water into ice. Force the ice into a ball between your hands, and let the ice keep materializing in between your hands, untill you've made a complete ball. There should a cold point in the center of your palms. This is where the ice element power is actually produced.





Dropping the temperature in a room:

Stand in a comfortable position, and feel out the energy around you. Then begin to focus on the temperature of the room you are in. This works best if the temperature is already a little cold. Now visualize the air getting colder, and the energy freezing into ice. It helps to picture a thermometer dropping. Then begin to visualize waves of ice emmiting from your body, and going through the entire room. If succsessfull, the room should get a little cooler.







Cryokinesis is the ability to control the element of Ice.

Here are some abilities that will come from practicing cryokinesis:



1. Drop temperatures in a room.

2. make someone cold, but nobody else.

3. create frost.

4. turn water to ice.

5. create ice.



Here are a few techniques The Underground has developed:

(I am using their examples because they are the only others I can find that are serious exercises. I also edited them a little to improve techniques.)



Propper Preperation:

Your body needs to be in the right condition in order to be able to safely perform cryokinesis, for if one is propperly conditioned, he/she is immuned to the effects of ice.

Start out by Taking a peice of ice and holding it in both your hands. Keep your fist clenched around the ice, and don't let go, no matter how much it hurts. Time yourself for one minute. After a minute, you may release the ice cube. Do this five times a day. After a week, extend the time to two minutes. After another week, extend it to three minutes. Then after a month, keep the ice cube in your hand untill it melts. Make sure you condition both hands equally. Durring this two month period, also begin taking cold baths. Lower the temperature of the water, every week that you extend the time you hold on to the ice cube.

After this training period of about two months, you body should be conditioned to withstand hostile temperatures. You can only manipulate ice as much as you body can handle.



Standard Ice Ball:

Stand in a grounded position. Place your hands out in front of your navel (belly-button). Shape them just as you would if you were creating a ki or psi ball. Now visualize the water element all around you, flowing in between your hands. Then visualize a cold gust of wind sweeping across and forming the water into ice, try to hear the sounds of the ice crackling as the water freezes. Force the ice into a ball between your hands, and let the ice keep materializing in between your hands, untill you've made a complete ball. Do this for a few minutes. There should a cold point in the center of your palms. This is where the ice element power is actually produced.



Dropping the temperature in a room:

Stand in a comfortable position, and feel out the energy around you. You may want to meditate a bit and clear your mind. Then begin to focus on the temperature of the room you are in, with your eyes closed. This works best if the temperature is already a little cold. Now visualize the air getting colder, and the energy freezing into ice. It helps to picture a thermometer dropping. Then begin to visualize waves of ice emmiting from your body, and going through the entire room. If succsessfull, the room should get a little cooler.



Putting a Flame Out:

Using much the same technique as in Pyrokinesis, visualize the wick of a lit candle cooling and going out. See the whirling dots that make up the wick fading from their glow, turning blue or purple, and slowing their circular dance...getting slower and slower, and gradually cooler.



COMMENTS

-



 

Psychic games for younglings

04:04 Jul 12 2006
Times Read: 1,263


Children often have excellent natural psychic abilities although they are not usually fine tuned. Playing psychic games with your children can help the both of you strengthen your psychic abilities. Here are a few you may wish to try:







GUESS THE CARD



You need: deck of regular playing cards.Shuffle the cards well. Select one card at a time and hold it up facing you. For beginners, have your child try to determine just the colour of the card. As they advance, they may be able to visualize the actual card- it's suit and value.To make sure the child is focussing on visualizing the card, don't look at it yourself until they have



made a guess at what it is. Youm ay inadvertantly send the mental picture to them.







MENTAL PROJECTION



You need: paper, something to draw with.Have your child sit down and clear their head of all thoughts. Tell them you are going to think of something and that you are going to try and send the image to them. Tell your child to draw on the paper whatever pops into their head. See how it relates to what you were projecting. *** This is a great game to do in reverse. Have your child try to send the image to you.







HOT AND COLD



You need: an object belonging to your child. (Preferably something they often play with or use). Hide the object somewhere in your home. Tell your child what you hid and in what room (for beginners). Let the child try to sense where it is- be careful not to project to them its location. Help them out by telling them if they are getting "hot" or "cold" as they search for



it.











GAMES FOR OLDER CHILDREN



Younger children may have more difficulty with these.







PICKING UP GOOD VIBRATIONS



You need: small objects belonging to yourself, other family members or your child's friends.Have your child hold the object in their dominant hand. Tell them to close their eyes and feel the energy coming off the object. Ask them to tell you how the object makes them feel. What other things do they sense from it? See if what they say matches up with the personality and experiences of the person who owns it.







DREAM WORK



Many things about our past, present and future are represented in our dreams. Psychic visions often occur during slumber since the conscious mind is at rest and not interfering with the sub-conscious.You need: journal and pen.Upon waking, have your child think about any dreams or visions they remember having. While it is fresh in their mind, have them write it down in their dream journal. Have them include how it made them feel, any sounds



they heard, textures or temperatures they felt.Both of you can analyze the dream for meanings. This is a great way to unlock the secrets of your subconscious. Have your child look for recurrent themes. I have a friend who knows that every time water is in her dream, it is a sign of some emotional issue. Try to pinpoint what symbols mean what in your child's dreams.


COMMENTS

-



 

ABRAXS

01:27 Jul 09 2006
Times Read: 1,267




An Installation by

Epaminonda Tiotiu and Judit Bodor



by Dana Altman EPAMINONDA TIOTIU AND JUDIT BODOR /INSTALLATION CLUJ NAPOCA





“Abraxas” is a site-specific installation: the middle of the room is occupied by an ascending triangle, populated with arrows and hard to identify, medieval looking artifacts. On the left hand, one can see a small table, filled with ceramic coins and an object resembling a metal book; on the far right, there is a small blue table, placed almost out of balance. On the walls, two strips of papyri are filled with indecipherable symbols, and threads of wire go from the ceiling to the floor. Triangle shaped veils hang from the ceiling. The immediate impression is of a very fragile balance, as well as a feeling that there is more to it than meets the eye.



Mankind has always used magical words that have to gift to alter reality. Abraxas is such a word, thought to have special powers, both a talisman and an incantation that can be found in numerous ancient cultures. The Gnostic sect of the Basilideans, from the second century after Christ, thought it named the hidden divinity and it incorporated great mysteries because it contained the seven Greek letters which compute numerically to 365, the number of days in the solar year. It was further believed that Abraxas commanded 365 gods, each possessing a virtue, so there was a virtue for each day of the year. It is the supreme Gnostic deity, represented by the image of a man with the head of a cock and serpents for feet, holding a shield and whip. The image can often be found on amulets and the mystic word abracadabra is derived from it. In modern times, Carl Jung defines it as the polymorphous world spirit, which permeates existence itself, “the hermaphrodite of the earliest beginning” (Carl Jung, The Gnostic Jung, Ed. Robert Segal, 1992, pp. 188), fusion of the male and female principles.



Artwork stemming from such a fertile cultural history can only tap into selective symbolism, otherwise the risk of becoming encyclopedic, obscure and sterile threatens understanding. Thus, the installation created by the two Romanian artists fundamentally focuses on one of the ancient topics of human knowledge: the permanent duality and struggle of the feminine and masculine principles, manifested as the duality between material and spiritual and, at a cosmic level, in the relationship between Sun and Moon. At different levels, it also mirrors the duality heavenly vs. terrestrial, conscious thought vs. subconscious and light vs. darkness (connected to the Masonic interpretation of the triangle).



The major geometric figure employed, reiterated in various sizes, is the triangle. Alchemically speaking, the triangle stands for fire. The symbolism of the triangle coincides with the symbolism of the number 3, which is divinity and perfect harmony. A triangle oriented upwards represents fire and the masculine principle; one oriented downwards connotes the feminine principle. In Judaism, the triangle is the symbol of God and the two triangles, Solomon’s seal, stand for the human wisdom. One has to carefully examine the relationship between two triangles, one being the reverse of the other: they stand for the unity of divine nature and human nature; in Buddhism, they represent linga and yoni, fire and water, the fundamental principles of life.











The two main components of the installation refer to the spiritual, abstract world, the masculine space, or animus (materialized in the two white papyri that surround the exhibition space) and the material world, the feminine soul, or anima (embodied by all the artifacts that populate it). The symbols on the papyri invite the viewer to decipher this complex alphabet, and mirror a cosmic succession of seasons and elements, mandala’s and sometimes obscure signs that are difficult to identify without serious alchemic and cultural reference. They represent the eternal human quest for knowledge, for structuring the surrounding universe, which functions according to laws unknown to humans and sometimes hard to grasp for the unaware viewer. The structure can only come into being by means of the organizing power of the human thought. The two strips of paper, sharply white, are the abstractive, ideographic symbols of the objects that build the main part of the installation, a representation of the Sun. The spiritual world and the material world are connected by vertical threads, symbols of the gravitational force that connects them at all times. Its appearance as shiny theatre décor only points at our own representation of the world, as well as to our own prejudices and limitations in the quest for knowledge. One can see meticulously crafted fake coins, golden books (another allusion to the importance of culture and reading seen as deciphering the cosmic alphabet, the one governing everyone’s existence in one form or another), artifacts with a medieval look, and seals that circulate the reiterated symbols of the papyri in a material form, creating the necessary link between the two parts of the installation, the material and the spiritual. The golden arrows serve to emphasize the idea of ascension, as well as the phallic principle. The other two main objects, placed in asymmetrical positions, point out to the permanently unstable balance of our universe, which is alluded to also by the complexity of all the parts which shape this microcosm governed by its own laws, but in the same time communicating with the larger universe in a personal way.



“Abraxas” is a project based on a contemporary reinterpretation of cultural history, which is rebuilt according to a different set of rules. Based on numerology and medieval connotation, its global meaning can only be understood if it is regarded as a whole, instead of a sum of its parts. Even though sometimes it is tempting to focus on the craft and be overwhelmed by the multitude of connotations, its symbolism is obviously connected to the cultural universe as well as to the personal experience of the two artists, who embody themselves the fundamental forces of creation in their eternal struggle and fragile balance.





COMMENTS

-



 

Key to immmortality rough verson 1

05:10 Jul 07 2006
Times Read: 1,278


Buddism is the meshing to tie everything together, condition the mind to see the energies like one does empathy to read emotions just broaden the perspectives If one can broaded the mind to sence emotions, thoughts energy and become sencitive to serparate all energies This would have to be in the preparing the steps.It's the same spiritual journey to enlightenment that lays the groundwork for one to be able to prepare the mind , the essence and the body for the process of transformation.



The self it is that akashic soal. that complete collective energy that formulates the shell to revieve the mind to interpritate and the ego self to reflect

Locate all past, alternate self, and mesh them locate all future selves mesh them.

Channel higher self and aware selves into subconscious and form a bridge thru meditation between the selves, subconscoius and higher self , mesh them into one awareness. Mesh the energy self with the aware self with the astral self. To create a new awareness of self. Form a bridge between cocosciousness and conscoiusness to create a hive mind with 4 compartments.



Each of the 3 parts when feeding off the other sutains the last one If one could create this complete 3 point loop of energies feeding and sustaining one another to sustain the energy indefinately in the shell and do it's own maitanance instead of the energy feeeding and depleting itself It's one step closer to completely sustaining the shell. Reiki can be used to heal and do maitenence of the shell.

If the energy can be tranfered from universal into sustaining in the shell, and the mind is able to interpritate the energy into information and function at 4 times the speed of a normal one. Ie creating a hive mind/



(multiple personality disorder plays in several personaliies with different charactaristics, beliefs ect coexist in the same mind )

The only difference is they are completly separte, form a bridge between them so when they wish they can intermingle

(possible problem may no longer have your own throughts, emotions, and desires)

If one is able to tap into this and keep one piece of the hive mind active apart but separate like mpd then they could teach anything to anyone access anything master anything



All things, all life everything is energy waves that the shell reads interpritates and then the mind produces the 3d experience.



The awareness is tied into the coconsciousness, the metaphysical into the energy



hive mind p1 metaphsyical

Chakras are the energy centers of the body that stores specified energy and react to specified energy, tones and transfer kundilini into chi to sustain the body. This is the center for ability housing and nonmundane involvement.

Needed is the pure potentiality of the universal energy ie any ritual that draws the energy from the universe to supply the energy to the chakras contuniously that transmitted the energy into the shell. Create a 3 way energy feed into any psi vamp so the energy from the universe pure potentiality, feed the energy of the metaphysical, Kundilini vs chi vs viate.



Hive mind part 2 shell and the conscoiusness



Hv part 3 awareness

The combination of all selves into one complete awareness, timeless. Opens up the pure potentiality of living in the now.



HV part 4 information mass download/data banks



The mind automattically begins to place the information together piece it together and turn it into knowledge that is just there when needed.



(question) ok...in simple english, what is the basic outcome you wish to effect?

(answer): simple english , the mind will work as fast as the energies, the shell will be sutained by the pure potentiality , the entire creature thruthe meshing of manycomponents from all levels and such to complete one bing or two beings to create an coompleteley aware,immortale creature

(question) immortal to time or to wounds?

(answer)time if it has all knwoeldges then it can defend itself,

(if the shell in nothign more hten specified energy as in toaist alchemy then it can be influenced by other energies and it is as shown in metaphysics. If you start out with a naturally vampiric creature ..

sencitive to all the energies cone can find away to perminantly link the purepotentiality into the energy system a bit at a time untill it is hardwired.sencitive to all the energies cone can find away to perminantly link the purepotentiality into the energy system a bit at a time untill it is hardwired.



(statement, IT WILL NOT WORK)

(response : WHy not?)

(statement: because immortality is a dream)

(response: everythgin starts as a thought , once there is enough will put into it belief energy it can be brought thru fiath into manifestation that is mearly an endless supply of energy to sustain things.

(statement no amount of faith can make one immortal on this plane

(resp: ITs the formulation of gods hense why gods die when they no longer have any believers

What is the link between the metaphysical and the physical realm?

The telemores lengthend when fed direct hardwires pure energy

Statement: the fact they are the same

PEOPLE keep trying to make them seperate

(resp then they can be meshed with the awareness of the nothign (th eendless pure potentialiaty the endless sea of energy vs the one the nothign that is aware of itself, create a space that is not itself , filled that space with itself to study and understand itself.



(response: if you didn't lose yourself coudl you get the immortality to work?

(statement no

(response: why not?

What would be needed to perminantly sustain the sheel?

(statement because the very concept of immortality is flawed

your body will ALWAYS suffer the affects of dmg AND time. when your path ends, you will die.

(response: telemeres are what controlthe cells reproduction ability shorter ht teleomeres lessen the replications.the telomeres lengthen hense the cells continue to reproduce as they should. The body ages becuase the telomeres shorten with each mitosis

(statement if it is worth .....your soul, your life, and ....and this...what ever the fuck this is....

go to the bridge, you will find the path in your mind. once there, cast your mind to the pit. the one you want is there

: but once you go.....: this ends.

(resp) I'll find a test creature first..who knows what its getting into and is as far alongthe path of enlightenment as I am..But what if you can mesh allrealities?

What if you can see all realities all times allplaces, what if it is like waves of any type of energy and together they cancel them selves out but learn to see them one at t aimt?

(statement) GODS!, DONT DO THAT!

(resp) Why not?

(statement) because they where not meant to be meched into one like that

(resp give me concrete cause and effect answers not becuase answers

(satement) ok....each bit of whats real is MEANT to be kept apart. what is REAL is the combination of those things, each from its own level. ok...cause : realities merge/mech....effect: everything EVERYONE believes becomes true

are you insane or just dont like to think?

(resp all perceptions made known

(satement noone believes the same thing...even when they both share the same event

(resp~smiles~ all perceptions understood witnessed and the whole picture seen with out vales or closed eyes

(statement and nothing would be real anymore

(resp truth is a triple edges sword reality of one object is the summ of all the perceptions perceptions are based on belief


COMMENTS

-



 

Comparitive religion

02:39 Jul 07 2006
Times Read: 1,282


(Legend)

I know I am missing a few other religions such as wicca, satanism vampirism,metpohysics and paganistic beliefs. If you have anythign more to add to my comparitive study I am working on currently and have hand written for a project please feel free to drop me a messag with the following criteria.



Name

Origins & History

Adherents Worldwide (approx.)

God(s) and Universe/pantheon

Human Situation and Life's Purpose

Afterlife

Practices

Texts





Atheism

Appears in history, but especially after the Enlightenment (19th cent).

1.1 billion (including agnostic and non-religious)

none

Humans can and must help themselves and each other solve the world's problems.

none

none

Influential works include those by Marx, Freud, Feuerbach, and Voltaire.





Asatru



Revival of Norse and Germanic paganism, 1970s Scandinavia and USA.

unknown

Polytheistic, Norse gods and goddesses, Norse creation myths.

Salvation or redemption not emphasized. Fatalistic view of universe.

Valhalla (heaven) for death in battle; Hel (peaceful place) for most; Hifhel (hell) for the very evil.

Sacrifice of food or drink, toast to the gods, shamanism (less frequently), celebration of solstice holidays. Nine Noble Virtues is moral code.

Eddas (Norse epics); the Havamal (proverbs attributed to Odin)





Baha'i Faith

Founded by Bahá'u'lláh, 1863, Tehran, Iran.

5-7 million

One God, who has revealed himself progressively through major world religions.

The soul is eternal and essentially good. Purpose of life is to develop spiritually and draw closer to God.

Soul separates from the body and begins a journey towards or away from God. Heaven and hell are states of being.

Daily prayer, avoidance of intoxicants, scripture reading, hard work, education, work for social justice and equality.

Writings of Bahá'u'lláh and other Bahá'í leaders





Bön

Indigenous religion of Tibet.

100,000

Nontheistic Buddhism, but meditation on peaceful and wrathful deities.

Purpose is to gain enlightenment.

Reincarnation until gain enlightenment

Meditation on mandalas and Tibetan deities, astrology, monastic life.

Bonpo canon





Buddhism



Founded by Siddharta Gautama (the Buddha) in c. 520 BC, NE India.

360 million

Varies: Theravada atheistic; Mahayana more polytheistic. Buddha taught nothing is permanent.

Purpose is to avoid suffering and gain enlightenment and release from cycle of rebirth, or at least attain a better rebirth by gaining merit.

Reincarnation until gain enlightenment

Meditation, mantras, devotion to deities (in some sects), mandalas (Tibetan)

Tripitaka (Pali Canon); Mahayana sutras like the Lotus Sutra; others.





Cao Dai



Founded in 1926, Vietnam by Ngo Van Chieu and others based on a séance.

6 million

God represented by Divine Eye. Founders of Buddhism, Taoism, Hinduism, Islam, and Christianity venerated, and saints including Victor Hugo.

Goal is peace and harmony in each person and in the world. Salvation by "cultivating self and finding God in self."

Reincarnation. Bad karma can lead to rebirth on a darker planet; good karma to better life on earth. Eventual attainment of nirvana or heaven.

Hierarchy similar to Roman Catholicism. Daily prayer. Meditation. Communication with spirit world (now outlawed in Vietnam).

Caodai canon





Chinese Religion

Indigenous folk religion of China.

394 million

Dualistic yin and yang; mythological beings and folk deities.

Purpose is a favorable life and peaceful afterlife, attained through rituals and honoring of ancestors.

Judgment, then reincarnation or temporary hell until gain a Buddhist-type paradise.

Ancestor worship, prayer,longevity practices

, divination, prophecy and astrology, feng shui.

None







Christianity

Founded by Jesus Christ in c. 30 AD, Jerusalem area.

2 billion

One God who is a Trinity of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit

All have sinned and are thereby separated from God. Salvation is through faith in Christ (and for some, sacraments and good works).

Eternal heaven or hell (or temporary purgatory).

Prayer, Bible study, baptism, Eucharist, church on Sundays, numerous holidays.

The Holy Bible (Old and New Testaments



Christian Science

Founded by Mary Baker Eddy in 1879, Massachusetts.

150,000 - 400,000

One God. No Trinity (in traditional sense). Matter and evil do not exist.

Salvation is "Life, Truth, and Love understood and demonstrated as supreme over all; sin, sickness and death destroyed."

Heaven is "not a locality, but a divine state of Mind in which all the manifestations of Mind are harmonious and immortal."

Spiritual healing through prayer and knowledge, Sunday services, daily Bible and Science & Health reading.

Christian Bible, Science & Health with Key to the Scriptures





Confucianism

Founded by Confucius (551–479 BC), China

5-6 million

Not addressed

Purpose of life is to fulfill one's role in society with propriety, honor, and loyalty.

Not addressed

Honesty, politeness, propriety, humaneness, perform correct role in society, loyalty to family, nation

Analects





Deepak Chopra

Founded by Deepak Chopra in 1991, California

unknown

monism - God or Supreme Reality pervades all things; all is unity

Humans have limitless potential, but do not recognize this. Health and success can be had by focusing on whole self (mind, body, spirit).

Reincarnation

Yoga, meditation, massage, nutrition, mindfulness, detox sessions, positive thinking.

Deepak Chopra's many books, such as the Seven Spiritual Laws of Success







Deism

Especially popularized in the 18th-cent. Enlightenment under Kant, Voltaire, Paine, Jefferson, and others

unknown

One Creator God who is uninterested in the world. Reason is basis for all knowledge.

Not addressed

Not addressed

None prescribed, although some deists practice prayer.

Thomas Paine's The Age of Reason and similar texts





Eckankar

Founded by John Paul Twitchell in 1965, Las Vegas.

50-500,000

The Divine Spirit, called "ECK"

"Each of us is Soul, a spark of God sent to this world to gain spiritual experience." Salvation is liberation and God-realization.

Reincarnation. The Soul is eternal by nature and on a spiritual journey. Liberation possible in a single lifetime.

Spiritual Exercises of ECK: mantras, meditation, and dreams. These enable Soul travel and spiritual growth.

Shariyat-Ki-Sugmad and books by Harold Klemp









Epicureanism

Founded by Epicurus in c.300 BC, Athens.

unknown

A deistic sort of polytheism: the gods exist, but take no notice of humans.

Materialism: everything is made of atoms, including gods and the soul.

No afterlife. The soul dissolves when the body dies.

Pursue the highest pleasures (friendship and tranquility) and avoid pain.

Letters and Principal Doctrines of Epicurus







Falun Gong

Founded by Li Hongzhi in 1992 in China

3-100 million

Countless gods and spiritual beings. Demonic aliens.

The Falun (wheel) is an energy source located in the navel. Goal is spritual transcendence, achieved by practicing Falun Gong.

Not addressed

Five exercises to strengthen the Falun. Cultivation of truthfulness, benevolence and forbearance. Meat eating discouraged.

Zhuan Falun and other writings by Master Li





Freemasonry

Origins unclear; especially popular since 16th cent. in Scotland. Grand Lodge of England founded 1717.

5-6 million

Supreme Being or Great Architect

Not addressed

Not addressed

Initiatory system of degrees, charity, community service

A "Volume of the Sacred Law," which is Bible, Qur'an, or other text







Gnosticism

Various teachers including Valentinus, 1st-2nd cents. AD

ancient form extinct; small modern revival groups

The supreme God is unknowable; the creator god is evil and matter is evil.

Humans can return to the spiritual world through secret knowledge of the universe.

Return to the spiritual world. Asceticism, celibacy

Gnostic scriptures including various Gospels and Acts attributed to apostles.





Greek Religion

Variety of religions of ancient Greeks

ancient form extinct

Olympic pantheon (Zeus, etc.) mixed with eastern deities like Isis and Cybele

Human life is subject to the whim of the gods and to Fate; these can be controlled through sacrifice and divination.

Beliefs varied from no afterlife to shadowy existence in the underworld to a paradise-like afterlife (mainly in mystery religions).

Animal sacrifice, harvest offerings, festivals, games, processions, dance, plays, in honor of the gods. Secret initiations and rituals in mystery religions.

Epic poems of Homer and Hesiod.





Hinduism

Indigenous religion of India as developed to present day.

900 million

One Supreme Reality (Brahman) manifested in many gods and goddesses

Humans are in bondage to ignorance and illusion, but are able to escape. Purpose is to gain release from rebirth, or at least a better rebirth.

Reincarnation until gain enlightenment.

Yoga, meditation, worship (puja), devotion to a god or goddess, pilgrimage to holy cities, live according to one's dharma (purpose/ role).

The Vedas, Upanishads, Bhagavad Gita, Ramayana, etc.







Islam

Founded by Muhammad in 622 AD, Saudi Arabia

1.3 billion (Sunni: 940 million)

One God (Allah in Arabic)

Humans must submit (islam) to the will of God to gain Paradise after death.

Paradise or Hell.

Five Pillars: Faith, Prayer, Alms, Pilgrimage, Fasting. Mosque services on Fridays. Ablutions before prayer. No alcohol or pork. Holidays related to the pilgrimage and fast of Ramadan.

Qur'an (Scripture); Hadith (tradition)





Jehovah's Witnesses

Founded by Charles Taze Russell in 1879, Pittsburgh

6.5 million

One God, Jehovah. No Trinity - Christ is the first creation of God; the Holy Spirit is a force.

The End of the World is soon. Must obey Jehovah and spread the faith until then.

Heaven for best Witnesses, eternity on new earth for other Witnesses. All others annihilated. No hell.

No blood transfusions, no celebration of holidays, no use of crosses or religious images. Baptism, Sunday service at Kingdom Hall, evangelism.

New World Translation of the Scriptures







Judaism

The religion of the Hebrews (c. 1300 BC), especially after the destruction of the Second Temple in 70 AD.

14 million

One God, Yahweh.

Obey God's commandments, live ethically. Focus is more on this life than the next.

Not historically emphasized. Beliefs vary from no afterlife to shadowy existence to the World to Come (similar to heaven).

Circumcision at birth, bar/bat mitzvah at adulthood. Synagogue services on Saturdays. No pork or other non-kosher foods. Holidays related to historical events.

Bible (Tanakh), Talmud



Mormonism

Joseph Smith, 1830, New York

12.2 million

God the Father, the Son Jesus Christ, and the Holy Ghost are three separate individual beings

Humans existed as spirits before this life, salvation is returning to God. Salvation by faith in Christ, good works, ordinances, and evangelism.

All return to spirit world for period of instruction before resurrection. Mormons to heaven with God and families; others rewarded but not with God; hell for those who reject God after death.

Abstinence from alcohol, tobacco and caffeine; baptism for the dead; eternal marriage; temple garments under daily clothes; active evangelism.

Christian Bible, Book of Mormon, Doctrine and Covenants, and Pearl of Great Price





Scientology

Founded by L. Ron Hubbard in 1954, California

8 million

God(s) not specified; reality explained in the Eight Dynamics

Human consists of body, mind and thetan; capable of great things.Gain spiritual freedom by ridding mind of engrams.

Reincarnation

Auditing, progressing up various levels until "clear". Focus on education and drug recovery programs.

Writings of Hubbard, such as Dianetics and Scientology





Shinto

Indigenous religion of Japan.

3-4 million

Polytheism based on the kami, ancient gods or spirits.







none





Sikhism

Founded by Guru Nanak, c. 1500 AD, Punjab, India.

23 million

One God (Ik Onkar, Nam)

Overcome the self, align life with will of God, and become a "saint soldier," fighting for good.

Reincarnation until resolve karma and merge with God.

Prayer and meditation on God's name, services at temple (gurdwara), turban and five Ks. Balance work, worship, and charity. No monasticism or asceticism.

Adi Granth (Sri Guru Granth Sahib)





Stoicism

Founded by Zeno in c.313 BC, Athens.

unknown

Pantheism: the logos pervades the universe.

Purpose is happiness, achieved by virtue, i.e., living reasonably.

Possible continued existence of the Soul, but not a personal existence.

Ethical and philosophical training, self-reflection, careful judgment and inner calm.

Fragments of founders plus later writers like Seneca, Epictetus, Marcus Aurelius





Taoism

Founded by Lao-Tzu, c. 550 BC, China.

20 million (394 million adherents of Chinese religion)

Pantheism - the Tao pervades all. Yin-yang - opposites make up a unity.

Purpose is inner harmony, peace, and longevity. Acheived by living in accordance with the Tao.

Revert back to state of non-being, which is simply the other side of being.

General attitude of detachment and non-struggle, "go with the flow" of the Tao. Tai-chi, acupuncture, and alchemy to help longevity.

Tao Te Ching, Chuang





Zoroastrianism

Founded by Zoroaster in c.6th cent. BC, Persia. Official religion of ancient Persia. May have influenced Judaism and Vedic religion.

c. 200,000

One God, Ahura Mazda, but a dualistic worldview in which an evil spirit, Angra Mainyu, is almost as powerful.

Humans are free to do good or evil, must choose the side of good.

Judgement followed by heaven or hell. Hell is temporary until final purgation and return to Ahura Mazda.

Good deeds, charity, equality, hard work, fire ritual.

Zend Avesta


COMMENTS

-



 

Choas magick

21:06 Jul 06 2006
Times Read: 1,284


http://groups.msn.com/TempleovTaenarus



http://www.spiralnature.com/magick/chaos/



http://www.templex.org/chaos.htm







http://altreligion.about.com/library/glossary/bldefchaosmagick.htm?iam=momma_100_SKD&terms=



http://dmoz.org/Society/Religion_and_Spirituality/Esoteric_and_Occult/Magick/Chaos/



http://www.crossroads.wild.net.au/order.htm



http://iota.goetia.net/CMT.htm





If anyone was in need of anymore resources involving such things let meknow and I shall provide such.







COMMENTS

-



 

St. Germain 04-July-06

21:52 Jul 05 2006
Times Read: 1,286


Dear Ones there is a special feel about today, and it is generated by the expectation that minds will be turned to thoughts of peace and goodwill. A feeling that people try to capture and hold for as along as possible. It shows how powerful you can be when your focus is placed firmly on what you desire to manifest. Many people will address you and emphasize the need for peace, and ask for your prayers and thoughts to bring it into your reality.





Virtually everyone seeks peace but often it is selfish and has terms that exclude other people. Peace that does not include everyone is shallow and destined not to last. The vision of a World Government that could bring the desired peace into being is admirable, but you cannot go against the Will of the people or use force to achieve it.





Peace is obtained by common consent, and must honor the freedom and sovereignty of every single person. A cursory glance around you will tell you that you are a long way off from achieving it, and as long as you treat some as inferior or lesser than yourselves it will remain so. Peace is about loving all souls equally and recognizing their right to exist. Understanding the Oneness of all life, and treating it with respect and dignity. This is sadly lacking at present, as those who lead you fail through the bad examples they set.





Why should this condition of darkness exist at a time when so much is being down to awaken people to the Light? It is because you have created this reality over millennia of time. It cannot be changed overnight, but its affects are being lessened by the bringing down of higher energies. The dark energies can be transmuted, and this will weaken their ability to pursue their aims. World Government such as they envisage is one to create central control over every one of you.





As with each individual, so with each country there is a designated path that is to be taken and it must follow its course. Like one big family there is no reason why they should not come together and work in harmony. Clearly you cannot work in isolation and it is intended that the powerful help those less fortunate. However, the powerful have used their position to dictate to others, and this is against any hopes of worldwide peace.





You will already know that the Third World countries are kept down, and their populations decimated by illness and disease. Attempts by some organizations to alleviate the situation are largely ineffective, and often financial help is used corruptly. The Government and populations of such countries are targeted for takeovers so that their riches may be plundered.





Clearly if ever peace was to have a chance, so much would have to change. Great Leaders are in waiting, but cannot gain control of forces that are dedicated to the masters of the dark forces. Massive changes are needed at many different levels, and it is currently beyond you Dear Ones of Earth.







Today your thoughts go out to everyone with extra feeling, knowing the turmoil and disruption experienced through wars and natural disasters. You think back, and find throughout your history that there is rarely peace for anything but short periods of time. Even in your own lands you no longer feel secure, and not every threat comes from outside.





America has had its greatness seized by the dark forces that would plunge it into endless confrontations. Unless a major change of direction takes place, that elusive peace will not be found. However, the problem has long been recognized and will not be allowed to fester much longer. This is the year that notable changes will take place, and a new path opened up that will lead to the manifestation of your dreams. The power to change the course of Humanity lies in your hands, and we shall assist you by joining in with your prayers.





Be assured that every thought and prayer is known and acted upon. Independence Day revives memories of when you came together as one Soul of the Nation. A Day when you recognized your destiny, and laid down the basis for your spiritual development in a material environment. A Day when you recognized your role as Guardians of the Planet.





Celebrate this chance to reawaken to your glory and still lead the world into the Light. It will come, and your prayers will be a powerful contribution to removing the dark energies that stand in your way. Your destiny must be fulfilled and so it will be, and once more you will stand tall and love shall guide your footsteps. There will be a wonderful coming together, and old battles and differences will no longer have a place in your hearts.





Recognize the One Family that you are, and how you have all played your part in bringing about the experiences that have taken you through duality. Now many of you have reached the end and ready yourselves for the next stage. It is time to start the climb back to the Source of All. The Creator set this cycle in motion, and now the Creator requires that it be drawn to a close through the process of Ascension.





Your true independence will only start with Ascension, and then shall total freedom be yours forever. No human can deny you that which has already been decreed, and you can put your present problems into perspective knowing that they will only be short lived. The preparations have been made, and all that remains before they can start is to remove the dark forces. That plan is already in being and soon the most glorious events will commence upon Earth.





I am St. Germain come to enjoin you to see through your present reality and its lack of foundation. It is to cease very soon, and should no longer have the power to direct your lives. There is a new Love and Light already here that will take you into the beyond. Go with it and leave the lower dimensions to those who find their solace within them. Let this day be one that re-affirms your commitment to Universal Love, and therein shall you find all that you desire.





There are great gatherings in the Higher Realms of those souls who stand with you today. They pray for your release from the illusion of darkness, and light your path out of it. They lift you up that you may see the truth for yourselves, and that you are no longer subservient to those who would hold you back. On occasions like these Love and Light find their way to Earth so that you may experience the harmony of the spheres. Come all of you and join us in a great presentation of Unity and Oneness.





Thank you St. Germain.


COMMENTS

-



 

Gollancz: Sepher Maphteah Shelomoh (Book of the Key of Solomon)

00:57 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,905




Title page

tp

Introductory remarks by the author (1 a)

'Prayers' and Invocations (26 in number) (1 a-3 a)

1a

1b

2a

2b

3a

On the composition of the Divine Seal (3b-5b)

3b

4a

4b

5a

The preparation of the one performing the act (5b-6a)

5b

A propitiatory 'Prayer' (6a-6b)

6a

6b

The Second Book of the Key (7a)

The various ways to perform the acts and operations, at what hours, on what conditions, and by whom, also the 'Prayer' (7a-9a)

7a

7b

8a

8b

The associates and disciples, the Conjuration in the case of a boy or girl (9a-9b)

9a

9b

How many associates are required (10a)

10a

Concerning the nine days of preparation (10b-11a)

10b

Ablution and recital of certain 'Prayers' (11a-11b)

11a

Blessing the Salt (11b-12b)

11b

12a

The place for performing the act and the 'Prayer' (12b-13b)

12b

13a

[Concerning the Magical instruments and other requisites (13b-20a)]

The knife and swords (13b)

13b

The sickle (14 a)

Entering the circles (14a)

14a

14b

Fumigating (15a)

15a

The water and hyssop (15b)

15b

The lights and fire (16a)

16a

The pen and ink (16b)

16b

The blood of the bat (17a)

17a

Virgin and unborn parchment (17b)

17b

18a

The wax or mortar for making the candles or images (18b)

18b

The needle and iron handle (19a)

19a

On various other parchments or paper (19b)

19b

On the written characters (20a)

The silk or linen garment (20a)

20a

The Armrl (Almrl); diagram with pentacles; diagram of candlestick with candle (20b)

20b

The Seals of the twelve Constellations (21a-23a)

21a JPEG GIF

21b JPEG GIF

22a JPEG GIF

22b JPEG GIF

23a JPEG GIF

The wondrous Circles; Conjurations of Barkiel. (23b-25b)

23b

24a

24b

25a

Book of the images of the twelve hours of the day [which are the twelve degrees of the Armrl] (25b-27b)

25b

26a

26b

27a

Concerning the images of the night (twelve hours) (27b-28b)

27b

28a

28b

Conjuration of the powers of the twelve signs of the Zodiac by means of the Almdl (29a-35a)

29a

29b

30a

30b

31a

31b

32a

32b

33a

33b

34a

34b

The Book of Light (35a)

35a

35b

Containing the names given to the hours of day and night, the names and seals of the angels for the days of the week, the names of the angel for the four seasons of the year, the names of the Sun and Moon according to the four seasons, followed by Conjurations for the days of the week (36a-36b)

36a







Concerning the Spirits of the air that rule during the seven days (36b-37b)

36b

37a

Fumigation for the afore-mentioned stars (37b)

Conjuring the fire in which the incense is put (37b)

37b

On the garments and pentacles which must be sewn to the garments (38a)

Conjuration of the Spirits (38a-39b)

38a

38b

39a

'Prayer' on donning the garment (39b-40a)

39b

40a

Names and seals of angels, stars, and planets from the Book of Angel of the Angel Rasiel (40b-41b)

40b

41a

41b

Book of the Seal of BILT (BILID) (42a-43a)

42a

42b

43a

Conjurations of BILT (43b-46a)

43b

44a

44b

45a

45b

Replies of divers spirits and their seals (46a-48a)

46a

46b

47a

47b

Concerning the sanctity of the nine Kandariri(talismans), (revealed unto King Solomon) (48a-49a)

48a

48b

49a

Names of the angels that minister before BOAL (BOEL) (49b)

Angels of the twelve stations and of the six firmaments, and their workings (49b-52b)

49b

50a

50b

51a

51b

52a

A general Conjuration (52b)

The seven Planets and the human body (52b)

52b

Book of the (twenty-eight) stations of the Moon (53a-54b)

53a

53b

54a

Colours of the Planets (54b)

54b

Book of 'Practices'; The 'Practice' or 'Operation' of Simon Magus (55a-55b)

55a

A remarkable and true recipe for love by the philosopher Adriano (55b)

55b

Another recipe, tested and true (56a-56b)

56a

Recipe for seeing a spirit in a mirror (56b)

56b

To conjure or sanctify a ring on the Sabbath-day (57a)

57a

To escape from prison in a special boat (57b-58b)

57b

58a

58b

Illustration of boat and other diagrams (59a-59b)

59a

59b

Chapter on going through the air in a cloud (60a-62a)

60a

60b

61a

61b

Planetary invocations, and the method described (62a-64b)

62a

62b

63a

63b

64a

The Seal of the terrestrial spirits (64b)

Composition of the whistling-instrument (64b-65a)

64b

On subduing and binding the spirits (65a-65b)

65a

65b

Illustration of the Magic Circle (66a)

On keeping a spirit shut up in a ring (66 a)

66a

On seeing spirits and conversing with them (66 b)

66b

On how to become invisible (67 a)

On prison and fetters (67 a)

67a

On opening all locks (67 b)

On obtaining an answer from the spirits (67 b)

67b

68a

On injuring an enemy (68 b)

68b

On bringing the good spirit to tell thee what thou wishest, except as regards women and evil-doing, which thou must not ask (69 a)

69a

(69b is blank)





The 'Operation' BARAKON (70a-70b)

70a

To discover theft (70b)

70b

Concluding 'Prayer' (71a-72b)

71a

71b

72a

72b



APPENDIX:



Further 'Operations' and Conjurations (1a-6a)

A1a

A1b

A2a

A2b

A3a

A3b

A4a

A4b

A5a

A5b

Specific for malady of the eyes (6a)

A6a

For one who has swallowed poison (6b)

To petition a lord or chief (6b)

Tradition from Rabbi Shalom (6b)

To coerce a king or ruler or whomsoever thou wishest to do thy will (6b-7a)

A6b

A7a

COMMENTS

-



 

Sepher Maphteah Shelomoh(Book of the Key of Solomon)

00:56 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,901


äîìù äúôî øôñ

INTRODUCTION



In my description or outline of the volume now presented, published in l903 under the title äîìù äúôî, Clavicula Salomonis, I remarked that the chief work which is supposed to have served as the oracle of all sorcerers throughout history was the famous Clavicula Salomonis.



King Solomon who, according to tradition, was king of the whole world and who, according to the statement in Ecclesiastes, could render all the joys and delights of life subservient to his will, stood forth as the pattern and prototype for all who hankered after the things which they regarded as the pleasurable and desirable objects of existence.



The legend runs that it was by means of magical conjurations that King Solomon the Wise was enabled to procure for himself all the delights and pleasures which he sought.



Gedaliah Ibn Jahya, referring in his book Shalsheleth-Hakabala to works of this description bearing on the magical art, cites one by name, äîìù äúôî -- the very equivalent of Clavicula Salomonis. To quote his words:





'It is said that, in addition to the works composed by Solomon as contained in Holy Writ, he wrote books on the nature of trees and plants, on wild beasts, animals, and fowl: he was further the author of writings and conjurations against Evil Agents in a work called The Key of Solomon.'



In the words of the great scholar of the Faust-legend, Karl Engel, Solomon plays the same rôle in ancient Jewish Magic as Faust does in the Christian; it is, therefore, not to be wondered at that modern books on magic are attributed to him.



In comparatively modern times what are supposed to be translations or adaptations of the original Hebrew Key appeared in various Romance languages, not to speak of German or English versions. With regard, however, to the Hebrew text itself, it seemed, as far as our knowledge went, to be altogether lost; it was, in fact, given up as lost. (Cf. Mathers, p. v: The Key of Solomon the King, 1889.)



It chanced some years ago that I became possessed of a fine copy of the Hebrew MS. of what appears to be this very Key of Solomon. I came across the volume among the books belonging to my father, the late Rev. Samuel Marcus Gollancz.



I have since seen one or two collections of a similar character, but they are by no means in the same good condition or clear handwriting, nor at all equal in bulk to the MS. before me.



Considering its remarkable value for the folklorist and antiquarian, I have now determined to produce the same in its entirety. In the following pages I have given an exact reproduction of the original MS. in my possession, even as regards size; a facsimile by collotype process -- a method rendered the more necessary on account of the numerous diagrams and illustrations with which the MS. is interspersed.



In these brief introductory remarks I do not propose to repeat the details which I published concerning the work in 1903; at the time, I intended this small publication to be a fairly full description, or better perhaps a skeleton outline, of this practically unique compilation. I shall but briefly summarize the conclusions then arrived at, and leave the reader to consult the original Hebrew for fuller information by the aid of the brochure which I issued ten years ago.



Furthermore, both in order to serve as examples of the contents of this work, and also as a guide in deciphering the Hebrew cursive script of an Italo-Spanish character, in which this copy is written, I am giving in this Introduction a transcript in square Hebrew character of a few of the passages occurring herein, of some the text simply, of others text and translation, or translation alone, reserving the publication of a complete rendering of the original for another occasion. (Pagination is given throughout in the usual figures instead of the Hebrew ones found in the original.)



As far as the scope of this compilation is concerned, it is most varied in character. Its references extend to Philosophy, Medicine, and Alchemy; Astronomy and Mathematics; Theology and Physiognomy; Logic, Music, and Politics.



The general impression conveyed by a perusal of the work itself is that it is Jewish in tone. Some of the invocations read as beautiful and pure Hebrew prayers, and could only have been composed by a Hebrew, whilst the spirit underlying the invocations, and even the formulae themselves, strike one at frequent intervals as non-Jewish. The Jewish character of the work as a whole is thus often affected by the foreign elements introduced. Some parts, in fact, read as translations from some Western source, or adaptations from Arabic sources. The Book, like most of these magical writings, is a true image of that syncretism so characteristic of this class of literature.



The supposed Salomonic origin of the work, and Solomon's connexion with the Magic Art, may be seen from passages such as the following:



The title-page of this copy (though mutilated as regards the chief word, for obvious reasons, as I have shown in my brochure, p. 17) points to King Solomon as author. It speaks of the book as that of 'Solomon, son of David, King of Israel, who sat on the throne of the Lord, and reigned over those on high and those below, his wisdom being greater than that of all the children of the East'.



That our MS., over 200 years old, is but a copy of an older one is clear from internal evidence, as I have indicated in several passages of my former 'description' (pp.16, 25, 36).



The opening passage of the MS. (fol 1a) is as follows:



After this introductory passage come twenty-six 'prayers' (i.e. Invocations), some in pure Hebrew, others consisting simply of Cabalistic names. I here reproduce the first seven with translation



First Prayer



AGLA (the initial letters of the Hebrew words Ata, Gibbor, Leolam, Adonai,



meaning, 'Thou art mighty for ever, Adonai'), Light of Truth and Life, Merciful Judge, preserve me and help me by the power of Mercy and [Thy attribute] 'Long-suffering' in the course of this holy vision, and be Thou gracious unto me. Amen!



Second Prayer.



MONOUN (probably means 'O Witness!'). O Lord, Holy One, Father of Power, God of the Universe, before whom are all the created ones and the uncreated, Source of all formations, whose eyes saw the non-existent world, of whose beauteous grace heaven and earth are full, and whose ears listen to every creature. Before they existed, He saw them all in His Book were all creatures inscribed, the strong and the weak. Endow me, Thy servant, this day with understanding, lowly pressed as I am both in body and spirit beneath Thy feet, for the sake of Thy Holy Spirit. Be gracious unto me, and raise me up, so that I may behold Thy Majesty. Grant unto my actions this day Thy blessing and the confirmation of Thy watchfulness and may Thy holy revelation serve to enlighten me. Amen!



Third Prayer.



TETRAGRAMMATON. (The invocation contained on fol. 52b * might be read in conjunction with this term.)



Look Thou down, O Lord my God, Merciful Father, for ever directing aright all existing things. Thou, O God, seest and lookest upon every act of man and his angels. Dwell, I pray Thee, this day upon my good and meritorious work. I beseech Thee imploringly that Thy abundant kindness be with me this day, to make manifest unto me this holy revelation; and that Thou mayest endow me to overflowing with strength and power for the sake of Thy great and Holy Name, Thou, my Lord God, who puttest Thy praise upon the lips of those that love Thee, Thy men of righteousness. Amen!





By the name EL ELODI HOELOHIM ELAHI EHYH ASHER EHYH JAH SHADDAI ADONAI ZEBAOTH JUD HE VAY HE AGLA AGLAII AGLAT AGLAUT AGLATUN ALPHA V AGLA ON TETRAGRAMATON TON MATON RAMATON GRAMATON RAGRAMATON TERAGRAMATON TETRAGRAMATON, the Mighty One, God, Elyon, &c.



Fourth Prayer.



O my God, God the Creator, Adonai, Father of all hidden formations; O Merciful One, surrounded with majesty and light, who before the world existed governed all things: behold, I prostrate myself before Thy splendour and Thy mercies which cannot be told, that Thou mayest enlighten me by the power of Thy holy angels with Thy holy revelation and with a clear perception; and by the names of Thy holy angels may my mind and memory be enlightened by the holy effects of the vision and holy and clear appearance, Amen! O Lord of Truth (?).



Fifth Prayer.



HEKLAISTAI. Adonai, Holy One, Compassionate Father, who triest the hearts which are in heaven and on earth, the sea and the depths, and all that is in them; they unto whom Thou hast granted favour, Thou before whom no thought or deed can be hidden! By the glorified and holy names of Thy angels, grant me my desire and the privilege of this revelation without evil imagining; try (favour) me in Thy lovingkindness. Amen!



Sixth Prayer.



AMPHIMAIKON. Merciful Creator, who formest all souls in abundance, and givest all the good things that are favourable, ordering them and guiding them; hear now, and make me understand Thy blessings in a humble spirit and with crushed heart, to accomplish through the multitude of Thy kindnesses that which I desire. Amen!



Seventh Prayer.



LMIHARAH. All-powerful One, Father of Kindnesses, Guide of Creatures, Judge and Refuge, Lord of lords, who in Thy lovingkindness didst grant unto Thy holy and beloved one wisdom and grace; be gracious unto me that I may behold Thy splendour. Do Thou, judging and informing all things, enlighten my heart, I pray Thee, this day with the flashes (? 1. é÷øáá) of Thy brilliancy and Thy purity, so that I may see Thy face and Thy tremendous glory, for in these things do I delight. Amen!



After the twenty-six 'prayers' we have, on fol. 3 a, the following highly interesting prescriptions or formulae:





First PAV VHV mentioned by Elisha. ABGITS MBKJIES:



This name, APUTEL, the priest bore on his breast on entering the Holy of Holies on the Fast (or 'fasting'). It revives the dead, that is, when you make mention of it by word of mouth. When written on a brass or golden vessel, it rescues from all manner of weapon and loosens every form of evil, so much so that it will lay all evil, and have power over everything that is done in the world.



BANUKITT: Say this regularly after thy devotions, and thou shalt be afraid of no man.



JH HV HV: Elijah delivered this to Elisha in writing; and when placed in water, and a man possessed of a devil drank thereof, that man escaped; and if you give of that water to a woman in childbirth, she will speedily recover. If you engrave it on silver and say, 'Let the eyes of men be bound', you will become invisible.



ABSNIK: Written and placed under the bed-pillow will bring whomsoever you wish in a dream, who will acquaint you with your heart's desire.



NKB NAKAR: This was the name of which Noah made mention against the waters, and Abraham against the fire.



JCHSH SHASH: Count three days, then say it twice every morning; and eleven times CHANUNA, and fourteen times in the evening outside the city, and thou wilt bring whomsoever thou desirest.



ANAZA ANSH: Write this on the small twig of a nut-tree, and beat the sea or stream with it, and it will become dry.



LALUN LLUN: Is of avail for those possessed of an evil spirit, as soon as they are placed upon them.



YHVH: Elijah gave to Elisha, and is of avail against every ill, as soon as it is placed upon a man.



TTRAEL: Is of value for the sight of a child, when pronounced and placed upon it.



BJT BJAT: When worn, delivers from all ill and from evil persons. Finis.



At the foot of fol. 5 b (3 lines from the bottom) we have the following:





'Solomon remarks by Divine inspiration: God alone is One, and there is one Faith only -- the exalted one which the Creator desired to be revealed unto mankind and to be distributed among the multitude; inasmuch as the angel Samaël said to Solomon, "This shalt thou give to the people of Israel", that is to say, Shmuiel, the Great Prince, Chief of all the angels and all the Ten Classes; and he gave it further unto others. And it was pleasing in the eyes of the Lord, and Re commanded him to sanctify it (?), and adjured him in the following manner.'



As I observed above, the chief word of the title-page, in fact of the title itself, has been mutilated, cut out; so that if it were not for the accident that the expression is repeated in the body of the work, we might have been at a loss to know the exact title of the work before us. This we have in fol. 6 b, where the writer remarks:



äúôîäî éðùä øôñä øæåòä úøæòá ìéçúàå



'I will now begin, with the help of the Helper, the second book of the Key (MAPHTEAH)'. And it occurs twice in the Appendix (fol. 3 b), once in the phrase:



ä''ìòù äùòù äúôîä øôñá



'in the book of the Key which Solomon, peace be to him, composed'.



This compilation then, according to its full title, would be known as äîìù äúôî øôñ, The Book of the Key of Solomon.



That the Magic Art was looked upon as a serious occupation, and was kept as an exclusive possession, may be gauged from the paragraph (fol. 6 b) containing the following regulation or order:





'I beg and command any one into whose hands this compilation may fall, that he will give it to no man unless he be of a retiring disposition, able to keep a secret, energetic in the performance of this kind of work; and I adjure him by the Living God, the Creator of the Universe, that in the same manner as lie would guard his own soul, he will guard this book, and not reveal it to such as are unfit. And should he not listen (to this admonition) I place my supplication before Him who has graciously imparted this knowledge to me, that He shall not suffer him to prosper in all the actions and desires which he seeks to bring about. Amen, May this be His will.'



The MAGIC CIRCLE which plays so important a part in these operations is described or referred to in various passages, such as ff. 3 b sqq., 9 a, 14 a-15 a, 23 b, 59b, 65b-66a.



The ïåñéâ 'Experiment' or 'Operation' ('Practice') is dealt with on ff. 7 a-8 b. 9 a, 55 a, 56 b, 70 a-70 b; and in the Appendix, ff. 1 a-2 b, and 3 b sq. It may be of special interest to give in full, with a translation, the 'Operation' of Simon Magus, contained on fol. 55 a:



The Operation of SIMON MAGUS.



The 'Operation' of SIMON MAGUS should be carried out on a Thursday or a Tuesday in the evening. In the first place, you should have a candle of virgin wax burning; then make a circle with a sword (as is shown below), and mark the four sides with the mark of Solomon and the seals of Jupiter and Venus (as you will see further on); then write the names of the four sides of the world, i.e. East, West, north, and South Having done this, stand in the middle of the circle, and say three times, neither more nor less, this form of conjuration:



'I adjure you, O Lucifer, and all thy associates, by the Living God, by the Angels above and below, by So and So, and in the name of A and B, &c.; I furthermore adjure you by Belzebuk:, your Lord; I moreover adjure you by Satan, in whose hands are the Keys of Gehinnom. I adjure you by Lucifer, your King; I adjure you by the mighty deep; I adjure you by the Law of the Lord, that you shall have no power to stand in the air, nor beneath the air; nor on the earth, or beneath the earth; nor in the water, or under the water; nor in the heavens, or beneath the heavens; nor in any place of the world; but that thou shalt come forthwith unto this place, thou, O Lucifer, with thy associates, or that thou shalt send three of thy servants, who shall tell me the truth concerning all that I shall inquire of them, in the name of AGLA, AGLAJI, AGLTA, AGLAUT, AGLTUN, and in the name of ALPHA, V, HE, VJV, JUD, HE, MAHL, ALIHAI, ELOKIM, ZEBAOTH, ELYON, &c.'



Beware, too, that you fall not asleep; for immediately Lucifer with his companions will come, or he will send three of his messengers or associates who will say unto you, 'What dost thou want or desire and wherefore hast thou brought us?' Then at once ask of them three things that you wish, and they will tell you. After the reply bid them farewell in the manner known.



It is meet that you should perform this on Thursday or Tuesday while the moon is on the increase (lit. 'increasing her light'), and it should only be practised, if possible, in the months February, May, August, or October, when the sun and moon are equal in number [of hours (?)], otherwise at full moon. Now this is an unfailing experiment, tested by many; but it is requisite that you should be perfectly clean and pure in body and soul. Do not ask more than three questions; for if you ask more, they will not reply nor answer. Understand, too, that whatever grade or kind of spirits they may be, they never answer more than three questions.



I, the writer (so it was written), have tested this 'Experiment', and found it true.



The concluding statement in connexion with another such 'Operation' (ff. 56 a-56 b), headed éúéîàå äîåðî ïåéñð 'An Operation tested and true', contains these remarkable words: 'This Operation has been learnt from a certain demon who placed herself at the service of the writer (so it was written), and taught him this process, which is true.'



Another characteristic 'Operation' we have on if. 70 a-70 b. It runs as follows:



The 'Operation' BARAKON.



This may be carried out in any place, with associates or without, better without. In the first place you must have a sword, very sharp and glittering, and make with this sword a circle. Have all the requisites ready, so that you should not have to go out of the circle, when you have once entered it. Having entered it, take the said sword, and fix it in front of you within the circle. Afterwards you must have the hide of a dog unborn and the blood of a hawk (?), and write on this hide with this blood these characters in two lines one above the other . . . . . . . Understand that having conversed once with the spirit, there is no further need of the circle; and if you wish to employ this test, you need but take the hide in your right hand and say this Psalm three times, after which repeat this conjuration:



'I adjure thee, O Spirit, called BARAK ON, by the faith that is in thee, 'together with thy associate the demon, and by the power and truth of the Living God, true and merciful, and by that Angel who, on the Day of Judgment, shall with the sound of the trumpets say: "Rise, all ye men and women that are dead", and he shall say, "Come, Come, Come unto the righteous judgment before God, Creator of All".



'Furthermore, I adjure thee, BARAKON, by these holy angels, their ministers, and their Signs; by the name Raphaël and his minister, the Sun; Gabriel and his minister, the Moon; Samaël and his minister, Mars; Michaël and his minister, Venus; Kaphsiel and his minister, Saturn; (I adjure thee) to appear before me quickly in human form without harming either my body or my soul and members, by the power of the Living God of Life and Truth, and He will subdue thee so that thou come to reply to me.



'I next adjure thee by the twelve Signs of the Zodiac, Aries, Taurus, Gemini. Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces; and by thee, O Gabriel, the angel who gave strength unto Samson, and who inspired with wisdom King Solomon, peace be to him! I further adjure thee, BARAKON, by the Holy Names ADONAI, A. B., and by the name CHUZU, at the sound of which when proclaimed at midnight all the dead, both good and bad, shall rise in the twinkling of an eye; and by the name SOTER, by means of which the Creator, ADONAI ELOHIM, shall cause all the stones of all the buildings of the world to tumble one against the other, so that they shall be everturned and engage in war together; then shall the human creatures "say unto the mountains, Come, fall upon us, and to the hills, cover us" (cf. Hosea x. 8).



'And I adjure thee by the Ineffable Name, with which ELOHIM after the Day of Judgment shall slay the Satan and his select ones, and all the wicked of heart shall be put into a stream of fire; whilst his own elect shall be glad and rejoice in the glory and pride of the Living God, and there they shall find their delight, and rest the everlasting rest.



'Again, I adjure thee, O BARAKON, by the spirit of Him on high (? for åéðòä, l. ïéìòä), together with thy associates, also by the Eternal Being, blessed and glorified in the recesses of the high places, tremendous in His world and the heaven of heavens, served by all His creatures for ever and unto all generations, that thou come speedily in the form of a little man. I further adjure thee by the holy ministering angels and by all the Names of the Lord, that thou come quickly, that no obstacle prevent thee, nor any cause whatsoever. I further adjure thee, BARAKON, by all the things created by the Lord on high or below (and he shall detail the foremost creatures) that you come immediately and without delay in the form of a little man, without hurt, trembling, or fear whatsoever, either to my body or my soul or to any of my members. I again adjure thee by the extraordinary portion of joy which the Lord allotted to the Angel Michael and the Angel Gabriel in the grade of holiness.'



Thereupon immediately there will come the spirit that understands and listen your commands, and tell you all you desire. He will come in human form at all times that you wish to speak to him; as for thee, ask whatever thou choosest, and he will answer truthfully, in humility, and with cheerful heart.



Of Conjurations we have the following typical form (fol. 23 b-24 a):



'I furthermore conjure you in the name of the Creator of All, the Fashioner of All, and the Maker of All, the Possessor of All, the Beginning and End of All, possessing and none possessing Him, the Fashioner and not fashioning Him, the producer and none producing Him, Lord and none lord to Him, Ruler and none ruling Him, He the cause of existence, and none the cause of His Existence, the First and no first to Him, the Last and none after Him; the Creator, and all are His creatures; the Fashioner, and all are His formations; the Possessor, and all are His possessions; the Maker, and all things are made by Him; the Worker, and all are His works; Lord, and all are His servants; Ruler, and over all is His dominion; the Source of Existence, and all exist by Him; the Cause, and all is the effect of this Cause; all shall pass away, but He lives and remains to all everlasting, Selah! (I adjure you) that you stir not from this spot until you fulfil my desire and will, my command and request, which is So and So, &c.'



Another class of conjuration, different in so far that it adjures by means of Cabbalistic Names in place of being a direct appeal to the 'Creator of All', will be found on fol. 45 a:



'We furthermore conjure thee and decree concerning thee PILIT (or BILID) son of ANT, son of NASHARON, son of' SHAMLON, son of MINIKUAM son of JUKAR, son of SHAMSHA, son of NAADAME, son of VATALE, son of VASHVASH, son of ASHRAUD, son of MARA, son of ASHMEDAI, son of SHUNAROX (or SHOMROX), who were princes over all the Caesars, for he ruled in the days of Solomon and in the days of the Prophets, and ruled over you by reason of great deeds -- thee do we adjure by force and all who are near thee. We further adjure thee, O BILT, that thou come as a help for the sake of the glory of thy father ANT, and for that of thy mother NAEMAH, with favour and not in anger, with joy and not in sorrow, with truth and not with falsehood, to do that which I have desired, &c.'





A characteristic counterpart to such request will be found in the reply on fol. 46 a:



'I, BILT the Great, the Eastern One, am ready to respond to every request which thou makest, and to fulfil thy will, and wish, and longing entirely; ask of me, and it shall be done forthwith; I, ASHMEDAI, King of the South, the Great Philosopher. Wouldst thou know concerning the past, present, and future, behold I am ready to answer, and to solve all thy doubts.'



One of the most interesting, perhaps, of all the Conjurations, is the one occurring in the Appendix, fol. 6 a-6 b. It runs as follows:



A Specific for Pain in the Eyes.



'In the name of the Lord, God of Israel, who sitteth upon the Cherubim. The Holy One, blessed be He, shone forth in the Garden of Eden, and the Angels after Him. When they bad entered into the midst of the Garden of Eden, their faces were sad, and they said one to the other, "Wherefore is the Holy One, blessed be He, troubled? He is angered on account of the low state of A, son of B, who has a sore or bad water in his eye". Thereupon the angels addressed the Holy One, saying: "As Thou hast it in Thy power to heal him, may it be Thy will to restore him to health!" And I will conjure this sore or this water in the eye of A, son of B. by the name ADONAI ZEBAOTH, God of Israel, and by the name EHYH ASHER EHYH, and by the name METATRON, and by the seventy-two Names of the Holy One, and by the name ADRIBUN, and by the name SHABHI (according to another reading, SHABTI), and by the name SHMUIEL, the Great Prince, and by the name of the angel SHAMSHIEL, and by the name of ELIAS, ENOCH, the prophet, and by the name MICHAEL, GABRIEL, and RAPHAEL, and by the name of HADARMIEL, PISHON, MITMON, SIGRON, the Holy Angels, and in the name of all the angels of the Upper Region, and in the name of the holy SERAPHIM, HAYOTH and OPHANIM, and in the name of the Ten Generations, and in the name of the Ten Scrolls of the Law, and in the name of the Ten Sephiroth, and in the name of the angels that minister in the presence of the Exalted Holy One, blessed be lie; and in the name of bread, water, and wine, and all that the Holy One, blessed be He, hath created in His world; (I adjure you) whatever you be, whether film or spot or water, or white, or malady, or grit, or thorn, any sort of darkness, or worm, that you go forth or die, and depart out of the eye, or from these eyes; or as regards any other thing that can be blotted out, that it go forth out of these eyes, from the eye to the flesh, and from the flesh to the bone, and from the bone to the skin, and from the skin to the hair, and from the hair to the earth, in the name of ADONAI, God Zebaoth.'



Let him do this three times a day, and each time let him sprinkle with his third finger of the water, and drop one drop 'in the Name' (it seems to me -- adds the copyist -- the author meant 'in the eye'); let him do this nine days or twenty-one days, and with the help of God he will be healed. Finis.



Concerning the influence of the planetary system upon the life of man, we have, on fol. 52 b, the following:



Saturn has of man's body the bones, the millet, the right ear, and the urinary part.



Jupiter has of man's body the liver, the left ear, and the ribs.



Mars has of man's body the gall, the right nostril, the sinews, and the kidneys.



The Sun has of man's body the heart and the right eye during the day, and the opposite during the night, the brain in the head, the arteries, and the right side of the body.



Venus has of man's body the flesh and fat, the private part and semen in man.



Mercury has of man's body the tongue, mouth, and sinews.



The Moon has of man's body the left eye during the day, and the opposite during the night, the lung. the throat, the upper bowel, the womb, and all the left side of the body.



The details connected with the fumigation relating to these planets, to which reference is made on fol. 37 b, and more particularly the form of the Prayer, are specially interesting. We read:



'Red sandal-wood for the Sun, aloe for the Moon, pepper for Mars, mastix for Mercury, saffron for Jupiter, costus for Venus, brimstone for Saturn. Thereafter the priest shall bless them, and the priest shall say this Prayer: O God of Abraham, God of Isaac, and God of Jacob, put Thy blessing upon these perfumes, so as to enlarge the power of their fragrance and their efficacy, in order that no enemy shall be able to enter them, nor any other forms, in the Name of Adonai, the Living God, and Ruler for generation upon generation. Amen!'



Among other interesting items we might note, that in the paragraph under the heading 'Chapter on Theft' (fol. 70 b) there is the diagram of an eye on fol. 71 a, surrounded on the upper side with the curious expressions Got Magot, the Old French spelling of Gog Magog.



The last two prescriptions in the present collection are as follows:



1. To see a light burning in the midst of the water, take a wax candle and write these names upon it; then cast it into the water. They are AIKA, AKVA, AKA. PTIYA.





2. To overpower a king or ruler, or whomsoever thou desirest, to do thy will.



Before all things wash thy face, hands, and feet; read the Shema (i.e. Deut. vi. 4); then stand on thy left foot, and repeat three times this Conjuration:



'I call upon you ye demons, who are appointed to coerce humankind, whose names are SHANSHIMON, SHANAUN, SHANGDIEL, SANGDIEL, TAMPALTI, VVISHTROM, VHSHR, ARMNIEL, EL; and I further call upon you, O BEEL, ZEBUB, ZRON, ROHI, KIBAISH, BINTIVASH, and all your set appointed for this purpose. I call upon you and adjure you, I decree and ordain upon you by these Names of God, formed of the 72 (names), and by the Name of the 216 letters, being the sum-total of the three verses (of Exodus xiv. 19, 20, 21) beginning with the words òñéå (And he journeyed), àáéå (And he came), èéå (And he stretched)-let him make mention of all the names), that you go this very night to A, son of B, that you stand over him, and intimidate him, and overwhelm him, and show him my likeness, and tell him to beware of his life and do all my will, which is so and so; that should he not perform it, he will in that week die a sudden death. And thou shalt adjure him in a dream to do so. Should he be unwilling to swear, you smite him, and stand over him, and frighten him until he swears that he will do so. And you shall coerce him all that night by dream after dream and dream within dream, until he be entirely willing to do my bidding, and come during the day to seek me out (or send after me to call me) literally, so as to do my will. And the zealous and speedy runner shall run before you, namely BOLIM, and you shall hasten and go after him to do unto him in this matter as you did unto Laban, the Syrian, and unto Abimelech, King of the Philistines. I further decree upon you by the power of the Name compounded of (the words) Bereshith (i.e. 'In the beginning', Gen. i. 1) till Vo-Vouhu (i.e. 'and void ', ibid. i. 2), that is, the Name of the 72 (letters) -- he should mention the Name -- that ye shall have no rest, nor ease, neither in heaven, nor on earth, neither in the air, nor in the water, nor in any spot in all the worlds which our Creator hath formed, until ye complete this matter in accordance with my wish and desire, by the Name that was written on the forehead of Aaron, the priest -- that ye go directly and immediately. Finis.'



What offices the various Spirits are prepared to perform are as interesting as they are varied. For example, we read (ff. 46 a-48 a) of such ready and valuable services as the following:



'Lo, we are prepared to revive the dead, &c.'



'Lo, we are prepared to place ships and boats at your disposal, on the seas and on the streams as you desire, &c.'



'Lo, we are prepared to break the locks of wardrobes and safes containing hidden treasures, &c.'



'Lo, we are prepared to obey your commands, and wherever you please there shall meet 10,000 or even a million men in arms., &c.'



There is a paragraph (fol. 66 a) telling how to shut up a spirit in a ring, so that you may converse with it by day and by night., and it will teach you if you wish all that can be done in the world'. There are directions (fol 67 a) for 'rendering yourself invisible'; for 'eluding prison and fetters'; telling how you can injure any enemy (fol. 68 b); for one who has taken poison; for one petitioning a lord or ruler (ff. 6 a-6 b, Appendix).



The divers other paraphernalia required in the performance of the magical acts, such as the knife, the sickle, water and hyssop, light and fire, &c. are all minutely described; the conjurations for the days of the week, and the relation of the Signs of the Zodiac to the art of Magic, are set forth in detail.



The Mystic Alphabet or 'Alphabet of the Angels' is given on fol. 1 a of the Appendix; and on fol. 40 b there is, touching angels, an excerpt from the Book of the Angel Rasiel -- a work that has long been regarded as perhaps the standard compilation of practical Magic. We can adduce no better example in support of this statement than the final prayer contained in our Key, which, extending over nearly four pages (ff. 71 a-72 b), apostrophizes God as the 'King', going through the entire Alphabet a greater or less number of times in order to describe His distinctive attributes.



A similar passage occurs in the Book of Rasiel (towards the end), but with this difference ; whilst the Book of Rasiel gives about 140 forms referring to the Creator as the King of the Universe, the compilation before us has about 360 such forms. Our version is, therefore, more complete than that which occurs in Rasiel. Besides, the variations themselves are most interesting and instructive; and what strikes one at first sight is the use of expressions throughout this long passage in our Key identical with those occurring in the Jewish Prayer Book, the original source of which may be traced to the Hebrew Scriptures themselves.



H. G.



TABLE OF CONTENTS



Title page tp

Introductory remarks by the author 1 a

'Prayers' and Invocations (26 in number) 1 a-3 a

On the composition of the Divine Seal 3 b-5 b

The preparation of the one performing the act 5 b-6 a

A propitiatory 'Prayer' 6 a-6 b

The Second Book of the Key 7 a

The various ways to perform the acts and operations, at what hours, on what conditions, and by whom, also the 'Prayer' 7 a-9 a

The associates and disciples, the Conjuration in the case of a boy or girl 9 a-9 b

How many associates are required 10 a

Concerning the nine days of preparation 10 b-l1 a

Ablution and recital of certain 'Prayers' 11 a-1l b

Blessing the Salt 11 b-12 b

The place for performing the act and the 'Prayer' 12 b-13 b

[Concerning the Magical instruments and other requisites] The knife and swords (13 b); the sickle (14 a); entering the circles (14 a); fumigating (15 a); the water and hyssop (15 b); the lights and fire (16 a); the pen and ink (16 b); the blood of the bat (17 a); virgin and unborn parchment (17 b); the wax or mortar for making the candles or images (18 b); the needle and iron handle (19 a); on various other pareliments or paper (19 b); on the written characters (20 a); and the silk or linen garment (20 a). 13 b-20 a

The Armrl (Almrl); diagram with pentacles; diagram of candlestick with candle 20 b

The Seals of the twelve Constellations 21 a-23 a

The wondrous Circles; Conjurations of Barkiel. 23 b-25 b

Book of the images of the twelve hours of the day [which are the twelve degrees of the Armrl] 25 b-27 b

Concerning the images of the night (twelve hours) 27 b-28 b

Conjuration of the powers of the twelve signs of the Zodiac by means of the Almdl 29 a-35 a

The Book of Light 35 a

Containing the names given to the hours of day and night, the names and seals of the angels for the days of the week, the names of the angel for the four seasons of the year, the names of the Sun and Moon according to the four seasons, followed by Conjurations for the days of the week 36 a-36 b

Concerning the Spirits of the air that rule during the seven days 36 b-37 b

Fumigation for the afore-mentioned stars 37 b

Conjuring the fire in which the incense is put 37 b

On the garments and pentacles which must be sewn to the garments 38 a

Conjuration of the Spirits 38 a-39 b

'Prayer' on donning the garment 39 b-40 a

Names and seals of angels, stars, and planets from the Book of Angel of the Angel Rasiel 40 b-41 b

Book of the Seal of BILT (BILID) 42 a-43 a

Conjurations of BILT 43 b-46 a

Replies of divers spirits and their seals 46 a-48 a

Concerning the sanctity of the nine Kandariri(talismans), (revealed unto King Solomon) 48 a-49 a

Names of the angels that minister before BOAL (BOEL) 49 b

Angels of the twelve stations and of the six firmaments, and their workings 49 b-52 b

A general Conjuration 52 b

The seven Planets and the human body 52 b

Book of the (twenty-eight) stations of the Moon 53 a-54 b

Colours of the Planets 54 b

Book of 'Practices'; The 'Practice' or 'Operation' of Simon Magus 55 a-55 b

A remarkable and true recipe for love by the philosopher Adriano 55 b

Another recipe, tested and true 56 a-56 b

Recipe for seeing a spirit in a mirror 56 b

To conjure or sanctify a ring on the Sabbath-day 57 a

To escape from prison in a special boat 57 b-58 b

Illustration of boat and other diagrams 59 a-59 b

Chapter on going through the air in a cloud 60 a-62 a

Planetary invocations, and the method described 62 a-64 b

The Seal of the terrestrial spirits 64 b

Composition of the whistling-instrument 64 b-65 a

On subduing and binding the spirits 65 a-65 b

Illustration of the Magic Circle 66 a

On keeping a spirit shut up in a ring (66 a); On seeing spirits and conversing with them (66 b); on how to become invisible (67 a); on prison and fetters (67 a); on opening all locks (67 b); on obtaining an answer from the spirits (67 b); on injuring an enemy (68 b); on bringing the good spirit to tell thee what thou wishest, except as regards women and evil-doing, which thou must not ask (69 a) 66 a-69 b

The 'Operation' BARAKON 70 a-70 b

To discover theft 70 b

Concluding 'Prayer' 71 a-72 b

APPENDIX:



Further 'Operations' and Conjurations 1 a-6 a

Specific for malady of the eyes 6 a

For one who has swallowed poison 6 b

To petition a lord or chief 6 b

Tradition from Rabbi Shalom 6 b

To coerce a king or ruler or whomsoever thou wishest to do thy will 6 b-7 a


COMMENTS

-



 

Clavicula SalomonisA Hebrew Manuscript

00:55 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,900


äîìù äúôî



Hermann Gollancz, M.A., D. Lit.



The manuscript described in these pages will offer to the student of ancient and modern literature much information regarding that branch of learning which deals with the world of mystery, -- a theme which from time immemorial up to the present day has ever had a remarkable facination for the mind of man.



The substance of this work might, as far as concerns its practical value, be looked upon as a combination of folly and daring; but from another point of view, namely, that works of this kind were during the past sought after, studied and believed in, the MS. before us assumes a character of high importance.



The Essenes, mentioned by Josephus and Philo, had already introduced into their religious activity some elements of a mystic tendency, and the Terapeutae of Alexandria were not behindhand in this direction. Their healing art consisted in the application of mystic formulae derived from the works of King Solomon (Josephus, Antiq. VIII, ii, 5). We find traces of this mysticism as the background of the art of healing in the New Testament itself. In the Old Testament, of course, witchcraft is looked upon as an abomination; it is forbidden and punishable by death.



Nevertheless, the spirit of man ever groping about in the dark was wont at all times, before the dawn of civilisation, to thirst and search after that which was hidden and concealed. For the purpose of improving their condition or satisfying their aspirations, men longed to employ in the absence of all material visible means of help such methods as they considered to have supplied by the mystic world. Their aim at first was to alter their own conditions by means of such mystic practices; and any failure with which they met in the course of their operations, they attributed to their own personal defects and want of ability. Their faith in the methods which they adopted could not be shaken.



It was this very faith in the efficacy of their craft that gave the opportunity to many an impostor to mislead the simple honest folk who sought their aid; and these impostors, at least, had no cause to complain that Fate had been unkind to them, and had not helped them to improve their lot in life.



In the New Testament (Acts VIII), it is true, the practice of open sorcery, personified in Simon Magus, is assailed; yet this yearning after the acquisition of the gifts of the world and the satisfaction of temporal happiness could not be quenched by means of religion proper, and the unbeliever continually resorted to the practice of sorcery in order to bring about, as he thought, the amelioration of his condition.



In the Alpha-Beta of Ben Sira there is also cited an interesting instance of the practical application of the magic art (Amsterdam Edit. 1696, p. 9; the reference is to Nebuchadnezzar).



The Talmud (Sanhedrin 67b.) calls sorcery the "denial of the Providence of God": --



:äìòî ìù àéìîô ïéùéçëîù íéôùë ïîù àø÷ð äîì ïðçåé éáø øîà



A strong indictment against the practice of magic is contained in the later, though most important work íéãéñçä øôñ by Jehuda Hasid.



The concluding paragraph of this work is as follows: -- ...



Sorcery continued to florish during the centuries down to the middle ages and later times. It often, even in modern days, raised altars upon which human beings were offered as victims. We have but to think of the various trials on the ground of sorcery and witchcraft recorded in the annals of European nations.



The chief work which is supposed to have served as the oracle of all sorcerers throughout history is the famous "Clavicula Salomonis".



King Solomon who, according to tradition, was king of the whole world, and who, according to the statement in Ecclesiastes, could render all the joys and delights of life subservient to his will, stood forth as the pattern and prototype for all who hankered after the things which they regarded as the pleasurable and desirable objects of existence.



The legend runs that it was by means of magical conjurations that King Solomon the Wise was enabled to procure for himself all delights and pleasures in which he indulged. A glance at the work ... (Livorno, 1790) by the renowned Johanan Allemanno (XV. cent.), and at the Responsum of R. Jacob Provenciale, 1490. (in the collection ... by Elieser Ashkenasi, Metz, 1848), is sufficient to inform us as to the number of apocryphal works ascribed to King Solomon.



Gedaliah Ibn Jahya in his book "Shalshelethhakahala" (Ed. Venice, 1587, f. 98b.), in referring to such works, cites by name ... -- the very equivalent of Clavicula Salomonis. His words are as follows: ...



In the words of a modern non-Jewish scholar, to whom we shall presently refer by name: --



"Solomon plays the same role in ancient Jewish Magic as Faust does in the Christian; it is, therefore, not to be wondered at that books on magic are attributed to him. In addition to the famous Clavicula Salomonis, the following works are ascribed to him: -- Liber quatuor annulorum; Liber de IX Candariis; Liber de tribus Figuris Spirituum and de Sigillis ad Dæmoniacos; Clavicula Salomonis ad filium Roboam; Liber Lamene; Liber Pentaculorum; Liber de officiis Spirituum; Hygromantia ad filium Roboam; Testamentum Salomonis; the Book Rasiel; the Book Almandal, etc. Compare the writings of Roger Bacon, Agrippa, Tritheim, Wier, Golast, Naudé, Horst, etc. in which the magic works of Solomon are mentioned and discussed."



The book "Clavicula Salomonis" may originally ages ago have been written in Hebrew by some unknown author; a cruel fate overtaking both the sorcerer and his works, and completely destroying the original manuscript of the said "Key". In later times what is supposed to be various translations of it have appeared in the Romance languages.



Karl Engel, the great scholar of the Faust legend, in his work Zusammenstellung der Faust-Schriften von 16 Jahrhundert bis Mitte 1884. Oldenburg, 1885 ($ VI Salomo, 443 sqq.), has enumerated the various editions of the Clavicula, which have hitherto appeared. They are as follows:



* Clavicula Salomonis Hebracorum Regis translata in latinum idioma ex Hebraco......;

* Clavicula Salomonis filii David;.....

Salomonis Clavicula i.e. Der Schlüssel Salomonis, magiae et albae et nigrae. ["Constantius M. hat diese clavicula von Jerusalem geshickt 320"] Romae, 1510;

* Claviculae Salomonis et Theosophia pneumatica. Wesel. Duissburg and Frankfurt ..... Andreas Luppius, 1686, [A Reprint in Scheible's Kloster, Vol. III];

* Semiphoras and Schemhamphoras Salomonis Regis,... Wesel, Duissburg and Frankfurt ..... Andreas Luppius, 1686, [A Reprint in Scheible's Kloster, Vol. III, and in his Bibliothek d. Zauber-, Geheimnissund Offenbarungsbucher, Pt. VI.]

* Claviculae Salomonis, 1686, by Luppius;

* Clavis Salomonis et thesaurus etc., translated by Neydecker, Germany, 1716;

* Clavicula Salomonis explained by Samuel Heineke, Pressburg, 1780;

* Clavicules de Salomon...... dite du Papillon Vert.... 1827.



In addition to these included in Karl Engel's list, other printed works, versions of the Clavicula, are to be found in the British Museum, e.g: --



* La Vera Clavicola, Milano, 1868; La Clavicolas Salomon, Firenze, 1880, etc.



The British Museum has also amongst its treasures seven MSS. in the Latin, French and Italian languages. They are Add. MSS. 10,862; Sloane MSS. 1307 and 3091; Harleian MSS. 3981; King's MSS. 288; Lansdowne MSS. 1202 and 1203. Of these Nos. 288 and 3981 are French translations of the Italian made from the Hebrew by Abraham Colorno; a copy (in Italian) is according to Ben Jacob's bibliographical work ... (s.v. ...), in the possession of Professor Stemschneider.



In 1889 Mr. S. Liddel Macgregor Mathers, author of the "Kabbalah unveiled", by piecing together these various MSS. contained in the British Museum, edited "The Key of Solomon the King (Clavicula Salomonis)".



A hurried survey of these very MSS. might easily convince one that they are anything but Jewish in character, several of them containing illustrations which, in the eye of the Jewish Law, would be regarded as blasphemous: the human face or more extended form appears in a circle with the words éãù ìà added, the face itself in several instances being even supplied with horns and the form with wings.



With regard, however, to the Hebrew text itself, it seemed, as far as our knowledge went, to be altogether lost, so that, in recent times, no one troubled to make a search for it. In fact, it was given up as lost (Cf. Mathers, p. V.)



Without entering into the reasons for the utter disappearance of the work in the original, might it not be found in the fact that in recent centuries the book had lost its value for the sorcerer, and had an interest simply for the antiquarian student and the folk-lorist>



As late, however, as in the Faust legend -- child of Teutonic soil and of Romance and Slavonic adoption, the Clavicula served as the primary source of the Magic Art which figures so prominently in the legend itself.



To come now to the MS. which we are about to describe, and of which I propose to give an outline, I have lately had the good fortune to become possessed of what appears to be (as far as I am able to judge) a Hebrew Manuscript of the "Clavicula Salomonis", until this supposed to have been lost. I came across the volume while searching among the books contained in the library left by my late father, the Reverend Samuel Marcus Gollancz.*



* My thanks are due to the eminent bibliographer, Mr. S. Chait, for kind help in this description of the MS.



Judging from the Appendices and probably later Title-page, the MS. seems to have been copied in the year 1700. There is little doubt that the copyist had an older MS. before him; he frequently adds corrections and variants, the result of his own criticism. It often seems that in making such corrections he employs the expression ..., and once (f.54b) he writes as follows: ... We might clearly infer from these words that the writer was copying an older text.



Our MS. consists of 72 quarto leaves of one pagination and 7 leaves of a second pagination, 157 pages in all. The writing is in the Hebraic-Italian hand, the MS. itself being supplied with numerous illustrations. It would appear that the copyist endeavoured to do his work as carefully as possible, inasmuch as he now and again when making a bad drawing confesses to his want of artistic skill, and repeats his attempt at drawing the same figure on the opposite page.



The MS. has the following title page:



åîà åì äøîòù äøîòë



äîìù .... øôñ



...



The word between øôñ and äîìù indicated by dots cannot be said to be "illegible," for it has been cut out evidently with a purpose, probably from fear: for it should be borne in mind that a book bearing the title äîìù äúôî ´ñ "Clavis" or "Clavicula Salomonis" might have involved, even at the time of the latest copyist, in most unpleasant and perhaps serious consequences, both the copyist as well as the possessor.



One has but to look back to the end of the 17th century and to the beginning of the 18th, and to think of the proceedings at the Trials, and the death sentences in connection with witchcraft and sorcery. (Cf. Dr. Jaraczewski's Vortag über Hexenprocesse in Erfurt u. Umgegend, Erfurt, 1876, and the account of Jane Wenham's Trial at the Assizes at Hereford and Condemnation to Death, London, 1712).



The general impression conveyed by a perusal of the work itself is that it is perfectly Jewish in tone. The invocations and names contained therein, and the pantheistic spirit underlying the invocations as well as the formulae are not un-Jewish. The Jewish character of the work as a whole is not affected by the foreign elements and names introduced in the appendices and other parts. As an example, I will but cite here one point contained in a passage found in folio 46a. In the reply of "Bilath" the expression occurs éúøæò ìà, which proves that this demon, instead of being the enemy of God, is in reality subservient to His Will in reducing the sinning creature.



This is certainly Jewish in spirit, since the Christian idea of Lucifer is that of a rebel cast out of Heaven. If, for example, the invocation were Christian, the author would not have inserted a phrase so contrary to his own doctrine.



According to all appearances, the Magic Book "Clavicula Salomonis" was composed in the East. And it is not at all unlikely that our MS., in spite of obviously late additions introducing in the appendix of the work the names of Prague and Vienna, may have been brought from the East into Europe by those turbulent spirits who acknowledged a Magician as the Messiah and followed him. Strange to say, there occurs in the appendix to our MS. one passage (fol. 6a.) which would seem to favor this theory, for it leads us on to a perfectly new track, namely, to the times of the dreamer and pseudo-Messiah, Sabbatai Zevi. In a variant incorporated in the text, the very name éúáù (Sabbatai) introduced by the abbreviation à''ð seems to occur. The name íåìù 'ø (fol 6b.) also points to the same origin.



Several times the word "Tetragrammaton", the Greek equivalent of JHVH, is used in this MS; this substitution in the Jewish Cabbala was adopted solely by Sabbatai Zevi and his party; (Cf. "Beth Hamidrash." Weiss, article by N. Brull, pp. 63 and 103).



The MS. begins thus:



äää



Then follow seven "Prayers" (úåìôú) in pure Hebrew with here and there a Cabbalistic name.



I give the first two as specimens:



äää



The 8th "Prayer" contains simple Cabbalistic names.

The 9th consists of but one line.

The 10th is missing.

The 11th consists of two lines of Cabbalistic names.

The 12th to the 18th have simply the opening words, with 'åëå i.e. "etc." added, thus clearly referring to Prayers or Invocations well known, and contained in fuller and older MSS.



The 19th to the 22nd are complete, but consist solely of Cabbalistic names.



The 23rd has but one word, with 'åëå added.



The 24th is complete: only Cabbalistic names.



The 25th and 26th have but one introductory Cabbalistic word.



Folio 3a has:



ïéúé âáà òùéìà åøéëæä å''äå å''à''ô äðåùàø



...



etc. ...



Folio 3b has the heading



...



and continues the subject for four pages till 5b.



Folio 5b almost begins with the heading ..., continuing till 6a which contains 2 ..., the first termed ....



Folio 6b has


COMMENTS

-



 

Discoverie of Witchcraft, 1584.by Reginald Scot

00:54 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,900


BOOKE XV. London, 1584



Contents:



* 1. Exposition.

* 2. J. Wierus: Pseudomonarchia daemonum.

* 3. The hours to bind demons.

* 4. The conjuration.

* 5. A confutation of the above.

* 6. Symbols of the planets, etc.

* 7. Symbols of the angels and magical seals.

* 8. An experiment of the dead [to invoke the virgin fairy Sibylia].

* 9. A licence for Sibylia to go and come.

* 10. To discover hidden treasure; to go invisible.

* 11. An experiment of Citrael.

* 12. How to enclose a spirit in a christall stone.

* 13. An experiment of Bealphares.

* 14. To bind the spirit Bealphares, and to lose him again.

* 15. Consecrating the holy water.

* 16. To make a spirit appear in a crystal.

* 17. An experiment of the dead.

* 18. A bond to bind him to thee.

* 19. To call him into your crystal stone.

* 20. When to talk with spirits, to find out theft.

* 21. A confutation.

* 22. A comparison with popish exorcism.

* 23. A recent example of cousening by Franciscan friers.

* 24. Who may be conjurors in the Romish church.

* 25. 7 reasons that exorcisms fail.

* 26. Other gross absurdities of witchmongers.

* 27. Conjurations from the pontifical and missal.

* 28. That popish priests leave nothing unconjured; incense.

* 29. Rules of popish exorcists and others all one. St. Martin.

* 30. That it is a shame for papists to believe other conjurors...

* 31. The books of conjurors.

* 32. Magical arts confuted -- Nero, Agrippa, Gallus.

* 33. Of Solomon's conjurations.

* 34. Lessons read in all churches on St. Margaret's day.

* 35. A delicate story of a Lombard; St. Vincent.

* 36. The story of St. Margaret demonstrated to be ridiculous.

* 37. A pleasant miracle wrought by a popish priest.

* 38. The former miracle confuted; story of St. Lucy.

* 39. Of visions, noises, apparitions -- with a confutation.

* 40. Cardanus' opinion of strange noises; St. Boniface.

* 41. Of a noise, and one that narrowly escaped drowning.

* 42. Of theurgy, with a confutation.

* A copy of a letter from one condemned for conjuring







CHAPTER I. The exposition of Iidoni, and where it is found, whereby the whole art of conjuration is deciphered.



THIS word Iidoni is derived of Iada, which properlie signifieth to knowe: it is sometimes translated, Divinus, which is a divinor or soothsaier, as in Deut. 18. Levit. 20: sometimes Ariolus, which is one that also taketh upon him to foretell things to come, and is found Levit. 19, 2 Kings. 23. Esai. 19. To be short, the opinion of them that are most skilfull in the toongs, is, that it comprehendeth all them, which take upon them to knowe all things past and to come, and to give answers accordinglie. It alwaies followeth the word Ob, and in the scriptures is not named severallie from it, and differeth little from the same in sense, and doo both concerne oracles uttered by spirits, possessed peoplle, or couseners. What will not couseners or witches take upon them to doo? Wherein will they professe ignorance? Aske them anie question, they will undertake to resolve you, even of that which none but God knoweth. And to bring their purposes the better to passe, as also to winne further credit unto the counterfet art which they professe, they procure confederates, whereby they worke wonders. And when they have either learning, eloquence, or nimblenesse of hands to accompanie their confederacie, or rather knaverie, then (forsooth) they passe the degree of witches, and intitle themselves to the name of conjurors. And these deale with no inferiour causes: these fetch divels out of hell, and angels out of heaven; these raise up what bodies they list, though they were dead, buried, and rotten long before; and fetch soules out of heaven or hell with much more expedition than the pope bringeth them out of purgatorie. These I saie (among the simple, and where they feare no law nor accusation) take upon them also the raising of tempests, and earthquakes, and to doo as much as God himselfe can doo. These are no small fooles, they go not to worke with a baggage tode, or a cat, as witches doo; but with a kind of majestie, and with authoritie they call up by name, and have at their commandement seventie and nine principall and princelie divels, who have under them, as their ministers, a great multitude of legions of pettie divels; as for example.



CHAPTER II. [J. Wierus in Pseudomonarchia daemonum. Salomons notes of conjuration.]



An inventarie of the names, shapes, powers, governement, and effects of divels and spirits, of their severall segniories and degrees: a strange discourse woorth the reading.



Baell. THEIR first and principall king (which is of the power of the east) is called Baëll who when he is conjured up, appeareth with three heads; the first, like a tode; the second, like a man; the third, like a cat. He speaketh with a hoarse voice, he maketh a man go invisible, he hath under his obedience and rule sixtie and six legions of divels.



Agares. The first duke under the power of the east, is named Agares, he commeth up mildile in the likenes of a faire old man, riding upon a crocodile, and carrieng a hawke on his fist; hee teacheth presentlie all maner of toongs, he fetcheth backe all such as runne awaie, and maketh them runne that stand still; he overthroweth all dignities supernaturall and temporall, hee maketh earthquakes, and is of the order of vertues, having under his regiment thirtie one legions.



Marbas, alias Barbas is a great president, and appeareth in the forme of a mightie lion; but at the commandement of a conjuror commeth up in the likenes of a man, and answereth fullie as touching anie thing which is hidden or secret: he bringeth diseases, and cureth them, he promoteth wisedome, and the knowledge of mechanicall arts, or handicrafts; he changeth men into other shapes, and under his presidencie or gouvernement are thirtie six legions of divels conteined.



Amon, or Aamon, is a great and mightie marques, and commeth abroad in the likenes of a woolfe, having a serpents taile, spetting out and breathing flames of fier; when he putteth on the shape of a man, he sheweth out dogs teeth, and a great head like to a mightie raven; he is the strongest prince of all other, and understandeth of all things past and to come, he procureth favor, and reconcileth both freends and foes, and ruleth fourtie legions of divels.



Barbatos, a great countie or earle, and also a duke, he appeareth in Signo sagittarii sylvestris, with foure kings, which bring companies and great troopes. He understandeth the singing of birds, the barking of dogs, the lowings of bullocks, and the voice of all living creatures. He detecteth treasures hidden by magicians and inchanters, and is of the order of vertues, which in part beare rule: he knoweth all things past, and to come, and reconcileth freends and powers; and governeth thirtie legions of divels by his authoritie.



Buer is a great president, and is seene in this signe; he absolutelie teacheth philosophie morall and naturall, and also logicke, and the vertue of herbes: he giveth the best familiars, he can heale all diseases, speciallie of men, and reigneth over fiftie legions.



Gusoin is a great duke, and a strong, appearing in the forme of a Xenophilus, he answereth all things, present, past, and to come, expounding all questions. He reconcileth freendship, and distributeth honours and dignities, and ruleth over fourtie legions of divels.



Botis, otherwise Otis, a great president and an earle he commeth foorth in the shape of an ouglie viper, and if he put on humane shape, he sheweth great teeth, and two hornes, carrieng a sharpe sword in his hand: he giveth answers of things present, past, and to come, and reconcileth friends, and foes, ruling sixtie legions.



Bathin, sometimes called Mathim, a great duke and a strong, he is seene in the shape of a verie strong man, with a serpents taile, sitting on a pale horsse, understanding the vertues of hearbs and pretious stones, transferring men suddenlie from countrie to countrie, and ruleth thirtie legions of divels.



Purson, alias Curson, a great king, he commeth foorth like a man with a lions face, carrieng a most cruell viper, and riding on a beare; and before him go alwaies trumpets, he knoweth things hidden, and can tell all things present, past, and to come: he bewraieth treasure, he can take a bodie either humane or aierie; he answereth truelie of all things earthlie and secret, of the divinitie and creation of the world, and bringeth foorth the best familiars; and there obeie him two and twentie legions of divels, partlie of the order of vertues, & partlie of the order of thrones.



Eligor, alias Abigor, is a great duke, and appeereth as a goodlie knight, carrieng a lance, an ensigne, and a scepter: he answereth fullie of things hidden, and of warres, and how souldiers should meete: he knoweth things to come, and procureth the favour of lords and knights, governing sixtie legions of divels.



Leraie, alias Oray, a great marquesse, shewing himselfe in the likenesse of a galant archer, carrieng a bowe and a quiver, he is author of all battels, he dooth putrifie all such wounds as are made with arrowes by archers, Quos optimos objicit tribus diebus, and he hath regiment over thirtie legions.



Valefar, alias Malephar, is a strong duke, comming foorth in the shape of a lion, and the head of a theefe, he is verie familiar with them to whom he maketh himself acquainted, till he hath brought them to the gallowes, and ruleth ten legions.



Morax, alias Foraii, a great earle and a president, he is seene like a bull, and if he take unto him a mans face, he maketh men wonderfull cunning in astronomie, & in all the liberall sciences: he giveth good familiars and wise, knowing the power & vertue of hearbs and stones which are pretious, and ruleth thirtie six legions.



Ipos, alias Ayporos, is a great earle and a prince, appeering in the shape of an angell, and yet indeed more obscure and filthie than a lion, with a lions head, a gooses feet, and a hares taile: he knoweth things to come and past, he maketh a man wittie, and bold, and hath under his jurisdiction thirtie six legions.



Naberius, alias Cerberus, is a valiant marquesse, shewing himselfe in the forme of a crowe, when he speaketh with a hoarse voice: he maketh a man amiable and cunning in all arts, and speciallie in rhetorike, he procureth the losse of prelacies and dignities: nineteene legions heare and obeie him.



Glasya Labolas, alias Caacrinolaas, or Caassimolar, is a great president, who commeth foorth like a dog, and hath wings like a griffen, he giveth the knowledge of arts, and is the captaine of all mansleiers: he understandeth things present and to come, he gaineth the minds and love of freends and foes, he maketh a man go invisible, and hath the rule of six and thirtie legions.



Zepar is a great duke, appearing as a souldier, inflaming women with the loove of men, and when he is bidden he changeth their shape, untill they maie enjoie their beloved, he also maketh them barren, and six and twentie legions are at his obeie and commandement.



Bileth is a great king and a terrible, riding on a pale horsse, before whome go trumpets, and all kind of melodious musicke. When he is called up by an exorcist, he appeareth rough and furious, to deceive him. Then let the exorcist or conjuror take heed to himself; and to allaje his courage, let him hold a hazell bat in his hand, wherewithall he must reach out toward the east and south, and make a triangle without besides the circle; but if he hold not out his hand unto him, and he bid him come in, and he still refuse the bond or chain of spirits; let the conjuror proceed to reading, and by and by he will submit himselfe, and come in, and doo whatsoever the exorcist commandeth him, and he shalbe safe. If Bileth the king be more stubborne, and refuse to enter into the circle at the first call, and the conjuror shew himselfe fearfull, or if he have not the chaine of spirits, certeinelie he will never feare nor regard him after. Also, if the place he unapt for a triangle to be made without the circle, then set there a boll of wine, and the exorcist shall certeinlie knowe when he commeth out of his house, with his fellowes, and that the foresaid Bileth will be his helper, his friend, and obedient unto him when he commeth foorth. And when he commeth, let the exorcist receive him courteouslie, and glorifie him in his pride, and therfore he shall adore him as other kings doo, bicause he saith nothing without other princes. Also, if he be cited by an exorcist, alwaies a silver ring of the middle finger of the left hand must be held against the exorcists face, as they doo for Amaimon. And the dominion and power of so great a prince is not to be pretermitted; for there is none under the power & dominion of the conjuror, but he that deteineth both men and women in doting love, till the exorcist hath had his pleasure. He is of the orders of powers, hoping to returne to the seaventh throne, which is not altogether credible, and he ruleth eightie five legions.



Sitri, alias Bitru, is a great prince, appeering with the face of a leopard, and having wings as a griffen: when he taketh humane shape, he is verie beautiful, he inflameth a man with a womans love, and also stirreth up women to love men, being commanded he willinglie deteineth secrets of women, laughing at them and mocking them, to make them luxuriouslie naked, and there obeie him sixtie legions.



Paimon is more obedient in Lucifer than other kings are. Lucifer is heere to be understood he that was drowned in the depth of his knowledge: he would needs be like God, and for his arrogancie was throwne out into destruction, of whome it is said; Everie pretious stone is thy covering (Ezech. 88.). Paimon is constrained by divine vertue to stand before the exorcist; where he putteth on the likenesse of a man: he sitteth on a beast called a dromedarie, which is a swift runner, and weareth a glorious crowne, and hath an effeminate countenance. There goeth before him an host of men with trumpets and well sounding cymbals, and all musicall instruments. At the first he appeereth with a great crie and roring, as in Circulo Salomonis, and in the art is declared. And if this Paimon speake sometime that the conjuror understand him not, let him not therefore be dismaied. But when he hath delivered him the first obligation to observe his desire, he must bid him also answer him distinctlie and plainelie to the questions he shall aske you, of all philosophie, wisedome, and science, and of all other secret things. And if you will knowe the disposition of the world, and what the earth is, or what holdeth it up in the water, or any other thing, or what is Abyssus, or where the wind is, or from whence it commeth, he will teach you aboundantlie. Consecrations also as well of sacrifices as otherwise may be reckoned. He giveth dignities and confirmations; he bindeth them that resist him in his owne chaines, and subjecteth them to the conjuror; he prepareth good familiars, and hath the understanding of all arts. Note, that at the calling up of him, the exorcist must looke towards the northwest, bicause there is his house. When he is called up, let the exorcist receive him constantlie without feare, let him aske what questions or demands he list, and no doubt he shall obteine the same of him. And the exorcist must beware he forget not the creator, for those things, which have beene rehearsed before of Paimon, some saie he is of the order of dominations; others saie, of the order of cherubim. There follow him two hundred legions, partlie of the order of angels, and partlie of potestates. Note that if Paimon be cited alone by an offering or sacrifice, two kings followe him; to wit, Beball & Abalam, & other potentates: in his host are twentie five legions, bicause the spirits subject to them are not alwaies with them, except they be compelled to appeere by divine vertue.



Some saie that the king Beliall was created immediatlie after Lucifer, and therefore they thinke that he was father and seducer of them which fell being of the orders. For he fell first among the worthier and wiser sort, which went before Michael and other heavenlie angels, which were lacking. Although Beliall went before all them that were throwne downe to the earth, yet he went not before them that tarried in heaven. This Beliall is constrained by divine venue, when he taketh sacrifices, gifts, and offerings, that he againe may give unto the offerers true answers. But he tarrieth not one houre in the truth, except he be constrained by the divine power, as is said. He taketh the forme of a beautifull angell, sitting in a firie chariot; he speaketh faire, he distributeth preferments of senatorship, and the favour of friends, and excellent familiars: he hath rule over eightie legions, partlie of the order of vertues, partlie of angels; he is found in the forme of an exorcist in the bonds of spirits. The exorcist must consider, that this Beliall doth in everie thing assist his subjects. If he will not submit himselfe, let the bond of spirits be read: the spirits chaine is sent for him, wherewith wise Salomon gathered them togither with their legions in a brasen vessell, where were inclosed among all the legions seventie two kings, of whome the cheefe was Bileth, the second was Beliall, the third Asmoday, and above a thousand thousand legions. Without doubt (I must confesse) I learned this of my maister Salomon; but he told me not why he gathered them together, and shut them up so: but I beleeve it was for the pride of this Beliall. Certeine nigromancers doo saie, that Salomon, being on a certeine daie seduced by the craft of a certeine woman, inclined himselfe to praie before the same idoll, Beliall by name: which is not credible. And therefore we must rather thinke (as it is said) that they were gathered together in that great brasen vessell for pride and arrogancie, and throwne into a deepe lake or hole in Babylon. For wise Salomon did accomplish his workes by the divine power, which never forsooke him. And therefore we must thinke he worshipped not the image Beliall; for then he could not have constrained the spirits by divine vertue: for this Beliall, with three kings were in the lake. But the Babylonians woondering at the matter, supposed that they should find therein a great quantitie of treasure, and therefore with one consent went downe into the lake, and uncovered and brake the vessell, out of the which immediatlie flew the capteine divels, and were delivered to their former and proper places. But this Beliall entred into a certeine image, and there gave answer to them that offered and sacrificed unto him: as Tocz. in his sentences reporteth, and the Babylonians did worship and sacrifice thereunto.



Bune is a great and a strong Duke, he appeareth as a dragon with three heads, the third whereof is like to a man; he speaketh with a divine voice, he maketh the dead to change their place, and divels to assemble upon the sepulchers of the dead: he greatlie inricheth a man, and maketh him eloquent and wise, answering trulie to all demands, and thirtie legions obeie him.



Forneus is a great marquesse, like unto a monster of the sea, he maketh men woondeffull in rhetorike, he adorneth a man with a good name, and the knowledge of toongs, and maketh one beloved as well of foes as freends: there are under him nine and twentie legions, of the order partlie of thrones, and partlie of angels.



Ronove a marquesse and an earle, he is resembled to a monster, he bringeth singular understanding in rhetorike, faithfull servants, knowledge of toongs, favour of freends and foes; and nineteene legions obeie him.



Berith is a great and a terrible duke, and hath three names. Of some he is called Beall; of the Jewes Berithi; of Nigromancers Bolfry: he commeth foorth as a red souldier, with red clothing, and upon a horsse of that colour, and a crowne on his head. He answereth trulie of things present, past, and to come. He is compelled at a certeine houre, through divine vertue, by a ring of art magicke. He is also a lier, he turneth all mettals into gold, he adorneth a man with dignities, and confirmeth them, he speaketh with a cleare and a subtill voice, and six and twentie legions are under him.



Astaroth is a great and a strong duke, comming foorth in the shape of a fowle angell, sitting upon an infernall dragon, and carrieng on his right hand a viper: he answereth trulie to matters present, past, and to come, and also of all secrets. He talketh willinglie of the creator of spirits, and of their fall, and how they sinned and fell: he saith he fell not of his owne accord. He maketh a man woonderfull learned in the liberall sciences, he ruleth fourtie legions. Let everie exorcist take heed, that he admit him not too neere him, bicause of his stinking breath. And therefore let the conjuror hold neere to his face a magicall ring, and that shall defend him.



Foras, alias Forcas is a great president, and is seene in the forme of a strong man, and in humane shape, he understandeth the vertue of hearbs and pretious stones: he teacheth fullie logicke, ethicke, and their parts: he maketh a man invisible, wittie, eloquent, and to live long; he recovereth things lost, and discovereth treasures, and is lord over nine and twentie legions.



Furfur is a great earle, appearing as an hart, with a firie taile, he lieth in everie thing, except he be brought up within a triangle; being bidden, he taketh angelicall forme, he speaketh with a hoarse voice, and willinglie maketh love betweene man and wife; he raiseth thunders and lightnings, and blasts. Where he is commanded, he answereth well, both of secret and also of divine things, and hath rule and dominion over six and twentie legions.



Marchosias is a great marquesse, he sheweth himselfe in the shape of a cruell shee woolfe, with a griphens wings, with a serpents taile, and spetting I cannot tell what out of his mouth. When he is in a mans shape, he is an excellent fighter, he answereth all questions trulie, he is faithfull in all the conjurors businesse, he was of the order of dominations, under him are thirtie legions: he hopeth after 1200. yeares to returne to the seventh throne, but he is deceived in that hope.



Malphas is a great president, he is seene like a crowe, but being cloathed with humane image, speaketh with a hoarse voice, be buildeth houses and high towres wonderfullie, and quicklie bringeth artificers togither, he throweth downe also the enimies edifications, he helpeth to good familiars, he receiveth sacrifices willinglie, but he deceiveth all the sacrificers, there obeie him fourtie legions.



Vepar, alias Separ, a great duke and a strong, he is like a mermaid, he is the guide of the waters, and of ships laden with armour; he bringeth to passe (at the commandement of his master) that the sea shalbe rough and stormie, and shall appeare full of shippes; he killeth men in three daies, with putrifieng their wounds, and producing maggots into them; howbeit, they maie be all healed with diligence, he ruleth nine and twentie legions.



Sabnacke, alias Salmac, is a great marquesse and a strong, he commeth foorth as an armed soldier with a lions head, sitting on a pale horsse, he dooth marvelouslie change mans forme and favor, he buildeth high towres full of weapons, and also castels and cities; he inflicteth men thirtie daies with wounds both rotten and full of maggots, at the exorcists commandement, he provideth good familiars, and hath dominion over fiftie legions.



Sidonay, alias Asmoday, a great king, strong and mightie, he is seene with three heads, whereof the first is like a bull, the second like a man, the third like a ram, he hath a serpents taile, he belcheth flames out of his mouth, he hath feete like a goose, he sitteth on an infernall dragon, he carrieth a lance and a flag in his hand, he goeth before others, which are under the power of Amaymon. When the conjuror exerciseth this office, let him be abroad, let him be warie and standing on his feete; if his cap be on his head, he will cause all his dooings to be bewraied, which if he doo not, the exorcist shalbe deceived by Amaymon in everie thing. But so soone as he seeth him in the forme aforesaid, he shall call him by his name, saieng; Thou art Asmoday; he will not denie it, and by and by he boweth downe to the ground; he giveth the ring of venues, he absolutelie teacheth geometrie, arythmetike, astronomie, and handicrafts. To all demands he answereth fullie and trulie, he maketh a man invisible, he sheweth the places where treasure lieth, and gardeth it, if it be among the legions of Amaymon, he hath under his power seventie two legions.



Gaap, alias Tap, a great president and a prince, he appeareth in a meridionall signe, and when he taketh humane shape he is the guide of the foure principall kings, as mightie as Bileth. There were certeine necromancers that offered sacrifices and burnt offerings unto him; and to call him up, they exercised an art, saieng that Salomon the wise made it. Which is false: for it was rather Cham, the sonne of Noah, who after the floud began first to invocate wicked spirits. He invocated Bileth, and made an art in his name, and a booke which is knowne to manie mathematicians. There were burnt offerings and sacrifices made, and gifts given, and much wickednes wrought by the exorcists, who mingled therewithall the holie names of God, the which in that art are everie where expressed. Marie there is an epistle of those names written by Salomon, as also write Helias Hierosolymitanus and Helisæus. It is to be noted, that if anie exorcist have the art of Bileth, and cannot make him stand before him, nor see him, I may not bewraie how and declare the meanes to conteine him, bicause it is abhomination, and for that I have learned nothing from Salomon of his dignitie and office. But yet I will not hide this; to wit, that he maketh a man woonderfull in philosophie and all the liberall sciences: he maketh love, hatred, insensibilitie, invisibilitie, consecration, and consecration of those things that are belonging unto the domination of Amaymon, and delivereth familiars out of the possession of other conjurors, answering truly and perfectly of things present, past, & to come, & transferreth men most speedilie into other nations, he ruleth sixtie six legions, & was of the order of potestats.



Shax, alias Scox, is a darke and a great marquesse, like unto a storke, with a hoarse and subtill voice: he dooth marvellouslie take awaie the sight, hearing and understanding of anie man, at the commandement of the conjuror: he taketh awaie monie out of everie kings house, and carrieth it backe after 1200. yeares, if he be commanded, he is a horssestealer, he is thought to be faithfull in all commandements: and although he promise to be obedient to the conjuror in all things; yet is he not so, he is a lier, except he be brought into a triangle, and there he speaketh divinelie, and telleth of things which are hidden, and not kept of wicked spirits, he promiseth good familiars, which are accepted if they be not deceivers, he hath thirtie legions.



Procell is a great and a strong duke, appearing in the shape of an angell, but speaketh verie darklie of things hidden, he teacheth geometrie and all the liberall arts, he maketh great noises, and causeth the waters to rore, where are none, he warmeth waters, and distempereth bathes at certeine times, as the exorcist appointeth him, he was of the order of potestats, and hath fourtie eight legions under his power.



Furcas is a knight and commeth foorth in the similitude of a cruell man, with a long beard and a hoarie head, he sitteth on a pale horsse, carrieng in his hand a sharpe weapon, he perfectlie teacheth practike philosophie, rhetorike, logike, astronomie, chiromancie, pyromancie, and their parts: there obeie him twentie legions.



Murmur is a great duke and an earle, appearing in the shape of a souldier, riding on a griphen, with a dukes crowne on his head; there go before him two of his ministers, with great trumpets, he teacheth philosophie absolutelie, he constraineth soules to come before the exorcist, to answer what he shall aske them, he was of the order partlie of thrones, and partlie of angels, and ruleth thirtie legions.



Caim is a great president, taking the forme of a thrush, but when he putteth on man's shape, he answereth in burning ashes, carrieng in his hand a most sharpe swoord, he maketh the best disputers, he giveth men the understanding of all birds, of the lowing of bullocks, and barking of dogs, and also of the sound and noise of waters, he answereth best of things to come, he was of the order of angels, and ruleth thirtie legions of divels.



Raum, or Raim is a great earle, he is seene as a crowe, but when he putteth on humane shape, at the commandement of the exorcist, he stealeth woonderfullie out of the kings house, and carrieth it whether he is assigned, he destroieth cities, and hath great despite unto dignities, he knoweth things present, past, and to come, and reconcileth freends and foes, he was of the order of thrones, and governeth thirtie legions.



Halphas is a great earle, and commeth abroad like a storke, with a hoarse voice, he notablie buildeth up townes full of munition and weapons, he sendeth men of warre to places appointed, and hath under him six and twentie legions.



Focalor is a great duke comming foorth as a man, with wings like a griphen, he killeth men, and drowneth them in the waters, and overturneth ships of warre, commanding and ruling both winds and seas. And let the conjuror note, that if he bid him hurt no man, he willinglie consenteth thereto: he hopeth after 1000. yeares to returne to the seventh throne, but he is deceived, he hath three legions.



Vine is a great king and an earle, he showeth himselfe as a lion, riding on a blacke horsse, and carrieth a viper in his hand, he gladlie buildeth large towres, he throweth downe stone walles, and maketh waters rough. At the commandement of the exorcist he answereth of things hidden, of witches, and of things present, past, and to come.



Bifrons is seene in the similitude of a monster, when he taketh the image of a man, he maketh one woonderfull cunning in astrologie, absolutelie declaring the mansions of the planets, he dooth the like in geometrie, and other admesurements, he perfectlie understandeth the strength and vertue of hearbs, pretious stones, and woods, he changeth dead bodies from place to place, he seemeth to light candles upon the sepulchres of the dead, and hath under him six and twentie legions.



Gamigin is a great marquesse, and is seene in the forme of a little horsse, when he taketh humane shape he speaketh with a hoarse voice, disputing of all liberall sciences; he bringeth also to passe, that the soules, which are drowned in the sea, or which dwell in purgatorie (which is called Cartagra, that is, affliction of soules) shall take aierie bodies, and evidentlie appeare and answer to interrogatories at the conjurors commandement; he tarrieth with the exorcist, untill he have accomplished his desire, and hath thirtie legions under him.



Zagan is a great king and a president, he commeth abroad like a bull, with griphens wings, but when he taketh humane shape, he maketh men wittie, he turneth all mettals into the coine of that dominion, and turneth water into wine, and wine into water, he also turneth bloud into wine, & wine into bloud, & a foole into a wise man, he is head of thirtie and three legions.



Orias is a great marquesse, and is seene as a lion riding on a strong horsse, with a serpents taile, and carrieth in his right hand two great serpents hissing, he knoweth the mansion of planets and perfectlie teacheth the vertues of the starres, he transformeth men, he giveth dignities, prelacies, and confirmations, and also the favour of freends and foes, and hath under him thirtie legions.



Valac is a great president, and commeth abroad with angels wings like a boie, riding on a twoheaded dragon, he perfectlie answereth of treasure hidden, and where serpents may be seene, which he delivereth into the conjurors hands, void of anie force or strength, and hath dominion over thirtie legions of divels.



Gomory a strong and a mightie duke, he appeareth like a faire woman, with a duchesse crownet about hir midle, riding on a camell, he answereth well and truelie of things present, past, and to come, and of treasure hid, and where it lieth: he procureth the love of women, especiallie of maids, and hath six and twentie legions.



Decarabia or Carabia, he commeth like a * and knoweth the force of herbes and pretious stones, and maketh all birds flie before the exorcist, and to tarrie with him, as though they were tame, and that they shall drinke and sing, as their maner is, and hath thirtie legions.



Amduscias a great and a strong duke, he commeth foorth as an unicorne, when he standeth before his maister in humane shape, being commanded, he easilie bringeth to passe, that trumpets and all musicall instruments may be heard and not seene, and also that trees shall bend and incline, according to the conjurors will, he is excellent among familiars, and hath nine and twentie legions.



Andras is a great marquesse, and is seene in an angels shape with a head like a blacke night raven, riding upon a blacke and a verie strong woolfe, flourishing with a sharpe sword in his hand, he can kill the maister, the servant, and all assistants, he is author of discords, and ruleth thirtie legions.



Andrealphus is a great marquesse, appearing as a pecocke, he raiseth great noises, and in humane shape perfectlie teacheth geometrie, and all things belonging to admeasurements, he maketh a man to be a subtill disputer, and cunning in astronomie, and transformeth a man into the likenes of a bird, and there are under him thirtie legions.



Ose is a great president, and commeth foorth like a leopard, and counterfeting to be a man, he maketh one cunning in the liberall sciences, he answereth truelie of divine and secret things, he transformeth a mans shape, and bringeth a man to that madnes, that he thinketh himselfe to be that which he is not; as that he is a king or a pope, or that he weareth a crowne on his head, Durátque id regnum ad horam.



Aym or Haborim is a great duke and a strong, he commeth foorth with three heads, the first like a serpent, the second like a man having two * the third like a cat, he rideth on a viper, carrieng in his hand a light fier brand, with the flame whereof castels and cities are fiered, he maketh one wittie everie kind of waie, he answereth truelie of privie matters, and reigneth over twentie six legions.



Orobas is a great prince, he commeth foorth like a horsse, but when he putteth on him a mans idol, he talketh of divine vertue, he giveth true answers of things present, past, and to come, and of the divinitie, and of the creation, he deceiveth none, nor suffereth anie to be tempted, he giveth dignities and prelacies, and the favour of freends and foes, and hath rule over twentie legions.



Vapula is a great duke and a strong, he is seene like a lion with griphens wings, he maketh a man subtill and wonderfull in handicrafts, philosophie, and in sciences conteined in bookes, and is ruler over thirtie six legions.



Cimeries is a great marquesse and a strong, ruling in the parts of Aphrica; he teacheth perfectue grammar, logicke, and rhetorike, he discovereth treasures and things hidden, he bringeth to passe, that a man shall seeme with expedition to be turned into a soldier, he rideth upon a great blacke horsse, and ruleth twentie legions.



Amy is a great president, and appeareth in a flame of fier, but having taken mans shape, he maketh one marvelous in astrologie, and in all the liberall sciences, he procureth excellent familiars, he bewraieth treasures preserved by spirits, he hath the governement of thirtie six legions, he is partlie of the order of angels, partlie of potestats, he hopeth after a thousand two hundreth yeares to returne to the seventh throne: which is not credible.



Flauros a strong duke, is seene in the forme of a terrible strong leopard, in humane shape, he sheweth a terrible countenance, and fierie eies, he answereth trulie and fullie of things present, past, and to come; if he be in a triangle, he lieth in all things and deceiveth in other things, and beguileth in other busines, he gladlie talketh of the divinitie, and of the creation of the world, and of the fall; he is constrained by divine vertue, and so are all divels or spirits, to burne and destroie all the conjurors adversaries. And if he be commanded, he suffereth the conjuror not to be tempted, and he hath twentie legions under him.



Balam is a great and a terrible king, he commeth foorth with three heads, the first of a bull, the second of a man, the third of a ram, he hath a serpents taile, and flaming eies, riding upon a furious beare, and carrieng a hawke on his fist, he speaketh with a hoarse voice, answering perfectlie of things present, past, and to come, hee maketh a man invisible and wise, hee governeth fourtie legions, and was of the order of dominations.



Allocer is a strong duke and a great, he commeth foorth like a soldier, riding on a great horsse, he hath a lions face, verie red, and with flaming eies, he speaketh with a big voice, he maketh a man woonderfull in astronomie, and in all the liberall sciences, he bringeth good familiars, and ruleth thirtie six legions.



Saleos is a great earle, he appeareth as a gallant soldier, riding on a crocodile, and weareth a dukes crowne, peaceable, &c.



Vuall is a great duke and a strong, he is seene as a great and terrible dromedarie, but in humane forme, he soundeth out in a base voice the Ægyptian toong. This man above all other procureth the especiall love of women, and knoweth things present, past, and to come, procuring the love of freends and foes, he was of the order of potestats, and governeth thirtie seven legions.



Haagenti is a great president, appearing like a great bull, having the wings of a griphen, but when he taketh humane shape, he maketh a man wise in everie thing, he changeth all mettals into gold, and changeth wine and water the one into the other, and commandeth as manie legions as Zagan.



Phoenix is a great marquesse, appearing like the bird Phoenix, having a childs voice: but before he standeth still before the conjuror, he singeth manie sweet notes. Then the exorcist with his companions must beware he give no eare to the melodie, but must by and by bid him put on humane shape; then will he speake marvellouslie of all woonderfull sciences. He is an excellent poet, and obedient, he hopeth to returne to the seventh throne after a thousand two hundreth yeares, and governeth twentie legions.



Stolas is a great prince, appearing in the forme of a nightraven, before the exorcist, he taketh the image and shape of a man, and teacheth astronomie, absolutelie understanding the vertues of herbes and pretious stones; there are under him twentie six legions.



¶ Note that a legion is 6 6 6 6, and now by multiplication count how manie legions doo arise out of everie particular.





This was the work of one T. R. written in faire letters of red & blacke upõ parchment, and made by him, Ann. 1570. to the maintenance of his living, the edifieng of the poore, and the glorie of gods holie name: as he himselfe saith.



+Secretum secretorum, The secret of secrets;

Tu operans sis secretus horum, Thou that workst them, be secret in them.





CHAPTER III. The houres wherin principall divels may be bound, to wit, raised and restrained from dooing of hurt.



AMAYMON king of the east, Gorson king of the south, Zimimar king of the north, Goap king and prince of the west, may be bound from the third houre, till noone, and from the ninth houre till evening. Marquesses may be bound from the ninth houre till compline, and from compline till the end of the daie. Dukes may be hound from the first houre till noone; and cleare wether is to be observed. Prelates may be bound in anie houre of the daie. Knights from daie dawning, till sunne rising; or from evensong, till the sunne set. A President may not be bound in anie houre of the daie, except the king, whome he obeieth, be invocated; nor in the shutting of the evening. Counties or erles may be bound at anie houre of the daie, so it be in the woods or feelds, where men resort not.



CHAPTER IV. The forme of adjuring or citing of the spirits aforesaid to arise and appeare.



WHEN you will have anie spirit,you must know his name and office; you must also fast, and be cleane from all pollusion, three or foure daies before; so will the spirit be the more obedient unto you. Then make a circle, and call up the spirit with great intention,and holding a ring in your hand, rehearse in your owne name, and your companions (for one must alwaies be with you) this praier following, and so no spirit shall annoie you, and your purpose shall take effect.



And note how this agreeth with popish charmes and conjurations.



In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ the + father + and the sonne + and the Hollie-ghost + holie trinitie and unseparable unitie, I call upon thee, that thou maiest be my salvation and defense, and the protection of my bodie and soule, and of all my goods through the vertue of thy holie crosse, and through the vertue of thy passion, I beseech thee O Lord Jesus Christ, by the merits of thy blessed mother S. Marie, and of all thy saints, that thou give me grace and divine power over all the wicked spirits, so as which of them soever I doo call by name, they may come by and by from everie coast, and accomplish my will, that they neither be hurtfull or fearefull unto me, but rather obedient and diligent about me. And through thy vertue streightlie commanding them, let them fulfill my commandements, Amen. Holie, holie, Lord God of sabboth, which wilt come to judge the quicke and the dead, thou which art A and Omega, first and last, King of kings and Lord of lords, Ioth, Aglanabrath, El, Abiel, Anathiel, Amazim, Sedomel, Gayes, Heli, Messias, Tolimi, Elias, Ischiros, Athanatos, Imas. By these thy holie names, and by all other I doo call upon thee, and beseech thee O Lord Jesus Christ, by thy nativitie and baptisme, by thy crosse and passion, by thine ascension, and by the comming of the Holie-ghost, by the bitternesse of thy soule when it departed from thy bodie, by thy five wounds, by the bloud and water which went out of thy bodie, by thy vertue, by the sacrament which thou gavest thy disciples the daie before thou sufferedst, by the holie trinitie, and by the inseparable unitie, by blessed Marie thy mother, by thine angels, archangels, prophets, patriarchs, and by all thy saints, and by all the sacraments which are made in thine honour, I doo worship and beseech thee, I blesse and desire thee, to accept these pralers, conjurations, and words of my mouth, which I will use. I require thee O Lord Jesus Christ, that thou give me thy vertue & power over all thine angels (which were throwne downe from heaven to deceive mankind) to drawe them to me, to tie and bind them, & also to loose them, to gather them togither before me, & to command them to doo all that they can, and that by no meanes they contemne my voice, or the words of my mouth; but that they obeie me and my saiengs, and feare me. I beseech thee by thine humanitie, mercie and grace, and I require thee Adonay, Amay, Horta, Vege dora, Mitai, Hel, Suranat, Ysion, Ysesy, and by all thy holie names, and by all thine holie he saints and she saints, by all thine angels and archangels, powers, dominations, and vertues, and by that name that Salomon did bind the divels, and shut them up, Elhrach, Ebanher, Agle, Goth, Ioth, Othie, Venoch, Nabrat, and by all thine holie names which are written in this booke, and by the vertue of them all, that thou enable me to congregate all thy spirits throwne downe from heaven, that they may give me a true answer of all my demands, and that they satisfie all my requests, without the hurt of my bodie or soule, or any thing else that is mine, through our Lord Jesus Christ thy sonne, which liveth and reigneth with thee in the unitie of the Holie-ghost, one God world without end.



Oh father omnipotent, oh wise sonne, oh Holie-ghost, the searcher of harts, oh you three in persons, one true godhead in substance, which didst spare Adam and Eve in their sins; and oh thou sonne, which diedst for their sinnes a most filthie death, susteining it upon the holie crosse; oh thou most mercifull, when I flie unto thy mercie, and beseech thee by all the means I can, by these the holie names of thy sonne; to wit, A and Omega, and all other his names, grant me thy vertue and power, that I may be able to cite before me, thy spirits which were throwne downe from heaven, & that they may speake with me, & dispatch by & by without delaie, & with a good will, & without the hurt of my bodie, soule, or goods, &c: as is conteined in the booke called Annulus Salomonis.



Oh great and eternall vertue of the highest, which through disposition, these being called to judgement, Vaicheon, Stimulamaton, Esphares, Tetragrammaton, Olioram, Cryon, Esytion, Existion, Eriona, Onela, Brasim, Noym, Messias, Soter, Emanuel, Sabboth, Adonay, I worship thee, I invocate thee, I imploie thee with all the strength of my mind, that by thee, my present praiers, consecrations, and conjurations be hallowed: and whersoever wicked spirits are called, in the vertue of thy names, they may come togither from everie coast, and diligentlie fulfill the will of me the exorcist. Fiat, fiat, fiat, Amen.





CHAPTER V. A confutation of the manifold vanities conteined in the precedent chapters, speciallie of commanding of divels.



HE that can be persuaded that these things are true, or wrought indeed according to the assertion of couseners, or according to the supposition of witchmongers & papists, may soone be brought to beleeve that the moone is made of greene cheese. You see in this which is called Salomons conjuration, there is a perfect inventarie registred of the number of divels, of their names, of their offices, of their personages, of their qualities, of their powers, of their properties, of their kingdomes, of their governments, of their orders, of their dispositions, of their subjection, of their submission, and of the waies to bind or loose them; with a note what wealth, learning, office, commoditie, pleasure, &c: they can give, and may be forced to yeeld in spight of their harts, to such (forsooth) as are cunning in this art: of whome yet was never seene any rich man, or at least that gained any thing that waie; or any unlearned man, that became learned by that meanes; or any happie man, that could with the helpe of this art either deliver himselfe, or his freends, from adversitie, or adde unto his estate any point of felicitie: yet these men, in all worldlie happinesse, must needs exceed all others; if such things could be by them accomplished, according as it is presupposed. For if they may learne of Marbas, all secrets, and to cure all diseases; and of Furcas, wisdome, and to be cunning in all mechanicall arts; and to change anie mans shape, of Zepar: if Bune can make them rich and eloquent, if Beroth can tell them of all things, present, past, and to come; if Asmodaie can make them go invisible and shew them all hidden treasure; if Salmacke will afflict whom they list, & Allocer can procure them the love of any woman; if Amy can provide them excellent familiars, if Gaym can make them understand the voice of all birds and beasts, and Buer and Bifrons can make them live long; and finallie, if Orias could procure unto them great friends, and reconcile their enimies, & they in the end had all these at commandement; should they not live in all worldlie honor and felicitie? whereas contrariwise they lead their lives in all obloquie, miserie, and beggerie, and in fine come to the gallowes; as though they had chosen unto themselves the spirit Valefer, who they saie bringeth all them with whom he entreth into familiaritie, to no better end than the gibet or gallowes. But before I proceed further to the confutation of this stuffe, I will shew other conjurations, devised more latelie, and of more authoritie; wherein you shall see how fooles are trained to beleeve these absurdities, being woone by little and little to such credulitie. For the author heereof beginneth, as though all the cunning of conjurors were derived and fetcht from the planetarie motions, and true course of the stars, celestiall bodies, &c.



CHAPTER VI. The names of the planets, their characters, togither with the twelve signes of the zodiake, their dispositions, aspects, and government, with other observations.

The Characters of the Planets.



Saturn. Jupiter. Mars. Sol. Venus. Mercury. Luna.



The five Planetary Aspects.



Conjunction. Sextile. Quadrat. Trine. Opposition.



The twelve signs of the Zodiake, their Characters and Denominations, &c.



Aries. Taurus. Gemini. Cancer. Leo. Virgo.



Libra. Scorpio. Sagittarius. Capricornus. Aquarius. Pisces.



Their Disposition or Inclinations.

Good signes.



Evil signes.



Signes indifferent.



Very good signes. Very evil signes.



The disposition of the planets.



The aspects of the planets.



Is the best aspect, with good planets, and woorst with evill.

Is a meane aspect in goodnesse or badnesse.

Is verie good in aspect to good planets, & hurteth not in evill.

This aspect is of enimitie not full perfect.

This aspect is of enimitie most perfect.



How the daie is divided or distinguished.



A daie naturall is the space of foure and twentie houres, accounting the night withall, and beginneth at one of the clocke after midnight.



An artificiall daie is that space of time, which is betwixt the rising and falling of the &c. All the rest is night, & beginneth at the rising.



Hereafter followeth a table, showing how the daie and the night is divided by houres, and reduced to the regiment of the planets.



The division of the daie, and the planetarie regiment.



The division of the night, and the planetarie regiment.



Chapter VII. The characters of the angels of the seaven daies, with their names: of figures, seales and periapts.



These figures are called the seales of the earth, without the which no spirit will appeere, except thou have them with thee.





Chapter VIII. An experiment of the dead.



FIRST fast and praie three daies, and absteine thee from all filthinesse; go to one that is new buried, such a one as killed himselfe or destroied himselfe wilfullie: or else get thee promise of one that shalbe hanged, and let him sweare an oth to thee, after his bodie is dead, that his spirit shall come to thee, and doo thee true service, at thy commandements, in all dales, houres, and minuts. And let no persons see thy doings, but thy fellow. And about eleven a clocke in the night, go to the place where he was buried, and saie with a bold faith & hartie desire, to have the spirit come that thou doost call for, thy fellow having a candle in his left hand, and in his right hand a christall stone, and saie these words following, the maister having a hazell wand in his right hand, and these names of God written thereupon, Tetragrammaton + Adonay + Agla + Craton + Then strike three strokes on the ground, and saie;



Arise N. Arise N. Arise N. I conjure thee spirit N. by the resurrection of our Lord Jesu Christ, that thou doo obey to my words, and come unto me this night verelie and trulie, as thou beleevest to be saved at the daie of judgement. And I will sweare to thee on oth, by the perill of my soule, that if thou wilt come to me, and appeare to me this night, and shew me true visions in this christall stone, and fetch me the fairie Sibylia, that I may talke with hir visiblie, and she may come before me, as the conjuration leadeth: and in so doing, I will give thee an almesse deed, and praie for thee N. to my Lord God, wherby thou maiest be restored to thy salvation at the resurrection daie, to be received as one of the elect of God, to the everlasting glorie, Amen.



The maister standing at the head of the grave, his fellow having in his hands the candle and the stone, must begin the conjuration as followeth, and the spirit will appeare to you in the christall stone, in a faire forme of a child of twelve yeares of age. And when he is in, feele the stone, and it will be hot; and feare nothing, for he or shee will shew manie delusions, to drive you from your worke. Feare God, but feare him not. This is to constraine him, as followeth.



I conjure thee spirit N. by the living God, the true God, and by the holie God, and by their vertues and powers which have created both thee and me, and all the world. I conjure thee N. by these holie names of God, Tetragrammaton + Adonay + Algramay + Saday + Sabaoth + Planaboth + Panthon + Craton + Neupmaton + Deus + Homo + Omnipotens + Sempiturnus + Ysus + Terra + Unigenitus + Salvator + Via + Vita + Manus + Fons + Origo + Filius + And by their vertues and powers, and by all their names, by the which God gave power to man, both to speake or thinke; so by their vertues and powers I conjure thee spirit N. that now immediatlie thou doo appeare in this christall stone, visiblie to me and to my fellow, without ani tarrieng or deceipt. I conjure thee N. by the excellent name of Jesus Christ A and Omega, the first and the last. For this holie name of Jesus is above all names: for in this name of Jesus everie knee dooth bow and obeie, both of heavenlie things, earthlie things, and infernall. And everie toong doth confesse, that our Lord Jesus Christ is in the glorie of the father: neither is there anie other name given to man, whereby he must be saved. Therefore in the name of Jesus of Nazareth, and by his nativitie, resurrection, and ascension, and by all that apperteineth unto his passion, and by their vertues and powers I conjure thee spirit N. that thou doo appeare visiblie in this christall stone to me, and to my fellow, without anie dissimulation. I conjure thee N. by the bloud of the innocent lambe Jesus Christ, which was shed for us upon the crosse: for all those that doo beleeve in the vertue of his bloud, shalbe saved. I conjure thee N. by the vertues and powers of all the riall names and words of the living God of me pronounced, that thou be obedient unto me and to my words rehearsed. If thou refuse this to doo, I by the holie trinitie, and their vertues and powers doo condemne thee thou spirit N. into the place where there is no hope of remedie or rest, but everlasting horror and paine there dwelling, and a place where is paine upon paine, dailie, horriblie, and lementablie, thy paine to be there augmented as the starres in the heaven, as the gravell or sand in the sea: except thou spirit N. doo appeare to me and to my fellow visiblie, immediatlie in this christall stone, and in a faire forme and shape of a child of twelve yeares of age, and that thou alter not thy shape, I charge thee upon paine of everlasting condemnation. I conjure thee spirit N. by the golden girdle, which girded the loines of our Lord Jesus Christ: so thou spirit N. be thou bound into the perpetuall paines of hell fier, for thy disobedience and unreverent regard, that thou hast to the holie names and words, and his precepts. I conjure thee N. by the two edged sword, which John sawe proceed out of the mouth of the almightie; and so thou spirit N. be torne and cut in peeces with that sword, and to be condemned into everlasting paine, where the fier goeth not out, and where the worme dieth not. I conjure thee N. by the heavens, and by the celestiall citie of Jerusalem, and by the earth and the sea, and by all things conteined in them, and by their vertues & powers. I conjure thee spirit N. by the obedience that thou doost owe unto the principall prince. And except thou spirit N. doo come and a peare in this christall stone visiblie in my presence, here immediatlie as it is aforesaid. Let the great cursse of God, the anger of God, the shadowe and darknesse of death, and of eternall condemnation be upon thee spirit N. for ever and ever; bicause thou hast denied thy faith, thy health, & saivation. For thy great disobedience, thou art worthie to be condemned. Therefore let the divine trinitie, thrones, dominions, principats, potestats, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and all the soules of saints, both of men and women, condemne thee for ever, and be a witnesse against thee at the daie of judgement, bicause of thy disobedience. And let all creatures of our Lord Jesus Christ, saie thereunto; Fiat, fiat, fiat: Amen.



And when he is appeared in the christall stone, as is said before, bind him with this bond as followeth; to wit,



I conjure thee spirit N. that art appeared to me in this christall stone, to me and to my fellow; I conjure thee by all the riall words aforesaid, the which did constraine thee to appeare therein, and their vertues; I charge thee spirit by them all, that thou shalt not depart out of this christall stone, untill my will being fulfilled, thou be licenced to depart. I conjure and bind thee spirit N. by that omnipotent God, which commanded the angell S. Michael to drive Lucifer out of the heavens with a sword of vengeance, and to fall from joy to paine; and for dread of such paine as he is in, I charge thee spirit N. that thou shalt not go out of the christall stone; nor yet to alter thy shape at this time, except I command thee otherwise; but to come unto me at all places, and in all houres and minuts, when and wheresoever I shall call thee, by the vertue of our Lord Jesus Christ, or by anie conjuration of words that is written in this booke, and to shew me and my freends true visions in this christall stone, of anie thing or things that we would see, at anie time or times: and also to go and to fetch me the fairie Sibylia, that I may talke with hir in all kind of talke, as I shall call hir by anie conjuration of words conteined in this booke. I conjure thee spirit N. by the great wisedome and divinitie of his godhead, my will to fulfill, as is aforesaid: I charge thee upon paine of condemnation, both in this world, and in the world to come, Fiat, fiat, fiat: Amen.



This done, go to a place fast by, and in a faire parlor or chamber, make a circle with chalke,as hereafter followeth: and make another circle for the fairie Sibylia to appeare in, foure foote from the circle thou art in, & make no names therein, nor cast anie holie thing therein, but make a circle round with chalke; & let the maister and his fellowe sit downe in the first circle, the maister having the booke in his hand, his fellow having the christall stone in his right hand, looking in the stone when the fairie dooth appeare. The maister also must have upon his brest this figure here written in parchment,



[Sorthie,



and beginne to worke in the new of the and in the houre of the and the to be in one of inhabiters signes, as . This bond as followeth, is to cause the spirit in the christall stone, to fetch unto thee the fairie Sibylia. All things fulfilled, beginne this bond as followeth, and be bold, for doubles they will come before thee, before the conjuration be read seven times.



I conjure thee spirit N. in this christall stone, by God the father, by God the sonne Jesus Christ, and by God the Holie-ghost, three persons and one God, and by their vertues. I conjure thee spirit, that thou doo go in peace, and also to come againe to me quicklie, and to bring with thee into that circle appointed, Sibylia fairie, that I may talke with hir in those matters that shall be to hir honour and glorie; and sol charge thee declare unto hir. I conjure thee spirit N. by the bloud of the innocent lambe, the which redeemed all the world; by the vertue thereof I charge thee thou spirit in the christall stone, that thou doo declare unto hir this message. Also I conjure thee spirit N. by all angels and archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestates, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and by their vertues and powers. I conjure the N. that thou doo depart with speed, and also to come againe with speed, and to bring with thee the fairie Sibylia, to appeare in that circle, before I doo read the conjuration in this booke seven times. Thus I charge thee my will to be fulfilled, upon paine of everlasting condemnation: Fiat,fiat, fiat; Amen.



Then the figure aforesaid pinned on thy brest, rehearse the words therein, and saie,



+ Sorthie + Sorthia + Sorthios +



then beginne your conjuration as followeth here, and saie;



I conjure thee Sibylia, O gentle virgine of fairies, by the mercie of the Holie-ghost, and by the dreadfull dale of doome, and by their vertues and powers; I conjure thee Sibylia, O gentle virgine of fairies, and by all the angels of and their characters and vertues, and by all the spirits of and and their characters and vertues, and by all the characters that be in the firmament, and by the king and queene of fairies, and their vertues, and by the faith and obedience that thou bearest unto them. I conjure thee Sibylia by the bloud that ranne out of the side of our Lord Jesus Christ crucified, and by the opening of heaven, and by the renting of the temple, and by the darkenes of the sunne in the time of his death, and by the rising up of the dead in the time of his resurrection, and by the virgine Marie mother of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by the unspeakable name of God, Tetragrammaton. I conjure thee O Sibylia, O blessed and beautifull virgine, by all the riall words aforesaid; I conjure thee Sibylia by all their vertues to appeare in that circle before me visible, in the forme and shape of a beautifull woman in a bright and vesture white, adorned and garnished most faire, and to appeare to me quicklie without deceipt or tarrieng, and that thou faile not to fulfill my will & desire effectuallie. For I will choose thee to be my blessed virgine, & will have common copulation with thee. Therfore make hast & speed to come unto me, and to appeare as I said before: to whome be honour and glorie for ever and ever, Amen.



The which doone and ended, if shee come not, repeate the conjuration till they doo come: for doubtles they will come. And when she is appeared, take your censers, and incense hir with frankincense, then bind hir with the bond as followeth.



¶ I doo conjure thee Sibylia, by God the Father, God the sonne, and God the Holie-ghost, three persons and one God, and by the blessed virgine Marie mother of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by all the whole and holie companie of heaven, and by the dreadfull daie of doome, and by all angels and archangels, thrones, dominations, principates, potestates, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and their vertues and powers. I conjure thee, and bind thee Sibylia, that thou shalt not depart out of the circle wherein thou art appeared, nor yet to alter thy shape, except I give thee licence to depart. I conjure thee Sibylia by the bloud that ranne out of the side of our Lord Jesus Christ crucified, and by the vertue hereof I conjure thee Sibylia to come to me, and to appeare to me at all times visiblie, as the conjuration of words leadeth, written in this booke, I conjure thee Sibylia, O blessed virgine of fairies, by the opening of heaven, and by the renting of the temple, and by the darknes of the sunne at the time of his death, and by the rising of the dead in the time of his glorious resurrection, and by the unspeakable name of God + Tetragrammaton + and by the king and queene of fairies, & by their vertues I conjure thee Sibylia to appeare, before the conjuration be read over foure times, and that visiblie to appeare, as the conjuration leadeth written in this booke, and to give me good counsell at all times, and to come by treasures hidden in the earth, and all other things that is to doo me pleasure, and to fulfill my will, without anie deceipt or tarrieng; nor yet that thou shalt have anie power of my bodie or soule, earthue or ghostlie, nor yet to perish so much of my bodie as one haire of my head. I conjure thee Sibylia by all the riall words aforesaid, and by their vertues and powers, I charge and bind thee by the vertue thereof, to be obedient unto me, and to all the words aforesaid, and this bond to stand betweene thee and me, upon paine of everlasting condemnation, Fiat, fiat, fiat, Amen.





CHAPTER IX. A licence for Sibylia to go and come by at all times.



I CONJURE thee Sibylia, which art come hither before me, by the commandement of thy Lord and mine, that thou shalt have no powers, in thy going or comming unto me, imagining anie evill in anie maner of waies, in the earth or under the earth, of evill dooings, to anie person or persons. I conjure and command thee Sibylia by all the riall words and vertues that be written in this booke, that thou shalt not go to the place from whence thou camest, but shalt remaine peaceablie invisiblie, and looke thou be readie to come unto me, when thou art called by anie conjuration of words that be written in this booke, to come (I saie) at my commandement, and to answer unto me truelie and duelie of all things, my will quicklie to be fulfilled. Vade in pace, in nomine patris, & filii, & spiritus sancti. And the holie + crosse + be betweene thee and me, or betweene us and you, and the lion of Juda, the roote of Jesse, the kindred of David, be betweene thee & me + Christ commeth + Christ commandeth + Christ giveth power + Christ defend me + and his innocent bloud + from all perils of bodie and soule, sleeping or waking: Fiat, fiat, Amen.



CHAPTER X. To know of treasure hidden in the earth.



WRITE in paper these characters following, on the saturdaie, in the houre of , and laie it where thou thinkest treasure to be: if there be anie, the paper will burne, else not. And these be the characters.



This is the waie to go invisible by these three sisters of fairies.



In the name of the Father, and of the Sonne, and of the Holie-ghost.



First go to a faire parlor or chamber, & an even ground, and in no loft, and from people nine daies; for it is the better: and let all thy clothing be cleane and sweete. Then make a candle of virgine waxe, and light it, and make a faire fier of charcoles, in a faire place, in the middle of the parlor or chamber. Then take faire cleane water, that runneth against the east, and set it upon the fier: and yer thou washest thy selfe, saie these words, going about the fier, three times, holding the candle in the right hand



+ Panthon + Graton + Muriton + Bisecognaton + Siston + Diaton + Maton + Tetragrammaton + Agla + Agarion + Tegra + Pentessaron + Tendicata +



Then reherse these names



+ Sorthie + Sorthia + Sorthios + Milia + Achilia + Sibylia + in nomine patris, & filii, & spiritus sancti, Amen. I conjure you three sisters of fairies, Milia, Achilia, Sibylia, by the father, by the sonne, and by the Holie-ghost, and by their vertues and powers, and by the most mercifull and living God, that will command his angell to blowe the trumpe at the daie of judgement; and he shall saie, Come, come, come to judgement; and by all angels, archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestates, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and by their vertues and powers. I conjure you three sisters, by the vertue of all the riall words aforesaid: I charge you that you doo appeare before me visiblie, in forme and shape of faire women, in white vestures, and to bring with you to me, the ring of invisibilitie, by the which I may go invisible at mine owne will and pleasure, and that in all houres, and minuts: in nomine patris, & filii, & spiritus sancti, Amen.



Being appeared, saie this bond following.



O blessed virgins + Milia + Achilia + I conjure you in the name of the father, in the name of the sonne, and in the name of the Holie-ghost, and by their vertues I charge you to depart from me in peace, for a time. And Sibylia, I conjure thee, by the vertue of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by the vertue of his flesh and pretious bloud, that he tooke of our blessed ladie the virgine, and by all the holie companie in heaven: I charge thee Sibylia, by all the vertues aforesaid, that thou be obedient unto me, in the name of God; that when, and at what time and place I shall call thee by this foresaid conjuration written in this booke, looke thou be readie to come unto me, at all houres and minuts, and to bring unto me the ring of invisibilitie, whereby I may go invisible at my will and pleasure, and that at all houres and minuts; Fiat, fiat, Amen.



And if they come not the first night, then doo the same the second night, and so the third night, untill they doo come: for doubtles they will come, and lie thou in thy bed, in the same parlor or chamber. And laie thy right hand out of the bed, and looke thou have a faire silken kercher bound about thy head, and be not afraid, they will doo thee no harme. For there will come before thee three faire women, and all in white clothing; and one of them will put a ring upon thy finger, wherwith thou shalt go invisible. Then with speed bind them with the bond aforesaid. When thou hast this ring on thy finger, looke in a glasse, and thou shalt not see thy selfe. And when thou wilt go invisible, put it on thy finger, the same finger that they did put it on, and everie new renew it againe. For after the first time thou shalt ever have it, and ever begirne this worke in the new of the and in the houre of and the in



CHAPTER XI. An experiment following, of Citrael, &c: angeli diei dominici.



¶ Saie first the praiers of the angels evrie daie, for the space of seaven daies.



Michael.

Gabriel.

Samael.

Raphael.

Sachiel.

Anael.

Cassiel.



O Ye glorious angels written in this square, be you my O coadjutors, & helpers in all questions and demands, in all my busines, and other causes, by him which shall come to judge the quicke and the dead, and the world by fier. O angeli gloriosi in hac quadra scripti, estote coadjutores & auxiliatores in omnibus quæstionibus & interrogationibus, in omnibus negotiis, cæterísque causis, per eum qui venturus est judicare vivos & mortuos, & mundum per ignem.





¶ Saie this praier fasting, called Regina linguæ [O queene or governesse of the toong].



+ Lemaac + solmaac + elmay + gezagra + raamaasin + ezierego + mial + egziephiaz + Josamin + sabach + ha + aem + re + b + e + sepha + sephar + ramar + semoit + lemaio + pheralon + amic + phin + gergoin + letos + Amin + amin +.



In the name of the most pitifullest and mercifullest God of Israel and of paradise, of heaven and of earth, of the seas and of the infernalles, by thine omnipotent helpe may performe this worke, which livest and reignest ever one God world without end, Amen.



O most strongest and mightiest God, without beginning or ending, by thy clemencie and knowledge I desire, that my questions, worke, and labour may be fullie and trulie accomplished, through thy worthines, good Lord, which livest and reignest, ever one God, world without end, Amen.



O holie, patient, and mercifull great God, and to be worshipped, the Lord of all wisedome, cleare and just; I most hartilie desire thy holines and clemencie, to fulfill, performe and accomplish this my whole worke, thorough thy worthines, and blessed power: which livest and reignest, ever one God, Per omnia secula seculorum, Amen.



CHAPTER XII. How to enclose a spirit in a christall stone.



THIS operation following, is to have a spirit inclosed into a christall stone or berill glasse, or into anie other like instrument, &c. ¶ First thou in the linesse, ab- new of the being clothed with all new, and fresh, & cleane araie, and shaven, and that day to fast with bread and water, and being cleane confessed, saie the seaven psalmes, and the letanie, for the space of two daies, with this praier following.



I desire thee O Lord God, my mercifull and most loving God, the giver of all graces, the giver of all sciences, grant that I thy welbeloved N. (although unworthie) may knowe thy grace and power, against all the deceipts and craftines of divels. And grant to me thy power, good Lord, to constraine them by this art: for thou art the true, and livelie, and eternall GOD, which livest and reignest ever one GOD through all worlds, Amen.



Thou must doo this five daies, and the sixt daie have in a redines, five bright swords: and in some secret place make one circle, with one of the said swords. And then write this name, Sitrael: which doone, standing in the circle, thrust in thy sword into that name. And write againe Malanthon, with another sword; and Thamaor, with another; and Falaur, with another; and Sitrami, with another; and doo as ye did with the first. All this done, turne thee to Sitrael, and kneeling saie thus, having the christall stone in thine hands.



O Sitrael, Malantha, Thamaor, Falaur, and Sitrami, written in these circles, appointed to this worke, I doo conjure and I doo exorcise you, by the father, by the sonne, and by the Holy-ghost, by him which did cast you out of paradise, and by him which spake the word and it was done, and by him which shall come to judge the quicke and the dead, and the world by fier, that all you five infernall maisters and princes doo come unto me, to accomplish and to fulfill all my desire and request, which I shall command you. Also I conjure you divels, and command you, I bid you, and appoint you, by the Lord Jesus Christ, the sonne of the most highest God, and by the blessed and glorious virgine Marie, and by all the saints, both of men and women of God, and by all the angels, archangels, patriarches, and prophets, apostles, evangelists, martyrs, and confessors, virgins, and widowes, and all the elect of God. Also I conjure you, and everie of you, ye infernall kings, by heaven, by the starres, by the and by the and by all the planets, by the earth, fier, aier, and water, and by the terrestriall paradise, and by all things in them conteined, and by your hell, and by all the divels in it, and dwelling about it, and by your vertue and power, and by all whatsoever, and with whatsoever it be, which maie constreine and bind you. Therefore by all these foresaid vertues and powers, I doo bind you and constreine you into my will and power; that you being thus bound, may come unto me in great humilitie, and to appeare in your circles before me visiblie, in faire forme and shape of mankind kings, and to obeie unto me in all things, whatsoever I shall desire, and that you may not depart from me without my licence. And if you doo against my precepts, I will promise unto you that you shall descend into the profound deepenesse of the sea, except that you doo obeie unto me, in the part of the living sonne of God, which liveth and reigneth in the unitie of the Holie-ghost, by all world of worlds, Amen.



Saie this true conjuration five courses, and then shalt thou see come out of the northpart five kings, with a marvelous companie: which when they are come to the circle, they will allight downe off from their horsses, and will kneele downe before thee, saieng: Maister, command us what thou wilt, and we will out of hand be obedient unto thee. Unto whome thou shall saie; See that ye depart not from me, without my licence; and that which I will command you to doo, let it be done trulie, surelie, faithfullie and essentiallie. And then they all will sweare unto thee to doo all thy will. And after they have sworne, saie the conjuration immediatlie following.



I conjure, charge, and command you, and everie of you, Sirrael, Malanthan, Thamaor, Falaur, and Sitrami, you infernall kings, to put into this christall stone one spirit learned and expert in all arts and sciences, by the vertue of this name of God Tetragrammaton, and by the crosse of our Lord Jesu Christ, and by the bloud of the innocent lambe, which redeemed all the world, and by all their vertues & powers I charge you, ye noble kings, that the said spirit may teach, shew, and declare unto me, and to my freends, at all houres and minuts, both night and dale, the truth of all things, both bodilie and ghostlie, in this world, whatsoever I shall request or desire, declaring also to me my verie name. And this I command in your part to doo, and to obeie thereunto, as unto your owne lord and maister.



That done, they will call a certeine spirit, whom they will command to enter into the centre of the circled or round christall. Then put the christall betweene the two circles, and thou shalt see the christall made blacke.



Then command them to command the spirit in the christall, not to depart out of the stone, till thou give him licence, & to fulfill thy will for ever. That done, thou shalt see them go upon the christall, both to answer your requests, & to tarrie your licence. That doone, the spirits will crave licence: and say; Go ye to your place appointed of almightie God, in the name of the father, &c. And then take up thy christall, and looke therein, asking what thou wilt, and it will shew it unto thee. Let all your circles be nine foote everie waie, & made as followeth. Worke this worke in or in the houre of the or . And when the spirit is inclosed, if thou feare him, bind him with some bond, in such sort as is elsewhere expressed alreadie in this our treatise.



A figure or type proportionall, shewing what forme must be observed and kept, in making the figure whereby the former secret of inclosing a spirit in christall is to be accomplished, &c.





CHAPTER XIII. An experiment of Bealphares.



THIS is proved the noblest carrier that ever did serve anie man upon the earth, & here beginneth the inclosing of the said spirit, & how to have a true answer of him, without anie craft or harme; and he will appeare unto thee in the likenesse of a faire man, or faire woman, the which spirit will come to thee at all times. And if thou wilt command him to tell thee of hidden treasures that be in anie place, he will tell it thee: or if thou wilt command him to bring to thee gold or silver, he will bring it thee: or if thou wilt go from one countrie to another, he will beare thee without anie harme of bodie or soule. Therefore he that will doo this worke, shall absteine from lecherousnes and dronkennesse, and from false swearing, and doo all the abstinence that he may doo; and namelie three dales before he go to worke, and in the third dale, when the night is come, and when the starres doo shine, and the element faire and cleare, he shall bath himselfe and his fellowes (if he have anie) all together in a quicke welspring. Then he must be cloathed in cleane white cloathes, and he must have another privie place, and beare with him inke and pen, wherewith he shall write this holy name of God almightie in his right hand + Agla + & in his left hand this name + + And he must have a drie thong of a lions or of a harts skin, and make thereof a girdle, and write the holie names of God all about, and in the end + A and + And upon his brest he must have this present figure or marke written in virgine parchment, as it is here shewed.







And it must be sowed upon a peece of new linnen, and so made fast upon thy brest. And if thou wilt have a fellow to worke with thee, he must be appointed in the same maner. You must have also a bright knife that was never occupied, and he must write on the one side of the blade of the knife + Agla + and on the other side of the knifes blade + + And with the same knife he must make a circle, as hereafter followeth: the which is called Salomons circle. When that he is made, go into the circle, and close againe the place, there where thou wentest in, with the same knife, and saie;



Per crucis hoc signum + fugiat procul omne malignum; Et per idem signum + salvetur quodque benignum,



and make suffumigations to thy selfe, and to thy fellowe or fellowes, with frankincense, mastike, lignum aloes: then put it in wine, and saie with good devotion, in the worship of the high God almightie, all together, that he may defend you from all evils. And when he that is maister will close the spirit, he shall saie towards the east, with meeke and devout devotion, these psalmes and praiers as followeth here in order.



¶ The two and twentieth psalme.



O My God my God, looke upon me, whie hast thou forsaken me, and art so farre from my health, and from the words of my complaint? ¶



And so foorth to the end of the same psalme, as it is to be founde in the booke.



This psalme also following, being the fiftie one psalme, must be said three times over, &c.



Have mercie upon me, O God, after thy great goodnes, according to the multitude of thy sneraes, doo awaie mine offenses. ¶



And so foorth to the end of the same psalme, concluding it with,



Glorie to the Father and to the Sonne, and to the Holie-ghost, As it was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be, world without end, Amen.



Then saie this verse:



O Lord leave not my soule with the wicked; nor my life with the bloudthirstie.



Then saie a Pater noster an Ave Maria, and a Credo, & ne nos inducas.



O Lord shew us thy mercie, and we shall be saved. Lord heare our praler, and let our crie come unto thee. Let us praie.



O Lord God almightie, as thou warnedst by thine angell, the three kings of Cullen, Jasper, Melchior, and Balthasar, when they came with worshipfull presents towards Bethleem: Jasper brought myrrh; Melchior, incense; Balthasar, gold; worshipping the high king of all the world, Jesus Gods sonne of heaven, the second person in trinitie, being borne of the holie and cleane virgine S. Marie, queene of heaven, empresse of hell, and ladie of all the world: at that time the holie angell Gabriel warned and bad the foresaid three kings, that they should take another waie, for dread of perill, that Herod the king by his ordinance would have destroied these three noble kings, that meekelie sought out our Lord and saviour. As wittilie and truelie as these three kings turned for dread, and tooke another waie: so wiselie and so truelie, O Lord GOD, of thy mightifull mercie, blesse us now at this time, for thy blessed passion save us, and keepe us all together from all evill; and thy holie angell defend us. Let us praie.



O Lord, king of all kings, which conteinest the throne of heavens, and beholdest all deepes, weighest the hilles, and shuttest up with thy hand the earth; heare us, most meekest GOD, and grant unto us (being unworthie) according to thy great mercie, to have the veritie and vertue of knowledge of hidden treasures by this spirit invocated, through thy helpe O Lord Jesus Christ, to whome be all honour and glorie, from worlds to worlds everlastinglie, Amen.



Then saie these names



+ Helie + helyon + esseiere + Deus æternus + eloy + clemens + heloye + Deus sanctus + sabaoth + Deus exercituum + adonay + Deus mirabilis + iao + verax + anepheneton + Deus ineffabilis + sodoy + dominator dominus + ôn fortissimus + Deus + qui, the which wouldest be praied unto of sinners: receive (we beseech thee) these sacrifices of praise, and our meeke praiers, which we unworthie doo offer unto thy divine majestie. Deliver us, and have mercie upon us, and prevent with thy holie spirit this worke, and with thy blessed helpe to followe after; that this our worke begunne of thee, may be ended by thy mightie power, Amen.



Then saie this anon after



+ Homo + sacarus + museolameas + cherubozca +



being the figure upon thy brest aforesaid, the girdle about thee, the circle made, blesse the circle with holie water, and sit downe in the middest, and read this conjuration as followeth, sitting backe to backe at the first time.



I exorcise and conjure Bealphares, the practiser and preceptor of this art, by the maker of heavens and of earth, and by his vertue, and by his unspeakable name Tetragrammaton, and by all the holie sacraments, and by the holie majestie and deitie of the living God. I conjure and exorcise thee Bealphares by the vertue of all angels, archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestats, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and by their vertues, and by the most truest and speciallest name of your maister, that you doo come unto us, in faire forme of man or womankind, here visiblie, before this circle, and not terrible by anie manner of wales. This circle being our tuition and protection, by the mercifull goodnes of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, and that you doo make answer truelie, without craft or deceipt, unto all my demands and questions, by the vertue and power of our Lord Jesus Christ, Amen.





CHAPTER XIV. To bind the spirit Bealphares, and to lose him againe.



NOW when he is appeared, bind him with these words which followe.



¶ I conjure thee Bealphares, by God the father, by God the sonne, and by God the Holie-ghost, and by all the holie companie in heaven; and by their vertues and powers I charge thee Bealphares, that thou shalt not depart out of my sight, nor yet to alter thy bodilie shape, that thou art appeared in, nor anie power shalt thou have of our bodies or soules, earthiie or ghostlie, but to be obedient to me, and to the words of my conjuration, that be written in this booke. I conjure thee Bealphares, by all angels and archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestats, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and by their vertues and powers. I conjure and charge, bind and constreine thee Bealphares, by all the riall words aforesaid, and by their vertues, that thou be obedient unto me, and to come and appeare visiblie unto me, and that in all daies, houres, and minuts, whersoever I be, being called by the vertue of our Lord Jesu Christ, the which words are written in this booke. Looke readie thou be to appeare unto me, and to give me good counsell, how to come by treasures hidden in the earth, or in the water, and how to come to dignitie and knowledge of all things, that is to saie, of the magike art, and of grammar, dialectike, rhetorike, arythmetike, musike, geometrie, and of astronomie, and in all other things my will quicklie to be fulfilled: I charge thee upon paine of everlasting condemnation, Fiat, fiat, fiat, Amen.



When he is thus bound, aske him what thing thou wilt, and he will tell thee, and give thee all things that thou wilt request of him, without anie sacrifice dooing to him, and without forsaking thy God, that is, thy maker. And when the spirit hath fulfilled thy will and intent, give him licence to depart as followeth.



A licence for the spirit to depart



Go unto the place predestinated and appointed for thee, where thy Lord GOD hath appointed thee, untill I shall call thee againe. Be thou readie unto me and to my call, as often as I shall call thee, upon palne of everlasting damnation.



And if thou wilt, thou maiest recite, two or three times, the last conjuration, untill thou doo come to this tearme, In throno. If he will not depart, and then say



In throno, that thou depart from this place, without hurt or damage of anie bodie, or of anie deed to be doone; that all creatures may knowe, that our Lord is of all power, most mightiest, and that there is none other God but he, which is three, and one, living for ever and ever. And the malediction of God the father omnipotent, the sonne and the holie ghost, descend upon thee, and dwell alwales with thee, except thou doo depart without damage of us, or of any creature, or anie other evill deed to be doone: & thou to go to the place predestinated. And by our Lord Jesus Christ I doo else send thee to the great pit of hell, except (I saie) that thou depart to the place, whereas thy Lord God hath appointed thee. And see thou be readie to me and to my call, at all times and places, at mine owne will and pleasure, daie or night, without damage or hurt of me, or of anie creature; upon palne of everlasting damnation: Fiat, fiat, fiat; Amen, Amen. ¶ The peace of Jesus Christ bee betweene us and you; in the name of the father, and of the sonne, and of the Holie-ghost; Amen. Per crucis hoc + signum, &c.



Saie



In principio erat verbum, & verbum erat apud Deum; In the beginning was the word, and the word was with God, and God was the word: and so forward, as followeth in the first chapter of saint Johns Gospell, staieng at these words, Full of grace and truth: to whom be all honour and glorie world without end, Amen.



The fashion or forme of the conjuring knife, with the names theron to bee graven or written.









A type or figure of the circle for the maister and his fellowes to sit in, shewing how and after what fashion it should be made.







This is the circle for the maister to sit in, and his fellowe or fellowes, at the first calling, sit backe to backe, when he calleth the spirit; and for the fairies make this circle with chalke on the ground, as is said before. This spirit Bealphares being once called and found, shall never have power to hurt thee. Call him in the houre of [Jupiter] or [Venus] the [Moon] increasing.



CHAPTER XV. The making of the holie water.



EXORCISO te creaturam salis, per Deum vivum + per Deum + verum + per Deum sanctum + per Deum qui te per Elizæum prophetam in aquam mitti jussit, ut sanaretur sterilitas aquæ, ut efficiaris sal exorcisatus in salutem credentium; ut sis omnibus te sumentibus sanitas animæ & corporis, & effugiat at que discedat ab eo loco, qui aspersus fuerit omnis phantasia & nequitia, vel versutia diabolicæ fraudis, omnisq; spiritus immundus, adjuratus per eum, qui venturus est judicare vivos & mortuos, & sæculum per ignem, Amen. Oremus:



Immensam clementiam tuam, omnipotens ceterne Deus, humiliter imploramus, ut hanc creaturam salis, quam in usum generis humani tribuisti, bene+dicere & sancti+ficare tua pietate digneris, ut sit omnibus sumentibus salus mentis & corporis, ut quicquid ex eo tactum fuerit, vel respersum, careat omni immundicia, omniq; impugnatione spiritualis nequitiæ, per Dominum nostrum Jesum Christum filium tuum, qui tecum vivit & regnat in unitate spiritus sancti, Deus per omnia sæcula sæculorum, Amen.



To the water saie also as followeth.



Exorciso te creaturam aqua in nomine + patris + & Jesu Christi filii ejus Domini nostri, & in virtute spiritus + sancti + ut fias aqua exorcisata, ad effugandam omnem potestatem inimici, & ipsum inimicum eradicare & explantare valeas, cum angelis suis apostatis, per virtutem ejusdem Domini nostri Jesu Christi, qui venturus est judicare vivos & mortuos, & sæculum per ignem, Amen. Oremus:



Deus, qui ad salutem humani generis maxima qua que sacramenta in aquarum substantia condidisti, adesto propitius invocationibus nostris, & elemento huic multimodis purificationibus præparato, virtutem tuæ bene+didionis infunde, ut creatura tua mysteriis tuis serviens, ad abigendos dæmones, morbosq; pellendos, divinæ gratiæ sumat effectum, ut quicquid in domibus, vel in locis fidelium hæc unda resperserit, careat omni immundicia, liberetur à noxa, non illic resideat spiritus pestilens, non aura corrumpens, discedant omnes insidiæ latentis inimici, & si quid est, quod aut incolumitati habitantium invidet aut quieti, aspersione hujus aquæ effugiat, ut salubritas per invocationem sancti tui nominis expetita ab omnibus sit impugnationibus defensa, per Dominum nostrum Jesum Christum filium tuum, qui tecum vivit & regnat, in unitate spiritus sancti Deus per omnia sæcula sæculorum, Amen.



Then take the salt in thy hand, and saie putting it into the water, making in the maner of a crosse.



Commixtio salis & aqua pariter fiat, in nomine patris, & filii, & spiritus sancti, Amen. Dominus vobiscum, Et cum spiritu tuo, Oremus: ¶ Deus invictæ virtutis author, & insuperabilis imperii rex, ac semper magnificus triumphator, qui adversæ dominationis vires reprimis, qui inimici rugientis sævitiam superas, qui hostiles nequitias potens expugnas; te Domine trementes & supplices deprecamur ac petimus, ut hane creaturam salis & aquæ aspicias, benignus illustres, pietatis tuæ rore sancti fices, ubicunq; fuerit aspersa, per invocationem sancti tui nominis, omnis infestatio immundi spiritus abjiciatur, terrórq; venenosi serpentis procul pellatur, & præsentia sancti spiritus nobis misericordiam tuam poscentibus ubiq; adesse dignetur, per Dominum nostrum Jesum Christumfilium tuum, qui tecum vivit & regnat in unitate spiritus sancti Deus per omnia sæcula sæculorum, Amen.



Then sprinkle upon anie thing, and saie as followeth.



Asperges me Domine hyssopo, & mundabor, lavabis me, & supra nivem dealbabor. Miserere mei Deus, secundum magnam misericordiam tuam, & supra nivem dealbabor. Gloria patri, & filio, & spiritui sancto: Sicut erat in princrpio, & nunc, & semper, & in sæcula sæculorum, Amen. Et supra nivem dealbabor, asperges me, &c. Ostende nobis Domine misericordiam tuam, & salutare tuum da nobis; exaudi nos Domine sancte, pater omnipotens, æterne Deus, & mittere dignare sanctum angelum tuum de cælis, qui custodiat, foveat, visitet, & defendat omnes habitantes in hoc habitaculo, per Christum Dominum nostrum, Amen, Amen.





CHAPTER XVI. To make a spirit to appeare in a christall.



I DOO conjure thee N. by the father, and the sonne, and the Holie-ghost, the which is the beginning and the ending, the first and the last, and by the latter daie of iudgement, that thou N. doo appeare, in this christall stone, or anie other instrument, at my pleasure, to mee and to my felow, gentlie and beautifullie, in faire forme of a boy of twelve yeares of age, without hurt or damage of anie of our bodies or soules; and certeinlie to informe and to shew me, without anie guile or craft, all that we doo desire or demand of thee to know, by the vertue of him, which shall come to judge the quicke and the dead, and the world by fier, Amen.



Also I conjure and exorcise thee N. by the sacrament of the altar, and by the substance therof, by the wisedome of Christ, by the sea, and by his vertue, by the earth, & by all things that are above the earth, and by their vertues, by the and the by by and and by their vertues, by the apostles, martyrs, confessors, and the virgins and widowes, and the chast, and by all saints of men or of women, and innocents, and by their vertues, by all the angels and archangels, thrones, dominations, principats,potestats, virtutes, cherubim, and seraphim, and by their vertues, & by the holie names of God, Tetragrammaton, El, Ousion, Agla, and by all the other holie names of God, and by their vertues, by the circumcision, passion, and resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ, by the heavines of our ladie the virgine, and by the joy which she had when she sawe hir sonne rise from death to life, that thou N. doo appeare in this christall stone, or in anie other instrument, at my pleasure, to me and to my felow, gentlie, and beautifullie, and visiblie, in faire forme of a child of twelve yeares of age, without hurt or damage of anie of our bodies or soules, and trulie to informe and shew unto me & to my felow, without fraud or guile, all things according to thine oth and promise to me, whatsoever I shall demand or desire of thee, without anie hinderance or tarrieng, and this conjuration be read of me three times, upon paine of eternall condemnation, to the last daie of judgement: Fiat, fiat, fiat, Amen.



And when he is appeared, bind him with the bond of the dead above written: then saie as followeth.



¶ I charge thee N. by the father, to shew me true visions in this christall stone, if there be anie treasure hidden in such a place N. & wherin it lieth, and how manie foot from this peece of earth, east, west, north, or south.





CHAPTER XVII. An experiment of the dead.



FIRST go and get of some person that shalbe put to death, a promise, and sweare an oth unto him, that if he will come to thee, after his death, his spirit to be with thee, and to remalne with thee all the daies of thy life, and will doo thee true service, as it is conteined in the oth and promise following. Then laie thy hand on thy booke, and sweare this oth unto him.



I N. doo sweare and promise to thee N. to give for thee an almesse everie moneth, and also to praie for thee once in everie weeke, to saie the Lords praier for thee, and so to continue all the daies of my life, as God me helpe and holie doome, and by the contents of this booke. Amen.



Then let him make his oth to thee as followeth, and let him saie after thee, laieng his hand upon the booke.



¶ I N. doo sweare this oth to thee N. by God the father omnipotent, by God the son Jesus Christ, and by his pretious bloud which hath redeemed all the world, by the which bloud I doo trust to be saved at the generall daie of judgment, and by the vertues therof, I N. doo sweare this oth to thee N. that my spirit that is within my bodie now, shall not ascend, nor descend, nor go to anie place of rest, but shall come to thee N. and be verie well pleased to remaine with thee N. all the daies of thy life, and so to be bound to thee N. and to appeare to thee N. in anie christall stone, glasse, or other mirror, and so to take it for my resting place. And that, so soone as my spirit is departed out of my bodie, streightwaie to be at your commandements, and that in and at all daies, nights, houres, and minutes, to be obedient unto thee N. being called of thee by the vertue of our Lord Jesu Christ, & out of hand to have common talke with thee at all times, and in all houres & minuts, to open and declare to thee N. the truth of all things present, past, and to come, and how to worke the magike art, and all other noble sciences, under the throne of God. If I doo not performe this oth and promise to thee N. but doo flie from anie part thereof; then to be condemned for ever and ever. Amen.



Also I N. doo sweare to thee by God the Holie-ghost, and by the great wisedome that is in the divine Godhead, and by their vertues, and by all the holie angels, archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestats, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and by all their vertues doo I N. sweare, and promise thee to be obedient as is rehearsed. And heere, for a witnesse, doo I N. give thee N. my right hand, and doo plight thee my faith and troth, as God me helpe and holiedoome. And by the holie contents in this booke doo I N; sweare, that my spirit shall be thy true servant, all the daies of thy life, as is before rehearsed. And here for a witnesse, that my spirit shall be obedient to thee N. and to those bonds of words that be written in this N. before the bonds of words shall be rehearsed thrise; else to be damned for ever: and thereto saie all faithfull soules and spirits, Amen, Amen.



Then let him sweare this oth three times, and at everie time kisse the booke, and at everie time make marks to the bond. Then perceiving the time that he will depart, get awaie the people from you, and get or take your stone or glasse, or other thing in your hand, and saie the Pater noster, Ave, and Credo, and this praier as followeth. And in all the time of his departing, rehearse the bonds of words; and in the end of everie bond, saie oftentimes; Remember thine oth and promise. And bind him stronglie to thee, and to thy stone, and suffer him not to depart, reading thy bond 24 times. And everie daie when you doo call him by your other bond, bind him stronglie by the first bond: by the space of 24 daies applie it, & thou shalt be made a man for ever.



Now the Pater noster, Ave, and Credo must be said, and then the praier immediatlie following.



O God of Abraham, God of Isaac, God of Jacob, God of Tobias; the which diddest deliver the three children from the hot burning oven, Sidrac, Misac and Abdenago, and Susanna from the false crime, and Daniel from the lions power: even so O Lord omnipotent, I beseech thee, for thy great mercie sake, to helpe me in these my works, and to deliver me this spirit of N. that he may be a true subject to me N. all the daies of my life, and to remaine with me, and with this N. all the daies of my life. O glorious God, Father, Sonne, and Holie-ghost, I beseech thee to help me at this time, and to give me power by thine holie name, merits and vertues, wherby I may conjure & constreine this spirit of N. that he may be obedient unto me, and may fulfill his oth and promise, at all times, by the power of all thine holines. This grant O Lord God of hosts, as thou art righteous and holy, and as thou art the word, and the word God, the beginning and the end, sitting in the thrones of thine everlasting kingdoms, & in the divinitie of thine everlasting Godhead, to whom be all honour and glorie, now and for ever and ever, Amen, Amen.





CHAPTER XVIII. A bond to bind him to thee, and to thy N. as followeth.



I N. conjure and constreine the spirit of N. by the living God, by the true God, and by the holie God, and by their vertues and powers I conjure and constreine the spirit of thee N. that thou shalt not ascend nor descend out of thy bodie, to no place of rest, but onelie to take thy resting place with N. and with this N. all the daies of my life, according to thine oth and promise. I conjure and constreine the spirit of N. by these holie names of God + Tetragrammaton + Adonay + Agla + Saday + Sabaoth + planabothe + panthon + craton + neupmaton + Deus + homo + omnipotens + sempiternus + ysus + terra + unigenitus + salvator + via + vita + manus + fons + origo + filius + and by their vertues and powers I conjure and constreine the spirit of N. that thou shalt not rest nor remaine in the fier, nor in the water, in the aier, nor in anie privie place of the earth, but onelie with me N. and with this N. all the daies of my life. I charge the spirit of N. upon paine of everlasting condemnation, remember thine oth and promise. Also I conjure the spirit of N. and constreine thee by the excellent name of Jesus Christ, A and , the first and the last; for this holie name of Jesus is above all names, for unto it all knees doo bow and obey, both of heavenlie things, earthlie things, and infernalles. Nor is there anie other name given to man, whereby we have anie salvation, but by the name of Jesus. Therefore by the name, and in the name of Jesus of Nazareth, and by his nativitie, resurrection and ascension, and by all that apperteineth to his passion, and by their vertues and powers, I doo conjure and constreine the spirit of N. that thou shalt not take anie resting place in the nor in the nor in nor in nor in nor in nor in nor in anie of the twelve signes, nor in the concavitie of the clouds, nor in anie other privie place, to rest or staie in, but onelie with me N. or with this N. all the daies of my life. If thou be not obedient unto me, according to thine oth and promise, I N. doo condemne the spirit of N. into the pit of hell for ever, Amen.



I conjure and constreine the spirit of N. by the bloud of the innocent lambe Jesus Christ, the which was shed upon the crosse, for all those that doo obeie unto it, and beleeve in it, shall be saved and by the vertue thereof, and by all the aforesaid riall names and words of the living God by mee pronounced, I doo conjure and constreine the spirit of N. that thou be obedient unto me, according to thine oth and promise. If thou doo refuse to doo as is aforesaid, I N. by the holie trinitie, and by his vertue and power doo comdemne the spirit of N. into the place whereas there is no hope of remedie, but everlasting condemnation, and horror, and paine upon paine, dailie, horriblie, & lamentablie the paines there to be augmented, so thicke as the stars in the firmament, and as the gravell sand in the sea: except thou spirit of N. obeie me N. as is afore rehearsed; else I N. doo condemne the spirit of N. into the pit of everlasting condemnation; Fiat, fiat, Amen. Also I conjure thee, and constreine the spirit of N. by all angels, archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestats, virtutes, cherubim & seraphim, & by the foure evangelists, Matthew, Marke, Luke, and John, and by all things conteined in the old lawe and the new, and by their vertues, and by the twelve apostles, and by all patriarchs, prophets, martyrs, confessors, virgins, innocents, and by all the elect and chosen, is, and shall be, which followeth the lambe of God; and by their vertues and powers I conjure and constreine the spirit of N. stronglie, to have common talke with me, at all times, and in all daies, nights, houres, and minuts, and to talke in my mother toong plainelie, that I may heare it, and understand it, declaring the truth unto me of all things, according to thine oth and promise; else to be condemned for ever; Fiat, fiat, Amen.



Also I conjure and constreine the spirit of N. by the golden girdle, which girded the loines of our Lord Jesus Christ, so thou spirit of N. be thou bound, and cast into the pit of everlasting condemnation, for thy great disobedience and unreverent regard that thou hast to the holie names and words of God almightie, by me pronounced: Fiat, Amen.



Also I conjure, constreine, command, and bind the spirit of N. by the two edged sword, which John saw proceed out of the mouth of God almightie: except thou be obedient as is aforesaid, the sword cut thee in peeces, and condemne thee into the pit of everlasting paines, where the fier goeth not out, and where the worme dieth not; Fiat, fiat, fiat, Amen.



Also I conjure and constreine the spirit of N. by the throne of the Godhead, and by all the heavens under him, and by the celestiall citie new Jerusalem, and by the earth, by the sea, and by all things created and conteined therein, and by their vertues and powers, and by all the infernalles, and by their vertues and powers, and all things conteined therein, and by their vertues and powers, I conjure and constreine the spirit of N that now immediatlie thou be obedient unto me, at all times hereafter, and to those words of me pronounced, according to thine oth and promise: else let the great cursse of God, the anger of God, the shadowe and darknesse of everlasting condemnation be upon thee thou spirit of N. for ever and ever, bicause thou hast denied thine health, thy faith, and salvation, for thy great disobedience thou are worthie to be condemned. Therefore let the divine trinitie, angels, and archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestates, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and all the soules of the saints, that shall stand on the right hand of our Lord Jesus Christ, at the generall dale of judgement, condemne the spirit of N. for ever and ever, and be a witnesse against thee, bicause of thy great disobedience, in and against thy promises, Fiat, fiat, Amen.



Being thus bound, he must needs be obedient unto thee, whether be will or no: proove this. And here followeth a bond to call him to your N. and to shew you true visions at all times, as in the houre of to bind or inchant anie thing, and in the houre of for peace and concord, in the houre of to marre, to destroie, and to make sicke, in the houre of the to bind toongs and other bonds of men, in the houre of to increase love, joy, and good will, in the houre of to put awaie enimitie or hatred, to know of theft, in the houre of the for love, goodwill and concord, lead tinne iron gold coppar quicksilver silver, &c.



CHAPTER XIX. This bond as followeth, is to call him into your christall stone, or glasse, &c.



ALSO I doo conjure thee spirit N. by God the father, by God the sonne, and by God the holie-ghost, A and , the first and the last, and by the latter daie of judgement, of them which shall come to judge the quicke and the dead, and the world by fier, and by their vertues and powers I constreine thee spirit N. to come to him that holdeth the christall stone in his hand, & to appeare visiblie, as hereafter foloweth. Also I conjure thee spirit N. by these holie names of God + Tetragrammaton + Adonay + El + Ousion + Agla + Jesus + of Nazareth + and by the vertues thereof and by his nativitie, death, buriall, resurrection, and ascension, and by all other things apperteining unto his passion, and by the blessed virgine Marie mother of our Lord Jesu Christ, and by all the joy which shee had when shee saw hir sonne rise from death to life, and by the vertues and powers therof I constreine thee spirit N. to come into the christall stone, & to appeare visiblie, as herafter shalbe declared. Also I conjure thee N. thou spirit, by all angels, archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestats, virtutes, cherubim and seraphim, and by the , and by the twelve signes, and by their vertues and powers, and by all things created and confirmed in the firmament, and by their vertues & powers I constreine thee spirit N. to appeare visiblie in that christall stone, in faire forme and shape of a white angell, a greene angell, a blacke angell, a man, a woman, a boie, a maiden virgine, a white grehound, a divell with great hornes, without anie hurt or danger of our bodies or soules, and trulie to informe and shew unto us, true visions of all things in that christall stone, according to thine oth and promise, and that without anie hinderance or tarrieng, to appeare visiblie, by this bond of words read over by mee three times, upon paine of everlasting condemnation; Fiat, fiat, Amen.



Then being appeared, saie these words following.



I conjure thee spirit, by God the father, that thou shew true visions in that christall stone, where there be anie N. in such a place or no, upon paine of everlasting condemnation, Fiat, Amen. Also I conjure thee spirit N. by God the sonne Jesus Christ, that thou doo shew true visions unto us, whether it be gold or silver, or anie other metals, or whether there were anie or no, upon paine of condemnation, Fiat, Amen. Also I conjure thee spirit N. by God the Holie-ghost, the which dooth sanctifie all faithfull soules and spirits, and by their vertues and powers I constreine thee spirit N. to speake, open, and to declare, the true waie, how we may come by these treasures hidden in N. and how to have it in our custodie, & who are the keepers thereof, and how manie there be, and what be their names, and by whom it was laid there, and to shew me true visions of what sort and similitude they be, and how long they have kept it, and to knowe in what daies and houres we shall call such a spirit, N. to bring unto us these treasures, into such a place N. upon paine of everlasting condemnation + Also I constreine thee spirit N. by all angels, archangels, thrones, dominations, principats, potestats, virtutes, cherubim & seraphim, that you doo shew a true vision in this christall stone, who did conveie or steale away such a N. and where it is, & who hath it, and how farre off, and what is his or hir name, and how and when to come unto it, upon paine of eternall condemnation, Fiat, Amen. Also I conjure thee spirit N. by the and by all the characters in the firmament, that thou doo shew unto me a true vision in this christall stone, where such N. and in what state he is, and how long he hath beene there, and what time he will be in such a place, what daie and houre: and this and all other things to declare plainelie, in paine of hell fier; Fiat, Amen.



A licence to depart.



Depart out of the sight of this christall stone in peace for a time, and readie to appeare therein againe at anie time or times I shall call thee, by the vertue of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by the bonds of words which are written in this booke, and to appeere visiblie, as the words be rehersed. I constreine thee spirit N. by the divinitie of the Godhead, to be obedient unto these words rehearsed, upon paine of everlasting condemnation, both in this world, and in the world to come; Fiat, fiat, fiat, Amen.







CHAPTER XX. When to talke with spirits, and to have true answers to find out a theefe.



THE daies and houres of and the is best to doo all crafts of necromancie, & for to speake with spirits, and for to find theft, and to have true answer thereof, or of anie other such like. ¶ And in the daies and houres of is best to doo all experiments of love, and to purchase grace, and for to be invisible, and to doo anie operation, whatsoever it be, for anie thing, the being in a convenient signe. ¶ As when thou laborest for theft, see the moone be in an earthie signe, as , or of the aier, as . ¶ And if it be for love, favor or grace, let the be in a signe of the fier, as , and for hatred, in a signe of the water, as . For anie other experiment, let the be in . ¶ And if thou findest the & the in one signe that is called in even number, then thou maiest write, consecrate, conjure, and make readie all maner of things that thou wilt doo, &c.



To speake with spirits.



Call these names,



Orimoth, Belimoth, Lymocke,



and say thus:



I conjure you up by the names of the angels Satur and Azimor, that you intend to me in this houre, and send unto me a spirit called Sagrigrit, that hee doo fulfill my commandement and desire, and that also can understand my words for one or two yeares, or as long as I will, &c.







CHAPTER XXI. A confutation of conjuration, especiallie of the raising, binding and dismissing of the divell, of going invisible, and other lewd practises.



THUS farre have we waded in shewing at large the vanitie of necromancers, conjurors, and such as pretend to have reall conference and consultation with spirits and divels: wherein (I trust) you see what notorious blasphemie is committed, besides other blind superstitious ceremonies, a disordered heap, which are so far from building up the endevors of these blacke art practitioners, that they doo altogether ruinate & overthrow them, making them in their follies and falshoods as bare and naked as an anatomie. As for these ridiculous conjurations, last rehearsed, being of no small reputation among the ignorant, they are for the most part made by T. R. (for so much of his name he bewraieth) and John Cokars, invented and devised for the augmentation and maintenance of their living, for the edifieng of the poore, and for the propagating and inlarging of Gods glorie, as in the beginning of their booke of conjurations they protest; which in this place, for the further manifestation of their impietie, and of the witchmongers follie and credulitie, I thought good to insert, whereby the residue of their proceedings may be judged, or rather detected. For if we seriouslie behold the matter of conjuration, and the drift of conjurors, we shall find them, in mine opinion, more faultie than such as take upon them to be witches, as manifest offenders against the majestie of God, and his holie lawe, and as apparent violators of the lawes and quietnesse of this realme: although indeed they bring no such thing to passe, as is surmised and urged by credulous persons, couseners, hers, and witchmongers. For these are alwaies learned, and rather abusers of others, than they themselves by others abused.



But let us see what appearance of truth or possibilitie is wrapped within these mysteries, and let us unfold the deceipt. They have made choice of certeine words, whereby they saie they can worke miracles, &c. And first of all, that they call divels & soules out of hell (though we find in the scriptures [Luk. 16. &c.] manifest proofes that all passages are stopped concerning the egresse out of hell) so as they may go thither, but they shall never get out, for Ab inferno nulla est redemptio, out of hell there is no redemption. Well, when they have gotten them up, they shut them in a circle made with chalke, which is so stronglie beset and invironed with crosses and names, that they cannot for their lives get out; which is a verie probable matter. Then can they bind them, and lose them at their pleasures, and make them that have beene hers from the beginning, to tell the truth: yea, they can compell them to doo anie thing. And the divels are forced to be obedient unto them, and yet cannot be brought to due obedience unto God their creator. This done (I saie) they can worke all maner of miracles (saving blew miracles) and this is beleeved of manie to be true:



Tam credula mens hominis, & arrectæ fabulis aures,



So light of beleefe is the mind of man,

And attentive to tales his eares now and than. (Englished by Abraham Fleming)



But if Christ (onelie for a time) left the power of working miracles among his apostles and disciples for the confirmation of his gospell, and the faith of his elect: yet I denie altogether, that he left that power with these knaves, which hide their cousening purposes under those lewd and foolish words, according to that which Peter saith [2. Pet. 2. Epes. 5. Ps. 72, & 78.]; With feined words they make merchandize of you. And therfore the counsell is good that Paule giveth us, when he biddeth us take heed that no man deceive us with vaine words. For it is the Lord only that worketh great woonders, and bringeth mightie things to passe. It is also written [Sap. 16. Eccles. 43.], that Gods word, and not the words of conjurors, or the charmes of witches, healeth all things, maketh tempests, and stilleth them.



But put case the divell could be fetched up and fettered, and loosed againe at their pleasure, &c: I marvell yet, that anie can be so bewitched, as to be made to beleeve, that by vertue of their words, anie earthlie creature can be made invisible. We thinke it a lie, to saie that white is blacke, and blacke white: but it is a more shamelesse assertion to affirme, that white is not, or blacke is not at all; and yet more impudencie to hold that a man is a horsse; but most apparent impudencie to saie, that a man is no man, or to be extenuated into such a quantitie, as therby he may be invisible, and yet remaine in life and health, &c: and that in the cleare light of the daie, even in the presence of them that are not blind. But surelie, he that cannot make one haire white or blacke, whereof (on the other side) not one falleth from the head without Gods speciall providence, can never bring to passe, that the visible creature of God shall become nothing, or lose the vertue and grace powred therinto by God the creator of all things.



If they saie that the divell covereth them with a cloud or veile, as M. Mal. Bodin, & manie other doo affirme; yet (me thinkes) we should either see the cover, or the thing covered. And though perchance they saie in their harts; Tush, the Lord seeth not, who indeed hath blinded them, so as seeing, they see not: yet they shall never be able to persuade the wise, but that both God and man dooth see both them and their knaveriem this behalfe. I have heard of a foole, who was made beleeve that he should go invisible, and naked ; while he was well whipped by them, who (as he thought) could not see him. Into which fooles paradise they saie he was brought, that enterprised to kill the prince of Orenge.



[John Jaure gui servant to Gasper. Anastro both Spaniards. Ann. Dom. 1582. March 18. after dinner upon a sundaie this mischeefe was done. Read the whole discourse hereof printed at London for Tho: Chard and Will: Brome booksellers.]





CHAPTER XXII. A comparison betweene popish exorcists and other conjurors, a popish conjuration published by a great doctor of the Romish church, his rules and cautions.



I SEE no difference betweene these and popish conjurations; for they agree in order, words, and matter, differing in no circumstance, but that the papists doo it without shame openlie, the other doo it in hugger mugger secretlie. The papists (I saie) have officers in this behalfe, which are called exorcists or conjurors, and they looke narrowlie to other cousenors, as having gotten the upper hand over them. And bicause the papists shall be without excuse in this behalfe, and that the world may see their cousenage,impietie, and follie to be as great as the others, I will cite one conjuration (of which sort I might cite a hundred) published by Jacobus de Chusa, [in lib. de apparitionib. quorundam spirituum] a great doctor of the Romish church, which serveth to find out the cause of noise and spirituall rumbling in houses, churches, or chappels, and to conjure walking spirits: which evermore is knaverie and cousenage in the highest degree. Marke the cousening devise hereof, and conferre the impietie with the others.



Observations for the exorcising preest.



First (forsooth) he saith it is expedient to fast three daies, and to celebrate a certeine number of masses, and to repeate the seven psalmes penitentiall: then foure or five preests must be called to the place where the haunt or noise is, then a candle hallowed on candlemas daie must be lighted, and in the lighting thereof also must the seven psalmes be said, and the gospell of S. John. Then there must be a crosse and a censer with frankincense, and therewithall the place must be censed or perfumed, holie water must be sprinkled, and a holie stoale must be used, and (after diverse other ceremonies) a praier to God must be made, in maner and forme following:



O Lord Jesus Christ, the knower of all secrets, which alwaies revealest all hoalsome and profitable things to thy faithfull children, and which sufferest a spirit to shew himselfe in this place, we beseech thee for thy bitter passion, &c: vouchsafe to command this spirit, to reveale and signifie unto us thy servants, without our terror or hurt, what he is, to thine honour, and to his comfort; In nomine patris, &c.



And then proceed in these words:



We beseech thee, for Christs sake, O thou spirit, that if there be anie of us, or among us, whom thou wouldest answer, name him, or else manifest him by some signe. Is it frier P. or doctor D. or doctor Burc. or sir Feats, or sir John, or sir Robert: Et sic de cæteris circunstantibus.



For it is well tried (saith the glosse) he will not answer everie one. If the spirit make anie sound of voice, or knocking, at the naming of anie one, he is the cousener (the conjuror I would saie) that must have the charge of this conjuration or examination. And these forsooth must be the interrogatories, to wit:



Whose soule art thou? Wherefore camest thou? What wouldest thou have? Wantest thou any suifrages, masses, or almes? How manie masses will serve thy turne, three, six, ten, twentie, thirtie, &c? By what preest? Must he be religious or secular? Wilt thou have anie fasts? What? How manie? How great? And by what persons? Among hospitalles? Lepres? Or beggars? What shall be the signe of thy perfect deliverance? Wherefore liest thou in purgatorie?



And such like. This must be doone in the night.



If there appeare no signe at this houre, it must be deferred untill another houre. Holie water must be left in the place. There is no feare (they saie) that such a spirit will hurt the conjuror: for he can sinne no more, as being in the meane state betweene good and evill, and as yet in the state of satisfaction. If the spirit doo hurt, then it is a damned soule, and not an elect. Everie man may not be present hereat, speciallie such as be weake of complexion. They appeare in diverse maners, not alwaies in bodie, or bodilie shape (as it is read in the life of S. Martine, that the divell did) but sometimes invisible, as onelie by sound, voice, or noise. Thus farre Jacobus de Chusa.



But bicause you shall see that these be not emptie words, nor slanders; but that in truth such things are commonlie put in practise in the Romish church, I wili here set downe an instance, latelie and truelie, though lewdlie performed: and the same in effect as followeth.



CHAPTER XXIII.



A late experiment, or cousening conjuration practised at Orleance by the Franciscane Friers, how it was detected, and the judgement against the authors of that comedie.



IN the yeare of our Lord 1534. at Orleance in France, the Majors wife died, willing and desiring to be buried without anie pompe or noise, &c. Hir husband, who reverenced the memoriall of hir, did even as she had willed him. And bicause she was buried in the church of the Franciscans, besides her father and grandfather, and gave them in reward onelie six crownes, whereas they hoped for a greater preie; shortlie after it chanced, that as he felled certeine woods and sold them, they desired him to give them some part thereof freelie without monie: which he flatlie denied. This they tooke verie greevouslie. And whereas before they misliked him, now they conceived such displeasure as they devised this meanes to be revenged; to wit, that his wife was damned for ever. The cheefe workemen and framers of this tragedie were Colimannus, and Stephanus Aterbatensis, both doctors of divinitie; this Coliman. was a great conjuror, & had all his implements in a readines, which he was woont to use in such busines. And thus they handled the matter. They place over the arches of the church, a yoong novice; who about midnight, when they came to mumble their pralers, as they were woont to do, maketh a great rumbling, and noise. Out of hand the moonks beganne to conjure and to charme, but he answered nothing. Then being required to give a signe, whether he were a dumme spirit or no, he beganne to rumble againe: which thing they tooke as a certeine signe. Having laid this foundation, they go unto certeine citizens, cheefe men, and such as favoured them, declaring that a heavie chance had happened at home in their monasterie; not shewing what the matter was, but desiring them to come to their mattens at midnight. When these citizens were come, and that praiers were begunne, the counterfet spirit beginneth to make a marvellous noise in the top of the church. And being asked what he meant, and who he was, gave signes that it was not lawfull for him to speake. Therefore they commanded him to make answer by tokens and signes to certeine things they would demand of him. Now was there a hole made in the vawt, through the which he might heare and understand the voice of the conjuror. And then had he in his hand a litle boord, which at everie question, he strake, in such sort as he might easilie be heard beneath. First they asked him, whether he were one of them that had beene buried in the same place. Afterwards they reckoning manie by name, which had been buried there; at the last also they name the Maiors wife: and there by and by the spirit gave a signe that he was hir soule. He was further asked, whether he were damned or no; and if he were, for what cause, for what desert, or fault; whether for covetousnes, or wanton lust, for pride or want of charitie; or whether it were for heresie, or for the sect of Luther newlie sproong up: also what he meant by that noise and stirre he kept there; whether it were to have the bodie now buried in holie ground to be digged up againe, and laid in some other place. To all which points he answered by signes, as he was commanded, by the which he affirmed or denied anie thing, according as he strake the boord twise or thrise together. And when he had thus given them to understand, that the verie cause of his damnation was Luthers heresie, and that the bodie must needs be digged up againe: the moonks requested the citizens, whose presence they had used or rather abused, that they would beare witnesse of those things which they had seene with their eies; and that they would subscribe to such things as were doone a few days before. The citizens taking good advise on the matter, least they should offend the Major, or bring themselves in trouble, refused so to doo. But the moonks notwithstanding take from thence the sweete bread, which they called the host and bodie of our Lord, with all the relikes of saintes, and carrie them to another place, and there saie their masse. The bishops substitute judge (whome they called Officiall) understanding that matter, commeth thither, accompanied with certeine honest men, to the intent he might knowe the whole circumstance more exaetlie: and therefore he commandeth them to make conjuration in his presence; and also he requireth certeine to be chosen to go up into the top of the vawt, and there to see whether any ghost appeered or not. Stephanus Aterbatensis stiffelie denied that to be lawfull, and marvellouslie persuading the contrarie, affirmed that the spirit in no wise ought to be troubled. And albeit the Official urged them verie much, that there might be some conjuring of the spirit; yet could he nothing prevaile.



Whilest these things were dooing, the Maior, when he had shewed the other Justices of the citie, what he would have them to doo, tooke his journie to the king, and opened the whole matter unto him. And bicause the moonks refused judgement upon plea of their owne lawes and liberties, the king choosing out certeine of the aldermen of Park, giveth them absolute and full authoritie to make inquirie of the matter. The like dooth the Chancelor maister Anthonius Pratensis cardinall and legat for the pope throughout France. Therefore, when they had no exception to alledge, they were conveied unto Paris, and there constrained to make their answer. But yet could nothing be wroong out of them by confession, whereupon they were put apart into divers prisons: the novice being kept in the house of maister Fumanus, one of the aldermen, was oftentimes examined, and earnestlie requested to utter the truth, but would notwithstanding confesse nothing; bicause he feared that the moonks would afterwards put him to death for staining their order, and putting it to open shame. But when the judges had made him sure promise that he should escape punishment, and that he should never come into their handling, he opened unto them the whole matter as it was doone: and being brought before his fellowes, avouched the same to their faces. The moonks, albeit they were convicted, and by these meanes almost taken tarde with the deed doing; yet did they refuse the judges, bragging and vaunting themselves on their priviledges, but all in vaine. For sentence passed upon them, and they were condemned to be carried backe againe to Orleance, and there to be cast in prison, and so should finallie be brought foorth into the cheefe church of the citie openlie, and from thence to the place of execution, where they should make open confession of their trespasses.



Surelie this was most common among moonks and friers, who mainteined their religion, their lust, their liberties, their pompe, their wealth, their estimation and knaverie by such cousening practises. Now I will shew you more speciall orders of popish conjurations, that are so shameleslie admitted into the church of Rome, that they are not onelie suffered, but commanded to be used, not by night secretlie, but by daie impudentlie. And these forsooth concerne the curing of bewitched persons, and such as are possessed; to wit, such as have a divell put into them by witches inchantments. And herewithall I will set downe certeine rules delivered unto us by such popish doctors, as are of greatest reputation.





CHAPTER XXIV.



Who may be conjurors in the Romish church besides priests, a ridiculous definition of superstition, what words are to be used and not used in exoreismes, rebaptisme allowed, it is lawfull to conjure any thing, differences betweene holie water and coniuration.



THOMAS AQUINAS saith [in 4 dist. 23. sent.], that anie bodie, though he be of an inferior or superior order, yea though of none order at all (and as Gulielmus Durandus glossator Raimundi affirmeth, a woman so she blesse not the girdle or the garment, but the person of the bewitched) hath power to exercise the order of an exorcist or conjuror, even as well as any preest may saie masse in a house unconsecrated. But that is (saith M. Mal.) rather through the goodnesse and licence of the pope, than through the grace of the sacrament. Naie, there are examples set downe, where some being bewitched were cured (as M. Mal. taketh it) without any conjuration at all. Marrie there were certeine Pater nosters, Aves, and Credos said, and crosses made, but they are charmes, they saie, and no conjurations. For they saie that such charmes are lawful], bicause there is no superstition in them, &c.



And it is woorth my labour, to shew you how papists define superstition, and how they expound the definition thereofi Superstition (saie they) is a religion observed beyond measure, a religion practised with evill and unperfect circumstances. Also, whatsoever usurpeth the name of religion, through humane tradition, without the popes authoritie, is superstitious: as to adde to joine anie hymnes to the masse, to interrupt anie diriges, to abridge anie part of the creed in the singing thereof, or to sing when the organs go, and not when the quier singeth, not to have one to helpe the priest to masse: and such like, &c.



These popish exorcists doo manie times forget their owne rules. For they should not directlie in their conjurations call upon the divell (as they doo) with intreatie, but with authoritie and commandement. Neither should they have in their charmes and conjurations anie unknowne names. Neither should there be (as alwaies there is) anie falshood conteined in the matter of the charme of conjuration, as (saie they) old women have in theirs, when they saie; The blessed virgine passed over Jordan, and then S. Steven met hir, and asked hir, &c. Neither should they have anie other vaine characters, but the crosse (for those are the words:) and manie other such cautions have they, which they observe not, for they have made it lawfull elsewhere.



But Thomas their cheefe piller prooveth their conjuring and charmes lawfull by S. Marke, who saith [Mk. 16, 17]; Signa eos qui credidaerunt; And, In nomine meo dæmonia ejicient, &c; whereby he also prooveth that they maie conjure serpents. And there he taketh paines to proove, that the words of God are of as great holinesse as relikes of saints, whereas (in such respect as they meane) they are both alike, and indeed nothing woorth. And I can tell them further, that so they maie be carried, as either of them maie doo a man much harme either in bodie or soule.



But they proove this by S. Augustine, saieng; Non est minus verbum Dei, quàm corpus Christi: whereupon they conclude thus; By all mens opinions it is lawfull to carrie about reverentlie the relikes of saints; Ergo it is lawfull against evill spirits, to invocate the name of God everie waie; by the Pater noster, the Ave, the nativitie, the passion, the five wounds, the title triumphant, by the seven words spoken on the crosse, by the nailes, &c: and there maie be hope reposed in them. Yea, they saie [Mal. malef. par. 3. quæ 2.] it is lawfull to conjure all things, bicause the divell maie have power in all things. And first, alwaies the person or thing, wherein the divell is, must be exorcised, and then the divell must be conjured. Also they affirme, that it is as expedient to consecrate and conjure porrage and meate, as water and salt, or such like things.



The right order of exorcisme in rebaptisme of a person possessed or bewitched, requireth that exsufflation and abrenunciation be doone toward the west. Item, there must be erection of hands, confession, profession, oration, benediction, imposition of hands, denudation and unction, with holie oile after baptisme, communion, and induition of the surplis. But they saie that this needeth not, where the bewitched is exorcised: but that the bewitched be first confessed, and then to hold a candle in his hand, and in steed of a surplise to tie about his bare bodie a holie candle of the length of Christ, or of the crosse whereupon he died, which for monie maie be had at Rome. Ergo (saith M. Mal.) this maie be said; I conjure thee Peter or Barbara being sicke, but regenerate in the holie water of baptisme, by the living God, by the true God, by the holie God, by the God which redeemed thee with his pretious bloud, that thou maiest be made a conjured man, that everie fantasie and wickednesse of diabolicall deceipt doo avoid and depart from thee, and that everie uncleane spirit be conjured through him that shall come to judge the quicke and the dead, and the world by fier, Amen: Oremus, &c. And this conjuration, with Oremus, and a praier, must be thrise repeated, and at the end alwaies must be said; Ergo maledicte diabole recognosce sententiam tuam, &c. And this order must alwaies be followed. And finallie, there must be diligent search made, in everie corner, and under everie coverlet and pallet, and under everie threshhold of the doores, for instruments of witchcraft. And if anie be found, they must streightwaie be throwne into the fier. Also they must change all their bedding, their clothing, and their habitation. And if nothing be found, the partie that is to be exorcised or conjured, must come to the church rath in the morning: and the holier the daie is, the better, speciallie our Ladie daie. And the preest, if he be shriven himselfe and in perfect state, shall doo the better therein. And let him that is exorcised hold a holie candle in his hand, &c. Alwaies provided, that the holie water be throwne upon him, and a stoale put about his necke, with Deus in adjutorium, and the Letanie, with invocation of saints. And this order maie continue thrise a weeke, so as (saie they) through multiplication of intercessors, or rather intercessions, grace maie be obteined, and favor procured.



There is also some question in the Romish church, whether the sacrament of the altar is to be received before or after the exorcisme. Item in shrift, the confessor must learne whether the partie be not excommunicate, and so for want of absolution, endure this vexation. Thomas sheweth the difference betwixt holie water and conjuration, saieng that holie water driveth the divell awaie from the externall and outward parts; but conjurations from the internall and inward parts; and therefore unto the bewitched partie both are to be applied.



CHAPTER XXV.



The seven reasons why some are not rid of the divell with all their popish conjurations, why there were no conjurors in the primitive church, and why the divell is not so soone cast out of the bewitched as of the possessed.



THE reason why some are not remedied for all their conjurations, the papists say is for seven causes. First, for that the faith of the standers by is naught; secondlie, for that theirs that present the partie is no better; thirdlie, bicause of the sinnes of the bewitched; fourthlie, for the neglecting of meete remedies; fiftlie, for the reverence of vertues going out into others; sixtlie, for the purgation; seventhlie, for the merit of the partie bewitched. And lo, the first foure are proved by Matthew the 7. and Marke the 4. when one presented his sonne, and the multitude wanted faith, & the father said, Lord help mine incredulitie or unbeleefe. Wherupon was said, Oh faithlesse and perverse generation, how long shall I be with you? And where these words are written; And Jesus rebuked him, &c. That is to saie, saie they, the possessed or bewitched for his sinnes. For by the neglect of due remedies it appeereth, that there were not with Christ good and perfect men: for the pillers of the faith; to wit, Peter, James, and John were absent. Neither was there fasting and praier, without the which that kind of divels could not be cast out. For the fourth point; to wit, the fault of the exorcist in faith maie appeare; for that aiterwards the disciples asked the cause of their impotencie therin. And Jesus answered, it was for their incredulitie; saieng that if they had as much faith as a graine of mustard seed, they should move mountaines, &c. The lift is prooved by Vitas patrum, the lives of the fathers, where it appeereth that S. Anthonie could not doo that cure, when his scholar Paule could doo it, and did it. For the proofe of the sixt excuse it is said, that though the fault be taken awaie therby; yet it followeth not that alwaies the punishment is released. Last of all it is said, that it is possible that the divell was not conjured out of the partie before baptisme by the exorcist, or the midwife hath not baptised him well, but omitted some part of the sacrament. If any object that there were no exorcists in the primitive church, it is answered, that the church cannot now erre. And saint Gregorie would never have instituted it in vaine. And it is a generall rule, that who or whatsoever is newlie exorcised must be rebaptised: as also such as walke or talke in their sleepe; for (saie they) call them by their names, and presentlie they wake, or fall if they clime: whereby it is gathered, that they are not trulie named in baptisme. Item they saie, it is somewhat more difficult to conjure the divell out of one bewitched, than out of one possessed: bicause in the bewitched, he is double; in the other single. They have a hundred such beggerlie, foolish, and frivolous notes in this behalfe.



CHAPTER XXVI.



Other grosse absurdities of witchmongers in this matter of conjurations.



SURELIE I cannot see what difference or distinction the witchmongers doo put betweene the knowledge and power of God and the divell; but that they think, if they praie, or rather talke to God, till their hearts ake, he never heareth them; but that the divell dooth knowe everie thought and imagination of their minds, and both can and also will doo any thing for them. For if anie that meaneth good faith with the divell read certeine conjurations, he commeth up (they saie) at a trice. Marrie if another that hath none intent to raise him, read or pronounce the words, he will not stirre. And yet J. Bodin confesseth, that he is afraid to read such conjurations as John Wierus reciteth; least (belike) the divell would come up, and scratch him with his fowle long nailes. In which sort I woonder that the divell dealeth with none other, than witches and conjurors. I for my part have read a number of their conjurations, but never could see anie divels of theirs, except it were in a plaie. But the divell (belike) knoweth my mind; to wit, that I would be loth to come within the compasse of his clawes. But lo what reason such people have. Bodin, Bartholomeus Spineus, Sprenger, and Institor, &c: doo constantlie affirme, that witches are to be punished with more extremitie than conjurors; and sometimes with death, when the other are to be pardoned doing the same offense: bicause (say they) the witches make a league with the divell, & so doo not conjurors. Now if conjurors make no league by their owne confession, and divels indeed know not our cogitations (as I have sufficientlie prooved) then would I weet of our witchmongers the reason, (if I read the conjuration and performe the ceremonie) why the divell will not come at my call? But oh absurd credulitie! Even in this point manie wise & learned men have beene & are abused: wheras, if they would make experience, or dulie expend the cause, they might be soone resolved; specially when the whole art and circumstance is so contrarie to Gods word, as it must be false, if the other be true. So as you may understand, that the papists do not onlie by their doctrine, in bookes & sermons teach & publish conjurations, & the order thereof whereby they may induce men to bestowe, or rather cast awaie their monie upon masses and suffrages for their soules; but they make it also a parcell of their sacrament of orders (of the which number a conjuror is one) and insert manie formes of conjurations into their divine service, and not onelie into their pontificals, but into their masse bookes; yea into the verie canon of the masse.



CHAPTER XXVII.



Certaine conjurations taken out of the pontificall and out of the missall.



BUT see yet a little more of popish conjurations, and conferre them with the other. In the pontificall you shall find this conjuration, which the other conjurors use as solemnelie as they:



I conjure thee thou creature of water in the name of the fa+ther, of the so+nne, and of the Holie+ghost, that thou drive awaie the divell from the bounds of the just, that he remaine not in the darke corners of this church and altar.



You shall find in the same title, these words following, to be used at the hallowing of the churches. There must a crosse of ashes be made upon the pavement, from one end of the church to the other, one handfull broad: and one of the priests must write on the one side thereof the Greeke alphabet, and on the otherside the Latin alphabet, Durandus yeeldeth this reason thereof; to wit, It representeth the union in faith of the Jewes and Gentiles. And yet well agreeing to himselfe he saith even there, that the crosse reaching from the one end to the other, signifieth that the people, which were in the head, shalbe made the taile.



¶ A conjuration written in the masse booke. Fol. I.



I conjure thee O creature of salt by God, by the God + that liveth, by the true + God, by the holie + God, which by Elizæus the prophet commanded, that thou shouldest be throwne into the water, that it thereby might be made whole and sound, that thou salt [here let the preest looke upon the salt] maist be conjured for the health of all beleevers, and that thou be to all that take thee, health both of bodie and soule; and let all phantasies and wickednesse, or diabolicall craft or deceipt, depart from the place whereon it is sprinkled; as also everie uncleane spirit, being conjured by him that judgeth both the quicke and the dead by fier.



Resp:



Amen.



Then followeth a praier to be said, without Dominus vobiscum; but yet with Oremus; as followeth:



¶ Oremus.



Almightie and everlasting God, we humblie desire thy clemency [here let the preest looke upon the salt] that thou wouldest vouchsafe, through thy pietie, to bl+esse and sanc+tifie this creature of salt, which thou hast given for the use of mankind, that it may be to all that receive it, health of mind and bodie; so as whatsoever shall be touched thereby, or sprinkled therewith, may be void of all uncleannesse, and all resistance of spirituall iniquitie, through our Lord, Amen.



What can be made but a conjuration of these words also, which are written in the canon, or rather in the saccaring of masse?



This holie commixtion of the bodie and bloud of our Lord Jesus Christ, let it be made to me, and to all the receivers thereof, health of mind and bodie, and a wholesome preparative for the deserving and receiving of everlasting life, through our Lord Jesus, Amen.









CHAPTER XXVIII.



That popish priests leave nothing unconjured, aforme of exorcisme for incense.



ALTHOUGH the papists have manie conjurations, so as neither water, nor fier, nor bread, nor wine, nor wax, nor tallowe, nor church, nor churchyard, nor altar, nor altar cloath, nor ashes, nor coles, nor belles, nor bell ropes, nor copes, nor vestments, nor oile, nor salt, nor candle, nor candle-sticke, nor beds, nor bedstaves, &c; are without their forme of conjuration: yet I will for brevitie let all passe, and end here with incense, which they doo conjure in this sort +.



I conjure thee most filthy and horrible spirit, and everie vision of our enimie, &c: that thou go and depart from out of this creature of frankincense, with all thy deceipt and wickednes, that this creature may be sanctified, and in the name of our Lord + Jesus + Christ + that all they that taste, touch, or smell the same, may receive the virtue and assistance of the Holie-ghost; so as wheresoever this incense or frankincense shall remaine, that there thou in no wise be so bold as to approch or once presume or attempt to hurt: but what uncleane spirit so ever thou be, that thou with all thy craft and subtiltie avoid and depart, being conjured by the name of God the father almightie, &c. And that wheresoever the fume or smoke thereof shall come, everie kind and sort of divels may be driven awaie, and expelled; as they were at the increase of the liver of fish, which the archangell Raphaell made, &c.







CHAPTER XXIX.



The rules and lawes of popish Exorcists and other conjurors all one, with a confutation of their whole power, how S. Martine conjured the divell



THE papists you see, have their certeine generall rules and lawes, as to absteine from sinne, and to fast, as also otherwise to be cleane from all pollusions, &c: and even so likewise have the other conjurors. Some will saie that papists use divine service, and praiers; even so doo common conjurors as you see) even in the same papisticall forme, no whit swarving from theirs in aith and doctrine, nor yet in ungodlie and unreasonable kinds of petitions. Me thinks it may be a sufficient argument, to overthrow the calling up and miraculous works of spirits, that it is written; God onelie knoweth and searcheth the harts, and onelie worketh great woonders. The which argument being prosecuted to the end, can never be answered: insomuch as that divine power is required in that action. [I. Sam. 16, 7. I. Reg. 8, 39. Jere. 17, 10. Psal. 44, 21. Psal. 72, 18.]



And if it be said, that in this conjuration we speake to the spirits, and they heare us, & therefore need not know our thoughts and imaginations: I first aske them whether king Baell, or Amoimon, which are spirits reigning in the furthest regions of the east (as they saie) may heare a conjurors voice, which calleth for them, being in the extreamest parts of the west, there being such noises interposed, where perhaps also they may be busie, and set to worke on the like affaires. Secondlie, whether those spirits be of the same power that God is, who is everiewhere, filling all places, and able to heare all men at one instant, &c. Thirdlie, whence commeth the force of such words as raise the dead, and command divels. If sound doo it, then may it be doone by a taber and a pipe, or any other instrument that hath no life. If the voice doo it, then may it be doone by any beasts or birds. If words, then a parret may doo it. If in mans words onlie, where is the force, in the first, second, or third syllable? If in syllables, then not in words. If in imaginations, then the divell knoweth our thoughts. But all this stuffe is vaine and fabulous.



It is written [Sap. 1. 14. Ecclesi. 9. Gen. 1.]; All the generations of the earth were healthfull and there is no poison of destruction in them. Why then doo they conjure holsome creatures; as salt, water, &c: where no divels are? God looked upon all his works, and sawe they were all good. What effect (I praie you) had the 7. sonnes of Sceva [Act. 19.]; which is the great objection of witchmongers? They would needs take upon them to conjure divels out of the possessed. But what brought they to passe? Yet that was in the time, whilest God suffered miracles commonlie to be wrought. By that you may see what conjurors can doo.



Where is such a promise to conjurors or witches, as is made in the Gospell [Mark 16.17.] to the faithfull? where it is written; In my name they shall cast out divels, speake with new toongs: if they shall drinke any deadlie thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall take awaie serpents, they shall laie hands on the sicke, and they shall recover. According to the promise, this grant of miraculous working was performed in the primitive church, for the confirmation of Christs doctrine, and the establishing of the Gospell.



But as in another p]ace I have prooved, the gift thereof was but for a time, and is now ceased; neither was it ever made to papist, witch, or conjuror. They take upon them to call up and cast out divels; and to undoo with one divell, that which another divell hath doone. If one divell could cast out another, it were a kingdome divided, and could not stand. Which argument Christ himselfe maketh: and therfore I maie the more boldlie saie even with Christ, that they have no such power. For besides him, there is no saviour, none can deliver out of his hand. Who but hee can declare, set in order, appoint, and tell what is to come? He destroieth the tokens of soothsaiers, and maketh the conjecturers fooles, &c. He declareth things to come, and so cannot witches. [Isai. 43. 11. verse. 13. cap. 44. verse. 7. verse. 25.]



There is no helpe in inchanters and soothsaiers, and other such vaine sciences. For divels are cast out by the finger of God, which Matthew calleth the spirit of God, which is the mightie power of God, and not by the vertue of the bare name onelie, being spoken or pronounced: for then might everie wicked man doo it. And Simon Magus needed not then to have proffered monie to have bought the power to doo miracles and woonders:for he could speake and pronounce the name of God, as well as the apostles. Indeed they maic soone throwe out all the divels that are in frankincense, and such like creatures, wherein no divels are: but neither they, nor all their holie water can indeed cure a man possessed with a divell, either in bodie or mind; as Christ did. Naie, why doo they not cast out the divell that possesseth their owne soules? [Isai. 46. 10. cap. 47. vers. 12. 13, &c. Luke, 11. 20. Matt. 12. 28. Acts, 8. 19.]



Let me heare anie of them all speake with new toongs, let them drinke but one dramme of a potion which I will prepare for them, let them cure the sicke by laieng on of hands (though witches take it upon them, and witchmongers beleeve it) and then I will subscribe unto them. But if they, which repose such certeintie in the actions of witches and conjurors, would diligentlie note their deceipt, and how the scope whereat they shoote is monie (I meane not such witches as are falselie accused, but such as take upon them to give answers, &c: as mother Bungie did) they should apparentlie see the cousenage. For they are abused, as are manie beholders of jugglers, which suppose they doo miraculouslie, that which is doone by slight and subtiltie.



But in this matter of witchcrafts and conjurations, if men would rather trust their owne eies, than old wives tales and lies, I dare undertake this matter would soone be at a perfect point; as being easier to be perceived than juggling. But I must needs confesse, that it is no great marvell, though the simple be abused therein, when such lies concerning those matters are mainteined by such persons of account, and thrust into their divine service. As for example: It is written that S. Martine thrust his fingers into ones mouth that had a divell within him, and used to bite folke; and then did bid him devoure them if he could. And bicause the divell could not get out at his mouth, being stopt with S. Martins fingers, he was fame to run out at his fundament. O stinking lie!



CHAPTER XXX.



That it is a shame for papists to beleeve other conjurors dooings, their owne being of so litle force, Hipocrates his opinion herein.



AND still me thinks papists (of all others) which indeed are most credulous, and doo most mainteine the force of witches charmes, and of conjurors cousenages, should perceive and judge conjurors dooings to be void of effect. For when they see their owne stuffe, as holie water, salt, candles, &c: conjured by their holie bishop and preests; & that in the words of consecration or conjuration (for so their owne doctors terme them) they adjure the water, &c: to heale, not onelie the soules infirmitie, but also everie maladie, hurt, or ach of the bodie; and doo also command the candles, with the force of all their authoritie and power, and by the effect of all their holie words, not to consume: and yet neither soule nor bodie anie thing recover, nor the candles last one minute the longer: with what face can they defend the others miraculous workes; as though the witches and conjurors actions were more effectuall than their owne? Hippocrates being but a heathen, and not having the perfect knowledge of God, could see and perceive their cousenage and knaverie well enough, who saith; They which boast so, that they can remoove or helpe the infections of diseases, with sacrifices, conjurations, or other magicall instruments or meanes, are but needie fellowes, wanting living; and therefore referre their words to the divell: bicause they would seeme to know somewhat more than the common people. It is marvell that papists doo affirme, that their holie water, crosses, or bugges words have such vertue and violence, as to drive awaie divels: so as they dare not approch to anie place or person besmeered with such stuffe; when as it appeareth in the gospell, that the divell presumed to assault and tempt Christ himselfe. For the divell indeed most ernestlie busieth himselfe to seduce the godlie: as for the wicked, he maketh reckoning and just accompt of them, as of his owne alreadie. But let us go forward in our refutation.



CHAPTER XXXI.



How conjurors have beguiled witches, what bookes they carie about to procure credit to their art, wicked assertions against Moses and Joseph.



THUS you see that conjurors are no small fooles. For whereas witches being poore and needie, go from doore to doore for releefe, have they never so manie todes or cats at home, or never so much hogs doong and charvill about them, or never so manie charmes in store: these conjurors (I saie) have gotten them offices in the church of Rome, wherby they have obteined authoritie & great estimation. And further, to adde credit to that art, these conjurors carrie about at this daie, bookes intituled under the names of Adam, Abel, Tobie, & Enoch; which Enoch they repute the most divine fellow in such matters. They have also among them bookes that they saie Abraham, Aaron and Salomon made. Item they have bookes of Zacharie, Paule, Honorius, Cyprian, Jerome, Jeremie, Albert, and Thomas: also of the angels, Riziel, Razael, and Raphael; and these doubtlesse were such bookes as were said to have beene burnt in the lesser Asia [Acts. 19.]. And for their further credit they boast, that they must be and are skilfull and learned in these arts; to wit, Ars Almadell, ars Notoria, ars Bulaphiæ ars Arthephii, ars Pomena, ars Revelationis, &c. Yea, these conjurors in corners sticke not (with Justine [lib. 16.]) to report and affirme, that Joseph, who was a true figure of Christ that delivered and redeemed us, was learned in these arts, and thereby prophesied and expounded dreames: and that those arts came from him to Moses, and finallie from Moses to them: which thing both Plinie [lib. 30. cap. 2.] and Tacitus affirme of Moses. Also Strabo in his cosmographie [lib. 16.] maketh the verie like blasphemous report. And likewise Apollonius, Molon, Possidonius, Lisimachus, and Appian terme Moses both a magician and a conjuror: whom Eusebius confuteth with manie notable arguments. For Moses differed as much from a magician, as truth from falshood, and pietie from vanitie: for in truth, he confounded all magicke, and made the world see, and the cunningest magicians of the earth confesse, that their owne dooings were but illusions, and that his miracles were wrought by the finger of God. But that the p oore old witches knowledge reacheth thus farre (as Danæus affirmeth it dooth [in dialog. de sortiariis.]) is untrue: for their furthest fetches that I can comprehend, are but to fetch a pot of milke, &c: from their neighbors house, halfe a mile distant from them.





CHAPTER XXXII.



All magicall arts confuted by an argument concerning Nero, what Cornelius Agrippa and Carolus Gallus have left written thereof and prooved by experience.



SURELIE Nero prooved all these magicall arts to be vaine and fabulous lies, and nothing but cousenage and knaverie. He was a notable prince, having gifts of nature enow to have conceived such matters, treasure enough to have emploied in the search thereof, he made no conscience therein, he had singular conferences thereabout; he offered, and would have given halfe his kingdome to have learned those things, which he heard might be wrought by magicians; he procured all the cunning magicians in the world to come to Rome, he searched for bookes also, and all other things necessarie for a magician; and never could find anie thing in it, but cousenage and legierdemaine. At length he met with one Tiridates, the great magician, who having with him all his companions, and fellowe magicians, witches, conjurors, and couseners, invited Nero to certeine magicall bankets and exercises. Which when Nero required to learne, he (to hide his cousenage) answered that he would not, nor could not teach him, though he would have given him his kingdome. The matter of his refusall (I saie) was, least Nero should espie the cousening devises thereof. Which when Nero conceived, and sawe the same, and all the residue of that art to be vaine, lieng and ridiculous, having onelie shadowes of truth, and that their arts were onelie veneficall; he prohibited the same utterlie, and made good and strong lawes against the use and the practisers thereof: as Plinie and others doo report. It is marvell that anie man can be so much abused, as to suppose that sathan may be commanded, compelled, or tied by the power of man: as though the divell would yeeld to man, beyond nature; that will not yeeid to God his creator, according to the rules of nature. And in so much as there be (as they confesse) good angels as well as bad; I would know whie they call up the angels of hell, and not call downe the angels of heaven. But this they answer (as Agrippa saith [de vanitat. scient.].) Good angels (forsooth) doo hardlie appeare, and the other are readie at hand. Here I may not omit to tell you how Cor. Agrippa bewraieth, detecteth, and defaceth this art of conjuration, who in his youth travelled into the bottome of all these magicall sciences, and was not onelie a great conjuror and practiser thereof, but also wrote cunninglie De occulta philosophia. Howbeit, afterwards in his wiser age, he recanteth his opinions, and lamenteth his follies in that behalfe, and discovereth the impietie and vanities of magicians, and inchanters, which boast they can doo miracles: which action is now ceased (saith he) and assigneth them a place with Jannes and Jambres, affirming that this art teacheth nothing but vaine toies for a shew. Carolus Gallus also saith; I have tried oftentimes, by the witches and conjurors themselves, that their arts (especiallie those which doo consist of charmes, impossibilities, conjurations, and witchcrafts, whereof they were woont to boast) to be meere foolishnes, doting lies, and dreames. I for my part can saie as much, but that I delight not to alledge mine owne proofes and authorities; for that mine adversaries will saie they are parciall, and not indifferent.





CHAPTER XXXIII.



Of Salomons conjurations, and of the opinion conceived of his cunning and practise therein.



IT is affirmed by sundrie authors, that Salomon was the first inventor of those conjurations; and thereof Josephus is the first reporter, who in his fift booke De Judæorum antiquitatibus, cap. 22. rehearseth soberlie this stone following; which Polydore Virgil, and manie other repeat verbatim, in this wise, and seeme to credit the fable, whereof there is skant a true word.



Salomon was the greatest philosopher, and did philosophic about all things, and had the full and perfect knowlege of all their proprieties: but he had that gift given from above to him, for the profit and health of mankind: which is effectuall against divels. He made also inchantments, wherewith diseases are driven awaie; and left diverse maners of conjurations written, whereunto the divels giving place are so driven awaie, that they never returne. And this kind of healing is very common among my countrimen: for I sawe a neighbour of mine, one Eleazer, that in the presence of Vespasian and his sonnes, and the rest of the souldiers, cured many that were possessed with spirits. The maner and order of his cure was this. He did put unto the nose of the possessed a ring, under the scale wherof was inclosed a kind of roote, whose verture Salomon declared, and the savour thereof drewe the divell out at his nose; so as downe fell the man, and then Eleazer conjured the divell to depart, & to return no more to him. In the meane time he made mention of Salomon, reciting incantations of Salomons owne making. And then Eleazer being willing to shew to standers by his cunning, and the wonderfull efficacie of his art, did set not faire from thence, a pot or basen full of water, & commanded the divell that went out of the man, that by the overthrowing thereof, he would give a signe to the beholders, that he had utterlie forsaken and leaft the man. Which thing being doone, none there doubted how great Salomons knowledge and wisedome was. Wherin a jugling knacke was produced, to confirme a cogging cast of knaverie or cousenage.



Another stone of Salomons conjuration I find cited in the sixt lesson, read in the church of Rome upon S. Margarets daie, far more ridiculous than this. Also Peter Lombard maister of the sentences, and Gratian his brother, the compiler of the golden decrees; and Durandus in his Rationale divinorum, doo all soberlie affirme Salomons cunning in this behalfe; and speciallie this tale; to wit, that Salomon inclosed certeine thousand divels in a brasen bowle, and left it in a deepe hole or lake, so as afterwards the Babylonians found it, and supposing there had beene gold or silver therein, brake it, and out flew all the divels, &c. And that this fable is of credit, you shall perceive, in that it is thought woorthie to be read in the Romish church as parcell of their divine service [Lect. 5. & 6.]. Looke in the lessons of S. Margarets daie the virgine, and you shall find these words verbatim: which I the rather recite, bicause it serveth me for divers turnes; to wit, for Salomons conjurations, for the tale of the brasen vessell, and for the popes conjurations, which extended both to faith and doctrine, and to shew of what credit their religion is, that so shamefullie is stained with lies and fables.





CHAPTER XXXIV.



Lessons read in all churches, where the pope hath authoritie, on S. Margarets daie, translated into Enghsh word for word.



H0LIE Margaret required of GOD, that she might have a conflict face to face with hir secret enimie the divell; and rising from praier, she sawe a terrible dragon, that would have devoured hir, but she made the signe of the crosse, and the dragon burst in the middest.



Afterwards, she sawe another man sitting like a Niger, having his hands bound fast to his knees, she taking him by the haire of the head, threw him to the ground, and set hir foote on his head; and hir praiers being made, a light shined from heaven into the prison where she was, and the crosse of Christ was scene in heaven, with a doove sitting thereon, who said; Blessed art thou O Margaret, the gates of paradise attend thy comming. Then she giving thanks to God, said to the divell, Declare to me thy name. The divell said; Take awaie thy foote from my head, that I may be able to speake, and tell thee: which being done, the divell said, I am Veltis, one of them whome Salomon shut in the brasen vessell, and the Babylonians comming, and supposing there had beene gold therein, brake the vessell, and then we flew out: ever since lieng in wait to annoie the just. But seeing I have recited a part of hir storie, you shall also have the end therof: for at the time of hir execution this was hir praier following.



Grant therefore O father, that whosoever writeth, readeth, or heareth my passion, or maketh memoriall of me, may deserve pardon for all his sinnes: whosoever calleth on me, being at the point of death, deliver him out of the hands of his adversaries. And I also require, O Lord, that whosoever shall build a church in the honor of me, or ministreth unto me anie candles of his just labour, let him obteine whatsoever he asketh for his health. Deliver all women in travell that call upon me, from the danger thereof.



Hir praier ended, there were manic great thunderclaps, and a doove came downe from heaven, saieng; Blessed art thou O Margaret the spouse of Christ. Such things as thou hast asked, are granted unto thee; therefore come thou into everlasting rest, &c. Then the hangman (though she did bid him) refused to cut off hir head: to whome she said; Except thou doo it, thou canst have no part with me, and then lo he did it, &c. But sithens I have beene, and must be tedious, I thought good to refresh my reader with a lamentable storie, depending upon the matter precedent, reported by manic grave authors, word for word, in maner and forme following.





CHAPTER XXXV.



A delicate storie of a Lombard, who by S. Margarets example would needs fight with a reall divell.



THERE was (after a sermon made, wherein this storie of S. Margaret was recited, for in such stuffe consisted not onelie their service, but also their sermons in the blind time of poperie:) there was (I saie) a certeine yoong man, being a Lombard, whose simplicitie was such, as he had no respect unto the commoditie of worldlie things, but did altogither affect the salvation of his soule, who hearing how great S. Margarets triumph was, began to consider with himselfe, how full of slights the divell was. And among other things thus he said; Oh that God would suffer, that the divell might fight with me hand to hand in visible forme! I would then surelie in like maner overthrow him, and would fight with him till I had the victorie. And therefore about the twelfe houre he went out of the towne, and finding a convenient place where to praie, secretlie kneeling on his knees, he praied among other things, that God would suffer the divell to appeare unto him in visible forme, that according to the example of S. Margaret, he might overcome him in battell. And as he was in the middest of his praiers, there came into that place a woman with a hooke in hir hand, to gather certeine hearbs which grew there, who was dumme borne. And when she came into the place, and saw the yoong man among the hearbs on his knees, she was afraid, and waxed pale, and going backe, she rored in such sort, as hir voice could not be understood, and with hir head and fists made threatning signes unto him. The yoong man seeing such an ilfavoured fowle queane, that was for age decrepit and full of wrinkles, with a long bodie, leane of face, pale of colour, with ragged cloathes, crieng verie lowd, and having a voice not understandable, threatning him with the hooke which she carried in hir hand, he thought surelie she had beene no woman, but a divell appearing unto him in the shape of a woman, and thought God had heard his praiers. For the which causes he fell upon hir lustilie, and at length threw hir downe to the ground, saieng; Art thou come thou curssed divell, art thou come? No no, thou shalt not overthrow me in visible fight, whome thou hast often overcome in invisible temptation.



And as he spake these words, he caught hir by the haire, and drew hir about, beating hir sometimes with his hands, sometimes with his heeles, and sometimes with the hooke so long, and wounded hir so sore, that he left hir a dieng. At the noise whereof manie people came running unto them, and seeing what was doone, they apprehended the yoong man, and thrust him into a vile prison. S. Vincent by vertue of his holines understanding all this matter, caused the bodie that seemed dead to be brought unto him, and thereupon (according to his maner) he laid his hand upon hir, who immediatlie revived, and he called one of his chaplines to heare hir confession. But they that were present said to the man of God, that it were altogether in vaine so to doo, for that she had beene from hir nativitie dumbe, and could neither heare nor understand the priest, neither could in words confesse hir sinnes. Notwithstanding, S. Vincent bad the priest heare hir confession, affirming that she should verie distinctlie speake all things unto him. And therfore, whatsoever the man of God commanded, the priest did confidentlie accomplish and obeie: and as soone as the priest approched unto hir, to heare hir confession, she, whome all Cathalonia knew to be dumbe borne, spake, and confessed hir selfe, pronouncing everie word as distinctue, as though she had never beene dumbe. After hir confession she required the eucharist and extreame unction to be ministred unto hir, and at length she commended hir selfe to God; and in the presence of all that came to see that miracle, she spake as long as she had anie breath in hir bodie. The yoong man that killed hir being saved from the gallowes by S. Vincents meanes, and at his intercession, departed home into Italie. This stone last rehearsed is found in Speculo exemplorum, and repeated also by Robert Garocul: bishop of Aquinas, and manie others, and preached publikelie in the church of Rome.





CHAPTER XXXVI.



The storie of Saint Margaret prooved to be both ridiculous and impious in everie point.



FIRST, that the storie of S. Margaret is a fable, may be prooved by the incredible, impossible, foolish, impious, and blasphemous matters conteined therein, and by the ridiculous circumstance thereof. Though it were cruellie doone of hir to beat the divell, when his hands were bound; yet it was courteouslie doone of hir, to pull awaie hir foot at his desire. He could not speake so long as she troad on his head, and yet he said; Tread off, that I may tell you what I am. She sawe the heavens open, and yet she was in a close prison. But hir sight was verie cleare, that could see a little dove sitting upon a crosse so farre off. For heaven is higher than the sunne; and the sunne, when it is neerest to us, is 3966000. miles from us. And she had a good paire of eares, that could heare a dove speake so farre off. And she had good lucke, that S. Peter, who (they saie) is porter, or else the pope, who hath more dooings than Peter, had such leisure as to staie the gates so on for hir. Salomon provided no good place, neither tooke good order with his brasen bowle. I marvell how they escaped that let out the divels. It is marvell also they melted it not with their breath long before: for the divels carrie hell and hell fier about with them alwaies; in so much as (they saie) they leave ashes evermore where they stand. Surelie she made in hir praier an unreasonable request. But the date of hir patent is out: for I beleeve that whosoever at this daie shall burne a pound of good candle before hir, shall be never the better, but three pence the worsse. But now we may find in S. Margarets life, who it is that is Christes wife: whereby we are so much wiser than we were before. But looke in the life of S. Katharine, in the golden legend, and you shall find that he was also married to S. Katharine, and that our ladie made the marriage, &c. An excellent authoritie for bigamie. Here I will also cite other of their notable stories, or miracles of authoritie, and so leave shaming of them, or rather troubling you the readers thereof. Neither would I have written these fables, but that they are authentike among the papists, and that we that are protestants may be satisfied, as well of conjurors and witches miracles, as of the others: for the one is as grosse as the other.





CHAPTER XXXVII.



A pleasant miracle wrought by a popish preest.



WHAT time the Waldenses heresies beganne to spring, certeine wicked men, being upheld and mainteined by diabolicall vertue, shewed certeine signes and woonders, wherby they strengthened and confirmed their heresies, and perverted in faith many faithfull men; for they walked on the water and were not drowned. But a certeine catholike preest seeing the same, and knowing that true signes could not be joined with false doctrine, brought the bodie of our Lord, with the pix, to the water, where they shewed their power and vertue to the people, and said in the hearing of all that were present:



I conjure thee O divell, by him, whom I carrie in my hands, that thou exercise not these great visions and phantasies by these men, to the drowning of this people.



Notwithstanding these words, when they walked still on the water, as they did before, the preest in a rage threw the bodie of our Lord, with the pix into the river, and by and by, so soone as the sacrament touched the element, the phantasie gave place to the veritie; and they being prooved and made false, did sinke like lead to the bottome, and were drowned; the pix with the sacrament immediatlie was taken awaie by an angell. The preest seeing all these things, was verie glad of the miracle, but for the losse of the sacrament he was verie pensive, passing awaie the whole night in teares and moorning: in the morning he found the pix with the sacrament upon the altar.





CHAPTER XXXVIII.



The former miracle confuted, with a strange storie of saint Lucie.



HOW glad Sir John was now it were follie for me to saie. How would he have plagued the divell, that threw his god in the river to be drowned? But if other had had no more power to destroie the Waldenses with sword and fier, than this preest had to drowne them with his conjuring boxe & cousening sacraments, there should have beene many a life saved. But I may not omit one fable, which is of authoritie, wherein though there be no conjuration expressed, yet I warrant you there was cousenage both in the dooing and telling thereof. You shall read in the lesson on saint Lucies daie, that she being condemned, could not be remooved from the place with a teeme of oxen, neither could any fier burne hir, insomuch as one was faine to cut off hir head with a sword, and yet she could speake afterwards as long as she list. And this passeth all other miracles, except it be that which Bodin and M. Mal. recite out of Nider, of a witch that could not be burned, till a scroll was taken awaie from where she hid it, betwixt hir skin and flesh.





CHAPTER XXXIX.



Of visions, noises, apparitions, and imagined sounds, and of other illusions, of wandering soules: with a confutation thereof



MANIE thorough melancholic doo imagine, that they see or heare visions, spirits, ghosts, strange noises, &c: as I have alreadie prooved before, at large. Manie againe thorough feare proceeding from a cowardlie nature and complexion, or from an effeminate and fond bringing up, are timerous and afraid of spirits, and bugs, &c. Some through imperfection of sight also are afraid of their owne shadowes, and (as Aristotle saith) see themselves sometimes as it were in a glasse. And some through weakenesse of bodie have such unperfect imaginations. Droonken men also sometimes suppose they see trees walke, &c: according to that which Salomon saith to the droonkards; Thine eies shall see strange visions, and mervellous appearances.



In all ages moonks and preests have abused and bewitched the world with counterfet visions; which proceeded through idlenes, and restraint of marriage, wherby they grew hot and lecherous, and therefore devised such meanes to compasse and obteine their loves. And the simple people being then so superstitious, would never seeme to mistrust, that such holie men would make them cuckholds, but forsooke their beds in that case, and gave roome to the cleargie. Item, little children have beene so scared with their mothers maids, that they could never after endure to be in the darke alone, for feare of bugs. Manie are deceived by glasses through art perspective. Manie hearkening unto false reports, conceive and beleeve that which is nothing so. Manie give credit to that which they read in authors. But how manie stories and bookes are written of walking spirits and soules of men, contrarie to the word of God; a reasonable volume cannot conteine. How common an opinion was it among the papists, that all soules walked on the earth, after they departed from their bodies? In so much as it was in the time of poperie a usuall matter, to desire sicke people in their death beds, to appeare to them after their death, and to reveale their estate. The fathers and ancient doctors of the church were too credulous herein, &c. Therefore no mervell, though the common simple sort of men, and least of all, that women be deceived herein. God in times past did send downe visible angels and appearances to men; but now he dooth not so. Through ignorance of late in religion, it was thought, that everie churchyard swarmed with soules and spirits: but now the word of God being more free, open, and knowne, those conceipts and illusions are made more manifest and apparent, &c.



The doctors, councels, and popes, which (they saie) cannot erre, have confirmed the walking, appearing, & raising of soules. But where find they in the scriptures anie such doctrine? And who certified them, that those appearances were true? Trulie all they cannot bring to passe, that the lies which have beene spread abroad herein, should now beginne to be true, though the pope himselfe subscribe, seale, and sweare thereunto never so much. Where are the soules that swarmed in times past? Where are the spirits? Who heareth their noises? Who seeth their visions? Where are the soules that made such mone for trentals, whereby to be eased of the paines in purgatorie? Are they all gone into Italie, bicause masses are growne deere here in England? Marke well this illusion, and see how contrarie it is unto the word of God. Consider how all papists beleeve this illusion to be true, and how all protestants are driven to saie it is and was popish illusion. Where be the spirits that wandered to have buriall for their bodies? For manie of those walking soules went about that busines. Doo you not thinke, that the papists shew not themselves godlie divines, to preach and teach the people such doctrine; and to insert into their divine service such fables as are read in the Romish church, all scripture giving place thereto for the time? You shall see in the lessons read there upon S. Stevens daie, that Gamaliel Nichodemus his kinsman, and Abdias his sonne, with his freend S. Steven, appeared to a certeine preest, called Sir Lucian, requesting him to remove their bodies, and to burie them in some better place (for they had lien from the time of their death, untill then, being in the reigne of Honorius the emperor; to wit, foure hundred yeeres buried in the field of Gamaliel, who in that respect said to Sir Lucian; Non mei solummodo causa solicitus sum, sed potius pro illis qui mecum sunt; that is, I am not onlie carefull for my selfe, but cheefelie for those my friends that are with me. Whereby the whole course may be perceived to be a false practise, and a counterfet vision, or rather a lewd invention. For in heaven mens soules remaine not in sorow and care; neither studie they there how to compasse and get a worshipfull buriall here in earth. If they did, they would not have foreslowed it so long. Now therefore let us not suffer our selves to be abused anie longer, either with conjuring preests, or melancholicall witches; but be thankfull to God that hath delivered us from such blindness and error.





CHAPTER XL.



Cardanus opinion of strange noises, how counterfit visions grow to be credited, of popish appeerances, of pope Boniface.



CARDANUS speaking of noises, among other things, saith thus; A noise is heard in your house; it may be a mouse, a cat, or a dog among dishes; it may be a counterfet or a theefe indeed, or the fault may be in your eares. I could recite a great number of tales, how men have even forsaken their houses, bicause of such apparitions and noises: and all bath beene by meere and ranke knaverie. And wheresoever you shall heare, that there is in the night season such rumbling and fearefull noises, be you well assured that it is flat knaverie, performed by some that seemeth most to complaine, and is least mistrusted. And hereof there is a verie art, which for some respects I will not discover. The divell seeketh dailie as well as nightlie whome he may devoure, and can doo his feats as well by daie as by night, or else he is a yoong divell, and a verie bungler. But of all other couseners, these conjurors are in the highest degree, and are most worthie of death for their blasphemous impietie. But that these popish visions and conjurations used as well by papists, as by the popes themselves, were meere cousenages; and that the tales of the popes recited by Bruno and Platina, of their magicall devises, were but plaine cousenages and knaveries, may appeare by the historic of Bonifacius the eight, who used this kind of inchantment, to get away the popedome from his predecessor Coelestinus. He counterfetted a voice through a cane reed, as though it had come from heaven, persuading him to yeeld up his authoritie of popeship, and to institute therein one Bonifacius, a worthier man: otherwise he threatened him with damnation. And therfore the foole yedded it up accordinglie, to the said Bonifacius, An. 1264. of whom it was said; He came in like a fox, lived like a woolfe, and died like a dog.



There be innumerable examples of such visions, which when they are not detected, go for true stories: and therefore when it is answered that some are true tales and some are false, untill they be able to shew foorth before your eies one matter of truth, you may replie upon them with this distinction; to wit: visions tried are false visions, undecided and untried are true.





CHAPTER XLI.



Of the noise or sound of eccho, of one that narrowlie escaped drowning thereby, &c.



ALAS! how manie naturall things are there so strange, as to manie seeme miraculous; and how manic counterfet matters are there, that to the simple seeme yet more wonderfull? Cardane [H. Card. lib. de subtilitat. 18.] telleth of one Gomensis, who comming late to a rivers side, not knowing where to passe over, cried out alowd for some bodie to shew him the foord: who hearing an eccho to answer according to his last word, supposing it to be a man that answered him and informed him of the waie, he passed through the river, even there where was a deepe whirlepoole, so as he hardlie escaped with his life; and told his freends, that the divell had almost persuaded him to drowne himselfe. And in some places these noises of eccho are farre more strange than other, speciallie at Ticinum in Italie, in the great hall, where it rendereth sundrie and manifold noises or voices, which seeme to end so lamentablie, as it were a man that laie a dieng; so as few can be persuaded that it is the eccho, but a spirit that answereth.



The noise at Winchester was said to be a verie miracle, and much wondering was there at it, about the yeare 1569. though indeed a meere naturall noise ingendered of the wind, the concavitie of the place, and other instrumentall matters helping the sound to seeme strange to the hearers; speciallie to such as would adde new reports to the augmentation of the woonder.





CHAPTER XLII.



Of Theurgie, with a confutation thereof a letter sent to me concerning these matters.



THERE is yet another art professed by these consening conjurors, which some fond divines affirme to be more honest and lawfull than necromancie, which is called Theurgie; wherein they worke by good angels. Howbeit, their ceremonies are altogether papisticall and superstitious, consisting in cleanlines partlie of the mind, partlie of the bodie, and partlie of things about and belonging to the bodie; as in the skinne, in the apparell, in the house, in the vessell and houshold stuffe, in oblations and sacrifices; the cleanlines whereof they saie, dooth dispose men to the contemplation of heavenlie things. They cite these words of Esaie for their authoritie; to wit: Wash your selves and be cleane, &c. In so much as I have knowne diverse superstitious persons of good account, which usuallie washed all their apparell upon conceits ridiculouslie. For uncleanlinesse (they say) corrupteth the aire, infecteth man, and chaseth awaie deane spirits. Hereunto belongeth the art of Almadel, the art of Paule [Ars Paulina], the art of Revelations, and the art Notarie [Ars Notoria]. But (as Agrippa saith) the more divine these arts seeme to the ignorant, the more damnable they be. But their false assertions, their presumptions to worke miracles, their characters, their strange names, their diffuse phrases, their counterfet holines, their popish ceremonies, their foolish words mingled with impietie, their barbarous and unlearned order of construction, their shameles practises, their paltrie stuffe, their secret dealing, their beggerlie life, their bargaining with fooles, their cousening of the simple, their scope and drift for monie dooth bewraie all their art to be counterfet cousenage. And the more throughlie to satisfie you herein, I thought good in this place to insert a letter, upon occasion sent unto me, by one which at this resent time lieth as a prisoner condemned for this verie matter in the kings bench, and reprived by hir majesties mercie, through the good mediation of a most noble and vertuous personage, whose honorable and godlie disposition at this time I will forbeare to commend as I ought. The person truelie that wrote this letter seemeth unto me a good bodie, well reformed, and penitent, not expecting anie gaines at my hands, but rather fearing to speake that which he knoweth further in this matter, least displeasure might ensue and follow.





The copie of a letter sent unto me R. S. by T. E.



Maister of art, and practiser both of physicke, and atso in times past, of certeine vaine sciences; now condemned to die for the same: wherein he openeth the truth touching these deceits.



MAISTER R. SCOT, according to your request, I have drawne out certeine abuses worth the noting, touching the worke you have in hand; things which I my selfe have seene within these xxvi. yeares, among those which were counted famous and skilfull in those sciences. And bicause the whole discourse cannot be set downe, without nominating certeine persons, of whom some are dead & some living, whose freends remaine yet of great credit in respect therof I knowing that mine enimies doo alreadie in number exceed my freends; I have considered with my selfe, that it is better for me to staie my hand, than to commit that to the world, which may increase my miserie more than releeve the same. Notwithstanding, bicause I am noted above a great manie others to have had some dealings in those vaine arts and wicked practises; I am therefore to signifie unto you, and I speake it in the presence of God, that among all those famous and noted practisers, that I have beene conversant withall these xxvi. yeares, I could never see anie matter of truth to be doone in those wicked sciences, but onelie meere cousenings and illusions. And they, whome I thought to be most skilfull therein, sought to see some things at my hands, who had spent my time a dozen or fourteen years, to my great losse and hinderance, and could never at anie time see anie one truth, or sparkle of truth therein. Yet at this present I stand worthilie condemned for the same; for that, contrarie to my princes lawes, and the lawe of God, and also to mine owne conscience, I did spend my time in such vaine and wicked studies and practises: being made and remaining a spectacle for all others to receive warning by. The Lord grant I may be the last (I speake it from my hart) and I wish it, not onlie in my native coutrie, but also through the whole face of the earth, speciallie among Christians. For mine owne part I lament my time lost, & have repented me five years past: at which time I sawe a booke, written in the old Saxon toong, by one Sir John Malborne a divine of Oxenford, three hundred yeares past: wherein he openeth all the illusions & inventions of those arts and sciences: a thing most worthie the noting. I left the booke with the parson of Slangham in Sussex, where if you send for it in my name, you may have it. You shall thinke your labour well bestowed, and it shall greatlie further the good enterprise you have in hand: and there shall you see the whole science throughlie discussed, and all their illusions and cousenages deciphered at large. Thus craving pardon at your hands for that I promised you, being verie fearefull, doubtfull, and loth to set my hand or name under any thing that may be offensive to the world, or hurtfull to my selfe, considering my case, except I had the better warrant from my L. of Leicester, who is my verie good Lord, and by whome next under God (hir Majestie onelie excepted) I have beene preserved; and therefore loth to doo any thing that may offend his Lordships eares. And so I leave your Worship to the Lords keeping, who bring you and all your actions to good end and purpose, to Gods glorie, and to the profit of all Christians. From the bench this 8. of March, 1582. Your Worships poore and desolate friend and servant, T. E.



I sent for this booke of purpose, to the parson of Slangham, and procured his best friends, men of great worship and credit, to deale with him, that I might borrowe it for a time. But such is his follie and superstition, that although he confessed he had it; yet he would not lend it: albeit a friend of mine, being knight of the shire would have given his word for the restitution of the same safe and sound.



The conclusion therefore shall be this, whatsoever heeretofore hath gone for currant, touching all these fallible arts, whereof hitherto I have written in ample sort, he now counted counterfet, and therefore not to be allowed no not by common sense, much lesse by reason, which should sift such cloked and pretended practises, turmng them out of their rags and patched clowts, that they may appeere discovered, and shew themselves in their nakednesse. Which will be the end of everie secret intent, privie purpose, hidden practise, and close devise, have they never such shrowds and shelters for the time: and be they with never so much cautelousnesse and subtill circumspection clouded and shadowed, yet will they at length be manifestlie detected by the light, according to that old rimed verse:



Quicquid nix celat, solis calor omne revelat:



What thing soever snowe dooth hide,

Heat of the sunne dooth make it spide.



And according to the verdict of Christ, the true Nazarite, who never told untruth, but who is the substance and groundworke of truth it selfe, saieng; Nihil est tam occultum quod non sit detegendum, Nothing is so secret, but it shall be knowne and revealed. [Matt. 10, 26. Mark 4, 22. Luke. 8, 17.]


COMMENTS

-



 

Picatrix (The Aim of the Sage)al-Majriti, Maslamati ibn Ahmad

00:52 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,893


The Ghâyat al-Hakîm fi'l-sihr, or Picatrix, as it is known in the West, is an important Arabic magical text. It is perhaps the largest and most comprehensive of the grimoires, or handbooks of magic. The attribution to the Andalusian mathematician al-Majriti (or al-Madjriti) (d. ca. 1004-7) is considered pseudo-epigraphic. The Latin translation dates to 1256 and the court of Alphonso the Wise, king of Castille, and exerted a considerable influence on Western magic thereafter. It is said that much of Ficino's astrological magic derives from the Picatrix (see I.P.Couliano, Eros and Magic in the Renaissance, University of Chicao Press, 1987, p. 118). The Picatrix is mentioned by Johannes Trithemius in Book 2 of his notorious Steganographia (1500) and in his Antipalus Maleficiorum (c. 1500). One copy (British Library, Sloane manuscript 3679) passed down from Simon Forman (d. 1611) to Richard Napier (d. 1634) to Elias Ashmole (d. 1692) to William Lilly (d. 1681).



E.M. Butler wrongly associates it with Gio. Peccatrix, (no doubt a pseudonym) who edited an Italian version of the Key of Solomon (British Library, Sloane manuscript 1307). Misled by some comments by Mathers and others, Dr. Butler incorrectly concluded that the Picatrix was "an Italian edition of the Clavicle, strongly impregnated with black elements" (Ritual Magic, 1949, p. 135.)



Recent editions include:



(Arabic)

Pseudo-Magriti, Das Ziel des Weisen, Herausgegeben von Hellmut Ritter, B.G. Teubner / Liepzig / Berlin 1933. Studien der Bibliothek Warburg Herausgegeben von Fritz Saxl. XII. Picatrix ("Das Ziel des Weisen" von Pseudo-Majriti) 1. Arabischer Text.



(German)

"Picatrix" Das Ziel des Weisen von Pseudo-Magriti, Translated into German from the Arabic by Hellmut Ritter and Martin Plessner, London, The Warburg Institute, University of London, 1962



(French)

B. Bakhouche, F. Fauquier, B. Pérez-Jean: Picatrix Un traité de magie médiéval. 388 p., 130 x 210 mm, 2003, Paperback ISBN 2-503-51068-X, EUR 37.91. Newest critical edition.



(French)

S. Matton, La magie arabe traditionelle, Paris, 1977 (incomplete)



(Latin)

Picatrix: The Latin Version of the Ghâyat Al-Hakîm, ed. David Pingree (London, Warburg Institute, 1986).



(Spanish)

Abul-Casim Maslama ben Ahmad: Picatrix (El fin del sabio y el mejor de los dos medios para avanzar). Edición de Marcelino Villegas Editora Nacional. Colección «Biblioteca de visionarios, heterodoxos y marginados». (Madrid, 1982).



(English)

An English translation of the first two books of Picatrix was released in August of 2002 by Ouroboros Press, translated from the Arabic by Hashem Atallah.



I hope that by giving this account of its contents, other editions and studies of this important text may be encouraged.



-JHP





SUMMARY



(From Martin Plessner's introduction, pp. lix-lxxv.)



The following pages are intended as a guide to and an epitome of this often disorderly book. A glance at the table of contents is enough to show that the sequence of chapters is erratic and closer inspection reveals that the scope of individual chapters is far wider than appears at first sight. Philosophic doctrines (which, according to the author, are the basis of the talismanic art), theory of magic, astronomical, astrological and physical lore, extensive directions for the practice of the art, and accounts of the peoples by whom it is employed are jumbled together throughout the book, with no discernible guiding principle. If a systematic arrangement is anywhere perceptible, it is in the astrological and astronomical material, though even this is far from self-contained or methodically ordered. Subjects which belong together are separated (e.g., the geographical sections on pp.171 ff. and 394 ff.), long, discursive definitions, appearing in unexpected places, further break the sequence (e.g., pp.78 and 343)-. and there is a great deal more to make the reader's task more difficult.



This manner of writing may well be intentional, whether to make the magical sections appear less suspect by interlarding them with theoretical passages, or to make certain doctrines seem less strange by administering them in small doses, or to demonstrate the equal validity of the magical and philosophical material, or for a combination of all three reasons. At all events, a similar method of presentation is apparent in one of the principal sources of The Aim of the Sage, the encyclopedia of the Brethren of Purity (Ihwân al-Safâ).



What follows is a survey of the whole, with a sketch of the sources, as far as they can at present be identified. No attempt has been made to impose a logical order on the illogicality of the book.

BOOK I



In the preface, after some autobiographical material, the author gives his reason for writing the work, which is to shed light on the nature of magic, a secret closely guarded by the ancient philosophers. He adds a summary of the contents of his four books (pp.1-3). This is replaced, in some manuscripts, by a detailed list of contents, arranged by chapter, of which a translation will be found on pp. lxxvi-lxxviii of the present volume.



Chapter 1 (pp.4-7) demonstrates the importance of philosophy, on the one hand for the understanding of matters divine, natural and moral, and on the other as the premise for magic, which is its conclusio. In the first section there are verbal echoes of al-Fârâbî's Classification of the Sciences (Ihsâ al-'Ulûm) and the Neo-Platonic doctrines of the pseudo-Empedocles. The chapter ends with an excursus on the definition of some logical concepts, suggested by the word conclusio.



Chapter 2 gives a definition of magic according to the Ihwân al-Safâ', and of talismans according to Jabir ibn Hajjân. The talisman is compared to the elixir of the alchemists (pp.7-9). Magic is to be divided into two parts, theoretical and practical, the first being confined to the knowledge of the heavens (with the parenthesis that speech is a kind of magic) and the second consisting in making use of the natural kingdoms, animal, vegetable and mineral (pp.9-10). This principle of discrimination holds good, by and large, for the arrangement of the whole work. The chapter concludes with certain astronomical and astrological matters.



Chapter 3 deals with the reasons for the heavens' being spherical in form, with the degrees and the images ascending in them, and compares the power of the degrees with that of the planets (pp.12-14). Some passages are related to the Kitâb al-Baht of Jâbir, which is laid under such heavy contribution later in The Aim of the Sage.



Chapter 4. Since the successful use of talismans depends upon their being used in conjunction with the correct constellations, this chapter is devoted to the latter. The author gives a descriptive list of the twenty-eight mansions of the moon, according to the "Indian" system, and assigns to each its correct talisman. Analysis of the passage shows that it is a compound of "Indian" doctrines, the tenets of Dorotheus of Sidon (both attested by Ibn abi 'l-Rijâl) and elements from a list ascribed to Hermes (attested by the Ihwân al-Safâ') (pp.14-21). At the beginning of the chapter, the author advised the magician of the necessity to prepare himself inwardly for his task: this is now, in an excursus, brought into harmony with the disposition inherent in various natural substances to absorb magical influences, and this again is followed by suggestions as to the positions of the moon favorable for certain enterprises (pp.22-24). The author opens the final section with his usual formula to the effect that he is returning to the true subject of his book.



Chapter 5 enlarges the discussion of the lunar mansions, by giving thirty-one examples of constellations of a different kind, favorable to the manufacture of talismans. Some of the talismans are described, but no indication is given of how to make them effective, a subject which later occupies a large part of the book (pp.24-34). Inserted in the middle of the discussion is an account of the different effects of the various aspects (p.29). There follow remarks on the dependence of the talismans on the heavenly bodies and the importance of the magician's concentration of his energy towards his purpose, again with verbal echoes from the Ihwân al-Safâ'. Along with these go aphorisms from "Plato" and Tâbit ibn Qurra, as well as two extracts from a treatise ascribed to Aristotle, which is later quoted entire in Book IV, chapter 4. (pp.34-36). Examples are given of the "incantation" of talismans to make them effective. These formulae are also to be found in the Ihwân al-Safâ', where they are attributed to Hermes. This completes the practical instruction given in Book I. Then comes a postscript and the chapter concludes with an evaluation of magic and alchemy (pp.38-39).



The two final chapters of Book I are entirely devoted to philosophy. Chapter 6 deals with the nature of man. Starting from the premise that man is a microcosm, the author opens with an enumeration of the characteristics which make man superior to all other creatures (pp 40-41). He then gives the familiar correspondences between the parts of the human body and those of the macrocosm. Though at first there are only reminiscences of the lhwân al-Safâ', we soon find whole pages together which are identical with that work, and, in part, with the work edited by Goldziher as The Book of the Essence of the Soul (Kitâb ma`ânî al-nafs) (pp.42-46). The human being as he is actually found on earth is shown to depend from his idea, the universal man, and this dependence is illustrated by a succession of hypostases (pp.47-50). Numerous single echoes of Neo-Platonic and pseudo-Empedoclean propositions may be identified here, but the passage as a whole has not so far been satisfactorily clarified. The author expressly states that this sixth chapter is not a digression, but deals rather with the essence of magic, by which he clearly means that the chain of hypostases proves a connection between the upper and the lower world, the prime tenet in the art of magic. A mention of the obscurity with which the ancients clothed this scheme is made the occasion for a consideration of both the superficial and the essential nature of knowledge and of the mode of study (pp. 50-51).



Chapter 7 takes up again for its theme the great chain of being, the author's ideas on which cannot yet be given their correct place in the history of Neo-Platonic thought. He then reverts in greater detail to the concept of Hyle, and its place in the chain, the discussion of such theoretical topics being justified by the fact that they "correct the understanding and sharpen the apprehension" (pp. 51-54).

BOOK II



Chapter 1. The correspondences between earthly creatures and their celestial archetypes, which were mentioned at the end of Book I, form the opening topic of this chapter. This is the subject of the ninth aphorism ot the pseudo-Ptolemaic Centiloquium. Next comes the story of a magical cure, taken from the Commentary of Ibn al-Dâja on this aphorism, which recounts how, in his youth, the author came to occupy himself with magic while testing Ibn al-Dâja's prescription for the cure (pp.55-57). Then follows an excursus on sensory perception, including a quotation from the Ihwân al-Safâ', and other modes of cognition (pp.57-58). The chapter ends with an account of the contributions made by individual branches of knowledge to the, understanding of the correspondences between the two worlds (pp.58-59).



Chapter 2 treats the subject of the celestial images and their significance, i.e., the forty-eight constellations known to the Greeks and the paranatellonta of the thirty-six decans. The three decans of Aries in the "Indian" system are selected from Abû Ma`shar by way of example and a full explanation of their paranatellonta given (pp. 59-62). Ibn Wahshîja follows the same method of interpretation: he uses the triplicities, while the "Indian sage" Tumtum and others use the degrees (p.62). Examples of the images ascending in the degrees are given and their significance explained, with reference to a book by Jâbir which has not survived (pp.62-68). Finally, the author computes the possible number of planetary conjunctions in a single degree, on the basis of a work by "Herrnes", extending, as he does so, a section of Jâbir's Kitâb al-Baht (pp. 63-65).



Chapter 3 is very long and is mainly concerned with the effects of the moon, beginning with the significance of its phases. The ultimate dependence of the moon's operation on that of the sun is emphasized (pp. 65-67). This is followed by a demonstration of the analogy between the phases of the moon, the ages of man and the seasons of the year etc. Then there is a short interpolation maintaining that composite bodies are subject to perpetual change from the motions of the stars, without changing their specific shapes. After this comes the nature of eclipses (pp. 67-69). Almost all the foregoing is derived from the Nabataean Agriculture of Ibn Wahshîja. The author now reverts to the moon and follows, for many pages, the theory of the Ihwân al-Safâ', which differs from that of Ibn Wahshîja in that it links the periods of the moon's greatest influence to its conjunction with other planets and the houses in which they stand (pp.69-74). The rest of the chapter is devoted to the theory of the elections, in which the moon plays an important part, and is introduced by a discussion of the impedimenta lunae, the unfavorable positions of the moon, which go back to Dorotheus of Sidon. A section is devoted to the art of converting the ascendant into a fortunate one. The whole passage is almost completely pervaded by correspondences and parallels with Ibn Abi 'l-Rijâl, and in certain parts with Sahl b. Bishr (pp.74-81). An interpolated note gives a mathematical definition of the aspects (p.78). The chapter concludes by contrasting Aristotle's exhortation to Alexander to practice astrology and the Islamic prohibition of the art.



Chapter 4, a short one, discusses the doctrine of the trepidation of the sphere of the fixed stars, which must be taken into account in the drawing-up of astronomical tables. This is taken verbatim from Theo Alexandrinus, with the addition of a postscript, which is apparently the work of the compiler (pp. 81-83).



Chapter 5 is a particularly good example of the characteristically curious arrangement of the subject matter in The Aim of the Sage. It begins with the statement that a "master of ancient times" divided the whole art of magic under three heads: talismans, the worship of the planets and incantations. Each of these became the special province of certain peoples: the "Indians", for example, excelled in incantations. From this we pass to an enumeration of the various arts and doctrines of these "Indians", with emphasis on, among other topics, the combination of stars to compose certain magical figures (pp. 83-86). Mention of the "Indian" theory of the nature of dreams is the occasion for an account of the author's own ideas on the subject, which are based on those of al-Fârâbî, and certain quotations from the latter's Ideal State. There follows the theory of divination and prophecy, the second of which has also close affinities with the work of al-Fârâbî, though his name is not mentioned until the conclusion of the section, where there is an irrelevant quotation from his treatise on alchemy (pp.87-90). The author now reverts to his "Indians" and adopts their doctrine of the superiority of talisman over election, since the talisman, as well as being rendered effective by the power of the constellation which dominates it, receives extra power from the specific qualities (virtutes) of the substances of which it is composed (pp. 90-91).



Chapter 6 begins with the importance of the virtutes in reinforcing the effects of the stars even in those natural processes which are independent of human agency. Man makes talismans unawares as soon as he begins to manipulate nature in such processes as dyeing cloth, breeding animals or compounding drugs, as well as in the manufacture of objects of everyday use from the products of nature, as in cooking, spinning and the like. Now in the manufacture of a talisman, as in medicine, the maker is consciously seeking to use a simple or compound substance, which is itself predisposed towards the desired effect (pp. 91-94). Just as the product may be influenced in different ways by the treatment it receives, so also the influence of a star depends upon its position. This analogy is soon abandoned and the author turns to the theory of the stars' effects in a way which is unrelated to what has gone before. The first part of this chapter is taken over entire from Jâbir's Kitâb al-Baht, while the second part apparently consists of quotations from that half of the work which has not come down to us. Some of the theories presented are extremely difficult to understand and interpret, as the author himself admits. The main source of the difficulty lies in the fact that the discussion concerns the aether and the sphere of the fixed stars and their bearing on motions and effects (pp. 94-99). There follows a passage on the relative effects of different planets in conjunction with one another, which, though based on the same theories, is less obscure (pp. 99-100). The chapter concludes with a further summary of the theory, again in conformity with the surviving portion of Jâbir's book (pp.100-101).



Chapter 7. The importance of similarity and dissimilarity for the explanation of certain sidereal effects was repeatedly mentioned in Chapter 6. In Chapter 7, the author takes the opportunity of defining similarity as an aspect of the logical category of relation applied to the talismanic art. He then enters on a detailed discussion of the category of quantity, considering lines, surfaces, time, place, speech and number as far as they are significant for talismans, with a shorter account, at the end, of position and quality (pp. 101-107). The whole is summarized from Jâbir's Kitâb al-Baht.



Chapter 8 is also taken from Jâbir. It contains a table showing the simple qualities heat, cold, moisture and dryness and what results from the various steps in forming combinations of them. The table is preceded by a discussion of details, of antique origin (Antiochus of Athens). After this comes the rationale of the sequence of the combinations of the qualities, likewise from Jâbir (pp. 107-110). The author closes this very difficult section, whose importance for the whole is not easily discernible, with these words:



"I set forth such miraculous and confusing matters from all the sciences for this reason only, that you may be purified for the earnest study of these marvelous arts and may achieve what the ancient sages achieved and attain the heights that they attained".



Chapter 9 takes up again the notion of the combination of the stars in magical figures (see Chapter 5) and gives instructions for making six talismans engraved with such figures (pp. 111-113).



Chapter 10 deals with talismans made by engraving certain figures on the stones and metals which belong to the planets. It falls into three parts, of which the first is an enumeration of the minerals belonging to the various planets. The Arabic manuscripts of The Aim of the Sage, unlike those of the translations, show striking deviations from the usual classification. It is therefore possible that the correspondences of the translations with the norm may be due to a reworking of the text. At all events, it is remarkable that some of the deviations (e.g. iron instead of lead for Saturn, copper instead of iron for Mars) are also found in Book III, chapter 7, the chapter on Sabian prayers to the planets. The first part ends with illustrations of the figures, some of which still survive as signets of the planets (pp. 113-114). The second part describes the images of the planetary gods. The author gives three sources, though there are in fact more, as will be seen from the commentary to the present translation. The three sources specified are a lapidary by `Utârid, a book without a title by Apollonius and a work by a certain Kriton on pneumatic talismans translated by Bu(i)qrâtîs (Picatrix) (pp.114-119). In the third part are instructions for engraving these and other images, some of them with magical signs, on different stones, with information on their various effects. The number of the sources is then increased by the mention of a book dedicated to Alexander by Aristotle (obviously Secretum secretorum) and a work by Hermes (al-Hâdîtûs). There is, however, no indication of the relevant source for most of the instructions, so that it cannot be determined whether the sources of all are the same as those just mentioned. The differing degree of explicitness of the instructions makes it probable that the author collected his material from wherever he could find it (pp.119-130). The chapter concludes with a short list of talismans which are to be manufactured when the planets are in certain decans. The effects are given, but no other details (p.141). This list is clearly connected with the last two chapters of Book II, which discuss the decans in detail.



Chapter 11 opens with an admonition to keep the doctrine concealed from the unlettered, who, from their lack of wisdom, will only disparage the dignity of the astrologer. It continues with the definition of understanding and sagacity, using formulations which are to be found in a collection of aphorisms ascribed to al-Fârâbî, though also attributable, in part, to Miskawaih and even to Aristotle (pp.131-133). Then follows the detailed enumeration of the thirty-six decans (here called wujûh, facies), the images ascending in them, and the names of the planets with which they are connected, beginning from Aries, with Mars, the Sun and Venus and ending in Pisces with Saturn, Jupiter and Mars. There are a few words of introduction to the list, stating that the effects of the decans are founded in their concord with the physeis of their "lords". A postscript discusses the relative power of the various planets and astrological positions and of the physeis (pp.133-140). An identical description is to be found in Ibn Abi 'l-Rijâl, except that the latter omits all the images and, from Virgo on, the planets, which he has no call to give at all. In a short closing passage the author tells us that, to make their operation effective, the images must be engraved on substances which correspond to the respective planets.



Chapter 12 gives a second list of decans, based on the system of the "Indians", in which the decans are called darîjân, the Indian name for them. They are now allotted to the planets in such a way that each first decan contains the lord of the zodiacal sign (Mars, e.g., is in the first decan of Aries), while to the other two decans are allotted the lords of the signs situated trigonally (120°) distant from them, as, in Aries, the Sun (Leo) and Jupiter (Sagittarius). The effects only are given, not the images (pp. 141-43). We continue with information on Brahmin ascetic practices, which are performed at astrologically significant times and, by enabling the practitioners to reach a state of dematerialization, allow them to dominate the celestial powers. They are guided by a "Book of the Buddha", from which extracts are quoted (pp.144-46). Then comes the description, frequently found in other texts, of the severance of a head from a living body so that it may be questioned for prophetic purposes. Our author gives no indication that he is here deserting the "Indians" for the Sabians (pp.146-47). There follows a detailed list of the colors belonging to the decans of the planets (again called wujûh, facies), without any indication of what the significance of this is. If we are to believe this list, each planet has three decans, as though it were a sign of the zodiac, and one color and two talismans are attributed to every decan (pp. 147-151). The conclusion of the chapter and of Book II consists of an extract from a work on talismans by the physician alRazi, describing the constellations favorable to the manufacture of talismans for specific purposes (pp.151-52). The author gives the names of several books, among them the much-quoted Kitâb al-Baht, by Jâbir, whose pupil he professes to be. Finally, he gives the contents of both the magical books of the Laws, ascribed to Plato, and compares their method with that of Jâbir (pp.152-57).

BOOK III



Having expounded, in Book II, the doctrine of the planets and the signs of the zodiac for the most part as elements of constellations for the purpose of making talismans, the author, in Book III, treats them more individually, with their specific qualities. The planets are personified to such a degree that they are virtually conjured and worshipped.



Chapter 1. After a short, not easily intelligible introduction, the object of which is to establish the astrological hour which makes a talisman efficacious, (pp. 156-57), there is a detailed description of the dominions of the seven planets, which embraces all divisions of nature and certain aspects of civilization, such as languages, religions and the sciences. In conclusion, there is a brief note on the effects of both nodes of the lunar orbit (pp.157-64).



Chapter 2. There is a similar, but much shorter detailed list of the dominions of the twelve signs of the zodiac (pp.164-66).



Chapter 3 is an omnium gatherum, beginning with a list of the substances from which the inks of the planets may be made. No source is yet known for anything from the beginning of Book III to this point. We now find a quotation from an otherwise unknown pseudo-Aristotelian work entitled The Book of Lamps and Banners. The author first gives a list, as it appears in this work, of the images of the personified planets, which is in effect a supplement to that in Book II, chapter 10. Then, again from the Book of Lamps and Banners, he gives the colors and stuffs of the robes to be worn when worshipping the planets, as well as the fumigations proper to them (pp. 167-68). He adds to these, from another, unnamed, source, the formulae for the inks of the thirty-six decans and explains, in a postscript, the importance of dealing consistently with only those things which belong to the planets. As a text for this he uses an aphorism by 'Utârid, which is repeated, along with other aphorisms by the same author, in Book IV, chapter 4 (pp.168-71). The effects of the planets on the geographic regions of the earth are now illustrated, certain products and other features peculiar to foreign countries being specified, in a mixture of the true and the fantastic. In the middle of this section is a list of the products of Spain, the author's homeland, and the whole concludes, in spite of the author's leaning towards astrology, with a quotation from the Hippocratic work De Aeribus aquis locis. The chapter ends with a list of the general effects of the sun and moon and of the other five planets on mankind (pp. 171-76).



Chapter 4 is completely isolated, since it is the only one in the entire book which mentions Islam in connection with astrology. It goes so far as to use the Koran as a basis for a method of reckoning the duration of the Arab kingdom by using the numerical values of some single letters and groups of letters at the beginning of a number of the suras. All the verses of the Koran are first allotted, in order, to the seven planets. Then those letters, or groups of letters, are selected which stand at the beginning of those suras of which the first or last verse was allotted to Venus, the planetary patroness of the Arabs.



The author begins with a short description of his source, a book by the so far unknown Ja'far of Basra (pp.176-77). The expression symbol used here prompts him to make a digression on overt and covert meaning and the relation of this distinction to the psychology of cognition. The various ways of knowing God are given as an example. Parts of the argument are to be found in a minor work by al-Gazzâlî. The comparison, frequent in Islamic literature, between the incomprehensibility of God and the intolerable brilliance of light, is used by way of illustration (pp.177-79). This is followed by speculation as to the reason why, of the twenty-eight letters of the Arabic alphabet which together form a whole, compounded of spirit and matter, that half only which represents the spirit appears at the beginning of the suras, why more than five of these letters never occur together, and, finally, why the first letter of this kind to appear in the Koran is alif and the last nûn.



Certain admonitions, from the Gospel and from Hadît, enjoining that secrets should be imparted only to those worthy to receive them, but to such persons freely, are then quoted (pp. 179-181). Then follows the enumeration of all the suras, including the number of their verses and the statement of the planet to which each first and last verse belongs (pp. 181-84). The author is seeking to prove that the term of the Arab kingdom is six hundred and ninety-three years, the same number at which al-Kindî had arrived by two other methods in a work which the author cites explicitly and which has survived (pp. 184-85). The conclusion is concerned with an explanation of the nature of the spirit, since the spirit is represented, as mentioned above, by the letters at the beginning of some of the suras. The explanation begins with the Stoic definition of the vital spirit, a definition often used in Arabic literature. Other definitions follow, of which only some can be ascribed to definite sources (pp.185-87).



It is worth mentioning that this "Islamic" chapter comes directly before that part of the book in which the author turns to black magic. The introduction to this part is even more remarkable.



Chapter 5 opens with the statement that the author is "returning to the subject". It refers to the division of the creatures of the three natural kingdoms among the planets, which was dealt with at the beginning of Book III. The author soon breaks off and reverts to the superiority of man over living creatures, which he has already noted in Book I, chapter 6. He details the characteristics of a number of different animals and establishes man's superiority by the fact that all the elements have a share in him. The reiteration of this in the digression is intentional, since it gives the author the chance to discuss jinns, devils and angels (pp.187-89).



He then announces once more that he is about to take up his main subject again and gives an account of the peoples who have been famous for the arts of magic and of how they attained the position of being able to control the pneumata (pp.189-90). As an example, he narrates a story from a book known only from the present work. It tells, with detailed descriptions of the magical processes, how a rich and handsome young man was spirited to the place where his lover was and then, later, freed from the enchantment (pp. 190-92). After carefully pointing out the importance of the subject and the extent of the pains he himself has taken, the author speaks for the third time of returning to his theme and gives exhaustive directions for the attraction of the planetary spirit by using a knowledge of the lordships of the planets. The fumes of the incense burnt in the incantation of the planet are to be passed through the middle of a hollow cross, explicit reasons being given for this. The chapter concludes with some general quotations from an unidentified source on the relations between planets and terrestrial souls (pp.192-97).



Chapter 6 is devoted to the manifestation of the spiritual essence of the wise man, which is called his "perfect nature". The incantation for this "perfect nature" is described according to two pseudo-Aristotelian hermetic treatises, al-Istamâtîs and al-Istamâhîs (pp. 198-210), the latter of which survives complete, the former in fragments only. Following this are prophecies, quoted from al-Istamâhîs, of Alexander's victory over the Persians, and Alexander is advised to invoke the pneumata of his "perfect nature". The author, citing a text which he claims to be Persian, tells how the King of the Persians learned from his description that Alexander was invincible (pp. 201-203). Then come "historical" notes on the most ancient philosophers, who were aware of this pneuma, and information concerning the spiritual forces at work in talisman and soul alike. Both these sections are taken from al-Istamâhîs (pp.203-205), and the chapter ends with sayings by Socrates and Hermes on the essence of the perfect nature, from the same source (pp. 205-206).



Chapter 7. The reader is apparently now considered sufficiently prepared in the theory of magic to be initiated into its practice. Our author quotes from a book by al-Tabarî, an astronomer not yet identified, copious instructions, for the adoration of the planets according to the usage of the Sabians. These are not given in the form of a connected narrative, but as directives, and they go so far as to enjoin prostration.



At the beginning of the chapter is a list of the planets, with particulars of which planet is to be invoked for which groups of people and which desired gifts (pp.206-209). Following this there is a second list, giving the characteristics of each planet and explaining their significance, in a way frequently reminiscent of the list in chapter 1 of this book (pp.209-213). Then come the ceremonies and the texts of the prayers for each planet, with details of their correct hours and astrological conditions. For each planet a number, varying from one to four, of prayers and incenses, is given. The prayers to Mars are followed, curiously enough, by a prayer to Ursa Major. For many parts of the prayers parallels can be found in the fragmentary manuscripts of al-Istamâtîs. The metals from which the incense vessels must be made do not in all cases correspond with the traditional planetary metals, as stated above in Book II, chapter 10 (pp.213-37). Next there is an account of other Sabian rites, child sacrifice, the worship of Mars by ritual slaughter, the initiation of young men, offerings to Saturn and a variant of the story, given in Book II, chapter 12, of the severance of a living head from its body (pp. 237-41).



Chapter 8 contains prayers of the Nabataeans to Saturn and the Sun, taken from the Nabataean Agricu1ture. In a postscript the author explains that all this is, according to Islamic notions, idolatry, and that he introduces it simply on grounds of scholarship and as a proof of the pre-eminenence of Islam (pp.241-45).



Chapter 9 contains, again according to al-Istamâtîs, the names of the pneumata of the seven planets and their six "directions", i.e. the two channels of movement of each of the three dimensions of space, hence the six directions in which the pneuma can move. There follows a detailed description of the ceremonies for each planet, this time concerned with the proper regulation of sacrificial repasts (pp.245-253).



Chapter 10 continues with excerpts from our two pseudo-Aristotelian works. First, from al-Istamâhîs, there are four amulets, composed by Aristotle for Alexander (pp.253-58). Then comes a talisman for protection against the poisons in magic philtres and a medicine for the evil effects of the pneuma on the magician (pp.258-59). After this follow nirenjs [nirangs], charms for various objects, such as success in love, royal favor etc., invented by Kînâs, the "pneumatician", of whom we know from other sources. Each purpose is allotted various media, such as talismans, foods, fumigations and aromatic substances or perfumes. Many of these media have magical names and magic words are also prescribed for their incantation (pp.259-272). The source of all these prescriptions is so far unidentified, though at some points al-Istamâtîs and related texts are expressly cited.



Chapter 11 is given over to similar formulae, which, it is explicitly stated at the outset, do not come from Kînâs. Modes of procedure are only sometimes specified and frequently the ingredients alone of the charms, in prescription forrn, are given. Not all the prescriptions are of a purely magical nature: they sometimes extend to exact directions for preparing poisons. Some parallels from al-Istamâtîs manuscripts may be recognized. The section of prescriptions ends with a prophylactic against the poisons employed, the invention of Kanka, the "Indian", who is known from other sources (pp.272-85). Immediately on this passage follow examples of the magic arts of the ancient Egyptians, which come from the widely-diffused legendary pre-history of Egypt, to be found in al-Maqrîzî and other authors. These examples are interrupted by a discussion of the "friendly" numbers 220 and 284. The whole is attributed to "him", so that it appears that Kanka has all along been under contribution, whereas the fact is that the section is a miscellany from different sources.



None of the legendary kings of Egypt is named until a further instalment of Egyptian history is presented. What we are told of Egypt concerns talismans, devices to give warning of the approach of enemies and for the storage of drinking water, as well as talismanic sculptures against disease and for the unmasking of libertines (pp.285-88). The discussion of "Indian" practices now continues, including examples of the artificial generation of living beings (pp.288-90).



We now return to philosophy, which occupies the last chapter of Book III and the first of Book IV. The definite division of the two chapters is not easily accounted for. One has the impression that the author may have wished, at obvious points like the end of one book and the beginning of another, to display something less offensive than the wild heterodoxy of, in particular, the second part of Book III.



Chapter 12 begins with an emphatic statement of the importance of practical application in attaining mastery of the arts. It is illuminating that it adduces an example in which a magical performance is discovered to be a fraud, viz., the story, well known from elsewhere, of Anoshawan and Mazdak. There follow exhortations to the love of God, which is so markedly different from all other kinds of love. Then comes a passage from the Metaphysics of Aristotle, which makes a rather forced transition to a discussion of the various meanings of the word "nature". For this there are many parallels, one of the definitions being derived from Isaac Israeli. Book III ends rather abruptly with an account, attributed to Empedocles, of the first causes of the substances (pp.290-296).

BOOK IV



Chapter 1. It is a little difficult, since the opening of the chapter is a continuation of the statement of Empedoclean doctrine begun in Book III, Chapter 12, to realize that a new book has commenced. We begin with the theory of the five substances, treated as a history of creation and of nature (pp.297-299). This is followed by a detailed analysis of the concepts of Substance (pp.299-300), Intellect (pp.300-304), and Soul (pp.304-308). No source is given for the section on Intellect, though many parallels could be pointed out. In the passage on Soul, on the other hand, there are quotations, some of them genuine, from a number of ancient philosophers. Reasons for having expounded the doctrine of Soul and Intellect conclude the chapter and the statement that a shadow forms a material partition between the intellect of the reader and that of the universe is the starting-point for an interesting excursus on the nature of shadows.



Chapter 2. The author, having once again given philosophy its due, "returns to the subject of the book", and chapter 2 deals with prayers to the moon in each of the twelve signs of the zodiac. These are the work of "a school of learned men of the Kurds and Abyssinians" and often tell what may be accomplished under each sign. Narratives illustrating the possible effects are sometimes given (pp. 309-319). The most remarkable of these is the story of two men who meet while walking on the waters of the Red Sea. Following the prayers to the moon are "Indian" ceremonies for the seven planets. Each ceremony is to be preceded by a seven days' fast and magic signs, called characters, are used in the ceremonies (pp 319-322). Certain parts of this may be found in Hermetic manuscripts.



Chapter 3 takes up again, on a much larger scale, the legendary prehistory of Egypt, which had already been begun in Book III, chapter 11. The story of the Eagle Town, built by the rebellious governor 'Aun in an attempt to escape the vengeance of King al-Walîd on the latter's return from an expedition to the so-called Mountain of the Moon and the source of the Nile, is then told in detail (pp.322-329). (Parallels to the whole, from pseudo-Mas'ûdî's Ahbâr al-zamân, al-Maqrîzî and al-Nuwairî are cited in the footnotes to the translation.) There is now an abrupt transition to directions for making oneself invisible, and the story of a sorcerer's Kurdish apprentice, whose lack of understanding led to his dismissal (pp.329-31). The chapter concludes with some aphorisms, one of them from pseudo-Ptolemy's Centiloquium, which are not entirely comprehensible (pp. 331-32).



Chapter 4 is again a miscellany. It opens with forty-five aphorisms of an astrological and magical nature from a book extant in manuscript, by the Babylonian 'Utârid (Hermes). 'Utarid may perhaps be the person mentioned in Book II, chapter 10 as one of the sources for the engraving of planetary figures on stones (pp.332-36). There follow ten aphorisms from the Centiloquium (pp. 336-38) and sayings attributed to Plato, Hippocrates and Aristotle, also of an astrological nature (pp.338-39), as well as the complete text of the "Aristotelian" treatise on talismans, extracts from which were quoted in Book I, chapter 5. Added to this there is a discussion of the notion of degree, which is to be found in the pseudo-Aristotelian treatise (pp.339-43). Then there are further observations of a general kind on talismans, which the author says he has from Jâbir. It has not been possible to identify precisely what work is meant (pp. 343-46). The conclusion of the chapter is taken up with two quotations from "Plato", of which one is an exhortation to prefer bodily death to spiritual extinction and the other concerns the basis for the effects of music on the soul. The latter quotation, which is largely incomprehensible and clearly very corrupt, includes excerpts from the fragments of Empedocles, which are extant in Greek. The chapter ends with the admonition to discipline the soul, sleeping and waking (pp.346-48).



Chapter. 5 begins by enumerating the ten sciences preliminary to the mastery of alchemy and magic. The list is, in many respects, influenced by the familiar encyclopedic pattern, but takes, in others, quite a singular turn. The pertinent Aristotelian texts are specified for some of the sciences (pp.349-51). We are now told that through philosophy man strives after the divine likeness. Then the author reverts to the theory of love, with which he had begun to deal in Book III, chapter 12 (pp.351-53). He considers that the power of the evil eye ought by rights to be discussed here. The fact that the evil eye may be hereditary gives him the occasion for a detailed account of the doctrines of heredity and procreation, taken verbatim from al-Fârâbî, who is, however, not named (pp.353-57). The chapter concludes with speculations, from an unknown source, on the meaning of bi-sexuality (pp.357-58).



Chapter 6 opens with formulae and ceremonies for incense, allegedly by Buddha, in honor of the seven planets -- a subject that had, to all appearances, been exhausted. It closes with the verses from Exodus, telling of the perfumes prescribed by God to Moses, (pp. 358-362), and an exhaustive description of "Indian" enchantments (pp. 362-66).



Chapter 7 is very long and consists for the most part of avowed and verbatim extracts from the Nabataean Agriculture, e.g., how the bay tree spoke to the gardener in a dream, the debate over precedence between the marshmallow and the mandrake, the self-commendation of the olive tree and how a sleeping king was apprised by a tree that his servant, disregarding the royal command in anticipation of the royal remorse, had spared the life of the queen. The other extracts are, in the main, explanations of the magic properties of certain plants and of the customs of the peoples mentioned in the Nabataean Agriculture (pp. 362-401). Not all can be traced to the manuscripts of the Agriculture and some of the matter seems to be taken from other works by Ibn Wahshîja. A different version of the discussion of poison for arrows used by the Armenians (pp. 383 f.) is to be found in the Book of Poisons. Other subjects seem to have been added by our author, for example, a quotation from a work attributed to al-Hallâj (pp. 389 f.). The section on the specific products of certain countries (pp. 391-96), a subject resumed from Book III, chapter 3, goes far beyond what Ibn Wahshîja can have had to say. Summing up, the author speaks of the three natural kingdoms -- animal, vegetable and mineral -- and of mankind as well as the links by which they may be led back to the Creator (pp.401-402).



The two last chapters, the compiler says, are taken from a temple book, which was found in the time of Cleopatra.



Chapter 8 gives, in a confused order, a large number of the virtutes of natural objects (pp.403-412). Parallels to most of these, very often in the works of Jâbir, are identifiable, and many are attributable to classical authors, such as Pliny.



Chapter 9 deals, in its entirety, with descriptions of talismans, which expressly depend on the virtutes. Astrological material is not mentioned. The objects of the talismans are of different kinds: for drugs, for attracting or repelling animals, producing color effects etc. (pp.412-20).



As a conclusion, the author gives a testament of Socrates and seven admonitions by Pythagoras, both identifiable in other sources, some of them classical (pp.421-423).


COMMENTS

-



 

The NOTORY ART OF SOLOMON.

00:51 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,894


The Notory Art

revealed by the Most High Creator to Solomon.



ARS NOTORIA

QUAM CREATOR ALTISSI-

mus Salomoni reuelauit.

In the Name of the holy and undivided Trinity, beginneth this most holy Art of Knowledge, Revealed to SOLOMON, which the Most High Creator by his holy Angel ministred to SOLOMON upon the Altar of the Temple; that thereby in a short time he knew all Arts and Sciences, both Liberal and Mechanick, with all the Faculties and Properties thereof: He had suddenly infused into him, and also was filled with all wisdom, [2] to utter the sacred mysteries of most holy words.



In Nomine Sanctae & indiuiduae Trinitatis incipit sanctissima Ars Notoria, quam Creator Altissimus Salomoni per Angelum suum super altare Templi ministrauit, vt per eam omnes scientias liberales, mechanicas, exceptiuas & earum facultates per breue spacium temporis possit subito acquirere & habere, & in proferedo mystica verba sanctarum orationum in omni sapientia penitus fundaretur.



Alpha and Omega! Oh Almighty God, the beginning of all things, without beginning, and without end: Graciously this day hear my prayers; neither do thou render unto me according to my sins, nor after mine iniquities, O Lord my God, but according to thy mercy, which is greater then all things visible and invisible. Have mercy upon me, O Christ, the Wisdom of the Father, the Light of Angels, the Glory of Saints, the Hope, Refuge, and Support of Sinners, the Creator of all things, the Redeemer of all humane Frailties, who holdest the Heaven, Earth, and Sea, and all the whole World, in the palm of thy Hand: I humbly implore and beseech, That thow wilt mercifully with the Father, illustrate my Minde with the beams of thy holy Spirit, that I may be able to come and attain to the perfection of this most holy Art, and that I may be able to gain the knowledge of every Science, Art, and Wisdom; and of every Faculty of Memory, Intelligences, Understanding, and Intellect, by the Vertue and Power of [3] thy most holy Spirit, and in thy Name. And thou, O God my God, who in the beginning hast created the Heaven and the Earth, and all things out of nothing; who reformest, and makest all things by thy own Spirit; compleat, fulfil, restore, and implant a sound Understanding in me, that I may glorifie thee and all thy Works, in all my Thoughts, Words, and Deeds. O God the Father, confirm and grant this my Prayer, and increase my Understanding and Memory, and strengthen the same, to know and receive the Science, Memory, Eloquence, and Perseverance in all manner of Learning, who livest and reignest World without end. Amen.







Alpha & Omega, Deus Omnipotens, principium omnium rerum, sine principio, finis sine fine, exaudi hodie preces meas piissimè, & neque secundùm iniquitates meas, neque secundùm peccata mea retribuas mihi, Domine Deus meus, sed secundùm misericordiam tuam que maior est rebus omnibus visibilibus & inuisibilibus. Miserere mei Sapientia Patris, Christe lux Angelorum, gloria Sanctorum, spes & portus & refugium peccatorum, cunctarum rerum conditor, & humanae fragilitatis redemptor. Qui cœlum & terram, marcque totum ac mundum pondera palmae concludis, te piissime deprecor & exoro, vt vnà cum Patre illustres animam mean radio sanctissimi Spiritus tui, quatenus in hac sacrosancta arte taliter possim proficere, vt valeam ad noticiam omnis scientiae, artis & sapientiae, memoriae, facundiae, intelligentiae, & intellectus: virtute tui sanctissimi Spiritus, & tui nominis peruenire. Et tu Deus meus, qui in principio creasti cœlum & terram, & omnia ex nihilo: qui in Spiritu tuo omnia reformas, comple, instaura, sana intellectum meum, vt glorificem te per omnia opera cognitationum mearum & verborum meorum. Deus Pater, orationem mean confirma, & intellectum meum auge & memoriam, ad suscipiendum, ad cognoscendum omnium Scripturarum scientiam, memoriam, eloquentiam & perseuerantiam, qui viuis & regnas in secula seculorum, Amen.



[4]



Here beginneth the first Treatise of this Art, which Master Apollonius calleth, The golden Flowers, being the generall Introduction to all Natural Sciences; and this is Confirmed, Composed, and Approved by the Authority of Solomon, Manichæus, and Euduchæus.



Incipit primus Tractatus istius artis, & expositiones eius, quas Magister Apollonius Flores aureos appellauit, ad eruditionem omnium scientiarum naturalium generaliter. Et hoc confirmauit authoritate Salomonis Manichæi & Euduchij compositum & probatum.

I Apollonius Master of Arts, duly called, to whom the Nature of Liberal Arts hath been granted, am intended to treat of the Knowledge of Liberal Arts, and of the Knowledge of Astronomy; and with what Experiments and Documents, a Compendious and Competent Knowledge of Arts may be attained unto; and how the highest and lowest Mysteries of Nature may be competently divided, and fitted and applied to the Natures of Times; and what proper dayes and hours are to be elected for the Deeds and Actions of men, to be begun and ended; what Qualifications a man ought to have, to attain the Efficacy of this Art; and how he ought to dispose of the actions [5] of his life, and to behold and study the Course of the Moon. In the first place therefore, we shall declare certain precepts of the Spiritual Sciences; that all things which we intend to speak of, may be attained to in order. Wonder not therefore, at what you shall hear and see in this subsequent Treatise, and that you shall finde an Example of such inestimable Learning.



EGO Apollonius artium Magister meritò nuncupatus, cui natura liberalium quasi cessisse videtur, tractaturus sum de cognitione artium liberalium, & de cognitione Astronomiae. Quibus experimentis & quibus documentis artium compendiosa competensque cognitio possit haberi, quibusque naturis temporum idonee possit natura summa infimaque competenter diuidi, & quibus diebus & hotis facta hominum inchoanda atque determinanda sunt. Qualiter homo & quali efficacia in ista arte dispositionem vitae suae agere debeat, & cursum lunae inspicere debeat & studeat. Primò arbitratus sum, quaedam praecepta de spiritualibus scientijs declaranda, vt ad singula quae praefati sumus, ordine continuo pertingatur. Ne mireris, ergo quod audieris & quod visurus es in hoc opusculo subsequenti, & quod inuenis exemplar tantae & inestimabilis eruditionis.



Some things which follow, which we will deliver to thee as Essayes of wonderful Effects, and have extracted them out of the most ancient Books of the Hebrews; which, where thou seest them, (although they are forgotten, and worn out of any humane Language) nevertheless esteem them as Miracles: For I do truly admire the great Power and Efficacy of Words in the Works of Nature.



Quaedam sunt postea quae sequuntur, quae tibi mirabili officio ex antiquissimis Hebraeorum libris extracta legendo praelibauimus: quae vbi videris, licet ignota fuerunt lingue humanae, tamen pro miraculo reputa quod à Domino Deo tuo tibi noueris esse concessum. Ego si quidem de propositis naturis prius in me miratus sum verba quaelibet tantam posse habere efficaciam.



Of what efficacy words are.



There is so great Vertue, Power and Efficacy in certain Names and Words of God, that when you reade those very Words, it shall immediately increase and help your Eloquence, so [6] that you shall be made eloquent of speech by them, and at length attain to the Effects of the powerful Sacred Names of God: but from whence the power hereof doth proceed, shall be fully demonstrated to you in the following Chapters of Prayers: and those which follow next to our hand, we shall lay open.





Quanta sit efficacia verborum.

Est enim tanta quorundam Dei efficacia verborum, vt cum ipsa verba legetis, tibi facunditatem ex improuiso ita augebunt quod quasi de illis eloquens factus fueris & demum Dei singulis aequalis fueris effectus: veruntamen vnde haec fiant sic in sequentibus capitulis orationum plenè tibi demonstrabitur: Nunc verò quae ad manum sunt praesentia differamus.



An explanation of the Notary Art.



This art is divided into two parts: The first containeth general Rules, the second special Rules. We come first to the special Rules; that is, First, to a threefold, and then to a fourfold Division: And in the third place we come to speak of Theology; which Sciences thou shalt attain to, by the Operation of these Orations, if thou pronounce them as it is written: Therefore there are certain Notes of the Notary Art, which are manifest to us; the Vertue whereof Human Reason cannot comprehend. The first Note hath his signification taken from the Hebrew; which though the expression thereof be comprehended in a very [7] few words; nevertheless, in the expression of the Mystery, they do not lose their Vertue: That may be called their Vertue, which doth happen and proceed from their pronunciation, which ought to be greatly admired at.





Ista ostensio subsequens est de arte notoria.

Ista ars diuiditur in duas partes: In prima ponit notas generales, in secunda speciales. Ad speciales prius accedamus se: ad Triuium, postea ad quatriuium. Tertio verò ad Theologiam quas scientias cum operatione istarum orationum assequeris, si eas sicut scriptum est, pronunciaueris. De Notoria igitur arte quaedam notulae cum scriptis earum nobis manifestae sunt, quarum virtutem humana ratio non potest comprehendere. Est igitur prima nota cuius significatio est ex Hebraeo distorta, que licet cum paucissimis verbius comprehendatur tamen in expressione sua, & in expressione mysterij suam non amittit virtutem: Tamen eius virtus est quod ex ea contingit & procedit mirabiliter admirandum quilibet arbitretur.



[Beginning of] The first precept [, first chapter of three chapters].



Incipit prima oratio primi capituli de tribus capitulis.

HEly Scemath, Amazaz, Hemel; Sathusteon, hheli Tamazam, &c.1 which Solomon entituled, His first Revelation; and that to be without any Interpretation: It being a Science of so Transcendent a purity, that it hath its Original out of the depth and profundity of the Chaldee, Hebrew, and Grecian Languages; and therefore cannot possible by any means be explicated fully in the poor Thread-bare Scheme of our Language. And of what nature the Efficacy of the aforesaid words are, Solomon himself doth describe in his Eleventh Book, Helisoe, of the Mighty Glory of the Creator: but the Friend and Successor of Solomon, that is, Apollonius, with some few others, to whom that Science hath been manifested, have explained the same, and defined it to [8] be most Holy, Divine, Deep, and Profound Mysteries; and not to be disclosed nor pronounced, without great Faith and Reverence.



[1. This oration occurs in full at the end (p. 115).]



Hely scemath Amazaz, hemel, Sathusteon, hheli Tamazam &c. Quam Salomon primam orationem statuit & [584] voluit eam omni interprete carere, sciens tantam subtilitatis de Chaldei, Hebraei, Graeci profunditate sermonis extortam/ vt nullo modo possit plenario schemate sermonis ex po*i. Quae autem sit eius efficacia, ipse idem Salomon in lib. II. Helisoe conditoris de fulgore, sapientiae ostendit: Sed amicus & successor Salomonis, id est Apollonius, cum paucis alijs, quibus data fuit istius scientiae manifestatio, exposuêre, diceter. Ista diuina mysteria profunda & sanctissima, & quàm plurimûm reuerenda sunt & non absque fidei magnitudine proferenda.



[Hely . semat . azaran . hemel . Samic . theon.]

A Spiritual Mandate of the precedent Oration.



Hic datur spirituale mandatum de praecedenti oratione.

Before any one begin to reade or pronounce any Orations of this Art, to bring them to effect, let them alwayes first reverently and devoutly rehearse this Prayer in the beginning.



Quod antequam aliquis incipiat, legere, siue proferre aliquas orationes istius artis pro efficacia, istam orationem semper primò proferat in initio reuerenter & deuotè.



If any one will search the Scriptures, or would understand, or eloquently pronounce any part of Scripture, let him pronounce the words of the following Figure, to wit, Hely scemath, in the morning betimes of that day, wherein thou wilt begin any work. And in the Name of the Lord our God, let him diligently pronounce the Scripture proposed, with this Prayer which follows, which is, Theos Megale; And is mystically distorted, and miraculously and properly framed out of the Hebrew, Greek , and Chaldean Tongues: and it extendeth itself briefly into every Language, in what beginning soever [9] they are declared. The second part of the Oration of the second Chapter, is taken out of the Hebrew, Greek, and Chaldee; and the following Exposition thereof, ought to be pronounced first, which is a Latine Oration: The third Oration of the three Chapters, always in the beginning of every Faculty, is first to be rehearsed.



Si quis euigilet scripturae, siue quamlibet scripturam facundè indagare siue proferre voluerit, verba figurae praecedentis quae praefati sumus, scilicet, Hely scemath. In illa die quando aliquis vult incipere opus summo manè, in nomine Domini Dei nostri, in ipsa proposita prolatione scripturae diligenter proferat: Cum illa tamen oratione que sequitur, quae est Theos megale, quae est ex Hebraeo, Graeco, & Chaldaeo sermone subtiliter distorta & elimata mirabiliter & propriè, scilicer per expositionem summatim protenditur in omni sermone in quolibet initio proferenda sunt.



Incipit secunda pars orationis secundi capituli, que ex Hebraeo, Graeco, & Chaldaeo est excerpta. Cum ista prima sua expositio sequens proferri debet; quae oratio latina est. Tertio oratio de tribus capitulis, quae semper in initio cuiuslibet facultatis . S. primò proferenda.



The Oration is, Theos Megale, in tu ymas Eurel, &c.2



[2. This oration occurs in full at the end (p. 104).]



Incipit ipsa oratio, Theos megale io tu ymas Eurel &c.

This sheweth, how the foregoing Prayer is expounded: But although this is a particular and brief Exposition of this Oration; yet do not think, that all words are thus expounded.

Hic ostendit qualiter praefata oratio exponatur. Huiusmodi verò orationis hoc est particula & summatim praelibata expositio. Non tamen putes quod singula verba exponantur sic.

The Exposition of this Oration.



Incipit expositio dictae orationis.



OH God, the Light of the World, Father of Immense Eternity, Giver of all Wisdom and Knowledge, and of all Spiritual Grace; most Holy and Inestimable Dispenser, knowing all things before they are made; who makest Light and Darkness: Stretch forth thy Hand, and touch my Mouth, and make my Tongue as a sharp sword; [10] to shew forth these words with Eloquence; Make my Tongue as an Arrow elected to declare thy Wonders, and to pronounce them memorably: Send forth thy holy Spirit, O Lord, into my Heart and Soul, to understand and retain them, and to meditate on them in my Conscience: By the Oath of thy Heart, that is, By the Right-hand of thy holy Knowledge, and mercifully inspire thy Grace into me; Teach and instruct me; Establish the coming in and going out of my Senses, and let thy Precepts teach and correct me until the end; and let the Councel of the most High assist me, through thy infinite Wisdom and Mercy. Amen.



[Corresponding with Liber Juratus chapter XVIII.]



Lux mundi Deus immensae pater aeternitatis, largitor sapientiae & scientiae & totius gratiae spiritualis, pie & inaestimabilis dispensator, noscens omnia prius antequam fiant, faciens tenebras & lucem, mitte manum tuam & tange os meam, & pone id vt gladium acutum ad enarrandum eloquenter [585] haec verba. Fac linguam meam vt sagittam electam ad enarrandum mirabilia tua, & ad pronunciandum ea memoriter. Emitte Spiritum sanctum tuum Domine, in cor meum ad percipiendum & in animam meam ad retinendum ea memoriter. Emitte Spiritum sanctum tuum Domine in cor meum ad percipiendum & in animam meam ad retinendum, & in conscientiam meam ad meditandum per iuramentum tui cordis, id est per dextram piae scientiae tuae. Et misericorditer & clementer in me gratiam tuam inspira & doce, & instrue, & instaura introitum & exitum sensuum meorum, & doceat [sic] me & corrigat [sic] me disciplina tua vsque in finem. Et adiuuet me consilium altissimi, per infinitam sapientiam & misericordam tuam, Amen.



The words of these Orations cannot be wholly Expounded.



NEither think, that all words of the preceding Oration can be translated into the Latin Tongue: For some words of that Oration contain in themselves a greater Sense of Mystical Profundity, of the Authority of Solomon; and having reference to his Writings, we acknowledge, That these Orations [11] cannot be expounded nor understood by humane sense: For it is necessary, That all Orations, and distinct particulars of Astronomy, Astrology, and the Notary Art, be spoken and pronounced in their due time and season; and the Operations of them to be made according to the disposition of the Times.



Non ex toto verba orationum possunt exponi.

Ne tamen putes quod præfate orationis verba singula in latinum translata sint sermonem, cum aliquid ipsius orationis verbum plus in se sensus & mystiæ profunditatis contineat ex authoritate & etiam Salomonis, & ipsius scriptis referentibus agnoscimus orationem nullatenus humani sensus conditione posse exponi. Necessarium est etenim, etiam ipsas Astronomiæ siue Astrologiæ, siue artis notoriæ particulas distinctas, vel orationes suo modo & tempore dici & proferri, & ex eis secundum dispositionem temporum depere operari.



Of the Triumphal Figures, how sparingly they are to be pronounced, and honestly and devoutly spoken.



There are also certain Figures or Orations, which Solomon in Chaldeack, calleth Hely; that is, Triumphal Orations of the Liberal Arts, and sudden excellent Efficacies of Vertues; and they are the Introduction to the Notary Art. Wherefore Solomon made a special beginning of them, that they are to be pronounced at certain determinate times of the Moon; and not to be undertaken, without consideration of the end. Which also Magister Apollonius hath fully and perfectly taught, saying, Whosoever will pronounce [12] these words let him do it in a determinate appointed time, and set aside all other occasions, and he shall profit in all Sciences in one Moneth, and attain to them in an extraordinary wonderful manner.



Hic loquitur de triumphalibus figuris quomodo parcè dicantur, & honestè proferantur, & deuotè.

Sunt etiam quædam figuræ siue orationes, quas Salomon Hely Chaldaicè, id est triumphales orationes liberalium artiam & subitas ac præcellentes virtutum efficacias appellauit & sunt ad artis notoriæ itroductorium [sic]. Vnde Salomon speciale principium constituit de ipsis, vt secundùm lunas tempora determinata, & non absque termino considerara proferantur. Quod & Magister noster Apollonius plenè & competenter instruit, dicens: Quicunque hæc verba, sicut paulò inferius determinato & constituto tempore protulerit, sciat se omni occasione remota IN VNO MENSE TOTAM FACVNDIAM IN omnibus scientijs proferendis, multò magis more solito mirabiliter adipisci.



The Expositions of the Lunations of the Notary Art.



Istæ sunt expositiones lunationis artis notoriæ.

THese are the Expositions of the Lunation, and Introduction of the Notary Art, to wit, in the fourth and the eighth day of the Moon; and in the twelfth, sixteenth, four and twentieth, eight and twentieth, and thirtieth they ought to be put in operation. From whence Solomon saith, That to those times, we give the expositive times of the Moon; of the fourth day of the Moon which are written by the four Angels; and in the fourth day of the Moon is manifested to us; and are four times repeated and explained by the Angel, the Messenger of these Orations; and are also revealed and delivered to us that require them from the Angel, four times of the year, to shew the Eloquence and Fulness of the four [13] Languages, Greek, Hebrew, Chaldee and Latine; and God hath determined the Power of the Faculties of Humane Understanding, to the four Parts of the Earth; and also the four Vertues of Humanities, Understanding, Memory, Eloquence, and the Faculty of Ruling those three. And these things are to be used as we have before spoken.



He sheweth how the precedent Oration is the Beginning and Foundation of the whole Art.



THat is the first Figure of the Notary Art, which is manifestly sited upon a Quadrangle Note: And this is Angelical Wisdom, understood of few in Astronomy; but in the Glass of Astrology, it is called, The Ring of Philosophy; and in the Notary Art it is written, To be the Foundation of the whole Science. But it is to be rehearsed four times a day, beginning in the morning once, about the third hour once, once in the ninth hour, and once in the evening.



The precedent Oration ought to be [14] spoken secretly; and let him that speaks it be alone, and pronounce it with a low voyce, so that he scarcely hear himself. And this is the condition hereof, that if necessity urge one to do any great works, he shall say it twice in the morning, and about the ninth hour twice; and let him fast the first day wherein he rehearseth it, and let him live chastly and devoutly. And this is the oration which he shall say:



This is the Oration of the four Tongues, Chaldee, Greek, Hebrew and Latine, evidently expounded, which is called, "the Splendor or Speculum of Wisdom." In all holy Lunations, these Orations ought to be read, once in the morning, once about the third hour, once about the ninth hour, and once in the evening.



The Oration.



Assaylemath, Assay, Lemeth, Azzabue.



[15]



The second part of the precedent Orations, which is to be said onely once.



AZzaylemath, Lemath, Azacgessenio.



The third part of the precedent Oration, which is to be spoken together with the other.



Lemath, Sebanche, Ellithy, Aygezo.



This Oration hath no Exposition in the Latine.



THis is a holy Prayer, without danger of any sin, which Solomon saith, is inexplicable be humane sense. And he addeth, and saith, That the Explication thereof is more prolixious, than can be considered of or apprehended by man; excepting also those secrets, which is not lawful, neither is it given to man to utter: Therefore he leaveth this Oration without any Exposition, because no man could attain to the perfection [16] thereof: and it was left so Spiritual, because the Angel that declared it to Solomon, laid an inexcusable prohibition upon it, saying, See that thou do not presume to give to any other, nor to expound any thing out of this Oration, neither thou thy self, nor any one by thee, nor any one after thee: For it is a holy and Sacramental Mystery, that by expressing the words thereof, God heareth thy Prayer, and increaseth thy Memory, Understanding, Eloquence, and establisheth them all in thee. Let it be read in appointed times of the Lunation; as, in the fourth day of the Moon, the eighth and twelfth, as it is written and commanded: say that Oration very diligently four times in those dayes; verily believing, That thereby thy study shall suddenly be increased, and made clear, without any ambiguity, beyond the apprehension of humane Reason.

[17]

Of the Efficacy of that Oration which is inexplicable to humane sense.



THis is that onely which Solomon calls The happiness of Wit, and M. Apollonius termeth it, The Light of the Soul, and the Speculum of Wisdom: And, I suppose, the said Oration may be called, The Image of Eternal Life: the Vertue and Efficacy whereof is so great, that it is understood or apprehended of very few or none.



Therefore having essayed some Petitions, Signs and Precepts, we give them as an entrance to those things whereof we intend to speak; of which they are part, that we have spoken of before. Nevertheless, before we come to speak of them, some things are necessary to be declared, whereby we may more clearly and plainly set forth our intended History: For, as we have said before, there are certain Exceptions of the Notary Art; some whereof are dark and obscure, and others plain and manifest.



For the Notary Art hath a Book in Astronomy, whereof it is the Beginning [18] and mistris; and the Vertue thereof is such, that all Arts are taught and derived from her. And we are further to know, That the Notary Art doth in a wonderful manner contain and comprehend within it self, all Arts, and the Knowledge of all Learning, as Solomon witnesseth: Therefore it is called, The Notary Art, because in certain brief Notes, it teacheth and comprehendeth the knowledge of all Arts: for so Solomon also saith in his Treatise Lemegeton, that is, in his Treatise of Spiritual and Secret Experiments.



Here he sheweth, in what manner those Notes differ in Art, and the reason thereof; for a Note is a certain knowledge, by the Oration and Figure before set down.



BUt of the Orations and Figures, mention shall be made in their due place, and how the Notes are called in the Notary Art. Now he maketh mention of that Oration, which is called, The Queen of Tongues: for amongst these Orations, there is one [19] more excellent than the rest, which King Solomon would therefore have be called, The Queen of Tongues, because it takes away, as it were, with a certain Secret covering the Impediments of the Tongue, and giveth it a marvellous Faculty of Eloquence. Wherefore before we proceed further, take a little Essay of that Oration: For this is an Oration which in the Scriptures we are taught to have alwayes in our mouthes; but it is taken out of the Chaldean Language: which, although it be short, is of a wonderful Vertue; that when you reade that Scripture, with the Oration before-mentioned, you cannot keep silent those things, which the Tongue and Understanding suggest, and administer to thee.



The Oration which follows, is a certain Invocation of the Angels of God, and it provoketh Eloquence, and ought to be said in the beginning of the Scripture, and in the beginning of the Moneth.

[20]

The Oration



[1] LAmeth, Leynach, Semach, Belmay, (these Orations have not proper Lunations, as the Commentator saith upon the Gloss, Azzailement, Gesegon, Lothamasim, Ozetogomaglial, Zeziphier, Josanum, Solatar, Bozefama, Defarciamar, Zemait, Lemaio, Pheralon, Anuc, Philosophi, Gregoon, Letos, Anum, Anum, Anum.)





How this Oration is to be said in the beginning of every Moneth, chastly, and with a pure minde.



IN the beginning of the Scriptures, are to be taught, how the precedent Oration ought to be spoken most secretly, and nothing ought to be retained, which thy Minde and Understanding suggests and prompts to thee in the reading thereof: Then also follow certain words, which are Precepts thereof, which ought alwayes to be begun in the beginning of the Moneth, and also in other dayes. I would also note this, That it is to be pronounced [21] wisely, and with the greatest reverence; and that fasting, before you have taken either Meat or Drink.

Here followeth the Prayer we spake of before, to obtain a good Memory.



[2] O Most Mighty God, Invisible God, Theos Patir Heminas; by thy Archangels, Eliphamasay, Gelonucoa, Gebeche Banai, Gerabcai, Elomnit; and by thy glorious Angels, whose Names are so Consecrated, that they cannot be uttered by us; which are these, Do. Hel. X. P. A. Li. O. F. &c. which cannot be Comprehended by Humane Sense.



Here following is the Prologue of the precedent Oration, which provoketh and procureth Memory, and is continued with the precedent Note.



THis Oration ought to be said next to the precedent Oration; to wit, Lameth: and with this, I beseech thee to day, O Theos, to be said always as one continued Oration. If it be for the Memory, let it be said in the morning; if for any other effect, in the evening. [22] And thus let it be said in the hour of the evening, and in the morning: And being thus pronounced, with the precedent Oration, it increaseth the Memory, and helpeth the Imperfections of the Tongue.

Here beginneth the Prologue of this Oration.



I Beseech thee, O my Lord, to illuminate the Light of my Conscience with the Splendor of thy Light: Illustrate and confirm my Understanding, with the sweet odour of thy Spirit. Adorn my Soul, that hearing I may hear and what I hear, I may retain in my Memory. O Lord, reform my heart, restore my senses, and strengthen them; qualifie my Memory with thy Gifts: Mercifully open the dulness of my Soul. O most merciful God, temper the frame of my Tongue, by thy most glorious and unspeakable Name: Thou who are the Fountain of all Goodness; the Original and Spring of Piety, have patience with me, give a good Memory unto me, and bestow upon me what I pray of thee in this holy Oration. O thou who dost not forthwith Judge a sinner, [23] but mercifully waitest, expecting his Repentance; I (though unworthy) beseech thee to take away the guilt of my sins, and wash away my wickedness and offences, and grant me these my Petitions, by the verture of thy holy Angels, thou who art one God in Trinity. Amen.



Here he sheweth some other Vertue of the precedent Oration.



If thou doubt of any great Vsion, what it may foreshew; or if thou wouldst see any great Vsion, of any danger present or to come; or if thou wouldst be certified of any one that is absent, say this Oation three times in the evening with great reverence and devotion, and thou shalt have and see that which thou desirest.



Here followeth an Oration of great Vertue, to attain the knowledge of the Physical Art, having also many other Vertues and Efficacy.



IF you would have the perfect knowledge of any Disease, whether the same tend to death or life: if the sick party lie languishing, stand before him, & say this Oration three times with great reverence.



[24]



The Oration of the Physical Art.



IHesus fili Dominus Incomprehensibilis: Ancor, Anacor, Anylos, Zohorna, Theodonos, hely otes Phagor, Norizane, Corichito, Anosae, Helse Tonope, Phagora.



Another part of the same Oration.



Elleminator, Candones helosi, Tephagain, Tecendum, Thaones, Behelos, Belhoros, Hocho Phagan, Corphandonos, Humanæ natus & vos Eloytus Phugora: Be present ye holy Angels, advertise and teach me, whether such a one shall recover, or dye of this Infirmity.



Corrsponding to chapter XXVI in Liber Juratus.

This being done, then ask the sick person, Friend, how dost thou feel thy self? And if he answer thee. I feel my self at good ease, I begin to mend, or the like; then judge without doubt, The sick person shall recover: but if he answer, I am very grievously ill, or worse and worse; then doubtless conclude, He will dye on the morrow: But if he answer, I know not how my state and condition is, whether better or worse; then you may know likewise, That he [25] will either dye, or his disease will change and alter for the worse. If it be a Childe , that is not of years capable to make an answer; or that the sick languish so grievously, that he knoweth not how, or will not answer, say this Oration three times; and what you finde first revealed in your minde, that judge to come to pass of him.



Furthermore if any one dissemble and seek to hide or cover his infirmity; say the same Oration, and the Angelical Vertue shall suggest the truth to thee. If the diseased person be farre off; when you hear his Name, say likewise this Oration for him, and your minde shall reveal to you whether he shall live or dye.



If you touch the Pulse of any one that is sick, saying this Oration, the effect of his Infirmity shall be revealed to you.



Or if you touch the Pulse of any Woman with Childe, saying the same Oration, it shall be revealed, whether she shall bring forth a Male or Female.



But know, that this Miracle proceeds not from your own Nature, but from the Nature and Vertue of the holy [26] Angels; it being a part of their Office, wonderfully to reveal these things to you. If you doubt of the Virginity of any one, say this Oration in your minde, and it shall be revealed to you, whether she be a Virgin, or Corrupt.



Here follows an efficacious Preface of an Oration, shewing what Verture and Efficacy you may thereby prove every day.



Of this Oration Solomon saith, That by it a new knowledge of Physick is to be received from God: Upon which, he hath laid this command, and calleth it, The Miraculous and Efficacious Foundation of the Physical Science; and that it containeth in it the quantity and quality of the whole Physical Art and Science: wherein there is contained, rather a miraculous and specious, then fearful or terrible Miracle, which as often-soever as thou readest the same, regard not the paucity of words, but praise the Vertue of so great a Mystery: For, Solomon himself speaking of the subtility of the Notory Art, wonderfully extolls the Divine Help; to wit, Because we have proposed a [27] great thing, that is to say so many and so great Mysteries of Nature, contained under so specious brevity, that I suppose them to be as a general Problem to be proposed in the ordination of so subtile and excellent a work; that the minde of the Reader or Hearer may be the more confirmed and fixed hereupon.



Here he sheweth how every Note of every Art, ought to exercise his own office; and that the Notes of one Art profit not to the knowledge of another Art; and we are to know, That all Figures have their proper Orations.



We come now, according to our strength, to divide the families of the Notory Art; and leaving that part which is natural, we come to the greater parts of the Art: for Solomon, a great Composer, and the greatest Master of the Notory Art, comprehendeth divers Arts under the Notion thereof. Therefore he calleth this a Notory Art, because it should be the Art of Arts, and Science of Sciences; which [28] comprehendeth in it self all Arts and Sciences, Liberal and Mechanick: And those things which in other Arts are full of long and tedious locutions, filling up great prolixious Volumes of Books, wearying out the Student, through the length of time to attain to them: In this Art are comprehended very briefly in a few words or writings, so that it discovereth those things which are hard and difficult, making the ingenious learned in a very short time, by the wonderful and unheard-of Vertue of the words.



Therefore we, to whom such a faculty of the knowledge of the Scripture of Sciences is granted, have wholly received this great gift, and inestimable benefit, from the overflowing grace of the most high Creator. And whereas all Arts have their several Notes properly disposed to them, and signified by their Figures; and the Note of every Art, hath not any office of transcending to another Art, neither do the Notes of one Art profit or assist to the knowledge of another Art: Therefore this may seem a little difficult, as this small Treatise, which may [29] be called a Preludium to the Body of the Art: we will explain the Notes severally; and that which is more necessary, we shall by the Divine Providence diligently search out the several Sciences of the Scripture.



A certain special Precept.



THis is necessary for us, and necessarily we suppose will be profitable to posterity, that we know how to comprehend the great prolixious Volumes of writings, in brief and compendious Treatises; which, that it may easily be done, we are diligently to enquire out the way of attaining to it, out of the three most ancient Books which were composed by Solomon; the first and chiefest thing to be understood therein, is, That the Oration before the second Chapter, is to be used long before every speech, the beginning whereof is Assay: and the words of the Oration are to be said in a competent space of time; but the subsequent part of the Oration is then chiefly to be said, when you desire the knowledge of the Volumes of writings, and looking [30] into the Notes thereof. The same Oration is also to be said, when you would clearly and plainly understand and expound any Science or great Mystery, that is on a sudden proposed to you, which you never heard of before: say also the same Oration at such time, when any thing of great consequence is importuned of you, which at present you have not the faculty of expounding. This is a wonderful Oration, whereof we have spoken; the first part whereof is expounded in the Volume of the Magnitude of the quality of Art.



The Oration.



LAmed, Rogum, Ragia, Ragium, Ragiomal, Agaled, Eradioch, Anchovionos, Lochen, Saza, Ya, Manichel, Mamacuo, Lephoa, Bozaco, Cogemal, Salayel, Ytsunanu, Azaroch, Beyestar, Amak.





To the operation of the Magnitude of Art, this Oration containeth in the second place, a general Treatise of the first Note of all Scripture, part of the Exposition whereof, we have fully explained [31] in the Magnitude of the quality of the same Art. But the Reader hath hardly heard of the admirable Mystery of the Sacramental Intellect of the same: Let him know this for a certain, and doubt not of the Greek words of the Oration aforesaid, but that the beginning of them is expounded in Latine.



The beginning of the Oration.



OH Eternal and Unreprehensible Memory! Oh Uncontradictible Wisdom! Oh Unchangeable Power! Let thy right-hand encompass my heart, and the holy Angels of thy Eternal Counsel; compleat and fill up my Conscience with thy Memory, and the odour of thy Ointments; and let the sweetness of thy Grace strengthen and fortifie my Understanding, through the pure splendor and brightness of thy holy Spirit; by vertue whereof, the holy Angels alwayes behold and admire the brightness of thy face, and all thy holy and heavenly Vertues; Wisdom, wherewith thou hast made all things; Understanding, by which thou hast reformed all things; Perseverance unto blessedness, whereby thou hast restored and confirmed the Angels; Love, whereby thou hast restored lost Mankinde, and raised him after his Fall to Heaven; Learning, whereby thou wer't pleased to teach Adam the knowledge of every Science: Inform, repleat, instruct, restore, correct, and refine me, that I may be made new in the understanding [of] thy Precepts, and in receiving the Sciences which are profitable for my Soul and Body, and for all faithful believers in thy Name which is blessed for ever, world without end.



Here is also a particular Exposition of the fore-going Oration, which he hath left unexpounded, to be read by every one that is learned in this Art; and know, that no humane power nor faculty in man is sufficient to finde out the Exposition thereof.



This Oration is also called by Solomon, The Gemme and Crown of the Lord: for he saith, It helpeth against danger of Fire, or of wilde Beasts of the [33] Earth, being said with a believing faith: for it is affirmed to have been reported from one of the four Angels, to whom was given power to hurt the Earth, the Sea, and the Trees. There is an example of this Oration, in the Book called, The Flower of heavenly Learning; for herein Solomon glorifieth God, because by this he inspired into him the knowledge of Theologie, and dignified him with the Divine Mysteries of his Omnipotent Power and Greatness: which Solomon beholding in his night-Sacrifice, bestowed upon him by the Lord his God, he conveniently gathered the greater Mysteries together in this Notory Art, which were holy, and worthy, and reverend Mysteries. These things and Mysteries of Theologie the erring Gentiles have not all lost, which Solomon calleth, The Signe of the holy Mystery of God revealed by his Angel before; and that which is contained in them, is the fulness of our dignity and humane Salvation.



The first of these Orations which we call Spiritual, the vertue whereof teacheth Divinity, and preserveth the memory thereof.

[34]



These are Orations also, which are of great virtue and efficacy to our Salvation: The first whereof is Spiritual, and teacheth Divinity; and also Perseverance in the Memory thereof: Therefore Solomon commandeth it to be called, The Signe of the Grace of God: for, as Ecclesiastes saith, This is the Spiritual Grace of God, that hath given me knowledge to treat of all Plants, from the Cedar of Lebanon, to the Hyssop that groweth on the wall.



The election of time, in what Lunation these Orations ought to be said.



THe first Oration ought to be said once in the first Lunation; in the third, three times; in the sixth, six times; in the ninth, nine times; in the twelfth. twelve times; in the seventeenth, seventeen times; and in the eighteenth, as many times; in the twenty sixth, as many; in the twenty ninth, as many; and so many in the thirty ninth: for this Oration is of so great vertue and efficacy, that in the very day thou shalt say the same, as if it [35] were determined by the Father, it shall increase thy knowledge in the Science of Divinity.



But if otherwise that thou art ignorant, and it hath been seen by thy Companions, thy Superiours or Inferiours, though unto others thou shalt seem to have knowledge; enter into the study of Divinity, and hear the Lectures by the space of some moneths, casting off all doubt from thee, of them who shall see thee, to know such things: and in that day wherein thou wouldst say it, live chastly, and say it in the Morning.



Solomon testifieth, That an Angel delivered the following Oration in Thunder, who standeth alwayes in the Presence of the Lord, to whom he is not dreadful. The Mystery hereof is holy, and of great efficacy: neither ought this Oration to be said above once, because it moveth the heavenly Spirits to perform any great work.



Of this Oration he saith, That so great is the Mystery thereof, that it moveth the Celestial Spirits to perform any great work which the Divine Power permitteth. It also giveth the vertue [36] of its Mystery, that it exalteth the tongue and body of him that speaketh it, with so great inspiration, as if some new and great Mystery were suddenly revealed to his understanding.



Here followeth the beginning of this Oration, wherein is so great vertue and efficacy, as we have said, it being said with great devotion.



Achacham, Yhel, Chelychem, Agzyraztor, Yegor, &c.



This is the beginning of the Oration, the parts whereof are four: But there is something to be said of the beginning by itself, and of the four parts severally; and then between the beginning and these Orations, which are four, we shall make this competent division.



For this is that which is to be spoken of the beginning severally: And this Oration is to be divided into four parts; and the first part thereof is to be said, that is, the beginning, before any other part of the Oration is to be compleated. These Greek Names [37] following are to be pronounced. This is the division of these Orations, Hielma, Helma, Hemna, &c. Oh God the Father, God the Son, God the Holy Spirit, Confirm this Oration, and my Understanding and Memory, to receive, understand, and retain the knowledge of all good Scriptures; and give me perseverance of minde therein.



This is the beginning of that Oration, which, as we have said before, ought to be said according to the Prolations and Constitutions thereof; and ought to be repeated, because of the forgetfulness of our Memory, and according to the exercise of our wit, and according to the sanctity of our life; there being contained in it so great a Mystery, and such efficacious Vertue.



There followeth another subtile Oration, wherein is contained a Sacramental Mystery, and wherein every perfect Science is wonderfully compleated: For hereby God would have us to know, what things are Celestial, and what are Terrene; and what heavenly things the Celestial effecteth, and what earthly things things the Terrene: because the Lord hath said, My eyes have [38] seen the imperfect, and in thy book every day shall be formed and written, and no man in them, &c. So it is in the Precepts of God: for we are not able to write all things, how the Sun hath the same course as at first, that our order may be confirmed: for all writing whatsoever, which is not from God, is not to be read; for God himself would have all things to be divided: & this is how these are to be used, before the second part, which containeth so glorious and excellent Consecrations of Orations, & defineth the Consecrated part to have power in the Heavens, and in no wise can be defined by humane tongues.



This is the beginning of the second part of that Oration spoken of before, which is of so great vertue.



Aglaros, Theomiros, Thomitos, &c.



This is the second part of the precedent Oration, of which some singular thing is to be spoken. Wherefore if thou sayest this Oration, commemorating the first part thereof, say the Oration following, and thou shalt [39] perceive the precepts which are therein.



Oh God of all things, who art my God, who in the beginning hast created all things out of nothing, and hast reformed all things by the Holy Spirit; compleat and restore my conscience, and heal my understanding, that I may glorify thee in all my works, thoughts and words. And after thou hast said this Oration, make a little respite the space of half an hour, and then say the third part of the Oration, which follows: Megal, Legal, Chariotos, &c. having said this third part of the Oration, then meditate with thy self about the Scriptures thou desirest to know; and then say this Oration:



Oh thou that art the Truth, Light, and Way, of all Creatures: Oh just God, vivify me, and confirm my understanding, and restore my knowledge and conscience unto me, as thou didst unto King Solomon, Amen.



Commemorating the parts according to that which is laid down, add the Oration following: the other Orations being said, say the fourth part of the Oration, which is this: Amasiel, Danyi, hayr, &c.



[40]



Then the parts being commemorated as is directed, add also the following Oration.



I speak these things in thy presence, Oh Lord my God, before whose face all things are naked and open, that I being washed from the error of infidelity, thy all-quicking Spirit may assist me, and take away all incredulity from me.



How the Latine Orations are not expounded by the words of the Orations.



We are therefore to know, that the whole Oration remaineth unexpounded; because the words thereof are of so great subtilty, adorned with the Hebrew and Chaldean Tongue, with the subtile and wonderful elocution of God: that the office of the free exposition thereof, cannot possibly be transferred upon me. The Latine words which are subjoyned to the parts of the Oration aforesaid, are such words as have been translated out of the [41] Chaldean Tongue: for they are not the whole Oration; but as certain heads of every Oration pertaining thereunto.



Here he speaketh of the efficacy of all these.



For this Oration is such a mystery, as King Solomon himself witnesseth, that a Servant of his House having found this book by chance, and being too much overcome with Wine in the Company of a Woman, he presumptuously read it; but before he had finished a part thereof, he was stricken dumb, blind and lame, and his Memory taken from him; so he continued to the day of his death: and in the hour of his death, he spoke and said, that four Angels which he had offended in presumptuous reading so sacred a mystery, were the daily keepers and afflicters, one of his Memory, another of his speech, a third of his sight, and the fourth of his hearing.



By which Testimony this Oration is so much commended by the same King Solomon, and great is the mystery [42] thereof: we do greatly require and charge every one, that will say or read it, that he do it not presumptuously; for in presumption is sin; wherefore let this Oration be said, according as is directed.



We therefore hold it convenient and necessary, to speak something of the general precepts of art, and of the knowledge of all arts; and of the several precepts of every singular art: but because we have touched somthing of the course of the Moon, it is necessary that we shew what her course signifies. The Moon passeth through 12 signs in one Moneth; and the Sun through 12 signs in a year; and in the same term and time, the Spirit inspireth, fructifieth and illustrateth them; whence it is said, that the Sun and the Moon run their course: it is understood the course which first they had. But because this is wanting in the Hebrew, we thought good to omit it in the Latine, having spoken sufficiently of the preceding Oration, and the three parts thereof.

[43]



In this Chapter he sheweth the efficacy of the subsequent Oration, it being special to obtain Eloquence.



This Holy Oration which followeth, is a certain special Oration, to obtain eloquence; whereas all others have virtue and efficacy in other things, this containeth this certain special mystery in it self: And whereas one of the generals is shewing in it self, certain general precepts, common to all arts for so God instituted the soul in the body, saying, This I give unto you, that ye may keep and observe the Law of the Lord; And these are they that stand in the presence of God alwayes, and see their Saviour face to face night and day. So of this Oration, I say, This is that most glorious, mystical and intelligible Oration, containing such mysteries in it, which the mind, conscience and tongue succeedeth. This is such a mystery, that a man shall keep it according to his will, who foreseeth all things in his sight that are made; for the mystery of this Oration is glorious [44] and sacramental: let no man presume to say any of this Oration after too much drinking or Luxury; nor fasting, without great reverence and discretion. Whence Solomon saith, Let no man presume to treat any thing of this Oration, but in certain determinate and appointed times, unless he make mention of this Oration before some great President, for some weighty business; for which this Oration is of wonderful excellent virtue.



The goodness of this Oration, and the attaining to the effects thereof, it is read in that Psalm wherein it is said, Follow me, and I will make you fishers of men, as he said and did.



We know that it is not of our power, that this Oration is of so great Virtue, and such a mystery, as sometimes also the Lord said to his disciples, This we are not able to know: for this Oration is such a mystery, that it containeth in it the great Name of God; which many have lyed in saying they knew it; for Jesus himself performed many Miracles in the Temple by it: But many have lyed about what he did, and have hid and absconded the truth thereof; so [45] that none have declared the same before it came to passe: but we suppose have spoken somthing about or concerning it.



In this chapter he setteth down the time and manner how this Oration is to be pronounced.



For this Oration is one of the generals, and the first of particulars, containing both in it self; having a special virtue and faculty, to gain Eloquence in it self: therefore it is necessary to be understood what time, ordination, and what dayes it is to be said and published.



It may alwayes be rehearsed in every 14 Lunary as above said; but the ordination of the time for every day, wherein it is to be said, is especially in the morning betimes, before a man is defiled; and then all Orations are chiefly to be said. And this Oration must be then pronounced totally together, without any division. And although there are divisions therein, the Oration is not divided in it self; but only the Divine and Glorious Names are written [46] severally, and are divided into parts, according to the terminations of every great and Glorious Name; and it is to be said together as a most excellent Name, but not as one Word, because of the fragility of our nature; Neither is it needful to know the Elements of sillables, posited in this Oration; they are not to be known; neither let any one presumptuously speak them; neither let him do any thing by way of temptation, concerning this Oration, which ought not to be done: Elmot, Sehel, Hemech, Zaba, &c.



No man that is impedited or corrupted with any crime, ought to presume to say this Oration.



This is a thing agreed unto amongst the wise men of this World, that these things, as we have said before, be pronounced with great reverence and industry: it may be said every day, wherein thou art not hindred by some criminal sin; and in that day wherein thou art impedited by some criminal sin, thou maist remember it in thy heart; and if thou dost desire to be [47] made Eloquent, repeat it three times. And if any evil thing trouble thee, or thou art ermerged and involved into any great business, repeat this Oration once, and Eloquence shall be added to thee, as much as is needful; and if thou repeat it over twice, great Eloquence shall be given to thee: so great a Sacrament is this Oration.



The third thing to be considered in this Oration, is; This Oration ought so to be pronounced, that confession of the Heart and Mouth ought to precede it: let it be pronounced in the morning early, and after that Oration say the Latine Oration following.



This is a Prologue or Exposition of the precedent Oration, which ought to be said together.



Oh omnipotent and eternal God, and merciful Father, blessed before all Worlds; who art a God eternal, incomprehensible, and unchangeable, and hast granted this blessed gift of Salvation unto us; according to the omnipotency of thy Majesty, hast granted unto us the faculty of speaking and [48] learning, which thou hast denyed to all other animals; and hast disposed of all things by thy infallible providence: thou art God, whose nature is eternal and consubstantial, exalted above the Heavens; in whom the whole Deity corporally dwells: I implore thy Majesty, and Glorify thy omnipotency, with an intentive imploration, adoring the mighty Virtue, Power and Magnificence of thy eternity. I beseech thee, Oh my God, to grant me the inestimable Wisdome of the Life of thy holy Angels. Oh God the Holy Spirit, incomprehensible, in whose presence stand the Holy quires of Angels; I pray and beseech thee, by thy Holy and Glorious Name, and by the sight of thy Angels, and the Heavenly Principalities, to give thy grace unto me, to be present with mee :, and give unto me power to persevere in the Memory of thy Wisdome, who livest and reignest eternally one eternal God, through all worlds of worlds; in whose sight are all celestial virtues, now and alwayes, and everywhere, Amen.

[49]



This Oration being thus finished, there must of necessity some Mystery be added; so that you are to be silent a while after the Latine Oration is ended: and after a little taciturnity, that is, a little space of silence, begin to say this Oration following seriously: Semet, Lamen, &c.



This (saith Solomon) is the Oration of Orations, and a special experiments, whereby all things, whether generals or particulars, are known fully, efficaciously and perfectly, and are kept in the Memory. But when thou hast by this Oration attained the Eloquence thou desirest, be sparing thereof, and do not rashly declare those things which thy Tongue suggests and administers to thee; for this is the end of all general precepts, which are given to obtain Memory, Eloquence, and understanding. All those things which are before delivered, of general precepts, are given as signs how the faculty of attaining to the understanding of the general precepts may be had, which also Solomon calleth Spirituals; [50] and those singular arts have singular virtues and powers.



Having now given a sufficient definition of general precepts; and the Orations are laid down, and the Authority of the Orations unto what they are designed; it is now necessary to set down what is to be done, concerning the singular Orations; because we are now to treat of the several and particular arts, that we may follow the example which our builder and Master hath laid before us; for Solomon saith, before we proceed to the singular notes and Orations of arts before noted, there ought to be said a Præudium, which is a beginning or Prologue.



How every several art hath its proper note.



Before we proceed to the singular precepts of several Arts, it is necessary to discover how every several Art hath a several Note.



[51]



Of the liberal Sciences and other things, which may be had by that Art.



The liberal Arts are seaven, and seaven exceptives, and seaven Mechanicks. The seaven exceptives are comprehended under the seaven liberal: It is manifest what the seaven liberal Arts are, of which we shall first treat. The Mechanicks are these, which are adulteratedly called Hydromancy, Pyromancy, Nigromancy, Chiromancy, Geomancy, Geonegia, which is comprehended under Astronomy, and Neogia.



Hydromancy, is a science of divining by the Water; whereby the Masters thereof judged by the standing or running of the Water. Pyromancy, is an experiment of divining by the flaming of the fire; which the ancient Philosophers esteemed of great efficacy. Nigromancy, is a Sacrifice of dead Animals, whereby the Ancients supposed to know many great Experiments without sin, and to attain to great knowledge: from whence Solomon commandeth that they might read seaven Books of that Art without sin; and that two he accompted [52] Sacriledge, and that they could nor: read two Books of that Art without sin. But having spoken enough hereof, we proceed to the rest.



Of the liberal Sciences and other things which may be had thereby.



There are seaven liberal Arts, which every one may learn and read without sin. For Philosophy is great, containing profound Mysteries in it self: These Arts are wonderfully known.



He declareth what notes the three first liberal Arts have.



For Grammar hath three notes only, Dialects two, and Rhetorick four, and every one with open and distinct Orations. But wherefore Grammar hath three, Dialects two, and Rhetorick four; that we know King Solomon himself testifieth and affirmeth; for he saith, And as I was admiring and revolving in my heart and mind, which way, from whom and from whence was this science, An Angel brought one book, wherein was written the Figures and Orations, and [53] delivered unto me the Notes and Orations of all Arts, plainly and openly, and told me of them all as much as was necessary: And he explained unto me, as to a Child are taught by certain Elements, some tedious Arts in a great space of time, how that I should have these Arts in a short space of time: Saying unto me, So shalt thou be promoted to every science by the increase of these virtues. And when I asked him, Lord, whence and how cometh this? The Angel answered, This is a great Sacrament of the Lord, and of his will: this writing is by the power of the Holy Ghost, which inspireth, fructifieth and increaseth all knowledge; And again the Angel said, Look upon these Notes and Orations, at the appointed and determinate times, and observe the times as appointed of God, and no otherwise. When he had thus said he shewed to King Solomon a book wherein was written, at what times all these things were to be pronounced and published, and plainly demonstrated it according to the Vision of God: Which things I having heard and seen, did operate in them all, according to [54] the Word of the Lord by the Angel: And so Solomon declareth,it came to passe unto him: But we that come after him, ought to imitate his Authority, and as much as we are able observe those things he hath left unto us.



Here Solomon sheweth, how the Angel told him distinctly, wherefore the Grammar hath three Figures.



Behold wherefore the Grammatical Art hath only three Notes in the Book of Solomon Gemeliath, that is, in The Book of the Art of God, which we read is the Art of all other sciences, and of all other Arts; For Solomon saith, When I did inquire every thing singularly of the Angel of God, with fear, saying, Lord, from whence shall this come to passe to me, that I mayfully and perfectly know this Art? Why do so many Notes appertain to such an Art, and so many to such an Art, and are ascribed to several determinate Orations, to have the efficacy thereof? The Angel is thus said to answer: The Grammatical Art is called [55] a liberal Art, And hath three things necessary thereunto: Ordination of words and times; and in them, of Adjuncts or Figures; Simple, compound and various; and a various declination of the parts to the parts, or a relation from the parts, and a Congruent and ordinate division. This is the reason, why there is three Notes in the Art of Grammar: And so it pleased the Divine Wisdome, that as there should be a full knowledge of declining by one; by another, there should be had a convenient Ordination of all the parts; by the third, there should be had a continual and convenient Division of all the parts, simple and compound.



The Reason why the Dialectical Art hath two Figures onely.



Dialect, which is called the form of Arts, and a Doctrinal speech, hath two things necessary thereunto, to wit, Eloquence of Arguing, and Prudence to answer; Therefore the greatness of the Divine Providence and Piety, hath appointed two Notes to it; that by the first, we may have Eloquence to [56] Argue and Dispute; and by the second, industry to answer without ambiguity: Wherefore there are ascribed to Grammar three Notes, and to Dialect two Notes.



The Reason why Rhetorick hath four Figures.



Let us see wherefore Rhetorick hath four Notes. For there are four things necessary therein; as the Angel of the Lord said unto Solomon; to wit, a continual and flourishing adornment of locution, an ordinate, competent and discreet judgement, a Testimony of Causes or Offices, of Chances & Losses, a composed disposition of buying and selling; An Eloquence of the matters of that Art, with a demonstrative understanding. Therefore the greatness of God hath appointed to the Art of Rhetorick four Notes, with their Holy and Glorious Orations; as they were reverently sent by the Hand of God; that every Note in this Art aforesaid, might have a several faculty, That the first Note in that Art, might give a continual [57] locution, a competent and flourishing adornment thereof: The second, to discern Judgements, just and unjust, ordinate and inordinate, true and false: The third, competently to discover offices and causes: and the fourth giveth understanding and eloquence in all the operations of this Art, without prolixity. See therefore how in Grammar, Logick, and Rhetorick, the several Notes are disposed in the several Arts.



But of the other Arts and their Notes, we shall speak in their due place and time, as we find them disposed in the book of the same Solomon.



At what times and hours the Notes of these three liberal Arts are to be looked into.



Now we proceed to shew at what time, and how the Notes of these Arts areto be looked into, and the Orations to be said, to attain to these Arts. If thou art altogether ignorant of the Grammatical Art, and wouldst have [58] the knowledge thereof: if it be appointed thee of God to do this work of works, and have a firm understanding in this Art of Arts: Then know that thou maist not presume to do otherwise than this book commandeth thee; for this book of his shall be thy Master, And this Art of his thy Mistress.



How the Grammatical Notes are to be looked into in the first Moon.



For in this manner, the Grammaticall Notes are to be looked into, and the Orations to be said.



In the dayes when the Moon is in her prime, the first Note is to be looked into 12 times, and the Orations thereof repeated 24 times with Holy reverence; making a little space between, let the Orations be twice repeated at the inspection of every Note, and chiefly abstain from sins: do this from the first day of the Moon to the 14, and from the 14 to the 17. The first and second Notes are to be looked into 20 times, and the Orations to be repeated 30 times, on the [59] 15 and 17 dayes, using some interval between them, All the three Notes are then every dayto be looked into 12 times, and the Orations to be repeated 20 times: and thus of the Notes of the Art of Grammar. But if thou hast read any books of this Art, and desirest perfection therein, do as is commanded; using the general Orations to increase Memory, Eloquence, understanding and perseverance therein, repeating these above in the due time and hours appointed; lest that going beyond thy precept, thou committest sin: but when thou dost this, see that it be secret to thy self, and that thou have no looker on but God. Now we come to the Notes.



Here followeth the knowledge of the Notes.



In the beginning of the inspection of all Notes, fast the first day till the evening, if you can; if thou canst not, then take another hour. This is the Grammatical precept.

[60]



Of the logical notes.



The Dialectical Notes may be used every day, except only in those dayes before told of: The Rhetorical every day, except only three dayes of the Moneth, to wit, [Luna]. 11, 17, and 19. And they are forbidden on these dayes, as Solomon testifyes, the Notes of all Arts, except the Notes of this Art are offered. These precepts are generally to be observed.



How the Logical Notes are to be inspected, and the Orations thereof said.



Know, that the Dialectical Notes are four times to be looked into, and the Orations thereof in that day are 20 times to be repeated, making some respite, and having the books of that Art before your Eyes; and so likewise the books of Rhetorick, when the Notes thereof are inspected, as it is appointed. This sufficeth for the knowledge of the 3 Arts.



[61]



How we must beware of offences.



Before we proceed to begin the first Note of the Art of Grammar, somthing is to be tryed before, that we may have the knowledge of the 1, 2, and 3 Notes. And you ought first to know, in what the Notes of the Grammatical, Logical, or Rhetorical Art are to be inspected, it being necessary that your greatest intentions be to keep from all offences.



How the Notes ought to be inspected, at certain elected times.



This is a special and manifest knowledge, wherewith the Notes of the Grammatical Art are known: how they are to be published, at what times, and with what distinction, is duly and competently manifest; it is spoken already of the publishing and inspection of the Notes and Orations: now we shall digresse a little to speak somthing of the times, it being in part done already.

[62]



How divers Months are to be sought out in the inspection of the Notes.



We have spoken already of the tearms of this Art, wherein the Orations are to be read, and the Notes to be looked into: it remaineth to declare, how the Lunations of these Orations are to be inspected and found out. But see that you mistake not: yet I have already noted the Lunations, wherein the Notes ought to be looked into, and the Orations rehearsed: But there are some Months, wherein the Lunation is more profitable than others: if thou wouldst operate in Theology or Astronomy, do it in a fiery sign; if Grammar or Logick, in Gemini or Virgo; if Musick or Physick, in Taurus or Libra; if Rhetorick, Philosophy, Arithmetick or Geometry, in Gemini or Cancer; for Mathematicks, in Taurus or Gemini: so they are well placed, and free from evil; for all the Heavenly Potestates and Chorus of Angels, do rejoyce in their Lunations, and determinate dayes.

[63]



Here is made mention of the Notes of all Arts.



I Apollonius following the power of Solomon, have disposed my self to keep his works and observations, as it is spoken of the three Notes of Grammar, so will I observe the times as they are to be observed: But the Orations thereof are not written, but are more fully demonstrated in the following work; for what is written of those three Notes, are not Orations, but Definitions of those Notes, written by the Greek, Hebrew, and Chaldean, and other things which are apprehended by us: For those writings which are not understood in Latine, ought not to be pronounced, but on those dayes which are appointed by King Solomon, and in those dayes wherein the Notes are inspected, but on those dayes those Holy writings are alwayes to be repeated: and the Latine, on those dayes wherein the Notes are not inspected. The Notes of the Logical Art are two: and at what times they are to be published is already shewn in part: more shall [64] hereafter be said of them: now we come to the rest. The Latine writings may be published, according to the Antiquity of the Hebrews, except on those dayes we have spoken of: for Solomon saith, See that thou perform all those precepts as they are given: But of the rest which follow, it is to be done otherwise: for when thou seest the first Note of Logick, repeat in thy heart the sign in the first Note, and so in the Notes of all Arts except those whereof a definition shall be given.



Definitions of several Arts, and the Notes thereof.



We will give also Definitions of several Arts, as it is in the Book of Solomon; Geometry hath one Note, Arithmetick a Note and a half; Philosophy, with the Arts and Sciences contained therein, hath 7 Species; Theology and Astronomy, with the Sciences in them contained, hath 7 Notes, but they are great and dangerous; not great in the pronunciation, but have great efficacy: Musick hath one Note, and Physick one Note; but they are all to be [65] published and rehearsed in their appointed dayes: But know, that in every day wherein you beholdest the Notes of Theology, Philosophy, or of any Arts contained in them, that thou neither laugh nor play, nor sport, because King Solomon, when he saw the forms of these Notes, having over-drunk himself, God was angry with him, and spoke unto him by his Angel, saying, Because thou hast despised my Sacrament, and Polluted and derided my Holy things; I will take away part of thy Kingdome, and I will shorten the dayes of thy Children. And the Angel added, The Lord hath forbid thee to enter into the Temple 80 days, that thou maist repent of thy sin. And when Solomon wept and besought mercy of the Lord, the Angel answered, Thy dayes shall be prolonged; nevertheless many evills and iniquities shall come upon thy Children, and they shall be destroyed of the iniquities that shall come upon them.



At the beginning of a Note, having seen the generals; let the specials be looked into. The word of Solomon is to seek unto God for his promises, before the Notes of the three Arts.

[66]



The first Oration at the beginning of the Note.



[1] The Light, Truth, Life, Way, Judge, Mercy, Fortitude and Patience, preserve, help me, and have Mercy upon me, Amen.



This Oration, with the preceding, ought to be said in the beginning of the first Note of Grammar.



[2] Oh Lord, Holy Father, Almighty, eternal God, in whose sight are all the foundations of all Creatures, and invisible beings, whose Eyes behold my imperfections, of the sweetness of whose love the Earth and Heavens are filled; who sawest all things before they were made, in whose book every day is formed, and all mankind are written therein: behold me thy Servant this day prostrate before thee, with my whole Heart and Soul, by thy Holy Spirit confirm me, blesse me, protect all my Actions in this inspection or repetition, and illuminate me with the constancy of thy visitation.



The 3 Oration. This Oration ought to be said before the second Note of Grammar.



[67]



[3] Behold, O Lord, merciful Father of all things; eternal dispensor of all virtues, and consider my operations this day; Thou art the Beholder and Discerner of all the Actions of Men and Angels: Let the wonderful grace of thy promises condescend to fulfil this sudden virtue in me, and infuse such efficacy into me, operating in thy Holy and great Name, thou who infusest thy praise into the mouths of them that love thee, Amen.



The 4 Oration. Let this Oration be rehearsed before the third Grammatical Note:



[4] O Adonay, Creator of all visible Creatures! Oh most Holy Father, who dwellest incompassed about with eternal light, disposing and by thy power governing all things before all beginnings; I most humbly beseech thy eternity and thy incomprehensible goodness may come to perfection in me, by the operation of thy most Holy Angels; And be confirmed in my Memory, and establish these thy Holy works in me, Amen.



A little space after this Oration, say the following: the first Oration ought to be said before the first Note of Logick.



[5] Oh Holy God, great good, and the [68] eternal Maker of all things, thy Attributes not to be exprest, who hast Created the Heaven and the Earth, the Sea and all things in them, and the bottomless pit, according to thy pleasure; in whose sight are the Words and Actions of all men: Grant unto me, by these Sacramental Mysteries of thy Holy Angels, the precious knowledge of this art, which I desire by the Ministry of thy Holy Angels, it being without any Malignant or Malitious intent, Amen.







Pronounce this Oration in the beginning of the first Figure of the Logick art; and after this Oration rehearse incontinently with some interval, the Orations written between the first Figure.



The 6 Oration ought to be said before the first Note of the Dialect.



[6] Helay: Most Merciful Creator, Inspirer, Reformer, and Approver of all Divine wills, Ordeyner of all things, Mercifully give ear to my Prayer, gloriously intend unto the desires of my heart, that what I humbly desire, according to thy promises, thou wilt Mercifully grant, Amen.



[69]



This Oration following, ought to be pronounced before the first Note of the Rhetorical Art.



[7] Omnipotent and merciful Father, Ordeyner and Creator of all Creatures: Oh most Holy Judge, eternal King of Kings, and Lord of Lords; who wonderfully condescendest to give wisdome and understanding to thy Saints, who judgest and discernest all things: I beseech thee to illuminate my heart this day with the Splendor of thy Beauty, that I may understand and know what I desire, and what things are considerable to be known in this Art, Amen.



This Oration with the following Hanazay, &c. ought to be pronounced before the first Figure of Rhetorick: and although the Oration is divided into two parts, yet it is one and the same: And they are divided only for this cause, that there might be some mean interval used in the pronouncing of them; and they ought to be pronounced before the other Orations written in the Figure.



Hanazay, Sazhaon, Hubi, Sene, Hay, Ginbar, Ronail, Selmora, Hyramay, Lohal, Yzazamael, Amathomatois, Yaboageyors, Sozomcrat, Ampho, Delmedos, [70] Geroch, Agalos, Meihatagiel, Secamai, Saheleton, Mechogrisces, Lerirencrhon.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LX.

The 8 Oration, let it be pronounced before the second Note of the Rhetorical Art:



[8] Oh great eternal and wonderful Lord God, who of thy eternal counsel hast disposed of all virtues, and art Ordeyner of all goodness; Adorn and Beautify my understanding, and give unto me Reason to know and learn the Mysteries of thy Holy Angels: And grant unto me all knowledge and learning thou hast promised to thy Servants by the vertue of thy holy Angels, Amen.



This Oration, with the other two following, ought to be pronounced, (viz. Vision, &c.) Azelechias, &c. in the beginning of the second Figure of Rhetorick, and before the other Orations; and there ought to be some interval between them.



Let this Oration following be said, before the second Note of Rhetorick



[9] Vision; beholding with thy eternal conspiration all Powers, Kingdomes and Judges, Administring all manner of Languages to all, and of whose power there is no end; restore I beseech thee and increase my Memory, my heart and [71] understanding, to know, understand, and judge all things which thy Divine authority commendeth necessary in this art, perfectly fulfill them in me, Amen.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXII.





Let this Oration following, with the Precedent, be rehearsed before the second Note of Rhetorick.



[10] Azelechias, Velozeos, Inoanzama, Samelo, Hotens, Sagnath, Adonay, Soma, Jezochos, Hicon, Jezomethon, Sadaot. And thou Oh God propitiously confirm thy promises in me, as thou hast confirmed them by the same words to King Solomon; send unto me, Oh Lord, thy virtue from Heaven, that may illuminate my mind and understanding: strengthen, Oh God, my understanding, renew my Soul within me, and wash me with the Waters which are above the Heavens; pour out thy Spirit upon my flesh, and fill my bowels with thy Judgements, with humility and charity: thou who hast created the Heaven and the Earth, and made man according to thy own Image; pour out the light of thy love into my understanding, that being radicated and established in thy love and thy mercy, I may love thy Name, and know, and worship thee, and understand [72] all thy Scriptures, And all the Mysteries which thou hast declared by thy Holy Angels, I may receive and understand in my heart, and use this Art to thy Honor and Glory, through thy mighty Counsel, Amen.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXIII.





The 11 Oration ought to be said before the pronounciation of the third Note of Rhetorick.



[11] I know, that I love thy Glory, and my delight is in thy wonderful works, and that thou wilt give unto me wisdome, according to thy goodness and thy power, which is incomprehensible: Theon, Haltanagon, Haramalon, Zamoyma, Chamasal, Jeconamril, Harionatar, Jechomagol, Gela Magos, Kemolihot, Kamanatar, Hariomolatar, Hanaces, Velonionathar, Azoroy, Jezabali; by these most Holy and Glorious profound Mysteries, precious Offices, virtue and knowledge of God, compleat and perfect my beginnings, and reform my beginnings, Zembar, Henoranat, Grenatayl, Samzatam, Jecornazay: Oh thou great Fountain of all goodness, knowledge and virtue, give unto thy Servant power to eschew all evill, and cleave unto goodness and knowledge, and to follow the same [73] with an Holy intention, that with my whole heart I may understand & learn thy Laws and Decrees; especially these Holy Mysteries; wherein that I may profit, I beseech thee, Amen.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXIV.





12. This Oration ought to be said before the ninth Rhetorical Note:



Oh most reverend Almighty Lord, ruling all Creatures both Angels and Arch-Angels, and all Celestial, terrestrial, and infernal Creatures; of whose greatness comes all plenty, who hast made man after thy own Image; Grant unto me the knowledge of this Art, and strengthen all Sciences in me, Amen.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXV.

13. Pronounce this before the first Figure of Arithmetick:



Oh God who numbrest, weighest, and measurest all things, given the day his order, and called the Sun by his Name; Grant the knowledge of this Art unto my understanding, that I may love thee, and acknowledge the gift of thy goodness, Amen.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXVI.

14. Say this before the semi-note of Arithmetick:



Oh God, the Operator of all things, from whom proceeds every good and perfect gift; sow the Seeds of thy Word in my Heart, that I may understand [74] the excellent Mysteries of this Art, Amen.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXVII.

15. Say this before the second Figure of Arithmetick:



Oh God the perfect Judge of all good works, who makest known thy saving goodness amongst all Nations; open my Eyes and my Heart, with the beams of thy mercy, that I may understand and persevere in these thy Heavenly Mysteries, Amen.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXVIII.

16. This Oration before the second Note of Geometry:



Oh God the giver of all wisdome and knowledge to them that are without sin, Instructor and Master of all Spiritual Learning, by thy Angels and Arch-Angels, by Thrones, Potestates, Principates and Powers, by Cherubim and Seraphim, and by the 24 Elders, by the 4 Animals, and all the host of Heaven, I adore, invocate, worship and glorify thy Name, and exalt thee: most terrible and most merciful, I do humbly beseech thee this day to illuminate and fill my Heart with the grace of thy Holy Spirit, thou who art three in one, Amen.



Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXIX.

17. Say this Oration before the second Note of Theology.



I adore thee, Oh King of Kings, my light, my substance, my life, my King, and my God, my Memory, [75] and my strength; who in a Moment gavest sundry Tongues, and threwest down a Mighty Tower, And gavest by thy Holy Spirit the knowledge of Tongues to thy Apostles, infusing thy knowledge into them in a Moment, giving them the understanding of all Languages: inspire my Heart, and pour the dew of thy grace and Holy Spirit into me, that I may understand the Exposition of Tongues and Languages, Amen.







Compare Liber Juratus, chapter LXX.

Three Chapters to be published, before any of the Notes.



What we have spoken of the three first Chap. are generally and specially to be pronounced, so that you say them, and the Orations on the dayes appointed, and work by the Notes as it is demonstrated to you. These Orations ought to be said alwayes before noon, every day of the Moneth; and before the Notes say the proper Orations: and in all reading, observe the precepts commanded.

[76]



How the Proper Notes are to be inspected.



If you would learn anything of any one Art, look into the proper Notes thereof in their due time. Enough is said already of the three liberal Arts.



What dayes are to be observed in the inspection of the Notes of the four Arts.



In the four other Arts, only the four first dayes are to be observed: The Philosophical Notes, with all Sciences contained therein, the 7 and 17 dayes of the Moon are to be inspected, 7 times a day, with their several Orations. The Note is to be looked into, with fear, silence and trembling.



Of the Notes of the liberal Arts, it is spoken already; but only know this, that when you would use them, live chaste and soberly; for the Note hath in it self 24 Angels, is fully and perfectly to be pronounced, as you have heard: but when you look into them, [77] repeat all the Theological Orations, and the rest in their due time.



Of the inspection of general Notes.



Say the general Notes 10 times a day, when you have occasion to use any common Arts, having the books of those Arts before you, using some interval or space of time between them, as you have been taught already.



How the three first Chapters are to be pronounced before Orations.



To have perfection herein, know, that in the general pronunciation of Orations, the Notes of the three heads are to be rehearsed; whether the Orations be pronounced or not.



How the fifth Oration of Theology ought to be rehearsed upon these Orations.



There is also somthing else to be said of the four other liberal Arts; if you would have the perfect knowledge of them, make the first Oration of Theology [78] before you say the Orations of the other Notes. These are sufficiently declared, that you may understand and know them; And let the capitular Orations be pronounced before the several Notes of every Art, and kept as is determined, &c. These are the Augmentations of the Orations, which belong to all Arts liberal and exceptive, except Mechanick, and are especially ascribed to the Notes of Theology. And they are thus to be pronounced, that whensoever you would look into any one Note of any Art, and would profit therein, say these Orations following.



1. Ezomamos, Hazalat, Ezityne, Hezemechel, Czemomechel, Zamay, Zaton, Ziamy Nayzaton, Hyzemogoy, Jeccomantha, Jaraphy, Phalezeton, Sacramphal, Sagamazaim, Secranale, Sacramathan; Jezennalaton Hacheriatos, Jetelemathon, Zaymazay, Zamaihay, Gigutheio Geurlagon, Garyos, Megalon Hera Cruhic, Crarihuc, Amen.



Let this Oration with the following be pronounced before the first Note of Philosophy:



Oh Lord God, holy Father, almighty and incomprehensible; [79] hear my Prayers, thou that art invisible, immortal and intelligible, whose face the Angels and Arch-angels, and all the powers of Heaven, do so much desire to see; whose Majesty I desire eternally to adore, and honour the only one God for ever and ever, Amen.



2. Say this before the second Note of Philosophy:



Oh Lord God, Holy and Almighty Father, hear my Prayers this day, and incline thy ears to my Orations; Gezomelion Samach, Semath, Cemon, Gezagam, Gezatrhin, Zheamoth, Zeze Hator Sezeator Samay Sarnanda, Gezyel, Iezel, Gaziety, Hel, Gazayethyhel, Amen.



Say this following with the former:



Oh God eternal, the way, the truth, and the life; give thy light and the flower of thy Holy Spirit into my mind and understanding, and grant that the gift of thy grace may shine forth in my heart, and into my Soul, now and for ever, Amen.



Pronounce the Oration following before the third Note of Philosophy;



Lemogethom, Hegemochom, Hazachay Hazatha, Azamachar, Azacham, Cohathay. Geomothay Logomothay, Zathana, [80] Lachanma, Legomezon, Legornozon, Lembdemachon, Zegomaday, Hathanayos, Hatamam, Helesymom, Vagedaren, Vadeyabar, Lamnanath, Lamadai, Gomongchor, Gemecher, Ellemay, Gecromal, Gecrohahi, Colomanos, Colomaythos, Amen.



Say this following with the precedent Oration:



Oh God the life of all visible Creatures, eternal brightness, and virtue of all things; who art the original of all piety, who knewest all things before the were; who judgest all things, and discernest all things by thy unspeakeable knowledge: glorify thy Holy and unspeakable Name this day in my heart, and strengthen my intellectual understanding; increase my Memory, and confirm my eloquence; make my Tongue ready, quick, and perfect in thy Sciences and Scriptures, that by thy power given unto me, and thy wisdome taught in my heart, I may praise thee, and know and understand thy Holy Name for ever World without end, Amen.



Say this Oration following before the fourth Note of Philosophy.



Oh King of Kings, the Giver and Dispenser of infinite Majesty, and of infinite mercy, [81] the founder of all foundations; lay the foundation of all thy virtues in me, remove all foolishness from my heart, that my senses may be established in the love of thy charity, and my Spirit informed by thee, according to the recreation and invocation of they will, who livest and reignest God throughout all Worlds of Worlds, Amen.







How these Orations are to be said every day once before the general Notes, and the Notes of the liberal Arts.



These 4 Orations are necessary for liberal Arts, but chiefly do appertain to Theology, which are to be said everyday before the general Notes, or the Notes of the liberal Arts; but to Theology say every one of these 7 times to every Note; but if you would learn or teach any thing of dictating, versifying, singing or Musick, or any of these Sciences, first teach him these Orations, that thou would'st teach, how he should read them: but if he be a Child of mean understanding, read them before him, and let him say after thee word for [82] word; but if he be of a good understanding, let him read them 7 times a day for 7 dayes: or if it be a general Note, pronounce these Orations, and the Virtue thereof shall profit you much, and you shall therein find great virtue.



Solomon saith of these Orations, let no man presume to make use of them unless for the proper office they are instituted for.



Oh Father, incomprehensible, from whom proceedeth every thing that is good; whose greatness is incomprehensible: Hear this day my Prayers, which I make in thy sight, and grant to me the Joy of thy saving health, that I may teach unto the wicked the Wayes and Paths of thy Sciences, and convert the Rebellious and incredulous unto thee, that whatsoever I commemorate and repeat in my heart and mouth, may take root and foundation in me; that I may be made powerful and efficacious in thy works, Amen.



Say this Oration before the 6 Note of Philosophy:



Gezemothon, Oromathian, Hayatha, Aygyay, Lethasihel, Lechizliel, Gegohay, Gerhonay, Samasatel, Samasathel, [83] Gessiomo, Hatel, Segomasay, Azomathon, Helomathon, Gerochor, Hejazay, Samin, Heliel, Sanihelyel, Siloth, Silerech, Garamathal, Gesemathal, Gecoromay, Gecorenay, Samyel, Samihahel, Hesemyhel, Sedolamax, Secothamay, Samya, Rabiathos, Avinosch, Annas, Amen.





Then say this following:



Oh eternal King! O God, the Judge and discerner of all things, knower of all good Sciences; instruct me this day for thy Holy Names sake, and by these Holy Sacraments; and purify my understanding, that thy knowledge may enter into my inward parts, as water flowing from Heaven, and as Oil into my bones, by thee, Oh God Saviour of all things, who art the Fountain of goodness, and original of piety; instruct me this day in those Sciences which I desire, thou who art one God for ever, Amen.



Oh God Father, incomprehensible, from whom proceedeth all good, the greatness of whose mercy is fathomless, hear my Prayers, which I make this day before thee, and render unto me the joy of thy Salvation, that I may teach the unjust the knowledge of thy wayes, and convert [84] the unbelieving and Rebellious unto thee; and may have power to perform thy works, Amen.





The 7 Oration, which is the end of the Orations, belonging to the ineffable Note, the last of Theology, having 24 Angels.



Oh God of all piety, Author and Foundation of all things, the eternal Health and Redemption of thy people; Inspirer and great Giver of all graces, Sciences and Arts, from whose gift it cometh: Inspire into me thy servant, an increase of those Sciences: who hast granted life to me miserable sinner, defend my Soul, and deliver my Heart from the wicked cogitations of this World; extinguish and quench in me the flames of all lust and fornication, that I may the more attentively delight in thy Sciences and Arts; and give unto me the desire of my Heart, that I being confirmed and exalted in thy glory, may love thee: and increase in me the power of thy Holy Spirit, by thy Salvation and reward of the faithful, to the Salvation of my Soul and Body, Amen.



Then say this following:



Oh God most mighty Father, from whom proceedeth all good, the greatness of whose mercy is incomprehensible; hear my Prayers, which I make in thy sight.



Special precepts of the Notes of Theology, chiefly of the 1. 2. and 3.



These 7 Orations are an augmentation of the rest, and ought to be said before all the Notes of Theology, but especially before the ineffable Note; these are the precepts to make thee sufficient, which we command thee to observe by the authority of Solomon: diligently inquire them out, and do as we have proposed, and perfectly pronounce the Orations, and look into the Notes of the other Arts.



How Solomon received that ineffable Note from the Angel.



Because thou desirest the Mystery of the Notes, take this of the ineffable Note, the expression whereof is given in the Angels by the Figures of [86] Swords, birds, trees, Flowers, Candles, and Serpents; For Solomon received this from the Lord in the night of Pacification, ingraven in a book of Gold; and heard this from the Lord: Doubt not, neither be affraid; for this Sacrament is greater than all the rest; And the Lord joyned it unto him, When thou look'st into this Note, and read'st the Orations thereof, observe the precepts before, and diligently look into them; And beware that thou prudently conceal and keep whatsoever thou read'st in this Note of God, and whatsoever shall be revealed to thee in the vision. And when the Angel of the Lord appeareth to thee, keep and conceal the words and writings he revealeth to thee; and observe them to practice and operate in them, observing all things with great reverence, and pronounce them at the appointed dayes and hours, as before is directed: and afterwards say: Sapienter die illo; Age, & caste vivas. But if thou dost anything uncertain, there is danger; as then wilt have experience from the other Notes and the Orations of them; but consider that which is most wonderful [87] in those Orations; for these words are ineffable Names, and are spiritually to be pronounced before the ineffable Note, Hosel, Jesel, Anchiator, Aratol, Hasiatol, Gemor, Gesameor. Those are the Orations which ought to be pronounced after the inspection of all Arts, and after the Note of Theology.



This is the fulfilling of the whole work; but what is necessary for an experiment of the work, we will more plainly declare. In the beginning of the knowledge of all Art, there is given almost the perfect doctrine of operating: I say almost, because some flourishing institutions hereof remain, whereof this is the first beginning.



How the precepts are to be observed in the operation of all Arts.



Observe the 4 [lunam] in every operation of Theology. Exhibit that operation with efficacy every 4 [Luna] quartam lunam; and diligently look into the books and writings of those Arts; if thou doubt of any of the Chapters, they are to be pronounced, as is taught of the [88] superiour Chapters; but know this, that these Holy Words of Orations, we appoint to be said before the bed of the sick, for an experiment of life or death. And this thou maist do often, if thou wilt operate nothing else in the whole body of Art: And know this, that if thou hast not the books in thy hands, or the faculty of looking into them is not given to thee; the effect of this work will not be the lesse therefore: but the Orations are twice then to be pronounced, where they were to be but once: And as to the knowledge of a vision, and the other virtues which these holy Orations have; thou maist prove and try them, when and how thou wilt.



These precepts are specially to be observed.

But when thou would'st operate in Theology, observe only those dayes which are appointed; but all times are convenient for those Notes and Operations, for which there is a competent time given; but in the pronounciation of the three liberal Arts, or in the [89] inspection of their Notes, perhaps thou maist pretermit some day appointed, if thou observe the rest; or if thou transgress two dayes, leave not off the work, for it loseth not its effect for this, for the Moon is more to be observed in the greater numbers than the dayes or hours. For Solomon saith, if thou miss a day or two, fear not, but operate on the general Chapters. This is enough to say of them: but by no means forget any of the words which are to be said in the beginning of the reading to attain to Arts; for there is great virtue in them. And thou maist frequently use the Holy Words of the visions: but if thou wouldst operate in the whole body of the Physical Art, the first Chapters are first to be repeated as before are defined. And in Theology, thou must operate only by thy self: Often repeat the Orations, and look into the Notes of Theology: this produceth great effects. It is necessary that thou have the Note of the 24 Angels alwayes in Memory; and faithfully keep those things, which the Angel reveales to thee in the vision.1



1. S adds the following note: Here endeth the notary arte, as alsoe the Clavicula Salomonis according to the writen exemplar; which once came to my hand but examining the Ars Notoria which is printed & found in that printed exempalar some aditions or augmentations; compleated by Magister Apolonius a suckcessor of Salomon in that sublime & secret studdy; as he stileth himselfe parte of them being placed before & parte behinde; the above written Notory Arte; which is said additions, I thought fitt to sett downe here allsoe (but by themselves) & see to conclude in one Booke as followeth. Here followeth the additionall part of the [sic] as it stands in the beginning of the printed exemplar: viz It then commences with the section "I Apollonius...."

[90]



The Experiment of the precedent work, is the beginning of the following Orations, which Solomon calleth Artem Novam.



These Orations may be said before all Arts generally, and before all Notes specially; And they may be pronounced without any other Chapters, if thou wouldst operate in any of the aforesaid Arts, saying these Orations in due time and order; thou maist have great efficacy in any Art. And in saying these Orations, neither the time, day, nor [Moon], are to be observed: but take heed, that on these dayes you abstain from all sin, as drunkenness, gluttony, especially swearing, before you proceed thereunto, that your knowledge therein may be the more cleer and perfect.



Wherefore Solomon saith, When I was to pronounce these Orations, I feared lest I should offend God; and I appointed unto my self a time wherein to begin them; that living chastly, I might appear the more innocent.



[91] These are the Proaemiums of these Orations, that I might lay down in order every thing whereof thou maist doubt, without any other definition. And before thou begin to try any of these subtile works, it is good to fast two or three dayes; that it may be divinely revealed, whether thy desires be good or evil.



These are the precepts appointed before every operation; but if thou doubt of any beginning, either of the three first Chapters, or of the four subsequent Arts, that thou maist have the effect of perfect knowledge; if thou consider and pronounce the Orations, as they are above described, although thou overpass somthing ignorantly; thou maist be reconciled by the spiritual virtue of the subsequent Orations.



The Angel said of these Orations to Solomon: See the holiness of these Orations; and if thou hast transgrest any therein presumptuously or ignorantly, say reverently and wisely these Orations, of which the great Angel saith: This is a great sacrament of God, which the Lord sendeth to thee by my [92] hand; at the veneration of which sacrament, when King Solomon offered with great patience before the Lord upon the Altar, he saw the book covered with fine linen, and in this book were written 10 Orations, and upon every Oration the sign of golden Seal: and he heard in his Spirit, These are they which the Lord hath figured, and are far excluded from the hearts of the unfaithful.



Therefore Solomon trembled lest he should offend the Lord, and kept them, saying it was wickedness to reveal them to unbelievers: but he that would learn any great or spiritual thing in any Art or necessary Science, if he cannot have a higher work, he may say these Orations at what time soever he will; the three first, for the three first liberal Arts; a several Oration for every several Art, or generally all the three for the three Arts are to be said; and in like manner the four subsequent Orations, for four other liberal Arts. And if thou wouldst have the whole body of Art, without any definition of time, thou maist pronounce these Orations before the several [93] Arts, and before the Orations and Notes of these Arts, as often as thou wilt, fully, manifestly and secretly; but beware that thou live chastly and soberly in the pronounciation thereof.



This is the first Oration of the 10, which may be pronounced by its self, without any precedent work to acquire Memory, Eloquence and understanding, and stableness of these three and singularly to be rehearsed before the first figure of Theology:



Omnipotent, Incomprehensible, invisible and indissolvable Lord God; I adore this day thy Holy Name; I an unworthy and miserable sinner, do lift up my Prayer, understanding and reason towards thy Holy and Heavenly Temple, declaring thee, Oh Lord God, to be my Creator and Saviour: and I a rational Creature do this day invocate thy most glorious clemency, that thy Holy Spirit may vivify my infirmity: And thou, Oh my God, who didst confer the Elements of letters, and efficacious Doctrine of thy Tongue to thy Servants Moses and Aaron, confer the same grace of thy sweetness upon me, which thou hast [94] investigated into thy Servants and Prophets: as thou hast given them learning in a moment, confer the same learning upon me, and cleanse my Conscience from dead works; direct my Heart into the right way, and open the same to understand, and drop the truth into my understanding. And thou, Oh Lord God, who didst condescend to create me after thy own image, hear me in thy Justice, and teach me in thy truth, and fill up my soul with thy knowledge according to thy great mercy, that in the multitude of thy mercies, thou maist love me the more, and the greater in thy works, and that I may delight in the administration of thy Commandments; that I being helped and restored by the work of thy grace, and purified in Heart and Conscience to trust in thee, I may feast in thy sight, and exalt thy name, for it is good, before thy Saints, Sanctifie me this day, that I may live in faith, perfect in hope, and constant in charity, and may learn and obtain the knowledge I desire; and being illuminated, strengthened, and exalted by the Science obtained, I may know thee, and love thee, and love the [95] knowledge and wisdome of thy Scriptures; and that I may understand and firmly retain, that which thou hast permitted man to know: Oh Lord Jesus Christ, eternal only begotten Son of God, into whose hands the Father gave all things before all Worlds, give unto me this day, for thy Holy and glorious Name, the unspeakable nutriment of Soul and Body, a fit, fluent, free and perfect Tongue; and that whatsoever I shall ask in thy mercy, will and truth, I may obtain; and confirm all my Prayers and actions, according to thy good pleasure. Oh Lord my God, the Father of Life, open the Fountain of Sciences, which I desire; open to me, Oh Lord, the Fountain which thou openedst to Adam, and to thy Servants Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, to understand, learn and judge; receive Oh Lord my Prayers, through all thy Heavenly virtues, Amen.







The next Oration is the second of ten, and giveth Eloquence, which ought to be said after the other; a little interval between, and before the first Figure of Theology.



I adore thee, thou King of Kings, [96] and Lords, eternal and unchangeable King: Hearken this day to the cry and sighing of my Heart and Spirit, that thou maist change my understanding, and give to me a heart of flesh, for my heart of stone, that I may breath before my Lord and Saviour; and wash Oh Lord with thy new Spirit the inward parts of my heart, and wash away the evil of my flesh: infuse into me a good understanding, that I may become a new man; reform me in thy love, and let thy salvation give me increase of knowledge: hear my Prayers, O Lord, wherewith I cry unto thee, and open the Eyes of my flesh, and understanding, to understand the wonderful things of thy Law; that being vivified by thy Justification, I may prevail against the Devil, the adversary of the faithful; hear me Oh Lord my God, and be merciful unto me, and shew me thy mercy; and reach to me the vessel of Salvation, that I may drink and be satisfied of the Fountain of thy grace, that I may obtain the knowledge and understanding; and let the grace of thy Holy Spirit come, and rest upon me, Amen.







[97]



For Eloquence and stability of mind.



This is the third Oration of the ten, and is to be said before the first Figure of Astronomy.



I confesse my self guilty this day before thee Oh God, Father of Heaven and Earth, Maker of all things, visible and invisible, of all Creatures, Dispenser and Giver of all grace and virtue; who hidest wisdome and knowledge from the proud and wicked, and givest it to the faithful and humble; illuminate my Heart, and establish my Conscience and understanding: set the light of thy countenance upon me, that I may love thee, and be established in the knowledge of my understanding, that I being cleansed from evil works, may attain to the knowledge of those Sciences, which thou hast reserved for believers. Oh merciful and omnipotent God, cleanse my Heart and reins, strengthen my Soul and Senses with the grace of thy Holy Spirit, and establish me with the fire of the same grace: illuminate me; gird up my loyns, and give the staffe of thy Consolation into my [98] right hand, direct me in thy Doctrine, root out of me all vices and sin, and comfort me in the love of thy mercies: Breath into me Oh Lord the breath of Life, and increase my reason and understanding; send thy Holy Spirit into me, that I may be perfect in all knowledge: behold Oh Lord, and consider the dolour of my mind, that my will may be comforted in thee; send into me from Heaven thy Holy Spirit, that I may understand those things I desire. Give unto me invention, Oh Lord, thou Fountain of perfect reason and riches of knowledge, that I may obtain wisdom by thy Divine assistance, Amen.



To Comfort the outward and inward Senses.



Oh Holy God, mercyful and omnipotent Father, Giver of all things; strengthen me by thy power, and help me by thy presence, as thou wert mercyful to Adam, and suddenly gavest him the knowledge of all Arts through thy great mercy; grant unto me power to obtain the same knowledge by the same mercy: be present with me Oh [99] Lord, and instruct me: Oh most mercyful Lord Jesus Christ Son of God, breath thy Holy Spirit into me, proceeding from thee and the Father; strengthen my work this day, and teach me, that I may walk in thy knowledge, and glorify the abundance of thy grace: Let the flames of thy Holy Spirit rejoyce the City of my Heart, by breathing into me thy Divine Scriptures; replenish my Heart with all Eloquence, and vivify me with thy Holy visitation; blot out of me the spots of all vices, I beseech thee, Oh Lord God incomprehensible; let thy grace alwayes rest upon me, and be increased in me; heal my Soul by thy inestimable goodness, and comfort my heart all my life, that what I hear I may understand, and what I understand I may keep, and retain in my Memory; give me a teachable Heart and Tongue; through thy inexhaustible grace and goodness; and the grace of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, Amen.



[100]



This following is for the Memory.



O Holy Father, merciful Son, and Holy Ghost, inestimable King; I adore, invocate, and beseech thy Holy Name, that of thy overflowing goodness, thou wilt forget all my sins: be mercyful to me a sinner, presuming to go about this office of knowledge, and occult learning; and grant, Oh Lord, it may be efficatious in me; open Oh Lord my ears , that I may hear; and take away the scales from my Eyes, that I may see: strengthen my hands, that I may work; open my face, that I may understand thy will; to the glory of thy Name, which is blessed for ever, Amen.



This following strengtheneth the interiour and exteriour Sences.



Lift up the senses of my Heart and Soul unto thee, Oh Lord my God, and elevate my heart this day unto thee; that my words and works may please thee in the sight of all people; let thy mercy and omnipotency shine in my bowels; let my understanding be [101] enlarged, and let thy Holy Eloquence be sweet in my mouth, that what I read or hear I may understand and repeat: as Adam understood, and as Abraham kept, so let me keep understanding; and as Jacob was founded and rooted in thy wisedome , so let me be: let the foundation of thy mercy be confirmed in me, that I may delight in the works of thy hands, and persevere in Justice, and peace of Soul and Body; the grace of thy Holy Spirit working in me, that I may rejoyce in the overthrow of all my adversaryes, Amen.







This following giveth Eloquence, Memory and Stability.



Disposer of all Kingdomes , and of all visible and invisible gifts: Oh God, the Ordeyner and Ruler of all wills, by the Counsel of thy Spirit dispose and vivify the weakness of my understanding, that I may burn in the accesse of thy Holy will to good: do good to me in thy good pleasure, not looking upon my sins; grant me my desire, though unworthy; confirm my Memory and reason to know, understand, and retain, [102] and give good effect to my senses through thy grace, and justify me with the justification of thy Holy Spirit, that what spots soever of sin are contracted in my flesh, thy Divine power may blot out; thou who hast been pleased in the beginning, to create the Heaven and Earth, of thy Mercy restore the same, who art pleased to restore lost man to thy most Holy Kingdome ; Oh Lord of wisdome , restore Eloquence into all my senses , that I, though an unworthy sinner, may be confirmed in thy knowledge, and in all thy works, by the grace of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, who livest and reignest three in one, Amen.



An Oration to recover lost wisdome.



Oh God of living , Lord of all Creatures visible and invisible, Administrator and Dispenser of all things, enlighten my Heart this day by the grace of thy Holy Spirit, strengthen my inward man, and pour into me the dew of thy grace, whereby thou instructest the Angels; inform me with the plenty of thy knowledge, wherewith from the beginning thou hast taught thy [103] faithful; let thy grace work in me, and the flouds of thy grace and Spirit, cleanse and correct the filth of my Conscience. Thou who comest from Heaven upon the Waters of thy Majesty, confirm this wonderful Sacrament in me.



To obtain the grace of the Holy Spirit.



Oh Lord my God, Father of all things, who revealest thy celestial and terrestrial secrets to thy Servants, I humbly beseech and implore thy Majesty, as thou art the King and Prince of all knowledge, hear my Prayers; and direct my works, and let my Actions prevail in Heavenly virtues, by thy Holy Spirit: I cry unto thee, Oh God, hear my Clamor, I sigh to thee, hear the sighings of my heart, and alwayes preserve my Spirit, Soul, and Body, under the Safeguard of thy Holy Spirit; O God thou Holy Spirit, perpetual and Heavenly charity, whereof the Heaven and Earth is full, breath upon my operation; and what I require to thy honour and praise, grant unto me; let thy Holy Spirit come [104] upon me, rule and reign in me, Amen.



To recover intellectual wisdome.



Oh Lord, I thy Servant confesse my self unto thee, before the Majesty of thy glory, in whose Spirit is all Magnificence and Sanctimony: I beseech thee according to thy unspeakeable Name, extend thy merciful Ears and Eyes to the office of my operation; and opening thy hand, I may be filled with the grace I desire, and satiated with charity and goodness; whereby thou hast founded Heaven and Earth, who livest, &c.







Say these Orations from the first day of the month, to the fourth day: in the fourth day Alpha and Omega, and that following it, viz. Helischemat azatan; As it is in the beginning: afterwards say,



Theos Megale patyr, ymas heth heldya, hebeath heleotezygel, Salatyel, Salus, Telli, Samel, Zadaziel, Zadan, Sadiz Leogio, Yemegas, Mengas, Omchon Myeroym, Ezel, Ezely, Yegrogamal, Sameldach, Somelta, Sanay, Geltonama, Hanns, [105] Simon Salte, Patyr, Osyon, Hate, Haylos, Amen.*







* This corresponds with Liber Juratus chapter XVII: Theos + megale + patir + ymos + hebrel + habobel + hecoy + haley + helyhot + hety + hebiot + letiel + iezey + sadam + salaseey + salatial + salatelli + samel + sadamiel + saday + helgyon + helliel + lemegos + mitron + megos + myheon + legmes + muthon + michoyn + heel + hesely + iecor + granal + semhel + semobzhat + semeltha + samay + geth + gehel + rasahanay + gelgemana + semana + harasymihon + salepatir + selapati + ragion + saletha + thurigium + hepatir + vsion + hatamas + hetanas + harayn.



Oh light of the World immense God, &c.**







** This paragraph is given in full on page 9. It is described as the exposition of the preceding Oration. It occurs here in full in S, but in R.T. and H it occurs in the beginning, worded slightly differently, O God, the light of the world, Father of immense eternity....

Hereby is increased so much Eloquence, that nothing is above it.



Thezay lemach ossanlomach azabath azach azare gessemon relaame azathabelial biliarsonor tintingote amussiton sebamay halbuchyre gemaybe redayl hermayl textossepha pamphilos Cytrogoomon bapada lampdayochim yochyle tahencior yastamor Sadomegol gyeleiton zomagon Somasgei baltea achetom gegerametos halyphala semean utangelsemon barya therica getraman sechalmata balnat hariynos haylos halos genegat gemnegal saneyalaix samartaix camael satabmal simalena gaycyah salmancha sabanon salmalsay silimacroton zegasme bacherietas zemethim theameabal gezorabal craton henna glungh hariagil parimegos zamariel leozomach rex maleosia mission zebmay aliaox gemois sazayl neomagil Xe Xe Sepha caphamal azeton gezain holhanhihala semeanay gehosynon caryacta gemyazan zeamphalachin zegelaman hathanatos, semach [106] gerorabat syrnosyel, halaboem hebalor halebech ruos sabor ydelmasan falior sabor megiozgoz neyather pharamshe forantes saza mogh schampeton sadomthe nepotz minaba zanon suafnezenon inhancon maninas gereuran gethamayh passamoth theon beth sathamac hamolnera galsemariach nechomnan regnali phaga messyym demogempta teremegarz salmachaon alpibanon balon septzurz sapremo sapiazte baryon aria usyon sameszion sepha athmiti sobonan Armissiton tintingit telo ylon usyon, Amen.



Azay lemach azae gessemon thelamech azabhaihal sezyon traheo emagal gyeotheon samegon pamphilos sitragramon limpda jachim alna hasios genonagal samalayp camiel secal hanagogan heselemach getal sam sademon sebmassan traphon oriaglpan thonagas tyngen amissus coysodaman assonnap senaly sodan alup theonantriatos copha anaphial Azathon azaza hamel hyala saraman gelyor synon banadacha gennam sassetal maga halgozaman setraphangon zegelune Athanathay senach zere zabal somayel leosamach githacal halebriatos Jaboy del masan negbare phacamech schon nehooz cherisemach gethazayhy amilya semem ames gemay passaynach tagayl agamal [107] fragal mesi themegemach samalacha nabolem zopmon usyon felam semessi theon, Amen.







[Corresponding with Liber Juratus, chapter XX and XXI.]

The third part, the sign Lemach.



Lemach sabrice elchyan gezagan tomaspin hegety gemial exyophyam soratum salathahom bezapha saphatez Calmichan samolich lena zotha phete him hapnies sengengeon lethis, Amen.







[Corresponding with Liber Juratus, chapter XXII and XXIII.

For the memory.



Oh great invisible God, Theos patyr behominas Cadagamias imas by thy Holy Angels, who are Michael the Medicine of God; Raphael the Fortitude of God, Gabriel ardens holy per Amassan, Cherubin, Gelommeios, Sezaphim gedabanan, tochrosi gade anathon, zatraman zamanary gebrienam: Oh fulness, Holy Cherubins, by all thy Angels, and by all thy glorious Arch-angels, whose Names are consecrated by God, which ought not to be spoken by us, which are these, dichal, dehel depymon exluse exmegon pharconas Nanagon hossyelozogon gathena ramon garbona vramani Mogon hamas; [108] Which humane sence cannot apprehend: I beseech thee, Oh Lord illuminate my Conscience with the Splender of thy light, and illustrate and confirm my understanding with the sweet odor of thy Spirit; adorne my Soul, reform my heart, that hearing I may understand, and retain what I hear in my Memory. Oh mercyful God, appease my bowels, strengthen my Memory, open my mouth mercifully; temperate my Tongue by thy glorious and unspeakable Name: thou who art the Fountain of all goodness, have patience with me, and give a good Memory unto me, &c.





[Corresponding with Liber Juratus, chapter XXIV.

Say these Orations in the fourth [Moon], viz. Hely schemath, Alpha and Omega, Theos megale. Oh light of the World Azalemach, great God I beseech thee: These ought to be said in the 8, 12, 10, 20, 24, 28, 30. and in all these Lunations rehearse 2 four times; in the morning once, the third hour once, the ninth once, and once in the evening; and in the other dayes rehearse none, but them of the first day, which are Alpha and Omega, Helyschemat, Almighty, incomprehensible, I adore thee; [109] I confesse my self guilty: O Theos hazamagiel: Oh mercyful Lord God, raise up the sences of my flesh: Oh God of all living, and of all Kingdomes, I confesse Oh Lord this day, that I am thy servant. Rehearse these Orations also in the other dayes four times, once in the morning, once in the evening, once about the third hour, and once on the ninth; And thou shalt acquire Memory, Eloquence and stability fully, Amen.



The Conclusion of the whole work, and Confirmation of the Science obtained.



Oh God, Maker of all things; who hast created all things out of nothing; who hast wonderfully created the Heaven and Earth, and all things by degrees in order, in the beginning, with thy Son, by whom all things are made, and into whom all things shall at last return: Who art Alpha and Omega: I beseech thee though a sinner, & unworthy, that I may attain to my desired end in this Holy Art, speedily, and not lose the same by my sins; but do good unto [110] me, according to thy unspeakable mercy: who doth not to us after our sins, nor rewardeth us after our iniquities, Amen.



Say this in the end devoutly:



Oh wisdome of God the Father incomprehensible, Oh most mercyful Son , give unto me of thy ineffable mercy, great knowledge and wisdome, as thou didst wonderfully bestow all Science to King Solomon, not looking upon his sins or wickedness, but thy own mercies: wherefore I implore thy mercy, although I am a most vile and unworthy sinner, give such an end to my desires in this art, whereby the hands of thy bounty may be enlarged towards me, and that I may the more devoutly walk by thy light in thy wayes, and be a good example to others; by which all that see mee, and hear me, may restrain themselves from their vices, and praise thy holyness through all Worlds, Amen. Blessed be the Name of the Lord, &c.



rehearse these two Orations alwayes in the end, to confirm thy knowledge gained.2



2. S breaks off here with: The end of the first part of Ars Notoria / The second part / Of the liberall Sciences and other things which may be had by this Art and continues with that chapter (see above, pp ----).

[111]



The Benediction of the place.



Blesse Oh Lord this place, that there may be in it Holy Sanctity, chastity, meekness, victory, holiness, humility, goodness, plenty, obedience of the Law, to the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost; Hear Oh Lord, holy Father, Almighty eternal God; and send thy Holy Angel Michael, who may protect, keep, preserve and visit me, dwelling in this Tabernacle, by him who liveth, &c.



When you would operate, have respect to the Lunations: they are to be chosen in those moneths, when the [Sun] Rules in [Gemini] and [Virgo] [Aries] [Leo] [Libra] [Taurus], in these moneths you may begin.



In the Name of the Lord beginneth this most Holy Art, which the most high God Administered to Solomon by his Angel upon the Altar, that thereby suddenly in a short space of time, he was established in the knowledge of all Sciences; and know, that in these Orations are contained all Sciences, Lawful and unlawful; First, if you pronounce the Orations of Memory, Eloquence, [112] and understanding, and the stability thereof; they will be mightily increased, insomuch that you will hardly keep silence; for by a word all things were Created, and by the virtue of that word all created beings stand, and every Sacrament, and that Word is God. Therefore let the Operator be constant in his faith, and confidently believe, that he shall obtain such knowledge and wisdome, in the pronouncing these Orations, for with God nothing is impossible: therefore let the Operator proceed in his work, with faith, hope, and a constant desire: firmly believing; because we can obtain nothing but by faith; Therfore have no doubt in this Operation, whereof there are three species whereby the Art may be obtained.



The first species is Oration, and reason of a Godly mind, not by attempting a voyce of deprecation, but by reading and repeating the same in the inward parts. The second species is fasting and praying, for the praying man God heareth. The third species is chastity; he that would operate in this Art, let him be clean and chast by [113] the space of nine dayes at least; and before you begin, it is necessary that you know the time of the [Moon]. for in the prime of the [Moon]. it is proper to operate in this Art: and when you begin so sacred an Art, have a care to abstain from all mortal sins, at least while you are proceeding in this work until it be finished and compleated: and when you begin to operate, say this verse kneeling: Lift up the light of thy Countenance upon me, Oh Lord my God, and forsake not me thy servant N. that trusts in thee:



Then say three times Pater Noster, &c. And assert that thou wilt never commit wilfull perjury, but alwayes persevere in faith and hope. This being done, with bended knees in the place wherein thou wilt operate, say, Our help is in the Name of the Lord, who hath made Heaven and earth: And I will enter into the Invocation of the most high, unto him who enlightneth and purifieth my Soul and Conscience, which dwelleth under the help of the most high, and continueth under the protection of the God of Heaven: O Lord open and unfold the doubts of my Heart, and [114] change me into a new man by thy love: be thou Oh Lord unto me true faith, the hope of my life, and perfect charity, to declare thy wonders. Let us pray: Then say the Oration following:



Oh God my God, who from the beginning hast Created all things out of nothing, and reformest all things by thy Spirit; restore my Conscience, and heal my understanding, that I may glorify thee in all my thoughts, words and deeds; through him who liveth and reigneth with thee forever, Amen.



Now in the Name of Christ, on the first day of the Month, in which thou wouldst acquire Memory, Eloquence and Understanding, and stability thereof, with a perfect, good and contrite heart, and sorrow for thy sins committed; thou maist begin to pronounce these Orations following, which appertain to the obtaining of Memory and all Sciences, and which were composed and delivered by the Angel to Solomon, from the hand of God.



The first and last Oration of this art, is Alpha and Omega: Oh God omnipotent, &c.

[115]



This following is an Oration of four Languages, which is this:



Hely, Schemat, Azatan, honiel sichut, tam, imel, Iatatandema, Jetromiam, Theos: Oh Holy and strong God, Hamacha, mal, Gottneman, Alazaman, Actuaar, Secheahal, Salmazan, zay, zojeracim, Lam hay, Masaraman, grensi zamach, heliamat, seman, selmar, yetrosaman muchaer, vesar, hasarian Azaniz, Azamet, Amathemach, hersomini. And thou most Holy and just God, incomprehensible in all thy works, which are Holy just and good; Magol, Achelmetor, samalsace, yana, Eman, and cogige, maimegas, zemmail, Azanietan, illebatha sacraman, reonas, grome, zebaman, zeyhoman, zeonoma, melas, heman, hathoterma, yatarmam, semen, semetary, Amen.





Corresponds with Liber Juratus chapter XVI.

This Oration ought to follow the first of the ten above written.



To perform any work.



This is to follow the third Oration above:



I confesse, O Theos hazamagielgezuzan, sazaman, Sathaman, getormantas, salathiel, nesomel, megal vuieghama, yazamir, zeyhaman, hamamal amna, nisza, [116] deleth, hazamaloth, moy pamazathoran hanasuelnea, sacromomem, gegonoman, zaramacham Cades bachet girtassoman, gyseton palaphatos halathel Osachynan machay, Amen.



This is a true and approved experiment, to understand all Arts and secrets of the World, to find out and dig up minerals and treasure; this was revealed by the Heavenly Angel in this Notory Art. For this Art doth also declare things to come, and rendereth the sense capable of all arts in a short time, by the Divine use thereof.



We are to speak also of the time and place. First therefore, all these precepts are to be observed and kept; and the Operator ought to be clean, chaste, to repent of his sins, and earnestly desire to cease from sinning as much as may be; and so let him proceed, and every work shall be investigated into him, by the divine ministery.



When thou wilt operate in the new Moon, kneeling say this verse: Lift up the light of thy Countenance upon us, Oh God, and forsake us not, Oh Lord our God. Then say three times the [117] Pater Noster: And afterwards let him vow unto God, that he will never commit wilfull perjury, but alwayes persist in faith. This being done, at night say with bended knees before thy bed, Our help is in the Name of the Lord, &c. and this Psalm; Whoso dwelleth under the shadow of the wings of the most high, to the end; and the Lords Prayer, and the Prayer following.



Theos Pater vehemens; God of Angels, I Pray and invocate thee by thy most Holy Angels Eliphamasay, Gelomiros, Gedo bonay, Saranana, Elomnia, and by all thy Holy Names, by us not to be pronounced, which are these: de. el. x p n k h t li g y y. not to be spoken, or comprehended by humane sense; I beseech thee cleanse my Conscience with the Splendor of thy Name; illustrate and confirm my understanding with the sweet savour of thy Holy Spirit: O Lord Adorne my Soul, that I may understand and perfectly remember what I hear; reform my Heart, and restore my Heart, and restore my sense Oh Lord God, and heal my bowels: open my mouth most merciful God, and frame and temper my Tongue to [118] the praise and glory of thy Name, by thy glorious and unspeakeable Name. O Lord, who art the Fountain of all goodness, and original of all piety, have patience with me, and give unto me a true understanding, to know whatsoever is fitting for me, and retain the same in Memory: thou who dost not presently Judge a sinner, but mercifully expectest repentance; I beseech thee, though unworthy, to wash away the filth of my sins and wickedness, and grant me my petitions, to the praise and glory of thy Holy Name; who livest and reignest one God in perfect Trinity, World without end, Amen.





Some other precepts to be observed in this work.



Fast the day following with bread and water, and give Almes; if it be the Lord's day, then give double Almes; be clean in body and mind; both thy self, and put on clean Cloaths.

[119]



The processe follows.



When thou wilt operate concerning any difficult Probleme or Question, with bended knees, before thy bed, make Confession unto God the Father; and having made thy Confession, say this Oration.



Send Oh Lord thy wisdome to assist me, that it may be with me, and labour with me, and that I may alwayes know what is acceptable before thee; and that unto me N. may be manifested the truth of this question or Art.



This being done, Thrice in the day following, when thou risest, give thanks to God Almighty, saying, Glory and honour, and benediction be unto him that sitteth on the Trone, and that liveth for ever and ever, Amen. with bended knees and stretched out hands.



But if thou desirest to understand any book, ask of some that hath knowledge therein, what that book treateth of: This being done, open the book, and read in it; and operate as at first three times, and alwayes when thou goest to sleep, write Alpha and Omega, [120] and afterwards sleep on thy right side, putting the palme of thy hand under thy Ear, and thou shalt see in a dream all things thou desirest; and thou shalt hear the voyce of one informing and instructing thee in that book, or in any other faculty wherein thou wilt operate: And in the morning, open the book, and read therein; and thou shalt presently understand the same, as if thou hadst studyed in it a long time: And alwayes remember to give thanks to God, as aforesaid.



Afterwards on the first day say this Oration:



Oh Father, Maker of all Creatures; by thy unspeakeable power wherewith thou hast made all things, stir up the same power, and come and save me, and protect me from all adversity of Soul and Body, Amen. Of the Son say, O Christ, Son of the living God, who art the splendor and figure of light, with whom there is no alteration nor shaddow of change; Thou Word of God most high, thou wisdome of the Father; open unto me, thy unworthy servant N. the veins of thy saving Spirit, that I may wisely understand, retain in Memory, and declare [121] all thy wonders: Oh wisdome, who proceedest out of the mouth of the most high, powerfully reaching from end to end, sweetly disposing of all things in the World, come and teach me the way of prudence and wisdome. Oh Lord which didst give thy Holy Spirit to thy Disciples, to teach and illuminate their Hearts, grant unto me thy unworthy servant N. the same Spirit, and that I may alwayes rejoyce in his consolation.







Other precepts.



Having finished these Orations, and given Almes, when thou entrest into thy Chamber, devoutly kneel down before thy bed, saying this Psalm: Have mercy upon me, O God, according to the multitude of thy great mercies, &c. and, In thee Oh Lord have I trusted, &c. Then rise up, and go to the wall, and stretch forth thy hands, having two nayles fixed, upon which thou maist stay up thy hands, and say this Prayer following with great devotion: O God, who for us miserable sinners didst undergo the painful death upon [122] the Crosse; to whom also Abraham offer'd up his son Isaac; I thy unworthy servant, a sinner perplexed with many evils, do this day offer up and Sacrifice unto thee my Soul and Body, that thou maist infuse into me thy Divine wisdome, and inspire me with the Spirit of Prophesy , wherewith thou didst inspire the Holy Prophets.



Afterwards say this Psalm; Oh Lord incline thine ears unto my words, &c.

and add,

The Lord is my shepherd, and nothing shall I want: he shall set me down in green pastures, his servant N. he shall lead me upon the waters of refreshment, he converteth my Soul, and leadeth me N. upon the paths of his righteousness for his Holy Name: Let my evening Prayer ascend upunto thee Oh Lord, and let thy mercy descend upon me thy unworthy servant N. protect, save, blesse, and sanctify me, that I may have a shield against all the wicked darts of my enemies: defend me Oh Lord by the price of the blood of the just One, wherewith thou hast redeemed me; who livest and reignest God, whose wisdom hath laid the foundation [123] of the Heaven, and formed the Earth, and placed the Sea in her bounds: and by the going forth of thy Word hast made all Creatures, and hath formed man out of the dust of the Earth, according to his own image and likeness; who gave to Solomon the son of King David inestimable wisdome: hath given to his Prophets the Spirit of Prophesy, and infused into Philosophers wonderfull Philosophical knowledge, confirmed the Apostles with fortitude, comforted and strengthened the Martyrs, who exalteth his elect from eternity, and provideth for them; Multiply Oh Lord God, thy mercy upon me thy unworthy servant N. by giving me a teachable wit, and an understanding adorned with virture and knowledge, a firm and sound Memory, that I may accomplish and retain whatsoever I endeavour, through the greatness of thy wonderful Name; lift up, Oh Lord my God, the light of thy countenance upon me, that hope in thee: Come and teach me, Oh Lord God of virtues, and shew me thy face, and I shall be safe.



Then add this Psalm:



"Unto thee Oh Lord do I lift up my Soul: Oh my God [124] in thee do I trust;" excepting that verse, Confundantur, &c.



Having fulfilled these things upon the wall, descend unto thy Bed, writing in thy right hand Alpha and Omega: then go to bed, and sleep on thy right side, holding thy hand under thy right Ear, and thou shalt see the greatness of God as thou hast desired. And in the morning, on thy knees, before thy bed, give thanks unto God for those things he hath revealed to thee:



I give thanks unto thee, Oh great and wonderful God, who hast given Salvation and knowledge of Arts unto me thy unworthy servant N. and confirm this Oh God, which thou hast wrought in me, in preserving me. I give thanks unto thee, O powerful Lord God, who createdst me miserable sinner out of nothing, when I was not, and when I was utterly lost; not redeemed, but by the precious blood of thy Son our Lord Jesus Christ; and when I was ignorant thou hast given unto me learning and knowledge: grant unto me thy servant N. O Lord Jesus Christ, that through this knowledge, I may be alwayes constant in thy Holy service, Amen.





[125]



These operations being devoutly compleated, give thanks daily with these last Orations. But when thou wouldst read, study, or dispute, say,



Remember thy word unto thy Servant, O Lord, in which thou hast given me hope; this is my comforter in humility. Then add these Orations: Remember me O Lord of Lords, put good words and speech into my mouth, that I may be heard efficaciously and and powerfully, to the praise, glory, and honour of thy glorious Name, which is Alpha and Omega, blessed for ever, World without end, Amen.





Then silently say these Orations.



O Lord God, that daily workest new signs and unchangeable wonders, fill me with the spirit of wisedome, understanding and Eloquence; make my mouth as a sharp Sword, and my Tongue as an arrow elected, & confirm the words of my mouth to all wisdome: mollify the Hearts of the hearers to understand what they desire, Elysenach, Tzacham, &c.



[126]



The manner of Consecrating the Figure of Memory.



It ought to be consecrated with great faith, hope and charity; and being consecrated, to be kept and used in operation as followeth.



On the first day of the new Moon, having beheld the new Moon, put the Figure under your right Ear, and so consequently every other night, and seven times a day; the first hour of the morning saying this Psalm, Qui habitat, &c. throughout; and the Lords Prayer once, and this Oration Theos Patyr once in the first hour of the day: then say this Psalm, Confitebor tibi Domine, &c. and the Lords Prayer twice, and the Oration Theos Patyr twice.



In the third hour of the day the Psalm Benedicat anima mea Dominum, &c. the Lords Prayer thrice, and the Oration Theos Patyr.



In the sixth hour say this Psalm: Appropinquet deprecato mea in conspectu tuo Domine, secundum eloquium tuum.



Grant unto me Memory, and hear my voyce according to thy great mercy, [127] and according unto thy word grant Eloquence, and my lips shall shew forth thy majesty, when thou shalt teach me thy Glory: Gloria patria, &c, say the Lords Prayer nine times, and Theos Patyr.



In the nineth hour, say the Psalm Beati immaculati in via; the Lords Prayer 12 times, and Theos Patyr.



In the Evening say this Psalm, Deus misereatur nostri: the Lords Prayer 15 times, and Theos Patyr as often.



The last hour say this Psalm, Deus Deus meus respice in me, &c. & Deus in adjutorium meum intende, and te Deum Laudamus; the Lords Prayer once, and Theos Patyr: then say the Oration following twice.



O God, who hast divided all things in number, weight, and measure, in hours, nights, and dayes; who countest the number of the Stars, give unto me constancy and virtue, that in the true knowledge of this Art N. I may love thee, who knows the gifts of thy goodness, who livest and reignest, &c.







[128]



Four dayes the Figure of Memory ought to be consecrated with these Orations.



O Father of all Creatures, of the Sun and Moon.

Then on the last day let him bath himself, and put on clean garments, and clean * Ornaments, and in a clean place, suffumigate himself with Frankincense, and come in a convenient hour in the night with a light Kindled, but so that no man may see thee; and before the bed upon your knees say this Oration with great devotion. * Lectisternium, a Robe in which the Priests used to sleep in the Temples, to receive the Divine Oracles.

O most great and most Holy Father, seven or nine times: then put the Figure with great reverence about your Head; and sleep in the Bed with clean linnen vestiments, and doubt not but you shall obtain whatsoever you desire for this hath been proved by many, to whom such coelestial secrets of the Heavenly Kingdome are granted, Amen.

[129]



En Coronatorum Michaell



The Oration following ought to be said as you stand up.



O great God, Holy Father, most Holy Sanctifier of all Saints, three and one, most high King of Kings, most powerful God Almighty, most glorious and most wise Dispensor, Moderator, and Governour of all Creatures, visible and invisible: O mighty God, whose terrible and most mighty Majesty is to be feared, whose omnipotency the Heaven, the Earth, the Sea, [130] Hell, and all things that are therein, do admire, reverence, tremble at, and obey.



O most powerful , most mighty, and most invincible Lord God of Sabaoth: O God incomprehensible; the wonderful Maker of all things, the Teacher of all learning, Arts and Sciences; who mercifully Instructest the humble and meek: O God of all wisdome and knowledge, In whom are all Treasures of wisdome, Arts and Sciences; who art able instantly to infuse Wisdome, Knowledg, and Learning into any man; whose Eye beholdeth all things past, present, and to come; who art the daily Searcher of all hearts; through whom we are, we live and dye; who sittest upon the Cherubins; who alone seest and rulest the bottomeless pit: whose Word gives Law throughtout the universal World: I confesse my self this day before thy Holy and glorious Majesty, and before the company of all Heavenly virtues and Potentates, praying thy glorious Majesty, invocating thy great Name, which is a Name wonderful, and above every Name, blessing thee O Lord my God: I also beseech [131] thee, most high, most omnipotent Lord, who alone art to be adored; O thou great and dreadful God Adonay, wonderful Dispensator of all beatitudes, of all Dignities, and of all goodness; Giver of all things, to whomsoever thou wilt, mercifully, aboundantly and permanently: send down upon me this day the gift of the grace of thy Holy Spirit. And now O most merciful God, who hast created Adam the first man, according to thy image and likeness; fortify the Temple of my body, and let thy Holy Spirit descend and dwell in my Heart, that I may shine forth the wonderful beams of thy Glory: as thou hast been pleased wonderfully to operate in thy faithful Saints; So O God, most wonderful King, and eternal glory, send forth from the seat of thy glorious Majesty, a seven-fold blessing of thy grace, the Spirit of Wisedome and Understanding, the Spirit of fortitude and Counsel , the Spirit of knowledge and Godliness, the Spirit of fear and love of thee, to understand thy wonderful Holy and occult mysteries, which thou art pleased to reveal, and which are fitting for [132] thine to know, that I may comprehend the depth, goodness, and inestimable sweetness of thy most immense Mercy, Piety and Divinity. And now O most merciful Lord, who didst breath into the first Man the breath of life, be pleased this day to infuse into my Heart a true perfect perceiving, powerful and right understanding in all things; a quick, lasting, and indeficient Memory, and efficacious Eloquence; the sweet, quick and piercing Grace of thy Holy Spirit, and of the multitude of thy blessings, which thou bountifully bestowest: grant that I may despise all other things, and glorify, praise, adore, bless and magnify thee the King of Kings, and Lord of Lords; and alwayes set forth thy praise, mercy, and omnipotency: that thy praise may alwayes be in my mouth, and my Soul may be inflamed with thy Glory for ever before thee. O thou who art God omnipotents, King of all things, the greatest peace and perfectest wisdome, ineffable and inestimable sweetness and delight, the unexpressible [133] joy of all good, the desire of all the blessed, their life, comfort, and glorious end; who was from eternity, and is and ever shall be virtue invincible, without parts or passions; Splendor and glory unquenchable; benediction, honour, praise, and venerable glory before all Worlds, since and everlastingly time without end, Amen.







The following Oration hath power to expell all lusts.



O Lord, Holy Father, omnipotent eternal God, of inestimable mercy and immense goodness; O most merciful Jesus Christ, repairer and restorer of mankind; O Holy Ghost, comforter and love of the faithful: who holdest all the Earth in thy fingers, and weighest all the Mountains and Hills in the World; who dost wonders past searching out, whose power there is nothing can resist, whose wayes are past finding out: defend my Soul, and deliver my Heart from the wicked cogitations of this World; extinguish and repress in me by thy power all the sparks of lust and fornication, that I may [134] more intentively love thy works, and that the virtue of thy Holy Spirit may be increased in me, among the saving gifts of thy faithful, to the comfort and salvation of my Heart, Soul, and Body. O most great and most Holy God, Maker, Redeemer, and Restorer of mankind, I am thy servant, the Son of thy hand-maid, and the work of thy hands: O most merciful God and Redeemer, I cry and sigh before the sight of thy great Majesty, beseeching thee, with my whole Heart, to restore me a miserable sinner, and receive me to thy great mercy; give me Eloquence, Learning, and Knowledge, that those that shall hear my words, they may be mellifluous in their Hearts; that seeing and hearing thy wisdome, the proud may be made humble, and hear and understand my words with great humility, and consider the greatness and goodness of thy blessings, who livest and reignest now and for ever, Amen.



Note, that if you desire to know any thing that you are ignorant of, especially of any Science, read this Oration: I confess my self to thee this day, O God the Father of Heaven and Earth, [135] three times; and in the end express for what you desire to be heard; afterwards, in the Evening when you go to Bed, say the Oration Theos throughout, and the Psalm Qui Habitat, with this versicle, Emitte Spiritum; and go to sleep, and take the Figure for this purpose, and put it under the right Ear: and about the second or third hour of the night, thou shalt see thy desires, and know without doubt that which thou desirest to find out: and write in thy right hand Alpha and Omega, with the sign of the Cross, and put that hand under thy right Ear, and fast the day before; only once eating such meat as is used on fasting dayes.



[Finis.]


COMMENTS

-



 

Salomons Almadel Art[ARS ALMADEL SALOMONIS]

00:50 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,893




By this Rule [art] Salomon obtained great wisdom from the cheefe Angells that governe the 4 Altitudes of the world for you must observe [that] there be 4 Altitudes, representing the 4 corners of the world, East, West, North and South. The which are divided into 12 parts, that is, every part or Altitude into 3, and the Angells of every of these altitudes have their particulars vertues and powers, as shall be shewed in this following matter &c c c.

[The Making of the Almadel]



Make the Almadel of pure white wax, but colloured sutable to the altitude [as will be shown]; it is to be four squares [square], and six Inches [over] every way; and in every corner a hole and write betwixt every hole with a new pen, These words or names of god, following, but this is to be done in the day and hour of Sol. Write upon the first part towards the East, Adonai, Helomi, Pine, and upon the second towards the south, Helion, Heloi, Heli, and upon the west part: Jod, Hod, Agla: and upon the fourth part which is the north write these names: Tetragrammaton, Shadai, Jah, and betwixt the first and the other quarters make The Pentacle of Salomon thus [pentacle], and betwixt the first and [the] other quarters write this word, Anabona and in the midle of the Almadel make a six angled figure and in the middest off it a Triangle wherin must be written these names of god, Hel, Helion, Adoni [Adonai], And this last name round in the 6 Angled figure, [as well,] as you may see in this figure, here made it being ffor an example &c.



[146r]



And of the same wax there must be made four Candles, and they must be of the same collour as the Almadel is of. you must divide the wax into three parts, one part for to make the Almadel of, and the other 2 parts for to make the candles of, and let there come forth from every one of them a foot made of ye same wax, for to suporte ye Almadel with; This being done: in the next place you are to make a seal of pure gold or silver, but Gold is best wherein must be engraven these three names: Helion, Hellujon, Adonai; &c c.



Nota The first Altitude is called Chora Orientis or the East Altitude and to make any experiment in this Chora, it is to be done in the day and houre of the Sun: and the power and office of those Angells is to make all things fruitfull & encrease, both Animals & vegetables, in creation & generation; advancing the Birth of [the] children & makeing barren women fruitfull, &c. Their names are those. vizt, Alimiel, Gabriel, Borachiel, Lebes & Hellison;



Note: you must not pray for any Angells but those that belong to the same Altitude, you have a desier to call forth. and when you operate, set the four candles upon 4 candle sticks, but be carefull you doe not light them before you begin to operate, then lay the Almadel between the four candles upon the waxen feet that cometh from the candles and lay the golden seal upon the Almadel, and and [sic] [Then] haveing the Invocation redy written on virgins Parchment: Light the Candles and read the Invocation as is set down at the latter end of this part &c c.



And when he appeareth, he appeareth in the form of an Angell carrying in his hand a fan or flagg, having the picture of a white cross upon it, his body is wrapped round about with a fair cloud, and his face very fair and bright, and a Crown of Rose flowers [is] upon his head: he descends first upon the superscription of ye Almadel as if it were a Mist or Fogg. Then must the exorcist have in readyness a vessell of Earth of ye same collour of [that] the Almadel is of, and the other of his furniture, it being in the form of a Basin, and put therein a few hot ashes or coales but not too much lest it should melt the wax of ye Almadel, & put therein 3 little grains of Masticke in powder, so that it fumeth and the smell may goe upwards threw the holes of the Almadel when it is under it, and as soon as the angell smells it he beginneth to speake with a low voice asking what your desier is and why you have called the princes and governers of his Altitude. then you must Answer him, saying,



I desire that all my requests may be granted, and what I pray for may be accomplished, for your office maketh appeare and declareth that such is to be fullfild by you if it pleases god, &c,



adding further the particulars of your Requests praying with sincerity [and] ^humility for what is lawfull and Just and that you shall indeed obtain from him:



But if he doth not appear presently, you must then take the golden seal, And make with it three or four marks upon the candles, by which means the angell will presently appeare as aforesaide: and when the Angell departeth he will fill the whole place with a sweet and pleasant smell which will be smelt a long time.



Nota. The golden seal will serve and is to be used in the operation of all the Altitudes. The Collour of the Almadel belonging to the first Chora is lilly [lily] white. To the second Chora a Perfect red Rose Collour; The 3d Chora is to be a green mixt with [a] white silver collour. The Fourth Chora is to be a black mixt with a little green of a sadd collour &c c c c c.

Of the second Chora or Altitude:



Note: all the other three Altitudes with their signes and princes have power over goods [146v] and riches, and can make any man Rich or poor, and as the first Chora giveth Encrease and maketh fruitfull, so these giveth decrease and Barrenness, &c c c c c.



And if any have a desire to operate in any of the other 3 Choras or Altitudes, they must doe it on Sundays in the manner as above is shewed; But doe not pray for anything that is contrary to the nature of their office, or against god and his laws, but what God giveth according to the course of nature, that you may desier and obtaine, and all the furniture that is to be used is to be of the same collour as the Almadel is of, and the princes of this second Chora are named as Followeth Vizt: Alphariza, Genon, Geror, Armon, Gereinon [Gereinin] &c.



and when you operate kneel before the Almadel with cloathes of ye same collour in a closet hung with the same collours allso, for the holy apparation will be of the same collour: and when he is appeared, put the earthen Bason under the Almadel with fire and hott ashes and 3 graines of Mastic in poweder to fume as above written, and when the Angell smelleth the perfume, he turneth his face towards you, asking the Exorcist with a low voyace why he called the princes of this Chora or Altitude, then you must answer as before; saying: I desire that my Request may be granted, and the contents thereof may be accomplished, for your offices maketh appear and declareth that such is to be done by you if it pleases god, &c: you must not be fearfull but speak humbly saying &c: I recomend my my [sic] selfe wholy into your office, and I pray unto your princes of this Altitude that I may enjoy [and obtain all things according to] my wishes and desiers, &c: you may further express your mind in all particulars in your prayer &c. doe the like in the 2 other Choras that follow &.c ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~.



The Angell of this second Altitude appears in the form of a young childe with clothes of sattin and of a Red Rose collour, haveing a crown of Red gilly flowers upon his head, his face looking upwards to heaven, and is of a Red Collour and is compassed round about with a Bright splendour, as the Beams of the Sunn; and before he departeth he speaks to the Exorcist, saying I am your friend and brother, and [he] Illuminateth the ayre round above with splendour, and [he leaveth a] pleasant smell, which lasteth a long time, &c c c c c.

of the Third Chora or Altitude



In this Chora you are to doe in all things as you are before directed in the other Two. The Angells of this Altitude are named as foll: vizt Eliphamasai, Gelomiros, Gedobonai, Saranana, & Elomnia; They appeare in the form of children or little women drest in green and silver collours, very delightfull to behold, and a crown of Bay leaves, beset with Flowers of white and green collours upon their heads and they seeme to look a little downwards with their faces, &c. They speak as the others doe to the Exorcist and leave a mighty, sweet perfume behind them, &c c c c c c.

Of the fourth Chora or Altitude



In this Chora you must doe as in the other [others], and the Angells of this Chora are called Barchiel, Gediel, Gabiel, Deliel, & Captiel. &c. These appeare in the forme of little men or Boys with cloathes of a Black collour, mixt with a darke green and in their hands they hold a Bird which is naked & their heads are Beare, only it is compassed round & [147r] Besett with Ivy [and] Berries. The [They] are all very beautifull and comely and are compassed round with a Bright shineing of diveres [divers] col;ours. They leave a sweet smell behinde them allso; but [it] differeth from the others something [somewhat] &c c c c c.

[Of the proper times for invoking these angells]



Nota: There are 12 princes rulling besides those in the 4 Altitudes, and they distribute their offices amongst themselves, every one rulling 30 dayes [or thereabouts,] every yeare, now it will be in vain to call any of those Angells unless it be those that then governeth, For every Chora or Altitude, hath its limited time according to the 12 signs of the Zodiack and in that [what] signe the Sunn is in. That Angell or those angells that belong to that signe have the government: as for Example; suppose I would call the 2 first of those 5 that belong to the first Chora, Then chuse the first Sunday on March: that is after the Sun is entred [Aries], and then I make my Experiment; and so doe the like if you will the next Sunday after againe; But if you will call the 2 second that belong to ye first Chora, Then you must take the Sundays that are in Aprill, after the [Sun] is entered [Taurus]. But if you call the last of the 5th [five] Then you must take those Sundays that are in May after the [Sun] is entered [Gemini]; to make your Experiment in; doe the like in the other Altitudes, for they have all one way of working: But the Altitudes have a Name formed severally in the substance of heaven even as a Character, for when the Angells hear the names of god that are attributed to them they hear it by the vertue of that carecter [character]. Therefore it is in vain to call any angell or spirit unless you knew [know] what names of god to call them by; Therefore observe the forme of this Following conjuration, or Invocation &c c c c c.

The Invocation [for to call forth any of the aforesaid angells]



O thou great mighty and blessed angell of god, N, who ruleth as the cheefe & first governing angell in the first Chora or Altitude in the East, under the great prince of the East whom you obey, and [who] is sett over you as king by the divine power of god, Adonai, Helomi, Pine; who is the distributter & disposer of all things, holly in heaven and Earth and hell; I the servant of that god Adonai, Helomi, Pine; which you obey, doe Invocate, Conjure & entreat thee N. that thou forthwith appeareth, & by the vertue & power of the same god, [Adonai, Helomi, Pine], I doe command thee forth [by him whom you do obey and who is set over you as king by the divine power of God, that you forthwith descend] ffrom thy order or please [place] of abode to come into me, and shew thy selfe plainly and visibly here before me in this Cristall stone, in thy owne [and] proper shape and glory speaking with a voice intelligible and to [unto] my understanding: O thou mighty and blessed angell N, who art by the power of god ordained to governe all vegetables and Animalls, and causeth them, and all other creatures of god to spring, encrease, and bring forth according to their kinds and natures; I the servant of the same your god I doe entreat and humbly beseech thee to come and shew unto me all things that I shall desiere of you, so farr as in office you can, or be capable to perform, if god permitt to the same; O thou servant of mercy N, I entreat thee, and humbly beseech thee, in and by these 3 names of your true god, Adonai, Helomi, Pine, And doe constraine you in and by this [powerful] name Anabona, That thou forthwith appeareth vissibly and plainely in thy own proper shape and glory in and throwgh this Cristall stone; That I may visibly see Thee, and audibly hear you speake unto me, That I may have thy blessed and [147v] Glorious angellicall assistance; familiar, friendship, and constant society, communication and Instruction, both now and at all other times, to Informe and rightly Instruct me in my Ignorant and depraved Intellect Judgement and understanding; and to assist me both herein, and in all other truths, else what the Almighty Adonai, the King of Kings, The giver of all good gifts, shall in his Bountifull, and Fatherly Mercy be graceously pleased to bestow upon me; Therefore O thou blessed angell N. be friendly unto me, and doe for me, so farr as god hath given you power in office to performe, whereunto I move you in power and presence to appeare That I may sing with his holy Angells, O Mappa-la-man! Hallelujah amen.



[Note this invocation is to be altered according to the Altitude and angell you wish to call forth.]



When he is appeared, give him or them a kind entertainement, and then Aske what is Just and lawfull; and that which is proper and suetable to his office, and you shall Obtaine it.

So endeth the Booke Almadel of Solomon. &c.

COMMENTS

-



 

The Art Pauline of King Salomon

00:49 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,895






[135r]



This [book] is divided into two parts, the first containing [dealing with] the Angells of the hours of the day and night: The second part [with] the Angells of ye signs of the Zodiac as hereafter followeth &c.



The Nature of these 24 [four and twenty] Angells of the day and night changeth every day: and their offices is to doe all things that are attributed to the 7 planetts. But that changeth every day also: as for example you may see in the following Treatise That Samuel The Angell rulleth the first houre of the day beginnig [sic] at Sunn Rising, supose it be on a munday in the first hour of ye (that houre is attributed to the [Moon]) That you call Samuel or any of his Dukes; There offices in that houre is to doe [135v] doe all things that are attributted to the [Moon]. But if you call him or any of his Servient Dukes on Tuesday Morning at Sunn Riseing: being the first hour of the day: Their offices are to doe all things that are attributed to [Mars]. and so the like is to be observed in the first houre of every day: and the like is to be observed of the Angells and their servants that Rule any of the other hours: either in the day or night: allso againe there is an observation to be observed in makeing the Seales of these 24 Angells according to the time of the years Day and hour that you call the Angells or his servants in to doe your your [sic] will: But you cannot mise [miss] therein if you doe well observe the Example That is laid down in the following worke: They being all fitted for the 10th day of March Being one [on] a wednesday in the year 1641 according to the old account1 &c and as for to know what is attributed to the planetts, I doe referr you to the books of Astrology whereof large volumes have been written. &c c c c c.



1. i.e. using the Julian calendar. The Gregorian calendar was adopted throughout Europe in 1582, but not in England until 1752. Many documents of the time carry both dates, or as in this case, specified which calendar they were following. -JHP

[Concerning the cheefe spirits of the hours, and their servants and seals.]

Of the first houre of any Day.



The first houre of any Day is ruled by an [the] angel called Samuel, who hath under his command many Dukes and servants: wherof whe shall mention 8 of the cheefe Dukes which is sufficient for practice: who have 444 servants [apiece] to attend them. Theire Names are as Followeth: Ameniel, Charpon, Darosiel, Monasiel, Brumiel, Nestoriel, Chremas, Meresyn. Now for to fitt or make a seal for any of these 8 Dukes or the cheefe prince Samuel doe as followeth -- first write the Character of ye lord of the ascendent secondly the [Moon] afterwards the Rest of the planets, and after then the characters of ye signe that ascendeth on the 12 house in that hour that is shewed in this sigill which is fitted for the 10th Day of March in the year 1641 being on a wednesday in the first house &c c:

[136r]



[figure



This seal being thus made lay it on the Table of practice, Lay your hand on it and say The Conjuration that is written at the latter end of this first part for it serveth for all onely the names are to be changed according to the time you work in &c.



The Table of Practice3



[figure





2. The seals of the seven elements are based on the "characters of the seven planets, from The Magical Calendar. See introduction.



Saturn:

Jupiter:

Mars:

Sun:

Venus:

Mercury:

Moon:



Nota lay the seal on the Table or that of the table that is notted wth that charecter [sic] as lord of the ascendent is of, as [Mars] is lord of the ascendent in the above said seal therefore it is to be laid upon the characters of [Mars] in the table of practice: &c: doo the like with all other seales &c c c.



The perfumes are to be made of such things as are attributed to the same planetts & c c c.



[136v]



The second hour of the day is called Cevorym, The Angell that governeth that hour is calld Anael, who hath 20 [70] cheefe Dukes and 100 lesser Dukes to attend him whereof we shall mentione 9: But the thre first ar of ye cheefe [greater], and the other 6 of the under [lesser] Dukes. They haue 330 [of their own] Servants [apiece] to attend them. Those 9 [in order] are as followeth vizt: Menarchos, Archiel, Chardiel, Orphiel, Cursiel, Elmoym, Quosiel, Ermaziel, Granyel. when you haue a desier to worke in the second hour of wednesday on the 10th day of march make a seal as followeth on any clean paper or parchment writting first the characters of ye Lord of the ascendent -- Then the Rest of the Planetts, and the signe of ye 12th house as yoiu may see in this following sigill and when it is made lay it upon the part of ye table as is noted with the same charrecter as the lord of the ascendent is. Observe this same rule in all the following part of this first part and you can not Eare &c Then say the conjuration as is written at ye latter end &c c c c



[figure



The 3d hour of any day is called Dansor. and the Angell that rulleth that hour is called Vequaniel. who hath 20 cheefe Dukes and 200 lesser Dukes, and a great many other servants to attend him, whereof wee shall mention 4 of the cheefe Dukes and eight of the lesser [Dukes] who hath 1760 servants to attend them there names are as followeth vizt Asmiel, Persiel, Mursiel, Zoesiel; and Drelmech, Sadiniel, Parniel, Comadiel, Gemary, Xantiel, Serviel, Furiel. These being sufficient for practice. Make a seal sutabble to the day hour and year as this is for the time before mentioned and you cannot Erre, then say the Conjuration.



[figure



The 4th hour of any day is called Elechym, and the Angell thereof is called Vathmiel, who hath 10 cheefe Dukes and 100 under [lesser] Dukes, besides many servants whereof wee shall mention 5 of the cheefe and 10 of the under [lesser] Dukes; who have 1550 servants to attend them. Their names are as followeth: viz Armmyel, Larmich, Marfiel, Ormyel, Zardiel, Emarfiel, Permiel, Queriel, Strubiel, Diviel, Jermiel, Thuros, Vanesiel, Zasviel, Hermiel. These being sufficient for practice. make a seal suitable to this hour as is before directed and you can not erre: the form it will be as this is heare for the time aforsaide &c when it is made: doe as before directed: and say The conjuration: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~



[137r]



[figure



The 5th hour of every day is called Fealech, and the angel thereof is called Sasquiel. he hath 10 Dukes cheefe, and 100 lesser Dukes and very many servants whereof wee shall mention 5 of the cheefe Dukes and 10 of ye the lesser [Dukes] who have 5550 servants to attend [on] them whose names are as followeth, vizt: Damiel, Araniel, Maroch, Saraphiel, Putisiel; Jameriel, Futiniel, Rameriel, Amisiel, Uraniel, Omerach, Lameros, Zachiel, Fustiel, Camiel, These being sufficient for ^to practice: then make a seal suetable for the time as I here giue you an Example ^of for the day before spoken of in the year 1641 and when you haue made it lay it upon the Table as you was before shewed and say the conjuration: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~



[figure



The 6th houre of the day is called Genapherim, and the Angell rulling that houre is called Saniel, who hath 10 cheefe Dukes and 100 lesser Dukes besides many other Inferiour servants whereof wee shall mention 5 of the cheefe and 10 of the lesser [Dukes] who have 5550 servants to attend them: whose names are as followeth vizt: Arnebiel, Charuch, Medusiel, Nathmiel, Pemiel, Gamyel, Jenotriel, Sameon, Trasiel, Xamyon, Nedabor, Permon, Brasiel, Camosiel, Evadar. They being sufficient for practice in this houre of the day. Then make a seal sutable to the time of the day year and hour as here is made one for the time aforesaid Then lay it on the Table as you was before directed and you cannot erre. Then say the conjuration &c c c c c c c



[figure

[137v]



The 7th houre of the day is called Hamarym, and the Angell that governeth the same is called Barquiel, who hath 10 cheefe dukes and a 100 under [lesser] Dukes besides servants which are very many whereof wee shall mention 5 of the cheefe Dukes and 10 of the lesser who have 600 servants which attend them in this hour: whose names are as followeth viz: Abrasiel, Farmos, Nestorii, Manuel, Sagiel, Harmiel, Nastrus, Varmay, Tulmas, Crosiel, Pasriel, Venesiel, Evarym, Drufiel, Kathos. They being sufficient for practice in this houre &c. Then make a seal here I giue you an Example Then lay on the Table as you was directed before & haveing all things in readines say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure



The 8th hour of every day is called Jafanym, and the angell [that] governeth the same is called Osmadiel, who hath a 100 [10] cheefe Dukes and 100 lesser Dukes besides very many other servants whereof wee shall mention 5 of the cheefe Dukes and 10 of the lesser who have 1100 servants to attend them -- They being sufficient for Practice: There names are as followeth vizt: Sarfiel, Amalym, Chroel, Mesial, Lantrhots, Demarot, Janofiel, Larfuty, Vemael, Thribiel, Mariel, Remasyn, Theoriel, Framion, Ermiel. &c. Then make a seal for this 8th houre as os shewed by this seal which is made for an example - then lay it on the table: and say the conjuration following &c c c c c



[figure



The 9th hour of every day is called Karron, and the Angell rulling it is called Quabriel who hath many Dukes, 66 of ye greater and lesser order: besides many other servants: which are more Inferiour whereof 10 of the greater and 100 of the lesser Dukes have 192980 servants in 10 orders to obey and serve them whereof we shall mention the names of five great [greater] Dukes and 10 [of the] lesser Dukes who have 650 cheefe servants to attend on them in this houre they being sufficient for practice: These be their names: vizt: Astroniel, Charmy, Pamory, Damyel, Nadriel, Kranos, Menas, Brasiel, Nefarym, Zoymiel, Trubas, Xermiel, Lameson, Zasnor, Janediel. and when you haue a desier to make an experiment in this house make a seal as you was tought before the forme of this is for an example and when it is made lay it on the Table as you was directed before Then say the Conjuration: &c c c c c



[138r]



[figure



The 10th hour of every Day is called Lamarhon and the angell rulling it is called Oriel who hath many Dukes and servants divided into 10 orders which contain 5600 spirits whereof wee shall mention 5 of the cheef Dukes & 10 of the next lesser Dukes who hath 1100 servants to attend on them. They being sufficient for practice. Their names are as followeth vizt Armosy, Drabiel, Penaly, Mesriel, Choreb, Lemur, Ormas, Charny, Zazyor, Naveron, Xantros, Basilon [Basilion], Nameron, Kranoti, Alfrael. and when you have a desier to practice in this houre make a seal sutable to the time: as this hear is made for the 10th hour on wednesday the 10th of march in the year 1641 it being for an examble [sic] and when it is made lay it on the Table of practice: and say the conjuration &c c c c c



[figure



The 11th hour in every day is called Maneloym, and the angel governing that hour is called Bariel, who hath many Dukes and servants which are divided into 10 parts which contain ye number of 5600 whereof wee shall mention 5 of the Dukes of the first order and 10 lesser Dukes of the second order, who have 1100 servants to attend them, They being sufficient for practice. Their names are as followeth vizt: Almarizel [Almariziel], Prasiniel, Chadros, Turmiel, Lamiel, Menafiel [Menasiel], Demasor, Omary, Helmas, Zemoel, Almas, Perman, Comial, Temas, Lanifiel. and when you would practice make a seal sutable to ye time of the day: as I shew you here by an Example: and when it is made lay it on the Table of practice: and say the Conjuration &c c c c c



[figure



The 12 hour of every day is called Nahalon: and the Angell governing that hour is called Beratiel, who hath many Dukes and other servants which are divided into 12 degrees the which containe the number of 3700 spirits in all whereof wee shall mention 5 the cheefe Dukes and 10 of the lesser Dukes: who have 1100 servants to attend them, they being sufficient for practice. Their names are as followeth: vizt: Camaron [Camarom], Astrofiel, Penatiel, Demarac [Demarae], Famaras, Plamiel, Nerastiel, Fimarson, Quirix, Sameron, Edriel, Choriel, Romiel, Fenosiel, Harmary. and when you have a desier to worke in this hour make a seal sutable to the time as I have here for the same hour But the 10th of march in ye year 1641. when you have thus made it lay it on the Table of practice and lay your hand on it. and say the conjuration &c c c c c



[figure

[138v]



The first hour of every night is called Omalharien, and the Angell ruling it is called Sabrathan who hath 1540 Dukes and other servants: which are divided into 10 orders or parts, whereof wee shall mention 5 of the cheefe Dukes and 10 of the lesser Dukes: which are next to the 5 first: They being sufficient for practice in this houre. Their names are as followeth viz: Domaras [Domoras], Amerany, Penoles, Mardiel, Nastul, Ramesiel, Omedriel, Franedac, Chrasiel, Dormason, Hayzoym, Emalon, Turtiel, Quenol, Rymaliel. They have 2000 servants to attend them and when you would worke in this houre make a seal sutable to the time as this is for an Example Then lay the seal on the Table of practice: and you cannot erre: saying the conjuration &c c c c c



[figure



The 2d hour of the ^every night is called Panezur, and the Angell rulling it is called Tartys. who hath 101550 to attend him they being divided into 12 degrees or orders whereof wee shall mention 6 of the cheefe Dukes of the first order & 12 of the next: They being sufficient for practice: Their names are as followeth viz Almodar, Famoriel, Nedroz, Ormezyn, Chabriz, Praxiel, Permaz, Vameroz, Emaryel [Ematyel], Fromezyn, Ramaziel, Granozyn, Gabrinoz, Mercoph, Tameriel, Venomiel, Jenaziel, Xemyzin. These have 1320 servants to attend them in this hour to doe their will and when you will worke in this hour make a Seal sutable to [sic] for the time as I have here given an Example for the time aboue mentioned then lay it on ye table: and say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure



The 3d hour of the night is called Quabrion, and the angel governing it is called Serquanich who hath 101550 servient Dukes and servants to attend him: The which are divided into 12 Degrees of orders whereof wee shall mention 6 Dukes of the first order and 12 of the second: They being sufficient for practice. whose names are as followeth viz Menarym, Chrusiel, Penargos, Amriel, Demanoz, Nestoroz, Evanuel, Sarmozyn, Haylon, Quabriel, Thurmytz, Fronyzon, Vanosyr, Lemaron, Almonoyz, Janothyel, Melrotz, Xanthyozod: These have 1320 servants to attend them and when you will make any experiment in this houre make a Seal sutable to the time as I have here exemplifyed for the time aforesaid Then lay it on the Table of practice and say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure



[139r]



The 4th hour of the night is called Ramersy, and the angell that governs it is called Jefischa -- who hath 101550 Dukes and other servants, which are divided into 12 orders or degrees to attend him, whereof we shall mention 6 of the cheefe Dukes: and 12 of those that are of the second order, they being sufficient for Practice: Their names are as followeth: vizt Armosiel, Nedruan, Maneyloz, Ormael, Phorsiel, Rimezyn, Rayziel, Gemezin, Fremiel, Hamayz, Japuriel, Jasphiel, Lamediel, Adroziel, Zodiel, Bramiel, Coreziel, Enatriel. Those have 7260 servants to attend them and if you haue a desier to operate in this houre: make a seal sutable for the time you have one here for this howre for the time abouesaid it being for an Example Then lay the seal upon the Table of Practice and say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure



The 5th houre of the night is called Sanayfar, and the ^this angel is called Abasdarhon. he hath 101550 Dukes and other servants at his command: They being divided into 12 degrees of orders whereof wee shall mention 12 of the Dukes belonging to the first order and as many of the second order, They being sufficient for practice for this hour: There names are as followeth vizt: Meniel, Charaby, Appiniel, Deinatz, Nechorym, Hameriel, Vulcaniel, Samelon, Gemary, Vanescor, Samerym, Xantropy, Herphatz, Chrymas, Patrozyn, Nameton, Barmas [Barmos], Platiel, Neszomy, Quesdor, Caremaz, Umariel, Kralym, Habalon. who have 3200 servants to attend them and if you make any Experiment In this hour, make a seal sutable to the time as this seal is suted for the time aforesaid being ye 10th of March 1641 it being for an example. Then lay it on the Table of practice and doe as you where directed before & say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure

[139v]



The 6th hour of every night is called Thaazaron, and the angell governing it is called Zaazenach, who hath 101550 Dukes and other servants at his command to attend him, they being divided in 12 parts and [or] orders; whereof wee shall mention 12 of the cheefest Dukes in the first order and 6 of the second order they being sufficient for practice in this hour. Their names are as followeth: vizt: Amonazy, Menoriel, Prenostix, Namedor, Cherasiel, Dramaz, Tuberiel, Humaziel, Lanoziel Lamerotzod, Xerphiel, Zeziel, Pammon, Dracon, Gematzod, Enariel, Rudefor, Sarmon, who have 2400 servants to attend on them & if you make any experiment in this hour make a seal fitt for the time as this is for The Time before spoken of Then lay it on the Table and say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure



The 7th houre of every [the] night is called Venaydor, and its angell is called Mendrion, who hath 101550 dukes & other servants to attend him. They being divided into 12 orders, whereof we shall mention 12 of the first cheefe dukes and 6 of ye next lesser sort They being sufficient for practice -- Their names are as followeth: vizt: Ammiel, Choriel, Genarytz, Pandroz, Menesiel, Sameriel, Ventariel, Zachariel, Dubraz, Marchiel, Jonadriel, Pemoniel, Rayziel, Tarmytz, Anapion, Jmonyel, Framoth, Machmag, who have 1860 servants to attend them & when you make any Experiment make a seal sutable to the time as you have hear an Example. Then lay it on ye Table: and say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure



Nota I supose this seal to be wrong and that it must be as the following seal of the 8th houre:



The 8th hour of every night is called Xymalim, and the angell rulling it is called Narcoriel, who hath 101550 Dukes & other servient spirits to attend him, they being divided into 12 degrees or orders, whereof we shall mention 12 of the first order and 6 of the next order, They being sufficient to practice in this hour. Their names are as followeth vizt Cambiel [Cambriel], Nedarym, Astrocon, Marifiel, Dramozyn, Lustifion, Amelson, Lemozar, Xernifiel, Kanorsiel, Bufanotz, Jamedroz, Xanoriz, Jastrion, Themaz, Hobraiym, Zymeloz, Gamsiel: who have 30200 [36200] servants to attend them and when you make any Experiment in this houre make a seal sutable to the time as you have here in Example for the time aforesaid. Then lay it on the Table and say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure

[140r]



The 9th hour of the night is called Zeschar and the angell rulling it is called Pamyel. he hath 101550 dukes & other servants to attend him who are divided into 12 parts or orders, whereof wee shall mention 18 of the cheefe Dukes whose names are as followeth: vizt Demaor, Nameal, Adrapan, Chermel, Fenadros, Vemasiel, Comary [Camary], Matiel, Zenoroz, Brandiel, Evandiel, Tameriel, Befranzy, Jachoroz, Xanthir, Armapy, Druchas, Sardiel. Who have 1320 servants to Attend them and when you make any Experiment in this hour make a seal sutable to the time as you have hear and [sic] example for the time aforesaid. Then lay it on the table and lay your hands on it: and say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure



The 10th hour of the night is called Malcho, and the angell governing it is called Iassuarim, who hath a 100 cheefe dukes and a 100 lesser dukes besides many other servants, whereof wee shall mention 6 that is three of the first order and 3 of the second order who have 1620 servants. There names are as followeth: vizt Lapheriel, Emarziel, Nameroyz, Chameray, Hazaniel, Uraniel. and when you operate in this houre make a seal sutable to the time as this is for time in the month of March 1641. then lay it on the Table And say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure



The 11th hour of ye night is called Aalacho, and the angell governing it is called Dardariel, who hath many servants and dukes whereof we shall mention 14 of the cheefe dukes and 7 of ye lesser Dukes who have 420 servants to attend them: They are all good and obey gods lawes. Their names are as followeth: vizt: Cardiel, Permon, Armiel, Nastoriel, Casmiroz, Dameriel, Furamiel, Mafriel, Hariaz, Damar, Alachuc, Emeriel, Naveroz, Alaphar, Nermas, Druchas, Carman, Elamyz, Jatroziel, Lamersy, Hamarytzod. and when you haue a desere to make an Experiment: make a Seal sutable for the time as this is for the time in the month of March 1641. Then lay it on the Table and say the conjuration, &c c c c c



[figure

[140v]



The 12 hour of the night is called Xephan, and the angell governing it is called Sarandiel, who hath many dukes and servants whereof wee shall mention 14 of ye cheefe and good Dukes of the first order and 7 of those of ye second order: who have 420 servants to attend on them. Their names are as followeth: vizt Adoniel, Damasiel, Ambriel, Meriel, Denaryz, Emarion, Kabriel, Marachy, Chabrion, Nestoriel, Zachriel, Naveriel, Damery, Namael, Hardiel, Nefrias, Irmanotzod, Gerthiel, Dromiel, Ladrotzod, Melanas. and when you haue a desier to make any Experiment in this hour make a sigill sutable to the time as this is hear for the same hour for the 10th of March in the year 1641 and when it is so made lay it on the Table of practice and lay your hand on it and say this conjuration following:



[figure

The Conjuration as followeth:



O thou mighty great and potent Angell Samael who ruleth in the first hour of ye day -- I the servant of the most high god: doe conjure and entreat thee in the name of ye most omnipotent and Immortall Lord god of hosts: Jehovah * Tetragrammaton, and by the name of that god that you are obedient to and by ye head of ye hierarchy and by the seal or marke that you are known in power by and by the 7 Angels that stand before the Throne of god and by the 7 planetts and their seals and characters and by the angel that rulleth The signe of ye 12 house wch now ascends in this last ^first hour that you would be graciously pleased to gird up and gather thy ^your selfe together & by devine permission to move and come from all parts of the world, wheresoever you be and shew thy ^your selfe visibly and plainly in this Cristall stone to the sight of my Eyes speaking with a voice Intelligible and to my understanding and that you would be favorably pleased That I may have familliar frindship [friendship] and constant socity [society] both now and at all times when I shall call thee forth to visible appearance to Informe and direct me in all things that I shall seem good and lawful unto the Creator and Thee: o thou great and powerfull angele Samael. I invocate, adjure, command & most powerfully call you forth from your orders and place of Residence to visible appirition [appearance] in and through these great and mighty Incomprehensible signall3 and divine names of the great god who was and is and ever shall be Adonay, Zebaoth, Adonay Amioram, Hagios, Agla, On, Tetragrammaton and by and in the name Primeumaton, which commandeth the whole host of heaven whose power and vertue is most Effectual for the calling you forth [and ordering of the creation] and commandeth you to Transmitt your Rayes vissible and perfectly into [unto] my sight: and your voice to my Ears, in and threw this Cristall stone: That I may plainly see you and perfectly hear you speak unto me. Therefore move yee, o Thou mighty and blessed angell Samael: and in this potent name of the great god Jehovah: and by the Imperiall dignity Thereof [141r] descend and shew your self vissible and perfectly in a pleasant and comely form before me in this Cristall stone: to the sight of my Eyes speaking with a voyce Intelligible and to my apprehension: shewing, declaring & accomplishing all my desires that I shall aske or Request of you both herein and in whatsoever Truths or things else that is Just and lawfull before the presence of Almighty god: the giver of all good gifts: unto whome I begg that he would be graciously plased [pleased] to bestow upon me: O thou servant of mercy Samael, be thou therefore unto me friendly: and doe for me as for the servant of the highest [most high] god: so farr as god shall given you power in office to performe: whereunto I move you in Power and presence to appear that I may sing with his holy angells Omappa-la-man, Hallelujah, Amen.



3. Signall: extraordinary.



But before you call any of the princes or the Dukes: you are to Invocate his cheefe governing Angell that governeth the hour of the day or of the night, as follows:

The Invocation as followeth:





O Thou mighty and potent angell Samael, who is by the decree of the most high king of glory Ruler and governour of the first hour of the day I the servant of the highest doe desier and entreat you by these 3 great and mighty names of god: Agla, [On],4 Tetragrammaton and by the power and vertue Thereof to assist and help me in my affairs: and by your power and authority, to send and cause to come and appear to me all or any of these angells that I shall call by name: that are residing under your government, to Instruct, help, aid and assist me, in all such matters and Things according to their office, as I shall desier and request of them (or him) and that they may doe for me as for the servant of ye highest creator.







4. S2, H, S1: "Aglaon."

Then Beginn to Invocate them as followeth:



O thou mighty and potent angel Ameniel, who rulleth by divine permission under The great and potent angell Samael, who is the great and potent angel rulling this first hour of the day: I the servant of the most high god doe conjure and entreat thee In the name of the most omnipotent and Immortall lord god of hosts Jehovah *



Note from this sign *: to continue the contents of ye above written conjuration, &c.



and when any spirit is come bidd him wellcome: Then aske your desier, and when you have done, dismiss him according to your orders of dissmission. &c c c c c

& so endeth the first part of the Art Pauline, &c

[141v]

The second part of the Art Pauline.



Which containeth the Mysticall names of the Angells of ye signes in general, and allso the names of the Angells of every degree and ye signes in general who are called the angells of men: because in some one of those signs and degrees, every man is born under. Therefore he that knoweth the moment of his Birth he may know the angel that governeth him [by the following art]: and thereby he may obtaine to all arts and sciences, yea to all ye wisdome and knowledge that any mortall man can desier in this world: But note this: Those angells that are attributed to the fire have more knowledge therin than any other: So those that belong to the Aire have more knowledge therin [in aerial matters] than any other [order of spirit]: and those of ye water have more knowledge therin then any other: and allso those of the Earth have more knowledge therein then any other: and to know wch belong to the fire, ayre, Earth, or water: observe the nature of the signes and you cannot erre: for those that are attributed to [Aries]: are of the same nature, [namely fire,] and so the like in the rest. But if any Planett is in that degree that ascends: Then that angell is of the nature of the signe and Planett both, &c. Observe this following method and you cannot but obtaine your desiere &c.

The Planets

[Mars] [Venus] [Mercury] [Moon] [Sun] [Mercury] [Venus] [Mars] [Jupiter] [Saturn] [Saturn] [Jupiter]

The signes

Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricornus Aquarius Pisces

The Nature of the signes

Fire Earth Ayer wayter Fire Earth Ayer wayter Fire Earth Ayer wayter

The Angels

Aiel Tual Giel Cael Ol voil Jael Josel [Sosol] Suiajasel Casujojah [Casuijah] Ausiul [Ansuil] Pasil [Pasiel]



These 12 names are attributed by 12 signes of the Zodiac: Because of these [those] that doe not know the very [i.e. exact] decree [degree] of their nativity: so that they may make use of these if he know but the signe that ascends, &c. The names of the other angells which are attributed to Every degree are as followeth:

[142r]



1 2 3 4 5



Aries Biael Gesiel Hael Vaniel Zaciel



Taurus Latiel Hujael Sachiel Gneliel Panael



Gemini Latiel Nagael Sachael Gnaliel Paniel



Cancer Sachiel Metiel Asel Sachiel Mihel



Leo Mechie1 Satiel Ajel Mechiel Sahel



Virgo Celiel Senael Nasael Sangiel Gnaphiel



Libra Ibajah Chaiel Sahael Naviel Saziel



Scorpio Teliel Jeniel Cesiel Lengael Naphael



Sagittarius Taliel Janiel Casiel Langael Naphael



Capricornus Chushel Temael Jaajah Cashiel Lamajah



Aquarius Chamiel Tesael Jaajeh Camiel Lashiel



Pisces Lachiel Neliel Sanael Gnasiel Pangael







6 7 8 9 10



Aries Cegnel Japhael Itael Cakiel Lariel



Taurus Jezisiel Kingael Raphiel Tezael Gnakiel



Gemini Tzisiel Kingael Raphiel Gnetiel Bakiel



Cancer Aniel Sasael Magnael Aphiel Sersael



Leo Aniel Masiel Sengael Aphiel Metziel



Virgo Parziel Tzakiel Kriel Rathiel Tangiel



Libra Gnachiel Patiel Trajael Kachiel Baliel



Scorpio Satziel Gnakiel Periel Tzethiel Rengliel



Sagittarius Satziel Gnakiel Periel Tzangiel Jebiel



Capricornus Naajah Sasajah Gnamiel Paajah Izashiel



Aquarius Naajah Samiel Gnashiel Paajah Izamiel



Pisces Tzapheal Kphiel Ratziel Tarajah Gnathiel







11 12 13 14 15



Aries Natheel Sagnel Gabiel Pegiel Gadiel



Taurus Beriel Gethiel Dagnel Vabiel Zegiel



Gemini Geriel Dathiel Hegnel Vabiel Zagiel



Cancer Makael Ariel Sethiel Magnael Abiel



Leo Sekiel Ariel Gnethiel Sagiel Abiel



Virgo Gnasiel Bagiel Gediel Dahiel Hevael



Libra Tamael Gnamiel Bangiel Gepheel Datziel



Scorpio Rebiel Tagiel Gnadiel Bevael Geziel



Sagittarius Regael Tediel Gnaheel Bevael Geziel



Capricornus Kmiel Riajah Tashiel Gnamiel Baajah



Aquarius Kshiel Raajah Tamiel Gnashiel Baajah



Pisces Bengiel Gebiel Dagiel Hadiel Vahajah







16 17 18 19 20



Aries Kheel Leviel Hezael Geciel Betiel



Taurus Chadiel Tahiel Javiel Chazael Bachiel



Gemini Chadiel Tahiel Javiel Chazael Bachiel



Cancer Sagel Madiel Athiel Savael Maziel



Leo Magiel Sadiel Athiel Muviel Saviel



Virgo Vaziel Zachiel Chetiel Tiiel Jechiel



Libra Hekiel Variel Zethiel Chengiel Tibiel



Scorpio, Dachiel Hephiel Vagael Zackiel Chabiel

Sagittarius



Capricornus, Gashiel Dashiel Haajah Vashiel Zamiel

Aquarius



Pisces Zavael Chazael Tachael Jatael Cajaiel







21 22 23 24 25



Giel Dachael Habiel Vagel Zadiel



Getiel Dajiel Hachael Vabiel Zagiel



Achiel Setiel Maiel Achael Sabiel



Achiel Metiel Siel Achael Mabiel



Cabiel Bagiel Gediel Dahiel Hoviel



Jagiel Cediel Behel Gevael Daziel



Tagiel Jadiel Cahael Baviel Gezael



Chael Tashiel Jashiel Ciajah Beshael



Bachiel Gabiel Dagiel Hediel Vahejah







26 27 28 29 30



Chahel Tavael Jezel Cechiel Hetiel



Chadiel Tahiel Javael Chaziel Sachael



Magiel Adiel Sahiel Meviel Aziel



Sagiel Adiel Mahiel Savael Aziel



Vaziel Zachiel Chetivel Tajael Jachiel



Heckiel Vatiel Zajel Chechiel Tehiel



Dachael Hatiel Vajael Zachiel Chasiel



Gamael Daael Heshael Vamiel Zaajah



Zavael Chazael Tachiel Jatael Cajael







[142v]



Note, the following formulae are given in apothacary symbols which have the following meaning:



[oz.] = 1 ounce = 28.35 grams

[dr.] = 1 dram = 3.54 grams = 1/8 oz

[Au] = gold

[Sn] = tin

[Ag] = silver

[Cu] = copper

[Fe] = iron

[Pb] = lead

[Hg] = mercury



"Roman numerals (lower case) are always used following a symbol to designate the number of units read, but if the abbreviation is used, Arabic numerals are used and preceed the abbreviation; for example 3iv or 4dr. For less that one unit, ½ may be designated by "ss" following the symbol, but other fractions must be designated by Arabic numeral fractions." [Merck Index, and Encyclopedia of Chemicals and Drugs, Merck & Co., Inc., New Jersey, 10th Edition, 1983, p. MISC-71.]



These are the 12 Seales wch are attributed to the Signes & Angells aforegoeing.



[Aries]



[figure



Make this seal of [Fe] [oz.]ss [Au] [dr.]ii [P adds: [Ag] [dr.]i] [Cu] [dr.]ss and melt them together when the [Sun] entereth the first Degree of [Aries]. Then on [Tuesday], the [Moon] being in 9 or 10 degrees of [Aries], and make it and finish it &c c c c c.



[Taurus]



[figure



Make this seal of [Cu] [oz.]i [Sn] [dr.]i [Fe] [oz.]ss [Au] [dr.]ii [P reads: [Au] [oz.]ii ] and melt them together in the very point the [Sun] entereth [Taurus], and so finish itt &c c c c c.



[Gemini]



[figure



Make this seal of [Au] [dr.]i [Ag] [dr.]i and melt them together when the [Sun] entereth [Gemini], and make a lamin thereof when [the is in [Leo] or [Pisces] &c c c c c.

[143r]



[Cancer]



[figure



Make this seal of [Ag] when the sun entereth [Cancer] in the hour of [the [Monday at 6, 13, or 20 hours,] she [the Moon] encreasing and in a good aspect &c c c.



[Leo]



[figure



Make this seal of [Gold] when he [the Sun] entereth [Leo], then after when [Jupiter] is in [Pisces] engrave the first figure, and the other side, when the [Moon] is in [Pisces], it must not come into the fire any more, but once, that is, when it is melted &c c c c c c.



[Virgo]



[figure



Make this seal of [Cu] [dr.] i [Au] [oz.] ss [Ag] [dr.] ii [Sn] [dr.] ss and melt them on [Sun] day when the [Sun] entereth [Virgo], then afterwards, when [Mercury] is well aspected, on his day [Wednesday] engrave the words and Characters as you see in the figure &c c c c c c c c c c.

[143v]



[Libra]



[figure



Make this seal of [Cu] melted powered [poured] & made when [the entreth [Libra].



[Scorpio]



[figure



Make this seal of [Fe] and in this day and hour [Tuesday at 6, 13, or 20 hours], when [the entereth [Scorpio], and in that hour engrave the forepart of it, and afterwards, when [the entereth [Aries], engrave the other.



[Sagittarius]



[figure



Make this seal of pure [Sn] in the hour that [the entereth [Sagittarius], and engrave it in the hour of [Jupiter] [Thursday at 6, 13, or 20 hours]. This seal is to be hung in a silver Ring. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

[144r]



[Capricorn]



[figure



Make this seal of [Gold], and a Ring of [Cu] to hang it in, and when [the entereth [Capricorn], and engrave it when [Saturn] is well aspected and in his day and houre [Saturday at 6, 13, 20 hours.]



[Aquarius]



[figure



Make this seal of [Au] [oz.] ss [Pb] [dr.] ii [Fe] [dr.] i and melt them when [the entereth [Aquarius], and engrave them as you see in the figure when [Saturn] is in ye 9th house &c.



[Pisces]



[figure



Make this seal when [the entereth [Pisces], of [Au] [Fe] [Cu] [Ag] of each [dr.]ii, of [Sn] [oz.]ss, and let them be melted and engraven both in that hour of his increase, &c.



[144v]



So when you know the Angell that governeth the sign, & degree of your nativity, and haveing the seal redy prepared that is suetable to the sign and dgree [degree] as is shewed before, then you are next to understand what order he is of and under what prince as is shewed hereafter in the ffollowing part.



First those genii that are attibruted [attributed] to [Aries], [Leo], & [Sagittarius] are of the Fiery region, and are governed by Michael, The great Angell who is one of the great messengers of god, which is towards the South; therefore those geniis are to be observed in the first hour on a Sunday and at the eighth, allso at three and ten at night directing yourselfe towards that quarter. they appear in Royal Robes holding scepters in their hands, oft Ryding on a Lion or a Cock. their robes are of a red and saffron collor and most commonly the [they] assume the sheap of a crowned queen, very beautifull to behold &c.



Secondly those geniis that are attributed to [Taurus], [Virgo], & [Capricorn], are of the Earthy [terrestrial] Region and governed by Uriel, who hath three princes to attend him viz, Cassiel, Sachiel, & Assaiel. Therefore the geniis that are attributed to him and those signs are to be observed in the West, They appear like Kings having green and silver Robes, or like little children or women delighting in hunting &c. [They are to be observed on] Saturdays. at the first and eighth hours of the day and at night at the third and tenth hours, You are with privacy to obtaine your desiers, directing yourselfe towards the West &c --.



Thirdly those geniis that are attributed to [Gemini], [Libra], & [Aquarius], are of the aeiry [aerial] region, whose sovereign prince is called Raphael; who hath under him 2 princes, wch are called Miel & Seraphiel. Therefore those genii wch are attributed to him and those signs are to be observed towards the east, on a wednesday, the first and eighth hours of the day and at night the third & tenth houre. they appear like kings or beautiful young men cloathed in Robes of divers collours, But most commonly like women Transcendently handsome; by reason of their admirable whiteness and Beauty &c.



Fourthly & lastly Those genii that are attributed to [Cancer], [Scorpio], & [Pisces] are of the watry [watery] region, and are governed by Gabriel, who hath under him 3 mighty princes, vizt Samael, Madiel, & Mael. Therefore those genii which are attributed to these signes that are governed by gabriel, and are to be observed on a munday towards the north at the first & 8th houres of the day, and at night at the 3d & 10th houres; they appear like kings haveing green and silver Robes or like little Children or women delighting in hunting &c.





So in the next place wee are to consider ^observe the season of the year according to the constellations of the celestial Bodies, otherwise wee shall lose all our labour, for if the genius be of Jyneal5 Hierarchy, its in vaine to observe him in any other season but when the sun entereth those signs which are of his nature, that is [Aries], [Leo], & [Sagittarius]:



5. S2, S1, H: Igneal, i.e. belonging to ine of the fire signs. -JHP



[145r]



So if it be a geniis [genius] of the Earth he is to be observed when [the entereth [Taurus], [Virgo], and [Capricorn], and so the like in the rest.



Or otherwise thus [Another rule that may be observed instead is this]: those geniis that are of the order of the fire, are to be observed in ye summer quarter & those of the earthy in Autume [autumn], and those of the ayr [air] in the spring, and those of ye water in the winter quarter -- &c.



Their offices are to all things that are Just and not against the laws of the great god Jehovah But what is for our good and what shall concerne the protection of our life, our beinge & well being & doeing good to & oblidging [obliging] our neighbours, &c.



Now he that desireth to see his genius, ought to prepare himselfe accordingly. Now if his genius be of the fire his demands must be the consecration ^conservation of his Body or person that he receives no hurt ffrom or by any fire armes guns or the like and haveing a seal sutable, ready prepared, he is to weare it when he hath a desier to see his genius, That he may conferme it to him & for the time to come he may not fail of his assistance and protection at any time or occasion &c.



But if his genius be ayeriall [aerial] he reconcileth mens natures Increaseth love and affection between them causeth the deserved favour of kings and princes & secretly promoteth marriages: & Therefore he that hath such a genius before he observeth him should prepare a seal suitable to his order that he may have it confermed by him in the day and hour of observation, where of he shall see wonderfull & strange Effects and so the like of ye other 2 hierarchies:



and when the time is come that you would see yr genius Turne yr face towards that quarter the signe is, and that with prayers to god: they being composed to your fancy, but sutable to ye matter in hand and there thou shalt find him; and haveing found him and sincerely acknowledged him doe your duty. Then will he, as being Benigne & sociable Illuminate your minde, takeing away all that is obscure & darke in the memory and make thee knowing in all sciences sacred & divine in an instant &c --



[Here followeth] a form of prayer wch ought to be said upon that cost [coast] or quarter where the genius is several times, it being an Exorcisme to call the genius into the christall [crystal] stone that is to stand upon the Table of practice before shewed, it being covered with a white linnen [linen] cloth. Note this prayer may be altered to the mind of the worker, for it is here set for [to serve as] an Example &c c c.

[The Conjuration of the Holy Guardian Angel]



O thou great and blessed N. my angell guardian vouchsafe to descend from thy holy mansion which is Celestial, with thy holy Influence and presence, into this cristall stone, that I may behold thy glory; and enjoy thy society, aide and assistance, both now and for ever hereafter. O thou who art higer [higher] than the fortly [fourth] heaven, and knoweth the secrets of Elanel. Thou that rideth upon the wings of ye winds and art mighty and potent in thy Celestial and superlunary motion, do thou descend and be present I pray thee; and I humbly desiere and entreat thee. That if ever I have merited Thy socity [society] or if any of my actions and Intentions be real and pure & sanctified before thee bring thy external presence hither, and converse with me one of thy submissive pupils, By and in ye name of [the] great god Jehovah, whereunto the whole quire [choir] of heaven singeth continualy: O Mappa la man Hallelujah. Amen.



When you have said this over several times you will at last see strange sights and pasages [passages] in the stone and at last you will see your genius: Then give him a kind entertainement as you was [were] before directed declaring to him your minde and what you would have him doe, &c c.

So Endeth the second Part of the

Art Pauline

COMMENTS

-



 

the Art Theurgia Goetia of Kinge Salomon

00:47 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,896


In this following Treatise you have 31 names of cheife spirits with severall of the ministering spirits which are under them with their seals and characters which are to be worne as a lamin on your breasts; for without that the Spirit that has appeared will not obey you, to do your will &c.



The offices of these spirits is all one, for what one can doe the other [others] can doe the same. They can shew and discover all things that is hidd and done in the world: and can fetch and carry or doe any thinge that is to be done or is contained in any of the four Elements Fier, ayre, Earth and water &c allso [they can discover] the secrets of kings or any other person or persons let it be in what kinde it will.



These spirits [being aerial] are by nature good and evill That is, one part is good, and the other part Evill. They are governed by their princes, and each prince hath his place of abode in the points of the compass -- as is shewed in the following figure; Therefore when you have a desire to call any of the kings or any of their Servants, you are to direct yourselfe to that point of the compass the Kinge hath his mansion or please [place] of abode, and you cannot well erre in your operations.



Note: every prince is to observe his conjuration, yet all [are] of one forme, except the name and place of the spirit [being varied], for in that they must change and differ allso the seal of the spirits is to be changed accordingly.



as for the garments and other materiall things they are [the same as] spoken of in the Booke Goetia.



[117r is blank]



[117v]



The form of the figure which discovereth the order of the 31 kings or princes wth their servant ministers for when the king is found his subjects are Easy to be found out &c.



[figure



You may perceive by this figure that 20 of these kings have their first mantions [mansions] and continue in one place, and that ye other 11 are moveable [mobile] & are sometimes in one place sometime in another, and in some other times [they are] together more or less: therefore its no matter which way you stand with your face, when you have a desier to call any of them forth or their servants.



[118r]



[The Art Theurgia Goetia: Of the thirty-one aerial spirits evoked and constrained by King Solomon.]



Carnesiell [Carnesiel] is the most great and Cheefe Emporor Ruling in The East who hath, 1000 great Dukes and a 100 lesser Dukes under him, besides 50000000000000 of ministering spirits which is more Inferior then the Dukes, whereof [wherefore] we shall make no mention [of these], but only 12, of the Cheefe Dukes and their seals, because they are sufficient for practise.



Carnesiel his Seal. [figure 81.]



his dukes.



Myrezyn, Ornich, Zabriel, Bucafas, Benoham, Arifiel, Cumeriel, Vadriel, Armany, Capriel, Bedary, Laphor.



[figures 82-93.]



Note, Carnesiel, when he appears, day or night, [there] attends him 60000000 000000 Dukes [spirits] but when you call any of these Dukes there never attend above 300 and sometimes not above 10 &c.



The Conuration [Conjuration] of Carnesiel as followeth



Wee Conjure thee O thou mighty & potent Prince Carnesiel who is the Emperour & cheife Comander, ruling as King in the dominion of the East who beares rule by the power of the supreame God El, over all Spirits &c.



[The conjuration is added at the bottom of the page by a second hand.]



[118v]



Caspiel is the Great and Cheefe Emperor Ruling in the South who hath 200 great Dukes and 400 lesser Dukes under him, besides 1000200000000 ministering spirits, which are much Inferiour &c. whereof wee (Salomon saith) shall make noe mention, but only of 12 of the Cheefe Dukes and their seales, for they are sufficient for practise.



Caspiel his Seal. [figure 94.]



12 of his dukes.



Ursiel, Chariel, Maras, Femol, Budarim, Camory, Larmol, Aridiel, Geriel, Ambri, Camor, Oriel.



[figures 95-106.]



These 12 Dukes have 2660 under [lesser] Dukes a peece [each] to attend them, whereof some of them comes along with him when he is Invocated [invoked], but they are very Stuborne and Churlish &c.

The Conjuration of Caspiel



Wee Conjure thee O thou Mighty and Potent Prince Caspiel &c.

[119r]



Amenadiel is the Great Emperor of the west, who hath 300 great Dukes, and 500 lesser Dukes, besides 40000030000100000 other ministering spirits more Inferiour to attend him, wheof [whereof] we shall not make any mention but only of 12, of the cheefe Dukes and their seales which is sufficient for practice.



Amenadiel his Seal. [figure 107.]



12 of his dukes.



Vadros, Camiel, Luziel, Musiriel, Rapsiel, Lamael, Zoeniel, Curifas, Almesiel, Codriel, Balsur, Nadroc.



[figures 108-119.]



Note Amenadiel may be called at any hour of the day or night, but his dukes (who hath 3880 servants a peice to attend them) Are to be called in Certaine houres, as Vadros he may be called in the 2 first houres of the day, Camiel in the second 2 houres of the day and so [on] successively till you come to Nadroc who is to be called in ye 2 last houres of the night, And then begin againe at Vadros &c. The same Rule is to be observed in calling the Dukes belonging to Demoriel the Emperor of the North.

The Conjuration



Wee Conjure the [thee] O thou mighty & potent Prince Amenadiel who is the Emperour & cheife King ruling in the dominion of the West &c.



[The conjuration is added at the bottom of the page by a second hand.]



[119v]



Demoriel is the Great and Mighty Emperor of the North, who hath 400 great Dukes and 600 lesser Dukes with 70000080000900000 [700,000,800,000,900,000] servants under his Command to attend him, whereof we shall make mention but of 12 of the cheefe Dukes and their seales, which will be sufficient for practice.



Demoriel his Seal. [figure 120.]



12 of his dukes.



Arnibiel, Cabarim, Menador, Burisiel, Doriel, Mador, Carnel (Carnol), Dubilon, Medar, Churibal, Dabrinos, Chamiel (Chamiol) [Sl.2731: Chomiel].



[figures 121-132.]



Note, Each of those Dukes hath 1140 Servants whoe attends [to attend] them as need Requireth for when that Duke yee call for have [hast called forth hath] more to doe then ordenary, he hath the more Servants to attend him.

the Conjuration of Demoriel



Wee Conjure thee O thou &c.

[120r]



Pamersiel is the First and Cheefe spirit in the East, under Carnesiel, who hath 1000 spirits under him which are to be called in the day time, but with great care for they are very Lofty and stuborne whereof we shall make mention but of a 11 as followeth.



Pamersiel his Seal. [figure 133.]



[His dukes.]



Anoyr, Madriel, Ebra, Sotheano, Abrulges, Ormenu, Itules, Rablion, Hamorphiel, Itrasbiel, Nadrel.



[figures 134-144.]



Note These Spirits are by Nature Evill, and verry false, [and] not to be trusted in secrett things but is [are] Excellent in driving away spirits of Darkness from any place, or house that is haunted &c.



To call Forth Pamersiel, or any of these his servants, chuse the uppermost [uttermost] private or secrett and most Picitt ^tacit Rome in the house, or in some Certaine Island wood or Grove or the most occult and hidden place [removed] from all commers and goers, that noe one chanc by, may (if possible) happen that way ([into your] Chamber or what soever place else, you Act yr Concerns in) observe that it be very Ayery because these spirits that is in this [120v] part are all of the Ayer,



you may call these spirits into a Crystall stone or Glass Receptacle, [this] being an Ancient & usuall way of Receiveing & binding of spirits, This Cristall stone must be four Inches Diameter sett on a Table of Art made as followeth [according to the following figure] wch is truly called the secrett Table of Salomon, & having the seale of the spirit on your Breast, and the Girdle about your wast [waist] and you cannot erre, the forme of the Table is Thus, as this present figure doth here represent & shew, behold the [thee] the figure



[figure



when you have thus prepared what is to be prepared, Rhearse the conjuration following severall times that is whilst the spirit come, for without dout he will come, note the same method is to be used in all the following part of this Booke as is here of Pamersiel and his servants. Also the same in calling the king and his servants &c.

The Conjuration of Pamersiel



We Conjure thee O Pamersiel, a Cheefe Spirit. Ruling in the East, &c.



The Second Spiritt in order under the Emperor of the East is called Padiel, he Ruleth in the East and by South as King, and governeth 10000 spirits by day and 20000, by night, besides severall Thousands under them, They are all good by nature and may be trusted. Salomon sayeth that these spirits have noe power of them selves but [only] what is given unto them by their prince Padiel. Therefore he hath made noe mention of any of their names because if any of them is called they cannot appear without the Leave of their prince as others can doe &c you must use the same method in calling this prince Padiel, as is declared before of Pamersial the seale of Padiel, is this.



Padiel his Seale.



[figure 146.]



The Coniuration



Wee Conjure thee o thou Mighty and Potent Prince Padiel, who rules as a cheife Prince or king in the dominion of the East & by South, We Invocate Camand & compell you, by the especiall name of yor God &c.



[121r]



The Third Spirit placed and Ranked In order under the Cheefe Mighty great and potent King of the East is called Camuel who Regneth Ruleth and governeth as King in the South East part of the world & hath many & severall spirits under his Goverment & command whereof wee shall only make mention but of 10 that appertaineth & belongeth to the day & 10 to ye night. And Each of these have 10, servants to attend on them ^each except Camyel, Sitgara, Asimel, Calym, Dobiel and Meras, for they have 100 a peice to attend them, but Tediel, Moriel & Tugaros, they have none at all, They appear all in A verry Beautifull forme,& verry Courteously, And in ye night as well as in ye day &c They are as followeth wth their Seales.



Camuel his Seal. [figure 147.]



10 of his Servants belongg to ye day & will appeare in the night.



Orpemiel, Omyel, Camyel, Budiel, Elcar, Citgara, Pariel, Cariel, Neriel, Daniel.



[figures 148-157.]



Ten of his servants belonging to the Night & will appr in the day.



Asimiel, Calim, Dobiel, Nodar, Phaniel, Meras, Azemo, Tediel, Moriel, Tugaros.



[figures 158-167.]

The Conjuration of Camuel,



Wee Coniure the O thou &c: Camuel who rules &c. in the South East part of the World, We Invocate &c.



[121v]



The Fourth Spirit in order is called Aseliel he governeth as King under Carnesiel, in the South and by East he hath 10 cheefe spirits belonging to ye day, and 20 to the night, under whome are 30 principall spirits, and under those as many, whereof wee shall make mention, but of, 8 of ye cheefe presidents belonging to the day, And as many belonging to the night, And every one hath 20 servants at his command, they are all very courtious and Loving, and beautifull to behold &c They are as followeth with their seales.



Aseliel his Seale. [figure 168.]



8 of his Servants belonging to the day.



Mariel, Charas, Parniel, Aratiel, Cubiel, Aniel, Asahel, Arean.



[figures 169-176.]



8 of his Servants belonging to the Night.



Asphiel, Curiel, Chamos, Odiel, Melas, Sariel, Othiel, Bofar.



[figures 177-184.]



The Coniuration of Aseliel as followeth.



Wee Conjure thee O thou Mighty & potent prince Aseliel, who rules as a cheif prince or King under Carnesiel, in the South & by East, &c.



[122r]



The fift [fifth] spirit in order is called Barmiel; he is the first and cheefe spirit under Caspiel, The Emperour of the South [He ruleth] as king [of the South] under Caspiel, and hath 10 Dukes for the day: And 20 for the night to attend him to doe his will, the which is all very good, and willing to obey the Exorcist, whereof wee shall make mention but of 8 that belongs to the day, and as many for the night, with their seals for they are sufficient for practice, Note Every one of these Dukes hath 20 servants apiece to attend him when he is called, Excepting the 4ur last that belongs to the night, for they have none, They are as followeth with their Seales.



Barmiel his Seale. [figure 185.]



8 of his servient dukes belonging to the day.



Sochas, Tigara, Chansi, Keriel, Acteras, Barbil, Carpiel, Mansi.



[figures 186-193.]



8 of his Servants ^dukes belonging to the Night.



Barbis, Marguns, Caniel, Acreba, Mareaiza [Sl.2731: Morcaza], Baaba, Gabio, Astib.



[figures 194-201.]

The Coniuration of Barmiel as followeth



Wee Coniure thee O thou mighty & potent Prince Barmiel, who rules as a cheife Prince or King in the South under Caspiel, &c:



[122v]



The six spirit in order, but the second under the Emperour of the south is called Gediel; who Ruleth as a kinge in the South & by West who hath 20 cheefe spirits to serve him in the day, & as many for the night, and they have many servants at their commands whereof wee shall make mention, but of 8 of the cheefe spirits that belonge to the day, And as many of those belonge to the night: who hath 20 servants apiece to attend them when they are called forth to appearance, they are very willing, loving and courteous to doe your will, &c whose names & seals is as followeth:



Gediel his Seale. [figure 202.]



The 8 dukes belonging to the day that is under Gedial [sic].



Coliel, Naras, Sabas, Assaba, Sariel, Ranciel, Mashel, Bariel.



[figures 203-210.]



The 8 dukes belonging to the night.



Reciel, Sadiel, Agra, Anael, Aroan, Cirecas, Aglas, Vriel.



[figures 211-218.]

The Coniuration of Gedial [sic] as fol:



Wee I conjure thee O thou mighty & potent prince Gediel, who ruleth as King in the South & by West, We Invoke constraine comand &c.



[123r]



The seventh spirit in order, but the third under the great Emperour of the South is called Asyriel, he is a mighty kinge, Ruling in the South West part of the world and hath 20 great Dukes to attend him, in the day time, and as many for the nights, who hath under them severall servants to attend them &c here wee shall make mention [but] of 8 of the cheefe Dukes that belongs unto the day, And as many that belong to the night, because they are sufficient for practice: And the first 4 that belongs unto the day: And the first 4 that belongs to the night hath 40 servants apiece to attend them: And the last 4 of the day, [have] 20, and the last 4 of ye Night [have] 10 apiece: they are all good natured & willing to obey, [Note] those that is of the day, is to be called then [in the day], And those of the night in the night: &c these be their names & Seales that followeth:



Asyriel his Seale. [figure 219.]



The 8 dukes yt belongs to ye day under Asyriel.



Astor, Carga, Buniel, Rabas, Arcisat, Aariel, Cusiel, Malguel.



[figures 220-227.]



The 8 for the night.



Amiel, Cusriel, Maroth, Omiel, Budar, Aspiel, Faseua, Hamas.



[figures 228-235.]

The Conjuration



Wee Conjure thee &c: who rules as a cheife king in the South West &c.



[123v]



The eighth spirit in order But the fourth under the Emperour of the South is called Maseriel, Who Rulleth as king in the Dominion of ye West, and by South, and hath a great number of princes & servants under him, to attend him, whereof we shall make mention of 12 of the cheefe [Dukes] thatt attend him in the day time, and 12 that attend him to doe his will in the night time, which is sufficient for practice, they are all good by nature & willingly will doe your will in all things: those that is for the day, is to be called in the day, And those for the night in the night, they have every one 30 servants apiece to attend them & their names and seales is as followeth.



Maseriel his Seale. [figure 236.]



The 12 that belongs to the day under Maseriel.



Mahue, Roriel, Earviel, Zeriel, Atniel, Vessur, Azimel, Chasor, Patiel, Assuel, Aliel, Espoel.



[figures 237-248.]



These 12 following belong to the Night.



Arach, Maras, Noguiel, Saemiel, Amoyr, Bachiel, Baros, Eliel, Earos, Rabiel, Atriel, Salvor.



[figures 249-260.]

The Coniurat:



Wee Coniure thee &c: Maseriel who rules as cheife Prince or King in the dominion of West & by South &c.



[124r]



The ninth spirit in order, but the first under the Emperour of the West is called Malgaras -- he Rulleth as king in the Dominion of the West, and hath 30 Dukes under him to attend him, in the day, and as many for the night, and several under them againe; whereof wee shall make mention of 12 Dukes that belongs to the day, and as many as belongs to the night, And every one of them hath 30 servants to attend on them Excepting Misiel, Barfas, Aspar, & Deilas, for the [they] haue but 20 and Arois & Basiel, they have but 10: &c. They are all very courteous and will appear willingly to due your will, they Appear 2 & 2 at a time wth their servants, They tht are for the day is to be called in the day and those for the night in the night. Their Names and seals is as followeth:



Malgaras his Seale. [figure 261.]



The 12 dukes that belonges to the day.



Carmiel, Meliel, Borasy, Agor, Casiel, Rabiel, Cabiel, Udiel, Oriel, Misiel, Barfas, Arois.



[figures 262-273.]



12 dukes for the night.



Aroc, Dodiel, Cubi, Libiel, Raboc, Aspiel Caron, Zamor, Amiel, Aspar, Deilas, Basiel.



[figures 274-285.]



The Coniuration &c.



Wee Coniure thee &c: Malgaras who ruleth &c: in ye West &c.



[124v]



The tenth spirit in order, But the second under the Emperour of the West is called Dorochiel, who is a mighty prince bearing Rule in the West, and by North, and hath 40 Dukes to attend [on] him in the day time, and as many for the night, with an Innumerable company of servants spirits, whereof wee shall make mention of 24 Cheefe dukes that belongs to the day, and as many for the night, with their seales as followeth. Note the 12 first that belonge to the day, and ye 12 first that belongs to the night hath 40 servants apiece to attend on them: And the 12 last of both the day, and of the night hath 400 apiece to Attend on them when they appeare, &c Allso those of the day is to be called in the day and those of the night in the night: Observe the planetary motion in calling, for ye 2 first that belongs to the day are to be called in ye first planetary hour of ye day: and the 2 next in ye second planetary hour of the day, and soe successively on till you have gone quite threw ye day and night, till you come to the 2 first againe &c. They are all of a good nature and will willingly obey &c. Their names and seales is as followeth:



Dorochiel. [figure 286.]



the 24 dukes belongg to ye day, 12 before noone.



Magael, Artino, Efiel, Maniel/Efiel, Suriel/Maniel, Carsiel/Suriel, Carsiel, Fabiel, Carba, Merach, Althor, Omiel.



[figures 287-298.]



Heere followeth the 12 dukes, afternoone.



Gudiel, Asphor, Emuel, Soriel, Cabron, Diviel Abriel, Danael, Lomor, Casael, Busiel, Larfos.



[figures 299-310.]



[125r]



The 24 Dukes that belong to the night under Dorochiel &c. These 12 before Mightnight [midnight].



Nahiel, Ofisiel (?), Bulis, Momel, Darbori, Paniel, Cursas, Aliel, Aroziel, Cusyne, Vraniel, Pelusar.



[figures 311-322.]



These 12 after midnight.



Pafiel, Gariel, Soriel, Maziel, Futiel, Cayros, Narsial, Moziel, Abael, Meroth, Cadriel, Lodiel.



[figures 323-334.]

The Coniuration of Dorochiel as followeth



Wee Coniure thee O thou mighty &c: dorothiel, who ruleth as King in the West & by North, wee Invocate &c:



[125v]



The eleventh spirit in order, But the third under the Emperour Amenadiel is called Usiel, who is a mighty prince Ruleing as king in the North West. he hath 40 Dyurnall [diurnal], and 40 nocturnall Dukes to attend on him in the day and the night, whereof wee shall make mention of 14 that belongs to ye day and as many for ye night which is sufficient for practice, the first 8 that belongs to the day hath 40 servants a piece And the other 6 hath 30. And the first 8 that belongs to ye night hath forty Servants a piece to attend on them, And the next 4 Dukes 20 servants, And the last 2 [of the night] hath 10 a piece, and they are very obedient and doth willingly appeare when they are called, they have more power to hide or discover Treausures [treasures] then any other spirits (saith Salomon) that is contained in this Booke, and when you hide, or would not have anything taken away that is hidden, make these four seals [figure [from right to left: the seals of: Adan, Ansoel, Magni and Abariel] in virgins parchment and lay them with ye Treasury, where the Treasury lyeth and it will never be found nor taken away. The names and seals of these spirits is as Followeth.



Usiel his Seale.

[figure



The 14 dukes yt belong to the day.



Abariel, Ameta, Arnen, Herne, Saefer, Potiel, Saefarn, Magni, Amandiel, Barsu, Garnasu, Hissam, Fabariel, Usiniel.



[figure



The 14 dukes that belong to the Night.



Ansoel, Godiel, Barfos, Burfa, Adan, Saddiel, Sodiel, Ossidiel, Pathier, Marae, Asuriel, Almoel, Las Pharon, Ethiel.



[figure

The Conjuration of Usiel as fol:



Wee Conjure thee O thou mighty &c: Usiel who ruleth as cheif Prince or King under Amenadiel in the North West &c.



[126r is blank]



[126v]



The twelfth spirit in order, But the fourth under the Emperour of the West is called Cabariel; [Sl2731 adds: who is a mighty prince Ruling in the west & by North] he hath 50 Dukes to attend on him in ye day and as many in the night, under whom are many servants to attend on them, whereof wee shall make mention but of 10 of the cheefe Dukes that belongs to the day, And as many for the night, & every of them hath 50 servants to give attendance when their masters is Invocated, &c. Note Those Dukes that belongs to the day is very good and willing to obey their Master, and is ^are to be called in the day time, And they of the night is ^are by nature Evill & Disobedient, and will deceive you if They can &c they are to be called in the night: The names and seales of them all are as followeth:



Cabariel his Seale: [figure 365.]



The 10 yt belongs to ye day:



Satifiel, Parius, Godiel, Taros, Asoriel, Etimiel, Clyssan, Elitel, Aniel, Cuphal.



[figures 366-375.]



The 10 dukes for the Night.



Mador, Peniel, Cugiel, Thalbus, Otim, Ladiel, Morias, Pandor, Cazul, Dubiel.



[figures 376-385.]

The Coniuration of Cabariel as followeth.



We Conjure thee O thou mighty & potent Prince Cabariel &c: who ruleth as king in the North & by West &c.



[127r]



The 13th Spirit in order But the first under Demoriel: the Emperour of the north is called Raysiel, he ruleth as King in the north, & hath fifty 50 dukes for the day, and as many for the night to attend him, & they have many servants under them againe -- for to doe there will &c. where of these we shall make mention of 16 cheife dukes that belong to the day, because they are by nature good & willing to obey, & but [only] 14 that belong to the night, because they are by nature evill & stubborne & disobedient, & will not obey willingly - all those dukes that belong to the day have 50 servants a peece, exceping the 6th Last, for they have but 30 a peece & the 8 first that belonge to the night have 40 sarvants [sic] a peece excepting the 4 next following for they have but 20 a peece, & the last 2 have but 10 a peece, there names & seales are as followeth vixt -



Raysael his seale. [figure 386.]



The 16 dukes that belong to ye day.



Baciar, Thoac, Sequiel, Sadar, Terath, Astael, Ramica, Dubarus, Armena, Albhadur, Chanaei, Fursiel, Betasiel, Melcha, Tharas, Vriel.



[figures 387-402.]



The 14 dukes that belong night.



Thariel, Paras, Arayl, Culmar, Lazaba, Aleasi, Sebach, Quibda, Belsay, Morael, Sarach, Arepach, Lamas, Thurcal.



[figures 403-416.]

The Coniuration of Raysael as fol:



Wee Coniure thee &c.



[127v]



The 14th spirit in order, But the second under the Emperour of the North is called Symiel. who ruleth as King in the North & by Easte who hath 10 dukes to attend him in the day & a 1000 for the night & every one of these have a certaine number of sarvants; whereof we shall make mention of the 10 that belong to the day, & 10 of those that belong to the night & those of the day are very good & not disobedient, as are those of the night for they are stubborne & will not appeare wi1lingly &c allsoe those of the day have 720 sarvants amongst them to doe there will, & the rest of the night have 790 servants to attend on them as occasion sarveth, the names of these 20 are as followeth, with theire seales & number of sarvants &



Symiel his Seale. [figure 417.]



The 10 dukes that belong to ye day.



Asmiel 60, Chrubas 100, Vaslos 40, Malgron 20, Romiel 80, Larael 60, Achol 60, Bonyel 90, Dagiel 100, Musor 110.



[figures 418-427.]



the 10 dukes that belong to the night.



Mafrus 70, Apiel 30, Curiel 40, Molael 10, Arafos 50, Marianu 100, Narzael 210, Murahe 30, Richel 120, Nalael 130.



[figures 428-437.]



[128r]



The fiveteenth [sic] spirit in order, But the third under the Emperour of the North is called Armadiel, who rulleth as king in the North East part, and haue many dukes under him besides other servants, whereof we shall make mention of 15 of the cheefe Dukes who have 1260 servants to attend him [on each of them]. these dukes are to be called in ye day and night dividing ye same into 15 parts beginning at sun rising with ye first spirit and so on till you come to ye last spirit and last division of the night, these spirits are good by nature and willing to doe your will in all things. These be there names and seals &c.



Armadiel his Seale. [figure 438.]



Fifteene of his dukes.



Nassar, Parabiel, Lariel, Calvarnia, Orariel, Alferiel, Oryn, Samiel, Asmaiel, Jasziel, Pandiel, Carasiba, Asbibiel, Mafayr, Oemiel.



[figures 439-453.]

The Conjuration



I conjure thee o thou mighty and potent prince Armadiel &c.



[128v]



The 16th spirit in order, But the fourth under the Emperour of the North is called Baruchas -- who rulleth as [a] king in the East and by North and hath many Dukes and other several spirits to attend him whereof we shall make mention of 15 of the cheefe Dukes that belong to the day and night who have 7040 servants to attend on them: they are all by nature good and are willing to obey [you,] &c. you are to call these spirits in the same manner as Ishewed [sic] in ye foregoing Experiment [example] of Armadiel and his Dukes: vizt dividing ye day and night into 15 parts and &c. the names and seales of these as followeth --



Baruchas his Seale. [figure 454.]



Fifteene of his dukes.



Quitta, Sarael, Melchon, Cavayr, Aboc, Cartael, Janiel, Pharol, Baoxas, Geriel, Monael, Chuba, Lamael, Cartael, Decariel.



[figures 455-469.]

The Conjuration of Barachus



I conjure Thee o thou mighty and potent prince Barachus &c.



[129r]

[Here followeth the wandering dukes]



In this place we are to giue you the understanding of a 11 of a mighty and potent princes with their servants wch wander up and down in ye Aire and never continue in one place, &c.



whereof one of the Cheefe and first [of the wandering spirits] is called Garadiel[1], who hath 18150 servants to attend him, for he hath no Dukes nor princes. Therefore he is to be Invocated alone, but when he is called there cometh a great number [many] of his servants with him, but more or less according to [with] the howre of ye day and hour or night he is called in, for in [the] 2 first hours of the day according to ye planatary motion, and the two second hour [sic] of the night there cometh 470 of his servants with him and in the 2 second hours of ye Day. and ye 2 third hours of ye night there cometh 590 of his servants with him and in ye 2 third hours of the day and ye 2 fourth hours of ye night there cometh 930 of his servants with him and in ye 2 fourth hours of ye day and ye 2 fifth hours of ye night there cometh 1560 of his servants &c and in ye 2 fifth hours of ye day and the 6th 2 hours of ye night there cometh 13710 of his servants and the 6th 2 or last 2 hours of ye day there cometh 930 and In the 2 first houres of ye night there cometh 1560 of his servants &c. they are all indifferent good by nature and will obey in all things willingly &c.



The manuscript has Geradiel here, but Garadiel below.



The Seal of Garadiel. [figure 470.]

The Conjuration of Garadiel



I conjure thee o thou mighty and potent prince Garadiel who wandereth hear and there in the Aire with thy servants I conjure the Garadiel that thou forth with appeareth with thy attendance in this first hour of ye Day here before me in this Crystall stone or here before this Circle &c.



[129v]



The next of these wandring princes is called Buriel, who hath many Dukes & other servants which doe attend on him to doo his will they are all by nature evill and are hated by all other spirits. They they [sic] appeare Rugish [roguish] and in the form of a serpent with a virgins head and speak with a mans voice: They are to be called in the night, because they hate the day and in the planetary houres, whereof wee shall mention 12 of the cheefe Dukes that answereth to the 12 planetary houres of the night who [each] have 880 servants to attend on them in the night amongst them their names and seales are as followeth with the name of Buriel.



Buriel his Seale. [figure 471.]



The 12 dukes are as followeth.



Merosiel, Almadiel, Cupriel, Sarviel, Casbriel, Nedriel, Bufiel, Futiel, Drusiel, Carniel, Drubiel, Nastros.



[figures 472-483.]

The Conjuration



I conjure Thee o thou mighty and potent prince Buriel who wandereth here and therre in the Aire with the [thy] Dukes and other thy Servient Spirits I conjure thee Buriel that thou fore with appeare with thy attendance in the first hour of ye night, here before me in this crystall stone (or here before this Circle) in a fair and comly shape to doe my will in all things that I shall desier of you &c:



[130r]



The third of these wandering spirits or princes is called Hydriel, who hath 100 great Dukes besides 200 lesser Dukes and servants without number under him, whereof we shall mention 12 of the Cheefe Dukes which hath 1320 servants to attend them: They are to be called in ye Day as well as in ye night according to the planetary motion. The first beginneth with the first hour of ye day or night and so succesfully [successively] on till you come to the last, they [also] appeare in the forme of a serpent, with a virgins head and face: yet they are very courteous and willing to obey, they delight most in or about waters and all moist grounds. There names and Seales are as followeth:



Hydriel his Seale. [figure 484.]



The 12 dukes are as followeth.



Mortoliel, Chamoriel, Pelariel, Musuziel, Lameniel, Barchiel, Samiel, Dusiriel, Camiel, Arbiel, Luciel, Chariel.



[figures 485-496.]

The Conjuration



I conjure Thee o thou mighty and Potent prince Hydriel. &c c c c



[figure 497. (doodle)]



[130v]



The fourth ^in order of these wandering princes in order is called Pirichiel, He hath no princes nor Dukes under him But knights: whereof we shall mention 8 of them They being sufficient for practice who have 2000 servants under them, They are to be called according to ye planetary motion. They are all good by nature, and will doe your will willingly. Theire Names and Seales are as followeth.



Pirichiel his Seale. [figure 498.]



his eight Knights.



Damarsiel, Cardiel, Almasor, Nemariel, Menariel, Demediel, Hursiel, Cuprisiel.



[figures 499-506.]

The Conjuration



I conjure Thee O thou mighty and potent prince Pirichiel; who wandreth &c.



[131r]



The 5th wandering prince is called Emoniel, who hath a hundred princes and cheef Dukes, besides 20 under [lesser] Dukes and a multitude of servants to attend him whereof wee shall mention 12 of the cheef Princes or Dukes -- who have 1320 Dukes & other Inferiour Servants to attend them They are all by nature good and willing to obey: it is said they Inhabit most in the woods: they are to be called in the day as well as in the Night, and according to ye Planetary order. Their names and seales are as followeth,



Emoniel his Seale. [figure 507.]



His 12 dukes are as followeth.



Ermoniel, Edriel, Carnodiel, Phanuel, Dramiel, Pandiel, Vasenel, Nasiniel, Cruhiel, Armesiel, Oaspeniel, Musiniel.



[figures 508-519.]

The Conjuration



I conjure Thee o Thou mighty and Potent Prince Emoniel: who wandereth &c.



[131v]



The sixth of these wandring princes is called Icosiel, Who hath a 100 Dukes & 300 companions besides other servants which are more Inferiour whereof we have taken 15 of ye Cheefe Dukes for Practice they being sufficient, &c. they haue 2200 servants to attend them. They are all of a good nature and will doe what they are commanded. They appeare most commonly in houses because The [they] delight most therein. They are to be called in the 24 houres of the day and night: That is to devide the 24 houres into fiveteen parts according to the number of the spirits, begining with the first at Sunrise and with the last at Sun riseing next day &c. Their names and Seales are as followeth.



Icosiel his Seale. [figure 520.]



His 15 dukes are as followeth.



Machariel, Pischiel, Thanatiel, Zosiel, Agapiel, Larphiel, Amediel, Cambriel, Nathriel, Zachariel, Athesiel, Cumariel, Munefiel, Heresiel, Urbaniel.



[figures 521-535.]

The Conjuration



I conjure Thee O thou mighty and Potent Prince Icosiel, &c.



[132r]



The 7th of these is called Soleviel, who hath under his command 200 Dukes, and 200 Companions who change every year their places, They have many servants to attend them They are all good and very obedient &c. here we shall mention 12 of the Cheefe Dukes whereof the first 6 are Dukes one year, and the other 6 the next following and so rulling in order to serve there prince. They have under them 1840 servants to attend on them they are to be called in the day as well as in the night: according to the planetary hours or motion. Their names and seales are as followeth.



Soleviel his Seale. [figure 536.]



his 12 dukes.



Inachiel, Praxeel, Moracha, Almodar, Nadrusiel, Cobusiel, Amriel, Axosiel, Charoel, Prasiel, Mursiel, Penador.



[figures 537-548.]

The Conjuration



I conjure Thee O thou mighty and Potent Prince Soleviel who wandereth &c.



[132v]



The eighth of those wandering princes is called Menadiel, who hath 20 Dukes & 100 companions and many other servants. They being all of a good nature and very obedient. here wee have mentioned 6 of the cheefe Dukes and 6 of ye under [lesser] Dukes or companions, they haue 390 servants to attend them: Note you must call these according to ye planetary motion [with] a Duke in ye first hour and a companion in the next [hour] and so succesfully [sucessively] on through all the houres of ye day or night. whose names and seales are as followeth:



Menadiel his seale. [figure 549.]



his 12 dukes.



The 6 cheife dukes.



Larmol, Drasiel, Clamor, Benodiel, Charsiel, Samyel.



[figures 550-555.]



The 6 under dukes.



Barchiel, Amasiel, Baruch, Nedriel, Curasin, Tharson.



[figures 556-561.]

The Conjuration



I conjure thee O thou mighty and potent Prince Menadiel. who wand:



[133r]



The 9th spirit in order that wandereth is called Macariel, who hath Dukes besides a very many other Inferiour Servants to attend on him, whereof wee shall mention 12 of the Cheefe Dukes who have 400 servants to attend them. They are all good by nature & obedient to doe ye will of ye Exorcist. They appeare in divers formes but most commonly in ye forme of a dragon with virgins heads: These Dukes are to be called in the day as well as night according to ye planetary order. Their names and seales are as followeth.



Macariel his Seale. [figure 562.]



his 12 dukes.



Claniel, Drusiel, Andros, Charoel, Asmadiel, Romyel, Mastuel, Varpiel, Gremiel, Thuriel, Brufiel, Lemodac.



[figures 563-574.]

The Conjuration



I conjure Thee O thou mighty and potent prince Macariel (who wandereth &c.



[133v]



The 10th spirit in order that wandereth or great prince is called Uriel, who hath 10 cheef Dukes and 100 under [lesser] Dukes with many servants to attend him. They are by nature Evill and will not obey willingly and are very false in their doings. They appear in the form of a serpent with a virgins head and a face: whereof we shall mention but ye 10 cheefe Dukes who haue 650 Companions & servants to attend them &c There names and seales are as followeth --



Uriel his Seale. [figure 575.]



His 10 Dukes:



Chabri, Drabros, Narmiel, Frasmiel, Brymiel, Dragon, Curmas, Drapios, Hermon, Aldrusy.



[figures 576-585.]

The Conjuration



I conjure thee O Thou mighty and potent prince Uriel. who wandereth &c.



[134r]



The 11th and last prince of this wandering order is called Bidiel who hath under his command 20 Dukes and 200 other Dukes wch are more Inferiour, besides very many servants to attend him. These Dukes change every year their office and place. They are all good and willing to obey the Exorcist in all things &c They appeare very Beautifull and in a humane shape whereof wee shall mention 10 of ye Cheefe Dukes who have 2400 servants to attend them, their Names and Seales are:



Bidiel his Seale. [figure 586.]



his 10 great dukes.



Mudirel, Cruchan, Bramsiel, Armoniel, Lameniel, Andruchiel, Merasiel, Charobiel, Parsifiel, Chremoas.



[figures 587-596.]



The Conjuration to the wandring Princes



I conjure Thé o Thou mighty and potent prince Bidiel, who wandereth hear and there in the aire with thy Dukes and other of thy Servants spirits, I conjure Thee Bidiel that thou forthwith come and appeare with attendance in this first hour of ye day here before me in this Cristall stone (or here before this Circle) in a fair and comly shape to do my will in all things that I shall desier of you &c. *



[134v]



The Conjuration to the princes that Govern the points of the compass:



I conjure thee o thou mighty and potent prince N. who ruleth as a cheefe prince or king in the dominion of the East (or &c) I conjure thee N that thou fortwith appeareth with Thy attendance in this first hour of ye day here before me in this cristall stone (or hear before this Circle in a fair and comely shape to doe my will in all things that I shall desier of you &c *

To the Dukes that wander



I conjure thee O thou mighty and potent duke N. who wandereth hear and there [in the aire] with thy Prince N. and others of his &c Thy servants in ye Aire. I conjure Thee N. that thou forwith [forthwith] appeareth &c.

To the Dukes that governeth the Point of the Compasse with their Prince.



I conjure Thee O thou mighty and Potent Duke N. who ruleth under thy prince or king N. in the dominion of the East (or &c) I conjure thee N. that thou forthwith appeareth , allone (or with [thy] servants) [of the air] in this first (or second) houre of the day, here before me in this cristal stone (or here before this circle) in a fair and comely shape, to doe my will in all things that I shall desire or request of you *. I conjure and powerfully command of you N. By him who said the word and it was done: and by all the holy and powerfull names of god and by the name of the only creator of heaven, Earth, and hell and what is contained in them Adonay, El, Elohim, Elohe, Elion, Escerchie [Escherie], Zebaoth, Jah, Tetragrammaton, Saday. The on1y lord god of the hosts, That you forthwith appearth unto me here in this Cristall stone (or here before this circle) in a fair and comely humane shape: without doeing any harme to me or any other creature that god Jehovah created or made; But come ye peacibly, vissibly and affably, now without delay manifesting what I desiere, being conjured by the name of ye Eternall Liveing and true god: Helioren, Tetragrammaton, Anephexeton. and fulfill my commands and persist unto the end; I conjure command and constraine you spirit N. by Alpha and Omega. By the name Primeumaton, which commandeth the whole host of heaven and by all those names which Moses named when he by the power of those names brought great plagues upon Pharao [Pharoah], and all the people of Ægypt. Zebaoth, Escerchie, Oriston, Elion, Adonay, Primeumaton and by the name of Schemes. Amathia. with [which] Joshua called upon and the sun stayed his course, and by the name of Hagios, and by the Seal of Adonay [135r] and by Agla, On, Tetragrammaton. To whome all creatures are obedient and by the dreadfull Judgement of the high god and by the holly angells of heaven and by the mighty wisdome of the great god of hosts That you come from all Parts of ye world and make rational answers unto all things I shall aske thee ^of you, and come you peaceable vissible and affable speaking unto me with a voyce Intelligible and to my understanding Therefore come, come yee in the name of Adonay, Zebaoth, Adonay, Amioram, Come, why stay you, hasten. Adonay, Saday the king of kings commandeth you.



When he is appeared shew him his seal, and the Pentacle of Salomon, saying [as follows:]

[The Address unto the Spirit upon his coming]



behold the Pentacle of Salomon which I have brought before your presence &c as is shewed in the first Booke Goëtia. at the latter end of the conjurations: allso when you haue had ye desier of the Spirits: licence them to depart as is shewed there &c.

And so ends the second Book called Theurgia Goetia


COMMENTS

-



 

Of The Arte Goetia

00:46 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,897


[Of the seventy-two infernal spirits evoked and constrained by King Salomon]



The first principall spirit is a king ruling in ye East, called Bael. he maketh men goe Invisible, he ruleth over 66 Legions of Inferiour spirits, he appeareth in divers shapes, sometimes like a Catt, sometimes like a Toad, sometimes like a man, & sometimes in all these formes at once. he speaketh very horsly.



figure 1



This is his Character wch is to be worne as a Lamen before him who calleth him forth, or else he will not doe you homage.



The second spirit is a Duke called Agares, he is under ye power of ye East and cometh up in the form of a fair Old man riding upon a Crocodill, very mildly, carrying a goshawke on his fist. he maketh them runne that stand still, and fetcheth back ye runnawayes. he can teach all Languages or Tongues presently, he hath the power also to destroy dignities, both supernaturall & Temporall; & cause Earthquakes. he was of the order of Vertues; he hath under his government 31 Legions &c: & this is [his] seale or Character wch is to be worne as [a] Lamen.



figure 2 [King Agares (sec. man.)]



The Third spirit is a mighty prince, being of ye same Nature as Agares, he is called Vassago, This spirit is of a good nature, & his office is to declare things past and to come; and to discover all things hidden or lost &c: he governeth 26 Legions of spirits. This is his seal.



figure 3



[101r]



The 4th spirit is called Gamigin, a great Marquise, he appereth in ye forme of a litle horse or asse and then into humane shape he putteth himself at ye request of ye Master and speaketh wth a horse voice; he teaches all Liberall siences, and giveth and account of ye dead soules of them that dye in sin. & he ruleth over 30 Legions of Inferiors &c. This is his seal, wch is to be worne by the Magician when he Invocateth.



figure 4



The 5th spirit is called Marbas -- he is a great presedent, and appeareth at first in ye forme of a great Lyon: but afterwards putteth on humane shape at ye Request of ye Master he Answareth truly of Things hidden or secreet, he causeth deseases and cureth them againe & giveth great wisdome & knowledge in mechanicall arts, & changeth men into other shapes he governeth 36 Legions of spirits. his seal is this.



figure 5



The 6th spirit is Valefar -- he is a Mighty Duke, & appeareth in ye form of a Lion wh a mans head Lowring, he is a good femiliar, but tempteth those he is femiliar with to steale, he governeth 10 Legions of spirets, this is his seal to wearne constantly if you haue his familiarity. Else not.



figure 6



[101v]



The 7t spirit is Amon. he is a Marquis great in power & most strong, he at first appereth like a wolf with a serpents taile, vomiting out of his Mouth fleames of fire, but at ye command of ye Magician he putteth on ye shape of a man, with dogs Teeth beset in a head like a Raven, or in a Ravens Head, hee telleth [of] all things past & to come, and procureth love, and reconcileth controversies between freinds & foes, [1] & governeth 40 Legions of spirits, his seal is thus, wch is to be worne as afforesaid.



figure 7



[1. Harl. 6483 adds, "He also bringeth to pass, that souls which are drowned in the sea shall take up airy bodies & evidently appear & answer to interrogations at the request of the exorcist."]



The 8th spirit is called Barbatos he is a great duke & appeareth when ye sun is in Sagittarius, with four Noble kings and their companions in great troops, he giveth ye understanding of ye singing of Birds, and ye voice of other Creatures and ye [such as] barking of dogs &c, he breaketh hidden treasures open, that have been Laid by ye Enchantment of Magicians, & [he was] of ye order of vertues, [of] which some part beareth rule still &c he knoweth all things past and to come: and reconsileth friends & those that are in power, he ruleth over 30 Legions of spirits, his seal of obedience is this. wch were before you &c.



figure 8



The 9th spirit in order is Paimon; a great king, & very Obedient to Lucifer, he appeareth in ye forme of a man, sitting one a dromedary, wh a Crowne most glorious on his head. Three [There] goeth before him a host of spirits like men with Trumpets and well sounding Cymballs, and all other sorts of musicall Instruments &c. he hath a great voice, and roareth at his first comming, and his speech [voice] is such as ye Magician cannot well understand, unless he compelleth him. This spirit can teach all arts and siences, and other secret Things; he can discover wt ye Earth is, and wt holdeth it up in ye waters, & wt ye wind is or where it is, or any other Thing yu desire to know, he giveth dignity and confirmeth ye same, he bindeth or maketh a man subject to ye Magician if he desireth it he giveth good familiars, and such as can teach all arts, he is to be observed towards ye North west, he is of ye order of dominions and hath 200 Legions of spirits under him, one part of them is of ye order of Angells & ye other of Potestates [Potentates], If yu call this spirit Paimon alone yu must make him some offering to him & there will attend him 2 kings called Bebal & Abalam, & other spirits of ye order of Potestates [Potentates] in his host are 25 Legions because all those spirits wch are subject to him, are not allwayes wth him unlesse ye Magician compelleth them, This is his Character.



figure 9



[102r]



The 10th spirit is Buer, a great president and appereth in Sagittarius that is his shape when ye Sun is there, he teacheth Phylosophy [both] Morall & Naturall, & ye Logicall arts, & ye vertues of all hearbes & plants, & healeth all distempers in Man, & giveth (familiars) good familiars, he governeth over 50 Legions of spirits and this is his seale of obediance wch you must weare when you call him to apperance.



figure 10



The 11th spirit is a great & strong duke called Gusoin [Gusion], he appeareth like a Xenophilus he telleth of all things past, present & to come: he sheweth ye meaning of all questions you can ask, he reconcileth friends and giveth honour and dignity to any, and ruleth over 40 Legions of Spirits. his seal is this, wch weare as aforesaid &c.



figure 11



The 12th spirit is Sitri, he is a great prince & appeareth at first with a Leopards face, and wings as a griffin. But afterwards at ye command of ye exorcist, he putteth on a humane shape very Beautifull, Inflaming Men with womens Love, and women with mens love, and causeth them to shew themselves Naked, if he [it] be desired, &c. he governeth 60 Legions of spirits, and his seal to be worne is this.



figure 12



The 13 spirit is called Beleth, he is a mighty king and terrable, ridding on a pale horse wth Trumpets and all other kinds of Musicall Instruments playing before him, he is very furious at his first apperance That is whilest ye Exorcist allay his Courage, for to doe that, he must hold a hazel stick in his hand, streched forth towards ye South & East quarters making a Triangle without ye Circle, commanding him into it by ye vertue of ye Bonds & chaines of spirits hereafter following, & if he doe not come into ye triangle by your Threats, rehearse ye Bounds & chaines before him, and then he will yeild obediance and come into it and do what he is commanded by ye Eorcist [Exorcist], yet he must receive him courteously, because he is a great king & doe homage to him, as the kings and princes doe that attend him, and you must [also] have allwayes a silver Ring on the middle finger of the left hand, held against your face as they do for Amaimon, This king Beleth causeth all ye love that possible may be, both of Men and women till ye Master Eorcist [Exorcist] hath had his mind fullfilled &c. he is of the order of Powers and governeth 85 Legions of [102v] spirits, his Noble seal is this wch is to be worne before you in the Time of working.



figure 13



The 14th spirit is called Leraye (or Leraje) [written intra linea]. he is a Marquize great in power shewing him selfe in ye likeness of an archer, cladd in green carring [carrying] a Bow and quiver, he causeth all great Battles & contests, & causeth ye wounds to putrifie that are [made] wth arrows by archers this belongeth to Sagittarius he governeth 30 Legions of spirits, & his seale of obediance is this.



figure 14



The 15th spirit is called Eligor [Eligos], a great duke, he appeareth in [the] form of a goodly knight carring a lance an Ensigne & a serpent, he discovereth hidden Things & knoweth things to come, & of warres and how the soulders will & shall meet, he causeth the love of Lords and great persons, and governeth 60 Legions of spirits, his seal is this, wch wear or else he will not appear nor obey you &c.



figure 15



The 16th spirit is called Zepar, he is a great duke & appeareth in red apparell & armed like a souldier, his office is to cause women to love Men and to bring them togather in love he also maketh them barren, and governeth [over] 26 Legions of Inferiour spirits, his seal is this, wch he obeyeth when he seeth it.



figure 16



The 17th spirit is called Botis a great president and an Earle; he appeareth at ye [first] shew in ye form of an ugly viper Then at ye command of ye Magician he putteth on humane shape, with great teeth, Two horns, carring a sharp bright sword in his hand, he telleth of all Things past and to come and reconcileth friends and foes, he governeth 60 Legions of spirits his seal is this, that he obeyeth when he seeth it.



figure 17

[103r]



The 18th spirit is called Bathin, he is a mighty [and] strong duke & appeareth like a strong man wth ye Taile of a serpent, sitting on a paile couloured horse he knoweth the vertue of hearbes & precious stones, & can transport men suddenly from one Country into an other, he ruleth over 30 Legions of spirits his seal is thus to be made and to be worne before you.



figure 18



The 19th spirit is called Saleos, he is a great and mighty duke, & appeareth in [the] form of a gallant souldier, ridding on a Crocodile, wth a dukes crowne on his head peaceably he causeth ye love of women to men & men to women, he governeth 30 Legions of spirits his seal is this, wch must be worne before you.



figure 19



The 20th spirit is called Purson a great king; he appeareth commonly like a man wth a Lyons face, carring a cruel viper in his hand, and ridding on a Bear goeing before him [are] many Trumpets sounding; he knoweth hidden things and can discover Treasures & tell all Things present past and to come; he can take a Body either humane or aiery, and answareth Truly of all Earthly Things, both secreet & devine, & of ye Creation of ye world, he bringeth forth good familiars, & under his government [power] are 22 Legions of spirits, partly of ye order of vertues & partly of ye order of Thrones, & his mark or seal is this, wch he oweth obediance to & [which] must be worne by ye Exorcist in [the] Time of acction.



figure 20



The 21 spirit is called Morax he is a great Earle and a president, he appeareth like a great Bull wth a mans face; his office is: to make men very knowling [sic] in Astronomy, and all ye other Liberall siences; he can give good familiars and [very] wise, wch know ye vertues of hearbes & precious stones he governeth 36 [30] Legions of spirits, & his seal is to be made Thus and worne [as aforesaid].



figure 21



[103v]



The 22d spirit is called Ipos --, he is an Earlr and a mighty prince, and appeareth in ye forme of an angel, wth a Lions head gooses feet & a haires Taile, he knoweth Things past and to come; he maketh Men witty and bold, and governeth 36 Legions of spirits, his seal or Charecter is This, wch must be worne as a Lamen before you.



figure 22



The 23d spirit is called Aim, a greatt duke and strong, he appeareth in ye forme of a very handsome man in Body, [but] wth 3 heads, The first like a serpent ye second like a man wth 2 starrs in his forehead, The Third [head] is lik [sic] a Catt; he rideeth on a viper, carring a fire brand in his hand burning, whereth [wherewith] he sets Citties Castles & great places on fire he maketh one witty [in] all manner of wayes, and giveth true answares to privy matters, he governeth 26 Legions of Infernall spirits; his seal is thus to be made, and worne as a Lamen before you.



figure 23



The 24th spirit is called Naberius, he is a most valliant Marquiz, & appeareth in ye forme of a Black Crow, fluttering about the Circle, & when he speaketh it is with a hoarse voice; he maketh men cunning in all arts & siences, but especially in ye art [of] Rhetoric; he restoreth lost dignity and honours, & governeth 19 Legions of spirits his seal is this, wch must be worne.



figure 24



The 25th spirit is called Glasya Labolas, he is a Mighty president & sheweth him selfe in ye forme of a dog wth wings like a griffin; he teacheth all arts in an Instant, and is an author of Blood shed & Manslaughter, he telleth all Things past & to come, if desired, & causeth love of friends and foes; he can make a Man goe Invisible, & he hath under his rule 36 Legions of spirits, his seal is this, ye wch weare [must be worn] as a Lamin.



figure 25

[104r]



The 26th spirit is called Bune [or Bime], he is a strong, great & mighty duke, & appeareth in ye forme of a Dragon wth three heads, one like a dog, The other like a griffin; The 3d like a man, he speaketh with a high & comely voice, he changeth ye places of ye dead, & causeth those spirits that are under him, to gather together upon their sepulcheres, he giveth Riches to a man & maketh him wise & eloquent, he giveth true Answards to yr demands, & governeth 30 Legions of spirits, his seal is this wch he owneth [oweth] obedience to. first



figure 26a



& Nota he hath another seal or Character wch is made Thus. yu may use wch yu will, but ye first is best as Salomon saith.



figure 26b



The 27th spirit is called Ronove, he appeareth in ye forme of a Monster, he teacheth ye art of Rhetorick very well, and giveth good servants knowledge of Tongues, favouer of friends & foes; he is a Marquiz & a great Earle, and there obeieth him [he commandeth] 19 Legions of spirits his seal is this.



figure 27



The 28th spirit in order as salomon bound them, is named Berith. he is a Mighty great and terrable duke, he hath two other Names given to him by men of latter Times, viz: Beal & Bolfry, he appeareth like a souldier wth red clothing, ridding on a red horse & [having] a Crown of Gold upon his head he giveth True answards of things [concerning the] past present & to come; you [must] use a Ring as is before spoken of [with] Beleth in calling him forth; he can turne all mettals into Gold, he can give dignity & [can] confirm them to Men, he speaketh wth a very clear & subtill voice, he is a great Lyer and not to be Trusted much he governeth over 26 Legions of spirits his seal is this which must be worne as [a] lamin.



figure 28

[104v]



The 29th spirit in order is Named Astaroth, he is a Mighty & strong duke, & appeareth in [the] forme of an unbeautifull angel, ridding on an Infernall like dragon, and carring in his right hand a viper (you must not lett him come to neare yu least he doe yu damage by his stinking Breath. Therefore ye Exorcist must hold ye Magicall Ring nere to his face and yt will defend him he giveth true answares of things present past & to come & can discover all secreets; he will declare willingly how ye spirits fell, if desired, & ye reason of his own fall. He can make men wounderfull knowing in all Liberall siences; he ruleth 40 Legions of spirits, his seal is as this [shown], wch weare as a Lamen before yu, or else he will not obey you.



figure 29



The 30th spirit is called Forneus, he is a mighty great Marquiz, & appeareth in ye forme of a great sea Monster, he Teacheth & maketh men wounderfull knowing in ye art of Rhetoric he causeth men to have a good Name, and to have ye understanding of Tongues; he maketh men to be beloved of their foes as well as they be by their Friends; & he governeth 29 Legions of spirits, partly of ye order of Thrones and partly of angels, his seal is this to be made and worne as aforesaid &.



figure 30



The 31 spirit in order, [as Salomon saith,] is named Foras, he is a mighty great president & appeareth in ye form of a strong man, in humane shape he can give ye understanding to men how they may know ye vertues of all hearbs & precious stones, & [he] teacheth them ye art [of] Logick & Ethicks in All their partes if desired, he maketh men Invisible, witty, Eloquent & to live Long; he [can] discover Treasures and recover Things lost, & he ruleth over 29 Legions of spirits, his seale or Character is thus to be made & worne as a Lamen.



figure 31



The 32d spirit in order is called Asmoday. he is a great king, strong & powerfull, he appeareth wth 3 heads, whereof ye first is like a Bull The second like a Man, The third like a Ram, [he appeareth also] wth a serpents Taile, Belching or vomitting up flames of fire out of his mouth his feet are webed like a Goose, he sitteth on an Infernall dragon carring a Launce and a flagg in his hands, he is ye first & chifiest under ye power of Amaymon, & goeth before all others: when the [105r] Exorcist hath a mind to call him, lett it be abroad, and lett him stand on his feet all ye Time of action, wth his cap of [off], for if it be on, Amaymon will deceive him and cause all his doeing to be bewrayed, But as soone as ye Exorist [Exorcist] seeth Asmoday in ye shape aforesaid, he shall call him by his Name, saying, thou art Asmoday, & he will not deny it; & by & by he will bow down to ye ground &c he giveth ye Ring of vertues he teacheth ye art of Arithmitic, geomitry, Astronomy and all [other] handicrafts absolutely; he giveth full & True answares to yr demands, he maketh a man Invisible, he showeth ye place where Treasures layeth, and guardeth it if it be among ye Legion of Amaymon, he governeth 72 Legions of Inferiour spirits, his seal is thus to be made and worne as a Lamen before [thee] on your Breast.



figure 32



The 33d spirit is Gaap. he is a great president & a mighty Prince, he appeareth when ye Sun is in some of ye Southern Signes, in a humane shape, [Clm 849 reads: "He appears in the form of a doctor (medici, not meridii=southern as in Weyer) when he takes on a human form"] goeing before 4 great & mighty kings, as if he was a guide to conduct them along in their way. his office is to make men knowing in Phylosophy and all ye Liberall siences; he can cause love or hatred, and make men Insensible he can Teach yu how to consecrate those Things that belong to ye dominion of Amaymon his king & can dilever [deliver] familiers out of the custody of other Magicians; and [he also] answareth Truly and perfectly of Things past present and to come, & can carry and recarry [things] most speedily from one kingdome to another, at ye will and pleasure of [the] Exorcist, he ruleth over 66 Legions of spirits he was of ye order of potestates [potentates]; his seal is thus to be made & worne as a Lamen &c.



figure 33



The 34th spirit is called Furtur [Furfur], he is a great & mighty Earle, appearing in ye forme of an hart wth a firey [fiery] Taile; he never speaket [speaketh] Truth, except he be compelled or brought up wthin a Triangle, being compelled therein, he will take upon himselfe ye forme of an angel being bidden; he speaketh with a hoarse voice, & will [can] willingly make love between man & wife he can raise Thunder, Lightnings, Blasts and great Tempestuous stormes &c he giveth true answares both of secreet and devine Things [105v] if commanded, and ruleth over 26 Legions of spirits, his seal is this which is to be [made &] worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 34



The 35 spirit is called Marchosias, he is a great and mighty Marquiz appering at first in [the] forme of a wolfe; having griffins wings, and a serpents Taile, vomiting up fire out of his mouth But afterwards at ye command of ye Exorcist, he putteth on ye shape of a man, and is a strong fighter he giveth true answares to all questions, & is very faithfull to ye Exorcist in doeing his Buisness [sic], he was of ye order of dominations he governeth 30 Legions of spirits, he Told his chiefe Master wch was Salomon, that after 1200 yeares he hadd hopes to returne to ye 7th Throne &: his seal is thus, to be made, & worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 35



The 36th spirit is called Stolas, he is a great and powerfull Prince, appearing in ye shape of a Night Raven at first before ye Exorcist, but afterwards he taketh the image of a man &c; he teacheth the Art of Astronomy, & the vertuses [sic] of hearbs & precious stones, he governeth 26 legions of spirits his seal is thus to be made & worne as a Lamin.



figure 36



The 37th spirit is called Phoenix he his [is] a great Marquiz & appeareth like ye [form of the] Bird Phoenix having a Childs voice, he singeth many sweet notes before ye Exorcist, wch he must not regard, but by & by he must bidd him [to] put on a humane shape, Then he will speak Mervellously of all wounderfull siences; he his a good & excellent Poet, & will be willing to doe yr Request he hath hopes to returne to ye 7th Throne affter 1200 yeares more, as he said to Salomon, he governeth 20 Legions of spirits, his seal is Thus to be made, & worne &c.



figure 37



The 38th spirit is called Halphas he is a great Earle and appeareth in ye forme of a stock dove, and speaketh wth a hoarse voyce; his office is to build up Towers & to furnish them wth ammunition and weapons, and to send men of warre to places appointed; he ruleth 26 Legions of spirits; his seal is Thus to be made, & worne as a Lamen &.



figure 38



[106r]



The 39th spirit in order is called Malphas, he appeareth at first in ye forme like a Crow, But affterwardes will put on a humane shape at ye request of ye Exorcist & speake wth a hoarse voyce; he is a mighty president and powerfull he can Build houses & high Towers & he can bring quickly artificers togather from all places of ye world; he can destroy ye [thy] Enemies desires or thoughts, and wt [all that] they have done; he giveth good familiars, & if yu make any sacrifices to him, he will receive it kindly and willingly, But he will deceive him yt doth it; he governeth 40 Legions of spirits; his seal is Thus to be made and worne as a Lamen &.



figure 39



The 40th spirit is called Raum, he is an Earle, & appeareth at first in ye forme of a Crow but affterwards, at ye command of ye Exorcist he putteth on humane shape his office is to steale Treasures out of kings houses, and to carry it where he is commanded, & to destroy Citties, and ye dignities of men; & to tell all Things past, & wt is, & wt will be; & to cause Love between friends & foes; he was of ye order of Thrones, and governeth over 30 Legions of spirits his seal is Thus, which make and weare as a Lamin before you.



figure 40



The 41 spirit in order is called Focalor he is a great duke & strong, & appeareth in ye forme of a Man with griffins wings; his office is, to kill men, and to drown them in ye waters, and to over throw ships of warre, for he hath power over both winds and seas, but he will not hurt any man or Thing, if he be commanded to ye contrary by ye Exorcist; he hath hopes to returne to ye 7th Throne after 1000 yeares; he governeth 3 Legions of spirits, his seal is this wch must be worne as a Lamin.



figure 41



The 42d spirit is Named Vepar he is a great & strong duke, & appeareth like a Mairmaid, his office is to guide ye waters, & ships Ladden wth armour thereon he will at ye [will of the] Exorcist cause ye seas to be rough and stormy, and to appeare full of ships he causeth men to dye in 3 dayes wth putrifying their sores and wounds, & causing wormes in them [106v] to bred &c he governeth 29 Legions of spirits, his seal is Thus to be made and worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 42



The 43d spirit in order as Salomon commanded them into ye Brazen vesel is called Sabnach he is a Mighty great Marquiz, & strong appearing in ye forme of an armed souldier wth a Lyons head, ridding on a pale couloured horse, his office is to build high Towers, Casteles and Citties, and to furnish them wth armour, & to afflict men severall dayes wth wounds & rotten sores full of wormes; he giveth good familiars at ye command of ye Exorcist he commandeth 50 Legions of spirits, his seal is Thus to be made, and worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 43



The 44th spirit in order is named Shax, he is a great Marquize & appeareth in ye forme of a stock dove, speaking wth a hoarse & subtill voyce. his office is to take away ye sight, hearing & understanding of any man or woman at ye command of ye Exorcist, & to steal money out of kings houses & carry it againe in 1200 yeares, if commanded, he will fetch horses or any Thing at ye Request of ye Exorcist, but he must be commanded into a Triangle first or else he will deceive him, & tell you many lyes, he can discover all Things that are hidden & not kept by wicked spirits, he giveth good familiars sometimes, he governeth 30 Legions of spirits his seal is thus to be made, and worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 44



[107r]



The 45 spirit is called Vine, he is a great king & an Earle, & appeareth in ye forme of a Lyon ridding on a Black horse wth a viper in his hand his office is to discover Things hidden, witches, and Things present past & to come. he, at ye command of ye Exorcist, will build Towers, Throw down great stone walls, make waters rough wth stormes &c, he governeth 35 Legions of spirits, his seal is this, wch make and wear as a Lamin &c..



figure 45



The 46th spirit is called Bifrons, he is an Earle and appeareth in ye forme of a Monster at first but after a while at ye command of ye Exorcist he putteth on ye shape of a man, his office is to make one knowing in Astrology & geomitry & other arts & siences, & Teacheth ye vertues of all hearbs, precious stones & woodes, he changeth ye dead Bodyes & putteth Them into one another [anothers'] places, & lighteth candeles seemingly upon ye graves of ye dead he hath under his command 6 Legions of spirits, his seal is this, wch he will owne and submit unto &c.



figure 46



The 47th spirit is called Vual. he is a great & mighty strong duke, he appeareth in ye forme of a mighty dromedary at first, but after a while he putteth on humane shape, and speaketh in ye Egyptian Tongue, but not perfectly; his office is to procure ye love of women, and to tell Things past, present and to come, and also to procure friendship betweene friends & foes, he was of the order of Potentates; he governeth 37 Legions of spirits; his seal is Thus to be made and worne as a Lamin before you &c.



figure 47



The 48th spirit is called Haagenti, he is a great president appearing in the forme of a mighty Bull wth griffins wings at first, But afterwardes at ye command of the Exorcist, he putteth on humane shape &c his office is to make men wise and to Instruct them in divers Things & to Transmute all mettales into gold, & change wine into water, & water [107v] into wine; he commandeth 33 Legions of spirits; his seal is Thus made, & to be worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 48



The 49th spirit is named Procel, he appeareth in ye forme of an angel, he is a great & strong duke, speaking somthing mystically of hidden Things; he Teacheth ye art of geometry & ye Liberall siences, he at ye command of ye Exorcist, will make great Noises, like ye running of great waters, allthough there be none he warmeth waters and distempereth [discovereth] Bathes &c he was of ye order of potestates [potentates] (as he declared to Salomon) before his fall, he governeth 48 Legions of spirits, his Character or Marke is Thus to be made, & worne as a Lamin before you.



figure 49



The 50th spirit in order is called Furcas, he is a knight & appeareth in ye forme and similitude of a cruel old man wth a long Beard and a hairy head, sitting on a pale colloured horse, wth a sharpe weapon in his hand; his office is to teach ye art of Phylosophy, astronomy, Rhetoricl, logick, Chyromancy & Pyromancy in all their partes perfectly, he hath under his power 20 Legions of spirits, his seal or Mark is this wch make & weare as a Lamin.



figure 50



The 51 spirit in order is Balam, he is a Terrable, great & powerfull king, appearing wth 3 heads, The first is like a Bulls, The second like a Mans, & ye Third like a Rams head he hath a serpents Taile, & Eyes flaming; riding upon a furious Beare, carrying a goshawke on his fist, he speaketh wth a hoarse voyce, giving True answares of Things past present & to come, he maketh men to goe invisible & witty he governeth 40 Legions of spirits his seal is Thus [to be] Made, & to be worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 51

[108r]



The 52d spirit [in order] is called Alloces -- he is a great & mighty strong duke, appearing in ye forme of a souldier ridding on a great horse; his face is like a Lyons, very redd, having Eyes flaming, his speech is hoarse & verry Bigg; his office is to teach ye art of Astronomy, & all ye Liberall siences, he Bringeth good familiars & ruleth 36 Legions of spirits, his seal is Thus made, & [is] to be worne, &c.



figure 52



The 53d spirit is called Caim, he is a great president & appeareth in ye forme of a Bird called a Thrush at first, but after a while he putteth on ye shape of a man carring in his hand a sharp sword; he seemeth to answare in Burning ashes, he is a good disputer, his office is to give men ye understanding of all Birds, loweing of Bullocks, Barking of doggs & other Creatures, and also ye Noise of waters, and [he] giveth very true answares of Things to come; he was of ye order of angels, & now Ruleth 30 Legions of Infernall spirits; his seal is This, wch wear as a Lamin.



figure 53



The 54th spirit in order is called Murmur, he is a great duke & an Earle, & appeareth In ye forme of a souldier ridding on a griffin with a dukes Crown on his head, there goeth before him two of his Ministers, wth great Trumpets sounding, his office is to teach Phylosophy perfectly, & to constraine soules discesed [deceased] to come before ye Exorcist to answare those things yt he shall aske them, if he desireth, he was partly of ye order of Thrones & partly [of the order] of angels, & [he] Ruleth now 30 Legions of spirits, his seal is this, wch is to be worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 54



The 55th spirit is called Orobas, he is a mighty great prince, appearing at first like a horse, But afterwards at ye command of ye Exorcist he putteth on ye Image of a man, his office is to discover, all Things past, present & to come and to give dignities & places & ye favour of friends & foes, he giveth true answares of divinity & of ye Creation of ye world, he is faithfull to ye Exorcist & will not suffer him to be Tempted by any [108v] spirit he governeth 20 Legions of spirits, his seal is this, wch must be made & worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 55



The 56 spirit is called Gemory, he is a strong and powerfull duke appearing in The forme of a Beautifull woman, wth a Dutches [Duchess] Crownett Tyed about her middle, ridding on a great Camell, his office is to tell of all Things past present & to come, and of Treasure hidden and wt it layeth in, & procureth ye love of women, both young & old, he governeth 26 Legions of spirits, his seal is Thus made, & worne as a Lamin before ye Exorcist in [the] Time of working.



figure 56



The 57 spirit is called Ose, he is a great president & appeareth like a Leopard at first, But after a little Time he putteth on ye shape of a man, his office is to make one cunning in ye Leberall [liberal] siences & to give True answares of devine & secreet Things, and to change a man in [to] any shape that ye Exorcist desireth so that he that is so changed will not thinck any other Thing but that he is that Creature or Thing, he is Changed into, he governeth 3 Legions of spirits, his seal is This, wch wear as a Lamin.



figure 57



The 58th spirit is called [named] Amy, he is a great president, & appeareth at first in ye forme of a flaming fire, But after a while he putteth on ye shape of a man, &c: his office is to make one wounderous [wonderfully] knowing in Astrology & all ye Leberall [liberal] siences; he giveth good familiars & can bewray Treasures, wch are kept by spirits; he governeth 36 Legions of spirits, [&] his seal is This, wch wear as a Lamin &c.



figure 58



[To make sense of the attempted corrections, compare with the version given in Sl. 2731:]

figure 58b



The 59 spirit is named Orias, he is a great Marquiz and appeareth in ye forme of a Lyon, riding on a mighty horse, wth a serpents Taile, holding in his right hand 2 great serpents hissing, his office is to Teach ye vertues of ye starres and to know ye Mansions of ye planets, and how to understand their vertues, also he Transformeth men & giveth dignities and places [prelacies], and confirmations, & ye favour of friends & foes, he governeth 30 Legions of spirits, his seal is This, to be made & worne &c.



figure 59



[109r]



The 60th spirit is called Vapula, he is a great mighty & strong duke, appearing in ye forme of a Lyon, wth griffins wings; his office is to make men knowing in all handicraft proffecsions also in Phylosophy & other siences &c he governeth 36 Legions of spirits, his seal or Character is Thus made, and is to be worneas a Lamin &c.



figure 60



The 61 spirit is called Zagan, he is a great king & president, and appeareth at first in ye forme of a Bull wth griffins wings, But afterwardss he putteth on humane shape, he maketh men witty, and can turne wine into water & Blood into wine, and also water into wine he can turne all mettals into Corne [coin] of that dominion ye mettles are of & can make foolls wise he governeth 33 Legions of spirits; his seal is Thus made & worne as a Lamin.



figure 61



The 62d spirit is called Valac, he is a mighty great president & appeareth like a Boy wth angels wings, ridding on a 2 headed Dragon; his office is to give True answares of hidden Treasures, and to tell where serpents may be seene, wch he will bring & dilever [deliver, discover] to ye Exorcist without any force or strengeth, he governeth 30 Legions of spirits, his seal is This wch must be made & worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 62



The 63 spirit is called Andras, he is a great Marquiz appearing in ye forme of an angell wth a head like a Black night Raven, ridding upon a strong black woolf, wth a sharpe bright sword flourishing in his hand, his office is to sow discords, if ye Exorcist hath not care he will kill him and his fellows, he governeth 30 Legions of spirits his seal is Thus to be [made, and] worne as a Lamin before [thee] on your Breast.



figure 63

[109v]



The 64th spirit is named Flauros, he is a great duke, and appeareth at first like a mighty Terrable and strong Leopard but afterwards at ye command of ye Exorcist he putteth on ye shape of a man wth fiery Eyes and a Terrable Countenance; he giveth True answares of all Things past present & to come, but unless he be commanded into a [the] Triangle, he will Lye in all those things and deceive or beguile ye Exorcist in other Things or Buisness [sic], he will gladly talke of divinity, and of ye Creation of ye world, and of his and all other spirits fall [falls], he destroyeth and burneth those That are ye Exorcist [Exorcist's] enimies if he Requesteth it, and will not suffer him to be Tempted by any spirit or otherwise; he governeth 36 Legions of spirits, his seal is Thus to be made, & worne as a Lamine &c.



figure 64



The 65 spirit is called Andrealphus, he is a Mighty great Marquiz appearing at first in ye forme of [a] Peacock, with great Noises but afterwards he putteth on humane shape, he can teach perfectly geomitry, & all Things belonging to measuring, [&] also Astronomy, he maketh men very subtile and cunning therin, he can Transforme a Man into ye likness of a Bird & he governeth 30 Legions of spirits his seal is This, wch is to be worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 65



The 66th spirit is called Cimeies he is a mighty great Marquiz strong & powerfull appearing like a valiant souldier, riding on a goodly Black horse; he ruleth over all spirits in ye part of Africa, his office is to Teach perfectly grammar Rhetoric [&] logick and to discover Treasures & Things lost or hidden, he can make a man seeme like a souldier of his own likeness, he governeth 20 Legions of cheefe [chief] spirits, but more Inferior [than] himself his seal is Thus made, & worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 66



The 67th spirit in order is called Amduscias, he is a strong & great duke appearing at first like an Unicorne, But afterwards at ye Request of ye Exorcist he standeth [110r] before him in humane shape causing Trumpets and all manner of Musicall Instrument to be heard But not seene also [causing] Trees to bend and Incline according to ye Exorcist [Exorcist's] will; he giveth Excellent familiars & ruleth 29 Legions of spirits his seal is Thus formed and is to be worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 67



The 68th spirit is called Belial, he is a mighty king and powerfull; he was Created next after Lucifer, & is of his order; he appeareth in ye forme of a Beautiful angel sitting in a Charriot of fire, speaking wth a comly voice, declaring that he fell first & amongst ye worthier & wiser sort wch went before Michael & other heavenly angels; his office is to distribute preferments of senatorships, and to cause favour of friends & foes, he giveth Excellent familiars & governeth 80 Legions of spirits. Note this kink [! king] Belial must have offerings sacrafices & gifts presented to him, by ye Exorcist or else he will not give True answares to his demands; But then he Tarryeth [will tarry] not one hour in ye truth except [unless] he be constrained by devine power & his seal is Thus wch is to be worne as a Lamin, before ye Exorcist &c.



figure 68



The 69 spirit is called Decarabia, he appeareth in ye forme of a starre in ye Pentacle at first, but afterwards at ye command of ye Exorcist, he putteth on ye Image of a man, his office is to discover ye vertues of hearbs and precious stones; and to make ye similitude of all Birds to fly before ye Exorcist, & to Tarry wth him, singing and Drinking as Naturall Birds doe, he governeth 30 Legions of spirits, being himselfe a great Marquiz, his seal is Thus to be made, and worne as a Lamin before ye Exorcist &.



figure 69



The 70th spirit in order is called Seere, he is a Mighty Prince and powerfull under Amaymon, king of ye East he appeareth in ye forme of a Beautifull Man, riding on a strong horse wth wings: his office is to goe & come, and to bring all Things to pass on a sudden & to carry & recarry any Thing where Thou wilt have it, or have it from for he can pass over ye whole world in ye Twinckling of an Eye, he maketh a True relation of all sorts of Theft and of [110v] Treasures hidd, and of all other things, he is Indifferent good Natured, willing to do any thing ye Exorcist desireth; he governeth 26 Legions of spirits, his Mark or seal is Thus made, and is to be worne as a Lamin &c.



figure 70



The 71 spirit is called Dantalion, he is a great & Mighty duke appearing in ye forme of a Man wth many faces, all like men & women, & a Booke in his right hand; his office is to Teach all arts and siences to anyone, and to declare ye secreet Councelles of anyone, for he knoweth ye Thoughts of all men and women, and can change them at his will, he can cause love and shew (by vision) ye true similitude of anyone lett them be in wt place or part of ye world they will, he governeth 36 Legions of spirits his seal is This, wch is to be worne as a Lamin.



figure 71



The 72d spirit in order is called Andromalius he is a great and Mighty Earle appearing in ye form of a Man, holding a serpent in his hand, his office is to bring a theefe & goods yt are stolen, Back; and to discover all wickedness, and understand dealings, & to punish Theives [thieves] & other wicked people, & to discover Treasure that is hidd, &c, he ruleth 36 Legions of spirits his seal is This, wch make & wear as a Lamin in time of acction &c.



figure 72



These be the seventy two Mighty kings or Princes wch King Salomon commanded into a vesall [vessel] of Brasse wth their Legions, of whome Belial Bileth [Beleth] Asmoday & Gaap wear the Cheefest, & it is supposed it was for their pride, for Salomon never declared why he thus bound them; & when he hadd bound them up & sealed ye vesel, he by ye devine power cast Them all into a deep lake or hole in Babilon [Babylon], & the Babilononians [! Babylonians] woundering to see such a thing there, they went wholy into ye lake to brake [break] ye vesel open, suspecting to find a great Treasure; but when they hadd broken it open out flew all ye cheefe spirits Immediately, and their Legions followed them, and they were restored againe to their former places; But only Belial who entered [111r] Into a certaine Image, and there gave answares to those whome [who] did offer sacrifice unto him as ye Babilonians did; for they offered sacrafices, & worshiped that Image as a God &c..



OBSERVATIONS

Notes:

Thou art to observe first ye Moones age for yr working. The best dayes are when ye [moon] is 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14 dayes old, as Salomon sayeth, and no other dayes are profitable &c.

The seals of those 72 kings are to be made in Mettalls, The cheefest King in Sol (gold), Marquisses in Luna (silver), Dukes in Venus (copper). Prelates in Jupiter (tin), knights in Saturn (lead), & Presidents in Mercury, & Earles in Venus (copper) & Luna (silver) equally alike &1. 1. Gold, silver, copper, tin, lead, mercury, copper + silver respectively. Noticeably absent is Mars (=iron). -Ed.

These 72 kings are under the power of Amaymon, Corson, Ziminiar, & Goap [Gaap] wch are kings ruling in ye 4 quarters East, West, North, & south, and are not to be called forth except it be upon great occasions But Invoked & commanded to send such & such spirit as are [is] under their rule and power, as is shewed in ye following Invocations, or [rather] conjurations &c.



The chife [chief] kings may be bound from 9 to 12 of ye Clock at noone & from 3 [5] till sunset. Marquizes may be bound from 3 of ye Clock in ye after Noon till nine at night and from 9 at nt [night] till sunrising.



Dukes may be bound from sunrising till Noonday in clear weather.



Prelates may be bound in any hour of the day.



Knights may be bound from ye dawning of ye day till sunrising or from four of ye Clock till sunset.



Presidents may be bound in any hour of ye day, Except Twilight, at Night, or [if] the king whome he is under, be also Invocated &c.



Counts or Earles may be bound in any hour of the day so [if] it be in woods or any other place where Men resort Not, or where No Noise is &c.

[111v is blank]



[112r]

[THE MAGICAL CIRCLE]

[The circle of Salomon is to be made nine feet across, & the divine names are to be written around it, from Eheye to Levanah.] A figure of the Circlel [Circle] of Solomon [Salomon], that he made for to preserve himselfe from The malice of those evill Spirits &c.



figure 73

In the Mathers/Crowley edition the letters around the perimeter of the circle are transcribed into Hebrew letters. "In English letters they run thus, ... + Ehyeh Kether Metatron Chaioth Ha-Qadesh Rashith Ha-Galgalim S.P.M (for 'Sphere of the Primum Mobile') + Iah Chokmah Ratziel Auphanim Masloth S.S.F. (for 'Sphere of the Fixed Stars,' or S.Z. for 'Sphere of the Zodiac') + Iehovah Elohim Binah Tzaphquiel Aralim Shabbathai S. (for 'Sphere') of Saturn + El Chesed Tzadquiel Chaschmalim Tzedeq S. Jupiter + Elohim Gibor Geburah Kamael Seraphim Madim S. of Mars + Iehovah Eloah Va-Da&aulm;th Tiphereth Raphaël Malakim Shemesh S. of the Sun + Iehovah Tzabaoth Netzach Haniel Elohim Nogah S. of Venus. + Elohim Tzabaoth Hod Michaël Beni Elohim Kokav S. of Mercury + Shaddaï El Chai Iesod Gabriel Cherubim Levanah S. of the Moon +."



This is based on Agrippa's scale of ten.

[THE TRIANGLE]



[This is the forme of] The Triangle that Salomon commanded the disobedient spirits into; it is to be made two foot [feet] of [out] from the Circle and 3 foot [feet] over [across].



figure 74



Note this triangle is to be placed upon [towards] that Coast [quarter] [that] the spirit belongeth [to] &c. Observe the moon in working, &c.



[112v]

Solomons sexangled [hexagonal] ffigure



figure 75.



This figure is to be made on parchment made of a calfes Skin and worne at the Skirtt of ye white vestment, and covered wth a lennen [linen] cloath to ye which is to be shewed to the spirits when they are appeared that they may be compelled to be obedient and take a humane shape &c.

Compare with version found in de Abano:



The Pentagonall ffigure of Solomon



figure 76.



This figure is to be made in sol or luna and worne upon the brest with the seal of the spirit on one [the other] side of itt. it is for to preserve [the Exorcist] from danger, and allso to command by &c.

[113r]

[The Ring of Salomon]



This Ring is to be held before the face of the Exorcist to preserve him from The stinking fumes of spirits &c.



figure 77.

The Secret Seal of Salomon.



by which he bound and sealed up the aforsaid spirits with their legions in [into] a Brazen Vesel &c.



figure 78.



This secreet seal is to be made by one that is cleane both Inward and outward, and hath not defiled himself by any woman in the space of a Month; but hath with fasting and prayers to God desired pardon of all his sins, &c: Itt is to be made on a Tuesday or Saturday night at 12 [2] of the Clock, written with the Blood of a Black Cock which never trode hen, on virgins parchment, Note, on those nights the moon must be encreasing in Virgo, when it [is] so made, fume it with Allum, Raisins of the Sun, dates, Cedar & lignum Aloes, by this seal Salomon compelled the aforesaide spirits into a Brass vessel, and sealed it up with the same, he by it gained the love of all Manner of persons, and overcame in Battle, for neither weapon fire nor water could hurt him.

[113v]

The fforme of the brasse vessel that Salomon shut Those spirits In.

figure 79.



The priuie [secret] seal aforesaid was made in Brasse, to cover This vessel with at ye Top &c.



In Hebrew letters may be transcribed as: (front:) "AShR AHIH: GBRiAL: MIKAL: HANIAL:" (back:) "ARARIThA: ChShMLIM: AL: TzDQIAL:" Mathers gives the following variant found 'in some Codices:' "ARARIThA: RFAL: KMAL: TzDQIAL:" and "TzFQIAL"

The other materialls is [are] a sceptre or sword; a miter or cap, a long white Robe of Linnen, with shoes and other Clothes for ye purpose also a girdle of Lyons skin 3 Inches broad, with all the names about it as is about the uttermost round [part of the] Circle, & also perfumes and a chafin [chafing] dish of Charcoles kindled to put the fumes into; to smoke or perfume yee place appointed for action. also annoynting oyles to anoynt yr Temples & Eyes wth; & fair water to wash yrselves in. & in so doeing yu are to say as david said (viz)



Thou shalt purge me wth Hysop o Lord, & I shall be cleane; Thou shalt wash me & I shall be whiter than snow &c.



This text from Psalm 50.9 is used in the Mass as well as virtually every grimoire.

& at ye Garments putting on, you must say:

[ORATION]



by ye figurative Mystery of these holy vestures or vestments, I will cloath me with ye armour of Salvation in ye strength of ye highest, Ancor Amacor Amides Theodonias Anitor, That my desired End may be Efected Through ye strength [of] Adonay To whome ye praise and glory will forever & ever belong. Amen.





This oration also occurs widely in magical texts. The version in the Heptameron is almost identical, and indeed the version in Goetia was probably based directly on de Abano. Compare also with the version in Liber Iuratus Honorii and that in Ars Notoria.

[114r]



After yu have so done, make prayers to God according to your worke, as Salomon hath commanded. The formes that Salomon used for any perticular art is shewed in ye 5th part of this Book wch is called Artem Novam [Ars Nova] &c.

The Conjuration for to call forth any of the forsaid spirits



I Invocate and conjure you spirit N. & being wth power armed from ye supreame Majesty, I throughly [thoroughly] command you by Beralanensis [Beralanensis], Baldachiensis, Paumachiæ & Apologiæ-Sedes and ye most powerfull princes Genio Liachidi ministers of ye Tartarean seat, Cheefe princes of of [sic] ye seat of Apologia, in ye Ninth Region; I exorcise & powerfully command you spirit N, in and by him that said ye word, & it was done, and by all ye holy and most glorious Names of ye most holy and true God, and by these his most holy Names Adonai [Adonay], El, Elohim, Elohe, Zebeoth [Zebaoth], Elion [Elyon], Escerchie ^Eskerie, Jah, Tetragrammaton Saday That you forthwth appear and shew yrselves here unto me before this Circle, in a fair and humane shape, without any deformity or ugly shew and without delay, doe ye come, from all parts of ye world to make & make [sic] rationall answares unto all Things wch I shall ask of you; and come yee peacebly, visibly and afably without delay, manifesting wt I desire, being conjured by ye Name [Names] of ye Eternall liveing and true God Helioren I conjure you by ye especiall and true Name of your God that ye owe obediance unto and by ye Name of yr king, wch beareth rule over you, That forthwith you come without Tarring [tarrying], and fullfill my desires, and command, and persist unto ye End, & according to my Intentions and I conjure yu by him ^by whome all Creatures are obediant [unto] and by this ineffeble name Tetragrammaton Jehovah [Jehova], wch being heard, ye Elements are overthrown; The aire is shaken, The sea runneth back, The fire is quenched, The Earth Trembleth and all ye hosts of Celestialls, Terrestialls [terrestrials] & Infernalls doe Tremble, and are troubled and confounded togather. that [come] you visibly and affebly, speak unto me with a Clear voice Intelligible, and without any ambiguity, Therefore come ye in the Name Adonay Zebeoth [Zebaoth]; Adonay [Adonay], Amiorent, com com why stay [tarryieth] you? hasten: Adonay Saday, the Kinge of kings commandeth you:



Compare Heptameron:



BERALANENSIS, Baldachiensis, Paumachia, and Apologia Sedes, by the most mighty kings and powers, and the most powerful princes, genii, Liachidæ, ministers of the Tartarean seat, chief prince of the seat of Apologia, in the ninth legion, I invoke you, and by invocating, conjure you; and being armed with power from the supreme Majesty, I strongly command you, by Him who spoke and it was done, and to whom all creatures are obedient; and by this ineffable name, Tetragrammaton Jehovah, which being heard the elements are overthrown, the air is shaken, the sea runneth back, the fire is quenched, the earth trembles, and all the host of the celestials, and terrestrials, and infernals do tremble together, and are troubled and confounded: wherefore, forthwith and without delay, do you come from all parts of the world, and make rational answers unto all things I shall ask of you; and come ye peaceably, visibly and affably now, without delay, manifesting what we desire, being conjured by the name of the living and true God, Helioren, and fulfil our commands, and persist unto the end, and according to our intentions, visibly and affably speaking unto us with a clear voice, intelligible, and without any ambiguity.



Say this as often as you please. And if they com not then say as ffolloweth.

[The Second Conjuration]



I Invocate, conjure and command you spirit N, to appear and shew yrselfe visibly to me, before this Circle, in fair and comly shape, without any deformity or Tortuosity, by ye Name & in ye name Y & U wch Adam heard & spoake, & by the name Joth wch Jacob heard from ye angel wrestling with him, and was delivered from ye hands of Esau his Brother; and by ye name of God Agla, wch Lot heard and was saved with his family; and by ye name Anaphexaton [114v] wch Aron [Aaron] heard and speak [spake] and became wise, & by the names Schemes-Amathia which Joshua called upon and ye sun stood still, and by ye name Emanuel wch ye 3 Children Sedrach Mesach [Masach] and Abednego, sung in ye midst of ye fiery furnace, and were delivered; and by the name Alpha & Omega which Daniel named & Destroyed the Bell [Bel] & ye Dragon; & by the name Zebaoth which Moses named & all the Rivers & waters in the land of Ægypt ware turnd into blood & by the name Escerchie Oriston, wch Moses named & all the Rivers Brought forth froggs, & they went into ye houses of ye Egyptians, Distroying all things; & by the name Elion wch Moses called upon & there was great haile, such as never was [seen] sence the Creation of the world to that Day; & by the name Adonay wch Moses named And there came up Locust Thrueout all the land of Egypt and devoured all that the Haill at left; and by the name Hagios, and by the seal [*seat] of Adonay and by Otheos, Iscyros, Athenatos; Paracletus and by these holly and sacred names Agla, On, Tetragrammaton and by the dreadfull Judgement of god; and by the uncertaine sea of glass: which is before the face of the divine Majesty, who is mighty and most powerful. And by the four beasts before the throne, haveing Eyes before and behind, and by the ffire round about the throwne, and by the holly angells of heaven; and by the Mighty Wisdom of god, & by the seal of Baldachia, and by this name Primeumaton which Moses named and the Earth opened and swallowed up Chora, Dathan & Abiram, [I command] That you make true and faithfull answers, to all my demands, and to performe all my desiers, so farr as in office you are capaple [capable] to performe therefore come ye paecable [peaceably], vissible and affable now without delay, to manifest what I desire speaking with a perfect and clear voyce, Intelligible unto my understanding &c.



Compare Heptameron: "I adjure and call you all forth, by the seat of Adonay, and by Hagios, O Theos, Iscyros, Athanatos; Paracletus, Alpha & Omega, and by these three secret names: Agla, On, Tetragrammaton, that you at once fulfill what I desire."

if [somehow] they do not come at the rehearsing of these 2 fforegoeing Conjurations (but without doubt they [normally] will) say one [on] as ffolloweth, it being a constraint.

[The Constraint]



I conjure the [thee] spirit N. by all the most glorious and Effacius [efficacious] names of the most great and Incomprehensible Lord god of Host [Hosts], that you comest quickly without delay ffrom all parts and places of the world: [wherever thou mayest be,] to make rationell answers to my demands and that visible and affably speakeing with a voice Intellegible to my understanding as aforesaid, I conjure and constrain you spirit N., by all aforesaid and by these seven names by wch wise Salomon bound thee and thy fellows in a vessel of Brass. Adonay, Prerai Tetragrammaton; Anephexeton [Anaphexeton], Inessenfatall, Pathatumon, & Itemon. That you appeare hear before this Circle, to fullfill my will in all things, that shall seeme good unto me and if you be disobedient and refuse to come I will in the power and by the power of the name of ye supream and Everliving god, Who created both you and me and all the whole world in six days and what is contained in it Eye-Saray, and by the power [115r] of his name Primeumaton; which commandeth the whole hoste of heaven, curse you and deprive you, from all your office, Joy & place, and binde you in the debth [depth] of ye Bottomless pit There to remaine unto the day of the last Judgement, and I will bind you into Eternall fire & into the lake of fire and Brimstone, unless you come forthwith and appeare heere before this Circle to doe my will in all things. Therefore com [thou!] in and by these holly names Adonay, Zebeoth [Zebaoth], Adonay, Amiorem; come yee, Adonay commandeth you.



If you come so farr, and he yet doth not appeare you may be sure he is sent to some other place by his king, and cannot come and if it be so Invocate the king as followeth to send him, But if he doth not come still, Then you may be sure he is bound in chains in hell: and he is not in the Custody of his king: So if you have a desier to call him ffrom thence, you must rehearse the spirits Chaine &c.

For to Invocate the Kinge say as ffolloweth -



O you great mighty and Powerfull kinge Amaymon, who beareth rule by the power of thy supreame god El over all spirits both superior and Inferiour of the Infernal order in the Dominion of the Earth [East], I invocate and command you by the especial and truest name of your god and by god that you worship and obey, and by the seal of ye Creation, & by the most mighty & powerfull name of god Jehovah Tetragrammaton, who cast you ought [out] of heaven with all other of the Infernall spirits and by all ye most powerfull and great names of god who created heaven, Earth & hell, and all things contained in them, and by their power and vertue, & by ye name Primeumaton who commandeth the whole host of heaven, that you cause, enforce & compell N. to come unto me hear before this Circle in a fair & comely forme, without doeing any harme to me or any other Creature, and to answere truely & faithfull to all my Requests, That I may accomplish my will and desiers, in knowing or obtaining any matter or thing wch by office you know is proper for him to performe or to accomplish, threw [through] the power of god El who createth and disposeth of all things both celestiall, ayerall [aerial], Terrestiall [terrestrial] and Infernall.



After you have Invocated the king in this manner twise or thrice over, then conjure ye spirit you would have calld forth by the aforsaid conjurations rehearsing them severall times together, and he will come without doubt if not at ye first or second time rehearsing. But if he doth not come, add the spirits Chaine to the end of ye afforsaid Conjuration and he will be forced to come even if he be Bound in chains: for the chaines will break of [off] from him and he will be at liberty &c.

[115v]

The generall Curse, called the spirits Chaine against all spirits that Rebell.



O thou wicked and disobedient spirit, because thou hast rebelled and not obeyed nor regarded my words which I have rehearsed They being all most glorious and Incomprehensible names of ye true god Maker and creator of you and me and all the world, I by the power of those names wch no creature is able to resist doe curse you into the debts [! depths] of ye Bottomless Pitt, There to remaine untill ye day of doom in chaines of fire and Brimstone unquenchable, unless you dost forthwith appear before this circle in This Triangle To doe my will; Therefore come paceably [peaceably] and quietly [quickly] in & by these names -- Adonai [Adonay], Zebaoth, Adonay, Amioram; come come why stay you, Adonay comandeth you.



When you have read so farr and he doth not come, Then write his name and seal in [on] virgins parch [parchment] and put it into a black Box with Brimstone aquafateda [assafoetida] and such things that have a stincking strong smell and bind the Box round with a wire and hang it on ye swords point and hold it over the fire of Charcoles, and say to the fire first [as followeth] (it being placed toward that quarter the spirit is to come)

[The Conjuration of the fire]



I conjure thee you [O] fire by him that made thee and all other good creatures in the world that you Torment Burne and consume this spirit N. everlastingly. I condem [condemn] thee thou spirit N. into fire everlasting, because thou art disobedient and obeyd not the command, nor kept the precepts of the lord thy god, neither wilt thou appeare to me nor obey me nor my invocations, haveing thereby called you forth, [I] who am the servant of ye most high and Imperiall Lord, god of hosts Jehovah, and dignified and fortified by his Celestiall power and Permission, Neither comest thou to answer to these my Proposalls hear made unto you, for wch your averseness and contempt you are gilty [guilty] of grand disobedience and Rebellion, and therefore I shall excommunicate you and destroy thy name and seal wch I have hear enclosed in this black Box, and shall burne thee in immortall fire and bury thee in Immortall oblivion, unless thou Immediately comest & appearest visibly, affably, frendly, & curteously hear unto me before this Circle in this Triangle, in a faire and comly forme and in no wise terrible, hurtfull or frightfull to me or any other creatures whatever upon the face of the Earth and make rationel Answers to my requests and performe all my desiers in all things that I shall make unto you &c.



If he cometh not yet, say as followeth:

[The curse]



Now o thou spirit N. since thou art still pertonalius [pernicious] and disobedient and will not appeare unto me to answer to such things as I shoulde have desiered of you or would have been satisfied in &c, I doe in the name and by the power and dignity of the omnipotent Immortall Lord god of host Jehovah Tetragrammaton, The only creator of heaven Earth and hell and all that in them is who is the marvellious disposser of all things both visible and Invisible Curse you and deprive you from all your offices Joy and place and do bind the [thee] in the debtts [depths] of ye Bottomless Pitt, There to remaine untill the day of the last Judgement; I say into the lake of Fire & Brimstone which is prepared for all rebellious disobedient obstinate & pertinacious [pernicious] spirits, let all the [116r] Holy company of heaven curse thee, The Sun, moon and starrs, the light and all ye hoste of heaven Curse thee, I curse thee into the fire unquenchable, & torments unspeakable, and as thy name and seal is contained in this box, chained and bound up and shal be choacked in sulphurous & stincking substance and burnt in this material fire, so I in the name Jehovah, and by the power and dignity of these three names Tetragrammaton, Anaphexeton, & Primeumaton, cast thee, o thou disobediant spirit N. into that lake of fire which is prepared for thee damned and cursed spirits and there to remain untill the day of doome and never more to be remembered of before the face of god wch shall come to Judge the quick and the dead and the world by fire.



Here the Exorcist must put the box into the fire and by and by he will come. But as soone as he is come quickly quench the fire that the Box is in and make a sweet perfume and give him a kind entertainment shewing him the pentacle that is at ye bottom of ye vesture covered with linnen cloath, saying.

[The address unto the spirit upon his coming]



Behold your conclusion if you be disobedient. Behold the Pentacle of Salomon which I have brought heare before thy presence: Behold the person of the Exorcist who is called Octinomos, in the midst of the Exorcism, who is armed by god & without fear, who potently invocateth you and called you to appeare, Therefore make rationall answers to my demands and be obedient to me your master in the name of ye Lord Bathat rushing upon Abrac Abeor coming upon Aberer.







Compare Heptameron:



Behold your conclusion if you refuse to be obedient;



... and the following, which actually occurs earlier in Heptameron:



Behold the pentacle of Solomon, which I have brought into your presence; behold the person of the exorcist in the middle of the exorcism, who is armed by God, without fear, and well provided, who potently invocateth and calleth you by exorcising; come, therefore, with speed, by the virtue of these names; Aye Saraye, Aye Saraye; defer not to come, by the eternal names of the living and true God, Eloy, Archima, Rabur, and by the pentacle of Solomon here present, which powerfully reigns over you; and by the virtue of the celestial spirits, your lords; and by the person of the exorcist, in the middle of the exorcism: being conjured, make haste and come, and yield obedience to your master, who is called Octinomos.



Then they or he will be obedient and bid you ask what you will for they are subjected by god to fullfill your desiers and demands, and when they or he are appeared and shewed themselves humble and meek, Then you are to say [as followeth]:

[The welcome unto the spirit]



Welcom [thou] [spirit N. or] spirits or most noble king or kings I say you are welcome unto me because I called you through him who created both heaven & Earth & Hell and all that is contained therein and you have obeyed allso by the same power that I called you forth [by] I binde you that you remaine affably and vissibly hear before this circle (or before this circle in this triangle,) so constant and so long as I have occasion for you and not to depart without my leasure [licence] untill you have faithfully and truely performed my will without any fallacity [falsity] &c.



Compare Heptameron:



Welcome spirits, or most noble princes, because I have called you through Him to whom every knee doth bow, both of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; in whose hands are all the kingdoms of kings, neither is there any able to contradict his Majesty. Wherefore, I bind you, that you remain affable and visible before this circle, so long and so constant; neither shall you depart without my licence, until you have truly and without any fallacy performed my will, by virtue of his power who hath set the sea her bounds, beyond which it cannot pass, nor go beyond the law of his providence, viz. of the Most High God, Lord, and King, who hath created all things. Amen.



The licence to depart



O Thou spirit N. Because thou hast very dilligently answered my demands and was ready and willing to come at my first call I doe hear licence thee to depart unto thy proper place without doeing any Injury or danger to any man or beast depart I say and be ever reddy to come at my call being duly Exorcised and conjured by ye sacred rites of Magicke. I charge thee to withdraw peacebly and quiet1y, and the peace of God be ever continued between me and the [thee]. Amen.



After you have given the spirit licence [to depart] you are not to go out of ye Circle till they be gone and you have made prayers unto god ffor the great blessing he hath bestowed upon you in granting you your desiers and delivering you from the malice of the Enemy the devill.



[116v]



Nota [Note] you may command these spirits into the Brazen vessell as you doe into the Triangle saying That you forthwith appeare before this Circle in this vessell of Brasse in a faire and comely shape &c as is shewed before in the forgoing Conjurations &c.



The End of the First Part which is called Goetia



Twilit Grotto -- Esoteric Archives Contents Prev Part 1 Next Timeline





COMMENTS

-



 

Pictorial solomon

00:45 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,897



































































COMMENTS

-



 

The Lesser Key of Solomon

00:39 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,898




LEMEGETON

CLAVICULA SALOMONIS

or

THE LESSER KEY OF SOLOMON

Detailing the ceremonial art of commanding spirits both good and evil

* Acknowledgements

* Introduction

* Notes to introduction

* Preface from Harl. 6483.

* Goetia

* Theurgia Goetia

* Ars Paulina

* Ars Almadel

* Ars Notoria



Acknowledgments



I would like to thank the British Museum for allowing me to study the manuscripts firsthand, and for their help in copying the manuscripts onto microfilm.

Introduction



The Lemegeton is a popular handbook of sorcery known from the 17th century [1] in more or less the same form as I will present it. Most of the material however is found in varying forms in earlier manuscripts, and some of the material dates back as early as the 14th century or earlier [2]. Reginald Scot, in his lists of magical texts [3], mentions Ars Paulina, Ars Almadel, and Ars Notoria in the same breath. He also includes a text closely related to the Goetia [4]. So the bulk of the materials were possibly collected together by 1584.



The name Lemegeton is probably naively invented because of the compiler's ignorance of Latin. He or she was no doubt familiar with the Clavicula Salomonis (Key of Solomon) and wanted to title this work the "Little Key of Solomon;" this became "Lemegeton Clavicula Salomonis."



The major texts used for this edition have been all from the British Library Manuscript collection. They include Harl. 6483, and Sloane Mss. 2731, 3825, and 3648. Harl. 6483 is probably the latest, and contains much additional material. It is dated 1712-3. Sloane 2731 is important because it has itself been compiled from multiple versions (including Sloane 3648). This text is unfortunately incomplete, and omits all of book 5. It is dated January 18, 1687. Sloane 3825 is a more complete and internally consistent text. It is also interesting in that it contains a shorter version of The Notary Art to which has been added the remaining portions as found in Robert Turner's translation.



I have followed Sloane 3825 for this edition except for the Ars Notoria. For the latter the manuscripts are clearly dependent on Robert Turner's translation; I have therefore used his 1657 edition as the primary source. Variants from other manuscripts are noted in square brackets []. Also in square brackets are the folio numbers from Sl. 3825. I have resisted the temptation to modernise the language.



The parts of the Lemegeton are as follows:

Goetia



The first book, Goetia, corresponds closely with the catalog of demons published by John Wier (or Johann Wierus) as Pseudomonarchia daemonum in his 1563 De Praestigiis Daemonum. In Wier's text there are no demonic seals, and the demons are invoked by a simple conjuration, not the elaborate ritual found in the Lemegeton.

Theurgia Goetia



This text has close parallels with book one of Trithemius' Steganographia. Although the abundant spirit seals are not found in Trithemius, those few that can be found match exactly. For example, these four seals are found in Steg. I. chapter xi, dealing with Usiel and his subordinates:



Compare these with the following seals found in the Lemegeton in the section dealing with the eleventh spirit, Usiel, and his subordinates (Adan, Ansoel, Magni and Abariel):



It should be noted that Trithemius' conjurations are actually his examples of hidden writing ('steganography'), and do not correspond with the conjurations found in Theugia Goetia. Steganographia was written in 1500, but was not published until 1608. It was, however, widely circulated in manuscript form.

Ars Paulina



The spirits in Part 1 of this book coincide exactly with those found in Trithemius' Steganographia, Book 2. According to Thorndike [5], the "The Pauline art," was purported to have been discovered by the Apostle Paul after he had been snatched up to the third heaven, and delivered by him at Corinth. Robert Turner mentions a sixteenth-century manuscript in the Bibliothèque Nationale [6]. Although this text is based on earlier versions, repeated mention of the year 1641 and guns, shows a late redaction. The "table of practice" has similarities with Dee's "holy table". In the former the seven seals have the characters of the seven planets, which also occur in the "Magical Calendar" (published 1620, but with possible connections with Trithemius.)



Saturn

Jupiter

Mars

Sun

Venus

Mercury

Moon



The descriptions of the seals for each sign of the Zodiac are evidently abstracted from Paracelsus, The Second Treatise of Celestial Medicines, cf. Archidoxes of Magic translated by Robert Turner, 1656, pp. 136 ff.

Ars Almadel



In 1608, Trithemius mentioned a long list of books on magic, including the book "Almadel attributed to King Solomon" [7] Ars Almadel is also found in the Hebrew manuscript of the Key of Solomon, ed. Gollancz, Sepher Maphteah Shelomoh, 1914, fol 20b. Turner mentions a fifteenth-century manuscript in Florence. [8]

Ars Notoria



The Ars Notoria is a Medieval Grimoire of the 'Solomonic Cycle'. Many Latin manuscripts are extant, the oldest are dated thirteenth century, and possibly earlier. Like Liber Juratus (also thirteenth century), the text centers around an even older collection of orations or prayers which are interspersed with magical words. The orations in Ars Notoria and those in Liber Juratus are closely related, and suggest to me a common oral tradition. The orations in both works are said to have mystical properties which can impart communion with God and instant knowledge of divine and human arts and sciences.



Older manuscripts of the Ars Notoria contain exquisite drawings, the "figures" mentioned in the text. [9] Their omission adds greatly to the confusion of the text.



Not all manuscripts of the Lemegeton include the Ars Notoria, their contents listing only four books. Those that do are entirely dependant on Robert Turner's 1657 edition, which is evidently his own translation from the Latin.



Notes:



1. The date 1641 occurs in the text, and may indicate that its present form dates to then.

2. To this period has been dated an important text of the Solomonic literature, Liber Juratus, or The Sworn Book of Honorius, which has important connections with our present work.

3. Discoverie of Witchcraft, 1584, Book 16, chap. 31 and chap. 42.

4. Op. cit. chapter 2 consists of a translation of J. Wier's Pseudomonarchia Daemonum. See below.

5. Magic and Experimental Science, chapter xlix, 1923, pp. 279 ff.

6. BN 7170A. See Robert Turner, Elizabethan Magic, 1989. pp. 140-1.

7. See I. P. Couliano, Eros and Magic in the Renaissance, Chicago, 1987, p. 167.

8. Ibid. Florence II-iii-24.

9. For examples of the illustrations and an excellent discussion of the Ars Notoria, see the article by Michael Camille in Claire Fanger, Conjuring Spirits, Texts and Traditions of Medieval Ritual Magic, Pennsylvania State University Press, 1998, pp. 110 ff.





[Preface from Harl. 6483]



[The sixth Sheet of Dr. Rudd

Liber malorum Spirituum

seu Goetia



This Book contains all the names, orders, and offices of all the spirits Salomon ever conversed with. The seals and characters belonging to each spirit, and the manner of calling them forth to visible appearance.



Some of these spirits are in Enoch's Tables which I have explained, but omitted their seals and characters, how they may be known; but in this book they are at large set forth.

The definition of Magic



Magic is the highest most absolute and divine knowledge of natural philosophy advanced in its works and wonderful operations by a right understanding of the inward and occult vertue of things, so that true agents being applied to proper patients, strange and admirable effects will thereby be produced; whence magicians are profound and diligent searchers into nature, they because of their skill know how to anticipate an effect which to the vulgar shall seem a miracle.



Origen saith that the magical art doth not contain anything subsisting, but although it should yet that must not be evil or subject to contempt or scorn; and doth distinguish the natural magic from that which is diabolical.



Tyaneus only exercised the natural magic by which he perforned wonderful things.



Philo Hebreus saith that true magic by which we come to the secret works of nature is so far from being contemptible that the greatest monarchs and kings have studied it. Nay amongst the Persians none might reign unless he was skillfull in this great art.



This noble science often degenerates, and from natural becomes diabolical, from true philosophy turns to nigromancy, which is wholly to be charged uppon its followers who, abusing or not being capable of that high and mystical knowledge do immediately hearken to the temptations of Sathan, and are misled by him into the study of the black art. Hence it is that magic lies under disgrace and they who seek after it are vulgarly esteemed sorcerers. And the fraternity of the Rosicrucians thought it not fit to style themselves magicians, but philosophers. Thay are not ignorant empirics1 but learned and experienced physicians whose remedies are not only lawful but divine.]



[100r]

LEMEGETON CLAVICULA SALOMONIS: REX:



The little Key of Salomon the King which containeth all the names, orders and offices of all the spirits that ever he hadd any converse with, with the seales or Characters belongeing to Each spirit, and the manner of calling them forth to [visible] appearance, in 5 Parts, called Books viz - - - - -:



* The first part, is a Book of evill spirits, called Goetia, shewing how he bound up those spirits and used them in severall things, wherby he obtained great fame.

* The second part is a Booke of [aerial] spirits, partly good and partly evill, wch is called Theurgia Goetia being all spirits of the ayre.

* The Third part is [a book] of spirits governing ye Planetary houres, and wt spirits belong to every degree of the signes and planets in ye signes, and is called Ars Paulina.

* The fourth part of this Booke is called Ars Almadel Solomonis [sic], contayning 20 cheife spirits wch governe the four Altitudes or the 360 degrees of the world & signes [zodiac] &c.

These twoo last orders of spirits is of good, and are called the true Theurgia, and it is to be sought affter by divine seeking &c.

* The fifth part is a Booke of orations and prayers that wise Salomon used upon the alter in the Temple which is called Artem Novam [sic. (Ars Nova)] The wch was revealed to Salomon by the holy angel of God called Michael, and he also recieved [sic] many breef Notes written by the fingar of God wch was delivered to him by ye said Angell, with Thunder claps, without wc Notes Salomon hadd never obtained to his great knowledge, for by them in short time he knew all arts and siences both good and badd which from these Notes [this book] is [also] called Ars Notoria.

In this Booke is contained the whole art of Salomon although there be many other Bookes that is said to be his yet none is to be compared with this, for this containeth them all, although [100v] they be titled with severall other names, as the Booke Helisoe wch is the very same as this last [book] is, wch called, Artem Novam & Ars Notaria &c..



These Bookes were first found in the Chaldean & hebrew tongues at Hierusalem, by a Jewish Rabbi, & by him put into the greeke Language, & from thence into ye Latine, as it is said &c.

APPENDIX - Other examples of some of the drawings



Sigil for Baal, from Harl. 6483.



Sigil for Agares, from Harl. 6483.



Sigil for Vasago, from Harl. 6483.



Magical circle and triangle, from Sloane 3648.



Hexagram to be worn as a Lamin, from the Hebrew manuscript of the Clavicula Salomonis, (Sepher Mafteah Shelomoh):, fol. 38a.

Gollancz, fol. 38a. Or. 14759





Pentagram, from Harl. 6483.



The Magic Ring, from Sloane 2731.



Brass vessel, from Sloane 2731:



Sigil for Carmasiel, from Harl. 6483.



Sigils for some of Carmasiel's Dukes, from Harl. 6483.

The Seal of Solomon, from Harl. 6483. Seal of Solomon from the Magical Calendar.





Seal of Solomon, frontispiece from British Library manuscript Lans. 1203, LES VÉRITABLES CLAVICULES DE SALOMON, Traduites de l'Hebreux en langue Latine, Par le Rabin ABOGNAZAR.



Sigilla, nempe XII signorum zodiaci, from Paracelsus, Archidoxis magicae, Liber II.

Aries

Taurus

Gemini

Cancer

Leo

Virgo

Libra

Scorpio

Sagittarius

Capricorn

Aquarius

Pisces



The Almadel, from Gollancz, Sepher Maphteah Shelomoh, 1914, fol 20b.



Note the drawing at the bottom showing how the candles are to be constructed with feet to support the Almadel.



"Picture of the Almadel", from Or. MS. 6360:

First note of the art of grammar, from Sl. 1712, fol. 14v.

Second note of the art of grammar, from Sl. 1712, fol. 15r.

The fourth note of rhetoric and the note of geometry, from Sl. 1712, fol. 19r:

Second, third, and fourth notes of theology, from Sl. 1712. fol 21v.



COMMENTS

-



 

The Key of Knowledge (Clavicula Salomonis)

00:38 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,898


In producing his 1889 edition of the Key of Solomon, three manuscripts escaped S.L. Mathers' attention, or he chose to neglect them. They are Sloane 3645, 3847, and Additional Ms. 36,674. All three are in English. It is not clear to me why he did not mention them, but they do not in fact seem to have been used by him, as the wordings and layout are quite different. Mathers' translation seems to be mainly from the Colorno class of manuscripts written in French.



The following is a complete transcription of the English Key of Solomon from Add. 36674, with alternate readings from Sl. 3645. The Add. manuscript dates to mid- to late-16th century. Add. 36674 also appears to be in the same hand as that found in the beginning of Sloane 3854. Sl. 3645 is dated 17th century [1], and seems to be based solely on the earlier manuscript. The drawings included here are based on those in the Sloane manuscript, as they are more legible, and were copied very closely from the older manuscript.



The catalog entry reads as follows:



36674. COLLECTIONS relating to Magic and Witchcraft from the papers

of various 16th and 17th century astrologers, finally put together

probably in the library of John Somers, Lord Somers (v. catalogue

in Harl. MS. 7191, f. 158 b). The table of contents on f. 3 is in

the same hand as Somers' catalogue. Artt. 1-4 belonged early in

the 17th cent. to Gabriel Harvey, the poet and friend of Spenser,

who has annotated them throughout (compare the hand with

Add. MS. 32494). Art. 10 and probably some other articles were

collected by Elias Ashmole. Later owners are noticed below.

Contents:-

1. "Here begynneth the booke of Kynge Solomon called the Kay

of Knowledge," to which Harvey adds "Clavicula Salomonis.

Extat Latine: et legi." In two books. There are many treatises

with similiar titles, but this does not agree with the Clavicula

edited by S. L. M. Mathers (London, 1889), nor with the treatise

known as Lemegeton. The first rubric is "Orysons to be sayde

when you coniure," and the last "Here follow the the manner howe

to make the Pentacle." In a late 16th cent. hand. f. 5.



Contrary to what the catalog entry states, nearly all of this text does in fact closely parallel Mathers' edition, although the wording is simpler in the present text.



Collation:

BOOK 1 BOOK 2

Key of

Knowledge Mathers Key of

Knowledge Mathers

Ch. 1 Not found Ch. 1 Ch. 1

Ch. 2 Ch. 4-7 Ch. 2 Ch. 2

Ch. 3 Not found Ch. 3 Ch. 3

Ch. 4 Ch. 8 Ch. 4 Ch. 4

Ch. 5 Not found Ch. 5-6 Ch. 5

Ch. 6 Ch. 9 Ch. 7 Ch. 6

Ch. 7 Ch. 10 Ch. 8 Ch. 8

Ch. 8 Omitted * Ch. 9 Ch. 9

Ch. 9 Omitted * Ch. 10-11 Ch. 11

Ch. 10 Ch. 15 Ch. 12 Ch. 12

Ch. 11 Omitted * Ch. 13 Ch. 14

Ch. 12 Ch. 16 Ch. 14 Ch. 16

Ch. 13 Ch. 17 Ch. 15 Ch. 17

Ch. 16 Ch. 18

Ch. 17 Ch. 19

Ch. 18 Ch. 10

Ch. 19 Ch. 20

Ch. 20-22 Not found

* Omitted by Mathers, but found in Mathers' primary sources.



It is also full of Christian references which are absent in Mathers' edition and other manuscripts of the Clavicula.



Regarding the third early English translation, Sloane MS 3847, although it has many parallels with the two English manuscripts represented in the present text, it does not seem to be directly related. Rather, it appears to be an independent translation, probably from the Italian or Latin. It is not included in the present edition.



I have taken the liberty of moving the table of contents for book 2 to the beginning of this transcript for convenience.



[1. Cf. Catalog to the Sloane Manuscripts in the British Museum, Edward J. L. Scott, London, 1904, p. 473.]







[5r]



here begynneth the Booke

of Kynge Salomon called

the kay of knowledge.

Clauicula Salomonis. Extat latinè: de legi.





Cabalistica: sed sophistica.





Here beginneth the book

of King Solomon called

The Key of Knowledge.

Clauicula Salomonis. Extat latinè: de legi.





Cabalistica: sed sophistica.







The Table of the fyrst Booke.

Cap. 13.



The table of the first book.

13 Chapters.



1. What oracions and prayers ought to be sayde before you worke.

2. Of the confessyon before you worke.

3. Of yor Coniuratiõ, wth A maledictiõ therunto belonginge.

4. Of pentacles, and howe they ought to be made.

5. Of the way howe to worke.







1. What orations and prayers ought to be said before you work.

2. Of the confession before you work.

3. Of your conjuration, with a malediction thereunto belonging.

4. Of pentacles, and how they ought to be made.

5. Of the way how to work.



##. Experiments



6. For thinges that bee stolne. + de furto.

7. For to bee invysible.

8. For love howe they ought to be prpared. de amore

9. For to make A womã dreame of thé.

10. Of experimentes of favr and frend shipp. ad fauore~

11. Of experimentes for hatred and malyce.

12. Ffor to fayne A thinge to be true, wch indeade is false.

13. Of extraordynary experimentes, and howe they ar prpared.





##. Experiments



6. For things that be stolen.

7. For to be invisible.

8. For love, how they ought to be prepared.

9. For to make a woman dream of thee.

10. Of experiments of favor and friendship.

11. Of experiments for hatred and malice.

12. For to fain a thinge to be true, which indeed is false.

13. Of extraordinary experiments, and how they are prepared.







[13r]



A table of chapiters wch ar conteyned yn thys seconde Booke.



A table of chapters which are contained in this second book.



* 1. In what hower experymentes ought to be wroughte.

* 2. Howe the coniurer must behaue hym selfe.

* 3. Howe his fellowes must behaue them.

* 4. Of fastynge and watche. Theurgia.

* 5. Of Bathes and howe they muste be made. bathes

* [6. The blyssynge of the salte.]

* [7.] 6. Of apparrell, and all therto belongynge. apparrel

* [8.] 7. Of the knyfe belongynge to the Arte. Knife

* [9.] 8. howe ye cyrcle must be made, and howe you muste enter into yt. Circle,

* [10.] 9. Of water and ysope, how they ar made. Water, & ysop.

* [11. Of ysope.]

* [12.] 10. Of fyer and lyghte.

* [13.] 11. Of penn, and ynke.

* [14.] 12. Of the blodd of A batt.

* [15.] 13. Of vyrgynn parchmente.

* [16.] 14. howe you must worke wth waxe.

* [17.] 15. Of a nedle wherwth thou must worke.

* [18.] 16. Of odours, and sweate perfumes.

* [19.] 17. Of cloth, wherin you must lay vpp yor instruments.

* [20.] 18. Of the worke of Images.

* [21.] 19. Of the howers to worke yn.

* [22.] 20. Of the colors of the Planetts.







1. In what hour experiments ought to be wrought.

2. How the conjurer must behave himself.

3. How his fellows must behave them.

4. Of fasting and watch.

5. Of baths and how they must be made.

6. The blessing of the salt.]

7. Of apparrel, and all thereto belonging.

8. Of the knife belonging to the art.

9. How the circle must be made, and how you must enter into it.

10. Of water and hyssop, how they are made.

11. Of hyssop.

12. Of fire and lights.

13. Of pen and ink.

14. Of the blood of a bat.

15. Of virgin parchment.

16. How you must work with wax.

17. Of a needle wherewith thou must work.

18. Of odors, and sweet perfumes.

19. Of cloth, wherein you must lay up your instruments.

20. Of the work of images.

21. Of the hours to work in.

22. Of the colors of the planets.



[5v is blank]



[6r]

Orysons to be sayde, when you conjure. [Cap. 1]

[6r]

Orations to be said when you conjure. [Chap. 1]

Lord Jhesus Christ the lovynge Sonne of god, wch doest illuminate the hartes of all menn in the worlde; lighten the darknes of my harte, and kyndle the fier of thy most holy loue yn me; giue me true fayth, perfect charyty, and vertue, wherby I may learne to feare and loue thé and kepe thy commaundements in all thinges; that when the last daye shall come, the Anngell [Sl 3645 reads Angells] of god may peaceably take me, And deliuer me from the power of the deuill, That I may enioy euerlastinge reste amyds the company of the holy Sayntes, and sytt one thie right, Graunte thes thou sonn of the lyuing god for thy holy names sake. Amen. Lord Jesus Christ, the loving son of God, which dost illuminate the hearts of all men in the world, lighten the darkness of my heart, and kindle the fire of thy most holy love in me. Give me true faith, perfect charity, and virtue, whereby I may learn to fear and love thee and keep thy commandments in all things; that when the last day shall come, the angel of god may peaceably take me, and deliver me from the power of the devil, that I may enjoy everlasting rest amidst the company of the holy saints, and sit on thy right. Grant this, thou son of the living God for thy holy name's sake. Amen.





A Confession to be sayde before thou worke. [Cap. 2]



A confession to be said before you work. [Cap. 2]

I confes to thé lord god the father of heauen and Earthe, and to the good and most benigne Jhesu Christ to gether wth the holy ghoste, before thy holy Angells, and before the true maiesty of thy cros that I was conceyued in synn, and from my Baptisme contynued therin. I confes furthermore that I haue synned in pryde, in anger, in glotonye, and in whatsoeuer mans fraylty may synn, I haue synned; Therfore I pray you all the Sayntes, in whose sighte all thes thinges I haue confessed, that you witnes wth me in the day of iudgmente, against the deuyll, and so I beinge cleane and confessed of all my synnes, lett me appeare before thé (ô most hyghe) righteous, and graunt the [Sl. 3645: thy] grace to me by thy [Sl. 3645: thine] ineffable clemencye, that I may see and knowe all the Spyrytts wch I woulde haue, and accomplish my wyll and desyre. Amen. I confess to thee, Lord God, the Father of Heaven and Earth, and to the good and most benign Jesus Christ together with the Holy Ghost, before thy holy angels, and before the true majesty of thy cross, that I was conceived in sin, and from my baptism continued therein. I confess furthermore that I have sinned in pride, in anger, in glottony, and in whatsoever man's frailty may sin, I have sinned. Therefore I pray you all the saints, in whose sight all these things I have confessed, that you witness with me in the day of judgment, against the devil, and so I being clean and confessed of all my sins, let me appear before thee (O Most High) righteous, and grant thy grace to me by thine ineffable clemency, that I may see and know all the spirits which I would have, and accomplish my will and desire. Amen.





[Of yor Coniuratiõ, wth A maledictiõ therunto belonginge. Cap. 3.]



[Of your conjuration, with a malediction thereunto belonging. Chap. 3.]

Lord god almighty father wch dydst make all thinges, wch knowest all thinges, for nothinge is hydd ne impossible to thé, giue me grace to knowe and understande the vertue of all prenityes, wch art hydd by thy most holy mercy and hyttye, by that thy ineffable, worshipfull and fearfull name Hyach, by the wch all the worlde shall tremble, and by whose feare, all creatures doe obaye, graunt me also that the secrett of the secretts of all the spyrytts may be opened before me, gently obayinge me, and my commaundementes, thorough the most holy Adonay, whose kyngdome endureth for euer. Amen. Lord God almighty father which didst make all things, which knowest all things, for nothing is hid nor impossible to thee, give me grace to know and understand the virtue of all prenities (?), which art hid by thy most holy mercy and hyttye (?), by that thy ineffable, worshipful and fearful name Hyach, by the which all the worlde shall tremble, and by whose fear, all creatures do obey. Grant me also that the secret of the secrets of all the spirits may be opened before me, gently obeying me, and my commandments, through the most holy Adonay, whose kingdom endureth forever. Amen.

When these ar done lett the coniurer aryse, and putt bothe his hands layde after the fassion of A cross, vppon the pentacle, and let one of his companions allwaies holde te book openn, before hym; and lett hym loke into the Ayer, into the 4. partes of the worlde: Afterwards lokynge vppõ the booke, lett hym saye as followeth. When these are done, let the conjurer arise, and put both his hands laid after the fashion of a cross, upon the pentacle, and let one of his companions always hold the book open before him; and let him look into the air, into the four parts of the world: afterwards looking upon the book, let him say as followeth:



Lord my god, be thou to me A tower of defence against the face of all euyll spyrytts;







Lord my God, be thou to me a tower of defense against the face of all evil spirits.



Afterwards lett hym turne hym selfe, first to the East, next into the Southe, then into the Weaste, and North, and in euery parte saye; Afterwards, let him turn himself first to the East, next into the South, then into the West, and North, and in every part say:



Beholde the signes and names of that conquerer, by whome you arr dayly feared, and feare, obey me therfore by thes most secretts of all other.







Behold the signs and names of that conquerer, by whom you are daily feared, and fear, obey me therefore by these most secrets of all other.



Straight way after lett hym beginn to coniure, those spyritts, as that Arte doth commaunde, wch then he hath in hande, wch done they wyll appeare quickly, yf not then call them as followeth [6v] and knowe that yf they weare bound in yron, they wyll come, or sende A messynger. Straight way after, let him begin to conjure those spirits, as that art doth command, which then he hath in hand, which done they will appear quickly. If not, then call them as followeth and know that if they were bound in iron they wyll come, or send a messenger.



I Coniure you sutch Spyritts naming them, by the father, the sonn, and the holy ghoste, and by hym wch shall comme to iudge the worlde both the quicke and deade, by fyer; and by the natyvyte and Baptisme by the deathe and rysinge agayne of Christe, by the comminge of the holy ghoste or comforter, by holy Mary, the mother of or lord Jhesus Christe, by hyr vyrgynnitye, by the 7 giftes of the holy ghoste, by ye natiuyty of St John Baptiste;







I conjure you such Spirits (naming them), by the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, and by him which shall come to judge the world, both the quick and dead, by fire; and by the nativity and baptism, by the death and rising again of Christ, by the coming of the Holy Ghost our comforter, by holy Mary, the mother of our Lord Jesus Christ, by her virginity, by the seven gifts of the Holy Ghost, by the nativity of Saint John the Baptist.



I coniure you by the 20 Seniors, by the 9 orders and degrees of Angells, Archangells, Thrones, dominacions, principates, potestates, cherubyn and Seraphyn, by all the vertues of the heauens, by the 4 beastes of god hauinge eies both behynd and before, And by the 12 Apostles;







I conjure you by the twenty Seniors, by the nine orders and degrees of angels, archangels, thrones, dominations, principates, potestates, cherubin, and seraphin, by all the virtues of the heavens, by the four beasts of God having eyes both behind and before, and by the twelve Apostles.



I coniure you also by all Martyrs St Stephenn, and all the reste, by all confessors, as St Siluester, and all the reste, By all holy hermytes, Abbotts, Mounkes, and by all the holy prophetts, by all holy vyrgines and wyddowes, and by all Sayntes whose solempnyty is celebrated before the seight of Christe, thorough out all the worlde, by whose desentes and praiers, the dyuine maiesty, be our aydes, and helpe in all or workes, and by all thinges wch agree together in kynde;







I conjure you also by all martyrs, Saint Stephen and all the rest, by all confessors, as Saint Silvester and all the rest, by all holy hermits, abbots, monks, and by all the holy prophets, by all holy virgins and widows, and by all saints whose solemnity is celebrated before the sight of Christ throughout all the world; by whose desents and prayers the divine majesty, be our aids and help in all our works, and by all thinges which agree together in kind.



I coniure you by god, that was borne of the vyrgynn Mary, wch suffered of the Jewes, wch was hanged on the crosse; wch was deade, and buryed, wch shall come agayne to iudge both the quicke and the deade, by fyer:







I conjure you by God, that was born of the virgin Mary, which suffered of the Jews, which was hanged on the cross; which was dead and buried, which shall come again to judge both the quick and the dead, by fire.



I coniure you Spyritts by all the patriarches, prophetts, Apostles, euangelistes, martyrs, confessors, vyrgyns, and wyddowes, and by Ierusalem, the holy cytty of god, and by heauen and earthe, and all that therin is, and by all other vertues, and by the Elementes, of the worlde, & by St Peter, apostle of Rome [sic], and by the croune of thorne that was warne on godds hedd, and by the garmentes for the wch Jewes [sic] caste lottes, and by all thinges that cann be sayde or thoughte, of our moste myghty creator, and by the holy Trynnytye [Trinity], and by all the holy courte and company of heauen, and by hym that in the begynninge made all thinges of noughte, and by hym that for the healthe of mankynde came doune into the earthe, and was borne of the vyrgyne Marye, wch suffered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, deade, and buried, and descended into hell, the daye he arose againe from deathe, and ascended into heauen, and sytteth one the right hande of god, from whence he shall come to iudge both the quicke and the deade, and the world by fyer: And by ye holy ghost the comforter, wch dyd proceade from the father and ye sonne, yn likenes of A doue when Christe was baptized in the flodde of Jorden, and came vppon hym and his Apostles, the gospell of god wth diuers tongs, and by the 3. god heds, and the vnity to bee worshipped, and by the company of those sayntes, wch cease neyther daye nor nyghte, but styll crye wth A lowde voyce, sayinge: holy, holy, holy, art thou lord god of Sabaoth, heauen and Earth, ar full of the maiesty of thy glorye; Osanna, in the highest; Blessed is he that commeth in the name of the lorde: Osanna in the hygheste. And by the 100 and 44 company of martyrs, wch speakynge to the worlde, suffered most greuous Martyrdome.







I conjure you spirits by all the patriarches, prophets, Apostles, evangelists, martyrs, confessors, virgins, and widows, and by Jerusalem, the holy city of God, and by Heaven and Earth, and all that therein is, and by all other virtues, and by the elements of the world, and by Saint Peter, apostle of Rome, and by the crown of thorns that was worn on God's head, and by the garments for the which> Jews [sic] caste lots, and by all things that can be said or thought of our most mighty Creator, and by the holy Trinity, and by all the holy court and company of Heaven, and by him that in the beginning made all things of naught, and by him that for the health of mankind came down into the Earth, and was born of the virgin Mary, which suffered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, dead, and buried, and descended into hell, the day he arose again from death, and ascended into heaven, and sitteth on the right hand of God, from whence he shall come to judge both the quick and the dead, and the world by fire. And by the Holy Ghost the Comforter, which did proceed from the Father and the Son, in likeness of a dove when Christ was baptized in the flood of Jordan, and came upon him and his Apostles, the Gospel of God with divers tongues, and by the three God-heads, and the unity to be worshipped, and by the company of those saints which cease neither day nor night, but still cry with a loud voice, saying: holy, holy, holy, art thou Lord God of Sabaoth, Heaven and Earth, are full of the majesty of thy glory; Hosannah, in the highest; Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord: Hosannah in the highest. And by the 100 and 44 company of martyrs, which speaking to the world, suffered most grevious martyrdom.



I coniure you Spyritts by the thonder shyninge of fyer, and lyghtninge of god etc. by the 7 goulden [7r] candlestyckes shyninge before the aulter [altar] of god, and by all the myracles wch bene done by sayntes, and aungells, and by all the preceptes wch ar instituted for christian faythe, and by all the company of Sayntes wch followe the 7 steppes of the vndefyled lambe, and by all the Sayntes wch god chose vnto hym, before the foundaciõ of the worlde, was layde, and by there merrytts, wch please god right well.







I coniure you spirits by the thunder shining of fire, and lightning of God etc., by the seven golden candlesticks shining before the altar of God, and by all the miracles which [have] been done by saints and angels, and by all the precepts which are instituted for Christian faith, and by all the company of saints which follow the seven steps of the undefiled lamb, and by all the saints which God chose unto him, before the foundation of the world was laid, and by their merits, which please God right well.



I coniure you Spyrittes yn what place of the worlde soeuer yee bee, by the Annunciatiõ of christ, by the baptisme of Christ, by the cyrcumsission of christ, by the transfiguratiõ of Christ, vppon the mount Tabor, by the + of Christe, by the passyon of Christe, by the crye of Chryst, and by hys voyce sayinge: hely, hely, Lamazabathany: by the death of Christ, by his handes wch weare pearced, thorough wth nailes; by his woundes and blodd; by the boddy of Christ, by the sepulcher of Christ, and by the breade wch he brake and gaue to his dysciples sayinge; This is my boddy of the newe Testamente, wch shalbe sheede for man in forgiuenes of synnes: And by his glorious ascension, And by all wonderfull workes of god.







I conjure you spirits in what place of the world soever ye be, by the annunciation of Christ, by the baptism of Christ, by the circumcision of Christ, by the transfiguration of Christ upon the mount Tabor, by the cross of Christ, by the passion of Christ, by the cry of Christ, and by his voice, saying: hely, hely, Lamazabathany: by the death of Christ, by his hands which were pierced through with naile; by his wounds and blood; by the body of Christ, by the sepulcher of Christ, and by the bread which he brake and gave to his disciples saying: "This is my body of the New Testament, which shall be shed for man in forgiveness of sins:"; and by his glorious ascension, and by all wonderful works of God.



I coniure you Spyrytts, by the vertues of all hearbes, stones, and grasse, and by all thinges wch mekely obay the commaundement of god: Also, I coniure you Spyrytts by thes ineffable names of god; Asahac, Radrematas, Fallcas (?), Anbonas, Anborac, Bera, Bolem, yaelem, Ladodoc, Acathel, Coplice, Piham, Sanca, harucara, Adonay, Barucaea, Oboi, Emagro, Iesu God, God wch madest heauen and earthe, also wch syttest vppon Cherubyn, and Seraphyn, and by the wonderfull name, Tetragrãmaton, wch is Euan, Iothe, and by the holy and ineffable name, Ane, Rethon, graunt to all thes spyritts to obay my wyll and my commaundemente.







I conjure you spirits, by the virtues of all herbs, stones, and grass, and by all things which meekly obey the commandment of God: Also, I conjure you spirits by these ineffable names of God; Asahac, Radrematas, Fallcas (?), Anbonas, Anborac, Bera, Bolem, yaelem, Ladodoc, Acathel, Coplice, Piham, Sanca, harucara, Adonay, Barucaea, Oboi, Emagro, Iesu God, God which madest Heaven and Earth, also which sittest upon cherubin, and seraphin, and by the wonderful name, Tetragrammaton, which is Euan, Iothe, and by the holy and ineffable name, Ane, Rethon, grant to all thess spirits to obey my will and my commandments.



I coniure you spyritts, in what place of the worlde, soeuer you bee, that you tarry noe longer in the Ayer, nor in the earthe, nor any other place, but that you appeare here ymmediatly before vs, to doe our wyll and pleasure, And I commaund you that straight waye, you come before vs, to fulfill that whatsoeuer we shall commaunde you.







I conjure you spirits, in what place of the world, soever you be, that you tarry no longer in the air, nor in the earth, nor any other place, but that you appear here immediately before us, to do our will and pleasure. And I command you that straight way you come before us, to fulfill that whatsoever we shall commande you.



This done they wyll come doutles, but yf perchaunce they do not, let the Mr lighten his voyce and say:

This done they will come doubtless, but if perchance they do not, let the master lighten his voice and say:



"Behoulde here be the signes and names, the secrett of all secretts, who dare be soe boulde as to gayne say them, and resist the names of the mighty conquerer, who ruleth the whole worlde: Come therfore here before vs, whersoeuer you bee, and see thes most secrett of all secretts, come and receyue the pleasaunt smell of sweete odours, and gently to make vs answeare:"



"Behold, here be the signs and names, the secret of all secrets, who dare be so bold as to gainsay them, and resist the names of the mighty conquerer, who ruleth the whole world. Come therefore here before us, whersoever you be, and see these most secret of all secrets. Come and receive the pleasant smell of sweet odours, and gently to make us answer."



Yf then they appeare showe them the pentacles, If then they appear, show them the pentacles.

but yf they wyll not, let the Mr (betinge the ayer about hym on euery syde) hiss wth his voice, and his companions prayinge, lett hym say wth A cleare voyce. But if they will not, let the master (beating the air about him on every side) hiss with his voice, and his companions praying, let him say with a clear voice:



Behould, I coniure you, I call you, I exorcyse you, by the mighty greate, and stronge name, Hel; I coniure you, and commãnd you, by the wonderfull Berlayne, holy greate and iuste, that you tarrye not, but come wthout any noyse, and wthout any [7v] deformyty,







Behold, I conjure you, I call you, I exorcize you, by the mighty, great, and strong name, Hel. I conjure you, and command you by the wonderful Berlayne, holy great and just, that you tarry not, but come without any noise, and without any deformity.



I coniure you, and wth power commaunde you, by hym wch speaketh, and yt is holy, and by all his names, In the name Adonay, Aloe, Alnon, Sabaoth, Saday, Also, I commaunde you by this booke, and by all the powers therof, that you come to vs, not deformed, but in A very faier shape; We coniure you wth power, by the name Yr, and Vr, wch Adam harde and spake; or by the name Gyn, wch Noe harde, and spoke wth theight family after the flodde: And by the name, Y, et N, et X, wch Abraham harde, and knewe allmighty god; And by the name Joth, wch Jacob harde, of the Angell speakinge wth hym, and was deliuered from the hands of his brother Esau; And by the name, hely, Ane, heye, wch Moyses harde, in the hyll of god, horeb: and obtayned to speake wth god, and heare god hym selfe speake in A flame of fyer: And by the name Elaye wch Moyses named, and all the dust of the earthe was strickenn, and knatte weare made amongst the menn, the oxenn, and cattle of the Ægyptians; wch dyd destroy them and there corne; And by the name Arphicerie wch Moyses namyd, and sente all kynde of flyes into Ægypt, to destroy there fruyte, And in the name, Phaicon, wch Moyses namyd, and there was made darkenes 3. daies and 3. nightes in Ægypt and all weare almost deade for feare: And by the name Arymon, and in the name Arymon, wch Moyses named at mydnight, and all yt fyrst borne in Aegipte dyed: And by the name Gemaron, and in the name Gemaron, wch Moyses named, and the redd sea was dyuyded, and he deliuered the childreñ of Israel, out of captyuity: And by the name Symagogion, wch Elias named, and the heauen dyd giue rayne, and thearth brought forth fruite: And by the name Athanatos, wch Jeremias namyd before the captiuity of Jerusalem; And by the name, a et w, wch Danyel named, And by that destroyed Bel, and slewe the Dragon, And by the name Emanuel, wch the 3. chyldrenn Sydrac, Mydrac, & Abednago, songe in the whote ouenn of fyer, and weare not hurte; By these names and by all other names of the almighty, only, and true god, by whome you weare throune doune, out of the hyghe throne into the place of banishmente; We coniure you, and commaunde you, by hym wch speaketh and it is done; to whome all creatures doe obaye, And by the Angellicall potestates of heauenn, And by the greate prouydence of almighty god, and by the seale of Kynge Solomõ; wch he receyued of that allmightye; Come therfore prsently before us, to fulfill our desier:







I conjure you, and with power command you, by him which speaketh, and it is holy, and by all his names. In the name Adonay, Aloe, Alnon, Sabaoth, Saday,. Also, I command you by this book, and by all the powers thereof, that you come to us, not deformed but in a very fair shape. We conjure you with power, by the names Yr, and Vr, which Adam heard and spake; or by the name Gyn, which Noah heard and spoke, with theight (?) family after the flood. And by the name Y, et N, et X, which Abraham heard, and knew Almighty God; And by the name Joth, which Jacob heard of the angel speaking with him, and was delivered from the hands of his brother Esau; And by the name, hely, Ane, heye, which Moses heard in the hill of God, horeb: and obtained to speak with God, and hear God Himself speak in a flame of fire; And by the name Elaye which Moses named, and all the dust of the Earth was stricken, and gnats were made amongst the men, the oxen, and cattle of the Egyptians, which did destroy them and their corn; and by the name Arphicerie which Moses named, and sent all kinds of flies into Egypt, to destroy there fruit; and in the name, Phaicon, which Moses named, and there was made darkeness three days and three nights in Egypt and all were almost dead for fear; and by the name Arymon, and in the name Arymon, which Moses named at midnight, and all the first born in Egypt died. And by the name Gemaron, and in the name Gemaron, which Moses named and the Red Sea was divided, and he delivered the children of Israel out of captivity. And by the name Symagogion, which Elias named, and the Heaven did give rain, and the Earth brought forth fruit. And by the name Athanatos, which Jeremiah named before the captivity of Jerusalem. And by the name, ALPHA & OMEGA, which Daniel named, and by that destroyed Bel, and slew the Dragon. And by the name Emanuel, which the three children Sidrac, Midrac, and Abednago sung in the hot oven of fire, and were not hurt. By these names and by all other names of the almighty, only, and true God, by whom you were thrown down out of the high throne into the place of banishment; we conjure you, and command you, by him which speaketh and it is done; to whom all creatures do obey. And by the Angelic potestates of heaven, and by the great providence of Almighty God, and by the seal of Kinge Solomon, which he received of that Almighty. Come therefore presently before us, to fulfill our desire.



I coniure you by that most holy name Joth, Hebay, wch ar wryttenn in hebrewe letters, and by the holy name, Prymeunaton, wch Moyses named, and the bottome of hell swallowed upp, Tathon, and Abyran; vnles you doe as we commaunde you, we curse you by the vertue of that same name Premeunaton, euen into the bottome of hell, and we will send you to yt farthyst parte therof, yf you wyll rebell against us; and [8r] wthstand these our holy words. So be yt, so be yt, so be yt, Amen.







I conjure you by that most holy name Joth, Hebay, which is written in Hebrew letters, and by the holy name, Primeumaton, which Moses named, and the bottom of Hell swallowed up, Tathon, and Abyran; unless you do as we command you, we curse you by the virtue of that same name Primeumaton, even into the bottom of Hell, and we will send you to that farthest part thereof, if you will rebel against us and withstand these our holy words. So be it, so be it, so be it, Amen.



Yf as yet they doe not appeare, lett the coniurer make the signe of the †. vppon his forehed, and saye - If as yet they do not appear, let the conjurer make the sign of the cross upon his forehead, and say:



Agayne, I coniure you, you Spyrytts, in what place soeuer you bee, that you come to see the consecrated signes and names, of the most mighty Tryumpher, and we charge you by his vnity to obaye us, And by hym we wyll compell you, against your wyll, for all thinges be true, wch haue proceaded out of this worke: And there shall proceade fier, wch shall burne you continuallye; And they be the wordes, by the wch all the worlde doth tremble, Stones ar rowled backe, the water doth not flowe, nor the fier burne.







Again I conjure you, you spirits, in what place soever you be, that you come to see the consecrated signs and names of the most mighty Triumpher, and we charge you by his unity to obey us. And by him we will compel you, against your will, for all things be true, which have proceeded out of this work. And there shall proceed fire which shall burn you continually. And they be the words by the which all the world doth tremble, stones are rolled back, the water doth not flow, nor the fire burn.



Than yf they weare tyed wth chaynes of yron, they wyll streight waies come, or ells sende there messyngers; yf they doe not, then lett the Mr aryse stronglye, and comfort hys fellowes, and turninge him selfe into the 4. partes of the world, lett hym beate the Ayer, afterwards lett hym kneele towards the Easte, and his fellowes wth hym, and saye wth an humble voyce. Then if they were tied with chains of iron, they will straight ways come, or else send their messengers. If they do not, then let the master arise strongly and comfort his fellows, and turning himself to the four parts of the world, let him beat the air. Afterwards, let him kneel towards the East, and his fellows with him, and say with an humble voice:



Where bee you spyritts wch were ons, Angells of the 9. orders; come and see the heauenly sygnes, and the ineffable names of or creator, and the names of the Angells, whose fellowes you weare once, we coniure you againe and againe, and commaund you by the triumphãt, mighty, and stronge name of god, hel, wch is wonderfull, glorifyed, and vertuous, and terrible; we coniure you, and cõmand you, that wthout any delay, and wthout all deformity you come and appeare before us.







Where be you spirits which were once angels of the nine orders? Come and see the heavenly signs, and the ineffable names of our Creator, and the names of the angels, whose fellows you were once. We conjure you again and again, and command you by the triumphant, mighty, and strong name of God Hel, which is wonderful, glorified, and virtuous, and terrible; we conjure you, and command you, that without any delay and without all deformity you come and appear before us.



Yf yet they be dysobedient and wyll not come, then lett the Mr reforme all his circles, and make A cros in the Ayer wth the aforesayde knyfe, and makynge A hyssinge in the 4. parts of the world, let hym knele towards the North, and say --

If yet they be disobedient and will not come, then let the master reform all his circles, and make a cross in the air with the aforesaid knife, and making a hissing in the four parts of the world, let him kneel towards the North, and say:



In the name of Adonay, Aloyn, Sabaoth, Saday, wch is lord god, high god, and allmighty kynge, we beseche thé that we may bringe to passe or desyer, and that we may prosper vppon all the workes of our handes: And the lord in this hower, and in all the reste, be in our mouthe, and our harte.







In the name of Adonay, Aloyn, Sabaoth, Saday, which is Lord God, High God, and Almighty King, we beseech thee that we may bring to pass our desire, and that we may prosper upon all the works of our hands. And the Lord in this hour, and in all the rest, be in our mouths, and our hearts.







Afterwarde let hym aryse, stretchinge his armes as thoughe he would embrace the Ayer, and say --



Afterwards, let him arise, stretching his arms as though he would embrace the air, and say:



Againe we coniure you, and exorzyse you, by these letters herein expressed, by whose vertue and power, fier is extinguished, and all thinges ar made in remenbraunce of them, and they call truly vppõ there creator, and prayse hym, wch accordynge to ye truth ar these -- Veriton, Adyreon, Biraretro, Gyariton, Gyamerion, Celamia, [8v] Cheamagi, Rechnaya, Eapmegia, Aderyan, Malchia, Mana, Gana, Roachia, laba, Cosia, Boalia, Dorenia, Canco, Galgala, Bache, Baya, Amanua, Cathia, Bachuaya, Geredia, Nyera, Penthohahia, Arathana, Redosta, Calchia, Semeforab, Anare, Neron, Joosar, by the vertue of these we exorzise and coniure you, and by the most blessed god, and by hys Impery, and euerlastynge glorie; And by the holy name of the holy fayth Adonay, Eloe, wch is to say, lord god of Sabaoth; ffurdermore, we coniure you, and we bynde you, by the seale of the sonn, the mone, and the starrs, and knowe that vnles you come wthout any deformity you shall haue noe rest by day, nor by night, whersoeuer you bee: And you shalbe condemned into the flame of fier, and of sulphur; we wyll burne you and yor figures for euer and euer; Also that you departe not, tyll you shalbe lycensed; ffurdermore, we coniure you, by this name Bel, and in this name Ia, Ia, Ia, wch is god; and in this name, Vau, Vau, Vau, wch is, I am that I am; ffynally, we coniure you, by all the dynyne [divine] power of god, that you presently come before vs in comely wyse.







Again we conjure you, and exorcise you, by these letters herein expressed, by whose virtue and power fire is extinguished, and all things are made in remembrance of them, and they call truly upon their Creator, and praise him, which according to the truth are these: Veriton, Adyreon, Biraretro, Gyariton, Gyamerion, Celamia, Cheamagi, Rechnaya, Eapmegia, Aderyan, Malchia, Mana, Gana, Roachia, laba, Cosia, Boalia, Dorenia, Canco, Galgala, Bache, Baya, Amanua, Cathia, Bachuaya, Geredia, Nyera, Penthohahia, Arathana, Redosta, Calchia, Semeforab, Anare, Neron, Joosar, by the virtue of these we exorcise and conjure you, and by the most blessed God, and by his impery, and everlasting glory; and by the holy name of the holy faith Adonay, Eloe, which is to say, Lord God of Sabaoth. Furthermore, we conjure you, and we bind you, by the seal of the Sun, the Moon, and the stars, and know that unless you come without any deformity you shall have no rest by day nor by night, wheresoever you be, and you shall be condemned into the flame of fire and of sulphur; we will burn you and your figures for ever and ever. Also that you depart not till you shall be licensed. Furthermore, we conjure you, by this name Bel, and in this name Ia, Ia, Ia, which is God, and in this name, Vau, Vau, Vau, which is, I am that I am; finally, we conjure you, by all the divine power of God, that you presently come before us in comely wise.



When this is doñe you shall see them cume, and there lordes as greate menn ar wonte, and when they shall see the Mr, they obay hym in all poyntes. When this is done, you shall see them come, and their lords as great men are wont, and when they shall see the master, they obey him in all points.

Afterwarde, when thou hast doñe all thou wylte, commaund euery one to returne peaceably into his place, And saye: Afterwards, when thou hast done all thou wilt, command everyone to return peaceably into his place, and say:



Peace bee betwene you and me.







Peace be between you and me.



After this let the coniurer say St Johns Gospell, and the 12. Artycles of the Crede, and goe out of the cyrcle, and let them wash there faces wth holy water. After this, let the conjurer say Saint John's Gospel, and the twelve articles of the Creed, and go out of the circle, and let them wash their faces with holy water.

Obserue here that noe spyrytt dare tarry away, And yf some chaunce to tarry, write there names in paper, and couer yt wth yearthe, and kyndle A nue fyer, and putt brymstone vppon yt, and say as followeth. Observe here that no spirit dare tarry away, and if some chance to tarry, write their names in paper, and cover it with earth, and kindle a new fire, and put brimstone upon it, and say as followeth:



I coniure thé fyer, by hym, of whome all the world is susteyned, that thou burne thes spyrytts, after that sorte, that they may fele yt perpetually;







I conjure thee, fire, by him of whom all the world is sustained, that thou burn these spirits after that sorte, that they may feel it perpetually.



Then caste the paper into the fyer and saye: Then caste the paper into the fire and say:



Cursed and blasphemed be you for euer, let there be noe rest to you any hower, any day, or any nighte, because you haue not obayed the wordes, wch were spokenn of the mighty maker of all thinges, wch names ar these: Ameteñeton, Io, Ahac, Pater, Semiphoras, Alleluia, Aleph, Beth, Gymel, Daleth, he, [Vau,] sayn, Cleth [Cheth], Teth, Jod, Caph, Lamed, Mem, [Nun,] Samech, Ain, Pe, Tsade, Coph, [Resh,] Sin, Tau,







Cursed and blasphemed be you for ever, let there be no rest to you any hour, any day, or any night, because you have not obeyed the words, which were spoken of the mighty maker of all things, which names are these: Ameteñeton, Io, Ahac, Pater, Semiphoras, Alleluia, Aleph, Beth, Gymel, Daleth, he, [Vau,] sayn, Cleth [Cheth], Teth, Jod, Caph, Lamed, Mem, [Nun,] Samech, Ain, Pe, Tsade, Coph, [Resh,] Sin, Tau,



we curse you and depriue you of all yr power, and strenght, by the vertue of these names, sendinge you to be burned euerlastyngly in fyer and brymstone world wthout end.







We curse you and deprive you of all your power, and strength, by the virtue of these names, sending you to be burned everlastingly in fire and brimstone, world without end.



Wch done they wyll come, Which done, they will come.

then wryte there names againe, and make A fumigacion ouer them, and they shalbe delyuered; and aske what thou wylt; & thou shalt obtaine yt, and then lycence them as before is sayde. [9r] In this othe thou mayst consecrate A booke, or any other thinge that thou wylte. Then write their names again, and make a fumigation over them, and they shall be delivered; and ask what thou wilt; and thou shalt obtain it, and then licence them as before is said. In this oath thou mayst consecrate a book, or any other thing that thou wilt.



Here followeth, howe and after what sorte, Pentacles must be made; wherin all the science of the Kay of knowledge dependethe. Cap. 4.



Here followeth how and after what sort pentacles must be made, wherein all the science of the Key of Knowledge dependeth. Chap. 4.

Theis Pentacles must be made on the day of Mercury, and in his hower, the mone beynge in Ayery sygne, and in the increase of the mone. These pentacles must be made on the day of Mercury, and in his hour, the moon being in an airy sign, and in the increase of the moon.

To make theis thou must haue an howse or chamber, where there dwelleth noe boddy but thy selfe; this howse or chamber thou shalt perfume, as shalbe appoynted in the chapter of perfumes and odours; And sprincle yt wth such water as shalbe prscrybed in that chapiter; loke also that the wether be faier, and the Ayer cleare; and that thou haue sufficient vyrgyñ parchmente. To make these thou must have an house or chamber, where there dwelleth nobody but thyself; this house or chamber thou shalt perfume, as shall be appointed in the chapter of perfumes and odours; and sprinkle it with such water as shall be prescribed in that chapter. Look also that the weather be fair, and the air clear; and that thou have sufficient virgin parchment.

This beynge in redynes begiñ to write thy pentacle in the aboue named hower, in A very faier colour beynge coniured as shalbe sayde in the chapter of penn and ynke; And wth that same penn beynge adiured make an end of yor wrytinge the same hower; let the reste bee fynnisshed when yt maye. This being in readiness, begin to write thy pentacle in the above-named hour, in a very fair colour, being conjured as shall be said in the chapter of pen and ink. And with that same pen being adjured, make an end of your writing the same hour; let the rest be finished when it may.

Afterward take A fine clothe of sylke, as shalbe shewed in there chapters, wherin you shall hould the pentacles; you must haue also an earthen pann full of coler and frankynsence of the male kynde, mingled wth the woodd Olyes [=lignum aloes] consecrated, as shalbe sayd in the chapters of perfumes: be thou also cleane as shalbe sayde in that chapter. ffurdermore you must haue A knyfe ready in goses blode, wch was made on the day of Mercury, in the increase of the mone; wheruppon haue bene sayde 3. masses wth ther gospells; and smoked wth the aforesayd perfumes; wth wch knyfe you must make ysope, as appeareth in the chapter of ysope and water. All this beynge ready, drawe A cyrcle wth this knyfe before the pott of yearth, and ouer this pott and the cyrcle hold the pentacles, and perfume them; and say deuoutly theis psalmes followynge: Domine Deus meus in te speraui, Cæli enarrant, Dominus illuminatio mea, Deus Deus meus respice in me, Beati quorum remissæ sunt iniquitates, Miserere mei Deus, Afferte Domino, Deus iudicium tuum, Ecce nunc benedicite Domini, Deus in nomine tuo, Afterward, take a fine cloth of silk, as shall be shewed in their chapters, wherein you shall hold the pentacles; you must have also an earthen pan full of colour and frankincence of the male kind, mingled with the wood aloes [=lignum aloes], consecrated as shall be said in the chapters of perfumes: be thou also clean as shall be said in that chapter. Furthermore, you must have a knife ready in goose blood, which was made on the day of Mercury, in the increase of the moon; whereupon has been said three masses with their gospels; and smoked with the aforesaid perfumes; with which knife you must make hyssop, as appeareth in the chapter of hyssop and water. All this being ready, draw a circle with this knife before the pot of earth, and over this pot and the circle hold the pentacles, and perfume them; and say devoutly thess Psalmes following: Domine Deus meus in te speraui, Cæli enarrant, Dominus illuminatio mea, Deus Deus meus respice in me, Beati quorum remissæ sunt iniquitates, Miserere mei Deus, Afferte Domino, Deus iudicium tuum, Ecce nunc benedicite Domini, Deus in nomine tuo,

wch sayde, say this praier followinge.



O most holy Adonay, and most mighty, wch art, a et w, wch madest all thinges wth greate wysdome, wch duddest chouse Abraham, to be thy fyrst faythfull seruaunte, and dyddest multyply his name aboue the starres of heauen; wch also dyddest appeare to Moyses thy seruaunte lyke A flame of fier in the myddest of the bushe, and diddste reueale thy holy name Elicasserephe, vnto hym; wch madest the people goe ouer sea dry footed; wch gauest to Salomon kynge Dauyds sonn, wysdome and knowledge, aboue all other menn, and dyddest vouchsaffe to reueale theis prsent pentacles vnto hym; [9v] I humble beseche thé that in thy vertue they may be consecrated and prpared as they ought to bee, let them obtayne the vertue, wch they oughte, by the most holy Adonay, whose kyngdom endureth world wthout ende, Amen.



Which said, say this prayer following:



O most holy Adonay, and most mighty, which art ALPHA & OMEGA, which madest all things with great wisdom, which didst choose Abraham to be thy first faithful servant, and didst multiply his name above the stars of heaven; which also didst appear to Moses thy servant like a flame of fire in the midst of the bush, and didst reveal thy holy name Elicasserephe, unto him; which madest the people go over sea dry footed; which gavest to Solomon, King David's son, wisdom and knowledge above all other men, and didst vouchsafe to reveal these present pentacles unto him. I humbly beseech thee that in thy virtue they may be consecrated and prepared as they ought to be. Let them obtain the virtue, which they ought, by the most holy Adonay, whose kingdom endureth world without end. Amen.



Say this 3. daies contynuynge. After cause 3. masses to be sayde ouer the Pentacles, 2. wherof beinge of the holy ghoste, and the 3. of our ladie, wch done lay them vpp yn sylke, as before is sayde. Say this three days continuing. After cause three masses to be said over the pentacles, two whereof being of the Holy Ghost, and the third of Our Lady, which done lay them up in silk, as before is said.



Here followeth, the way to worke, wch is the cheyfest chapiter of all. Cap. 5.



Here followeth the way to work, which is the chiefest chapter of all. Chap. 5.

Before you begynn yor worke you must haue A knyfe, made as ys before sayde, wherewth the handle of the sprincle must bee cutt; Before you begin your work you must have a knife, made as is before said, wherewith the handle of the sprinkler must be cut.

after this you must obserue, that you haue A daye and hower mete for your worke; Also the pentacles must be made as is aforesayde; and in the mydest of them, let there bee made the maiesty of god, wth his Anngells, euen as he shall in the last daye iudge the worlde; and about his maiesty write his wonderfull names, and the names of his Anngells: Let the rest of the pentacles bee ordered, as ys appoynted in the formor chapter: After this, you must observe that you have a day and hour meet [suitable] for your work; also the pentacles must be made as is aforesaid; and in the midst of them, let there be made the majesty of God, with his angels, even as he shall in the last day judge the world; and about his majesty write his wonderful names, and the names of his angels. Let the rest of the pentacles be ordered as is appointed in the former chapter.

And whensoeuer thou entendest to worke, haue thes pentacles about thé: In this chapter all this science dependethe. ffurdermore yf thou will vnderstand yt chapter that followeth, as concerninge the operatiõ of Images, in that thou shalt perceiue, both the begynnynge and ende of this science; and by that, thou shalt brynge thy matter allwaies to good effecte. And whensoever thou intendest to work, have these pentacles about thee. In this chapter all this science dependeth. Furthermore, if thou wilt understand that chapter that followeth, as concerning the operation of images, in that thou shalt perceive both the beginning and end of this science; and by that, thou shalt bring thy matter always to good effect.





pro furto.

Here followeth, howe experymentes for thinges that arr stolne, ought to be wroughte. Cap. 6.



pro furto.

Here followeth, how experiments for things that are stolen ought to be wrought. Chap. 6.

Experimentes to fynde out thefte, eyther ar prpared by coniuryng of spyritts, or by writynge fygures and letters; or by some other meanes: In euery such experiment reqisite it is, that you haue the day, and hower, fytt for sutch experymentes; wch arr appointed before in the chapter of daies and howers: The day and hower beynge ready, doe as yor experymente appoynteth you; but fyrst say this praier followynge. Experiments to find out theft, either are prepared by conjuring of spirits, or by writing figures and letters, or by some other means. In every such experiment requisite it is that you have the day and hour fit for such experiments; which are appointed before in the chapter of days and hours. The day and hour being ready, do as your experiment appointeth you. But first say this prayer following:



Alahac, Falie, Anbonas, Vntibolem, ladodoc, hel, Plamny, Barucaca, Adonay, Eloe, Emagro, Barach, Simamel, Mel, Cadathera, Huhuna, Matheam, Danyd, Vama, Boel, Hemon, Segen, Temas O mercyfull father Ihesu god, which madyst heauen and Earthe, wch dydste make the 24. beasts, wch cry contynually holy, holy, holy, art thou, lord god of Sabaoth, Lord god, wch puttyste Adam in paradyse, to keepe the tree of lyfe, Thou lord art hee which doest marvaylous thinges, O lord god by thy holy [10r] cytty Jerusalem, and by thy wonderfull name Tetragrãmaton, which is Euan, Joth, Vau, gyue me power, vertue and strenght to bringe this exorzisement* [*in marg: experiment] to pas; I besech thé allmighty father and lord, wch dydst create all thinges of naughte, wch gauist vnto menn there names, and to stones and hearbes there vertue and power: I besech thé (Ô holy father) for thy only sonne sake, or lord Jhesus Christ, wch lyueth and raigneth world wthout ende, that thou wylt graunt me to knowe the vertue of this experiment. So be yt, Amen.



[Cp. with the prayer found in Book II, chapter 2]







Alahac, Falie, Anbonas, Vntibolem, ladodoc, hel, Plamny, Barucaca, Adonay, Eloe, Emagro, Barach, Simamel, Mel, Cadathera, Huhuna, Matheam, Danyd, Vama, Boel, Hemon, Segen, Temas O merciful Father, Jesus, God, which madest Heaven and Earth, which didst make the twenty-four beasts which cry continually "Holy, holy, holy, art thou, Lord God of Sabaoth", Lord God, which putest Adam in paradise, to keep the tree of life, thou O Lord art he which doest marvaylous things, O Lord God by thy holy city Jerusalem, and by thy wonderful name Tetragrammaton, which is Euan, Joth, Vau, give me power, virtue and strength to bring this experiment to pass. I beseech thee Almighty Father and Lord, which didst create all things of naught, which gavest unto men their names, and to stones and herbs their virtue and power. I beseech thee (O holy Father) for thy only son's sake, our Lord Jesus Christ, which liveth and reigneth world without end, that thou wilt grant me to know the virtue of this experiment. So be it. Amen.



Afterwards perfume the place wyth sutch perfumes, as shalbe appoynted in that chapter; Sprincle yt also wth water; and yf yt be necessary to make A cyrcle, let sutch an one be made as ys appoynted, as towching the same. If any other Ceremonyes be required in this experyment doe them. whan all theis bee fynisshed, say thy coniuracyon, wch thy Art doth teache thé, and in the ende therof saye. # Afterwards, perfume the place with such perfumes as shall be appointed in that chapter. Sprinkle it also with water, and if it be necessary to make a circle, let such a one be made as is appointed, as touching the same. If any other ceremonies be required in this experiment, do them. When all these be finished, say thy conjuration, which thy art doth teach thee, and in the end thereof say:



Pater noster, Rerax, Terson, Syletin, I adiure you by this holy name Joth, he, vau, wch is wrytten wth 12. letters that by this prsente exorzysor we may see the truthe; Ja, Ja, Ja, ya, yah, cause thes spyritts to showe vs our desyer. I coniure you aforenamed spyritts, by all that is aforesayde, and by hym to whome all creatures doe obay, that ymmediatly you showe vs the thinge that we requyre; or ells hym that toke yt awaye. #







Pater noster, Rerax, Terson, Syletin, I adjure you by this holy name Joth, He, Vau, which is written with twelve letters that by this present exorciser we may see the truth; Ja, Ja, Ja, Ya, Yah, cause these spirits to show us our desire. I conjure you aforenamed spirits, by all that is aforesaid, and by him to whom all creatures do obey, that immediately you show us the thing that we require, or else him that took it away.



yf to doe this experyment, yt be requisite, to write letters and figures, they arr to bee wrytten, as ys prscribed in the seconde booke; note that bye whatsoeuer meanes, experyments for thefte arr made or done, requisite yt ys, that there bee other experyments besides this, as ye aboue sayde. If to do this experiment, it be requisite to write letters and figures, they are to be written as is prescribed in the second book; note that by whatsoever means, experiments for theft are made or done, requisite it is that there be other experiments besides this, as we above said.





Howe experyments to be invysible must bee preparedd. Cap. 7.



How experiments to be invisible must be prepared. Chap. 7.

Yf thou wylt haue an experiment to bee invysible, yf yt yt [sic] be reqired to write thy experiment, then write yt all in vyrgyn parchmente, and wyth penn and ynke, as shalbe appoynted in the chapter of penn and ynke, yf furdermore A coniuration be requyred, then before yor coniuration say priuyly as followethe. If thou wilt have an experiment to be invisible, if it be required to write thy experiment, then write it all in virgin parchment, and with pen and ink, as shall be appointed in the chapter of pen and ink. If furthermore a conjuration be required, then before your conjuration say privily as followeth:



Stabbon, Asen, Gabellum, saneney, Noty, Enobal, labonerem, Balametem, Balnon, Tygumel, Millegaly, Iuneneis, Hearma, Hamorache, yesa, Saya, Senoy, Henen, Barucatha, Acararas, Taracub, Bucarat, Caramj, by the mercy whitch you beare towardes mann kynde, make me to be invysible;







Stabbon, Asen, Gabellum, saneney, Noty, Enobal, labonerem, Balametem, Balnon, Tygumel, Millegaly, Iuneneis, Hearma, Hamorache, yesa, Saya, Senoy, Henen, Barucatha, Acararas, Taracub, Bucarat, Caramj, by the mercy which you bear towards mankind, make me to be invisible.



Afterward make yor inuocacions, and yf you must make A cyrcle, make sutch an one as is appoynted in the chapter of makyng A cyrcle: yf you must wryte any figures, and letters, wryte sutch as arr prscribed in the chapiter, as towchinge carecls, notes, or fygures, yf you must wryte wyth any llode [sic. blood?], vse sutch, as is also hereafter appoynted, Afterwards, make your invocations, and if you must make a circle, make such a one as is appointed in the chapter of making a circle. If you must write any figures and letters, write such as are prescribed in the chapter, as touching circles, notes, or figures. If you must write with any blood, use such as is also hereafter appointed.

when this is prpared yf you must vse any coniuratiõ in ye ende of yt, saye as followeth. When this is prepared, if you must use any conjuration in the end of it, say as followeth:

[10v]



O thou Penerason, the Mr of invysybylyty wth thy mynisters: Themos, Marath, Moragrie, Bries, Cliomeclis, Ligemenes, Abden, Priubusit, Tenganden, Tebdyn, Berit, Ecbacrã, Chrysiamur, Olithel, I coniure thé Penerason, and thes thy mynysters, by hym thorough whome, all thinges in the world doe tremble, and quake, by heauen and earth, by Cherubyn, and Seraphyn, by hym that worked sutch A myracle vppõ the vyrgynn Mary, that this my experiment may bee brought to passe, and that I may bee inuysible, in what hower or tyme soeuer I wyll; Also I coniure you mynisters, by Stubbaten, Nageharen, Asey, Elmugit, Gabellio, Semene, that you come, and bringe to pas this my worke.







O thou Penerason, the master of invisibility, with thy ministers: Themos, Marath, Moragrie, Bries, Cliomeclis, Ligemenes, Abden, Priubusit, Tenganden, Tebdyn, Berit, Ecbacrã, Chrysiamur, Olithel, I conjure thee Penerason, and these thy ministers, by him through whom all things in the world do tremble and quake, by Heaven and Earth, by cherubin and seraphin, by him that worked such a miracle upon the virgin Mary, that this my experiment may be brought to pass, and that I may be invisible, in what hour or time soever I will. Also I conjure you ministers, by Stubbaten, Nageharen, Asey, Elmugit, Gabellio, Semene, that you come, and bring to pass this my work.



Thus doynge thou shalt haue thy purpose, yf thou wylt worke any other waies, euer see that all thinges bee in readynes requisyte, and say vppon thy experiment this former coniuratiõ, but fyrst say priuyly the verse, Stalbon, Mecharum, Asen, and lykewise to the ende. Thus doing, thou shalt have thy purpose. If thou wilt work any other ways, ever see that all things be in readiness requisite, and say upon thy experiment this former conjuration. But first, say privily the verse, Stalbon, Mecharum, Asen, and likewise to the end.





Erotica experimenta.

Howe and by what meanes experyments of loue ought to be wrought, as well in gettynge hyr, whome thou desyreste; as yn touchinge hir in her sleape, or talkynge wythe her. Cap. 8.



Erotic experiments.

How and by what means experiments of love ought to be wrought, as well in getting her whom thou desirest, as in touching her in her sleep, or talking with her. Chap. 8.

Yf thou wylt perpare any sutch experiment, requisyte yt is to haue regard to the daie and hower; and yf yor experyment must be wrought by waxe or any sutch lyke thinge, for waxe, let yor Image bee made of sutch waxe, as is hearafter appoynted, and when yor waxe ys ready say as followeth: If thou wilt perpare any such experiment, requisite it is to have regard to the day and hour, and if your experiment must be wrought by wax or any such like thing, for wax let your image be made of such wax as is hereafter appointed. And when your wax is ready, say as followeth:



Venus, ester, Astropolyn, Asmo, Mercurius, Jupiter, Saturnus, Señe, Sus, Vne, Nensa, Recle, Sether, Teres, Terse, Beret, Teser, Crest, Erces, Nilobolas, Atrop, Atoro, lino, Poruta, Lepotarmon, Sompolocar, Peralotorjes, Noto, Solpiar, Raytroploson, yoson, Omas, Samo, Moas, Saom, Mosa, Maso, yrsicas, Draco, Draontius, Ara, Arel, Atrax, Belcar, Aray, Muenec, Iemar, Camna, Beri, Enna, Agama, Rima, Beberuna, Sinra, Saem, Myny, Genycal, Okalioth, Dicurcals, Cogaoth, Thajr, Tempter, Thon, Dreamer; I coniure you all ministers of loue, by hym wch cann destroye you, and make you againe, and by all his names wch do daylye bynde you; that you consecrate this waxe, as yt ought to bee: And yn the name of the most holy father, almighty Adonay, whose kyngdome lasteth for euer and euer world without ende, that thou make this waxe to haue ye effecte, wch I desier yt to haue, and by [11r] the holy faythe Adonay, and by hys feare, which shall exhort you to brynge my wyll to pas. ##







Venus, ester, Astropolyn, Asmo, Mercurius, Jupiter, Saturnus, Señe, Sus, Vne, Nensa, Recle, Sether, Teres, Terse, Beret, Teser, Crest, Erces, Nilobolas, Atrop, Atoro, lino, Poruta, Lepotarmon, Sompolocar, Peralotorjes, Noto, Solpiar, Raytroploson, yoson, Omas, Samo, Moas, Saom, Mosa, Maso, yrsicas, Draco, Draontius, Ara, Arel, Atrax, Belcar, Aray, Muenec, Iemar, Camna, Beri, Enna, Agama, Rima, Beberuna, Sinra, Saem, Myny, Genycal, Okalioth, Dicurcals, Cogaoth, Thajr, Tempter, Thon, Dreamer; I conjure you all ministers of love by him which can destroy you and make you again, and by all His names which do daily bind you, that you consecrate this wax as it ought to be. And in the name of the most holy Father, Almighty Adonay, whose kingdom lasteth forever and ever, world without end, that thou make this wax to have the effect which I desire it to have, and by the holy faith Adonay, and by his fear, which shall exhort you to bring my will to pass.





When this ys done, make thyne Image of waxe as yt ought to be made; yf soe bee that thou must write any thinge vppon thine Image, wryte yt with â nedle, or A penn, as in ther places ar appoynted. Yf furdermore yt bee required, that thou perfume thy Image, perfume yt wth sutch perfumes, as ar expressed in there chapters; yet yf yt be neadfull alsoe, of any other thinge to be doñe, vppon yt, or coniuracyon, then let the coniuracion be done accordynge to the experymente; wch ons sayde, let there be made perfumes as ar appoynted, and hold thy Image ouer the perfume, and say as followethe:

When this is done, make thine image of wax as it ought to be made. If it so be that thou must write anything upon thine image, write it with a needle or a pen, as in their places are appointed. If furthermore it be required that thou perfume thy image, perfume it with such perfumes as are expressed in their chapters; yet if it be needful also of any other thing to be done upon it, or conjuration, then let the conjuration be done according to the experiment. Which once said, let there be made perfumes as are appointed, and hold thy image over the perfume and say as followeth:



O thou oryent kynge Eggye, wch rayneth and ruleth in the East; and thou Paymon, most mighty kynge, wch haste dominion ouer the weaste; and thou greate kynge Amaymon, wch raignest in ye South; and thou triumphant kinge Egyn, whitch hast rule ouer ye Northe; I most hartely call vppon you, by hym which only spake, and yt was done, wch wth his worde made all thinges; and by his holye names, wherat all the world doth tremble, and ys wrytteñ in 12. letters, wch arr, Joth, Eth, he, vau; and by the 9. heauens and ther powers, and by the names and signes of our creator; that thou consecrate and confyrme this prsente Image so ^* [In marg: * as] yt ought, by that holy names sake, Adonay, whose kyngdome hath noe ende. #







O thou orient king Eggye which reignest and rulest in the East, and thou Paymon, most mighty king which hast dominion over the West, and thou great king Amaymon, which reignest in the South, and thou triumphant king Egyn, which hast rule over the North; I most heartily call upon you, by him which only spake and it was done, which with his word made all things; and by his holy names, whereat all the world doth tremble, and is written in twelve letters, which are Joth, Eth, He, Vau; and by the nine heavens and their powers, and by the names and signs of our creator, that thou consecrate and confirm this presente image as it ought, by that holy name's sake, Adonay, whose kingdom hath no end.





wch done thou mayst repete the coniuraciõn of thy experymente; and yf thou obtaine thy purpose yt ys well; but yf not, put thy image under thy beddes hedd; and in â short time, thou shalt see her, whom thou desyreste, come to accomplish thy desyer.

Which done, thou mayst repeat the conjuration of thy experiment. And if thou obtain thy purpose it is well; but if not, put thy image under thy bed's head. And in a short time thou shalt see her whom thou desirest come to accomplish thy desire.





Here followeth an other waye wherby yt ys brought to passe, that she shall dreame of thé. Cap. 9.



Here followeth another way whereby it is brought to pass that she shall dream of thee. Chap. 9.

This experyment is ineffable, and semeth almost A wonder; for this, before thou begynn thy coniuration, loke into the aier, beynge in thy chambere; and saye wth an humble harte as followeth. This experiment is ineffable, and seemeth almost a wonder; for this, before thou begin thy conjuration, look into the air, being in thy chamber, and say with a humble heart as followeth:



Agla, Joth, Eth, He, Vau, Ja, Ja, Ja, Va, Va, Va, Ya, Ya, ly, Elyce, ysi, Agay, Neon, Joagat; O lord holy father, wch duyddest make all thinges, and knowest the hartes of all personns, I besech thé, by thy most holy aboue named names, that thou illuminate the harte and mynde of N. that she may loue me, as I doe her, and that she may bee allwaies ready to do my will & pleasure. And furdermore gyue strength, and power to this experymente, that by thé (o father) and by thos spyritts, and the vertue of thes words, that all thinges may bee brought to A good ende. #







Agla, Joth, Eth, He, Vau, Ja, Ja, Ja, Va, Va, Va, Ya, Ya, ly, Elyce, ysi, Agay, Neon, Joagat; O Lord Holy Father, which didst make all things, and knowest the hearts of all persons, I beseech thee, by thy most holy above-named names, that thou illuminate the heart and mind of N. that she may love me as I do her, and that she may be always ready to do my will and pleasure. And furthermore, give strength and power to this experiment, that by thee (O Father) and by those spirits, and the virtue of these words, that all things may be brought to a good end.



Afterwardes doe thy Arte, wth all thinges requisyte in the chapters to the same, and yt shall haue good effecte. Hæc de amore pseudo Salomon: sed ecce ??? Consec??cionis ?? amorem apud Picatricem o (?) 5u~ (?) [Picatrix] Afterwards, do thy art, with all things requisite in the chapters to the same, and it shall have good effect. Hoc de amore pseudo Salomon: sed ecce ... (?) Consecrationes (?) amorem apud Picatricem o (?) 5u~ (?).





[11v]

Of experymentes of fauor and freyndshipp. Cap. 10.



Of experiments of favor and friendship. Chap. 10.

Yf yn this experiment, thou must wryte wth any thinge, thou shalt wryte wth sutche, as arr appointed in the chapters of penn and ynke. Afterward let yt be perfumed, wth sutch perfumes, as ar hearafter appoynted alsoe, and sprincle yt wth the water, as arr appointed in that chapter, yf furdermore yt be required to wryte any sygnes, letters, or fygures, or any other names, let them be wryttenn, as is sayde hearafter, as concerninge howe letters ought to be wryttenn, and putt yt yn A cloth of sylke, beynge sutch an one as hearafter shalbe prscrybed, and then say as followeth. If in this experiment, thou must write with anything, thou shalt write with such as are appointed in the chapters of pen and ink. Afterwards, let it be perfumed with such perfumes as are hereafter appointed also, and sprinkle it with the water, as is appointed in that chapter. If furthermore it be required to write any signs, letters, or figures, or any other names, let them be written as is said hereafter, as concerning how letters ought to be written. And put it in a cloth of silk, being such a one as hereafter shall be prescribed, and then say as followeth:



O most holy Adonay, wch art allmighty most gentle, wch art also a et w, I beseche thé of thy infynite mercye and pytty, wherof thou aboundeste, wch dyd say, and yt shalbe gyuen thé, I aske of thé therfore, by thy allmighty power, that this experiment may bee consecrated, and giue vnto yt by thy holy vertue that power wch I desier;







O most holy Adonay, which art almighty and most gentle, which art also ALPHA & OMEGA, I beseech thee of thy infinite mercy and pity, whereof thou aboundest, which did say, and it shall be given thee, I ask of thee therefore by thy almighty power that this experiment may be consecrated, and give unto it by thy holy virtue that power which I desire.



wch done lay yt â night and A daie vnto the Alter clothe, Afterward, yf thou wodest haue the favõ of any mann, holde these letters yn thy hande, and he shall denye thé nothinge, whatsoeuer letters you wryte, or whatsoeuer coniuracion *I [In marg: *you] saye to obteyne fauour in the ende therof euer say or wryte thes verses followynge. Which done, lay it a night and a day unto the altar cloth. Afterwards, if thou wouldst have the favor of any man, hold these letters in thy hand, and he shall deny thee nothing. Whatsoever letters you write, or whatsoever conjuration you say to obtain favor, in the end thereof ever say or write these verses following:



Sater, Arepo, Tenet, [Opera,] Rotas, Joth, Eth, He, Vau, Yach, Ya, Ja, Ja, Ja, Anereneton; you holy names fullfyll my desyer Gasper, Balthasar, Melchior, Abrahã, Isaac, Jacob, Mysach, Abdenago, Marke, Mathew, Luke, Juke, Geon, fyson, Tigris, Euphrates; be ye all present to helpe me, that I may obteine grace and fauor at whose handes soeuer I shall aske yt, by our lord Ihesus Christ whitch lyueth and raigneth with the father, and the holy ghoste, world wythout ende. Amen.







Sater, Arepo, Tenet, [Opera,] Rotas, Joth, Eth, He, Vau, Yach, Ya, Ja, Ja, Ja, Anereneton; you holy names fulfill my desire Gasper, Balthasar, Melchior, Abrahã, Isaac, Jacob, Mysach, Abdenago, Marke, Mathew, Luke, Juke, Geon, fyson, Tigris, Euphrates; be ye all present to help me, that I may obtain grace and favor at whose hands soever I shall ask it, by our Lord Jesus Christ which liveth and reigneth with the Father and the Holy Ghost, world without end. Amen.







Howe experyments for hatred ar prepared that any may bee made deadly enemyes. Cap. 11.



How experiments for hatred are prepared, that any may be made deadly enemies. Chap. 11.

Experyments of hatred ar doñ dyuers waies, yf thou wylt worke by any image, or any sutch lyke thinge, make your ymage, and perfume yt wyth sutch perfumes as arr prscrybed, and yf so be any thinge must be wryttenn vppon the Image, write yt wth â nedle, as shalbee hearafter appoynted in the chapter concerninge A nedle, afterwards say as followeth vppon the Image. Experiments of hatred are done divers ways. If thou wilt work by any image or any such like thing, make your image, and perfume it with such perfumes as are prescribed. And if so be any thing must be written upon the image, write it with a needle, as shall be hereafter appointed in the chapter concerning a needle, afterwards say as followeth upon the image:



Arator, lapidator, temptator, sommator, subuersor, [12r] agnator, siccator, sudator, Combustor, Pungitor, Ductor, Comestor, Deuorator, Seductor, I doe besech you mynisters of hatred, and destroiers of freindshipp, I beseche you I say that this prsent ymage may bee soe consecrated, that yt may engender hatred betwixte whõsoeuer I woulde. #







Arator, lapidator, temptator, sommator, subuersor, agnator, siccator, sudator, Combustor, Pungitor, Ductor, Comestor, Deuorator, Seductor, I do beseech you ministers of hatred, and destroyers of friendship, I beseech you I say that this present image may be so consecrated that it may engender hatred betwixt whosoever I would.



whitch doñe laye the ymage in the sensar all nyghte, and then worke wth yt in the hower fytt for that purpose, yf thou must worke otherwise, as by letters or other meanes, then in the ende therof wryte thes abouesayd names, Arator, lapidator, temptator, etc. Also yf thou wold make dyscord betwene two that loue well, then say before them (all thinges beynge readye): Which done, lay the image in the censer all night, and then work with it in the hour fit for that purpose, if thou must work otherwise, as by letters or other means, then in the end thereof write these above-said names, Arator, lapidator, temptator, etc. Also if thou would make discord between two that love well, then say before them (all things being ready):



Where is this sower of dyscorde, wth the reste of the aboue wryttenn names; I coniure you, and wyll you by hym wch made you, and by hym wch ordayned you to this office, in whitch also you reyoice; I pray you and desier you that this may bee prpared, that they wch eate or touche this, may vtterly bee sett at variaunce. #







Where is this sower of discord, with the rest of the above written names. I coniure you, and will you by him which made you, and by him which ordained you to this office, in which also you rejoice; I pray you and desire you that this may be prepared, that they which eat or touch this may utterly be set at variance.





Afterward gyue yt vnto them at yor hower appoynted, hearafter yf thou wylt worke by any other meanes, wryte the aforesayde names, Arator, lapidator, temptator, etc. and yt shalbee.

Afterwards, give it unto them at your hour appointed. Hereafter if thou wilt work by any other means, write the aforesaid names, Arator, lapidator, temptator, etc. and it shall be.





An experiment to fayne A thinge to bee wch indeade is false wherby many men be deceyued as in playinge, or in showinge any other thinge. Cap. 12.



An experiment to fain a thing to be [true] which indeed is false, whereby many men be deceived as in playing, or in showing any other thing. Chap. 12.

Ffor such an experimente ons beynge founde, you must write yt in paper, as shalbe hear after appointed; Also you must wryte wyth blode, as shalbe lykewyse declared wth what blode; and what penn; yf yt required thhat you shold worke this by wrytinge, letters, or names, worke as yor chapiters appoynte you. This done say wth â lowly [sic] voyce as followethe. For such an experiment, once being found, you must write it in paper as shall be hereafter appointed. Also you must write with blood as shall be likewise declared with what blood, and what pen. If it requires that you should work this by writing, letters, or names, work as your chapters appoint you. This done, say with a lowly [sic] voice as followeth:



Abac, Abdac, Istac, Castac, Adach, Castas, Calsac (?), lusor, Triumphator, Derisor, Incantator, be you heare present at my worke, and confyrme yt so as I desier, and make yt soe appeare, that they that see yt be depryued of there sighte, and may see false thinges insteade of true:







Abac, Abdac, Istac, Castac, Adach, Castas, Calsac (?), lusor, Triumphator, Derisor, Incantator, be you here present at my work, and confirm it so as I desire, and make it so appear that they that see it be deprived of their sight, and may see false things instead of true.



Come ye therfore to cõnsecrate, and to inchaunt yt, by Jhesus of Nazareth, wch hath enyoyned you to that offyce. #







Come ye therefore to consecrate and to enchant it, by Jesus of Nazareth, which hath enjoined you to that office.





Whitch done you may worke; The aforenamyd names Abac, Aldac, etc. ar to be wrytten in the ende of yor worke, and yf you worke any other waye, euer obserue that those wordes be sayde in the ende.

Which done, you may work. The aforenamed names Abac, Aldac, etc. are to be written in the end of your work, and if you work any other way, ever observe that those words be said in the end.





Here followeth A way to bringe to passe any extraordynary experyment. Cap. 13.



Here followeth a way to bring to pass any extraordinary experiment. Chap. 13.

When thou wylt bringe to pas any thinge, write thy experiment in paper and penn as hearafter is sayde, yf yt bee for good, howsoeuer yt be done, say this praier followynge, and yf you must wryte any thinge, write yt in the ende therof. When thou wilt bring to pass anything, write thine experiment in paper and pen as hereafter is said. If it be for good, howsoever it be done, say this prayer following. And if you must write anything, write it in the end thereof.

[12v]



O god wch hast made all thinges by thy holy name wch is wrytten in seuenty letters, and euery letter betokeneth one of thy holy names, wch ar here written: Lascos, h, h, h, Ihe, Ripan, Iba, Abgis, Lus, Baff, Plas [above the l is written an f, but it is crossed out], hapa, Iob, Ioazacam, Orezeym, Cororator, graunt I pray thé that this prsent experimente may bee fully brought to pas accordynge to my desyer.







O God which hast made all things by thy holy name which is written in seventy letters, and every letter betokeneth one of thy holy names, which are here written: Lascos, h, h, h, Ihe, Ripan, Iba, Abgis, Lus, Baff, Plas, hapa, Iob, Ioazacam, Orezeym, Cororator, grant I pray thee that this present experiment may be fully brought to pass according to my desire.



Also lett this gospell followynge be wrytten, or sayde ouer yt. Also, let this Gospel following be written or said over it:



In those daies, Jesus was ledd into the wyldernes of the spyrytt to bee tempted of the deuyll, and after he had fasted 40. daies he was an hungred, and the deuyll the temptor, comminge vnto hym, sayde: yf thou bee the soñn of god, commaund that thes stones may be made breade: Jhesus, answearinge sayde: yt is written, That man lyueth not only wth breade, but wth euery worde, wch commeth out of the mouth of god: Then the deuyll ledd hym into the holy cytty, and sett hym vppõ the penacle of the churche, and sayd vnto hym, yf thou bee the sonn of god, cast doune thy selfe headlonge; for yt is wryttenn; That he hath giuen his Anngells commaundement ouer thé, and they shall take thé vpp, in ther handes, lest thou should be hurte: Jhesus, sayde vnto hym. Againe yt ys wrytten: Thou shalt not tempte the lord thy god; Againe, the deuyll toke hym vpp into â very high hyll, and showed hym, all the kyngdoms of the worlde, and ther glory; and sayde; All thes I wyll giue thé, yf thou wylt fall donne before me, and worshipp mee: Then Jhesus sayde, Avoyde, Sathan, for yt ys wryttenn; That thou shalt worshipp the lord thy god, and hym only shalt thou serue: then the deuill lefte hym, and his Anngells came, and mynistred vnto hym. ##







In those days, Jesus was led into the wilderness of the spirit to be tempted of the devill, and after he had fasted forty days he was an hungered, and the devil the temptor, coming unto him, said: "If thou be the Son of God, command that these stones may be made bread." Jesus answering said: "It is written, that man liveth not only with bread, but with every word which cometh out of the mouth of God. Then the devil led him into the holy city, and set him upon the pinnacle of the church, and said unto him: "If thou be the Son of God, cast down thyself headlong, for it is written that he hath given his angels commandment over thee, and they shall take thee up in their hands, lest thou should be hurt." Jesus said unto him: "Again it is written, 'Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.' Again the devil took him up into a very high hill, and showed him all the kingdoms of the world, and their glory; and said: "All these I will give thee if thou wilt fall down before me and worship me." Then Jesus said: "Avoid, Satan, for it is written that thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve." Then the devil left him, and his angels came and ministered unto him.



Which done, thou shalt worke accordynge to thy howers: In other experymentes wch rather ar euyll then good, wryte or els saye this verse followynge. Which done, thou shalt work according to thy hours. In other experiments which rather are evil than good, write or else say this verse following:



Nasue, Nouda, San, Cysa, Haspasan, Canica, Coures, Busil, Nifron, Cyrabnos, Nostracal, yurtaryn, Arbon, Arfusa; whitch ar powers of all euyll, come and helpe me, that by you my worke may bee consecrated, and obtayne that vertue, whitch it ought, by the holye Adonay, by whose feare you arr compelled to obay us.







Nasue, Nouda, San, Cysa, Haspasan, Canica, Coures, Busil, Nifron, Cyrabnos, Nostracal, yurtaryn, Arbon, Arfusa; which are powers of all evil, come and help me that by you my work may be consecrated, and obtain that virtue which it ought, by the holy Adonay, by whose fear you are compelled to obey us.



Afterwardes, perfume the letters or verse; and sprincle them wyth water, ffynally, take heade, least those, whom thou callest, deceiue thé; whitch to auoyde, behaue thy selfe, as this booke prescrybethe. Afterwards, perfume the letters or verse, and sprinkle them with water. Finally, take heed lest those whom thou callest deceive thee, which to avoid, behave thyself as this book prescribeth.

Explicit.

Thus endeth the fyrst booke of

the kay of knowledge,

of Solamon.



Explicit.

Thus endeth the first book of

the Key of Knowledge

of Solomon.









[13r]

Here begynnethe the

seconde booke, of the

key of knowledge

of Solamon.



Here beginneth the

Second Book of the

Key of Knowledge

of Solomon.



[13v is blank]

[14r]

Here followeth yn what hower experyments ought to be done.



Here followeth in what hour experiments ought to be done.

Yf you haue any Art ready prepared to speake wth Spyrittes, you must worke yt the fyrst hower of Mercury, and his daye in the morninge, And thus you may fynnish all Artes; note that the tyme be pleasaunt, the Ayre faier and cleare, when thou workeste. If you have any art ready prepared to speak with spirits, you must work in the first hour of Mercury, and his day [Wednesday] in the morning. And thus you may finish all arts. Note that the time be pleasant, the air fair and clear, when thou workest.



1. The faier and bewtyfull Spyrytts arr in the Northe.

2. The fyery Spyrytts remayne in the Easte.

3. They wch ar created of the water remayne in the weaste.

4. They wch came of the wynde ar yn the Southe.







1. The fair and beautiful spirits are in the North.

2. The fiery spirits remain in the East.

3. They which are created of the water remain in the West.

4. They which came of the wind are in the South.



Note also, that if thou hast ons brought to pas one experyment, thou mayste worke the same againe wthout obseruinge of the hower, or any other solempnytye. Note also, that if thou hast once brought to pass one experiment, thou maist work the same again without observing of the hour, or any other solemnity.





Here followeth howe the Coniurer ought to behaue hym selfe. Cap. 2.



Here followeth how the conjurer ought to behave himself. Chap. 2.

Ffyrst let hym write yt holy in one peice of paper; after let hym marke what thinges ar requysite to that purpose; let hym choise â place mete for that purpose; and let hym haue A bathe ready, as shalbe appoynted in the chapter of Bathes; and let hym saye this prayer followynge. First let him write it wholly in one piece of paper. After let him mark what things are requisite to that purpose; let hym choose a place meet [suitable] for that purpose, and let him have a bath ready, as shall be appointed in the chapter of baths; and let him say this prayer following:



O Lord Jhesus Christ, wch hast made me (most wretched synner) to thine owne lykenes; vouchsafe I besech thé to blis and sanctyfy this water that yt may bee mundefyed to the health of my boddy, and my soule. O almighty and ineffable father, wch dydst graunt vnto John Baptist, to baptize thyne only begottenn sonn Jesus Christ, graunt I beseche thé that this water, may bee my Baptisme, that I may bee cleansed from all my synnes, wch I haue confessed, thorough or lord Jhesus Christ, world without end, Amenn. #







O Lord Jesus Christ, which hast made me (most wretched sinner) to thine own likeness; vouchsafe I besech thee, to bless and sanctify this water that it may be mundefyed (?) to the health of my body and my soul. O almighty and ineffable father, which didst grant unto John Baptist to baptise thine only begotten son Jesus Christ, grant I beseech thee, that this water may be my baptism, that I may be cleansed from all my sins which I have confessed, through our Lord Jesus Christ, world without end, Amen.



When this ys done let hym wash all his boddye, and putt one A white lynneñ clothe, and abstaine at the least thre daies from all fylthines, and vnhonest talke, and euery day say this that followeth. videlicet, ons in the morninge about the thyrd hower, againe about the nynthe hower, againe about the eueninge about the forthe hower, and also when thou goest to bedd, and thus doe three daies space. When this is done, let him wash all his body, and put on a white linen cloth, and abstain at the least three days from all filthiness and unhonest talk, and every day say this that followeth, videlicet, once in the morning about the third hour, again about the ninth houer, again about the evening about the forth hour, and also when thou goest to bed, and thus do three days space.



Abra, Asac, Asach, Radrimilas, filac, Anebenas, Bira, Bontes, Acazal, Zaphite, Phanti, harucacha, Adonay, Emagro, Abraxio, Achedit, Barachi, Melycanat [or Melycomat], Amystra, hugyma, Machia, Daniel, Dama, Prachil, heil, [14v] Hemon, Segem, Gemas, Jesu God, graunt me that I may endue that thinge wch I goe aboute, and by thé, O holy Adonay, I may brynge them to pas, by our lord Jesus Christ, which lyueth and raygneth world without ende. Amen. #







Abra, Asac, Asach, Radrimilas, filac, Anebenas, Bira, Bontes, Acazal, Zaphite, Phanti, harucacha, Adonay, Emagro, Abraxio, Achedit, Barachi, Melycanat [or Melycomat], Amystra, hugyma, Machia, Daniel, Dama, Prachil, heil, Hemon, Segem, Gemas, Jesus God, grant me that I may endue that thing which I go about, and by thee, O holy Adonay, I may bring them to pass, by our Lord Jesus Christ, which liveth and reigneth world without end. Amen.



Let this be done three dayes together, yf yt may bee, the Ayer beyng very cleare, and at yor day you may safely worke. Let this be done three days together, if it may be, the air being very clear, and at your day you may safely work.





Howe hys fellowes must behaue them selues. Cap. 3.



How his fellows must behave themselves. Chap. 3.

In experymentes where Cyrcles be made, yt ys requysite that the coniurer haue fellowes wth hym, whome he must instruct in all thinges, when they arr sufficiently taught, lett the Mr and they together enter into the chamber, and let those his companions putt of there vesture, and let the Mr powre water vppõ there heades, sayinge In experiments where circles be made, it is requisite that the conjurer have fellows with him whom he must instruct in all things. When they are sufficiently taught, let the master and they together enter into the chamber, and let those his companions put off their vesture, and let the master pour water upon their heads, saying:



be you renuyed, and baptized and cleansed, from all yor synns, In the name of the father, and of the sonn, and of the holy ghost, and the power of the most hyghest come doune vppon you.







Be you renewed and baptised and cleansed from all your sins, in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, and the power of the most highest come down upon you.



This done, let them putt on the clothinge againe, all this must bee done three daies before any worke begynn, After this let ther be made A newe bathe, and lett them say for thre daies space, the aforesayd prayer, and let them followe the Mr in all things. This done, let them put on the clothing again, all this must be done three days before any work begin. After this let there be made a new bath, and let them say for three days' space, the aforesaid prayer, and let them follow the master in all things.





Of fastynge and watche. Cap. 4.



Of fasting and watch. Chap. 4.

Yf you be wyllynge to worke, yt ys requyred that you abstayne from all thinges vnlawfull, as from swearynge, frõ glotonye, and all other naughty deades; which is requyred for the space of nyne daies before thy workynge; And let euery one saye for that space, this prayer followynge. If you be willing to work, it is required that you abstain from all things unlawful, as from swearing, from glottony, and all other naughty deeds; which is required for the space of nine days before thy working. And let everyone say for that space, this prayer following:



O lord god allmighty, be mercyfull vnto me, wch am not worthy to lyfte vpp myne eyes vnto thé, my synnes ar soe greate, but thou (O god,[)] art mercyfull, wch for one worde dydst leade the thefe wyth thé into paradyce, haue mercy vppon me, (O lord,) and forgiue me all my synnes, graunt me (moste gentle father) that I may brynge to pas my desyer, by the most holy triumphator, wch art blessed world wthout ende. Amen.







O Lord God Almighty, be merciful unto me, which am not worthy to lift up mine eyes unto thee, my sins are so great, but thou (O God,) art merciful, which for one word didst lead the thief with thee into paradise. Have mercy upon me (O Lord,) and forgive me all my sins. Grant me (most gentle Father) that I may bring to pass my desire, by the most holy triumphator, which art blessed world without end. Amen.



The 3 daies before thou begynn thy worke, thou and thy fellowes, say dayly the confessyon whitch is expressed in the begynnynge of the fyrst booke, and the second chapiter. The three days before thou beginneth thy work, thou and thy fellows sayst daily the confession which is expressed in the beginning of the First Book, and the second chapter.





[15r]

Of Bathes howe they muste be made. Cap. 5.



Of baths, how they must be made. Chap. 5.

Thou muste go to A well, or ryuer; and before thou goe to ytt, say these psalmes followynge: Dominus illuminatio mea; Dixit insipiens in corde suo; Dixi custodiã; Saluum me fac; Cantemus Dño; Confitemini Dño quoniã Bonis; Quicunqe vult saluus esse; Thou must go to a well or river, and before thou goest to it, say these Psalms followynge: Dominus illuminatio mea; Dixit insipiens in corde suo; Dixi custodiam; Saluum me fac; Cantemus Domino; Confitemini Domino quoniam; Bonis; Quicunque vult saluus esse;

wch sayde, goe into yt, and saye:



I exorcise thé water by hym wch set thé in thy place, that thou driue out of me all vñcleannes, thorough or lord Jhesus Christe.



Which said, go into it, and say:



I exorcise thee water, by him which set thee in thy place, that thou drive out of me all uncleaness, through our Lord Jesus Christ.



Afterward let hym wash hym selfe, and saye;



Marbalia, Gegeon, falia, Jesse, Pharia, Gech, Acích, Gedich, Jail, Dayl, Musayl, Ioyl, Tranchil, Pusil, Godif, Agnet, Trisif, Sabaoth, Adonay, Agla, Enel, Tetragrammaton, Cedrõ, Agne, fero, Stimulaton, Prenanaton.



Afterwards, let him wash himself, and say:



Marbalia, Gegeon, falia, Jesse, Pharia, Gech, Acích, Gedich, Jail, Dayl, Musayl, Ioyl, Tranchil, Pusil, Godif, Agnet, Trisif, Sabaoth, Adonay, Agla, Enel, Tetragrammaton, Cedrõ, Agne, fero, Stimulaton, Prenanaton.



and when he is wasshed, let hym goe out of the water; and sprincle hym selfe wth the water hearafter appoynted, sayinge;



Asperges me Domine. etc.



And when he is washed, let him go out of the water and sprinkle himself with the water hereafter appointed, saying:



Asperges me Domine. etc.



After putt one thy clothynge and in puttynge yt oñe say the 7 Psalmes, and that wch followethe, and, Cum inuocarem exaudiuit. Confitebor tibi Dñe qoníam dilexi, In exitu Israel de Ægipto, Domine probasti me; And this prayer whitch followethe.



O most hooly Adonay, and moste myghty Hel, I desyer you by ye moste mighty and stronge name of or lorde, El, I worshipp thé, I glorify thé, and blisse thé, I call vppõ thé that this Bathe may bee Saluatiõ vnto me, and that I may haue my desier, by thé, (ô most hooly Adonay, wch lyueth and raighneth world wthout ende. Amen.



After, put on thy clothing, and in putting it on, say the 7 Psalms, and that which followeth, and, Cum inuocarem exaudiuit. Confitebor tibi Domine quoniam dilexi, In exitu Israel de Ægipto, Domine probasti me; And this prayer which followeth:



O most holy Adonay, and most mighty Hel, I desire you by the most mighty and stronge name of our Lord, El, I worship thee, I glorify thee, and bless thee. I call upon thee, that this bath may be salvation unto me, and that I may have my desire by thee, (O most holy Adonay, which liveth and reigneth world without end. Amen.





The blyssynge of the salte. Cap. 6.



The blessing of the salt. Chap. 6.

Afterward take salte, and blisse yt after this sorte,



I blisse thé in the name of the father, the sonn, and the holy Ghoste. Amen. The blyssynge of god the almighty father bee vppõ thé, and all goodnes enter into thé, wherfor I blisse thé and sanctyfy thé, that thou helpe at this prsente,



Afterwards, take salt and bless it after this sort:



I bless thee in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. Amen. The blessing of God the Almighty father be upon thee, and all goodness enter into thee, wherefor I bless thee and sanctify thee, that thou help at this present.



and thus doñe saye: Benedicite omnia opera Dñj Domino, And thus done saye: Benedicite omnia opera Domini Domino,

Afterwards take the sweete odours consecrated, and throwe them into the Bathe, holdynge them in thy hande, and goe againe into the Bathe, and washe thé, and beynge in the Bathe saye;



Amane, Memeto, Inzaron, Doltibon, Amagnõ, lameton, Caron, Sutron, Gardon, Non, Mameraon, Tameratõ, fabron, Sanõ, Nazmon, Stilon, funeon,



Afterwards, take the sweet odours consecrated, and throw them into the bath, holding them in thy hand, and go again into the bath, and wash thee, and being in the bath say:



Amane, Memeto, Inzaron, Doltibon, Amagnõ, lameton, Caron, Sutron, Gardon, Non, Mameraon, Tameratõ, fabron, Sanõ, Nazmon, Stilon, funeon,



this sayde, say this psalme, Benedicite [15v] omnia opera Domini, and washe thé sayinge, In the name of the father, and of the soñ, and of the holy ghoste. Amen. This said, say this Psalm, Benedicite omnia opera Domini, and wash thee saying, In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.

wch doñe goe out of the Bathe, and putt oñe cleane lynnyñ clothinge, as shalbe sayd of clothinge, and let his fellows doe after the same sorte. Which done, go out of the bath, and put on clean linen clothing, as shall be said of clothing, and let his fellows do after the same sort.





Heare followeth of apparrell, and shoes. Cap. 7.



Here followeth of apparrell and shoes. Chap. 7.

It is necessary that the coniurer put on lynnen clothe, wheruppõ the pentacles must be sowed wth sutch â nedle, as shalbe appointed hearafter in the same chapter. They must also haue hosyn aboue ther owne vppõ the wch these fygures followinge must bee wryttenn.

It is necessary that the conjurer put on linen cloth, wherupon the pentacles must be sewn with such a needle as shall be appointed hereafter in the same chapter. They must also have hosen above there own upon the which these figures following must be written:

They must haue shoes also vppõ the wch these same figures must bee wrytten, with sutch penn and ynke, as shalbe prscribed in ther chapters. There shoes must bee of white lether, Also let the Mr haue A garland vppõ his heade of vyrgiñ parchmente, about the wch shalbe written in capitall letters thes 4. names, AGAA; AGAY; AGALTHA* [In Marg: *Aglatha]; AGLAOTH; wth ynke, and penn as shalbe hearafter in there chapters declared, also ech of hys companions muste haue A crowne or garlande in whose compas these figures followynge must be wrytten. They must have shoes also upon, the which these same figures must be written, with such pen and ink as shall be prescribed in their chapters. Their shoes must be of white leather. Also, let the master have a garland upon his head of virgin parchment, about the which shall be written in capital letters these four names: AGAA; AGAY; AGLATHA; AGLAOTH; with ink and pen as shall be hereafter in their chapters declared, also each of his companions must have a crown or garland in whose compass these figures following must be written:

And before they putt oñe this apparrell, let them saye these psalmes followynge. Domine Deus noster, Dñe quis habitabjt. Dñe exaudi orationem mean, Cum tribularer, Domjne non est exaltatum cor meum, supra flumina, nisi Dominus, laudate Dominum omnes gentes; Deus miseriat r nostrj. And before they put on this apparrel, let them say these Psalms following: Domine Deus noster, Domine quis habitabit. Domine exaudi orationem mean, Cum tribularer, Domine non est exaltatum cor meum, supra flumina, nisi Dominus, laudate Dominum omnes gentes; Deus miseriat r nostri.

These beynge sayde, let hym perfume all hys apparrell, and sprincle them wyth water, Then let the Mr putt on his apparrell sayinge: These being said, let him perfume all his apparrell, and sprinkle them with water. Then let the master put on his apparrell saying:

Antor, Anator, et Anabis, Theodomas, Ianitor [or Iamtor], by the desertes of the holy Anngells, I wyll putt one the vesture of healthe, that I may bringe to pas my desyer, by thé (ô holy Adonay[)], whose kyngdõe hath noe ende; Antor, Anator, et Anabis, Theodomas, Ianitor, by the deserts of the holy angels, I will put on the vesture of health, that I may bring to pass my desire, by thee (O holy Adonay), whose kingdom hath no end.

The shoes and vestmentes must bee of lynnen yf you can gett sutch as the preyst weareth it is beste. The shoes and vestments must be of linen; if you can get such as the priest weareth, it is best.





[16r]

Here followeth of the knyfe reqired in this Arte, and howe yt must bee made. Cap. 8.



Here followeth of the knife required in this art, and how it must be made. Chap. 8.

A knife ys requyred in this Arte, therfore make yt bee made wth a handle of yrõ [iron] wch is pure: and lett yt bee tempred in gose blode in the day of Mercury, in the increase of the Mone. After yt bee fynnisshed cause 10. masses to bee sayde ouer yt, and write vppõ the handle therof, wth the nedle aforesayde thes signes wch followe. A knife is required in this art, therefore make it be made with a handle of iron which is pure, and let it be tempered in goose blood in the day of Mercury [Wednesday], in the increase of the Moon. After it be finished, cause ten masses to be said over it, and write upon the handle thereof with the needle aforesaid these signs which follow:



Then perfume yt as hearafter is appoynted, and note that ye Cyrcle bee made wyth such A knyfe, thys daie lay yt vpp in sylken clothes vntyll thou wylt worke, and cutt nothinge wth this knyfe, but only all things belonginge to this Arte. Then perfume it as hereafter is appointed, and note that the circle be made with such a knife, this day lay it up in silken cloths until thou wilt work, and cut nothing with this knife, but only all things belonging to this art.

All other instrumentes of yrõ whatsoeuer they bee, let them bee made on the day, and hower of Mercury, and write vppõ them these signes followynge.

All other instruments of iron whatsoever they be, let them be made on the day, and hour of Mercury, and write upon them these signs following:

The forme and shape of ye knife, wth wordes, and carectes [sic].



The form and shape of the knife, with words and characters.

[16v]



Also, see to the swordes wherewthall you wyll worke, that they bee cleañe, and write vppon them as followethe: lamec, Theah, Aniles, Theophilos, Def, Beth ladomay, El, Ja, Jah, Emanuel, Saday, Emnanal, sum qui sum, Agla, a et w, write this wth the ynke aforesayde, and smoke them wth the odours, and say this coniuration.



I coniure thé by the names, Abraham, Abraho, Tetragrãmatõ, wch is to saye, Aglane, that thou hurt me not in worke. I cõiure ye by pure, Stimulaton, and by these conspeacable names of allmighty god: whitch arr: Egyrion, Osystron, Enona, Aula, by Asyn and by Manalo, Emanuel, Sabaoth, Adonay, primus, nouissimus, vnigenitus, Via, Vita, Manus, hono, primogenitus, finis, Sapientia, virtus, a. Caput, verbum, gloria, splendor, lux, Sol, Imago, Mors, Janua, Petra, Lapis, Angulus, Sponsus, pastor, propheta, Sacerdos, Athanatos, Ysyon, Pantacraton, Jesus, Halleluia; by these names, and all other names; I coniure you, that you haue noe power to hurt mee;



Also, see to the swords wherewithall you will work, that they be clean, and write upon them as followeth: lamec, Theah, Aniles, Theophilos, Def, Beth ladomay, El, Ja, Jah, Emanuel, Saday, Emnanal, sum qui sum, Agla, ALPHA & OMEGA. Write this with the ink aforesaid, and smoke them with the odours, and say this conjuration:



I conjure thee by the names, Abraham, Abraho, Tetragrammaton, which is to say, Aglane, that thou hurt me not in work. I conjure thee by pure, Stimulaton, and by these unspeakable names of Almighty God, which are: Egyrion, Osystron, Enona, Aula, by Asyn and by Manalo, Emanuel, Sabaoth, Adonay, primus, nouissimus, vnigenitus, Via, Vita, Manus, hono, primogenitus, finis, Sapientia, virtus, a. Caput, verbum, gloria, splendor, lux, Sol, Imago, Mors, Janua, Petra, Lapis, Angulus, Sponsus, pastor, propheta, Sacerdos, Athanatos, Ysyon, Pantacraton, Jesus, Halleluia; by these names, and all other names; I conjure you, that you have no power to hurt me.



wch done let hym keepe yt, as before ys sayde. Which done, let him keep it as before is said.

Besides this there must be made an other knyfe in the day and hower of Mercury, tempred wth the yuce of pimpernell, and the blode of of [sic] A gose, vppõ the wch you shall cause 3. masses to bee sayde, also you muste perfume yt, and sprincle yt wth water, as is aforesayde, wth wch knyfe, all thinges necessary must bee cutt; Note also that before any of thes thinges bee coñsecrated, that they bee vyrgines, that is sutch as weare neuer vsed in worke or labour. Besides this there must be made another knife in the day and hour of Mercury, tempered with the juice of pimpernel, and the bloode of a goose, upon the which you shall cause three masses to be said. Also, you must perfume it and sprinkle it with water as is aforesaid, with which knife, all thinges necessary must be cut. Note also that before any of these things be consecrated, that they be virgins, that is, such as were never used in work or labour.



Here followeth howe Circles muste bee made, and howe you must enter into them. Caput 9.



Here followeth how circles must be made, and how you must enter into them. Chapter 9.

Yor Circles muste bee made with the aforenamyd knyfe, wherfore when you wyll worke, sticke the knyfe in the mydst of the place, and measure 9. foote on both sydes from the knyfe but remember to leaue A space open, wherby you may go yn, and out: A fote behynde ye circle make â nother circle, betwixt the 2. greater circles, make ye pentacles wth the names of our Creator, as in the next leafe shalbe showed. In the circumference of the greater circle make crosses; Also â fote behynd thys latter cyrcle make A Quadrangle, in the topp of euery corner make A cyrcle, one to sett the pott of coles yn, and in an other let there stycke A sworde, â fote space from the pott: All which beynge doñe, lett the Master brynge yn hys companions by the gate of the cyrcle, and lett one of hys fellowes standinge towardes the Easte, haue penn and ynke yn hys hande, and etche of the other A naked sworde, lett them take heede they moue [17r] not the pott; Thinges beynge thus ordered, lett the Master goe forth to kyndle the fyer, and caste therin the perfumes, and lyght hym â greate candle exorcized as shalbe sayde hearafter, which he shall put in A lantrõn, and then let hym shutt the gate of ye Cyrcle, after this lett hym perfume hym selfe, and hys fellowes, and the place with water, All whiche doñe, the Master standynge in the mydst of the cyrcle, hys knyfe beinge stocke at hys feete, lett hym begynn hys Coniuracions towardes the Easte.



Your circles must be made with the afore-named knife, wherefore when you will work, stick the knife in the midst of the place, and measure none feet on both sides from the knife, but remember to leave a space open, whereby you may go in and out. A foot behind the circle make another circle, betwixt the two greater circles, make the pentacles with the names of our Creator, as in the next leaf shall be showed. In the circumference of the greater circle make crosses. Also, a foot behind this latter circle, make a Quadrangle, in the top of every corner make a cyrcle, one to set the pot of coals in, and in another let there stick a sword, a foot space from the pot. All which being done, let the Master bring in his companions by the gate of the circle, and let one of his fellows standing towards the East, have pen and ink in his hand, and each of the others a naked sword. Let them take heed they move not the pot. Things being thus ordered, let the master go forth to kindle the fire, and caste therein the perfumes, and light him a great candle, exorcized as shall be said hereafter, which he shall put in a lantern. And then let him shut the gate of the circle. After this, let him perfume himself, and his fellows, and the place with water. All which done, the master standing in the midst of the circle, his knife being stuck at his feet, let him begin his conjurations towards the East.



The manner to make Circles shall bee showed, on the other syde of this same leafe.



The manner to make circles shall be showed on the other side of this same leaf.

[17v]

Howe to make the Cyrcle wyth hys Pentacle, hearafter followethe.



How to make the circle with his pentacle, hereafter followeth:







[18r]

The righte waye to make the Cyrcle, hearafter followethe.



The right way to make the circle, hereafter followeth:









[18v]

Here followeth of water, and ysope. Caput 10.



Here followeth of water and hyssop. Chapter 10.

The water wch is mencioned so oftenn muste bee exorcized after this sorte, vppõ the day of Mercury, and his hower: Take A censar wth exorsized perfumes, and salte, and fill the pott full of cleare water; and fyrst hallowe the salte sayinge. The water which is mentioned so often must be exorcized after this sort: Upon the day of Mercury, and his hour, take a censer with exorcized perfumes and salt, and fill the pot full of clear water; and first hallow the salt, saying:



Sabaoth, Messias, Tetragrãmaton, Emanuel, Cedron, fortis, Janua, Turris fortitudinis, vouchsafe to sanctyfy this salte;







Sabaoth, Messias, Tetragrammaton, Emanuel, Cedron, fortis, Janua, Turris fortitudinis, vouchsafe to sanctify this salt.



which sayd throw yt into the water, and say ouer yt the 7. Psalmes: and this praier followynge. Which said, throw it into the water, and say over it the seven Psalms [that is Psalms 6, 32, 38, 51, 102, 130, and 143 (the Vulgate numbers them 6, 31, 37, 50, 101, 129, and 142], and this prayer following:



Thou art my god, and my reste, thou art my true and ryght way, helpe, most holy father, euen as I trust in thé: O god wch art the god of Abraham, the god of Isaac, and the god of Jacob; I beseche thé, ô lord allmighty, by the invocations and desertes of thy Sayntes: vouchsafe to blis and sanctify thys water, that vppon whome soeuer yt bee caste, he may receiue health both of body and soule. Amen.







Thou art my God and my rest, thou art my true and right way. Help, most Holy Father, even as I trust in thee. O God which art the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, I beseech thee, O Lord Almighty, by the invocations and deserts of thy saints: vouchsafe to bless and sanctify this water, that upon whomsoever it be cast, he may receive health both of body and soul. Amen.







Here followeth of ysope. Caput. 11.



Here followeth of hyssop. Chapter 11.

The water beynge ready, make A sprincle of veruyn, valerian, fennel, sage, Marierum, and Basyl, and let all bee put vppõ A hasill wand; and knowe that in the day of Mercury, in the morninge, in the encrease of the Mone, yt must bee cutt, att one cutt, wth the abouenamed knyfe; and in that hower let the hearbes bee gathered; wch beynge made, cause 3. masses to bee sayd ouer them; wch doñe say the gospell of Saynt John, ouer them, Afterward vppõ the hasyll wande, wherwth thou duddest make thy sprincle, wryte these carectes [sic] followynge, wth the nedle aforesayde. The water being ready, make a sprinkler of vervain, valerian, fennel, sage, marjoram, and basil, and let all be put upon a hazel wand. And know that in the day of Mercury, in the morning, in the increase of the Moon, it must be cut, at one cut, with the above-named knife. And in that hour let the herbs be gathered. Which being made, cause three masses to be said over them. Which done, say the Gospel of Saint John over them. Afterward, upon the hazel wand, wherewith thou diddest make thy sprinklee, write these characters following with the needle aforesaid:







Here followeth of fyer and lighte. Caput. 12.





Here followeth of fire and lights. Caput. 12.

Thy light to worke by must bee vppõ Mercury, and hys hower, thy candle muste be made in thys sorte, Taike sylkenn threade [19r] made and spunn of A virgynn, wherof make the weeke, and wth that make A candle of wax, wch came out of â newe hyue [hive], which is called vyrgyn waxe, let the candle conteine halfe â pounde of waxe, and wryte vppõ yt, wth the nedle aforesayde, these caractes followinge. Thy light to work by must be [made] upon Mercury, and his hour, thy candle must be made in this sort: Take silken thread made and spun of a virgin, whereof make the wick, and with that make a candle of wax, which came out of a new hive, which is called virgin wax, let the candle contain half a pound of wax, and write upon it with the needle aforesaid, these characters following:

Afterwardes say these psalmes followynge: Benedicite õnia opera, Benedic anima mea Dominum [sc. Domino], laudate Dominum omnes gentes , Te Deum laudamus: And this which followeth. Afterwards, say these Psalms followynge: Benedicite omnia opera; Benedic anima mea Domino (Ps103); Laudate Dominum omnes gentes (Ps116); Te Deum laudamus [found in the Latin mass]. And this which followeth:



O lord god giue me vertue, that only I may truste in thé; In the name of the father, the sonn, and the holy ghoste, Amen.







O Lord God, give me virtue, that only I may trust in thee. In the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, Amen.



I exorcise thé waxe by hym wch speaketth, and yt ys doñe, that thou driue all terror from vs: Amen.







I exorcise thee wax, by him which speaketh, and it is done, that thou drive all terror from us. Amen.



wch done sprincle yt wth water, and perfume yt, and light yt, and say ouer yt: Which done, sprinkle it with water, and perfume it, and light it, and say over it:



I exorcise thé fier, In the name of the father, the sonn, and the holy ghoste, and by the fyrste name of our lorde god On, And by the seconde worde, when he sayd Let theyr bee made lighte, by this name; you, Adonay, Salua, Gla, Manemente, that thou light the spyrytts, which wyll appeare heare. Amen.







I exorcise thee fire, in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, and by the first name of our Lord God ON, and by the second word, when he said, "Let their be made light", by this name, You, Adonay, Salua, Gla, Manemente, that thou light the spirits which will appear here. Amen.



Then take a lantrõn, wherin this candle muste bee putt, and write aboute yt these names followynge. Tetragrãmaton, Sabaoth, Adonay, Tetel, lademas, And light the candle, and putt yt yn yt, and reade by the light therof. Then take a lantern wherein this candle must be put, and write about it these names following: Tetragrammaton, Sabaoth, Adonay, Tetel, lademas. And light the candle, and put it in it, and read by the light thereof.





Here followeth of penn and ynke

Caput. 13.



Here followeth of pen and ink

Chapter 13.

Take A gandard alyue, and pull out A fether out of the wynge, and saye.



Arbon, Narbon, Nason, Tamaray, Lyonar, Armynar, Bludamar, driue out of this quill all deceipte, that truthe only may abyde yn yt;



Take a gander alive, and pull out a feather out of the wing, and say:



Arbon, Narbon, Nason, Tamaray, Lyonar, Armynar, Bludamar, drive out of this quill all deceit, that truth only may abide in it.



Then make A penn therof wythe the consecrated knyfe, and perfume yt, and then lay yt vpp as is aforesayd. Then make a pen thereof with the consecrated knife, and perfume it, and then lay it up as is aforesaid.

of ynke. Caput. 13.



Of ink.

Take A box or horne, in wch you must putt yor lycour [liquor], and about the same vessell, wryte with the nedle, this followynge. Joth, Teth, Eth, vau, Anosbias, Ja, Ja, Ja, Anerenetoñ, Anabona, Sabaoth. Then putt into yt newe ynke, and saye as followeth. Take a box or horn, in which you must put your liquor, and about the same vessel, write with the needle this following: Joth, Teth, Eth, vau, Anosbias, Ja, Ja, Ja, Anereneton, Anabona, Sabaoth. Then put into it new ink, and say as followeth:



I exorsize thé ynke by the name of Anaton, and by the power Stimulaton, and by hys name, that cann do all thinges, that thou bee my helpe in this my worke.







I exorcize thee, ink, by the name of Anaton, and by the power [of] Stimulaton, and by his name that can do all things, that thou be my help in this my work.







[19v]

Of the blode of A Batt, howe you muste worke by yt. Cap. 14.



Of the blood of a bat, how you must work by it. Chap. 14.

Take alyue Batt, and exorsize hyr after this sorte:



Camac, Lamath, Omac, Cachac, Marbac, Glyac, Iamachar, Valmath, I adiure thé Batt, by the father, the sonn, and the holy ghoste; and by all the wordes that ar spokenn of hym that thou serue vs: O thou Angell Adonay, Eloyt, [sic] and thou Anngell Adonel, bee you my ayde and helpe, that I may accomplish my desyer.



Take a live bat, and exorcize her after this sort:



Camac, Lamath, Omac, Cachac, Marbac, Glyac, Iamachar, Valmath, I adjure thee, bat, by the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, and by all the words that are spoken of him, that thou serve us. O thou angel Adonay, Eloyt, and thou angel Adonel, be you my aid and help, that I may accomplish my desire.



Afterwardes take the nedle, and pricke hyr vnder the ryght wynge, and take hyr blode, and saye.



O allmighty Adonay, Araton, Ossul, Heloy, Heloe, Helion, Essercon, sadon, Deus, Deus, Infinitus, Jhesus, Christus; be my helper, that this blode may haue power in these my doynges.



Afterwards, take the needle and prick her under the right wing, and take her blood, and say:



O Almighty Adonay, Araton, Ossul, Heloy, Heloe, Helion, Essercon, sadon, Deus, Deus, Infinitus, Jesus, Christus; be my helper, that this blood may have power in these my doings.







Here followeth of vyrgyn paper, or Parchment, called Membrana.

Caput 15.





Here followeth of virgin paper or parchment, called Membrana.

Chapter 15.

Take â peece of parchment of the breaste or the nanyll, of any Beastes skynn wch ys called Membrana, let yt be cõsecrated after this fasshion, but fyrste, smoke yt wth yor perfumes, and yn smokynge yt, saye: Domine Deus noster, Domine exaudi, [Deus] Deus meus respice, Domine quis habitabit, Quã dilictj [sic 'dilecta'] [Ps98.8, Ps. 101 or 129, Ps21, Ps14, Ps83], Afterwardes saye thys Coniuracion followynge troise. Take a piece of parchment off the breast or the nanyll (?), of any beast's skin which is called Membrana. Let it be consecrated after this fashion, but first smoke it with your perfumes, and in smoking it, say: Domine Deus noster, Domine exaudi, [Deus] Deus meus respice, Domine quis habitabit, Quam dilecta [Ps98.8, Ps. 101 or 129, Ps21, Ps14, Ps83]. Afterwards say this conjuration following trice:



Malec, Jydomos, Theophilos; O god allmighty father which madest all thynges wth thy greate wisdome, which didst chuse Abraham, to be thy first electe personn, whose seede thou multiplied, as the starrs; which dydest appeare to Moyses, in ye mydest of the bushe, like A flame fier, and reuealed thy holy name vnto hym, which is, Eyphy, and Esser, Asserephe, wch gauiste to Solamoñ, aboue all other creatures, I humbly beseache thy maiestye, that thoroughe thy vertue and power this may bee consecrated, as yt ought to bee, by thé, ô allmighty Adonay, whose kyngdome lasteth for euer. Amen.







Malec, Jydomos, Theophilos; O God Almighty Father which madest all things with thy great wisdom, which didst choose Abraham to be thy first elect person, whose seed thou multiplied as the stars; which didst appear to Moses, in the midst of the bush like a flame fire, and revealed thy holy name unto him, which is: Eyphy, and Esser, Asserephe, which gavest to Solomon above all other creatures, I humbly beseech thy majesty, that through thy virtue and power this may be consecrated, as it ought to be, by thee, O Almighty Adonay, whose kingdom lasteth forever. Amen.



Afterwardes sprincle yt wth water, and cause 3. masses to bee sayde ouer yt. Afterwards, sprinkle it with water, and cause three masses to be said over it.





Howe you must worke wth waxe.

Caput. 16.





How you must work with wax.

Chapter 16.

In many Artes, wax and yearthe, ar vsed, wherof ymages ar made, yf you muste vse waxe, see that yt bee vyrginn waxe, and that yt [20r] yt bee not corrupt, vyrgynn wax is made of bees, which neuer confederated together: And yt ys sould at the Apoticaries, when thou wylt worke wth yt, say ouer yt. In many arts, wax and earth are used, whereof images are made. If you must use wax, see that it be virgin wax, and that it be not corrupt. Virgin wax is made of bees which never confederated together, and it is sold at the apothecaries. When thou wilt work with it, say over it:



I will exorsize, Adonyon, Meryon, 29. Asmetalj, Cosímas, Alíones, Concimas, Oriados, Almay, Caphay, Equant, Vernant, Othios, lyonides, Trophylidos; bee you present to helpe mee, for you I call vppõ yn my worke, wch I begynne by you, and shall bee ended thorough you:







I will exorcize, Adonyon, Meryon, 29. Asmetalj, Cosímas, Alíones, Concimas, Oriados, Almay, Caphay, Equant, Vernant, Othios, lyonides, Trophylidos; be you present to help me, for you I call upon in my work, which I begin by you, and shall be ended through you.



This doñ say these psalmes followynge, Domine nõ est exaltatum, Dñe quis habitabit, Dñe exaudj, Dñe Deus noster, Quã dilicta, Exurgat Deus [*exsurgat deus, Ps67], Deus Deorum, Deus in nõine tuo, Deus iudicium, Ecce quam bonum, In exitu Israel, In cõvertendo, Deus Deus meus, Deus meus respice, Beati quorum, Miserere mei Deus, De profundis, Domine probastj; After this cause 3. masses to bee sayd ouer this waxe, then smoke yt wth the perfumes, saying. This done, say these Psalms following: Domine non est exaltatum [Ps130], Domine quis habitabit [Ps14], Domine exaudi, Domine Deus noster, Quam dilecta [Ps83], Exsurgat Deus [Ps67], Deus Deorum, Deus in nomine tuo, Deus iudicium, Ecce quam bonum, In exitu Israel, In convertendo, Deus Deus meus, Deus meus respice, Beati quorum, Miserere mei Deus, De profundis, Domine probasti; After this, cause three masses to be said over this wax. Then smoke it with the perfumes, saying:



I coniure, and warne thé waxe; by the allmighty father which made all thinges of nothinge; that thou by thy holy name, geuiste [givest] streinght [sic] vnto this waxe, that yt may bee sanctifyed, which lyueth and raigneth world wthout ende. Amen.







I conjure, and warn thee wax, by the Almighty Father which made all things of nothing, that thou by thy holy name, givest strength unto this wax, that it may be sanctified, which liveth and reigneth world without end. Amen.







Here followeth of A nedle wherewth thou muste worke. Caput. 17.



Here followeth of a needle, wherewith thou must work. Chapter 17.

Yt ys needfull yn some experyment, to haue A nedle, or such lyke, wherfore thou shalt cause â nedle to bee made, of style, or yrõ [steel or iron], in the day and hower of Jupiter, wch shall not be fynnisshed vntill the next day and hower of Venus, wch fynnisshed taike yt in some priuye [privie, i.e. private] place, and say ouer yt; It is needful in some experiment to have a needle, or such like, wherefore thou shalt cause a needle to be made, of steel or iron, in the day and hour of Jupiter [Thursday], which shall not be finished until the next day and hour of Venus. Which finished, take it in some privie [i.e. private] place, and say over it:



I coniure thé nedle by the father, the sonn, and the holy ghoste, and by all cõiuraciõs wch cann bee made, And by all vertue of Stones, hearbes, and wordes, and by hym wch in ye laste day, shall come to iudge, ye quicke, ye deade, and all ye world by fyer, that thou thorough the same Creator, receyue vertue and strenghte, and that I may allwaies cose thy ayde and helpe, whensoeuer I wyll;







I conjure thee, needle by the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, and by all conjurations which can be made, and by all virtue of stones, herbs, and words, and by him which in the last day, shall come to judge, the quick, the dead, and all the world by fire, that thou through the same Creator, receive virtue and strength, and that I may always choose thy aid and help, whensoever I will.



Afterwardes say these psalmes ouer yt. Domine quid multiplicasti, Dñe Deus meus in te sperauí, Confitebor tibi Dñe in toto corde meo, In Dño confido, Conserua me Dñe, Diligam te, Celi enarrant, Dñs regit me, Expectans expectaui, Quemadmodum desiderat, Deus repulisti [sic reppulisti, Ps. 59] nos; Afterwards say these Psalms over it: Domine quid multiplicasti, Domine Deus meus in te sperauí, Confitebor tibi Domine in toto corde meo, In Domino confido, Conserua me Domine, Diligam te, Celi enarrant (Ps. 18), Dominus regit me, Expectans expectaui, Quemadmodum desiderat, Deus reppulisti, nos (Ps59).

wch beinge sayde cause thre masses to bee sayd ouer yt, and perfume yt, and sprincle yt wth the exorsized water, and then lay yt vpp, and in layinge yt vpp, say vppõ yt, as followethe. Which being said, cause three masses to be said over it, and perfume it, and sprinkle it with the exorcized water, and then lay it up, and in laying it up, say upon it as followeth:



Baruchata, lamec, Dalmone, Madaldac, Gedodia, Marco, [20v] Badalna, Geoderia, Conolaria, Mararya, Geordia, Lalia, Migia, Amolsiam, Bonefariam, Amedain, Camedon, Cedorion, Oubyon, Myson, Artion, Efraton, Geon, Gesson, Besso, Agla, Gly, Aglatha. Aglathot, Agladian, Meriones; moste gentle, and good Anngelles, bee you keepers of this instrumente, that yt may helpe me, and that I maye bringe all thinges to pass.







Baruchata, lamec, Dalmone, Madaldac, Gedodia, Marco, Badalna, Geoderia, Conolaria, Mararya, Geordia, Lalia, Migia, Amolsiam, Bonefariam, Amedain, Camedon, Cedorion, Oubyon, Myson, Artion, Efraton, Geon, Gesson, Besso, Agla, Gly, Aglatha. Aglathot, Agladian, Meriones; most gentle and good angels, be you keepers of this instrument, that it may help me, and that I may bring all things to pass.







Here followeth of odours and perfumes, howe they ought to be made. Cap. 18.



Here followeth of odours and perfumes, how they ought to be made. Chap. 18.

In the workes of this Arte diuers odours arr reqired; Odours ar made wth frankynsence, Incense, wth the wodd of Aloes, with Myrr, or any other thinge, that haue A sweate smell; vpõ wch before they come to the fier, you must saye. In the works of this art, divers odours are required. Odours are made with frankincense incense, with lignum aloes, with myrrh, or any other things that have a sweet smell; upon which before they come to the fire, you must say:



O god wch art the god of Abraham, the god of Isaac, and the god of Jacob, blisse I beseche thé thes thinges here prsente, that there streinght and power may bee amplyfied, and driue frõ vs all phantasies, thorough Jhesus Christ or lord. Amen.







O God which art the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, bless I beseech thee these things here present, that there strength and power may be amplified, and drive from us all phantasies, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.







Here followeth the chapter, wherin is declared, what cloth you muste vse to putt yn your thinges necessary for your experyment. Caput. 19.



Here followeth the chapter wherein is declared what cloth you must use to put in your things necessary for your experiment. Chap. 19.

When all thinges bee consecrated, and thou hast occasiõ to worke, Take A cleane lynnyn clothe, or rather of sylke; In this clothe wryte these carectes wch followe, with the aforesayd penn and ynke.

When all things be consecrated, and thou hast occasion to work, take a clean linen cloth, or rather of silk. In this cloth write these characters which follow, with the aforesaid pen and ink.

and write thes names followinge: Adonay, Anostias, Anerexetõ *, Agla, Athanatos, Agios, Amor, Ananator, Anilis, Theodomos, Agne, Jeton, Cedron, Lamec, Cefol, faras, Cos, Tetragrãmaton; Then sprincle yt, and perfume yt; which doñe, let these psalmes be sayd ouer yt: Dñe Deus noster, Te decet hymnas Deus, Benedicite õnia opera; [21r] Laudate Dominum de Celis, Ecce quam bonum; After this lett 9. masses bee sayde ouer yt; and therin putt all thy Instrumentes.



[*Sl. 3645 misreads Anerenetõ]



And write these names following: Adonay, Anostias, Anerexeton, Agla, Athanatos, Agios, Amor, Ananator, Anilis, Theodomos, Agne, Jeton, Cedron, Lamec, Cefol, faras, Cos, Tetragrammaton. Then sprinkle it and perfume it; which done, let these Psalms be said over it: Dñe Deus noster, Te decet hymnas Deus, Benedicite omnia opera; Laudate Dominum de Celis, Ecce quam bonum. After this let nine masses be said ouer it. And therein put all thy instruments.





of the worke of ymages.

Caput 20.



Of the work of images.

Chap. 20.



(Note penitissimè)

Lett none maruayle at this chapiter; for yn yt breyfly is conteyned, all the knowledge of this booke; yt is impossible to bringe any experiment to passe, except+ all the chapters of this booke bee ioyned together; wherfore let hym diligently peruse this prsent book. etc. x x x x x x x x x x

Aut totum: aut nihil.

Let none marvail at this chapter, for in it briefly is contained all the knowledge of this book; it is impossible to bring any experiment to pass, except all the chapters of this book be joined together. Wherefore let him diligently peruse this present book. etc.





Of the howers to worke yn.

Caput 21



Of the hours to work in.

Chap. 21

Whosoeuer desyreth to knowe any experyment, and bringe yt to pas, he ought to cõsider the howers and daies meete for that purpose; Chuse thé therfore the day of Mercury, yn the increase of the Mone; and cause all thy instrumentes to be wroughte, and made in that same daie. And soe likewyse the nexte daie of Mercury, vntill all be prparedd, requisite for yor Arte. Then all thinges beinge in readines, marke againe the dewe hower; and then begiñ to worke when thou wylte. Whosoever desirest to know any experiment, and bring it to pass, he ought to consider the hours and days meet [suitable] for that purpose. Choose thee therefore the day of Mercury, [Wednesday] in the increase of the Moon; and cause all thy instruments to be wrought, and made in that same day. And so likewise the next day of Mercury, until all be prepared, requisite for your art. Then all things being in readiness, mark again the due hour; and then begin to work when thou wilt.

When all thinges neadfull ar prpared, and layde vpp in the clothe abouesayde; make, 9: masses bee sayde ouer yt; wch beynge doñe, thou mayst safely worke wthout feare; neyther shalt thou neade to obserue any solempnity after in thy experimentes, But loke when thou hast fynnesshed thy worke, that thou lay vpp all thinges in thy clothe aforesayde.



When all thinges needfull are prepared and laid up in the cloth above-said, make nine masses be said over it. Which being done, thou mayst safely work without fear; neither shalt thou need to observe any solemnity after in thy experiments. But look when thou hast finished thy work, that thou lay up all things in thy cloth aforesaid.



Here followeth of the colors of the Planetts. Caput 22.



[Compare with Book 1, chapter xviii]





Here followeth of the colors of the planets. Chap. 22.

Of Saturne, ys blacke, and ys made of te heares of A gote burnydd. Of Juppiter, ys grene, and ys made of a noble grene * Of Mars, ys of vermylyõ or of saffron.



[21v]



Of Venus, ys of Azure or of any color like to violett.



Of Sol, ys saffron, or of grene.



Of Mercury, ys of the yolkes of egges.



Of Luna, ys of white leade.







* Of Saturn is black, and is made of the hair of a goat burned.

* Of Jupiter is green, and is made of a noble green

* Of Mars, is of vermillion or of saffron.

* Of Venus, is of Azure or of any colour like to violet.

* Of Sol, is saffron, or of green.

* Of Mercury, is of the yolks of eggs.

* Of Luna, is of white lead.







The manner and waye

howe to make thy Pen=

tacle, shalbe showed

on the other syde,

next followynge .:.







The manner and way

how to make thy pentacle

shall be showed

on the other side,

next following.





[22r]

Here followeth the manner

howe to make the Pentacle.

Caput vltimum, et

Præcipuum.



Here followeth the manner

how to make the Pentacle.

Final chapter

and instruction.



[sec. man.] Aut singula vnguem: aut omnia nihil. s~, c. 20. l. 2. (Baconis ars experimentalis.)



here endeth the booke of Salomõn

the wise, called the, Key,

of Knowledge.



Here endeth the book of Solomon

the wise, called The Key of Knowledge.


COMMENTS

-



 

THE KEY OF SOLOMON BOOK II

00:37 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,899


Contents, Book 2

Prefatory note

1. At what hour after the preparation of all things necessary, we should bring the exercise of the art to perfection

2. In what manner the master of the art should keep, rule, and govern himself

3. How the companions or disciples of the master of the art ought to regulate and govern themselves

4. Concerning the fasting, seclusion, and things to be observed

5. Concerning the baths, and how they are to be arranged

6. Of the garments and shoes of the art

7. Of places wherein we may conveniently execute the experiments and operations of the art

8. Of the knifes, sword, penknife, iron pen, short lance, wand, staff, and other instruments of magical art

9. Of the formation of the circle

10. Concerning incense, suffumigations, perfumes, odours, and similar things which are used in magical arts

11. Of the water, and of the hyssop 12. Of the light, and of the fire

13. Concerning the precepts of the art

14. Of the pen, ink, and colours

15. Of the pen of the swallow and of the crow

16. Of the blood of the bat, pigeon, and other animals

17. Of virgin parchment, or virgin paper, and how it should be prepared

18. Of wax and virgin earth

19. Concerning the needle and other iron instruments

20. Concerning the silken cloth

21. Concerning astrological images

22. Concerning characters

23. Concerning sacrifices to the spirits, and how they should be made

Fragment from Eliphaz Levi

Qabalistic invocation of Solomon from Eliphaz Levi









PREFATORY NOTE1

NOTES:



1. This prefatory note is only found in 3981 Harleian MSS., 3091 Sloane MSS., and 288 King's MSS. -SLM



It is also found in M276 (p. 1) and W (p. 9). -JHP



This work of Solomon is divided into two books. In the first thou mayest see and know how to avoid errors in experiments, operations, and in the spirits themselves. In the second thou art taught in what manner magical arts may be reduced to the proposed object and end.



It is for this reason that thou shouldst take great heed and care that this Key of secrets fall not into the hands of the foolish, the stupid, and the ignorant. For he who is the possessor hereof, and who availeth himself hereof according to the ordinances herein contained, will not only be able to reduce the magical arts herein unto their proposed end, but will, even if he findeth certain errors herein, be able to correct them.



Any art or operation of this kind will not be able to attain its end, unless the master of the art or exorcist, shall have this Work completely in his power, that is to say, unless he thoroughly understand it, for without this he will never attain the effect of any operation.



For this reason I earnestly pray and conjure the person into whose hands this Key of Secrets may fall, neither to communicate it, nor to make any one a partaker in this knowledge, if he be not faithful, nor capable of keeping a secret, nor expert in the arts. And I most humbly entreat the possessor of this, by the ineffable name of God in four letters, YOD, HE, VAU, HE, and by the name ADONAI, and by all the other most high and holy names of God, that he values this work as dearly as his own soul, and that he makes no foolish or ignorant man a partaker therein.



CHAPTER I

AT WHAT HOUR AFTER THE PREPARATION OF ALL THINGS NECESSARY, WE SHOULD BRING THE EXERCISE OF THE ART TO PERFECTION



The days and hours1 have already been treated of, in general, in the First Book. It is now necessary to notice in particular at what hour accomplishment and perfection should be given to the arts, all things necessary having been previously prepared.



1. This paragraph is not found in Aub24. -JHP



Should it then happen that thou hast undertaken any secret operation for conversing with or conjuring spirits, in which the day and the hour are not marked, thou shalt put it in execution on the days and hours of Mercury, at the sixteenth2 or twenty-third hour, but it will be still better at the eighth, which is the third3 of the same night, which is called and means before the morning, for then thou shalt be able to put in practice all the arts and operations which should be performed, according as it shall please thee by day or by night, provided that they have been prepared at the hours4 suitable to them, as hath been already said. But when neither hour nor time of operation or invocation is specified, it is then much better to perform these experiments at night, seeing that it is more easy to the spirits to appear in the peaceful silence of night than during the day. And thou shouldst inviolably observe, that wishing to invoke the spirits, either by day or by night, it is necessary that it should be done in a place hidden, removed, secret, convenient, and proper for such art, where no man frequenteth or inhabiteth, as we shall relate more fully in its place.



2. W: 15. -JHP



3. In 10862 Add. MSS. it says 'the second.' -SLM



M276 and W read likewise. Aub24 reads, "But the eighth of the night is better, which is called 'before morning'." -JHP



4. Ad. 10862: in a place. -JHP



If then thou shouldst operate touching anything which hath been stolen, in whatever way it be performed and whatever way it may have been prepared, it is necessary to practice it on the days and hours of the Moon, being if possible in her increase,4 and from the first unto the eighth hour of the day.



4. Ad. 10862 and Aub24 read: "it is necessary to practice it in the hour of the Moon, and if possible on its day as well. And this should be done while the Moon is on the increase, ..." -JHP



But if it be by night, then it should be at the fifth or at the third hour;5 but it is better by day than by the night, for the light justifieth them, and maketh them much more fit for publication.6



5. Ad. 10862 and Aub24: "from the third to the tenth hour." -JHP



6. Aub24: "Lux enim maximè confert veritati, et euulgationi" (for the light especially directs to the truth and making public). Ad. 10862 misreads "veritati" (to the truth) as "voluptati" (to the pleasure), and reads "vulgationi" instead of "evulgationi". -JHP



But if the operations be regarding invisibility, they should be put in practice at the first, second, and third hours of Mars by day. But if by night, until the third hour.7



7. This paragraph is missing in Aub24 and Ad. 10862. -JHP



If they be operations of seeking love, grace, or favor, they should be performed until the eighth hour of the same day, commencing with the first hour of the Sun; and from the first hour of Venus unto the first hour of the same day of Venus.



As for operations of destruction and desolation, we should practice and put them into execution on the day of Saturn at the first hour, or rather at the eighth or fifteenth of the day; and from the first until the eighth hour of the night.



Experiments of games, raillery, deceit, illusion, and invisibility, ought to be done at the first hour of Venus, and at the eighth hour of the day; but by night at the third and at the seventh.8



8. Aub24 and Ad. 10862: "but by night, from the first all the way to the fourteenth." -JHP



Extraordinary exeriments, depending on the situation, should be prepared and completed in the first hour of Jupiter, and the eighth of the night, and the thirteenth of the day.9



9. This paragraph appears in Aub24 and Ad. 10862, but was omitted by Mathers. -JHP



At all times of practicing and putting into execution magical arts, the Moon should be increasing in light, and in an equal number of degrees with the Sun; and it is much better from the first quarter to the opposition, and the Moon should be in a fiery sign, and notably in that of the Ram or of the Lion.10



10. I.e. Aries or Leo. Ad. 10862 omits "or the Lion" but it is found in the other MSS. -JHP



Therefore,11 to execute these experiments in any manner whatsoever, it should be done when the Moon is clear, and when she is increasing in light.



11. Lans. 1202 omits this and the next paragraph. -JHP



In order to put in execution those of invisibility after everything is properly prepared, the Moon should be in the sign of the Fishes, in the hours proper and fitting, and she should be increasing in light.



For experiments of seeking love and favor, in whatever way it may be desired, they will succeed, provided that they have been prepared at the proper hours. and that the Moon be increasing in light and in the Sign of the Twins.



To complete12 extraordinary experiments, having completed all other preparations, the Moon should be in Aquarius or Leo, and in the increase.



12. This paragraph appears in Aub24 and Ad. 10862, but was omitted by Mathers. -JHP



Indeed it is impossible, or at least difficult, to test the truth of any of the aforesaid experiments with the days and hours specified, it will be suitable to observe the following.



13. This paragraph appears only in Ad. 10862, but was omitted by Mathers. -JHP



So exact a preparation of days and hours is not necessary for those who are adepts in the art, but it is extremely necessary for apprentices and beginners, seeing that those who have been little or not at all instructed herein, and who only begin to apply themselves to this art, do not have as much faith in the experiments as those who are adepts therein, and who have practiced them. But as regards beginners, they should always have the days and hours well disposed and appropriate unto the art. And the wise should only observe the precepts of the art which are necessary, and in observing the other solemnities necessary they will operate with a perfect assurance.



It is, nevertheless, necessary to take care that when thou shalt have prepared any experiment thyself for the days and hours ordained, that it should be performed in clear, serene, mild, and pleasant weather, without any great tempest or agitation of the air, which should not be troubled by winds. For when thou shalt have conjured any spirits in any art or experiment, they will not come when the air is troubled or agitated by winds, seeing that spirits have neither flesh14 nor bones, and are created of different substances.



14. Ad. 10862 mistakenly reads "carmen" (song) instead of "carnem" (flesh). -JHP



Some are created15 from water. Others from wind, unto which they are like. Some from earth. Some from clouds. Others from solar vapors. Others from the keenness and strength of fire; and when they are invoked or summoned, they come always with great noise, and with the terrible nature of fire.



15. This paragraph is not found in Aub24 or Ad. 10862. -JHP



When the spirits16 which are created of water are invoked, they come with great rains, thunder, hail, lightning, thunder-bolts, and the like.



16. This paragraph and the next are not found in Aub24, Ad. 10862, or Lans. 1202. -JHP



When the spirits which are created of clouds are invoked, they come with great deformity, in a horrible form, to strike fear into the invocator, and with an exceeding great noise.



Others17 which are formed from wind appear like thereunto and with exceeding swift motion, and whensoever those which are created from Beauty18 appear, they will show themselves in a fair and agreeable form; moreover, whensoever thou shalt call the spirits created from air, they will come with a kind of gentle breeze.



17. This paragraph is only found in 10862 Add. MSS. -SLM. It is also found in Aub24. -JHP



18. The name of the sixth Qabalistical Sephira or Emanation, from the Deity, which is called Tiphereth, or Beauty. -SLM



When the spirits which are created from the vapours of the Sun are invoked, they come under a very beautiful and excellent form, but filled with pride, vanity, and conceit. They are clever, whence it comes that these last are all specified by Solomon in his Book of Ornament, or of Beauty. They show great ostentation and vainglory in their dress, and they rejoice in many ornaments; the boast of possessing mundane beauty, and all sorts of ornaments and decorations. Thou shalt only invoke them in serene, mild, and pleasant weather.



The spirits16 which are created of fire reside in the East, those created of wind in the South.

16. I have usually found it said exactly vice-versâ. -SLM



Ad. 36674 adds: "The fair and beautiful spirits are in the North; they which are created of the water remain in the West." Aub 24 and Ad. 10862 read "Spirits made of fire reside in the East, those of water in the South, those of hissing (or creaking, Lat. ex stridore) in the North." Agrippa associates East with fire, West with air, North with water, and South with earth (OP2.7). -JHP



Note then that it will be much better to perform the experiments or operations in the direction of the east, putting everything necessary in practice towards that point.



But for all other operations or extraordinary experiments, and for those of love, they will be much more efficacious directed towards the North.



Take heed further, that every time that thou performest any experiment, to reduce it unto perfection with the requisite solemnities, thou shalt recommence the former experiment if interrupted therein, without the preparation of hours or other solemnities.



If by chance it should happen that having performed an experiment with due observance of days, hours, and requisite solemnities, thou shalt find it unsuccessful, it must be in some manner false, ill-arranged and defective, and thou must assuredly have failed in some matter; for if thou doest ill in one single point, these experiments or these Arts will not be verified.



Thus upon this chapter dependeth this whole key of arts, experiments, and operations, and although every solemnity be rightly observed, no experiment will be verified, unless thou canst penetrate the meaning of this chapter.



CHAPTER II

IN WHAT MANNER THE MASTER OF THE ART SHOULD KEEP, RULE, AND GOVERN HIMSELF.



He who wisheth to apply himself unto so great and so difficult a science should have his mind free from all business, and from all extraneous ideas of whatever nature they may be.



He should then thoroughly examine the art or operation which he should undertake, and write it regularly out on paper, particularly set aside for that purpose, with the appropriate conjurations and exorcisms. If there be anything to mark or write down, it should be performed in the manner specified regarding the paper, ink, and pen. He should also observe at what day and at what hour this experiment should be undertaken, and what things are necessary to prepare for it, what should be added, and what can be dispensed with.



The which matters being prepared, it is necessary for thee to search out and arrange some fitting place wherein the magical art and its experiments can be put in practice. All these things being thus arranged and disposed, let the master of the art go into a proper and fitting place; or into his cabinet or secret chamber if it be convenient for the purpose, and he can there dispose and set in order the whole operation; or he can use any other convenient secret place for the purpose, provided that no one knoweth where it is, and that no man can see him when there.



After this he must strip himself entirely naked, and let him have a bath ready prepared, wherein is water exorcised, after the manner which we shall describe, so that he may bathe and purify himself therein from the crown of his head unto the sole of his foot, saying:—



O Lord ADONAI, Who hast formed me Thine unworthy servant in Thine Image and resemblance of vile and of abject earth; deign to bless and to sanctify this water, so that it may be for the health and purification of my soul, and of my body, so that no foolishness or deceitfulness may therein in any way have place.



O most powerful1 and ineffable God, who madest thy people pass dryshod through the Red Sea when they came up out of the land of Egypt, grant unto me grace that I may be purified and regenerated from all my past sins by this water, that so no uncleanness may appear upon me in thy presence.



1. Ad. 10862 omits this paragraph. -JHP



After this thou shalt entirely immerse thyself in the water, and thou shalt dry thyself with a towel of clean white linen, and then thou shalt put upon thy flesh the garments of pure white linen whereof we shall speak hereafter.



Hereafter, for three days at least, thou shalt abstain from all idle, vain, and impure reasonings, and from every kind of impurity and sin, as will be shown in the chapter of fast and of vigil. Each day shalt thou recite the following prayer, at least once in the morning, twice about noon, thrice in the afternoon, four times in the evening, and five times before lying down to sleep; this shalt thou do on the three ensuing days:—

THE PRAYER.



ARACHIO, ASAC, ASACRA, BEDRIMULAL, FILAT, ARABONAS, IERABILEM, IODODOC, ACHAZEL, ZOPHIEL, PLAUTEL, BARACATA, EDONIEL, ELOY, EMAGRO, ABRAXATE, DREBARACH, ZAMUEL, CADAT, ERA, ELY EXA, AMISTRA, MACHED, DANIEL, DAMA, ELAMOS, BRACHEL, BEEL, SEGEN, GEMON, DEMAS.2



O Lord God, who art seated upon the Heavens, and who regardest the abysses beneath, grant unto me thy grace I beseech thee, so that what I conceive in my mind I may accomplish in my work, through thee, O God, the sovereign ruler of all, who livest and reignest unto the ages of the ages. Amen.



These three days having passed, thou must have all things in readiness, as hath been said, and after this a day appointed and set apart. It will be necessary for thee to wait for the hour in which thou shouldst commence the operation; but when once it shall be commenced at this hour, thou shalt be able to continue it unto the end, seeing that it deriveth its force and virtue from its beginning, which extendeth to and spreadeth over the succeeding hours, so that the master of the art will be enabled to complete his work so as to arrive at the desired result.



Aub24: "Arachio, Asac, Asacra, Bedrimulalfilat, Arabonas, Jezabilem, Jadodoc, Achazel, Zophiel, Plautel, Baracata, Edoniel, Eloy, Emagro, Abraxate, Drebarach, Tuamunel, Cadat, Era, Ely, Exa, Amistra, Mached, Damid, Dama, Elamoz, Rachel, Beel, Segen, Gemon, Demas"; Sl3091: "Arachio, Asac, Asacra, bedrimulat, filat, Arabonas, Jerablem, Jododac, Achazal, Zophiel, Plautel, Baracaton, Eloy, Emagro, Abraxe, Brebarach, Zamuel, Cadat, Eracli, Amostra, Malched, Domed Damud, Elamay, breol, Segen, Gomon, Domas"; H: "Arachio, Asac, Asacra, Bedrimulat, Filat, Arabonas, Terablem, Jododac, Achazal, Zophiel, Plantel, Baracaton, Eloy, Emogro, Abraxé, Brebarach, Zamuel, Cadat, Eracli, Amostra, Malched, Domed Damud, Elamay, Braol, Segen, Gemon, Domas."; Ad. 10862: "Arachio, Asac, Asacro, Bedrimulal, Filat, Arabonas, Ierabilem, Ideodoc, Archarzel, Zophiel, Blautel, Baracata, Edoniel, Eloy, Emagro, Abrazate, Samuel, Dreburael, Cadato, Era, Ely, Exa, Amistra, Mached, Dauid, Dama, Elamos, Rachel, Beel, Segen, Gemon, Demas"; Ad36674: "Abra, Asac, Asach, Radrimilas, filac, Anebenas, Bira, Bontes, Acazal, Zaphite, Phanti, harucacha, Adonay, Emagro, Abraxio, Achedit, Barachi, Melycanat [or Melycomat], Amystra, hugyma, Machia, Daniel, Dama, Prachil, heil, Hemon, Segem, Gemas"; Mathers: "HERACHIO, ASAC, ASACRO, BEDRIMULAEL, TILATH, ARABONAS, IERAHLEM, IDEODOC, ARCHARZEL, ZOPHIEL, BLAUTEL, BARACATA, EDONIEL, ELOHIM, EMAGRO, ABRAGATEH, SAMOEL, GEBURAHEL, CADATO, ERA, ELOHI, ACHSAH, EBMISHA, IMACHEDEL, DANIEL, DAMA, ELAMOS, IZACHEL, BAEL, SEGON, GEMON, DEMAS". -JHP

CHAPTER III

HOW THE COMPANIONS OR DISCIPLES OF THE MASTER OF THE ART OUGHT TO REGULATE AND GOVERN THEMSELVES.



When the master of the art1 wisheth to put in practice any operation or experiment, especially one of importance, he should first consider of what companions he should avail himself. This is the reason why in every operation whose experience should be carried out in the circle, it is well to have three companions. And if he cannot have Companions, he should at least have with him a faithful and attached dog. But if it be absolutely necessary for him to have companions, these companions should be obligated and bound by oath to do all that the master shall order or prescribe them, and they should study, observe, and carefully retain, and be attentive unto all which they shall hear. For those who shall act otherwise shall suffer and endure many pains and labors, and run into many dangers, which the spirits will cause and procure for them, and for this cause sometimes they shall even die.



1. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 both say "exorcist or executor of (all) arts or experiments". Throughout this chapter Ad. 10862 uses the word "maghus" (magus) where Aub24 reads "magister" and the French mss reads "maitre." -JHP



The disciples then, being well and thoroughly instructed, and fortified with a wise and understanding heart, the master shall take exorcised water, and he shall enter with his Disciples into a secret place purified and clean, where he must strip them entirely naked; after this, let him pour exorcised water upon their heads, which he should cause to flow from the crown of their head unto the sole of their foot, so as to bathe them entirely therewith; and while bathing them thus, he should say:—



Be ye regenerate, cleansed, and purified, in the name of the ineffable, great, and eternal God, from all your iniquities, and may the virtue of the Most High descend upon you and abide with you always, so that ye may have the power and strength to accomplish the desires of your heart. Amen.



After this let the disciples robe themselves as the master hath done, and fast like him for three days, repeating the same prayer; let them act like him, and in the work let them implicitly follow and obey him in all things.



But if the master of the art wisheth to have a dog for his companion, he must bathe him thoroughly with the exorcised water in the same manner as the disciples, and let him perfume him with the odours and incense of art, and let him repeat the following conjuration over him:—



I conjure thee, O thou creature, being a dog, by him who hath created thee, I bathe and I perfume thee in the name of the most high, most powerful, and eternal God, so that thou mayest be my true companion in this operation, and that thou mayest be also my faithful friend in whatsoever operation I may hereafter perform.



But if he wisheth to have for his companion a little boy or girl, which will be still better, he must ordain them as he hath ordained the dog; and he must pare and cut the nails of their hands and of their feet, saying:—



I conjure thee, O thou creature, being a young girl (or boy),2 by the most high God, the father of all creatures, by the father ADONAI ELOHIM, and by the father ELION,3 that thou shalt have neither will nor power to hide from me anything, nor yet to keep back from me the truth in all which I shall demand of thee, and that thou be obedient and faithful unto me. Amen.





2. So K288 and L1202. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 read simply "iuvenis" (youth); Mich. 276 reads "puella vel iuvenis" (girl or youth). -JHP



3. Aub24: "by the father Adonay, by the father Elohim, and by the father Elyon"; Ad. 10862: "by the father Adonay, by the father Eloy, and by the father Elion". -JHP



Let him purify, cleanse, and wash this young child anew, with the water of art, saying:—



Be thou regenerate, cleansed, and purified, so that the spirits may neither harm thee nor abide in thee. Amen.



Then perfume the child with odours as above.



When the companions shall be thus ordained and disposed, the master shalt be able to operate in surety together with them, every time that it shall please him; and he shall perform his operation happily, and shall attain his end.



But for the safety both of soul and of body, the master and the companions should have the pentacles before their breasts, consecrated, and covered with a silken veil, and perfumed with the proper fumigations. By the which being assured and encouraged, they may enter into the matter without fear or terror, and they shall be exempt and free from all perils and dangers, provided that they obey the commands of the master and do all that he ordain them. If they shall act thus, all things shall go according unto their desires.



All being thus arranged, the master should take heed that his disciples are perfectly instructed in those things which they have to perform.



These companions or disciples should be three in number, without including the master. They may also be of the number of five, of seven, or of nine;4 but so that they ever implicitly obey the orders of their master; for thus only shall all things come to a successful issue.

4. Ad. 10862 reads simply "three or five." -JHP





CHAPTER IV

CONCERNING THE FASTING, CARE,1 AND THINGS TO BE OBSERVED.

1. Lat. "custodia" also means seclusion. Also see chapter 13 which speaks of "completa custodia" which probably means "having completed the period of seclusion." -JHP



When the master of the art2 shall wish to perform his operations, having previously arranged all things which it is necessary to observe and practise; from the first day of the experiment, it is absolutely necessary to ordain and to prescribe care and observation, to abstain from all things unlawful, and from every kind of impiety, impurity, wickedness, or immodesty, as well of body as of soul; as, for example, eating and drinking superabundantly, and all sorts of vain words, buffooneries, slanders, calumnies, and other useless discourse; but instead to do good deeds, speak honestly, keep a strict decency in all things, never lose sight of modesty in walking, in conversation, in eating and drinking, and in all things; the which should be principally done and observed for nine days, before the commencement of the operation. The disciples should do the same, and should equally put in practice all things necessary to be observed, if they wish to make use of all these operations and experiments.3



2. So. Sl3091, K288, and L1202. Aub24 reads "necromancer", and Ad. 10862 reads "negromancer." -JHP



But before the commencement of the work, it is absolutely necessary that the master3 with his disciples repeat the following conjuration once in the morning, and twice in the evening:—



3. Here Ad. 10862 uses the term "magister". -JHP

THE CONJURATION.



O Lord God4 almighty, be propitious unto me a miserable sinner, for I am not worthy to raise mine eyes unto heaven, because of the iniquity of my sins and the multitude of my faults. O pitying and merciful father, who wouldest not the death of a sinner but rather that he should turn from his wickedness and live, O God have mercy upon me and pardon all my sins; for I unworthy entreat thee, O father of all creatures, thou who art full of mercy and of compassion, by thy great goodness, that thou deign to grant unto me power to see and know these spirits which I desire to behold and to invoke to appear before me and to accomplish my will. Through thee who art conqueror, and who art blessed unto the ages of the ages. Amen.



4. Ad. 10862 omits this paragraph. -JHP



O Lord God the father eternal, who art seated upon the Kerubim and the Seraphim, who lookest upon Earth and upon sea; unto thee do I raise my hands and implore thine aid alone, thou who alone art the accomplishment of good works, thou who givest rest unto those who labour, who humblest the proud, who art the author of life and the destroyer of death; thou art our rest, thou art the protector of those who invoke thee; protect, guard, and defend me in this matter, and in this enterprise which I propose to carry out, O thou who livest, reignest, and abidest unto the eternal ages. Amen.







During the three last days before the commencement of this action, thou shalt content thyself with only eating fasting diet,5 and that only once in the day; and it will be better still if thou only partakest of bread and water. Thou shalt also abstain from every impure thing; reciting the prayer above written. And on the last day, when thou shalt wish to commence the Operation, thou shalt remain all day without eating, and later on thou shalt go into a secret place, where thou shalt confess all thy sins unto God with a contrite heart. The Disciples also, together with the Master, shall recite the same Confession with a low but distinct voice, as hath been already said in the First Book.



5. Aub24: "eating only fruits, vegetables, and legumes...." -JHP



This having been done thrice with a devout, pure, and contrite heart, in a place withdrawn from men, cleansed, and pure, where thou canst not be seen, taking the water and the hyssop, thou shalt say:—6



6. Ad. 10862 reads "sprinkle your face, saying...." -JHP



Purify me, O Lord, with hyssop, and I shall be pure;

wash me and I shall be whiter than snow.7



7. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 both read "Purifica me Domine hyssopo, et mundabor, laua me, pre niue dealbabor" which seems to be a modification of Ps50:9: "asparges me hysopo et mundabor lavabis me et super nivem dealbabor." This appears in the Ordinary of the Tridentine Mass, as well as virtually all grimoires including Heptameron. -JHP



After this, bathe thyself with the exorcised water, and clothe thyself again with the consecrated garment which thou hast taken off; cense thyself, and surround thyself with odours, as will be told farther on, when we speak of perfumes and suffumigations.



The which being done, thou shalt go unto the ordained place with thy companions, and all things being prepared, thou shalt make the circle, as hath been already said, with all other necessary ceremonies;8 then shalt thou commence to invoke the spirits by the exorcisms; thou shalt also repeat anew the foregoing confession as hath been already said in the first book. After which, in sign of amendment and of repentance, each shall mutually kiss the other.



8. Ad. 10862 omits from here to the last sentence ("Let the master....") -JHP



Mark well, that up to this point, the disciples should do the same things as the master.



Let the master now give his commands unto his disciples, and pursue the course of the experiment, and work with all diligence to bring it unto perfection.



CHAPTER V

CONCERNING THE BATHS, AND HOW THEY ARE TO BE ARRANGED



The bath is necessary for all magical and necromantic arts; wherefore, if thou wishest to perform any experiment or operation, having arranged all things necessary thereunto according to the proper days and hours, thou shalt go unto a river or running stream,1 or thou shalt have warm water ready in some large vessel or tub in thy secret cabinet,2 and while disrobing thyself of thy raiment thou shalt repeat the following Psalms:— 3



* (Ps26 =KJV27) Dominus illuminatio mea (The Lord is my light, and my salvation....)4

* (Ps13 or 52 =KJV14 or 53)5 Dixit insipiens in corde suo non est Deus (The fool hath said in his heart, There is no God....)

* (Ps68 =KJV69)6 Salvum me fac Deus, quoniam intraverunt (Save me, O God, for the waters are come in unto my soul....)

* (Exod15.1) Cantemus Domino gloriose enim magnificatus (I will sing unto the Lord: for he hath triumphed gloriously....)

* (Ps105 =KJV106) Confitemini Domino, quoniam bonus (Give thanks unto the Lord, for he is good....)7







1. Ad. 10862 omits "running stream" but Aub24 reads "ad fontem vivum, aut ad flumen de currens" (to a live spring or running river.) -JHP



2. Lat. "in cubiculo suo secreto" (in your secret chamber or bedroom.) -JHP



3. Mathers lists the Psalms by number only as "Psalms xiv. or liii.; xxvii.; liv.; lxxxi.; cv." Note Mathers misidentifies the prayer from Exodus as Ps80=KJV81 even though the Latin is different from that found in the mss, and L1202 correctly identifies it as "15 Exode". -JHP



4. Included first in Aub24 and K288, but omitted in Ad. 10862, and listed second in L1202 and by Mathers. -JHP



5. Both Psalms listed start with these words, so it isn't possible to identify which was originally intended. -JHP



6. Mathers follows L1202 in misidentifying this as Ps53=KJV54 which starts similarly, but Aub24 includes the word "intraverunt" which is unique to Ps69. -JHP



7. Ps105, 106, 117, and 135 (=KJV 106, 107, 118, and 136) all start with these words. L1202 identifies it as "104" (its numbering generally follows the Vulgate numbering). -JHP



And when the master shall be entirely disrobed let him enter into the water or into the bath, and let him say:—

THE EXORCISM OF THE WATER.



I exorcise thee, O creature of Water, by him who hath created thee and gathered thee together into one place so that the dry land appeared, that thou uncover all the deceits of the enemy, and that thou cast out from thee all the impurities and uncleannesses of the spirits of the World of Phantasm, so they may harm me not, through the virtue of God almighty who liveth and reigneth unto the ages of the ages. Amen.



Then shalt thou begin to wash thyself thoroughly in the bath, saying:—



MORBALIA, MUSALIA, DAPHALIA, ONOMALIA, LITARISIA, GOLDAFARIA, DEDULSARIA, GEHUCULARIA, GEMINARIA, GEGROFARIA, CEDACH, GITACH, GODICH, ROGIL, MUSIL, GRASSIL, TANCRI, PUERI, GODU, AUGNOT, ASCHAROT, TZABAOTH, ADONAI, AGLA, ON, EL, TETRAGRAMMATON, SEDIM, ANESERON, EL, ANAPHAXETON, SIGILATON, PRIMEUMATON.8



All the which names thou shalt repeat twice or thrice, until thou art completely washed and clean, and when thou art perfectly pure thou shalt quit the bath, and sprinkle thyself with exorcised water, in the manner described later on, and thou shalt say:—



Purge me, O Lord, with hyssop, and I shall be clean; wash me, and I shall be whiter than snow.







8. Aub24: "Morbalia, Musalia, Bafalia, Onomalia, Litarisia, [G]oldafaria, Dedulsaria, Gehucalaria, Geminaria [G]egrofaria, Cedac, Gittac, Graclic, Rogil, Mussil, [G]rassil, Tancri, Pueri, Godu, Augnot, Aschorot, Sabaoth, Adonay, Agla, On, El, Tetragrammaton, Sedem, Aneseron, et Aneferon, Sigilaton, Preuenaton"; M276: "Morbalia, Musalia, dafalia, Onomilia, Libarisia, Guldafaria, Bedulcaria, goncaica, geminarum, ginofaria, ledach girach gadich negil mursil grarsil Janeci luerigodu augnot asicherot sigilator parcenator"; Mathers: "MERTALIA, MUSALIA, DOPHALIA, ONEMALIA, ZITANSEIA, GOLDAPHAIRA, DEDULSAIRA, GHEVIALAIRA, GHEMINAIRA, GEGROPHEIRA, CEDAHI, GILTHAR, GODIEB, EZOIIL, MUSIL, GRASSIL, TAMEN, PUERI, GODU, HUZNOTH, ASTACHOTH, TZABAOTH, ADONAI, AGLA, ON, EL, TETRAGRAMMATON, SHEMA, ARESION, ANAPHAXETON, SEGILATON, PRIMEUMATON." -JHP



Whilst again clothing thyself, thou shalt recite the following Psalms:9



* (Ps101=KJV102) Domine exaudi orationem meam (Hear my prayer, O Lord….)

* (Ps50=KJV51) Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam (Have mercy upon me, according to thy loving kindness….)

* (Ps4=KJV4) Cum invocarem exaudivit me (Hear me when I call….)

* (Ps9 or 110=KJV9+10 or KJV111) Confitebor tibi Domine in toto corde meo (I will praise the Lord with my whole heart).

* (Ps118.97=KJV119.97 (Mem)) Quomodo dilexi legem tuam (O how love I thy Law!...)

* (Ps113=KJV114) In exitu Israel de Aegypto (When Israel went out of Egypt….)

* (Ps125=KJV126) In convertendo Dominus captivitatem (When the Lord turned again the captivity….)

* (Ps138=KJV139) Domine probasti me, et cognovisti (O Lord, thou hast searched me, and known me….)



9. Mathers: "Psalms cii.; li.; iv.; xxx.; cxix., Mem., v. 97.; cxiv.; cxxvi., cxxxix." Note Mathers misidentifies the fourth Psalm as 30. -JHP



After which thou shalt recite the following prayer:—

PRAYER.



EL strong and wonderful, I bless thee, I adore thee, I glorify thee, I invoke thee, I render thee thanks from this bath, so that this water may be able to cast from me all impurity and concupiscence of heart, through thee, O holy ADONAI; and may I accomplish all things through thee who livest and reignest unto the ages of the ages. Amen.



After this take the salt and bless it in this manner:—

THE BENEDICTION OF THE SALT.



The blessing of the Father Almighty be upon this creature of salt, and let all malignity and hindrance be cast forth hencefrom, and let all good enter herein, for without thee man cannot live, wherefore I bless thee and invoke thee, that thou mayest aid me.



Then thou shalt recite over the salt, this Psalm:



Benedicite omnia opera Domini Domino (O all ye works of the Lord, bless ye....).10







10. i.e. the Song of the Three Holy Children, verse 34 ff, and Daniel 3.57 in the Vulgate. It is considered apocryphal (since it is "not in the Hebrew") and doesn't appear in many Protestant Bibles. It was however included in the original 1611 edition of the KJV. Mathers reads "Psalm ciii" here (relying on the French and ignoring the Latin), but cites the same text as "Benedicite omnia opera" in Chapter 17. Daniel of course would have lived centuries after Solomon. -JHP



Then, taking the spices and exorcised salt11 thou shalt cast them into the aforesaid bath; and thou shalt again disrobe thyself, pronouncing the following words:—



11. Mathers mistranslates the French "En prenant les especes et le sel exorcisé" as "then taking the grains of the exorcised salt." Ad. 10862 reads "Posteà accipiendo species, et sal..."; Aub24 reads simply "Postea proiice sal". Ad. 36674 reads "Afterwards take the sweete odours consecrated, and throwe them into the Bathe" -JHP



IMANEL, ARNAMON, IMATO, MEMEON, RECTACON, MUOBOII, PALTELLON, DECAION, YAMENTON, YARON, TATONON, VAPHORON, GARDON, EXISTON, ZAGVERON, MOMERTON, ZARMESITON, TILEION, TIXMION.12



12: Aub24: "Imamel, Amamon, Iman, Mameon, Rettaron, Muoby, Mion, Palcabon, Diragon, Nizagon, Nizabiron, Pultellon, Duagon, Lamenton, Zaron, Fatinon, Vafaron, Gaidon, Cycisson, Zagueron, Mamerton, Sinon, Sation, Momon, Zarmuton, Felicon, Jermion." Ad. 10862: "Imanel, Arnamon, Imato, Memeon, Rectacon, Muoboy, [Mion,] Paltellon, Decagon, [Nizagon, Nizabiron, Pultellon, Duagon,] Lamenton, Zaron, Fatonon, Vaforon, Gardon, Existon, Lagueron (or Za..), Momerton, [114r] [Sinon, Sation, Momon,] Larmercton (or Z..), Filcion, Firmion" -JHP



After this thou shalt enter a second time into the bath and recite13



* (Ps102 or Ps103=KJV103 or KJV104) Benedic anima mea Domino (Bless the Lord, O my soul....)14

* (Exod15) Cantemus Domino gloriose enim (I will sing unto the Lord: for....)







13. Mathers: Psalms civ. and lxxxi. Ad. 10862 omits the Psalms. Sl3091 adds Ps112=KJV113: "Louez Enfans Le Seigneur" (Praise ye the Lord. Praise, O ye servants of the Lord). -JHP



14. Psalm 102 and 103 both start with these words, so it is not clear which is intended. -JHP



Then thou shalt quit the bath and clothe thyself as before in linen garments clean and white, and over them thou shalt put the garments, of which we shall speak in the proper chapter, and thus clothed thou shalt go to finish thy work.



The disciples should wash themselves in like manner, and with like solemnities.



CHAPTER VI

OF THE GARMENTS AND SHOES OF THE ART



The exterior habiliments which the master of the art should wear ought to be of linen, as well as those which he weareth beneath them; and if he hath the means they should be of silk. If they be of linen the thread of which they are made should have been spun by a young maiden.



The characters shown in Figure 55 should be embroidered on the breast with the needle of art in red silk.



The shoes1 should also be white, upon the which the characters in figure 56 should be traced in the same way.



1. Aub24: reads "Sotulares" here, even though the figure is labelled "super Caligas." Ad. 10862 misreads "Tabulares"! -JHP



Figures 55 and 56, from Ad. 10862, fol. 114v.



The shoes or boots2 should be made of white leather, on the which should be marked3 the signs and characters of art. These shoes should be made during the days of fast and abstinence, namely, during the nine days set apart before the beginning of the operation, during which the necessary instruments also should be prepared, polished, brightened, and cleaned.



2. Aub24: "caligae et sotulares"; L1202: "Les souliers et Botines"; K288: "Les souliers ou Bottines." This paragraph is not found in Ad. 10862. -JHP



3. Aub24 and Ad. 36674 specify that they be marked "with the pen and ink of the art." -JHP



Besides this, the master of the art should have a crown made of virgin paper, upon the which should be written these four names:— YOD, HE, VAU, HE, in front; ADONAI behind; EL on the right; and ELOHIM on the left. (See Figure 57.)4 These names should be written with the ink and pen of the art, whereof we shall speak in the proper chapter. The disciples should also each have a crown of virgin paper whereon these divine symbols should be marked in scarlet.5 (See Figure 58.)



4. Aub24 and K288 read "on the front part JEHOVA, in back, ADONAY, on the right EL, an the left GIBOR." Ad. 10862 reads, "inscribe these four names: Adonaÿ, Jeova, Il, Gabor." -JHP



5. Aub24: "cum cinaprio colore" (with a cinnabar color); Ad. 10862: "cum Cinabrio colore." -JHP

Figure 57.



Figure 58, from Ad. 10862, fol. 115r.



Take heed also that in clothing thyself with these aforesaid habiliments, that thou recite these Psalms:—6



* (Ps14=KJV15) Domine quis habitat. (Lord, who shall abide....)

* (Ps130=KJV131) Domine non est exaltatum (Lord, my heart is not haughty....)

* (Ps83=KJV84) Quam dilecta [sunt] tabernacula (How amiable are thy tabernacles....)

* (Ps136=KJV137) Super Flumina Babilonis (By the rivers of Babylon....)

* (Ps126=KJV127) nisi Dominus aedificaverit domum (Except the Lord build the house....)

* (Ps116=KJV117) Laudate Dominum omnes gentes (O praise the Lord, all ye nations....)

* (Ps66=KJV67) Deus misereatur nostri (God be merciful unto us....)

* (Ps67=KJV68) Exsurgat Deus et dissipentur (Let God arise, let his enemies be scattered....)







6. Following Mich 276 and K288. Ad. 10862 has basically the same list, although it makes some mistakes: for the third it reads "quem dilecta sunt" and for the last it reads "Esurgat Deus adimplentur". After the first Ad. 10862 and Sl. 1307 add, "And while putting them on say the following." Mathers reads "Psalms xv.; cxxxi.; cxxxvii.; cxvii.; lxvii.; lxviii.; and cxxvii" missing only the third. Aub24. gives only the first one. L1202 lists 14, 130, 116, 66, 139, 67, 126. Sl. 1307 omits Ps126, and substitutes (Ps132=KJV133) Ecce quam Bonum (Behold how good) for the last one. -JHP



After this perfume the vestments with the perfumes and suffumigations of the Art, and sprinkle them with the water and hyssop of the Art.



But when the master and his disciples shall commence to robe themselves after the first Psalm, and before continuing with the others, he should pronounce these words:—



ANCOR, AMATOR, AMIDES, THEODONIAS, PANCOR, PLAGOR, ANITOR;7 through the merits of these holy angels will I robe and indue myself with the vestments of power, through which may I conduct unto the desired end those things which I ardently wish, through thee, O most holy ADONAI, whose kingdom and empire endureth for ever. Amen.







7. Aub24: "Ancor, Amacor, Amides, Theodonias, Pancor, Phangor, Anitor"; Ad. 10862: "Amor, Amator, Amides, Ideodaniach, Paucor, Plagor, Anitor"; Sl3091: "Ancor, Amacor, Amade, Theodonia, Pangorpsagor, Anotor"; H3981: "Ancor, Amacor, Amade, Theodonia, Pangorpsagor, Amtor"; K288: "Anco, Amacor, Amade, Theodonia, Pancor, Psagor, Anitor"; Mathers: "AMOR, AMATOR, AMIDES, IDEODANIACH, PAMOR, PLAIOR, ANITOR". This seems to be derived from Ars Notoria Oration of the Physical Art, corresponding to oration 17 in Liber Juratus. Sl. 1307 omits this oration. -JHP



Take notice that if the linen garments were vestments of the Levites or of the priests, and had been used for holy things, that they would be all the better.



CHAPTER VII

OF PLACES WHEREIN WE MAY CONVENIENTLY EXECUTE THE EXPERIMENTS AND OPERATIONS OF THE ART



The places best fitted for exercising and accomplishing magical arts and operations are those which are concealed, removed, and separated from the habitations of men. Wherefore desolate and uninhabited regions are most appropriate, such as the borders of lakes, forests, dark and obscure places, old and deserted houses, whither rarely and scarce ever men do come, mountains, caves, caverns, grottos, gardens, orchards; but best of all are cross-roads, and where four roads meet, during the depth and silence of night. But if thou canst not conveniently go unto any of these places, thy house, and even thine own chamber, or, indeed, any place, provided it hath been purified and consecrated with the necessary ceremonies, will be found fit and convenient for the convocation and assembling of the spirits.



These arts or operations should he carried out at the prescribed time, but if there be no time specially appointed it will be always better to perform them at night, which is the most fit and proper time for the operations of necromancy; this is also a symbol that it is just and right to hide them from the sight of the foolish, the ignorant, and the profane.



But when thou shalt have selected a place fitting, thou mayest perform thine experiments by day or by night. It should be spacious, clear, and bounded on all sides by hedges, shrubs, trees, or walls. Thou shalt thyself cleanse it thoroughly and render it neat and pure, and while doing this thou shalt recite Psalms:



* (Ps2=KJV2) Quare fremuerunt gentes (Why do the heathen rage....)

* (Ps66=KJV67) Deus misereatur nostri (God be merciful unto us....)

* (Ps53=KJV54) Deus in nomine tuo salvum (Save me, O God, by thy name....)



After this thou shalt perfume it with the odours and suffumigations of the art, and shalt sprinkle it with the water and the hyssop; and after this thou mayest in this place make all the necessary preparations for an operation.



But when, later on, thou shalt go unto this place, to complete and accomplish the operation, thou shalt repeat on the way thither the following prayer in a low and distinct voice:—

THE PRAYER.



LAZAY, SIMAY, NONZAY, ORION, NAZARION most powerful, OCCIDAMON most strong, SEDON most mighty, YOD HE VAU HE, IAH, AGLA,1 assist me an unworthy sinner who have had the boldness to pronounce these holy names which no man should name and invoke save in very great danger. Therefore have I recourse unto these most holy names, being in great peril both of soul and of body. Pardon me if I have sinned in any manner, for I trust in thy protection alone, especially on this journey.



Let the master as he goeth sprinkle the path with the water and hyssop of the art, while each of his disciples shall repeat in a low voice the prayer which we have enjoined for the days of fasting and preparation.

1. Aub24: "Zazay, Simay, Nonzay, Orion, Nazarion fortissime, Occidamon potentissime, El, Jod, He, Vau, He, Jah, Agla"; Sl3091: "Lazay, limay, Hazay, Orion, Nalarion, très fort Occidamon, tres-puissant, Sodon, tres robuste, Jod, He, Vau, hé, Jah, agla"; H: "Lazai, Nazay, Limai, Orion, Nalarion, très fort Occidamon, tres Puissant Sedon, tres robuste et, Jod, He, Vau, Hé, Jah, Agla"; K288: "Lazai [Lead-in reads: Lazay], Limay, Nazay, Orion, Nalarion, très fort occidamon, tres puissant Sodon, tres robuste El, Jod, He, Vau, Hé, Jah, Agla"; Ad10862 "Zazay [or Lazay], Samay, Occidamon Potentissime, Sedon robustissime, El, Iod, He, Vau, He, Iah, Agla"; L1202: "Luzay, Zimay, Nasay, Orion, Marion, Très fort Ottimadon, Très Puissant Sodon, Trè Robuste Ejoel, He, Vau, He, Jal, Agla"; Mathers: "ZAZAII, ZAMAII, PUIDAMON most powerful, SEDON most strong, EL, YOD HE VAU HE, IAH, AGLA". -JHP



Furthermore, let the master appoint his disciples to carry the things necessary for the art.



The first shall bear the censer, the fire, and the incense.



The second; the book, the paper, the pens, the ink, and the various perfumes.



The third; the knife,2 and the penknife.3



2. It seems that, for drawing the magic circle any convenient metal instrument such as knife or short lance can be used. Here one disciple carries a knife (Lat. 'cultellus', i.e. a small knife or dagger), and no sword is mentioned in the list of things carried to the operation. However, in the next paragraph the word gladius is used, directing the master to draw the circle with it, or other consecrated iron instrument (gladium, vel aliud ferreum instrumentum consecratum). Gladius is generally synonymous with ensis (sword), but chapter 8, which describes the ritual instruments in more detail doesn't use the word 'cultellus', but lists two gladii (one with white handle and one with black) as well as 'ensis' (sword). The Italian and French manuscripts all translate gladius as knife (Ital. cortello/coltello, French coutau). Also the gladius niger is specifically mentioned for drawing the circle, not the sword (ensis). All this supports equating cultellus and gladius and reading knife, not sword. -JHP



3. Mathers reads "sickle" but this is a mistranslation of the Latin "artavus." -JHP



The master; the staff, and the wand.4



4. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 both read "Truly the master may convey the staff, OR the wand in his hand." -JHP



But if there be more disciples present, the master shall distribute the things for each to carry, according to their number.



When they shall have arrived at the place, and all things being disposed in their proper order, the master shall take the knife5 or other convenient consecrated magical implement of steel, wherewith to form the circle of art which he intends to construct. This being done, he must perfume it, and sprinkle it with water; and having warned and exhorted his disciples, he shall work thus:—



5. Here the Lat. gladius is used, but see above. -JHP



First let him6 have a trumpet made of new wood, on the one side of which shall be written in Hebrew with the pen and ink of the art these Names of God, ELOHIM GIBOR, ELOHIM TZABAOTH (see Figure 59); and on the other side these characters (see Figure 60).



6. This paragraph does not appear in Aub24, which instead devotes an entire chapter to the preparation of the trumpet. The name on the first side is given as "Deus Exercituum" (God of Armies), which approximates the Hebrew "Elohim Gibor." Ad. 10862 has only considerably corrupted Hebrew characters — perhaps IHVH ALHIM. L1202 specifies "ces noms de Dieu Elohim Gibor, Dieu des Armées"; K288: "ces Noms de Dieu Elohym Gibor. -JHP

Figure 59.



Figure 60, from Ad. 10862, fol 120r.



Having entered into the circle to perform the experiment, he should sound his trumpet towards the four quarters of the Universe, first towards the East, then towards the South, then towards the West, and lastly towards the North. Then let him say:—



Hear ye, O spirit N, I command you.7 Hear ye, and be ye ready, in whatever part of the Universe ye may be, to obey the voice of God the mighty one, and the names of the Creator. We let you know by this signal and sound that ye will be convoked hither, wherefore hold ye yourselves in readiness to obey our commands.







7. These opening words are found in Ad. 10862, Aub24, and Mich 24. Mathers omits, following L1202 and K288.



This being done let the master complete his work, renew the circle, and make the incensements and fumigations.



CHAPTER VIII

OF THE KNIFES, SWORD, PENKNIFE, IRON PEN, SHORT LANCE, WAND, [STAFF,] AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF MAGICAL ART1





1. So Aub24: "De Gladiis, Ense, Artauo, Stylo ferreo, Lancea, Baculo, et aliis instrumentis artis." Gladius and ense is generally synonymous, but see chapter 7 note 1. Mathers reads "Of the Knife, Sword, Sickle, Poniard, Dagger, Lance, Wand, Staff, and other Instruments of Magical Art." -JHP



In order to properly carry out the greatest and most important operations of the art, various instruments are necessary, as a knife with a white hilt, another with a black hilt, a short lance, wherewith to trace circles, characters, and other things.



The knife with the white hilt (see Figure 61) should be made in the day and hour of Mercury, when Mars is in the sign of the Ram or of the Scorpion. It should be dipped in the blood of a gosling and in the juice of the pimpernel, the Moon being at her full or increasing in light. Dip therein also the white hilt,2 upon the which thou shalt have engraved3 the characters shown. Afterwards perfume it with the perfumes of the Art.



2. Aub24 adds "ex buxo" (of boxwood). -JHP



3. Ad. 10862: "cui cum stilo exorcizato incidas uel incidere facias sequentes caracteres" (with the exorcised pen inscribe or have inscribed the following characters). Aub24 and Ad. 36674 specify the engraving should be done with the needle. -JHP

Figure 61, from Ad. 10862, fol 121r.

Figure 61, from Aub24, fol 17r.





With this knife thou mayest perform all the necessary operations of the art, except the circles. But if it seemeth unto thee too troublesome to make a similar knife, have one made in the same fashion; and thou shalt place it thrice in the fire until it becometh red-hot, and each time thou shalt immerse it in the aforesaid blood and juice, fasten thereunto the white hilt having engraved thereon the aforesaid characters, and upon the hilt thou shalt write with the pen of art, commencing from the point and going towards the hilt, these names AGLA, ON, as shown in figure 61. Afterwards thou shalt perfume and sprinkle it, and shalt wrap it in a piece of silken cloth.4



4. Aub24 specifies a red silk cloth. Mich. 276 gives the names as "Agla es Omega Jah Elyon Primaton finel Alphaes". -JHP



But as for the knife with the black hilt (see Figure 62) for making the circle, wherewith to strike terror and fear5 into the spirits, it should be made in the same manner, except that it should be done in the day and hour of Saturn, and dipped in the blood of a black cat and in the juice of hemlock, the characters and names5a shown in Figure 62 being written thereon, from the point towards the hilt. Which being completed, thou shalt wrap it in a black silk cloth.



5. Lat. "deterrendos". -JHP



5a. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 do not include a separate list of names. Mathers includes them in his drawing of the knife in Hebrew characters: "AZOTH IH ALHIM PRIMThVN PNIAL ALF AL". Mich. 276 reads "Agla es Omega Jah Elyon Primaton finel Alphaes"; Sl3091: "Alpha et Omega, Jah, Eloym, Primaton, Finel, ou Ciriel, Alphatel"; K288: "Alpha et Omega, Jah, Elohym, Primaton, Phinel, ou Ciriel, Alphaël"; L1202: "Alpha, Omega, Jad, Elohim, Primaton, Finet, ou Ciriel, Alpha, El". -JHP

Figure 62, from Ad. 10862, fol. 122r.

Figure 62, from Aub24, fol. 17r.





The penknife or pen and the short lance6 (figure 63 or 64) are made in the same way, in the day and hour of Mercury, and they should be dipped in the blood of a magpie7 and the juice of the herb Mercury.8 Thou must make for them handles of white boxwood9 cut at a single stroke from the tree, at the rising of the Sun, with a new knife, or with any other convenient instrument. The characters shown should be traced thereon. Thou shalt perfume them according to the rules of art; and wrap them in silk cloth like the others.



Ritual implements, from Ad. 10862, fol. 124v: (From top to bottom:) sword (ensis), white knife (gladius albus), black knife (gladius niger), penknife (arctavus), pen (stylus), small lance or spear (lanceola), staff (bacillus), wand (virga).

Ritual implements, from Zecorbeni manuscript Ad. 10862, fol. 164v: (From top left to bottom right:) bolino (bolino), white knife (cortel bianco), black knife (cortel nero), sickle (artauo), small lance or spear (lanceola), staff (bastone), pen (stillo), wand (verga), swords of the art (Spada dell' Arte), needle (aco).







6. It seems that either a quill pen or an iron pen (stylus) may be used in writing sacred characters. If the former, then the requisite penknife should be consecrated in the same manner as the other iron instruments.



There is considerable variation in the manuscripts as to the rendering of this paragraph, and it is very illuminating in establishing the relationship between them. I believe Aub24 represents the original text most accurately, and I have based my translation on it: "Artauus autem, stylus, et lanceola formentur die et hora Mercurii, et extinguantur in sanguino Picae et succo Mercorelle." Ad. 10862 also supports this reading. The source of most of the confusion comes from the word "artavus", which is relatively rare. It is described by Du Cange as a small knife used for sharpening the pens of scribes (penknife). ("Cultellus acuendis calamis scriptorii," Gall. Glossarium Mediae et Infimae Latinitatis, Band I, Graz-Austria, 1954, p. 410.)



Mich. 276 reads, "Nel medesimo modo formerai l’artauo o falcetto o stillo et lancetta in giorno et hora di mercurio et s’ estingueranai in sanguine di Picca et succo di mercorella (In the same way you will form the artave or falcette or stylus or pointer in the day and hour of Mercury, and extinguish it in the blood of picca and juice of mercorella). Here artave seems to be glossed as falcette, a diminuative of falce — i.e. a small sickle or pruning hook.



The wording in Sl3091 is very similar: "Il faut que l’Artave ou faucille se forme dela même façon, le stilet ou poignard, la pettit lance au jour et heure de [mercury]



K288 reads, "L'Artave ou Faucille se fait de la même façon, comme aussi le Stilet, le Poignard, et la petite Lance" (The artave OR sickle is made in the same way, as is also the stilet, the dagger, and the small lance.) ("Stilet" should probably read "stylo" i.e. pen.) L1202 is even further removed from the original sense: "Il faut que la faucille se forme de la même façon le Stilet ou le poignard et la petite lance" (The sickle should be made in the same way as the stilet or the dagger, and the small lance.)



Mathers is mislead by these French manuscripts in reading "The scimitar (figure 63) AND the sickle (figure 64) are made in the same way, as also the dagger (figure 65), the poniard (figure 66), and the short lance (figure 67)..."



The Latin manuscript Ad. 10862 shows the "arctavus" as looking somewhat like a scimitar, and does not show a separate sickle. The Italian Zecorbeni manuscript (Ad. 10862, fol. 164v) has a drawing that looks more like a sickle, labelled "Artauo." So too does the Italian manuscript in the Bodleian (Mich. 276). Sl. 1307 (fol. 20v) has a similar sickle-like drawing labelled "Arctauo." Sl. 3847 (not used by Mathers) shows a scimitar-looking implement labelled "artanus" or "arthany." It is apparent that there is only one implement intended here, not two separate implements.



Modern wicca usage of the term "athame" originates with Gardner who evidently adopted the reading from modern French manuscripts which read "arthane" or "arthame," probably via Grillot de Givry's Witchcraft, Magic and Alchemy (1931) and Clark Ashton Smith's story "The Master of the Crabs" (1947). -JHP



7. Lat. "Picae"; Ad. 10862 misreads "pisci" (of a fish). -JHP



8. The herb is known as dog's mercury (Mercurialis perennis), a member of the spurge (Euphorbiaceae) family. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 both read "Mercorielle" which point to an Italian origin. -JHP



9. This sentence and the rest of the paragraph is not found in Aub24. Ad. 10862 reads that the handle should be made "ex Razo albo" but this is no doubt a mistake for "ex baxo albo" (from white boxwood). L1202 and K288 both read "de buis blanc" and Sl1307 "Busso bianco" (from white boxwood). -JHP



The staff (see Figure 68) should be of elderwood, or cane, or rosewood;10 and the wand (Figure 69) of hazel,11 in all cases the wood being virgin, that is of one year's growth only. They should each be cut from the tree at a single stroke, on the day of Mercury, at sunrise. The characters shown should be written or engraved thereon in the day and hour of Mercury.12



10. According to Aub24, M276, and Sl1307, the staff should be made of cane or elder (Lat. "Arundineus, vel Sambucinus", Ital. "sambuco o' di cano"). Ad. 10862 specifies cane only. Sl3091, L1202, and K288 add rosewood (Roseau) to the list. -JHP



11. Mathers reads "hazel or nut tree" but Ad. 10862 and Aub24 both read avellanae (hazel). Sl1307 reads "avellana", M276 reads "noccella", and Sl3091 "coudre". L1202 and K288 read "Coudrier ou Noisettier", which are both words for the hazel tree. -JHP



12. The staff and wand seem to be interchangeable in book 2 chapter 7. See footnote 4. I believe these characters are nothing more than corrupted versions of the Hebrew characters "AGLA + VN + IHVH" found in Trithemius. Scot's magical texts have "Tetragrammaton + Adonay + Agla + Craton" on the wand. The staff and wand are conspicuously absent from the list of instruments in the Hebrew Key of Solomon as well as Ad. 36674. -JHP

Figure 68, from Ad. 10862, fol. 122v.

Figure 68, from Aub24, fol. 17v.

Figure 68, from Bodleian Library MS. Michael 276.

Figure 68, from Ad. 10862, fol. 164v (from Zecorbeni manuscript).

Figures 68 and 69, the staff and wand, from Sloane MS. 1307, fol. 21r.

Figures 68 and 69, the staff and wand, from Lans. MS. 1202, pg. 76.



Sacred names on the wand according to Trithemius (via Francis Barrett, The Magus.



This being done, thou shalt say:—



ADONAI, most holy,13 deign to bless and to consecrate this wand, and this staff, that they may obtain the necessary virtue, through thee, O most holy ADONAI, whose kingdom endureth unto the ages of the ages. Amen.





13. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 add "EL potentissime" (EL most strong), which matches the wording in Book 1, chapter 8. Sl1307 adds "et potentissimo". -JHP



After having perfumed and consecrated them, put them aside in a pure and clean place for use when required.



Swords14 are also frequently necessary for use in magical arts. Thou shalt therefore take a new sword which thou shalt clean and polish on the day of Mercury, and at the first or the fifteenth hour, and after this thou shalt write on one side these divine names in Hebrew, YOD HE VAU HE, ADONAI, EHEIEH, YAYAI;14a and on the other side ELOHIM GIBOR (see Figure 70); sprinkle and cense it and repeat over it the following conjuration:—



14. Ad. 10862 reads "Unum stilum, et enses" (A pen and swords). Aub24 reads "Verum quonium enses" (Truly, because swords...). -JHP



14a. The last name is rendered variously as "Ieia" (Aub24), "YHA" (in Hebrew characters) and "Seia" (in Roman characters) (Ad. 10862), "Japhur" (M276), "Ieya" (Sl1307), "Jeya" (Sl3091 and K288), and "Jehova" (L1202). -JHP

THE CONJURATION OF THE SWORD.15



I conjure thee, O sword, by these names, ABRAHACH, ABRACH, ABRACADABRA, YOD HE VAU HE, that thou serve me for a strength and defence in all magical operations, against all mine enemies, visible and invisible.



I conjure thee anew by the holy and indivisible name of EL strong and wonderful, by the name SHADDAI almighty; and by these names QADOSCH, QADOSCH, QADOSCH, ADONAI ELOHIM TZABAOTH, EMANUEL, the First and the Last, Wisdom, Way, Life, Truth, Chief, Speech, Word, Splendour, Light, Sun, Fountain, Glory, the Stone of the Wise, Virtue, Shepherd, Priest, Messiach Immortal; by these names then, and by the other names, I conjure thee, O sword, that thou servest me for a protection in all adversities. Amen.



15. Aub24: "Conjuro te ensis per hec sanctissima nomina Abrath, Abrade, Abracadabra, Jehova, quod in quocumque opere magico tu mihi sis fortitudo, et defensio contra inimicos omnes tam visibiles, quam invisibiles, Iterum conjuro te per nomen sanctum et indivisible El forte, et admirabile per nomen Saday quod est omnipotens et per hæc alia nomina Cados, Cados, Cados, Adonay, Elohim, Zeuaod, Nghimanuel, primus, et novissimus, sapientia, via, vita, virtus, caput, verbum, os, splendor, lux, sol, fons, Gloria, mons, vitis, Janua, Porta, lapis, pastor, sacerdos, immortalis, Messiach. Per hec igitur et alia nomina conjuro te ensem, ut contra omnia adversa, sis mihi præsidium. Amen." This is a particularly interesting prayer, and probably provides many clues to the history of Clavicula Salomonis. It seems to have Greek and Christian elements. Compare from the music for the wedding of Philip II and Mary Tudor, Winchester Cathedral 1554 (Sequentia), based on John Taverner’s Missa Gloria tibi Trinitas (?) "Alma chorus Domini nunc pangat nomina summi, Messias, Sother, Emmanuel, Sabaoth, Adonai, est Unigenitus, via, vita, manus, homousion, principium, primogenitus, sapientia, virtus, alpha, c aput, finisque simul vocitatur et est oo, fons et origo boni, paraclytus ac mediator; Agnus, ovis, vitulus, serpens, aries, leo, vermis, os, verbum, splendor, sol, gloria, lux et imago, panis, flos, vitis, mons, janua, petra, lapisque, angelus et sponsus, pastorque, propheta, sacerdos, athanatos, kyrios, theon, panthon, craton et ysus, salvificet nos, sit cui saecla per omnia doxa. Amen." (www.glossaplatinum.com). Many of the names also appear in the so-called Grimoire of Honorius in a list titled "Les soixante-douze sacrés noms de Dieu" (The seventy-two sacred names of God). -JHP

Figure 70. Hebrew characters for the sword.



Figure 70. Hebrew characters for the sword, from Ad. 10862, fol. 123v. Ad. 10862 is one of the few to preserve the Hebrew forms of the characters, albeit in barely recognizable forms.





This being finished thou shalt wrap it also in silk like all the other instruments,16 being duly purified and consecrated by the ceremonies requisite for the perfection of all magical arts and operations.



16. Ad. 10862 includes a summary list of the instruments here: "idest Ensis duo Gladi, Arctauus, uel Stilus, Lanceola, Baculus, Virga" (i.e. the sword, two knives, penknife or iron pen, short lance, staff, and wand).



The drawing of the instruments in Aub24 includes "Gladius albus, Gladius niger, Stylus, Lanceola, Artauus, ensis, Baculus sambuccinus, virga Avellance, scalpellum" (white knife, black knife, pen, short lance, penknife, sword, cane staff, hazel wand, scalpel).



The summary list in Sl1307 reads "Spade Coltello, quali sono due, il Bollino, l'Arctauo, lo stillo, Lancetta, Ago, Bastone, Verga" (swords, knife, which are two, bolline, arctave, stylus, short lance, needle, staff, wand). -JHP



Three17 other swords should be made for the use of the disciples.

17. The description of these three swords for the disciples is only given in 1307 Sloane MSS. -SLM



They actually are also shown in the Zecorbeni manuscript (Ad. 10862, fol. 164v.) -JHP



The first one should have on the pommel the name CARDIEL17a (see Figure 71); on the lamen of the guard, REGION (Figure 72); on the blade, PANORAIM HEAMESIN18 (Figure 73).



17a. Mathers innovates a bit here, reading "CARDIEL or GABRIEL", whereas the manuscript only has "Cardiel". -JHP

Figure 71.



Figure 72.



Figure 73.



Figures 71-73. The first sword, from Sl. 1307, fol 21r.









18. So the text, however, the drawing in Sl. 1307 actually reads "Heamasin." Mathers gives the lettering in Hebrew characters, which does not have a precedent in the manuscripts. See also the drawing above of the four swords in the Zecorboni manuscript. They are labelled "Po, 2o, 3o" (primo=first, secondo=second, terzo=third). The drawing in Zec. reads "Cariel, Region, Panaroym, Namesia" (or perhaps Namesin?), while the text (164v) reads "Cardiel, Regyon, Panoraym + Heamesin". -JHP



The second should have on the pommel the name URIEL (Figure 74); on the lamen of the guard, SARION (Figure 75); on the blade, GAMORIN19 DEBALIN (Figure 76).



Figure 74.



Figure 75.



Figure 76.



Figures 74-76. The second sword, from Sl. 1307, fol. 21r.









19. The text in Sl1307 actually reads "Vriel, Sarion, Gamorin + Debalin", while the drawing reads "Vriel, Sariõ, Gamerin + Debalin." Zec. text reads "Uriel, Saryon, Lamena + Labalia" while the drawing reads "Uriel, Sarion, Lamein + Dabalia." Mathers again innovates a bit, changing the first name to "AURIEL". -JHP



The third should have on the pommel the name DAMIEL or RAPHAEL (Figure 77); on the lamen of the guard, YEMETON (Figure 78); on the blade, LAMEDIN ERADIM20 (Figure 79).



Figure 77.



Figure 78.



Figure 79.



Figures 77-79. The third/fourth sword, from Sl. 1307, fol 21r/21v.











20. The drawings of the 3rd and 4th swords are apparently mislabelled in Sl. 1307 fol. 21r and 21v. Compare with Zecorboni above. That labelled "Spada 3a should be the master's sword (compare with figure 70 above.) That labelled "Spada 4" should be the third sword. The description of the fourth sword reads "Daniel, Ymeton, Lamedin + Eradim" while the drawing reads "Damiel, Imeton, Samelin + Eradin." The text in Zecorboni fol. 164r reads "Damyel Xemeton, Samedaim + Eradin" while the drawing reads "Damiel, Xometon, Samedaim + Eradin." None of the exemplars is written in Hebrew characters.



Mathers inserts here Lans. 1203, chapter 8, which describes the consecration of the burin, but none of the ritual implements from the Abognazar method are consistent with the Key of Solomon proper. -JHP

CHAPTER IX

OF1 THE FORMATION OF THE CIRCLE

1. This chapter is only given in 10862 Add. MSS. -SLM



This chapter also occurs in Sl. 1307, Sl. 3847, fol. 50v-51r, Sloane 2383, fol 125r, and Aub24, fol 72r-73v. -JHP



Having chosen a place for preparing and constructing the circle, and all things necessary being prepared for the perfection of the operations, take thou the penknife2 and stick it into the centre of the place where the circle is to be made; then take a cord of nine3 feet in length, fasten one end thereof unto the penknife4 and with the other end trace out the circumference of the circle, which may be marked either with the sword or with the knife with the black hilt.5 Then within the circle mark out four regions, namely, towards the East, West, South, and North, wherein place symbols; and beyond the limits of this circle describe with the consecrated knife or sword another circle, but leaving an open space therein towards the North whereby thou mayest enter and depart beyond the circle of Art. Beyond this again thou shalt describe another circle at a foot distance with the aforesaid instrument,6 yet ever leaving therein an open space for entrance and egress corresponding to the open space already left in the other. Beyond this again make another circle at another foot distance, and beyond these two circles, which are beyond the circle of art yet upon the same centre, thou shalt describe pentagrams with the symbols and names of the Creator therein so that they may surround the circle already described. Without these circles shalt thou circumscribe a square, and beyond that another square, so that the angles of the former may touch the centres of the sides of the latter, and that the angles of the latter may stretch towards the four quarters of the Universe, East, West, North, and South; and at the four angles of each square, and touching them, thou shalt describe lesser circles wherein let there be placed standing censers with lighted7 charcoal and sweet odours.



2. Mathers reads "sickle or scimitar of art" which is a mistranslation of the Latin "artavus". Sl. 1307 reads "spada" (sword), and Sl. 36674 reads "knife". -JHP



3. Aub24: "cordulam unam mensurae pedum quatuor, cum dimidio, ita ut diameter circuli sit pedem novem" (a cord measuring four and an half feet, such that the diameter of the circle will be nine feet. Ad. 36674 reads "measure 9. foote on both sydes from the knyfe." Sl. 3847 also supports the reading of 9 foot radius. -JHP



4. Mathers: sickle. -JHP



5. Lat. "gladius". -JHP



6. Lat. "cultellus". -JHP



7. Ad. 10862: "cum carbonibus lauri" (with charcoal of laurel). Chapter 22 directs the practitioner to burn wood appropriate to the spirits to be invoked; laurel is said to be appropriate to solar spirits. Aub24 reads "ollæ cum carbonibus et speciebus odoriferis, et quatuor cereis; ad faciendum lumen et odorem" (censers with charcoals and pleasant-smelling spices, and four wax candles for providing light and scent.) -JHP



These things being done, let the magus of art8 assemble his disciples, exhort, confirm, and cheer them, lead them into the circle of art and station them therein towards the four quarters of the Universe, exhort them to fear nothing, and to abide in their assigned places. The associate to the East should have the quill pen, ink, and parchment [or] bright paper.9 Furthermore let each of the companions have a sword besides the sword of the art, which he must hold naked in his hand.10 Then let the magus quit the circle, and kindle the censers,11 and place thereon exorcised incense, as is said in the chapter of fumigations; and let him have the candle12 in his hand and kindle it, and then place it in the part13 prepared. Let him now enter within the circle and carefully close the openings left in the same, and let him again warn his disciples, and take the trumpet13 of art prepared as is said in the chapter concerning the same, and let him incense the circle towards the four quarters of the Universe.



8. 'Maghus' in MS. not 'Magister'. -SLM



9. "socius tamen Orientalis habeat pennam, et atramentum, paginam, Bombacinam nitidam" So both Aub24 and Ad. 10862. For some unknown reason Mathers omits this sentence. Bombazine calls to mind the black fabric of priestly robes (see Sibley, p. 1104), but in this context I believe it refers to a cotton-based paper. Sl. 3847, fol. 62v and Sl. 2383 fol. 22v both describe bombace or bombaxina as a kind of paper. -JHP



10. Aub24 omits this sentence. -JHP



11. Aub24 adds "et cerea" (and candle). -JHP



12. Mathers reads "censers," but Ad. 10862 and Aub24 both read "cereum." Sl 3847 reads, "And let him have a grease candle conjured in his hand as it followeth [in the chapter] of candles, and let him light it, and put it into a lantern made ready [i.e. beforehand]". -JHP



12. Lat. "ponat in latibulo, ibi parato" (put it in a hiding place, there prepared.) -JHP



13. Sl. 3847: "bell." -JHP



After this let the magus commence his incantations, having placed the knife14 upright in the ground at his feet. Having sounded the trumpet towards the East15 as before taught let him invoke the spirits, and if need he conjure them, as is said in the first book, and having attained his desired effect, let him license them to depart.



14. Ad. 10862 and Aub24 both read "Cultellus" (knife). Sl. 3847 also reads "knife". Mathers reads, "Sickle, sword, or other implement of art". -JHP



15. Mathers omits "towards the East." Sl. 3847 reads, "let the bell be toward the East." Aub24 omits this phrase. -JHP



Here followeth the form of the circle (see Figure 81), wherein whosoever entereth he shall be at safety as within a fortified castle, and nothing shall be able to harm him.



Figure 81. The magic circle from Add. 10862, fol. 128r.



Magic circle from Sloane MS. 3847, fol. 52r.



Magic circle from Harley MS. 5596.





CHAPTER X

CONCERNING INCENSE, SUFFUMIGATIONS, PERFUMES, ODOURS, AND SIMILAR THINGS WHICH ARE USED IN MAGICAL ARTS



There are many kinds of incense, suffumigations, and perfumes, which are made for and offered unto the spirits; those which are of sweet odour are for the good, those which are of evil savour are for the evil.



For perfumes of good odour, take thou incense, aloes, nutmeg, gum benjamin, musk, and other fragrant spices,1 over which thou shalt say:—





1. So K288 and L1202. Aub24 and Ad. 10862: "incensum, lignum aloe, et species odoriferas" (frankincense, lignum aloes, and other fragrant spices); Sl. 1307 reads "frankincense, aloe, myrrh, galbanum, and similar spices"; Ad. 36674 reads "frankincense, wood of aloes, myrrh, and any other things that have a sweet smell". -JHP

THE EXORCISM OF INCENSE.



O God of Abraham, God of Isaac, God of Jacob, deign to bless these odoriferous spices so that they may receive strength, virtue, and power to attract the good spirits, and to banish and cause to retire all hostile phantoms. Through thee, O most holy ADONAI, who livest and reignest unto the ages of the ages. Amen.



I exorcise thee, O spirit impure and unclean, thou who art a hostile phantom, in the name of God, that thou quit this perfume, thou and all thy deceits, that it may be consecrated and sanctified in the name of God almighty. May the Holy Spirit of God grant protection and virtue unto those who use these perfumes; and may the hostile and evil spirit and phantom never be able to enter therein, through the ineffable name of God almighty. Amen.



O Lord, deign to bless and to sanctify this creature of perfume so that it may be a remedy unto mankind for the health of body and of soul, through the invocation of thy holy name. May all creatures who receive the odour of this incense and of these spices receive health of body and of soul, through him who hath formed the ages. Amen.



After this thou shalt sprinkle the various spices with the water of the art, and thou shalt place them aside in a piece of silk as in other cases, or in a box destined for the purpose, so that thou mayest have them ready prepared for use when necessary.



When thou wishest to use the incense, thou shalt kindle a fire of fresh charcoal, in earthen vessels newly glazed within and without, and thou shalt kindle fire fresh with flint and steel, and the fire being lighted thou shalt say over it as follows, before putting the spices thereon:—

THE EXORCISM OF THE FIRE.



I exorcise thee, O creature of fire, by him through whom all things have been made, so that every kind of phantasm may retire from thee, and be unable to harm or deceive in any way, through the invocation of the most high creator of all. Amen.



Bless, O Lord all powerful, and all merciful, this creature of fire, so that being blessed by thee, it may be for the honour and glory of thy most holy name, so that it may work no hindrance or evil unto those who use it. Through thee, O eternal and almighty Lord, and through thy most holy name. Amen.2





2. Aub24 omits this paragraph. -JHP



This being done, thou shalt put the spices upon the fire in the censor,3 and make what perfumes and suffumigations thou requirest.



3. Mathers omits "in the censor." -JHP



Over fumigations of evil odour thou shalt say:—



ADONAI, LAZAI, DALMAI, AIMA, [SADAY,] ELOHI, O Holy Father, grant unto us succour, favour, and grace, by the Invocation of thy Holy Name, so that these things may serve us for aid in all that we wish to perform therewith, that all deceit may quit them, and that they may be blessed and sanctified through Thy Name. Amen.4





4. Ad. 10862 omits this paragraph, substituting "say the words before mentioned." Mathers omits "Saday," but Aub24. reads "Adonay, Lazay, Dalmay, Amay, Saday, Elay..." Sl. 3847: "Adonay, lazay, dalmay, salmay, almay, Saday, eloy"; Sl. 2383: "Adonay, Zazay, dalmay, salmay, Sadday, Ethay"; Sl. 3091, K288: "Adonay, Lazay, Dalmay, Amay, Elay"; L1202: "Adonay, Lazay, Dalmay, Eloy"; Sl. 1307: "Adonai, Iazai, Dalriai, Salneay, Sadai, Elai". -JHP



CHAPTER XI

OF THE WATER, AND OF THE HYSSOP1



If it be necessary to sprinkle with water anything required in the art it should be done with a sprinkler.



1. For an excellent article on hyssop and ritual sprinkling, see The Catholic Encyclopedia.



Prepare a censer in the day and hour of Mercury, with the odoriferous spices of the art. After this thou shalt take a vessel of tin or earth,2 which thou shalt fill with most clear spring water, and thou shalt have salt. and say these words over the salt:—



2. Following Aub24 and Ad. 10862: "Vas stanneum vel terreum". Sl. 3847: "vessel of pewter or of earth"; Mathers: "a vessel of brass, of lead varnished within and without, or of earth" following K288 and L1202: "d’Etain ou un autre plombé et vernissé de hors et dedans." -JHP



TZABAOTH, MESSIACH, NGHIMANUEL, ELOYN GIBOR, JEHOVAH;3 O God, who art the Truth and the Life, deign to bless and sanctify this creature of salt, to serve unto us for help, protection, and assistance in this art, experiment and operation, and may it be a succor unto us.





3. Aub24: "Zeuaod, Messiah, Iehova, Nghimanuel, Nghelion, Gibor"; M276: "Zauor messiah nghimanuel Elyon Ghibor Ieoua". -JHP Ad. 10862: "Zeuaod, Messiach, Ieoua, Aagla, Imanuel, Isghelion, Gibor"; Sl. 3091: "Zeuaoth, Messiah, nhimanuel, nghelion, Gibor, Jehova"; K288: "Zevaod, Messiah, Nhimanuel, Ngelion, Gibor, Jehova"; L1202: "Zenard, Messiah, Emmanuel, Noglion, Gibou, Jehova"; Sl. 3847: "Sabaoth, Messias, Tetragrammaton, Emanuell, Cadyon, fortis Iaña, turris fortitudinis"; Sl. 2383: "Zenaood messias, Jheuouah, sing, Imaneuel, sighetoim, verba (?)"; Mathers: "TZABAOTH, MESSIACH, EMANUEL, ELOHIM GIBOR, YOD HE VAU HE". -JHP



After this cast the salt into the vessel wherein is the water, and say the following Psalms:4



* [Ps101=KJV102] Domine exaudi orationem meam et clamor meus (Hear my prayer, O Lord: and let my cry come unto thee.)

* [Ps53=KJV54] Deus in nomine tuo saluum (Save me, O God, by thy name)

* [Ps6=KJV6] Domine ne in furore tuo arguas me, neque in ira (O Lord, rebuke me not in thine anger, neither chasten me)

* [Ps50=KJV51] Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam misericordiam (Have mercy upon me, O God, according to thy loving kindness





4. So Ad. 10862 and K288. L1202 mistakes the last one for Ps55. Mich276: "(Ps6 or 37) Domine ne in furore tuo; (Ps69?) Saluum me fac; (Ps50) Miserere me deus". Sl. 1307 has 6, 101, 53, 50, 136 (KJV 6, 102, 54, 51, 137); Aub24 has Psalms 6, 31, 37, 50, 101, 129, 142 (KJV6, 32, 38, 51, 102, 130, and 143) which are the "seven Psalms" used by John Dee and other grimoires; see Peterson, John Dee's Five Books of Mystery (Boston, 2003, pp. 21, 70) and Scot, Book 15, chap 12. Mathers: "cii.; liv.; vi.; lxvii". -JHP



Thou shalt then make unto thyself a sprinkler of vervain, fennel, provinca, sage, valerian, mint [majorana], garden-basil, and rosemary,5 gathered in the day and hour of Mercury, the moon being in her increase. Then cut a handle with a single stroke from a virgin branch of hazel; the length should be three spans.6 Bind together these herbs with a thread spun by a young maiden, and engrave upon the handle on the one side the characters shown in Figure 82, and on the other side those given in Figure 83.



5. So Ad. 10862 and Aub24. Ad. 10862 adds, "do not add the herb commonly called hyssop, but rather rosemary, for according to Ezaras the Hebrew, that which is called hyssop, really signifies rosemary." L1202: "de Verveine, de fenouil, de Lavande, de Sauge, de Valérienne, de Mente majeur, de Basilic, de Romarin"; K288: "de vervaine, de fenouil, de Lavande, de Sauge de valerienne, de Mente Majeuse, de Basilic, de Romarin, d'hyssope"; Mathers: "vervain, fennel, lavender, sage, valerian, mint, garden-basil, rosemary, and hyssop." -JHP



6. So Ad. 10862, Aub24, Mich 276, Sl3091, and L1202. Ad. 36674 also specifies the handle should be hazel. Mathers follows K288 in omitting this sentence. -JHP

Figures 82 and 83, from Ad. 10862, fol. 132v.

figures engraved on sprinkler handle

Figures 82 and 83, from Aub24, fol. 4v.

figures engraved on sprinkler handle





After this thou mayest use the water, using the sprinkler whenever it is necessary; and know that wheresoever thou shalt sprinkle this water, it will chase away all phantoms, and they shall be unable to hinder or annoy any. With this same water thou shalt make all the preparations of the art.



CHAPTER XII

OF THE LIGHT, AND OF THE FIRE.



It hath been ever the custom among all nations to use fire and light in sacred things. For this reason the master of the art should also employ them in sacred rites, and besides those for reading the conjurations by, and for the incense, in all operations lights are necessary in the circle.



For this reason he should make candles of virgin wax in the day and hour of Mercury; the wicks should have been made by a young girl; and the candles should be made when the moon is in her increase, of the weight of half a pound each, and on them thou shalt engrave these characters with the iron pen (stylus) of the art.1 (See Figure 84.)



1. So Ad. 10862 and Aub24: "sculpas cum stilo artis." similarly the Italian manuscript Mich. 276: "con stillo dell'arte scolpirai". The French manuscripts read "avec le Stilet de l'Art." Aub24 adds "et si deficit stylus cum gladio aut acu" (and if you don't have an iron pen, with the knife (gladius) or needle.) Mathers reads "the dagger, or the burin of art." -JHP

Figure 84, from Ad. 10862, fol. 133v.

figures engraved on the candles





After this thou shalt repeat over the candles, these Psalms:2



* [Ps150=KJV150] Laudate Dominum in sanctis eius (Praise the Lord in his sanctuary)

* [Ps102=KJV103] Benedic anima mea Domino (Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me)

* [Ps116=KJV117] Laudate Dominum omnes gentes (Praise the Lord, all nations)



and shalt say:—



2. Ad. 10862, Aub24, M276, Sl3091, K288, and L1202 all agree on this list. Mathers reads "Psalms cli.; ciii.; cvii". Mathers' "cli" seems to be a simple mistake. What is generally referred to as Psalm 151 is apocryphal and different from the one shown above. It has a long and controversial history, but not really relevant to the Clavicula. Sl. 3847 gives "Benedic anima mea [Ps103], Laudate dominum omnes gentes [Ps116], Te deum laudamus [found in Latin mass]," Ad. 36674 gives "[Dan3.57] Benedicite omnia opera, [Ps. 102] Benedic anima mea Dominum [sc. Domino], [Ps116] laudate Dominum omnes gentes , Te Deum laudamus." -JHP



O Lord God, who governest all things by thine almighty power, give unto me, a poor sinner, understanding and knowledge to do only that which is agreeable unto thee; grant unto me to fear, adore, love, praise, and give thanks unto thee with true and sincere faith and perfect charity. Grant, O Lord, before I die, and descend into the realms beneath, and before the fiery flame shall devour me, that thy grace may not leave me, O Lord of my soul. Amen.3







3. Ad. 10862 omits this paragraph. -JHP



After this thou shalt add:—



I exorcise thee, O creature of wax, by him who alone hath created all things by his Word, and by the virtue of him who is pure truth, that thou cast out from thee every phantasm, perversion, and deceit of the enemy, and may the virtue and power of God enter into thee, so that thou mayest give us light, and chase far from us all fear or terror.







After this thou shalt sprinkle them with the water of the art, and incense them with the usual perfumes.4



4. Aub24 adds "Over the charcoals say, 'O you charcoals, which hold the fire, bless, sanctify, and purify this, through the power of this most sacred sign [pentagram] and this blessed water.' " -JHP



And when thou shalt wish to kindle them thou shalt say:—



I exorcise thee, O creature of fire, in the name of the sovereign and eternal Lord, by his ineffable name, which is YOD, HE, VAU, HE; by the name IAH; and by the name of power EL;5 that thou mayest enlighten the heart of all the spirits which we shall call unto this circle, so that they may appear before us without fraud and deceit through him who hath created all things.







5. Ad. 10862 omits "by his ineffable name, ... and by the name of power EL." -JHP



Then thou shalt take a square lantern, with panes of crystal glass, and thou shalt fit therein the candle lighted, to read by, to form the circle, or any other purpose for which thou shalt require it.



CHAPTER XIII

CONCERNING THE PRECEPTS OF THE ART1

1. This chapter is only given in 10862 Add. MSS. -SLM



It also occurs in Sl.3847, fol. 56r-56v. -JHP



He who hath attained the rank or degree of exorcist, which we are usually accustomed to call magus or master according to grade, whensoever he desireth to undertake any operation, for the nine days immediately preceding the commencement of the work, should put aside from him all uncleanness, and prepare himself in secret during these days, and prepare all the things necessary, and in the space of these days all these should be made, consecrated, and exorcised.



Having completed the period of seclusion,2 let him go on the day and hour of the commencement of the work, unto the place set apart for the same, as hath been said, in the place concerning the formation of the circle. Let him instruct his disciples on no cause whatsoever to move from their assigned places. And the magus should exhort them with a bold and confident voice as follows:—



2. Lat. "Completa Custodia", referring back to chapter 4. Sl. 3847 reads, "When you have ended custody as it is sayd before of fastinge, ...." Mathers ignores the word "custodia" and translated this "The which being duly completed, ...." -JHP

THE EXHORTATION OF THE COMPANIONS.



Fear ye not, my beloved companions, seeing that we draw near unto the desired end;



therefore, all things being rightly done and the conjurations and exorcisms diligently performed, ye shall behold kings of kings, and emperors of emperors, and other kings, princes, and majesties with them, and a great crowd of followers, together with all sorts of musical instruments, yet nothing should either the magus or his disciples fear.



And then let the magus say:—



I exhort you by these holy names of God, ELOHIM, ADONAI, AGLA, that none of you now presume to move or cross over from your appointed stations.



This being said, let the magus and his disciples uncover the holy pentacles and show them towards each quarter, and they being shown in each place, there shall be noises and rushings.



Then shall the emperor of (the spirits) say unto you:—



From the time of the great Addus3 until now, there hath not been an exorciser who could behold my person, and unless those things4 which ye have showed unto us hath been made, ye would not now have seen me. But seeing that ye have powerfully called us, as I believe, by the rites derived from Solomon, and which but few of your comrades, or exorcisers, possess, also they compel us against our will, and I therefore say unto thee that we wish to be obedient in all matters.



3. Ad. 3847: "From the time of Solomon...." -JHP



4. The pentacles. -SLM



Then shall the magus place the petitions of himself and his companions, which should be written down clearly on virgin card, or paper, beyond the circle towards the king or prince of the spirits, and he will receive it and take counsel with his chiefs. After this he will return the card, saying:— That which thou desirest is accomplished, be thy will performed, and all thy demands fulfilled.



CHAPTER XIV

OF THE PEN, INK, AND COLOURS.



All things employed for writing, etc., in this art, should be prepared in the following manner.



Thou shalt take a male gosling, from which thou shalt pluck the third feather of the right wing,1 and in plucking it thou shalt say:—



1. Aub24 adds "in the day and hour of Mercury." -JHP



ABRAY, HABYLY, SAMAY, TIEDONAY, ATHAMAS, SEAVER, ADONAI,2 banish from this pen all deceit and error, so that it may be of virtue and efficacy to write all that I desire. Amen.







2. M276: "Abray Haby lii samay tiedonay ay arhamas seauer adonay"; Aub24: "Abray, Nabily, Tamay, Thionas, Athamas, Liauer, Adonair"; Sl3091: "Abray, Habyly, Samay, Thicodoniay Alhamas, Scaccer Adonay"; H: "Abray, Habyly, Samay, Thicodomay, Athamas, Scaccer, Adonay"; K288: "Abray, Habyly, Samay, Thiedonay, Athamas, Scaccer, Adonay"; Ad10862: "Adray, Nabilis, Tamay, Tilonas, Athamus, Liauor, Adonaiar,"; L1202: "Adray, Hud, Glas, Samay, Athemaos, Scaver, Adonay"; Ad36674: "Arbon, Narbon, Nason, Tamaray, Lyonar, Armynar, Bludamar"; Mathers: "ADRAI, HAHLII, TAMAII, TILONAS, ATHAMAS, ZIANOR, ADONAI". -JHP



After this thou shalt sharpen it with the penknife3 of the art, perfume it, sprinkle it, and place it aside in a silken cloth.



3. Sl. 3847: "arthana"; Aub24 reads "cultello" rather than "artanus" as elsewhere; Ad. 10862: "gladio"; Sl3091, K288, and L1202: "coutau". Aub24 adds, "while cutting the read, say: I trim you, O reed, with this sacred knife (gladio), that your writing may be the heavenly writing, through the virtue of the writing which God presented to Moses, and I bless you in those names, from which all blessings come." -JHP



Thou shalt have an inkstand made of earth4 or any convenient matter, and in the day and hour of Mercury thou shalt engrave thereon with the burin of art5 these names:— Yod, He, Vau, He, Metatron, Iah Iah Iah, Qadosch, Elohim Tzabaoth (see Figure 85)6 and in putting the ink therein thou shalt say:—



Figure 85.



4. Aub24: "terreum" (earth) which agrees with the French manuscripts; Ad. 10862 (mis)reads "fereum" (iron). -JHP



5. Aub24 and Ad. 10862: "stylus" (stylus/iron pen); M276: "stillo"; Sl3091, K288, and L1202: "stilet." Ad. 36674 and Sl. 3847: "needle." -JHP



6. The manuscripts give these sacred names in Roman characters only. -JHP



I exorcise thee, O creature of ink, by ANAIRETON, by SIMULATOR, and by the name ADONAI, and by the name of him through whom all things were made, that thou be unto me an aid and succor in all things which I wish to perform by thine aid.







As it sometimes happeneth that it is necessary to write with some noble colour, it is well to have a new white inkhorn7 wherein to keep them. The principal colours will be yellow or gold, red, celestial or azure blue, green, and brown; and any other colours that may be requisite. Thou shalt exorcise, perfume, and sprinkle them in the usual manner.8



7. So all manuscripts, however Mathers reads "a new and clean box." -JHP



8. Ad. 10862 adds, "and if you prepare it otherwise, nothing good will happen." -JHP

CHAPTER XV

OF THE PEN OF THE SWALLOW AND OF THE CROW.1



Take the feather of a swallow or of a crow,2 and before plucking it thou shalt say:—



1. In Ad. 10862 this chapter and the next are reversed. -JHP



2. Aub24 reads "columba" (dove or pigeon). Mathers follows L1202 in reading "corbeau" (crow) which could be a slip for "colombe" (dove). Ad. 10862 and K288 both list swallow only here, but K288 includes "corbeau" in the chapter title. -JHP



May holy MICHAEL the archangel of God, and MUTIEL and MINIEL,3 the chiefs and captains of the celestial army, be my aid in the operation I am about to perform, so that I may write herewith all things which are necessary, and that all the experiments which I commence herewith may through you and through your names be perfected by the power of the most high Creator. Amen.







3. Aub24 and Ad. 10862: "Mutiel et Mimiel"; M276: "mutiel et minel"; Sl3091: "Mutiel et Miniel"; L1202: "Mitiel et Minel"; K288: "Mitiel & Miniel" ; Mathers: "MIDAEL and MIRAEL". -JHP



After this thou shalt point and complete the pen with the knife4 of the art, and with the pen and ink of the art thou shalt write upon its side the Name, ANAIRETON (see Figure 86),5



Figure 86.

ANAIRTVN

and thou shalt say over it the following Psalms:6



* [Ps132=KJV133] Ecce quam bonum, et quam iocundum (Behold how good and how pleasant....).

* [Ps116=KJV117] Laudate Dominum omnes gentes (O praise the Lord, all ye nations....).







4. Lat. "cultellus." -JHP



5. The manuscripts give this name as "Anereton", and in Roman characters only. -JHP



6. Mathers: "cxxxiii.; cxvii." Mich276 gives Ps116 only. -JHP



CHAPTER XVI

OF THE BLOOD OF THE BAT, PIGEON, AND OTHER ANIMALS



Take a living bat and exorcise it thus:—

THE EXORCISM OF THE BAT.



CAMIACH, CANTAC, EMIAL, MIAL, EMORE, BARCA, MARBAT, CACRAT, ZANDAC, VALAMACH;1 by these most holy names, and the other names of angels which are written in the book ASSAMAIAN,2 I conjure thee O bat (or whatever animal it may be) that thou assist me in this operation, by God the true, God the holy, the God who hath created thee, and by Adam, who hath imposed thy true name upon thee and upon all other animated beings.3



After this, take the needle or other convenient instrument of art, as will be said later on, and pierce the bat in the vein which is in the right wing; and collect the blood in a small vessel over the which thou shalt say:—

1. Aub24: "Camiach, Comiach, Emial, Marbal, Emou, Barcu, Marbat, Cattiat, Zandach, Valimach"; Ad10862: "Camiach, Eomiahe, Emial, Maebal, Emou, [139r] zareau, Maifiat, Lactiat, Tendac, Vulamache"; Sl3091: "Camiac, Cantac, Emorbat, Mial, Emore, Barea, Marbat, lacrat, Zonday, Valmach"; M276: "Camiac cantac emarfat mial emore"; K288: "Camiac, Cantanc, Emorbat, mial, Emore, Barca, Marbat, Cacrat, Zunday, Valmach"; H: "Camiac, Cantac, Emorbat, Mial, Emore, Barca, Marbat, Cacrat, Zunday, Valmach"; L1202: "Camo, Canto, Emorbao, Miat, Emoreo, Marhas, Careat, Zainday, Vatanach"; Ad36674: "Camac, Lamath, Omac, Cachac, Marbac, Glyac, Iamachar, Valmath"; Mathers: "CAMIACH, EOMIAHE, EMIAL, MACBAL, EMOII, ZAZEAN, MAIPHIAT, ZACRATH, TENDAC, VULAMAHI". -JHP



2. The Sepher Ha-Shamaiim, or Book of the Heavens. -SLM



3. Aub24, Ad. 10862, Sl. 1307, and Sl. 2383 all add, "Then say, 'O angels ADONAY, ELOHY, AGLAY, AGLATHA: May you be our help, so that the speech (sermo) may be fulfilled through you." -JHP



Almighty ADONAI, ARATHRON, ASHAI, ELOHIM, ELOHI, ELION, ASHER EHEIEH, SHADDAI, O God the Lord, immaculate, immutable, EMANUEL, MESSIACH, YOD, HE, VAU, HE, be my aid, so that this blood may have power and efficacy in all wherein I shall wish, and in all that I shall demand.







Perfume it and keep it for use.4



4. Aub24 adds "Aliter accipiatur predictum animal, et totum minutim concidatur, vel contundatur; deinde exprimatur sanguis cum panno subtili albo extorculari, et dicantur predicta verba. Aut, quod facilius est, amputatur eius caput cum gladio Artis, et accipiatur sanguis, et eo utaris ad scribenda tua experimenta. Si aliter feceris numquam ad optatum effectum ea per ducere poteris." Ad. 10862, Sl3091, and K288 have something similar. -JHP



The blood of other winged animals may be taken in the same manner, with the proper solemnities.5



Note by Editor.-- I cannot too strongly impress on the readers of this volume that the use of blood is more or less connected with black magic; and that it should be avoided as much as possible.





5. So K288. Aub24: "Consimili etiam ratione si aliquando contingat accipere de sanguine colombarum, vel aliarum avium. Extrahatur sanguis vel per amputationem capitis, vel per punctionem venae sub Ala dextra quod melius est. Idem facies, et dices extrahendo sanguinem ex tuis digitis, aut aliis membris, si continget." Ad. 10862: "Cum simili ratione, si aliquod contingat accipere de sanguine colombarum, uel aliarum Avium, extrahatur sanguis per amputationem Capitis, uel per punctionem sub Ala dextera quod melius, cum autem uti uolueris sanguine alicuius animalis, omnia adunguem obserua, quae de Vespertileone ut omnia fiant cum Acu, gladio, uel Arctauo, siue stilo exorcizato prout fieri contigerit." -JHP

CHAPTER XVII

OF VIRGIN PARCHMENT, OR VIRGIN PAPER, AND HOW IT SHOULD BE PREPARED



Virgin paper, or card, is that which is new, pure, clean, and exorcised, never having served for any other purpose.



Virgin parchment is necessary in many magical operations, and should be properly prepared and consecrated. There are two kinds, one called virgin, the other unborn. Virgin parchment is that which is taken from an animal which hath not attained the age of generation, whether it be ram, or kid, or other animal.



Unborn parchment is taken from an animal which hath been taken before its time from the uterus of its mother.



Take whichsoever of these two classes of animals thou pleasest, provided only that it be male, and in the day and hour of Mercury; and take it to a secret place where no man may see thee at work. Thou shalt have a marsh-reed cut at a single stroke with a new knife,1 and thou shalt strip from it the leaves, repeating this conjuration:—



1. Aub24 and Ad. 10862: "cum gladio artis" (with the knife of the art). Sl. 3847: "with artano" i.e. the penknife. -JHP

THE CONJURATION OF THE REED.



I conjure thee by the ceator of all things, and by the king of angels, whose name is EL SHADDAI, that thou receivest strength and virtue to flay this animal and to construct the parchment whereon I may write the holy names of God, and that it may acquire so great virtue that all which I shall write or do may obtain its effect, through him who liveth unto the eternal ages. Amen.







Before cutting the reed recite Psalm:2



* [Ps71=KJV72] Deus iudicium tuum Regi da (Give the king thy judgments....)



After this, with the knife of the art, thou shalt fashion the reed into the shape of a knife, and upon it thou shalt write these names: AGLA, ADONAI, ELOHI (see figure 87),3 through whom be the work of this knife accomplished. Then thou shalt say:—



2. Aub24 moves this paragraph to before the conjuration. Sl3091 neglects to mention which Psalm. -JHP



3. The manuscripts give these sacred names in Roman characters only. Aub24: "Aglay, Adonay, Elohe"; Ad10862: "Agla, Adonay, Eloha"; Sl3091, H: "Aglay, Adonay, Eloha"; K288: "Aglay, Adonay, Eloho"; L1202: "Agla, Adonay, Elohay". -JHP

Figure 87.

AGLA ADNI ALHI





O God, who drewest Moses, thy well beloved and thine elect, from among the reeds on the marshy banks of the Nile, and from the waters, he being yet but a child, grant unto me through thy great mercy and compassion that this reed may receive power and virtue to effect that which I desire through thy holy name and the names of thy holy angels. Amen.



This being done, thou shalt commence with this knife to flay the animal, whether it be virgin or unborn, saying:—



LAZAY, ADONAY, DALMAY, SHADDAI, TETRAGRAMMATON, ANERETON, ANEFENETON, CURETON4 and ye holy angels of God; be present, and grant power and virtue unto this parchment, and may it be consecrated by you, so that all things which I shall write thereon shall obtain their effect. Amen.



The animal being flayed, take salt, and say thus over it:—



God of Gods, and Lord of Lords, who hast created all things from negative existence, deign to bless and sanctify this salt, so that in placing it upon this parchment which I wish to make, it may have such virtue that whatsoever I may write on it hereafter may attain its desired end. Amen.







4. Aub24: "Lazay, Adonay, Dalmay, Saday, Tetragrammaton, Anereton, Agmefeton, Cuxeton"; Ad. 10862: "Lori, Lai, Falmay, Adonay, Saday, Tetagramaton"; Sl3091: "Saday, Adonay, Dalmay, Sazay, Tetagramaton, Anereton, Cureton"; K288: "Lazay, Adonay, Dalmay, Saday, Tetragrammaton, Anereton, Cureton"; L1202: "Lazay, Adonay, Dalamay, Saday, Tetragrammaton, Anecreton, Anefaton, Cureton"; Sl3847: "Lazay, balmay, Dalmay adonay, Saday, Tetragrammaton, agnefeton, Cedion, Orion, enereton, Athanatos, Theodomos, Kyros helyos Agyos, Theophilos"; Mathers: "ZOHAR, ZIO, TALMAÏ, ADONAI, SHADDAI, TETRAGRAMMATON". -JHP



Afterwards rub the said parchment with the exorcised salt, and leave it in the Sun, to imbibe this salt for the space of an entire day. Then take a large earthen vessel glazed within and without,5 round the outside of which thou shalt write the characters in Figure 88.



5. Aub24: "terreum invitriatum" (glazed earth) as in the chapter on hyssop; Ad. 10862: "vas staneum" (a tin vessel); Sl. 3847: "an earthen vessel, covered." -JHP

Figure 88, from Ad. 10862, fol. 143v.





After this thou shalt put powdered lime into the vessel, saying:—



ONAY, ZARON, LAINON, ZEVARON, THIPHION, ELION,6 be ye present and bless this lime7 so that it may attain the desired effect, through the king of the heavens, and the God of the angels. Amen.







6. Aub24: "Onayzaron, layzon, Zavayron, Thiphyon, Abyon, Occinomos"; Ad. 10862: "Oray, Zaron, Laynon, Zeuaron, Zhiphil, Alyon"; Sl 3847: "Onoy, Zoron, Lazion, Zacaryon, typhyon, alyon, occinomos"; Sl3091: "Onoy, Zuzon, Layron, Zavayron, Thephion, Elimos, Occinamos"; H: "Onoy, Zuson, Layron, Zavayron, Thephion, Elimos, Occinamos"; K288: "Onay, Zuson, Layron, Zavairon, Thephyon, Elymos, Occinamos"; L1202: "Onay, Zusson, Laigron, Zavayon, Thepion, Elimos, Orinamus"; Mathers: "OROII, ZARON, ZAINON, ZEVARON, ZAHIPHIL, ELION". -JHP



7. So all MSS, but Mathers reads "this work." -JHP



Take then exorcised water and pour it upon the said lime, and place the skin therein for three days, after which thou shalt take it thence, and scrape therefrom the lime and flesh adhering, with the knife of reed.



After this thou shalt cut, with a single stroke, a wand of hazel, long enough for thee to form a circle therewith;8 take also a cord spun by a young maiden, and small stones or pebbles from a brook, pronouncing these words:—



8. Aub24 adds "and say, 'O Adonay most sacred, bring your power to this wood, that with it I may be able to dry the consecrated virgin parchment.' " -JHP



O God Adonai, holy and powerful father, put virtue into these stones, that they may serve to stretch this parchment, and to chase therefrom all fraud, and may it obtain virtue by thine almighty power.9







9. Ad. 10862 omits this oration. -JHP



After this, having stretched the said parchment upon the circle and bound it with the cord and stones, thou shalt say:—



AGLA, YOD, HE, VAU, HE, IAH, EMANUEL, bless and preserve this parchment, so that no phantasm may enter therein.10







10. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 add, "Then set the aforesaid parchment in the aforesaid circle, to dry in a shady and secret location, and there (reliquatur) for the three days. And when you leave it for drying, sprinkle lightly with the exorcized water, saying: 'In the name of the pious and eternal God, purge it O Lord, so that it may be cleaned from the all wickedness, and washed as white as snow.' " -JHP



Let it dry thus for three days in a dark and shady place, then cut the cord with the knife of art, and detach the parchment from the circle, saying:—



ANCOR, AMACOR, AMIDES, THEODONIAS, PHAGOR, ANITOR,11 be present for a guard unto this parchment.



Then perfume it, and keep it in silk ready for use.



No woman, if her flowers be upon her, should be permitted to see this parchment; otherwise it will lose its virtue. He who maketh it should be pure, clean, and prepared.



But if the preparation of the aforesaid parchment seemeth too tedious, thou mayest make it in the following manner, but it is not so good.



Take any parchment, and exorcise it; prepare a censer with perfumes; write upon the parchment the characters in Figure 89, hold it over the incense, and say:—



11. Aub24: "Ancor Amacor, Amides, Theodonias, Pancor, Plangor, Anitor"; Ad. 10862: "Antor Aneor, Turlos, Ideodonos, Phagor, Afacar"; Sl3091, K288: "Ancor, Amacor, Amodes, Veadonia, Pancor, Phagor, Anitor"; L1202: "Ancor, Amacor, Amode, Pancor, Theœ, Denda, Phagor, Anitor"; Mathers: "ANTOR, ANCOR, TURLOS, BEODONOS, PHAIAR, APHARCAR". Compare also with the spell in Chapter 6. This seems to be derived from Ars Notoria (the oration of the physical art): "IHesus fili Dominus Incomprehensibilis: Ancor, Anacor, Anylos, Zohorna, Theodonos, hely otes Phagor, Norizane, Corichito, Anosae, Helse Tonope, Phagora. (Another part of the same oration.) Elleminator, Candones helosi, Tephagain, Tecendum, Thaones, Behelos, Belhoros, Hocho Phagan, Corphandonos, Humanae natus & vos Eloytus Phugora: Be present ye holy angels, advertise and teach me, whether such a one shall recover, or dye of this infirmity." -JHP



Be ye present to aid me, and may my operation be accomplished through you; LAZAY, SALMAY, DALMAY, ADONAI, ANERETON, CEDRION, CRIPON, PRION, ANAIRETON, ELION, OCTINOMON, ZEVANION, ALAZAION, ZIDEON, AGLA, ON, YOD HE VAU HE, ARTOR, DINOTOR,12 holy angels of God; be present and infuse virtue into this parchment, so that it may obtain such power through you that all names or characters thereon written may receive due power, and that all deceit and hindrance may depart therefrom, through God the Lord merciful and gracious, who liveth and reigneth through all the ages. Amen.







Figure 89, from Ad. 10862, fol. 145v.





12. Aub24: "Lazay, Salmay, Dalm[ay,] Adonay, Anepheton, Cedryon, Cryon, Oryon, Anereton, Otheon Occinomon, Zaccari[n,] Azozarion, Sidoon, Agla, On, Jod, He, He, V[au,] Ja, el, Jah, Nglimanuel, Vah, Vah, Anto[r,] Dinotor, Anilor, Eucheion"; Ad. 10862: "Lazay, Salmay, Dalmay, Adonay, Anapheton, Cedrion, Cripon, Orion, Anereton, Obeon, Occinomon, Zeuarion, Alazarion, Sideon, Agla, On, Iod, He, He, Va, Vah, Arbor, Dinotor"; Sl3091: "Lazai, Salmay, Adonay, Anapheton, Ostien, Occinamos, Zavarin, Azzozarcon, Sydoon, Agla, On, Jod, Hé, vau, Hé, Jah, El, Jah, Chrimanuch, vah, Arcor, Dinotor, Arvilo, Echeyor"; H: "Lazay, Salmay, Adonay, Anapheton, Cedrion, Creon, arion, Aucreton, Ostien, Occinomos, Zavarin, Azzozareon, Sydoon, Agla, On, Jod, He, Vau, Hé, Jah, El, Jah, Chrimanuch, Vah, Vah, Ancor, Dinotor, Avilo, Echeyor"; K288: "Lazay, Salmay, Adonay, Anapheton [sic], Cedrion, Creon, Orion, Anareton, Ostien, Occinomos, Zavarin, Azazzareon, Sydoon, Agla, On, Jod, Hé, Vau, Hé, Jah, El, Jah, Chrimamich, Vah, Vah, Ancor, Dinator, Avilos, Echeyor"; L1202: "Bazay, Salmay, Adonay, Anapheton, Cedrion, Ereon, Anareton, Osnen, Occinamos, Zanarim, Arion, Sidaon, Agla, On, Jod, He, Vau, He, Jac, Ee, Jac, Chrimanuel, Vau, Vau, Ancor, Denotor, Anglo, Acheyer"; Sl3847: "Lazay, Salmay, Dalmay, Adonay, Saday, Tetragrammaton, anepheneton, Cedyon, Aryon, Anereneton, Athanatos, Theos, Theodomos, anilos, pes, kyros, abos, Theophilos, Onoy, Zoron, Largon, Lazaryon, Theophilon, Tisyon, Alyon, Occinomos, Zacharion, Sydion, Agla, Joth, heth, he, vau, el, emanuel, Ja . Ja, Vah, ancor, anilos, Theodonas"; Mathers: "ZAZAII, ZALMAII, DALMAII, ADONAI, ANAPHAXETON, CEDRION, CRIPON, PRION, ANAIRETON, ELION, OCTINOMON, ZEVANION, ALAZAION, ZIDEON, AGLA, ON, YOD HE VAU HE, ARTOR, DINOTOR". -JHP



Then shalt thou recite over the parchment these Psalms:13



* [Ps71=KJV72] Deus iudicium tuum Regi da (Give the king thy judgments, O God)

* [Ps116=KJV117] Laudate Dominum omnes gentes (O praise the Lord, all ye nations: praise him)14

* [Ps133=KJV134] Ecce nunc benedicite Dominum (Behold, bless ye the Lord, all ye)

* [Dan3.57] Benedicite Omnia Opera (O all ye works of the Lord, bless ye)15







13. Mathers: "Psalms lxxii.; cxvii.; and cxxxiv.; and the 'Benedicite Omnia Opera.' " -JHP



14. Ad. 10862 omits. -JHP



15. i.e., The Song of the Three Children, Daniel 3:57ff. -JHP

Then say:—



I conjure thee, O parchment, by all the holy names, that thou obtainest efficacy and strength, and becomest exorcised and consecrated, so that none of the things which may he written upon thee shall be effaced from the Book of Truth. Amen.



Then sprinkle it, and keep it as before said.



The cauls of newly-born children, duly consecrated, may also he used instead of virgin parchment. Also paper, satin, silk, and the like substances, may be employed in operations of less importance if duly exorcised and consecrated.16



16. Aub24 omits this paragraph, but includes a lengthy chapter on "De Carta membrana Hædina vel ovium" (About parchment from sheep or goats) It includes the sacred names "Basmeleth, Ghismieth, Sadamos, Belureos" in the conjuration, and the consecration includes Psalms 101, 21, 14, and 83 (Vulgate). The same material is included in Ad. 10862, but after the chapter on consecrating the needle. -JHP

CHAPTER XVIII

OF WAX AND VIRGIN EARTH



Wax and virgin earth are also employed in many magical operations, whether to make images, or candles, or other things; therefore they should never have been put to any other use. The earth should be dug up with thine own hands, and reduced to a paste, without touching it with any instrument whatever, so that it be not defiled thereby.



The wax should be taken from bees which have only made it for the first time, and it should never have been employed for any other purpose; and when thou shalt wish it to avail thyself of the one or the other, thou shalt before commencing the work repeat the following conjuration:—

CONJURATION.





EXTABOR, NETABOR, SITACIBOR, ADONAI, ON, LAZOMEN, MECHOR, ASMODAH, ASCOBAC, COMTAC, ERIONAS, PROFETAS, ALIOMAS, CONAMAS, PAPIEREDOS, OSIANDOS, NARBONIDAS, ALMAY, CACAY, COAQNAY, EQUEVAT, DAMNAT, VERNAS, COMPARES, SCIES, GERADES, SERANTES, COPHILADES,1 ye angels of God be present, for I invoke ye in my work, so that through you it may find virtue and accomplishment. Amen.







1. Aub24: "Extabor, Netabor, Sittauibor, Adonay, On, Lazam**. Medon, Asmodah, Auhabach, Camtach, Eorim**, Profraas, Aliomas, Canamas, Paparidos, Usiad**, Narbonidas, Almay, Cattay, Coanay, equeuat, Damnat, Vernas, Compares, Scies, Gerades, S**, Serantes, Cosphilades"; M276: "Extabor nestabor sitacibor adonay on cophi laphides"; Ad10862 "Extabor, Netabor, Sittaubor, Adonay, Onzo, Zomen, Meuor, Asmodah, Ascobac, Comatus, Erionas, Profas, Alcomas, Conamas, Papuendos, Osiandos, Equauut, Damnat, Eheres, Golades, Telantes, Cophi, Lades (Z-?)"; Sl3091: "Extabor, nestabor, sytacibor, Adonay, On, Azzozamon, Mecchon, Asmodachu, Comphac, Erionas, Prophetes, Aliomas, Conamas, Papieredas, Ostiodos, Narbonidos, Almoy, Cacay, Coanay, Equevant, vemat, Bennay, Comparis, Scies, Serantis, Cosphiladis"; Mathers: "EXTABOR, HETABOR, SITTACIBOR, ADONAI, ONZO, ZOMEN, MENOR, ASMODAL, ASCOBAI, COMATOS, ERIONAS, PROFAS, ALKOMAS, CONAMAS, PAPUENDOS, OSIANDOS, ESPIACENT, DAMNATH, EHERES, GOLADES, TELANTES, COPHI, ZADES." -JHP

After this repeat these Psalms:2



* [Ps130=KJV131] Domine non est exaltatum cor meum (Lord, my heart is not haughty)

* [Ps14=KJV15] Domine quis habitabit in tabernaculo tuo (Lord, who shall abide in thy tabernacle?)

* [Ps101=KJV102] Domine exaudi orationem meam (Hear my prayer, O Lord)

* [Ps8=KJV8] Domine Dominus noster quam admirabile (O Lord our Lord, how excellent)

* [Ps83=KJV84] Quam dilecta Tabernacula tua Domine (How amiable are thy tabernacles, O Lord)

* [Ps67=KJV68] Exsurgat Deus et dissipentur inimici (Let God arise, let his enemies be scattered)

* [Ps49=KJV50] Deus Deorum Dominus locutus est (The mighty God, even the Lord, hath spoken, and called)

* [Ps53=KJV54] Deus in nomine tuo salvum me fac (Save me, O God, by thy name)

* [Ps71=KJV72] Deus iudicium tuum Regi da (Give the king thy judgments, O God)

* [Ps132=KJV133] Ecce quam bonum, et quam iucundum (Behold, how good and how pleasant)

* [Ps113=KJV114+115] In exitu Israhel de Aegypto domus (When Israel went out of Egypt, the house)

* [Ps125=KJV126] In convertendo Dominum captivitatem (When the Lord turned again the captivity)

* [Ps46=KJV47] Omnes gentes plaudite manibus (O clap your hands, all ye people)

* [Ps45=KJV46] Deus noster refugium, et virtus (God is our refuge and strength)

* [Ps21=KJV22] Deus Deus meus respice me (My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?)

* [Ps50=KJV51] Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam (Have mercy upon me, O God, according to thy lovingkindness)

* [Ps129=KJV130] De profundis clamavi ad te Domine (Out of the depths have I cried unto thee, O Lord)

* [Ps138=KJV139] Domine probasti me et cognovisti me (O Lord, thou hast searched me, and known me)







2. Mathers (following L1202) reads: "cxxxi.; xv.; cii.; viii.; lxxxiv.; lxviii.; lxxii.; cxxxiii.; cxiii.; cxxvi.; xlvi.; xlvii.; xxii.; li.; cxxx.; cxxxix.; xlix.; cx.; liii."; Ad. 10862 omits the first 2. -JHP

and say:—



I exorcise thee, O creature of wax (or of Earth), that through the holy name of God and his holy angels thou receive blessing, so that thou mayest be sanctified and blessed, and obtain the virtue which we desire, through the most holy name of ADONAI. Amen.



Sprinkle the wax and put it aside for use; but take note that the earth which should be dug up with thy hands should be prepared every time thou hast need thereof.



CHAPTER XIX

CONCERNING THE NEEDLE AND OTHER IRON INSTRUMENTS





In many experiments1 it is necessary to use certain tools, such as a needle for sewing or pricking,1 or other needs. It should be prepared starting on the day and hour of Jupiter, making the needle, or other instrument, and not finished in that hour, but in the day and hour of Venus. And afterwards when finished, say over it this conjuration:1



1. I have translated this paragraph based on Ad. 10862, but Aub24, Mich276, L1202, K288, and Ad. 36674 are similar. Sl3091 is also similar but reads instead of . Mathers reads, "There are several steel instruments necessary in various operations, as a needle to prick or to sew; a burin, or instrument wherewith to engrave, etc. Thou shalt make such instruments in the day and hour of Jupiter, and when it is finished thou shalt say:—" -JHP



2. Instead of "sewing or pricking," Aub24 reads "inscribing letters or characters. It can be in the form of what artists call a 'boline', or any other suitable form." -JHP



I conjure thee, O needle (or other instrument),3 by God the Father almighty, by the virtue of the heavens, of the stars, and of the angels who preside over them; by the virtue of stones, herbs, and animals; by the virtue of hail, snow, and wind; that thou receivest such virtue that thou mayest obtain without deceit the end which I desire in all things where I shall use thee; through God the creator of the ages, and emperor of the angels. Amen.







3. So Aub24 and Ad10862. M276, Sl3091, H, K288, and L1202 all read, "I conjure thee, O form of N." Sl1307 combines this with the chapter 8. It reads "Ti scongiuro Intromento Bollino...." Mathers: "O Instrument of Steel". -JHP

Afterwards repeat these Psalms:3



* [Ps3=KJV3] Domine quid multiplicati sunt (Lord, how are they increased that trouble me)

* [Ps7=KJV7] Domine Deus meus in te speravi (O Lord my God, in thee do I put my trust)4

* [Ps9=KJV9+KJV10] Confitebor tibi Domine in toto corde meo (I will praise thee, O Lord, with my whole heart)5

* [Ps41=KJV42] Quemadmodum desiderat Cervus ad (As the hart panteth after the water brooks)

* [Ps59=KJV60] Deus reppulisti nos et destruxisti nos (O God, thou hast cast us off, thou hast scattered us)

* [Ps50=KJV51] Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam (Have mercy upon me, O God, according to thy lovingkindness)

* [Ps129=KJV130] De profundis clamavi ad te Domine (Out of the depths have I cried unto thee, O Lord)







3. So Sl3091, K288, Sl1307. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 omit the last two Psalms listed. L1202: 3, 30 (see note 4 below), 9, 41, 59, 50, 129. M276: 3, 7, 129. Mathers: "Psalms iii.; ix.; xxxi.; xlii.; lx.; li.; cxxx." -JHP



4. L1202 and Mathers misidentify this as Psalm 30=KJV31 which begins similarly.



5. Sl. 3847 adds Psalms 10, 15, 17, 18, 22, and 39 at this point. -JHP



Perfume it with the perfumes of the art, and sprinkle it with exorcised water, wrap it in silk and say:—



DANI, LUMECH, AGALMATUROD, GEDIEL, PANI, CANELOAS, MEROD, LAMIDOC, BALDOC, ANERETON, METRATON, TUANCIA, COMPENDON, LAMEDON, CEDRION, ON, MYTRION, ANTON, SYON, SPISSON, LUPRATON, GION, GIMON, GERSON, AGLA, AGLAY, AGLAOD, AGLADIAMERON, 6 angels most holy,7 be present for a guard unto this instrument.



6. This list is somewhat arbitrary based on the following diverse readings: Aub24: "Dami, Lamech, Nghalmavuchod, Gadol, Paneca, Veloos, Merod, Lamidoc, Baldac, Anereton, Mertraton, Tuancia, Compendon, Lamedon, Cadarion, On, Mytrion, Anton, Syon, Spisson Lupraton Gion, Gimon, Gerson, Agla, Aglay, Aglaod, Agladiameron"; Ad. 10862: "Dani, Lumech, Ngalmaturod, Gadiel, Pane, Caueloas, Merod, Lamidoe, Baldoe, Metrator"; Sl3091: "Banuata, lames, Dulmarias, Gue [3-4 space blank] oria, Mocodate, gedeca, Concederenty, Convizlaria, Marcaria, Arcular, Geradia, Tabia, Al [3-4 space blank] Melsiam, Bonifair, Mertagullo, Donde, Bacalaria, Arcular, Compariodon, Lamodon, Theodicon"; H3981: "Banvata, Lames, Dulmazias, Gedulas, Oria, Mocodale, Gedeca, Concederenti, Convizlaria, Marcaria, Geradia, Tabia, Amgla, Melsiam, Bonifair, Mertagullo, Donde, Bacalaria, Arcular, Compariodon, Lamodon, Theodicon"; M276: "Banciara, lames, dalmaris, gedules bonifac Theodoriam"; Ad36674: "Baruchata, lamec, Dalmone, Madaldac, Gedodia, Marco, Badalna, Geoderia, Conolaria, Mararya, Geordia, Lalia, Migia, Amolsiam, Bonefariam, Amedain, Camedon, Cedorion, Oubyon, Myson, Artion, Efraton, Geon, Gesson, Besso, Agla, Gly, Aglatha. Aglathot, Agladian, Meriones"; Sl1307: "Damai, Lumech, Gadol, Paneca, Veloas, Merod, Lamiduc, Baldac, Anereton, Mitraton"; Mathers: "DANI, ZUMECH, AGALMATUROD, GADIEL, PANI, CANELOAS, MEROD, GAMIDOI, BALDOI, METRATOR" -JHP



7. So Aub24, Ad10862, and Ad. 36674; M276, Sl3091, L1202, K288, and H3981 read "angels good and evil"; Sl1307: "Angeli Misericordissimi" (most merciful angels). Sl1307 also specifies that it should be kept in a red silk covering. -JHP

CHAPTER XX

CONCERNING THE SILKEN CLOTH



When any instrument of the art is properly consecrated, it should be wrapped in silk and put away, as we have said.1

1. Aub24 adds, "It may also be of linen, provided it is neat and clean, and it will be of greater effectiveness if kept untouched and undefiled." Add. 36674 supports the same reading. -JHP



Take, then, silk of any colour except black or grey, whereon write the words and characters in Figure 90.



Figure 90, from Ad. 10862, fol. 154v.





And the following words:2



Adonay, Amasias, Anareton, Pneumaton, Agla Ensof, Cados, Auar, Amacor, Arcilor, Semamphoras, Lameleuana, Capteplseriod, Semiferos Eos, Bos, Elohim.







2. Mathers gives the names in Hebrew characters, while all the manuscripts use Roman characters. -JHP

Perfume it with incense of good odour, sprinkle it, and recite these Psalms:3



* [Ps8=KJV8] Domine Dominus noster (O Lord our Lord)4

* [Ps71=KJV72] Deus iudicium tuum Regi da (Give the king thy judgments, O God)

* [Ps133=KJV134] Ecce nunc benedicite Dominum (Behold, bless ye the Lord)

* [Ps64=KJV65] Te decet hymnus Deus in Sion (Praise waiteth for thee, O God, in Sion)5







3. Mathers: "Psalms lxxxii.; lxxii.; cxxxiv.; lxiv." -JHP



4. Mathers follows L1202 in identifying this as Ps81=KJV82, even though the opening words do not match. -JHP



5. "lxiv" seems to be a simple typo in Mathers. All the mansucripts agree on Ps64=KJV65. -JHP



After this thou shalt put it aside for seven days with sweet spices; and thou shalt use this silk to wrap all the instruments of the Art.



CHAPTER XXI

CONCERNING ASTROLOGICAL IMAGES1



This chapter is omitted by Mathers, but is included in Sl. 3847, Ad. 10862, Sl. 1307, Sl. 2383, and Ad. 36674.







CHAPTER XXII

CONCERNING CHARACTERS



Whensoever in any operation it is necessary to write characters, and thou fearest that thou wilt fail, do this: [With the quill pen of the art and a scarlet or cinnabar color,]1 write at the beginning the name EHEIEH ASHER EHEIEH (Figure 91), and at the end the name AIN SOPH (Figure 92) [which signifies 'Infinite'];2 between these names write what thou wishest, and if thou hast anything especial to do bear the said written names upon the wrapper in silk, and thou shalt say over them:—



Figure 91. AHIH AShR AHIH



Figure 92. AIN SVF

1. So Aub24, Ad10862, Sl. 2383: "cum penna artis, et colore puniceo, vel cinaprio". K288: "... en couleur morelle claire"; L1202: "... en couleur de Morelle claire". For some reason Mathers omits this phrase, even though it is found in all the major manuscripts. -JHP



2. So Aub24 and Ad. 10862; Sl. 2383 reads "which signifies 'Without End'". Mathers follows the French manuscripts in omitting this phrase. The manuscripts give these sacred names in Roman characters only. -JHP





Most wise and most high creator of all things, I pray thee for thy pity3 and mercy that thou mayest grant such virtue and power unto these holy names, that thou mayest keep these characters from all deceit and error, through thee, O most holy ADONAI. Amen.



After having repeated this thou shalt write the requisite characters, and thou shalt not fail, but shall attain thy desired end.4



3. Aub24 and Sl. 2383 both read "pietatem" which in this context is obviously best read as "pity"; This is also supported by K288 and L1202 which both read "pitié". Ad. 10862 omits this phrase. For some reason Mathers reads "grace." -JHP



4. Mathers inserts Lans. 1203, chapter 18 at this point (consecration of the book). -JHP

CHAPTER XXIII

CONCERNING SACRIFICES TO THE SPIRITS, AND HOW THEY SHOULD BE MADE



In many operations it is necessary to make some sort of sacrifice unto the demons, and in various ways. Sometimes white animals are sacrificed to the good spirits and black to the evil. Such sacrifices consist of the blood and sometimes of the flesh.



They who sacrifice animals, of whatsoever kind they be, should select those which are virgin, as being more agreeable unto the spirits, and rendering them more obedient.



When blood is to be sacrificed it should be drawn also from virgin quadrupeds or birds, but before offering the oblation, say:—



May this sacrifice which we find it proper to offer unto ye, noble and lofty beings, be agreeable and pleasing unto your desires; be ye ready to obey us, and ye shall receive greater ones.



Then perfume and sprinkle it according to the rules of art.



When it is necessary, with all the proper ceremonies, to make sacrifices of fire, they should be made of wood which hath some quality referring especially unto the spirits invoked;1 as



* juniper, or pine,2 unto the spirits of Saturn;

* box, or oak, unto those of Jupiter;

* cornel, or cedar, unto those of Mars;

* laurel unto those of the Sun;

* myrtle unto those of Venus;

* hazel unto those of Mercury; and

* willow unto those of the Moon.







1. Unfortunately this interesting passage is confused in the manuscripts. Mathers' reading follows K288. Ad. 10862 omits the rest of this paragraph. Aub24 reads, "juniper or brambles for the spirits or Saturn, bay-laurel for those of the Sun, oak or boxwood for those or Jupiter, willow for those of the Moon, cherry (or horn, Lat. corneae) for those of Mars, myrtle for those of Venus, and hazel for those of Mercury. There are countless other woods attributed to the planets, which can be discovered elsewhere, as in our book where we mention cedar of lebanon and hyssop." L1202 reads "those of Saturn, boxwood or oak; those of Jupiter of ceder; those of Mars of the bay-tree; those of the Sun, of the palm tree; those of Venus from hazelnut (Noisettier); those of Mercury of the hazel tree; those of the Moon of the willow." -JHP



But when we make sacrifices of food and drink, everything necessary should be prepared outside of the circle,2 [the table table previously washed or new,]3 and the meats should be covered with some fine clean cloth, and have also a clean white cloth spread beneath them; with fresh4 bread, and precious wine,5 but in all things those which refer to the nature of the planet. Animals, such as fowls or pigeons, should be roasted. Especially shouldst thou have a vessel of clear and pure fountain water, and before thou enterest into the circle, thou shalt summon the spirits by their proper names, or at least those chief among them, saying:—

2. Aub24 and Ad. 10862: "extra circulum". Mathers: "without the circle". -JHP



3. So Aub24 and Ad. 10862. Mathers omits. -JHP



4. Lat. Recentis. Mathers: "new". -JHP



5. K288: "et du vin exquis et petillant." Mathers: "good and sparkling wine". -JHP



In whatsoever place ye may be, ye spirits, who are invited to this feast, come ye and be ready to receive our offerings, presents, and sacrifices, and ye shall have hereafter yet more agreeable oblations.



Perfume the viands with sweet incense, and sprinkle them with exorcised water; then commence to conjure the spirits until they shall come.



This is the manner of making sacrifices in all arts and operations wherein it is necessary, and acting thus, the spirits will be prompt to serve thee.



Here endeth our Key, the which if thou thoroughly instillest into thy memory, thou shalt be able, if it pleaseth thee, even to fly with the wings of the wind. But if thou takest little heed hereof, and despiseth this book, never shalt thou attain unto the desired end in any magical experiment or operation whatsoever.



For in this book is comprised all science of magical art, and it should be strictly kept by thee. And hereunto is the end of our Key, in the name of God the righteous, the merciful, and the eternal, who liveth and reigneth throughout the ages. Amen.



THE END OF THE KEY OF SOLOMON THE KING.





ANCIENT FRAGMENT OF THE KEY OF SOLOMON

NOTES:

TRANSLATED FROM THE HEBREW BY ELIPHAZ LÉVI; and given in his 'Philosophie Occulte,' Serie II., Page 136.



I will now give unto thee the Key of the Kingdom of the Spirits.



This Key is the same as that of the Mysterious Numbers of Yetzirah.1

1. The Sepher Yetzirah, or Book of Formation, one of the most ancient books of the Qabalah.



The spirits are governed by the natural and universal hierarchy of things.



Three command Three through the medium of Three.



There are the Spirits of Above, those of Below, and those of the Centre; then if thou investest the Sacred Ladder, if thou descendest instead of ascending, thou wilt discover the Counter-Hierarchy of the Shells, or of the Dead Spirits.



Know thou only that the Principalities of Heaven, the Virtues, and the Powers, are not Persons, but dignities.



They are the Degrees of the Sacred Ladder upon which the Spirits ascend and descend.



Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, and the others, are not Names but Titles.



The First of the Numbers is the Unity.



The First of the Divine Conceptions called the Sephiroth is Kether or the Crown.



The First Category of the Spirits is that of Chaioth Ha-Qadesh or the Intelligences of the Divine Tetragram, whose Letters are symbolized by the Mysterious Animals in the Prophecy of Ezekiel.



Their empire is that of unity and synthesis. They correspond to the Intelligence.



They have for adversaries the Thamiel or Double-Headed Ones, the Demons of revolt and of anarchy, whose two Chiefs ever at War with each other, are Satan and Moloch.



The Second Number is two; the Second Sephira is Chokmah or Wisdom.



The Spirits of Wisdom are the Auphanim, a Name which signifieth the Wheels, because all acts in Heaven like immense Wheels spangled with Stars. Their Empire is that of Harmony. They correspond to the Reason.



They have for Adversaries the Chaigidel, or the Shells which attach themselves to Material and Lying Appearances. Their Chief, or rather their Guide, for Evil Spirits obey no one, is Beelzebub, whose Name signifieth the God of Flies, because Flies haunt putrefying corpses.



The third Number is three. The third Sephira is Binah or Understanding.



The Spirits of Binah are Aralim, or the Strong. Their empire is the creation of ideas; they correspond to activity and energy of thought.



They have for adversaries the Satariel, or concealers, the Demons of absurdity, of intellectual inertia, and of Mystery. The Chief of the Satariel is Lucifuge, called falsely and by anti-phrase Lucifer (as the Eumenides, who are the Furies, are called in Greek the Gracious Ones).



The fourth Number is four. The fourth Sephira is Gedulah or Chesed, Magnificence or Mercy.



The Spirits of Gedulah are the Chaschmalim, or the Lucid Ones. Their empire is that of beneficence; they correspond to the imagination.



They have for adversaries the Gamchicoth or the Disturbers of Souls. The Chief or Guide of these Demons is Ashtaroth or Astarte, the impure Venus of the Syrians, whom they represent with the head of an ass or of a bull, and the breasts of a woman.



The fifth Number is five. The fifth Sephira is Geburah or Justice.



The Spirits of Geburah are the Seraphim, or the Spirits burning with zeal. Their empire is that of the chastisement of crimes. They correspond to the faculty of comparing and of choosing.



They have for adversaries the Golab or incendiaries, Genii of wrath and sedition, whose Chief is Asmodeus, whom they also call Samael the Black.



The sixth Number is six. The sixth Sephira is Tiphereth the Supreme Beauty.



The Spirits of Tiphereth are the Malachim, or the Kings. Their empire is that of the Universal Harmony. They correspond to the judgment.



They have for adversaries the Tagaririm, or Disputers, whose Chief is Belphegor.



The seventh Number is seven. The seventh Sephira is Netzach, or Victory.



The Spirits of Netzach is the Elohim or the Gods, that is to say the representatives of God. Their empire is that of progress and of life; they correspond to the Sensorium or to sensibility.



They have for adversaries the Harab-Serapel, or the Ravens of Death, whose Chief is Baal.



The eighth Number is eight. The eighth Sephira is Hod or eternal order.



The Spirits of Hod are the Beni-Elohim or Sons of the Gods. Their empire is that of order; they correspond to the inner sense.



They have for adversaries the Samael or jugglers, whose Chief is Adramelech.



The ninth Number is nine. The ninth Sephira is Yesod, or the fundamental principle.



The Spirits of Yesod are the Cherubim or Angels, those powers which fecundate the earth, and which are represented in Hebrew symbolism under the form of bulls. Their empire is that of fecundity. They correspond to true ideas.



They have for adversaries the Gamaliel or obscene, whose Queen is Lilith, the Demon of debaucheries.



The tenth Number is ten. The tenth Sephira is Malkuth, or the kingdom of forms.



The Spirits of Malkuth are the Ischim, or the virile ones; they are the souls of the Saints whose Chief is Moses. (Let us not forget that it is Solomon who speaks. -Eliphaz Lévi.)



They have for adversaries the wicked ones who obey Nahema, the Demon of Impurity.



The wicked are symbolized by the five accursed nations whom Joshua was to destroy.



Joshua, or Jehoshua the Saviour, is a symbol of the Messiach.



His Name is composed of the letters of the Divine Tetragram changed into the Pentagram by the addition of the Letter Schin (see Figure 94).



Each letter of this Pentagram represents a power of good attacked by the five accursed nations.



For the real history of the people of God is the allegorical legend of Humanity.



The five accursed nations are:—



1. The Amalekites or Aggressors;



2. The Geburim or Violent Ones;



3. The Raphaim or Cowards;



4. The Nephilim or Voluptuous Ones;



5. The Anakim or Anarchists.



The Anarchists are vanquished by the Yod, which is the Sceptre of the Father.



The Violent are vanquished by the Hé', which is the Gentleness of the Mother.



The Cowards are vanquished by the Vau, which is the Sword of Michael, and Generation by travail and pain.



The Voluptuous are vanquished by the second Hé, which is the painful bringing forth of the Mother.



Lastly, the Aggressors are vanquished by the Schin, which is the Fire of the Lord and the equilibrating Law of justice.



The Princes of the Perverse Spirits are the False Gods whom they adore.



Hell has then no other government than that fatal law which punishes perversity and corrects error, for the false Gods only exist in the false opinion of their adorers.



Baal, Belphegor, Moloch, Adramelech, have been the idols of the Syrians; idols without soul, idols now destroyed, and of whom the Name alone remaineth.



The True God hath vanquished all the Demons as Truth triumphs over Error. That is past in the opinions of men, and the Wars of Michael against Satan are the symbols of movement, and of the progress of Spirits.



The Devil is ever a God of refusal.



Accredited idolatries are religions in their time.



Superannuated idolatries are Superstitions and Sacrileges.



The Pantheon of Phantoms, which are then in vogue, is the Heaven of the Ignorant.



The Receptacle of Phantoms, whom Folly even wisheth for no longer, is the Hell.



But all this existeth only in the Imagination of the Vulgar.



For the Wise, Heaven is the Supreme Reason, and Hell is Folly.



But It must be understood that we here employ the word Heaven in the Mystical sense which we give it in opposing to it the word Hell.



In order to evoke Phantoms it is sufficient to intoxicate oneself or to render oneself mad; for Phantoms are ever the companions of drunkenness and of vertigo.



The Phosphorus of the imagination, abandoned to all the caprices of over-excited and diseased nerves, fills itself with Monsters and absurd visions.



We can also arrive at hallucination by mingling together wakefulness and sleep by the graduated use of narcotics; but such actions are crimes against nature.



Wisdom chaseth away Phantoms, and enables us to communicate with the Superior Spirits by the contemplation of the Laws of Nature and the study of the Holy Numbers.



(Here King Solomon addresseth himself to his son, Roboam):—



Do thou, O my son Roboam, remember, that the Fear of Adonai is only the beginning of Wisdom.



Keep and preserve those who have not Understanding in the Fear of Adonai, which will give and will preserve unto thee my crown.



But learn to triumph thyself over Fear by Wisdom, and the Spirits will descend from Heaven to serve thee.



I, Solomon, thy father, King of Israel and of Palmyra, I have sought out and obtained in my lot the Holy Chokmah, which is the Wisdom of Adonai.



And I have become King of the Spirits as well of Heaven as of Earth, Master of the Dwellers of the Air, and of the Living Souls of the Sea, because I was in possession of the Key of the Hidden Gates of Light.



I have done great things by the virtue of the Schema Hamphorasch, and by the Thirty-two Paths of Yetzirah.



Number, weight, and measure determine the form of things; the substance is one, and God createth it eternally.



Happy is he who comprehendeth the Letters and the Numbers.



The Letters are from the Numbers, and the Numbers from the Ideas, and the Ideas from the Forces, and the Forces from the Elohim. The Synthesis of the Elohim is the Schema.



The Schema is one, its columns are two, its power is three, its form is four, its reflection giveth eight, which multiplied by three giveth unto thee the twenty-four Thrones of Wisdom.



Upon each Throne reposeth a Crown with three Rays, each Ray beareth a Name, each Name is an Absolute Idea. There are Seventy-two Names upon the Twenty-four Crowns of the Schema.



Thou shalt write these Names upon Thirty-six Talismans, two upon each Talisman, one on each side.



Thou shalt divide these Talismans into four series of nine each, according to the number of the Letters of the Schema.



Upon the first Series thou shalt engrave the Letter Yod, symbolized by the Flowering Rod of Aaron.



Upon the second the Letter Hé, symbolized by the Cup of Joseph.



Upon the third the Letter Vau, symbolized by the Sword of David my father.



And upon the fourth the Hé final, symbolized by the Shekel of Gold.



These thirty-six Talismans will be a Book which will contain all the Secrets of Nature. And by their diverse combinations thou shalt make the Genii and Angels speak.

(HERE ENDETH THE FRAGMENT OF THE KEY OF SOLOMON.)



THE QABALISTICAL INVOCATION OF SOLOMON



Given by Eliphaz Lévi in 'Rituel de la Haute Magie,' Chapter xiii.



Powers of the Kingdom, be beneath my left foot, and within my right hand.



Glory and Eternity touch my shoulders, and guide me In the Paths of Victory.



Mercy and Justice be ye the Equilibrium and splendor of my life.



Understanding and Wisdom give unto me the Crown.



Spirits of Malkuth conduct me between the two columns whereon is supported the whole edifice of the Temple.



Angels of Netzach and of Hod strengthen me upon the Cubical Stone of Yesod.



O GEDULAHEL! O GEBURAHEL! O TIPHERETH!



BINAHEL, be Thou my Love!



RUACH CHOKMAHEL, be Thou my Light!



Be that which Thou art, and that which Thou willest to be, O KETHERIEL!



Ishim, assist me in the Name of SHADDAI.



Cherubim, be my strength in the Name of ADONAI.



Beni Elohim, be ye my brethren in the Name of the Son, and by the virtues of TZABAOTH.



Elohim, fight for me in the Name of TETRAGRAMMATON.



Malachim, protect me in the Name of YOD HE VAU HE.



Seraphim, purify my love in the Name of ELOAH.



Chaschmalini, enlighten me with the splendors of ELOHI, and of SCHECHINAH.



Aralim, act ye; Auphanim, revolve and shine.



Chaioth Ha-Qadosch, cry aloud, speak, roar, and groan; Qadosch, Qadosch, Qadosch, SHADDAI, ADONAI, YOD CHAVAH, EHEIEH ASHER EHEIEH!



Halelu-Yah! Halelu-Yah! Halelu-Yah. Amen.





THE END.



COMMENTS

-



 

The Key of Solomon

00:36 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,900




INTRODUCTION by Joseph H. Peterson.



The Key of Solomon is the most famous and important of all Grimoires, or handbooks of Magic. As A.E. Waite has stated (BCM, pg. 58) "At the head of all, and, within certain limits, the inspiration and the source of all, stands the Key of Solomon. ... Mr. Mathers' presentation of the Key of Solomon, which is still in print, though the work of an uncritical hand, must be held to remove the necessity for entering into a detailed account of the contents of that curious work. ... The Key of Solomon can scarcely be judged accurately in the light of its English version, for the translator, preternaturally regarding it as a highly honourable memorial of lawful magic, has excised as much as possible the Goëtic portions, on the ground that they are interpolations, which is of course arbitrary."



Mr. Waite's harsh criticism is hardly justified. In fact, Mathers excised very little. Actually, three of the four significant excisions are operations dealing with love magic (Colorno, chapters 11-13: The experiment of Love, and how it should be performed; The experiment or operation of the Apple; Of the operation of love by her dreams, and how one must practice it. The fourth excision is chapter 14: Operations and experiments regarding hate and destruction of enemies.)



It is true that the Mathers edition would not be considered critical by modern standards of scholarship (but Waite's editions of various esoteric texts leave far more to be desired than Mathers'). Especially wanting are a proper critical apparatus, an analysis of the relation between manuscripts, and better utilization of the Latin and Italian manuscripts. Nevertheless, this edition has stood the test of time.



MANUSCRIPTS



Of course, none of the manuscripts used by Mathers qualify as "ancient" or even "medieval"; the oldest is probably 16th century. There are however precedents going back further, on which see Richard Greenfield's Traditions of Belief in Late Byzantine Demonology.



Mathers' translation is almost entirely dependant on French Colorno manuscript exemplars dating 18th century. These are represented by the Kings 288, Harley 3981, and Sloane 3091 manuscripts. Kings 288 and Harl. 3981 indicate they were translated by Abraham Colorno, which phrase is missing from Sl. 3091. Of these Sl. 3091 and Kings 288 are easier to read. Abraham Colorno, a Jewish engineer of Mantua (fl. 1578-1598), translated it into Italian. Kings 288 includes some phrases which are missing from Harley 3981, so the former is probably not a direct ancestor of the latter. Sl. 3091 likewise has some phrases missing from the others, and regularly replaces "Amen" with "Ainsi soit-il" (so be it). Although Mathers felt Sl3091 "has many errors of transcription," I have generally found it to be the most correct of the Colorno group (i.e. between Sl3091, H3981, K288, and L1202.)



In addition, Mathers made significant use of Lansdowne 1202, even though he pronounces it "more concise in style." Its title page reads: "LES VRAIS CLAVICULES DU ROI SALOMON PAR ARMADEL." The wording in Lans. 1202 often coincides exactly with the Colorno manuscripts, which convinces me that it was based mainly on a Colorno ancestor. However the frequent deviations and elisions suggest to me that the editor was trying to make a more concise and readable edition, which of course makes its authority less reliable. Lans. 1202 displays simple mistakes in some of the Latin passages. It also regularly replaces "Amen" with "Ainsi soit-il". Where K288 differs from H3981, L1202 generally seems to follow the latter. Where Sl3091 differs from the others, L1202 generally follows it. However, L1202 can't be a direct ancestor of Sl3091 since it contains elements missing from the latter, such as the missing Psalm and "Anefeneton" from book 2 chapter 17. Nonetheless, it is safe to say that L1202 is derived from a closely related manuscript.



Also heavily used by Mathers was LES VÉRITABLES CLAVICULES DE SALOMON, Traduites de l'Hebreux en langue Latine Par le Rabin ABOGNAZAR (Lansdowne MSS 1203.) Its inclusion by Mathers is puzzling because it is utterly different in content from the other manuscripts (aside from a few of the pentacles at the end of the manuscript) and really should stand alone as a separate text. Another copy can be found in ms. franç. 25314 de la Bibliothèque nationale.



Additional 10862 is primarily written in Latin, although the descriptions of the pentacles are in Italian. It was written ca. 17th century. Mathers considered it his oldest and sole Latin source, but makes only limited use of it. Contrary to what Mathers wrote, I did not find it particularly difficult to read once I got use to the orthography; likewise it has very few abbreviations: Besides using "&" for "per" (particle and prefix) it frequently uses abbreviations for "-tur" and "-bus" which are sometimes indistinguishable. It doesn't distinguish between u and v, and uniformly uses an archaic form of the ae-ligature (e-ogonek). It is somewhat more succinct than the Colorno manuscripts, so may preserve some earlier stage in the evolution of the text. There are also frequent variations from the other manuscripts, many of which are clearly errors. The nature of the mistakes leads me to believe that its archetype was difficult to read. The pentacles are labelled with the appropriate colors. The Latin sometimes corresponds closely with that in Aub. 24, however some of the text differs considerably.



Article 2 of Ad. 10862 is an Italian manuscript titled Zecorbenei, overo Clavicola dal re Salomone. This is no doubt a version of the Zekerboni (also compare "Zecorbeni" in Aub. 24) and ascribed to Peter Mora (aka Pietro Mora or Pierre Mora). In Ritual Magic (1949, pp. 135 f., p. 310) E. M. Butler describes Mora as an "alchemist, black magician, said to be a Satanist and poisoner who lived in Milan early in the seventeenth century, and burnt there after having confessed (under torture) to those crimes..." Casanova seems to have possessed a version of the same work under the name Zecor-ben or Zecorben. (Butler, loc. cit., Casanova, History of My Life, translated by Willard Trask, Volumes III & IV, 1967, p. 200).



Sloane 1307 is in Italian, and is also ca. 17th century. Prayers and conjurations are in Latin. It has much material not found in other manuscripts. Some of the material however can be found in Ad. 10862 art. 2 ("Zecorbeni") mentioned above. It is hard to read, except for the mystical names which are carefully done. It shares a lot of readings with Sl. 2383 (see below). Sl. 1307 only has thirteen pentacles, and much of the lettering in them is in Roman letters instead of the Hebrew found in most other manuscripts.



For more details on the individual manuscripts, see the British Library Manuscript catalogue. Also, see MAGIC AND EXPERIMENTAL SCIENCE by Lynn Thorndike, Chapter XLIX: Solomon and the Ars Notoria.



Since Mathers' edition was published, many more manuscripts have been uncovered, including the following:

Greek

Harl. 5596. British Library, Harleian MS. 5596. Fifteenth century. One of a number of Greek manuscript of a text referred to as The Magical Treatise of Solomon. The complete text has been published by Armand Delatte in Anecdota Atheniensia (Liége, 1927, pp. 397-445.) Its contents are very similar to the Clavicula, and it may be the prototype of the entire genre. It has been described in Richard Greenfield's Traditions of Belief in Late Byzantine Demonology (Amsterdam: Hakkert, 1988). This manuscript is also described in some detail by Dennis Duling in the introduction to his translation of the Testament of Solomon, as it also contains an incomplete version of the Testament. (in Charlesworth, The Old Testament Pseudepigrapha, Vol. 1,New York, Doubleday, 1983, pp. 935-987.)

Latin

D388 Clavicula Salomonis filii David. (Printed book) (n.p., 1600?) 48 pages. Title page is vellum. Most of text is in Latin, with portions also in Dutch and German (Last page, after concluding Clavicula Salomonis contains a list of the names of God, in German.) Woodcut B on page 3 has "VX/XXX" in center, and the B has priapus on left and right. Text commences with "Benedictio Libri. † Benedicat te Liber Pater + Benedicat te liber Filius..." Text (p 29) cites Agrippa. Part of the Duveen Collection. University of Wisconsin-Madison, Memorial Library, Special Collections.



Sl. 2383. British Library Sloane MS. 2383. 17th century. Titled Clavis libri secretorum. Not used by Mathers. 63 folios. This manuscript has no pentacles. It is a small volume (about 5 in wide) with large lettering and a lot of "white space". Writing varies from very neat and legible to scrawling. Only part of the second book of Clavicula Salomonis is represented. It shares many elements with Sl. 3847 (see below), including some Christian elements not found in the other manuscripts (such as the Te Deum). It also lacks some of the Christian elements found in Sl. 3847, so is important in understanding the Christianization (or de-Christianization) of the text. The Latin of Sl. 2383 does not agree with that of Sl. 3847. It is not clear to me at this time why. Perhaps it is also an independent translation. Sl. 2383 also shares many elements with Sl. 1307.



Aub. 24. The Bodleian Library, Aubrey MS. 24. Dated 1674. Titled Zecorbeni sive Claviculae Salomonis libri IV in quibus I De Praeparementis, II De Experimentis, III De Pentaculis, IV De Artibus. Written by John Aubrey who noted: "A MSS never yet printed, that I could heare of. Sum Aubrey 1674, May 9. The book from whence I transcribed this was writt by an Italian, and in a very good hand." 103 folios. In Latin and English. The wording of this is often identical with Ad. 10862, but lacking many of the mistakes found in the latter. The text is also fuller than in Ad. 10862, and is somewhat closer to the Colorno manuscripts. The text is rearranged in a more logical order. It is evident that the manuscript he was copying from preserved an earlier orthography, since he frequently preserves and is occasionally even seen to correct the older forms: For example, fol 81v he wrote "adiuro", then corrected it to "adjuro." He also frequently preserves the old e-ogonek form of the ae ligature, and other archaisms.

Italian

Mich. 276. Bodleian Library Michael MS. 276. 62 folios. The title reads Clavicolo di Salomone Re d'Israel figlio de David. Bound with Hebrew MS. Prayers and conjurations are in Latin, but frequently exhibit simple mistakes (e.g. "sine mona" for "sine mora"). There are other places where it seems to represent the original text more accurately than Aub. 24 or Ad. 10862, for example the list of Sephiroth in chapter 5. The text is much abbreviated compared with the other manuscripts.

W London, Wellcome Institute MS. 4668. Clavicula in Italian and Latin: preceded by 'Tre ravole di Livio Agrippa' 96 pages + 57 folios. Folio. Circa 1775.

English

Ad. 36674. British Library, Additional MS. 36674. Titled The Key of Knowledge. Mid- to late-16th century.



Sl. 3645. British Library, Sloane MS. 3675. 17th century. Seems to be based solely on Ad. 36674.



Sl. 3847. Titled The Clavicle of Solomon, revealed by Ptolomy the Grecian. Dated 1572, making it one of the earliest manuscripts of the Key of Solomon. It contains a prologue which corresponds with Mathers' Introduction (of Iohe Grevis) from Ad. 10862. This manuscript also has strong Christian elements. Prayers and conjurations are in Latin.

A1655 Dated 1655. Printed edition titled Clavicule of Solomon, quarto, 125 pages. Mentioned in Nouveaux Mémoires d'Histoire, do Critique, et de Littérature, par M. l'Abbé d'Artigny, Vol. 1, Paris, 1749. p. 36-37. Cited by Waite, BCM, p. 60, n. 1.

Hebrew

Gollancz, 1914. Facsimile published by Gollancz as Sepher Maphteah Shelomoh (Book of the Key of Solomon) (Oxford, 1914). The manuscript dates to around 1700. G. Scholem edited the text in 'Some Sources of Jewish-Arabic Demonology', in Journal of Jewish Studies, xvi (1965). It contains a large number of Greek (such as Sabaoth), Latin, and Italian elements. Also has Christian elements, such as the use of a cross put in holy water (fol. 37a, cited by Rohrbacher-Sticker in 'A Hebrew Manuscript of Clavicula Salomonis, Part II. in the British Library Journal, Vol. 21, 1995, pp. 132.) It is probably (as Scholem puts it) a late adaptation of a 'Latin (or rather Italian) Clavicula text of the renaissance period' (ibid p. 6.).



Or. 6360. 17th or 18th century. Described by Claudia Rohrbacher-Sticker in 'Maphteah Shelomoh: A New Acquisition of the British Library' in Jewish Studies Quarterly, vol. 1 (1993/94, p. 263-270.)



Or. 14759. British Library Oriental MS. 14759. 53 folios. Proved to be a continuation of Or. 6360. Described by Claudia Rohrbacher-Sticker in 'A Hebrew Manuscript of Clavicula Salomonis, Part II.' in the British Library Journal, Vol. 21, 1995, pp. 128-136.

Ros. 12. Bibliotheca Rosenthaliana in Amsterdam. 18th century transcript from a copy by Judah Perez (London, 1729).



French

BN 2346. Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal, now incorporated into Bibliothèque de Nationale. 18th century. Title reads Les Clavicules de Rabbi Salomon. Mentioned by Grillot de Givry in Witchcraft, Magic & Alchemy, (New York: Dover, 1931, esp. pp. 342 and figure 315.) Also mentioned by Waite, BCM p. 59 n 2.

BN 2348. Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal, now incorporated into Bibliothèque de Nationale. 18th century. Title reads Livre de la Clavicule de Salomon, roy des Hébreux. This is another example of the Colorno class of manuscripts. Mentioned by Grillot de Givry in Witchcraft, Magic & Alchemy, (New York: Dover, 1931, esp. pp. 103-106 and figures 75, 162, 311, and 314.)

BN 2349. Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal, now incorporated into Bibliothèque de Nationale. 18th century. Title reads Les vrais Clavicules du roy Salomon, traduitte de l'hébreu par Armadel. This seems to be related to Lans. 1202. Mentioned by Grillot de Givry in Witchcraft, Magic & Alchemy, (New York: Dover, 1931, esp. pp. 103-106 and figures 76, 81, and plate facing pg. 108.)

BN 2350. Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal, now incorporated into Bibliothèque de Nationale. 18th century. It too contains a prologue corresponding with Mathers' Introduction (of Iohe Grevis) from Ad. 10862. This time the variation of the name is Tozgrec. It also calls the penknife "Arthame" and conflates it with the ritual knife. Mentioned by Grillot de Givry in Witchcraft, Magic & Alchemy, (New York: Dover, 1931, esp. pp. 103-106 and figure 74.)

BN 2497. Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal, now incorporated into Bibliothèque de Nationale. 18th century. Titled Les vrais Talismans, pentacles, et cercles. Mentioned by Grillot de Givry in Witchcraft, Magic & Alchemy, (New York: Dover, 1931, p. 341 and figure 313.)

BN 2790. Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal, now incorporated into Bibliothèque de Nationale. 18th century. Titled Zekerboni (compare "Zecorbenei" in Ad. 10862 art. 2 and "Zecorbeni" in Aub. 24) and ascribed to Peter Mora (aka Pietro Mora or Pierre Mora). Also gives a version of the Seal of Solomon. Mentioned by Grillot de Givry in Witchcraft, Magic & Alchemy, (New York: Dover, 1931, pp. 110, 187, 325, and figure 82.)

BN 2791. Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal, now incorporated into Bibliothèque de Nationale. 18th century. Titled Livre Second de la Clavicule de Salomon, ou le véritable Grimoire. Mentioned by Waite in BCM, p. 59, n. 2.



A partial stemma probably looks like this (where a is a Latin prototype, b is an Italian translation by Colorno, and g a French Colorno prototype). e is a Christianized Latin prototype.



OTHER PRINTED EDITIONS

P1641 Another French version was recently published in Paris, titled Clavicules de Salomon (Paris: Gutenberg, 1980). ISBN 2714413072. 171 p. : ill. en noir et en coul., couv. ill. ; 23 cm + introduction par François Ribadeau Dumas : 16 p. Reprod. en fac-sim. du manuscrit intitulé "La Clavicule de Salomon", 1641, ayant appartenu à la bibliothèque de Stanislas de Guaïta.

P1825 Another French version was recently published in Paris, titled Clavicules de Salomon, 1825 (Paris: Trajectoire, 1997). ISBN 2841970329. Unfortunately it has no information whatever regarding the original text. It is not dependent on Mathers' edition, and seems to be closely related to Sl. 3847. It contains a prologue which corresponds with Mathers' Introduction (of Iohe Grevis) from Ad. 10862. This time the variation of the name is Foz Groec (compare Tozgrec). It has no pentacles. It calls the penknife "Arthame" (p. 88, 90); compare this with K288 'artave' corresponding to 'artavus' in the Latin manuscripts. Also like Sl. 3847, orations are in Latin with similar wording, plus it has strong Christian elements.



Shah Idries Shah published a partial edition in his Secret Lore of Magic (New York: Citadel Press, 1958).



De Laurence I cannot begin to convey my contempt for L.W. de Laurence and his bootleg edition of this work, which he retitled The Greater Key of Solomon (Chicago, 1914). Besides taking credit for Mathers' work, he has made many alterations to the texts in order to promote his mail-order business. As an example, he altered the spell in chapter 9 by inserting "after burning one-half teaspoonful of Temple Incense." He even inserted ordering information directly into the text. Particularly ironic is his Great Book of Magical Art, Hindoo Magic & Indian Occultism (1915) which is a rip-off (again without acknowledgement) of Frances Barrett's The Magus, or Celestial Intelligencer (1801), which in turn is a rip-off of Agrippa's Occult Philosophy!



Belfond



Titre(s) : Clavicules de Salomon [Texte imprimé] / [La Grande clavicule à travers les âges,

introduction par François Ribadeau Dumas]

Publication : [Paris] : P. Belfond, 1972

Imprimeur / Fabricant : 61-Alençon : impr. Corbière et Jugain

Description matérielle : 171 p. : ill. ; 23 cm & fasc. d'introduction (22 p.)

Collection : Sciences secrètes

Note(s) : Reprod. en fac-sim. du ms. de 1641 intitulé: «La Clavicule de Salomon».

_ La couv. porte en plus: «ou le Véritable grimoire secretum secretorum». _ Rel.: 49,50 F

Autre(s) auteur(s) : Ribadeau Dumas, François. Préfacier





Perthuis



Titre(s) : Clavicules [Texte imprimé]de Salomon [ @ ], véritable secrets [?sic?] des secrets,

révélation des opérations magiques

Publication : Paris : [Perthuis,], 1966

Description matérielle : In-16 (15 cm), 96 p., ill. 18 F. [D. L. 8624-66]







This edition



This edition is still a work in progress, and feedback is welcome. I am especially interested in hearing of additional Latin and Italian manuscripts.



I have omitted Mathers' diagrams from this e-text, since they are available in a low cost paperback edition from Weiser. I have however, supplied examples from various manuscripts for comparison purposes.



The corrections to Mathers' translation are based on my research; these have all been documented in the footnotes. Some of the lists of mystical names are fairly arbitrary, but I have tried to show enough examples from multiple manuscripts in order to demonstrate the wide variability. This variability makes it difficult to construct a more complete stemma with the manuscripts available to me.



In keeping with all of the manuscripts, I have expanded the frequent lists of Psalms to include the opening words. Since different editions of the Psalms have different numbering schemes, this is less subject to misinterpretation.



Finally, I have removed all of the material from Lans. 1203, since it does not belong to the Key of Solomon proper, and is available in its entirety -- and in context -- in a separate edition.



THE PENTACLES



The pentacles are perhaps the biggest puzzle on the textual tradition of Clavicula Salomonis. Unfortunately Mathers does nothing to elucidate or even acknowledge the puzzle. The order of the pentacles varies widely from manuscript to manuscript. The oldest manuscripts only identify some of them with the planets, and it is apparent that attempts have been made in later manuscripts to identify the rest with planets too, and to reorganize them accordingly. Gollancz' Hebrew manuscript shows nine pentacles in a section titled "Concerning the sanctity of the nine Kandariri (talismans), (revealed unto King Solomon)" (48a-49a). Perhaps these are the nine mentioned in the text where the spirits are conjured "by the nine medals or pentacles which we have among our symbols." These nine do not appear in the Oriental manuscript. There is a series of 24 pentacles in the Greek manuscript; they are reminiscent of those in Gollancz, but by no means identical. Some of the pentacles found in the manuscripts used by Mathers are also reminiscent of the Greek and Hebrew ones, but many are clearly late inventions based on Agrippa, Archidoxes, and other sources. Mathers seems to have narrowed those in his edition to exclude most of these clearly later ones. To give some sense of the state of these pentacles I have included many examples in my editions of Lans. 1202 and Lans. 1203.



RITUAL IMPLEMENTS



Another area of confusion is the proliferation of ritual implements. The Greek manuscripts seem to only have a single knife. Some of the proliferation of weapons is no doubt due to errors in transcription and translation. For example, where the Latin manuscripts mention a penknife (artavus), the Italian translator glosses this as a small pruning hook (l’artavo o falcetto), which Mathers mistranslates as "scimitar AND sickle." It is clear from the drawings that only one implement is being referred to.



Conspicuously absent is the Ring of Solomon, which figures prominently in folklore, as well as the Testament of Solomon, the Magical Treatise of Solomon, and the Lemegeton or Lesser Key of Solomon. Although it is mentioned in one of the conjurations, its construction and use is not otherwise mentioned.



Another curiosity involves the magical wand. Although prominent in most Clavicula manuscripts -- not to mention folk literature and the Greek Magical Papyri -- it is conspicuously absent from the Greek, Hebrew, and English manuscripts.



-JHP





The Key of



Solomon the King



(Clavicula Salomonis)



Now first translated and edited from ancient manuscripts in the British Museum



by



S. Liddell MacGregor Mathers



George Redway. 1889.



Revised edition by Joseph H. Peterson, copyright 2005.









Contents:



BOOK 1



* Preface (by editor)

* Introduction from Add. MSS. 10862

* Table 1: Planetary hours

* Table 2: Magical names of the Hours and Angels

* Table 3: Archangels, Angels, Metals, Days, and Colors for each Planet

* 1. Concerning the divine love which ought to precede the acquisition of this knowledge

* 2. Of the days, hours, and virtues of the planets

* 3. Concerning the arts; construction of the circle

* 4. The confession

* 5. Prayer and conjurations

* 6. Stronger and more potent conjuration

* 7. An extremely powerful conjuration

* 8. Concerning the pentacles

* 9. Experiment concerning things stolen

* 10. Experiment of invisibility







* 11. Experiment of love, and how it should be performed (omitted by Mathers)

* 12. Experiment or operation of the apple (omitted by Mathers)

* 13. The operation of love by her dreams, and how one must practice it (omitted by Mathers)

* 14. Experiment of seeking favour and love (=Mathers chapter 15)

* 15. Experiments to be made regarding hatred (omitted by Mathers)

* 16. Operations of mockery and scorn

* 17. Extraordinary experiments and operations

* 18. Concerning the holy pentacles or medals

* Pentacles of Saturn

* Pentacles of Jupiter

* Pentacles of Mars

* Pentacles of the Sun

* Pentacles of Venus

* Pentacles of Mercury

* Pentacles of the Moon



BOOK 2



* Prefatory note

* 1. At What Hour after the Preparation of All Things Necessary, We Should Bring the Exercise of the Art to Perfection

* 2. In What Manner the Master of the Art Should Keep, Rule, And Govern Himself

* 3. How the Companions or Disciples of the Master of the Art Ought to Regulate and Govern Themselves

* 4. Concerning the Fasting, Care, and Things to be Observed

* 5. Concerning the Baths, and How They Are To Be Arranged

* 6. Of The Garments And Shoes Of The Art

* 7. Of Places Wherein We May Conveniently Execute The Experiments And Operations Of The Art

* 8. Of the knifes, sword, penknife, iron pen, short lance, wand, staff, and other instruments of magical art

* 9. Of the formation of the circle

* 10. Concerning incense, suffumigations, perfumes, odours, and similar things which are used in magical arts

* 11. Of the water, and of the hyssop

* 12. Of the light, and of the fire







* 13. Concerning the precepts of the art

* 14. Of the pen, ink, and colours

* 15. Of the pen of the swallow and of the dove

* 16. Of the blood of the bat, pigeon, and other animals

* 17. Of virgin parchment, or virgin paper, and how it should be prepared

* 18. Of wax and virgin earth

* 19. Concerning the needle and other iron instruments

* 20. Concerning the silken cloth

21. Concerning astrological images

22. Concerning characters

23. Concerning sacrifices to the spirits, and how they should be made

* Fragment from Eliphaz Levi

* Qabalistic invocation of Solomon from Eliphaz Levi



PREFACE



In presenting this celebrated magical work to the student of occult science some few prefatory remarks are necessary.

NOTES:



The Key of Solomon, save for a curtailed and incomplete copy published in France in the seventeenth century, has never yet been printed, but has for centuries remained in manuscript form inaccessible to all but the few fortunate scholars to whom the inmost recesses of the great libraries were open. I therefore consider that I am highly honored in being the individual to whose lot it has fallen to usher it into the light of day.



The fountain-head and storehouse of Qabalistical magic, and the origin of much of the ceremonial magic of mediæval times, the 'Key' has been ever valued by occult writers as a work of the highest authority; and notably in our own day Eliphaz Lévi has taken it for the model on which his celebrated 'Dogme et Rituel de la Haute Magie' was based. It must be evident to the initiated reader of Lévi, that the Key of Solomon was his text book of study, and at the end of this volume I give a fragment of an ancient Hebrew manuscript of the Key of Solomon, translated and published in the Philosophie Occulte, as well as an invocation called the 'Qabalistical Invocation of Solomon,' which bears close analogy to one in the First Book, being constructed in the same manner on the scheme of the Sephiroth.



The history of the Hebrew original of the Key of Solomon, is given in the introductions, but there is every reason to suppose that this has been entirely lost, and Christian, the pupil of Lévi, says as much in his Histoire de la Magie.



I see no reason to doubt the tradition which assigns the authorship of the 'Key' to King Solomon, for among others Josephus, the Jewish historian, especially mentions the magical works attributed to that monarch; this is confirmed by many Eastern traditions, and his magical skill is frequently mentioned in the Arabian Nights.



There are, however, two works on black magic, the Grimorium Verum, and the Clavicola di Salomone ridolta, which have been attributed to Solomon, and which have been in some cases especially mixed up with the present work; but which have nothing really to do therewith; they are full of evil magic, and I cannot caution the practical student too strongly against them.



There is also another work called Lemegeton or the Lesser Key of Solomon the King, which is full of seals of various spirits, and is not the same as the present book, though extremely valuable in its own department.



In editing this volume I have omitted one or two experiments partaking largely of black magic, and which had evidently been derived from the two goetic works mentioned above; I must further caution the practical worker against the use of blood; the prayer, the pentacle, and the perfumes, rightly used, are sufficient; and the former verges dangerously on the evil path. Let him who, in spite of the warnings of this volume, determines to work evil, be assured that evil will recoil on himself and that he will be struck by the reflex current.



This work is edited from several ancient MSS. in the British Museum which all differ from each other in various points, some giving what is omitted by the others, but all unfortunately agreeing in one thing, which is the execrable mangling of the Hebrew words through the ignorance of the transcribers. But it is in the pentacles that the Hebrew is worse, the letters being so vilely scribbled as to he actually undecipherable in some instances, and it has been part of my work for several years to correct and reinstate the proper Hebrew and magical characters in the pentacles. The student may therefore safely rely on their being now as nearly correct in their present reproduction as it is possible for them to be. I have therefore, wherever I could, corrected the Hebrew of the magical names in the conjurations and pentacles; and in the few instances where it was not possible to do so, I have put them in the most usual form; carefully collating throughout one MS. with another. The chapters are a little differently classed in the various MSS., in some instances the matter contained in them being transposed, &c. I have added notes wherever necessary.



The MSS. from which this work is edited are: -- Add. MSS., 10,862; Sloane MSS., 1307 and 3091; Harleian MSS., 3981; King's MSS., 288; and Lansdowne MSS., 1202 and 1203; seven codices in all.



Of all these 10,862 Add. MSS. is the oldest, its date being about the end of the sixteenth century1; 3981 Harleian is probably about the middle of the seventeenth century2; the others of rather later date.

1. The British Library catalogue entry lists this as 17th century. -JHP



2. Harley 3981 is probably eighteenth century. -JHP



Add. MSS. 10,862 is written in contracted Latin, and is hard to read, but it contains chapters which are omitted in the others and also an important introduction. It is more concise in its wording. Its title is short, being simply 'The Key of Solomon, translated from the Hebrew language into the Latin.' An exact copy of the signature of the writer of this MS. is given in figure 93.3 The pentacles are very badly drawn.

3. Manuscript title reads "SALOMONIS Clavicula, ex idiomate Hebræo in Latinum traducta". The signature appears to read 'Ibau Abraham.' It was written ca. 17th century. It is bound with an second copy in Italian titled "Zecorbenei, overo Clavicola dal Re Salomone." -JHP.

Figure 93, from Ad. 10862, fol. 80v.





3981 Harleian MSS.; 288 King's MSS.; and 3091 Sloane MSS., are similar, and contain the same matter and nearly the same wording; but the latter MS. has many errors of transcription. They are all in French. The conjurations and wording of these are much fuller than in 10,862 Add. MSS. and 1202 Lansdowne MSS. The title is 'The Key of Solomon King of the Hebrews, translated from the Hebrew Language into Italian by Abraham Colorno, by the order of his most Serene Highness of Mantua; and recently put into French. The pentacles are much better drawn, are in coloured inks, and in the case of 3091 Sloane MSS., gold and silver are employed.



1307 Sloane MSS. is in Italian; its title is 'La Clavicola di Salomone Redotta et epilogata nella nostra materna lingua del dottissimo Gio Peccatrix.' It is full of black magic, and is a jumble of the Key of Solomon proper, and the two black magic books before mentioned. The pentacles are badly drawn. It, however, gives part of the introduction to 10,862 Add. MSS., and is the only other MS. which does, save the beginning of another Italian version which is bound up with the former MS., and bears the title 'Zecorbenei.'



1202 Lansdowne MSS. is 'The True Keys of King Solomon, by Armadel.' It is beautifully written, with painted initial letters, and the pentacles are carefully drawn in coloured inks. It is more concise in style, but omits several chapters. At the end are some short extracts from the Grimorium Verum with the seals of evil spirits, which, as they do not belong to the Key of Solomon proper, I have not given. For the evident classification of the 'Key' is in two books and no more.4

4. This additional material is titled Livre Troisieme ("Book 3") and Livre Quatrieme ("Book 4"). -JHP



1203 Lansdowne MSS. is 'The Veritable Keys of Solomon translated from the Hebrew into the Latin language by the Rabbin Abognazar (?Aben Ezra).' It is in French, exquisitely written in printing letters, and the pentacles are carefully drawn in coloured inks. Though containing similar matter to the others, the arrangement is utterly different; being all in one book, and not even divided into chapters.

Mathers probably had in mind the great Sephardic scholar 'Ibn Ezra (1092-1167) author of the Sefer Hashem. The attribution would of course have to be pseudepigraphic, since Abognazar is heavily dependant on late sources. -JHP



The antiquity of the planetary sigils is shown by the fact that, among the Gnostic talismans in the British Museum, there is a ring of copper with the sigils of Venus, which are exactly the same as those given by the mediæval writers on magic.



Where Psalms are referred to I have in all instances given the English and not the Hebrew numbering of them.



In some places I have substituted the word AZOTH for 'Alpha and Omega,' e.g., on the blade of the knife with the black hilt, Figure 62. I may remark that the magical sword may, in many cases, be used instead of the Knife.



In conclusion I will only mention, for the benefit of non-Hebraists, that Hebrew is written from right to left, and that from the consonantal nature of the Hebrew Alphabet, it will require fewer letters than in English to express the same word.



I take this opportunity of expressing my obligations to Dr. Wynn Westcott for the valuable assistance he has given me in the reconstruction of the Hebrew pentacles.



S. LIDDELL MACGREGOR MATHERS.

London, October, 1888.







INTRODUCTION.1



From Add. MSS. 10862, 'The Key of Solomon, translated into Latin from the Hebrew idiom.'



NOTES:



1. This introduction is also found in Sl. 1307, Sl. 3847, and the printed text titled La Clavicola del Re Salomone (Firenze, 1180) aka Grimorium Verum. Mathers inserts the Preliminary Discourse from Lans. 1203 before this. -JHP



Treasure up, O my son Roboam! the wisdom of my words, seeing that I, Solomon, have received it from the Lord.



Then answered Roboam, and said: How have I deserved to follow the example of my father Solomon in such things, who hath been found worthy to receive the knowledge of all living things through (the teaching of) an angel of God?



And Solomon said: Hear, O my son, and receive my sayings, and learn the wonders of God. For, on a certain night, when I laid me down to sleep, I called upon that most holy name of God, IAH, and prayed for the ineffable wisdom, and when I was beginning to close mine eyes, the angel of the Lord, even Homadiel,2 appeared unto me, spake many things courteously unto me, and said: Listen O Solomon! thy prayer before the most high is not in vain, and since thou hast asked neither for long life, nor for much riches, nor for the souls of thine enemies, but hast asked for thyself wisdom to perform justice. Thus saith the Lord: According to thy word have I given unto thee a wise and understanding heart, so that before thee was none like unto thee, nor ever shall arise.



2. Sl1307: "Omadiel"; Sl3847: "Raziel". -JHP



And when I comprehended the speech which was made unto me, I understood that in me was the knowledge of all creatures, both things which are in the heavens and things which are beneath the heavens; and I saw that all the writings and wisdom of this present age were vain and futile, and that no man was perfect. And I composed a certain work wherein I rehearsed the secret of secrets, in which I have preserved them hidden, and I have also therein concealed all secrets whatsoever of magical arts of any masters; any secret or experiments, namely, of these sciences which is in any way worth being accomplished. Also I have written them in this Key, so that like as a key openeth a treasure-house, so this (Key) alone may open the knowledge and understanding of magical arts and sciences.



Therefore, O my son! thou mayest see every experiment of mine or of others, and let everything be properly prepared for them, as thou shalt see properly set down by me, both day and hour, and all things necessary; for without this there will be but falsehood and vanity in this my work; wherein are hidden all secrets and mysteries which can be performed; and that which is (set down) concerning a single divination or a single experiment, that same I think concerning all things which are in the Universe, and which have been, and which shall be in future time.



Therefore, O my son Roboam, I command thee by the blessing which thou expectest from thy father, that thou shall make an ivory casket, and therein place, keep, and hide this my Key; and when I shall have passed away unto my fathers, I entreat thee to place the same in my sepulchre beside me, lest at another time it might fall into the hands of the wicked. And as Solomon commanded, so was it done.



And when, therefore (men) had waited for a long time, there came unto the sepulchre certain Babylonian philosophers; and when they had assembled they at once took counsel together that a certain number of men should renew the sepulchre in his (Solomon's) honour; and when the sepulchre was dug out and repaired the ivory casket was discovered, and therein was the Key of Secrets, which they took with joyful mind, and when they had opened it none among them could understand it on account of the obscurity of the words and their occult arrangement, and the hidden character of the sense and knowledge, for they were not worthy to possess this treasure.



Then, therefore, arose one among them, more worthy (than the others), both in the sight of the gods, and by reason of his age, who was called Iohé Grevis3, and said unto the others: Unless we shall come and ask the interpretation from the Lord, with tears and entreaties, we shall never arrive at the knowledge of it.



3. I think this is correct, but the name is very indistinctly written in the MS., which is difficult to decipher. In another copy of the Clavicle it is written Iroe Grecis, but I think this is an error. -SLM.



Ad. 10862 actually seems to read "Ioè Graecus" (Ioe the Greek). GV reads "Jroe Greco"; In Sloane Ms. 3847 it is clearly rendered as "Ptolomeus the Grecian" This section is also given in P1825. -JHP



Therefore, when each of them had retired to his bed,4 Iohé indeed falling upon his face on the earth, began to weep, and striking his breast, and said:



4. Lat. cubiculus (bedroom). -JHP



What have I deserved (above others), seeing that so many men can neither understand nor interpret this knowledge, even though there were no secret thing in nature which the Lord hath hidden from me! Wherefore are these words so obscure? Wherefore am I so ignorant?



And then on his bended knees, stretching his hands to heaven, he said:



O God, the ceator of all, thou who knowest all things, who gavest so great wsdom unto Solomon the son of David the king; grant unto me, I beseech thee, O holy omnipotent and ineffable Father, to receive the virtue of that wisdom, so that I may become worthy by thine aid to attain unto the understanding of this key of secrets.



And immediately there appeared unto me,5 the angel of the Lord, saying:

5. 'Mihi' in MS., but probably a slip for 'unto him,' 'ei.' -SLM



Do thou remember if the secrets of Solomon appear hidden and obscure unto thee, that the Lord hath wished it, so that such wisdom may not fall into the hands of wicked men; wherefore do thou promise unto me, that thou art not willing that so great wisdom should ever come to any living creature, and that which thou revealest unto any let them know that they must keep it unto themselves, otherwise the secrets are profaned and no effect can follow?



And Iohé answered: I promise unto thee that to none will I reveal (them), save to the honour of the Lord, and with much discipline, unto penitent, secret, and faithful (persons).



Then answered the angel: Go and read the Key, and its words which were obscure throughout shall be manifest unto thee.



And after this the angel ascended into Heaven in a flame of fire.



Then Iohé was glad, and labouring with a clear mind, understood that which the angel of the Lord had said, and he saw that the Key of Solomon was changed, so that it appeared quite clear unto him plainly in all parts. And Iohé understood that this work might fall into the hands of the ignorant, and he said: I conjure him into whose hands this secret may come, by the power of the creator, and his wisdom, that in all things he may, desire, intend and perform, that this treasure may come unto no unworthy (person), nor may he manifest it unto any who is unwise, nor unto one who feareth not God. Because if he act otherwise, I pray God that he may never be worthy to attain unto the desired effect.



And so he deposited the Key, which Solomon preserved, in the ivory casket. But the words of the Key are as follows, divided into two books, and shown in order.6



6. Mathers inserts the Introduction from Lans. 1203 at this point. The first of these tables is found in the Zecorbeni manuscript bound with Ad. 10862, in M276, Sl1307, and the Lans. MSS. The second table -- names of the hours -- is found in L1203 (p. 17), and is apparently based on Heptameron. Compare with the lists of angels and demons in the Magic Treatise of Solomon (Harleian MS. 5596) -JHP



TABLE OF THE PLANETARY HOURS.



Sunday.



Monday.



Tuesday.



Wednesday.



Hours from

Sunset to

Sunset



Hours from

Midnight to

Midnight



Thursday.



Friday.



Saturday.

Merc. Jup. Ven. Sat. 8 1 Sun. Moon. Mars.

Moon. Mars. Mer. Jup. 9 2 Ven. Sat. Sun.

Sat. Sun. Moon. Mars. 10 3 Mer. Jup. Ven.

Jup. Ven. Sat. Sun. 11 4 Moon. Mars. Mer.

Mars. Mer. Jup. Ven. 12 5 Sat. Sun. Moon.

Sun. Moon. Mars. Mer. 1 6 Jup. Ven. Sat.

Ven. Sat. Sun. Moon. 2 7 Mars. Mer. Jup.

Merc. Jup. Ven. Sat. 3 8 Sun. Moon. Mars.

Moon. Mars. Mer. Jup. 4 9 Ven. Sat. Sun.

Sat. Sun. Moon. Mars. 5 10 Mer. Jup. Ven.

Jup. Ven. Sat. Sun. 6 11 Moon. Mars. Mer.

Mars. Mer. Jup. Ven. 7 12 Sat. Sun. Moon.

Sun. Moon. Mars. Mer. 8 1 Jup. Ven. Sat.

Ven. Sat. Sun. Moon. 9 2 Mars. Mer. Jup.

Merc. Jup. Ven. Sat. 10 3 Sun. Moon. Mars.

Moon. Mars. Mer. Jup. 11 4 Ven. Sat. Sun.

Sat. Sun. Moon. Mars. 12 5 Mer. Jup. Ven.

Jup. Ven. Sat. Sun. 1 6 Moon. Mars. Mer.

Mars. Mer. Jup. Ven. 2 7 Sat. Sun. Moon.

Sun. Moon. Mars. Mer. 3 8 Jup. Ven. Sat.

Ven. Sat. Sun. Moon. 4 9 Mars. Mer. Jup.

Merc. Jup. Ven. Sat. 5 10 Sun. Moon. Mars.

Moon. Mars. Mer. Jup. 6 11 Ven. Sat. Sun.

Sat. Sun. Moon. Mars. 7 12 Mer. Jup. Ven.





Table of the Magical names of the Hours, and of the angels who rule them, commencing at the first hour after Midnight of each day, and ending at the ensuing Midnight



Hours.



Sunday.



Monday.



Tuesday.



Wednesday.



Thursday.



Friday.



Saturday.

1. Yayn . . Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassael Michael Gabriel Zamael

2. Yanor . . Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael

3. Nasnia . . Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael

4. Salla . . Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael

5. Sadedali . . Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel

6. Thamur . . Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel

7. Ourer . . Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel

8. Thainé . . Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassael Michael Gabriel Zamael

9. Neron . . Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael

10. Yayon . . Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael

11. Abai . . Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael

12. Nathalon . . Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel

1. Beron . . Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel

2. Barol . . Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel

3. Thanu . . Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassael Michael Gabriel Zamael

4. Athor . . Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael

5. Mathon . . Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael

6. Rana . . Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael

7. Netos . . Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel

8. Tafrac . . Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel

9. Sassur . . Anael Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel

10. Agla . . Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassael Michael Gabriel Zamael

11. Cäerra . . Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael Cassiel Michael

12. Salam . . Cassiel Michael Gabriel Zamael Raphael Sachiel Anael



Table of the Archangels, Angels, Metals, Days of the Week, and Colours attributed to each Planet.



Days. Saturday. Thursday. Tuesday. Sunday. Friday. Wednesday. Monday.

Archangel Tzaphqiel Tzadiqel Khaniael Raphael Haniel Michael Gabriel

Angel Cassiel Sachiel Zamael Michael Anael Raphael Gabriel

Planet Saturn Jupiter Mars Sun Venus Mercury Moon

Metal Lead Tin Iron Gold Copper Mercury Silver

Colour Black Blue Red Yellow Green Purple or Mixed Colours White







NOTE BY EDITOR



These tables have been collated and compared with various examples of both MS. and printed. They are to be used thus: -- Supposing the student wishes to discover the properties of the hour from 12 to 1 o'clock p.m. on a Tuesday, let him look in the 'Table of the Planetary Hours,' and having found the hour marked 1 in the column headed 'Hours from Midnight to Midnight,' he will see in the column headed 'Hours from Sunset to Sunset,' on the same line the figure 8, showing it to be the eighth hour of the day; and in the column headed Tuesday, the name Mars, showing that it is under the dominion of the planet Mars. On consulting the 'Table of the Magical names of the Hours,' etc., he will find under the number 1, the name Beron, and in the column 'Tuesday,' the name of the angel Zamael over against it on the same line, showing that the ruler of the hour is the angel Zamael, and that its Magical name is Beron. Further, on referring to the third Table he will see that Tuesday is under the rule of the planet Mars, whose Archangel is Khamael, angel Zamael, metal iron, and Colour Red. Similarly it will be found that the hour from 10 to 11 p.m. on Saturday is the sixth hour of the night, under the dominion of the Sun, that its Magical name is Cäerra, and that the angel Michael rules it; while Saturday itself is under the dominion of the Archangel Tzaphqiel, of the angel Cassiel, of the planet Saturn, and that the metal lead and the colour black are applicable to it.



The ensuing text is taken from the following MSS., collated and compared with each other.



Sloane MSS. 1307; Sloane MSS. 3091; Harleian MSS. 3981; Add. MSS. 10862; King's MSS. 288; Lansdowne MSS. 1202.



Extracts have also been made from Lansdowne MSS. 1203, which differs considerably from the others in general arrangement, though containing very similar matter.7



In cases where the MSS. varied from each other I have taken the version which seemed most likely to be correct, in some cases mentioning the variant readings in footnotes. I have also, wherever it was possible to do so, corrected the Hebrew names in the incantations, for these were in some cases so marred as to be hardly recognisable; e.g. Zenard, written for Tzabaoth, etc. -SLM

7. Removed from this edition. -JHP



THE KEY OF SOLOMON

BOOK I

CHAPTER I

CONCERNING THE DIVINE LOVE WHICH OUGHT TO PRECEDE THE ACQUISITION OF THIS KNOWLEDGE

NOTES:



Solomon, the son of David, King of Israel, hath said that the beginning of our Key is to fear God, to adore him, to honour him with contrition of heart, to invoke him1 in all matters which we wish to undertake, and to operate with very great devotion, for thus God will lead us in the right way. When, therefore, thou shalt wish to acquire the knowledge of magical arts and sciences, it is necessary to have prepared the order of hours and of days, and of the position of the Moon, without the operation of which thou canst effect nothing; but if thou observest them with diligence thou mayest easily and thoroughly arrive at the effect and end which thou desirest to attain.



1. 1202 Lansdowne MSS. omits the concluding part of this sentence. -SLM





CHAPTER II

OF THE DAYS, AND HOURS, AND OF THE VIRTUES OF THE PLANETS.



When1 thou wishest to make any experiment or operation, thou must first prepare, beforehand, all the requisites which thou wilt find described in the following chapters: observing the days, the hours. and the other effects of the constellations which may be found in this chapter.



1. This first paragraph is omitted in 1307 Sloane MSS., and in 10862 Add. MSS. -SLM



It is, therefore, advisable to know that the hours of the day and of the night together, are twenty-four in number, and that each hour is governed by one of the seven planets in regular order, commencing at the highest and descending to the lowest. The order of the planets is as follows: ShBThAI, Shabbathai, Saturn; beneath Saturn is TzDQ, Tzedeq, Jupiter; beneath Jupiter is MADIM, Madim, Mars; beneath Mars is ShMSh, Shemesh, the Sun; beneath the Sun is NVGH, Nogah, Venus; beneath Venus is KVKB, Kokav, Mercury; and beneath Mercury is LBNH, Levanah, the Moon, which is the lowest of all the planets.



It must, therefore, be understood that the planets have their dominion over the day which approacheth nearest unto the name which is given and attributed unto them -- viz., over Saturday, Saturn; Thursday, Jupiter; Tuesday, Mars;2 Sunday, the Sun; Friday, Venus; Wednesday, Mercury; and Monday, the Moon.



2. The concluding part of this sentence is from Lans. 1202. K288, H3981, and Sl3091 end the sentence with "et ainsi des autres" (and similarly for the others). -JHP



The rule of the planets over each hour begins from the dawn at the rising of the Sun on the day which take its name from such planet, and the planet which follows it in order, succeeds to the rule over the next hour. Thus (on Saturday) Saturn rules the first hour, Jupiter the second, Mars the third, the Sun the fourth, Venus the fifth, Mercury the sixth, the Moon the seventh, and Saturn returns in the rule over the eighth, and the others in their turn,3 the planets always keeping the same relative order.



3. The rest of this sentence is in L1202 only. -JHP



Note that each experiment or magical operation should be performed under the planet, and usually in the hour, which refers to the same. For example: --



In the days and hours of Saturn thou canst perform experiments to summon the souls from Hades, but only of those who have died a natural death. Similarly on these days and hours thou canst operate to bring either good or bad fortune to buildings; to have familiar spirits attend thee in sleep; to cause good or ill success in business, possessions, goods, seeds, fruits, and similar things, in order to acquire learning; to bring destruction and to give death, and to sow hatred and discord.



The days and hours of Jupiter are proper for obtaining honours, acquiring riches; contracting friendships, preserving health; and arriving at all that thou canst desire.



In the days and hours of Mars thou canst make experiments regarding war; to arrive at military honour; to acquire courage; to overthrow enemies; and further to cause ruin, slaughter, cruelty, discord; to wound and to give death.



The days and hours of the Sun are very good for perfecting experiments regarding temporal wealth, hope, gain, fortune, divination, the favour of princes, to dissolve hostile feeling, and to make friends.



The days and hours of Venus are good for forming friendships; for kindness and love; for joyous and pleasant undertakings, and for traveling.



The days and hours of Mercury are good to operate for eloquence and intelligence; promptitude in business; science and divination; wonders; apparitions; and answers regarding the future. Thou canst also operate under this Planet for thefts; writings; deceit; and merchandise.



The days and hours of the Moon are good for embassies; voyages; envoys; messages; navigation; reconciliation; love; and the acquisition of merchandise by water.4

4. Much of these foregoing instructions is omitted in the 10862 Add. MSS., but given in a different way in the ensuing paragraphs. -SLM



Thou shouldest take care punctually to observe all the instructions contained in this chapter, if thou desirest to succeed, seeing that the truth of Magical Science dependeth thereon.



The hours of Saturn, of Mars, and of the Moon are alike good for communicating and speaking with spirits; as those of Mercury are for recovering thefts by the means of spirits.



The hours of Mars serve for summoning souls from Hades,5 especially of those slain in battle.



The hours of the Sun, of Jupiter, and of Venus, are adapted for preparing any operations whatsoever of love, of kindness, and of invisibility, as is hereafter more fully shown, to which must be added other things of a similar nature which are contained in our work.



5. In the French 'des Enfers,' in the Latin 'Inferis.' -SLM.



So L1202. In K288, H3981, and Sl3091 this sentence reads "Les Heures de Mars a apeller Les ames de ceux qui ont été tués" (The hours of Mars serve to summon the souls of those who were killed). Aub24 and Ad10862 read "Horae autem Saturni sunt appropriatae ad evocandas animas ab Infernis, eorum tantummodo, scilicet qui nauali morte defuncti sunt" (But the hours of Saturn are suitable for evoking souls from Hell, that is to say, only those who died a naval death). -JHP



The hours of Saturn and Mars and also the days on which the Moon is conjunct6 with them, or when she receives their opposition or quartile aspect, are excellent for making experiments of hatred, enmity, quarrel,7 and discord and other operations of the same kind which are given later on in this work.



6. Conjunction means being in the same degree of the Zodiac; opposition is being 180 degrees, and quartile 90 degrees apart from each other. -SLM



7. Lat. Lis/Litis also means legal action or litigation. -JHP



The hours of Mercury are good for undertaking experiments relating to games, raillery, jests, sports, and the like.8



The hours of the Sun, of Jupiter, and of Venus, particularly on the days which they rule, are good for all extraordinary, uncommon, and unknown operations.



8. K. 288 adds: "et de choses qui paraissent admirables, observant premierement tout ce que nous dirons d'une telle matiere dans les chapitres ici bas" (and things which appear admirable, first observing all that we will say on the matter in the chapters below). -JHP



The hours of the Moon are proper for making trial of experiments relating to recovery of stolen property, for obtaining nocturnal visions, for summoning spirits in sleep, and for preparing anything relating to water.



The hours of Venus are furthermore useful for lots, poisons, all things of the nature of Venus, for preparing powders provocative of madness; and the like things.9



9. Lans. 1202 inserts the tables of the hours of the day and night at this point. MS. pp. 7-8. -JHP



But in order to thoroughly effect the operations of this art, thou shouldest perform them not only on the hours but on the days of the planets as well, because then the experiment will always succeed better,10 provided thou observest the rules laid down later on, for if thou omittest one single condition thou wilt never arrive at the accomplishment of the art.



10. H 3981 omits the rest of this sentence. -JHP



For those matters then which appertain unto the Moon, such as the invocation of spirits, the works of necromancy, and the recovery of stolen property, it is necessary that the Moon should be in a terrestrial sign, viz.: -- Taurus, Virgo, or Capricorn.



For love, grace, and invisibility, the Moon should be in a fiery sign, viz.: -- Aries, Leo, or Sagittarius.



For hatred,11 discord, and destruction, the Moon should be in a watery sign, viz.: -- Cancer, Scorpio, or Pisces.



11. Lans 1202 has this paragraph and the preceding one jumbled. - JHP



For experiments of a peculiar nature, which cannot be classed under any certain head, the Moon should be in an airy sign, viz.: -- Gemini, Libra, or Aquarius.



But if these things seem unto thee difficult to accomplish, it will suffice thee merely to notice the Moon after her combustion, or conjunction with the Sun, especially just when she12 quits his beams and appeareth visible. For then it is good to make all experiments for the construction and operation of any matter. That is why the time from the New unto the Full Moon is proper for performing any of the experiments of which we have spoken above. But in her decrease or wane it is good for war, disturbance, and discord. Likewise the period when she is almost deprived of light, is proper for experiments of invisibility, and of death.



12. i.e. New Moon. -SLM



But observe inviolably that thou commence nothing while the Moon is in conjunction with the Sun, seeing that this is extremely unfortunate, and that thou wilt then be able to effect nothing; but the Moon quitting his beams and increasing in Light, thou canst perform all that thou desirest, observing nevertheless the directions in this chapter.



Furthermore, if thou wishest to converse with spirits it should be especially on the day of Mercury and in his hour, and let the Moon he in an airy sign,13 as well as the Sun.



13. In Add. MSS. 10862; 'or in an earthy sign, as hath been before said.' -SLM



Aub. 24 reads likewise. -JHP



Retire14 thou then unto a secret place, where no one may be able to see thee or to hinder thee, before the completion of the experiment, whether thou shouldest wish to work by day or by night. But if thou shouldest wish to work by night, perfect thy work on the succeeding night; if by day, seeing that the day beginneth with the rising of the Sun (perfect thy work on) the succeeding day. But the hour of inception is the hour of Mercury.



14. The following paragraphs to the end of this chapter are only found in the Latin version, Add. MSS. 10862. -SLM



It is more accurate to say that these paragraphs in Ad. 10862 correspond to the opening paragraphs of the next chapter. Ad. 10862 continues with "the construction of the circle." It isn't found in Aub. 24, but most of this material is covered in book 2. -JHP



Verily, since no experiments for converse with spirits can be done without a circle being prepared, whatsoever experiments therefore thou wishest to undertake for conversing with spirits, therein thou must learn to construct a certain particular circle; that being done surround that circle with the circle of art for better caution and efficacy.







CHAPTER III

CONCERNING THE ARTS.



If thou wishest to succeed, it is necessary to make the following experiments and arts in the appropriate days and hours, with the requisite solemnities and ceremonies contained and laid down in the following chapters.



Experiments, then, are of two kinds; the first is to make trial of what, as I have said, can be easily performed without a circle, and in this case it is not necessary to observe anything but what thou wilt find in the proper chapters. The second can in no way be brought to perfection without the circle; and in order to accomplish this perfectly it is necessary to take note of all the preparations which the master of the art and his disciples must undertake before constructing1 the circle.



1. Sloane MSS. 3091 says, 'Before they come to the circle.' -SLM



Mathers is following L1202, which reads "avant de faire le cercle" (before making the circle). Sl3091, K288, and H3981 all read "vienne au Cercle" (come to the circle). - JHP



Before commencing operations both the master and his disciple; must abstain with great and thorough continence during the space of nine days from sensual pleasures and from vain and foolish conversation; as plainly appeareth in the Second Book, Chapter 4. Six of these nine days having expired, he must recite frequently the prayer and confession as will be told him; and on the seventh day, the master being alone, let him enter into a secret place, let him take off his clothes, and bathe himself from head to foot in consecrated and exorcised water, saying devoutly and humbly the prayer, 'O Lord Adonai,' etc., as it is written in the Second Book, Chapter 2.



The prayer being finished, let the master quit the water, and put upon his flesh raiment of white linen clean and unsoiled; and then let him go with his disciples unto a secret place and command them to strip themselves naked; and they having taken off their clothes, let him take exorcised water and pour it upon their heads so that it flows down to their feet and bathes them completely; and while pouring this water upon them let the master say:— 'Be ye regenerate, renewed, washed, and pure,' etc., as in Book II., Chapter 3.



Which2 being done, the disciples must clothe themselves, putting upon their flesh, like their master, raiment of white linen clean and unsoiled; and the three last days the master and his disciples should fast, observing the solemnities and prayers marked in Book II., Chapter 2.



2. This paragraph is omitted in Lansdowne MSS. 1202. -SLM



Note that the three last days should be calm weather, without wind, and without clouds rushing hither and thither over the face of the sky. On the last day let the master go with his disciples unto a secret fountain of running water, or unto a flowing stream, and there let each of them. taking off his clothes, wash himself with due solemnity, as is rehearsed in Book II. And when they are clean and pure, let each put upon him garments of white linen, pure, and clean, using the prayers and ceremonies described in Book II. After which let the master alone say the confession. The which being finished, the master in sign of penitence will kiss3 the disciples on the forehead, and each of them will kiss the other. Afterwards let the master extend his hands over the disciples, and in sign of absolution absolve and bless them; which being done he will distribute to each of his disciple the instruments necessary for magical art, which he is to carry into the circle.



3. Note the 'holy kiss' in the New Testament. 'Greet ye one another with a holy kiss.' -SLM



The first disciple will bear the censer, the perfumes and the spices; the second disciple will bear the book, papers, pens, ink, and any stinking or impure materials; the third will carry the knife and the penknife4 of magical art, the lantern, and the candles; the fourth, the Psalms, and the rest of the instruments; the fifth, the crucible or chafing-dish, and the charcoal or fuel; but it is necessary for the master himself to carry in his hand the staff, and the wand or rod. The things necessary being thus disposed, the master will go with his disciples unto the assigned place, where they have proposed to construct the circle for the magical arts and experiments; repeating on the way the prayers and orations which thou wilt find in Book II.



4. Mathers reads "and sickle" (following the French MSS), but see Book 2 chapter 7, notes 1 and 2. Note Book 2 also says that the master carries the staff OR the wand. It also says (chapter 9) that the disciple who carries the pen, ink, and paper should stand toward the East. -JHP



When the master shall have arrived at the place appointed, together with his disciples, he having lighted the flame of the fire, and having exorcised it afresh as is laid down in the Second Book, shall light the candle and place it in the lantern, which one of the disciples is to hold ever in his hand to light the master at his work. Now the master of the art, every time that he shall have occasion for some particular purpose to speak with the spirits, must endeavor to form certain circles which shall differ somewhat, and shall have some particular reference to the particular experiment under consideration. Now, in order to succeed in forming such a circle concerning magical art, for the greater assurance and efficacy thou shalt construct it in the following manner: --

THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE CIRCLE.



Take thou the knife or penknife,5 consecrated after the manner and order which we shall deliver unto thee in the Second Book. With this knife or penknife6 thou shalt describe, beyond the inner circle which thou shalt have already formed, a second circle, encompassing the other at the distance of one foot therefrom and having the same centre.7 Within this space of a foot in breadth between the first and the second circumferential8 line, thou shalt trace towards the four quarters of the Earth,9 the sacred and venerable symbols of the holy letter Tau.10 And between the first and the second circle,11 which thou shalt thyself have drawn with the instrument of magical art, thou shalt make four hexagonal pentacles,12 and between these thou shalt write four terrible and tremendous names of God, viz.:—



[Figure 2. Magic circle from manuscript Ad. 10862, fol 14r.]





[Circle from M276.]





[Circle from The Magical Treatise of Solomon, Delatte, op. cit., pg 25.]





5. Mathers reads "knife, the sickle, or the sword of magical art." Ad. 10862: "Gladium, uel Arclauum [sic]." Gladius is generally synonymous with ensis (sword), but Book 2 chapters 7 and 8 equate it with cultellus (knife). Arclavus is a mistake for artavus; later the manuscript reads arctauus, while other manuscripts read artavus (French 'artave', Italian 'artavo'). It is an uncommon term meaning penknife; Mathers follows the French manuscripts in mistranslating this as "sickle." See also Book 2, Chapter 8. This section does not occur in Aub. 24. -JHP



6. Mathers: knife or with the sickle of art. -JHP



7. i.e. two circles enclosed between three circumferential lines. -SLM



8. i.e. within the first circle. -SLM



9. i.e. the four cardinal points of the compass. -SLM



10. The letter Tau represents the cross, and in 10862 Add. MSS. in the drawing of the circle, the Hebrew letter is replaced by the cross; In 1307 Sloane MSS. by the T or Tau-Cross. -SLM



11. i.e. in the outer circle, bounded by the second and third circumferential lines. -SLM



12. 10862 Add. MSS. is the only copy which uses the word hexagonal, but the others show four hexagrams in the drawing; in the drawing, however, 10862 gives the hexagrams formed by various differing interlacements of two triangles, as shown in Figure 2. -SLM



Note the interlacements mentioned by Mathers. Mathers gives the names in Hebrew characters; these are also given in Ad. 10862 but in considerably corrupted form (see below).

The words in the middle, "Orien." (East), "Merid." (South) "Occid." (West), and "Septen." (North) indicate the orientation of the circle relative to the compass. Note also the misspelling "Tetagramaton" for "Tetragrammaton."















































Mich. 276 shows the Hebrew letter Tau in place of the 4 crosses. (Mathers' version of the drawing uses both crosses and Taus.) Like Harl. 5596, the circle surrounding that has pentagrams (or pentalphas) in place of the interlaced triangles of Ad. 10862. These are between the sacred names EHEIIE, ELIION, ELOA, IEOVA. In the square instead of *Tetragrammaton repeated 8 times, M276 and W show the 12 permutations of the 4 letters: (South) IHVH IVHH IHHV, (East) HIVH HIHV HHVI, (North) VIHH VHIH VHIH. (West) HHIV HVIH HVHI. The circles for the censor pots ("olla" in Latin and Italian) are drawn with double circles as in Mathers. The sacred names El, Adonay, Jah, and Agla are drawn between the circles (as in Kings 288). They also show the entrance and path to the circle ("strada per entrare nel circolo") similar to Harl. 5596. The four cardinal directions are also noted -- "settentrione, mezzogiorno, oriente, occident" (North, South, East, West).















































The magic circle in the Magical Treatise of Solomon also shows pentagrams. It also show an entrance to the circle, with the magic knife blocking it. (See Book 2 chapter x where the magus is directed to place the knife upright in the ground at his feet.) Inside the circle is marked topos didaskalon (the teacher's location) and topos maqhthz (the disciples' location) -JHP



Between the East and the South the supreme name IHVH, Tetragrammaton;--



Between the South and the West the essential Tetragrammatic name AHIH, Eheieh;--



Between the West and the North the name of power ALIVN, Elion;--



And between the North and the East the great name ALH, Eloah;--



Which names are of supreme importance in the list of the Sephiroth,13 and their sovereign equivalents.



13. The Sephiroth are the ten Qabalistical emanations of the Deity. The sovereign equivalents are the divine names referred thereto. See my Kabbalah Unveiled. -SLM



Ad. 10862 is the only one to give these names in Hebrew characters (see figure below.) Mathers follows the French manuscripts, which seem to confuse the paragraph. Ad. 10862 reads: "between the East and the South, the supreme name [illegible Hebrew; it does not look like IHVH. Drawing looks like Eiin (?)]. Between the South and the West the essential name Tetagrammaton [sic] [Hebrew looks like IHVH, drawing reads Eloa], and between the West (occasus) and the North (aquilo) the lofty (celsitudinis) name [ALIVN, drawing reads Ehy] Elison [sic], and between the North and the East the name [ALH, drawing reads Teragramaton] Eloa, which is the most important (gravissimus) in the ancient Sephitos [sic] or superior illuminations (collustrationum)." The wording in Kings 288 (and similarly Lans 1202) is much simpler: "between East and South Tetragrammaton; between the South and West Eheye; between West and North Eleyon (H3981: Elyon), and between North and East Eloha. -JHP

[The Hebrew lettering per Ad. 10862, fol 13r.]



Furthermore, thou shalt circumscribe about these circles two squares, the angles of which shall be turned towards the four quarters of the Earth; and the space between the lines of the outer and inner square shall be half-a-foot. The extreme angles of the outer square shall be made the centres of four circles, the measure or diameter of which shall be one foot. All these are to be drawn with the knife or consecrated instrument14 of art. And within these four circles thou must write these four names of God the most holy one, in this order:—



14. Ad. 10862: arclavo; K288, L1202: instrument. -JHP



At15 the East, AL, El;



At the West, IH, Yah;



At the South, AGLA, Agla;



And at the North ADNI, Adonaï.



15. The MSS. vary as to the point whereat each name is to be placed, but I think the above will be found to answer. -SLM



Ad. 10862 gives these names in corrupted Roman and Hebrew characters, but they correspond to East=EL, West=Iah, South=AGLA, North=Adonay.



Kings 288 reads, "à l'orient El, à L'occident Agla, au Midi Iah, au Septentrion Adonay" (at the East EL, at the West Agla, at the South Iah, at the North Adonay), but the drawing corresponds with Ad, 10862 (see figure 2 from Kings 288 above).



Lans. 1202 text and drawing agree with "à L'Orient Agla, au Midi, Adonay, à L'Occident, El, au Septentrion Ah" (at the East Agla, at the South Adonay, at the West El, at the North Ah). The circles in Sl. 1307 and Ad. 36674 are quite different.



The following paragraphs (up to "Let the master now arise and place upon his head a crown") are not found in Aub. 24 or Ad. 10862. Similarly Mich. 276 is missing the same material, except for the list of Psalms and the prayer "I beseech thee, O Lord". -JHP



Between the two squares the name Tetragrammaton is to be written in the same way as is shown in the plate. (See Figure 2.)



While constructing the circle, the master should recite the following Psalms:—16



* (Ps2=KJV2) Quare fremuerunt gentes (Why do the heathen rage....)

* (Ps53=KJV54) Deus in nomine tuo salvum (Save me, O God, by thy name....)

* (Ps112=KJV113) Laudate pueri Dominum (Praise ye the Lord. Praise, O ye servants of the Lord)

* (Ps66=KJV67) Deus misereatur nostri (God be merciful unto us....)

* (Ps46=KJV47) Omnes gentes plaudite manibus (O clap your hands, all ye people)

* (Ps67=KJV68) Exsurgat Deus et dissipentur (Let God arise, let his enemies be scattered....)

* [(Ps50=KJV51] Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam (Have mercy upon me, O God, according to thy lovingkindness)]17







16. Mathers: "Psalm ii.; Psalm liv.; Psalm cxiii.; Psalm lxvii.; Psalm xlvii.; Psalm lxviii." Mich. 276 lists 2, 47, and 68 only. -JHP



17. This only appears in Sl. 3091. -JHP



Or he may as well recite them before tracing the circle.



The which being finished, and the fumigations being performed, as is described in the chapter on fumigations in the Second Book, the master should reassemble his disciples, encourage them, reassure them, fortify them, and conduct them into the parts of the circle of art, where he must place them in the four quarters of the Earth, encourage them, and exhort them to fear nothing, and to keep in the places assigned to them. Also, the disciple who is placed towards the East should have a pen, ink, paper, silk, and white cotton, all clean and suitable for the work. Furthermore, each of the companions should have a new sword drawn in his hand (besides the consecrated magical sword of art), and he should keep his hand resting upon the hilt thereof, and he should on no pretext quit the place assigned to him, nor move therefrom.



After this the master should quit the circle, light the fuel in the earthen pots, and place upon them the censers, in the four quarters of the Earth; and he should have in his hand the consecrated taper of wax, and he should light it and place it in a hidden and secret place prepared for it. Let him after this re-enter and close the circle.



The master should afresh exhort his disciples, and explain to them all that they have to do and to observe; the which commands they should promise and vow to execute.



Let the master then repeat this prayer: --

PRAYER.



When we enter herein with all humility, let God the Almighty One enter into this circle, by the entrance of an eternal happiness, of a divine prosperity, of a perfect joy, of an abundant charity, and of an eternal salutation. Let all the demons fly from this place, especially those who are opposed unto this work, and let the angels of peace assist and protect this circle, from which let discord and strife fly and depart. Magnify and extend upon us, O Lord, thy most holy name, and bless our conversation and our assembly. Sanctify, O Lord our God, our humble entry herein, thou the blessed and holy one of the eternal ages! Amen.



After this, let the master say upon his knees, as follows:

PRAYER



O Lord God, all powerful and all merciful, thou who desirest not the death of a sinner, but rather that he may turn from his wickedness and live; give and grant unto us thy grace, by blessing and consecrating this earth and this circle, which is here marked out with the most powerful and holy names of God.18 And thee, I conjure, O Earth, by the most holy name of ASHER EHEIEH entering within this circle, composed and made with mine hand. And may God, even ADONAI, bless this place with all the virtues of Heaven, so that no obscene or unclean spirit may have the power to enter into this circle, or to annoy any person who is therein; though the Lord God ADONAI, who liveth eternally unto the ages of the ages. Amen.



18. Sl. 3091 adds, "et par le nom de Dieu EMANUEL Je te benis ó terre; Je te consacre ô terre" (And by the name of God EMANUEL I bless you, O Earth; I consecrate you, O Earth) -JHP



I beseech thee, O Lord God, the all powerful and the all merciful, that thou wilt deign to bless this circle, and all this place, and all those who are therein, and that thou wilt grant unto us, who serve thee, and rehearse nothing but the wonders of thy law, a good angel for our guardian; remove from us every adverse power; preserve us from evil and from trouble; grant, O Lord, that we may rest in this place in all safety, through thee, O Lord, who livest and reignest unto the ages of the ages. Amen.







Let the master now arise and place upon his head a crown made of virgin paper,19 on the which there must be written (with the colours and other necessary things which we shall describe hereafter), these four names AGLA, AGLAI, AGLATA, AGLATAI. The which names are to be placed in the front, behind, and on either side of the head.



19. Mathers reads "of paper (or any other appropriate substance)" following Kings 288, but Ad. 10862 reads "ex Carta Virginea" (from virgin paper), Lans. 1202 reads "de papier vierge". Ad. 10862 gives the names as "Agala [corrupt Hebrew], Agala [corrupt Hebrew], Agalata [corrupt Hebrew] Agalata [corrupt Hebrew]. Lans. 1202 reads: "Ces quatre Noms sont Agla au devant, Aglata au derrire, Aglon, Aglatay, des deux cotés de la Tête." -JHP



Furthermore, the master ought to have with him in the circle, those pentacles or medals20 which are necessary to his purpose, which are described hereinafter, and which should be constructed according to the rules given in the chapter on pentacles. They should be described on virgin paper with a pen; and ink, blood, or colours, prepared according to the manner which we shall hereafter show in the chapters on these subjects. It will be sufficient to take only those pentacles which are actually required, they should be sewed to the front of the linen robe, on the chest, with the consecrated needle of the art, and with a thread which has been woven by a young girl.



20. Ad. 10862: Pentacula, siue Candores [=kandariri!]; M276: "pentacoli o canderie"; H3981: "Pentacules, Canderies ou Medailles"; K288 and Sl3091: "Pentacules ou Medailles". -JHP



After this, let the master turn himself towards the eastern quarter (unless directed to the contrary, or unless he should be wishing to call spirits which belong to another quarter of the Universe), and pronounce with a loud voice the conjuration contained in this chapter. And if the spirits be disobedient and do not then make their appearance, he must arise and take the exorcised knife of art21 wherewith he hath constructed the circle, and raise it towards the sky as if he wished to beat or strike the air, and conjure the spirits. Let him then lay his right hand and the knife upon the pentacles or medals, constructed of, and described upon virgin paper, which are fastened to or sewn upon his breast, and let him repeat the following conjuration upon his knees:—22



21. Ad. 10862: gladium exorcizatum. -JHP



22. L1202 and Sl. 3091 read, "say the following conjuration in a low voice, facing East." Aub24. reads simple, "say the following conjuration." -JHP

CONJURATION.



O Lord, hear my prayer, and let my cry come unto thee. O Lord God Almighty, who has reigned before the beginning of the Ages, and who by thine infinite wisdom, hast created the heavens, the earth, and the sea, and all that in them is, all that is visible, and all that is invisible by a single word; I praise thee, I bless thee, I adore thee, I glorify thee, and I pray thee now at the present time to be merciful unto me, a miserable sinner, for I am the work of thine hands. Save me, and direct me by thy holy name, thou to whom nothing is difficult, nothing is impossible; and deliver me from the night of mine ignorance, and enable me to go forth therefrom. Enlighten me with a spark of thine infinite wisdom. Take away from my senses the desire of covetousness, and the iniquity of mine idle words. Give unto me, thy servant, a wise understanding, penetrating and subtle heart, to acquire and comprehend all sciences and arts; give unto me capacity to hear, and strength of memory to retain them, so that I may be able to accomplish my desires, and understand and learn all difficult and desirable sciences; and also that I may be able to comprehend the hidden secrets of the holy writings. Give me the virtue to conceive them, so that I may be able to bring forth and pronounce my words with patience and humility, for the instruction of others, as thou hast ordered me.



O God, the Father, all powerful and all merciful, who hast created all things, who knowest and conceivest them universally, and to whom nothing is hidden, nothing is impossible; I entreat thy grace for me and for thy servants, because thou seest and knowest well that we perform not this work to tempt thy strength and thy power as if in doubt thereof, but rather that we may know and understand the truth of all hidden things. I beseech thee to have the kindness to be favorable unto us; by thy splendour, thy magnificence, and thy holiness, and by thy holy, terrible, and ineffable name IAH, at which the whole world doth tremble, and by the fear with which all creatures obey thee. Grant, O Lord, that we may become responsive unto thy grace, so that through it we may have a full confidence in and knowledge of thee, and that the spirits may discover themselves here in our presence, and that those which are gentle and peaceable may come unto us, so that they may be obedient unto thy commands, through thee, O most holy ADONAI, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and whose empire endureth unto the ages of the ages. Amen.



After having said all these words devoutly, let the master arise, and place his hands upon the pentacles, and let one of the companions hold the book open before the master, who, raising his eyes to Heaven, and turning unto the four quarters of the Universe, shall say:—



O Lord, be thou unto me a tower of strength against the appearance and assault of the evil spirits.23







23. Compare Psalm 60.4: "quia factus es spes mea turris fortitudinis a facie inimici" (=KJV61.3: For thou hast been a shelter for me, and a strong tower from the enemy). -JHP



After this, turning towards the four quarters of the Universe, he shall say the following words:—



These be the symbols and the names of the creator, which can bring terror and fear unto you. Obey me then, by the power of these holy names, and by these mysterious symbols of the secret of secrets.







The which being said and done, thou shalt see them draw near and approach from all parts. But if they be hindered, detained, or occupied in some way, and so that they cannot come, or if they are unwilling to come, then, the suffumigations and censings being performed anew, and (the disciples) having anew, by especial order, touched their swords, and the master having encouraged his disciples, he shall reform the circle with the knife of art, and, raising the said knife towards the sky, he shall as it were strike the air therewith. After this he shall lay his hand upon the pentacles, and having bent his knees before the most High, he shall repeat with humility the following confession; the which his disciples shall also do, and they shall recite it in a low and humble voice, so that they can scarcely be heard.24

24. So as not to interfere with the direction of the will-currents of the master. -SLM







CHAPTER IV

THE CONFESSION TO BE MADE BY THE EXORCIST

CONFESSION.



O LORD of Heaven and of Earth, before thee do I confess my sins, and lament them, cast down and humbled in thy presence. For I have sinned before thee by pride, avarice, and boundless desire of honours and riches; by idleness, gluttony, greed, debauchery, and drunkenness; because I have offended thee by all kinds of sins of the flesh, adulteries, and pollutions, which I have committed myself, and consented that others should commit; by sacrilege, thefts, rapine, violation, and homicide; by the evil use I have made of my possessions, by my prodigality, by the sins which I have committed against Hope and Charity, by my evil advice, flatteries, bribes, and the ill distribution which I have made of the goods of which I have been possessed; by repulsing and maltreating the poor, in the distribution which I have made of the goods committed to my charge, by afflicting those over whom I have been set in authority, by not visiting the prisoners, by depriving the dead of burial, by not receiving the poor, by neither feeding the hungry nor giving drink to the thirsty, by never keeping the Sabbath and the other feasts, by not living chastely and piously on those days, by the easy consent which I have given to those who incited me to evil deeds, by injuring instead of aiding those who demanded help from me, by refusing to give ear unto the cry of the poor, by not respecting the aged, by not keeping my word, by disobedience to my parents, by ingratitude towards those from whom I have received kindness, by indulgence in sensual pleasures, by irreverent behaviour in the Temple of God, by unseemly gestures thereat, by entering therein without reverence, by vain and unprofitable discourse when there, by despising the sacred vessels of the temple, by turning the holy Ceremonies into ridicule, by touching and eating the sacred bread with impure lips and with profane hands, and by the neglect of my prayers and adorations.



I detest also the crimes which I have committed by evil thoughts, vain and impure meditations, false suspicions, and rash judgments; by the evil consent which I have readily given unto the advice of the wicked, by lust of impure and sensual pleasures; by my idle words, my lies, and my deceit; by my false vows in various ways; and by my continual slander and calumny.



I detest also the crimes which I have committed within; the treachery and discord which I have incited; my curiosity, greed, false speaking, violence, malediction, murmurs, blasphemies, vain words, insults, dissimulations; my sins against God by the transgression of the ten commandments, by neglect of my duties and obligations, and by want of love towards God and towards my neighbour.



Furthermore I hate the sins which I have committed in all my senses, by sight, by hearing, by taste, by smell, and by touch, in every way that human weakness can offend the creator; by my carnal thoughts, deeds, and meditations.



In which I humbly confess that I have sinned, and recognise myself as being in the sight of God the most criminal of all men.



I accuse myself before thee, O God, and I adore thee with all humility. O ye, holy angels, and ye, children of God, in your presence I publish my sins, so that mine enemy may have no advantage over me, and may not be able to reproach me at the last day; that he may not be able to say that I have concealed my sins, and that I be not then accused in the presence of the Lord; but, on the contrary, that on my account there may be joy in Heaven, as over the just who have confessed their sins in thy presence.



O most mighty and all powerful Father, grant through thine unbounded mercy that I may both see and know all the spirits which I invoke, so that by their means I may see my will and desire accomplished, by the sovereign grandeur, and by thine ineffable and eternal glory, thou who art and who wilt be for ever the pure and ineffable father of all.



The confession having been finished with great humility, and with the inward feeling of the heart, the master will recite the following prayer:—

PRAYER.



O Lord all powerful, eternal God and father of all creatures, shed upon me the divine influence of thy mercy, for I am thy creature. I beseech thee to defend me from mine enemies, and to confirm in me true and steadfast faith.



O Lord, I commit my body and my soul unto thee, seeing I put my trust in none beside thee; it is on thee alone that I rely; O Lord my God aid me; O Lord hear me in the day and hour wherein I shall invoke thee. I pray thee by thy mercy not to put me in oblivion, nor to remove me from thee. O Lord be thou my succor, thou who art the God of my salvation. O Lord make me a new heart according unto thy loving kindness. These, O Lord, are the gifts which I await from thee, O my God and my master, thou who livest and reignest unto the Ages of the Ages. Amen.



O Lord God the all powerful one, who hast formed unto thyself great and ineffable wisdom, and co-eternal with thyself before the countless ages; thou who in the birth of time hast created the Heavens, and the Earth, the sea, and things that they contain; thou who hast vivified all things by the breath of thy mouth, I praise thee, I bless thee, I adore thee, and I glorify thee. Be thou propitious unto me who am but a miserable sinner, and despise me not; save me and succor me, even me the work of thine hands. I conjure and entreat thee by thy Holy name to banish from my spirit the darkness of Ignorance, and to enlighten me with the Fire of thy Wisdom; take away from me all evil desires, and let not my speech be as that of the foolish. O thou, God the Living One, whose Glory, Honour, and Kingdom shall extend unto the Ages of the Ages. Amen.



CHAPTER V

PRAYERS AND CONJURATIONS

PRAYER.



O LORD God, Holy Father, Almighty and Merciful One, who hast created all things, who knowest all things and can do all things, from whom nothing is hidden, to whom nothing is impossible; thou who knowest that we perform not these ceremonies to tempt thy power, but that we may penetrate into the knowledge of hidden things; we pray thee by thy Sacred Mercy to cause and to permit, that we may arrive at this understanding of secret things, of whatever nature they may be, by thine aid, O Most Holy ADONAI, whose Kingdom and Power shall have no end unto the Ages of the Ages. Amen.



The Prayer being finished, let the Exorcist lay his hand upon the pentacles, while one of the Disciples shall hold open before him the Book wherein are written the prayers and conjurations proper for conquering, subduing, and reproving the spirits. Then the Master, turning towards each Quarter of the Earth, and raising his eyes to Heaven, shall say:



O Lord, be thou unto me a strong tower of refuge, from the sight and assaults of the Evil spirits.1



1. Compare with Psalm 60.4 (KJV Ps61.3): "For thou hast been a shelter for me, and a strong tower from the enemy." -JHP



After which let him turn again towards the four quarters of the Earth, and towards each let him utter the following words:



Behold the symbols and names of the creator, which give unto ye forever terror and fear. Obey then, by the virtue of these holy names, and by these Mysteries of Mysteries.



After this he shall see the spirits come from every side. But in case they are occupied in some other place, or that they cannot come, or that they are unwilling to come: then let him commence afresh to invoke them after the following manner, and let the exorcist be assured that even were they bound with chains of iron, and with fire, they could not refrain from coming to accomplish his will.





THE CONJURATION.2

2. There is an Invocation bearing the title of 'The Qabalistical Invocation of Solomon,' given by Eliphas Lévi, which differs in many points from the one given above, though resembling it in some particulars. Lévi's is more evidently constructed on the plan indicated in the 'Siphra Dtzenioutha,' c. III.; Annotation § 5, sub. § 8, 9; while the one above more follows that laid down, ibid. § 5, sub. § 3. I see no reason to suppose that Lévi's is unauthentic. It will be noted by the Qabalistical reader, that the above conjuration rehearses the divine names attached to the ten Sephiroth. -SLM



O ye spirits, ye I conjure by the power, wisdom, and virtue of the spirit of God, by the uncreate divine knowledge, by the vast mercy of God, by the strength of God, by the greatness of God, by the unity of God; and by the holy name of God EHEIEH, which is the root, trunk, source, and origin of all the other divine names, whence they all draw their life and their virtue, which Adam having invoked, he acquired the knowledge of all created things.



I conjure ye by the indivisible name IOD, which marketh and expresseth the simplicity and the unity of the nature divine, which Abel having invoked, he deserved3 to escape from the hands of Cain his brother.



3. In the French, 'merita d`échapper.' -SLM.



M276: "quod etiam Abel nominauit et meruit euadere manus fratris sui Caim." Aub. 24, reads "... quod etiam nominauit Seth, et meruit evadere manus fratris sui Caim" (which SETH having named, he was found worthy to evade the hand of his brother Cain.) Ad. 10862 reads "... quod etiam Leter (?) nominauit, et meruit euadere manus Patris sui Caim" (which Leter (?) having named, he was found worthy to evade the hand of his father Caim.) -JHP



I conjure ye by the name TETRAGRAMMATON ELOHIM,4 which expresseth and signifieth the grandeur of so lofty a majesty, that Noah having pronounced it, saved himself, and protected himself with his whole household from the waters of the deluge.



4. Aub24 reads "Jeoua Elohim"; M276: "Jeouà Eloym"; Sl3091: "Jehova Eloym"; K288 and L1202: "Jehovah Elohym"; Ad. 10862: "Je, Houa, Eloia." -JHP



I conjure ye by the name of God EL strong and wonderful, which denoteth the mercy and goodness of his majesty divine, which Abraham having invoked, he was found worthy to come forth from the Ur of the Chaldeans.



I conjure ye by the most powerful name of ELOHIM GIBOR, which showeth forth the strength of God, of a God all powerful, who punisheth the crimes of the wicked, who seeketh out and chastiseth the iniquities of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation; which Isaac having invoked, he was found worthy to escape from the sword5 of Abraham his father.



5. Lat. gladius.



I conjure ye and I exorcise ye by the most holy name of ELOAH VA-DAATH,6 which Jacob invoked when in great trouble, and was found worthy to bear the name of Israel, which signifieth vanquisher of God; and he was delivered from the fury of Esau his brother.



6. Aub24 reads "Eloha Vangaadat"; M276: "Eloha uangadet"; K288, Sl3091, and Lans 1202 read "Eloha Vangadat"; Ad. 10862: "Eloa Vagadat". -JHP



I conjure ye by the most potent name of EL7 ADONAI TZABAOTH, which is the God of armies, ruling in the Heavens, which Joseph invoked and was found worthy to escape from the hands of his brethren.



7. More usually the name TETRAGRAMMATON TZABAOTH is attributed to the seventh Sephiroth. -SLM



Aub24 reads: "Adonay Zeuaoth"; K288 and Sl3091: "El Adonay Zevaod"; L1202: "El, Adonay, Zenard"; Ad. 10862: "Adonay Zeuahot". This paragraph is not found in M276. -JHP



I conjure ye by the most potent name of ELOHIM TZABAOTH,8 which expresseth piety, mercy, splendour, and knowledge of God, which Moses invoked, and he was found worthy to deliver the People Israel from Egypt, and from the servitude of Pharaoh.



8. Aub24: "Elohym Zeuad"; Sl3091: "Eloym Zevaoth"; K288: "Elohym Zevaod"; L1202: "Elhoim Zenard"; Ad. 10862: "Eloim Zeuord." -JHP



I conjure ye by the most potent name of SHADDAI,9 which signifieth doing good unto all; which Moses invoked, and having struck the Sea, it divided into two parts in the midst, on the right hand and on the left. I conjure ye by the most holy name of EL10 CHAI, which is that of the Living God, through the virtue of which alliance with us, and redemption for us have been made; which Moses invoked and all the waters returned to their prior state and enveloped the Egyptians, so that not one of them escaped to carry the news into the Land of Mizraim.



9. K288, Sl3091, L1202, Aub24 read "Saday"; Ad. 10862: "Siday." -JHP



10. Both this name and 'Shaddai' are attributed to the Ninth Sephira, and 1 have therefore put the two invocations in the same paragraph. -SLM



Instead of "EL CHAI" Aub24 and Ad. 10862 reads "Eloy"; M276: "Eloum"; K288 and Sl3091: "Elohym"; L1202: Elhoim." -JHP



Lastly, I conjure ye all, ye rebellious spirits, by the most holy name of God ADONAI MELEKH, which Joshua invoked, and stayed the course of the Sun in his presence, through the virtue of Methratton,11 its principal Image; and by the troops of angels who cease not to cry day and night, QADOSCH, QADOSCH, QADOSCH, ADONAI ELOHIM TZABAOTH (that is, Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God of Hosts, Heaven and Earth are full of thy Glory); and by the ten angels who preside over the ten Sephiroth, by whom God communicateth and extendeth his influence over lower things, which are KETHER, CHOKMAH, BINAH, GEDULAH, GEBURAH, TIPHERETH, NETZACH, HOD, YESOD, AND MALKUTH.12



11. The Archangel, who is called also the Prince of Countenances. -SLM



Aub. 24 (fol 75r) reads "Mittatron"; Kings 288 and Lans. 1202 read Mitraton; Ad. 10862 reads "mitatium" or "Permitatium." -JHP



12. This passage illustrates the degree of corruption of the manuscripts, as none of the copyists seems to have any grasp of the Kabbalah. M276 seems to be the most correct here: "Cheder cochmà biná Ghedulá Gheuurà tifered nezach hod Jesod e Malcud"; Aub24: "Heoeder, Hoema, Biria, Ghedula, Gheuura, Tiphered, Nod, Nezzac, Jessod, et Maliud"; Ad10862: "[...]eder, Hoema, Brica, Ghedulat, Ghercura, Tifired, Hadmerzael, Iessod, et Maluid"; H3981: "Heder, Noema, Biria, Ghedula, Thipheret, Nod, Nezzac, Jessod, et Malchove"; Sl3091: "Heder Noema, Biria, Ghedula, Thipheret, Nod, Nezzac, Thessod, et Malchove"; K288: "Keder, Noema, Biria, Ghedula, Tipheret, Nod, Nezzach, Ihessod, et Malchore"; L1202: "Heder, Rosina, Bria, Gladula, Thiphera, Nod, Nezziac, Chessod, Malehove". M276 regularly reduces double consonants, so it seems likely that the ninth originally read "Jessod". -JHP



I conjure ye anew, O spirits, by all the names of God, and by all his marvellous work; by the heavens; by the earth; by the sea; by the depth of the Abyss, and by that firmament which the very spirit of God hath moved; by the sun and by the stars; by the waters and by the seas, and all which they contain; by the winds, the whirlwinds, and the tempests; by the virtue of all herbs, plants, and stones; by all which is in the heavens, upon the earth, and in all the abysses of the shades.



I conjure ye anew, and I powerfully urge ye, O Demons, in whatsoever part of the world ye may be, so that ye shall be unable to remain m air, fire, water, earth, or in any part of the universe, or in any pleasant place which may attract ye; but that ye come promptly to accomplish our desire, and all things that we demand from your obedience.



I conjure ye anew by the two Tables of the Law, by the five books of Moses, by the Seven Burning Lamps on the Candlestick of Gold before the face of the Throne of the Majesty of God, and by the Holy of Holies wherein the KOHEN HA-GADUL was alone permitted to enter, that is to say, the High-Priest.



I conjure ye by him who hath made the heavens and the earth, and who hath measured those heavens in the hollow of his hand, and enclosed the earth with three of his fingers, who is seated upon the Kerubim and upon the Seraphim; and by the Kerubim, which is called the Kerub, which God constituted and placed to guard the Tree of Life, armed with a flaming sword, after that Man had been driven out of Paradise.



I conjure ye anew, Apostates from God, by him who alone hath performed great wonders; by the Heavenly Jerusalem; and by the Most Holy name of God in Four Letters, and by him who enlighteneth all things and shineth upon all things by his Venerable and Ineffable name, EHEIEH ASHER EHEIEH;13 that ye come immediately to execute our desire, whatever it may be.



13. M276: "Eheye esser Eheye"; Sl3091 and K288: "Eheyetsser Eheye"; L1202: "Cheye, Assereye." -JHP



I conjure ye, and I command ye absolutely, O Demons, in whatsoever part of the Universe ye may be, by the virtue of all these Holy names:— ADONAI, YAH, HOA, EL, ELOHA, ELOHINU, ELOHIM, EHEIEH, MARON, KAPHU, ESCH, INNON, AVEN, AGLA, HAZOR, EMETH, YAII, ARARITHA, YOVA, HA-KABIR, MESSIACH, IONAH, MAL-KA, EREL, KUZU, MATZPATZ, EL SHADDAI;14 and by all the Holy names of God which have been written with blood in the sign of an eternal alliance.



14. I have made these names as correct as possible; as in all the original MSS. the Hebrew is much mutilated. These names are some of them ordinary titles of God; others Magical and Qabalistical names compounded from the initials of sentences, etc.; and others permutations of other names. -SLM



Regarding MTzPTz (or MAZPAZ), see Gollancz, Book of Protection, Introduction, p. xxx. This name also occurs in Book 2 as an alternate reading in Sl. 1307.



Aub24: "Adonay, Jah, El, Es, Eloha Aghelion, Na, Eloym, Eheie, Maron, Caphu Innum, Euen, Agla, Zoy, Emed, Jeia, Aracita, Jaua, Issu, Hacaua, Messiah, Isma Maleche, Erez, Kuzu, Maspal, El Saday"; M276: "adonay Jah Vah El Eloa Elion hù Eloym Eheye maron Caphec Jesussimum auem Agla exorh emaeim Jeya arania iaua hochauno mesiatema melche eroz auzu malpuz El sadai"; Sl3091: "Adonay, Iah, Hu, El, Eloha, Ngelion, Nu, Elohym, theye, Maron, Caphu, Issu, Imnum, Even, Agla, Ezor, Emoed, Ieya, Ararita, Iova, Hacavo, Messiah, Soma, Malché, Erel, Ekusu, Malpar, El, Saday"; Ad10862: "Adonay, Iah, Hoel, El, Eloh, Agtelion, Na (?), Eloin, Eheie, Macon, Capha, Innum, Eure~, Agla, Zor, Emet, Cera, Anacio, Laut, Issu, Acaut, Massiah, Isma Malechi, Erey, Buzu (?-), Mazpol, Ossaday"; K288: "Adonay, Iah, Hu, El, Eloha, Ngelionu, Elohym, Eheye, Maron, Caphu, Issu, Inmum, Even, Agla, Ezor, Emoed, Ieya, Ararita, Iova, Hacavo, Messiah, Iomas, Malché, Erel, Escusa, Maspar, El, Sadaÿ"; L1202: "Adonay, Jau, Husset, Eloha, Nghelion, Nu, Elohim, Eheye, Maron, Caphu, Issu, Immum, Eveu, Agla, Ezor, et par les Noms de Dieu écrits avce [sic] du sang en signe d’Alliance qui sont Emoad, Jahia, Avarita, Jova, Hacavo, Messiah, Joma, Malche, Eret, Elloza, Malpaz & Saday." -JHP



I conjure ye anew by these other names of God, most holy and unknown, by the virtue of which names ye tremble every day:— BAZUC, BACURABON, PATACEL, ALCHEGHEL, AQUACHAI, HOMORIONS, EY, ABBATON, CHEVON, CEBON, OY, ZOYMAS, CAYE, EHEIEH, ABBAMACHI, ORTAGU, NALE, HELECH, YEZE;15 that ye come quickly and without any delay into our presence from every quarter and every climate of the world wherein ye may be, to execute all that we shall command ye in the great name of God.



15. I give these names as they stand, they do not all appear to be Hebrew; some of them suggest the style of the barbarous names in the Graeco-Egyptian Magical Papyri. -SLM



M276: "bazuch, bacurebon, patariel alchaeghel, aquarus, homorions, ey, abbaton, cheuon, cebore oy, zoymas, caye eec abbumachi ertagunale helech Jeze"; Aub24: "Buzuc, Barubason, Pathaul, Archighel, Aquechay, Homorions, Ey, Abbaton, Chiuon, Cebeon, Ox, Zoymas, Caye Eeu, Abumachi, Ortagu, Haza, Helec Jeze"; Ad10862: "Bezuu, Bacuburs, Pathahul, Archighel, Aquechay, Ei, Abbator, Chiuor, Cebeor, Oyzorimas, Caye, Eue, Abbimachi, Orbayri, Paza, Hebec, Tere"; Sl3091, H: "Bazuc, Bacurabon, Patacel, Alcheegel, Aquacay, Homorions, Ey, Abbaton, Chevon, Cebon, OyZoymas, Cay, Eeé, Albamachi, Ortagu, Male, Helech, Ieze"; K288: "Baruc, Bacurabon, Patacel, Alcheeghel, Aquacaÿ, Homorion, Ey, Abbaton, Chevon, Cebon, Oyzoymas, Cay, Eeé, Albamachi, Ortagu, Nale, Helech, Ieze"; L1202: "Bazur, Barabon, Patacel, Etheogeliel, Agnaci, Homorion, Eu, Abbaton, Ethenon, Cehon, Oy, Zemas, Cay, Cec, Abbamalhi, Ortagiel, Nalche, Sechezze." -JHP Mathers: BARUC, BACURABON, PATACEL, ALCHEEGHEL, AQUACHAI, HOMORION, EHEIEH, ABBATON, CHEVON, CEBON, OYZROYMAS, CHAI, EHEIEH, ALBAMACHI, ORTAGU, NALE, ABELECH (or HELECH), YEZE (or SECHEZZE





CHAPTER VI

STRONGER AND MORE POTENT CONJURATION



If they then immediately appear, it is well; if not, let the master uncover the consecrated pentacles which he should have made to constrain and command the spirits, and which he should wear fastened round his neck, holding the medals (or pentacles) in his left hand, and the consecrated knife in his right; and encouraging his companions, he shall say with a loud voice:—1

1. Ad10862 and Sl.3091: "a somewhat elevated voice." -JHP

ADDRESS.



Here be the symbols of secret things, the standards, the ensigns, and the banners, of God the conqueror; and the arms of the almighty One, to compel the aerial potencies. I command ye absolutely by their power and virtue that ye come near unto us, into our presence, from whatsoever part of the world ye may be in, and that ye delay not to obey us in all things wherein we shall command ye by the virtue of God the mighty One. Come ye promptly, and delay not to appear, and answer us with humility.



If they appear at this time, show them the pentacles, and receive them with kindness, gentleness, and courtesy; reason and speak with them, question them, and ask from them all things which thou hast proposed to demand.



But if, on the contrary, they do not yet make their appearance, holding the consecrated knife2 in the right hand, and the pentacles3 being uncovered by the removal of their consecrated covering, strike and beat the air with the knife as if wishing to commence a combat, comfort and exhort thy companions, and then in a loud and stern voice repeat the following conjuration:—



2. Lat. "gladius"; Ital. "il coltello"; Fr. "le coutau". -JHP



3. Aub. 24 and Ad. 10862 add "in the left". -JHP

CONJURATION.4

4. This conjuration is almost identical with one given in the Lemegeton, or Lesser Key, a different work, also attributed to Solomon. -SLM



Here again I conjure ye and most urgently command ye; I force, constrain, and exhort ye to the utmost, by the most mighty and powerful name of God EL, strong and wonderful, and by God the just and upright, I exorcise ye and command ye that ye in no way delay, but that ye come immediately and upon the instant hither before us, without noise, deformity, or hideousness, but with all manner of gentleness and mildness.5



5. Mathers is following K288 and H which read, "avec toutes sorte de douceurs et de Civilité"; Lat. "omni affabilitate" (all affability/courtesy). The wording in L1202 and Sl3091 again agree: "toute sorte de civilité et courtoisie". -JHP



I exorcise ye anew, and powerfully conjure ye, commanding ye with strength and violence by him who spake and it was done;6 and by all these names: EL SHADDAI, ELOHIM, ELOHI, TZABAOTH, ELIM, ASHER EHEIEH, YAH, TETRAGRAMMATON, SHADDAI,7 which signify God the high and almighty, the God of Israel, through whom undertaking all our operations we shall prosper in all the works of our hands, seeing that the Lord is now, always, and for ever with us, in our heart and in our lips; and by his holy names, and by the virtue of the sovereign God, we shall accomplish all our work.



6. Au. 24: "Vos iterum exorcizo atque potenter contestor, ac valde impero per eum qui dixit, et factum est ..." (I again exorcize you, and potently conjure you, and greatly command you through him who spoke, and it was done..." -JHP



7. This passage presents an interesting puzzle. Mathers is basically following the Colorno class of manuscripts, even though the phrase "the God of Israel" implies the original Hebrew included "ELOHE ISRAEL". The complete phrase "God the high and almighty, the God of Israel" (Lat. Dominus Deus excelsus omnipotens Deus Israel) might be rendered in Hebrew as "ADONAY, ELION, EL SHADDAI, ELOHE ISRAEL".



Aub24, Ad10862, Ad36674, and Sl3847 are all closer to the purported meaning:



Aub24: "Adonay, Oghelio[n], Saday, Israel, quod est Dominus Deus excelsus omnipotens Deus Israel"; Ad10862: "Adonay, Oghelion, Saday, Iserael, quod est Dominus Deus excelsus Omnipotens Deus Israel"; Ad36674: ADONAY, ALOE, ALNON, SABAOTH, SADAY (correct to ADONAY, ELOHE, ELION, SABAOTH, SADAY) Sl3847: "Adonay, heloe, heloym, Sabaoth Saday, quod est dominus deus excelsus et omnipotens rex Israel."



The prototype of the Colorno class of manuscripts probably read, "EL SHADDAI, ELOHIM, ELOHE, ZEVAOTH, EHEYE ASSER EHEYE, IAH, TETRAGRAMMATON, SHADDAI"



M276: "et saday Eloym Eloa Zeuaod Eheye esser Eheye Jah tetagramaton saday quod est dominus deus excelsur omnipotens deus israel"; Sl3091: "El, Saday, Elohym, Elohé, Zevaoth, Elym, Asser, Eheye, Jah, Tetagramaton Saday"; L1202: "El, Saday, Jah, Elohim, Eohe, Zenard, Elein, Asser, Eche, Tad, Tetragrammaton, Saday"; K288: "El, Sadaÿ, Elohym, Elohe, Zevaod, Elim, Asser, Eheye, Iah, Tretragrammaton, Sadaÿ"; H3981: "El, Sadaÿ, Elohym, Elohe, Zevaod, Elym, Asser, Eheye, Iah, Tetagramaton, Sadaÿ". -JHP



Come ye at once without any hideousness or deformity before us, come ye without monstrous appearance, in a gracious form or figure. Come ye, for we exorcise ye with the utmost vehemence by the name of IAH and ON, which Adam spake and heard; by the name EL, which Noah heard, and saved himself with all his family from the Deluge; by the name IOD, which Noah heard, and knew God the Almighty One; by the name AGLA which Jacob heard, and saw the Ladder which touched Heaven, and the angels who ascended and descended upon it, whence he called that place the House of God and the Gate of Heaven; and by the name ELOHIM, and in the name ELOHIM, which Moses named, invoked, and heard in Horeb the Mount of God, and he was found worthy to hear him speak from the Burning Bush; and by the name AIN SOPH, which Aaron heard, and was at once made eloquent, wise, and learned; and by the name TZABAOTH, which Moses named and invoked, and all the ponds and rivers were covered with blood throughout the land of Egypt;8 and by the name IOD, which Moses named and invoked, and striking upon the dust of the earth it became gnats infesting men, cattle, and beasts of burden of Egypt;9 and by the name, and in the name PRIMATON,10 which Moses named and invoked, and there fell a great and severe hail throughout all the land of Egypt, destroying the vines, the trees, and the woods which were in that country; and by the name IAPHAR, which Moses heard and invoked, and immediately a great pestilence began to appear through all the land of Egypt, striking and slaying the asses, the oxen, and the sheep of the Egyptians, so that they all died; and by the name ABADDON which Moses invoked and sprinkled the dust towards heaven, and immediately there fell so great rain upon the men, cattle, and flocks, that they all died throughout the land of Egypt; and by the name ELION which Moses invoked, and there fell so great hail as had never been seen from the beginning of the world unto that time, so that all men, and herds, and everything that was in the fields perished and died throughout all the land of Egypt. And by the name ADONAI, which Moses having invoked, there came so great a quantity of locusts which appeared in the land of Egypt, that they devoured and swallowed up all that the hail had spared; and by the name of PATHEON,11 which having invoked, there arose so thick, so awful, and so terrible darkness throughout the land of Egypt, during the space of three days and three nights, that almost all who were left alive died; and by the name YESOD, and in the name YESOD, which Moses invoked, and at midnight all the first-born, both of men and of animals, died; and by the name of YESHIMON, which Moses named and invoked, and the Red Sea divided itself and separated in two; and by the name HESION, which Moses invoked, and all the army of Pharaoh was drowned in the waters; and by the name ANABONA, which Moses having heard upon Mount Sinai, he was found worthy to receive and obtain the tables of stone written with the finger of God the creator; and by the name ERYGION, which Joshua having invoked when he fought against the Moabites, he defeated them and gained the victory; and by the name HOA, and in the name HOA, which David invoked, and he was delivered from the hand of Goliath; and by the name YOD, which Solomon having named and invoked, he was found worthy to ask for and obtain in sleep the ineffable wisdom of God; and by the name YIAI, which Solomon having named and invoked, he was found worthy to have power over all the demons, potencies, powers, and virtues of the air.



8. Some MSS. add, 'et furent purifiés.' -SLM



Aub. 24 adds "et computraerunt" (and rotted); Ad. 10862 misreads "composuerunt" (they have composed ) -JHP



9. So Aub24. which reads "et percutiens pulverem terræ factæ sunt cinifices in homines, et boves, et iumenta Aegyptiorum". This reading is also supported by M276 and Ad. 36674. This is based on Exodus 8:17: "et extendit Aaron manu virgam tenens percussitque pulverem terrae et facti sunt scinifes in hominibus et in iumentis omnis pulvis terrae versus est in scinifes per totam terram Aegypti" (and Aaron stretched out his hand with his rod, and smote the dust of the earth, and it became gnats in man, and in beast; all the dust of the land became gnats throughout all the land of Egypt.) The French manuscripts misread Latin "cinis" (ashes, Fr. "cendre"), instead of Latin "cinifes" (gnats). Mathers reads "and striking upon the dust of the earth both men and beasts were struck with disease." -JHP



Some MSS. substitute, 'les hommes furent reduits en cendre, comme aussi les boeufs, betail, et troupeaux des Egyptiens.' -SLM



10. So M276, Aub24, Sl3091, H3981, and K288. Ad. 36674 reads "Phaicon". This sentence is missing in Ad. 10862. Mathers follows Lans. 1202 in reading "PRIMEUMATON". -JHP



11. This is often written PATHTUMON in similar conjurations, but the MSS. before me agree in giving this form. -SLM



Aub. 24 and Ad. 10862 both read Phateon; M276: "Pantheon". -JHP



By these, then, and by all the other names of God almighty, holy, living, and true, we powerfully command ye, ye who by your own sin have been cast down from the Empyreal Heaven, and from before his throne; by him who hath cast ye down unto the most profound of the abysses of Hell, we command ye boldly and resolutely; and by that terrible day of the sovereign judgment of God, on which all the dry bones in the earth will arise to hear and listen unto the word of God with their body, and will present themselves before the face of God almighty; and by that Last Fire which shall consume all things; by the (Crystal) Sea which is known unto us, which is before the face of God; by the indicible and ineffable virtue, force, and power of the creator himself, by his almighty power, and by the light and flame which emanate from his countenance, and which are before his face; by the angelical powers which are in the Heavens, and by the most great wisdom of almighty God; by the Seal of David, by the Ring12 and Seal of Solomon, which was revealed unto him by the Most High and Sovereign creator; and by the Nine Medals or pentacles,13 which we have among our symbols, which proceed and come from Heaven, and are among the Mysteries of Mysteries or Secrets of Secrets, which you can also behold in my hand, consecrated and exorcised with the due and requisite Ceremonies. By these, then, and by all the secrets which the Almighty encloseth in the Treasures of the sovereign and Highest Wisdom, by his Hand, and by his marvellous power; I conjure, force, and exorcise ye that ye come without delay to perform in our presence that which we shall command ye.



12. Note this mention of the ring of Solomon, though there is no ring described among the ritual implements. -JHP



13. Aub. 24: novem Cœlestes Kanderias. This probably corrsponds to the nine Kandariri (talismans) found in Gollancz' Hebrew manuscript (fol. 49a). This sentence is not found in Ad. 10862. -JHP



I conjure ye anew by that most holy name which the whole Universe fears, respects, and reveres, which is written by these letters and characters, IOD, HE, VAU, HE; and by the last and terrible judgment; by the seat of BALDACHIA;14 and by this holy name, YIAI, which Moses invoked, and there followed that great Judgment of God, when Dathan and Abiram15 were swallowed up in the centre of the earth. Otherwise, if ye contravene and resist us by your disobedience unto the virtue and power of this name YIAI, we curse ye even unto the depth of the Great Abyss, into the which we shall cast, hurl, and bind ye, if ye show yourselves rebellious against the secret of secrets, and against the mystery of mysteries. AMEN, AMEN. FIAT, FIAT.



14. Sometimes, but as I think erroneously, written Bas-dathea. I imagine the word to mean 'Lord of Life.' -SLM



15. Deut. 11.6. Ad. 10862 misreads "Fatam and Aliram." -JHP



This conjuration thou shalt say and perform, turning thyself unto the East, and if they appear not, thou shalt repeat it unto the spirits, turning unto the South, the West, and the North, in succession, when thou wilt have repeated it four times. And if they appear not even then, thou shalt make the sign of TAU16 upon the foreheads of thy companions, and thou shalt say:—



16. Or the Cross. -SLM

CONJURATION.



Behold anew the symbol and the name of a sovereign and conquering God, through which all the Universe fears, trembles, and shudders, and through the most mysterious words of the secret mysteries and by their virtue, strength, and power.



I conjure ye anew, I constrain and command ye with the utmost vehemence and power, by that most potent and powerful name of God, EL, strong and wonderful, by him who spake and it was done; and by the name IAH, which Moses heard, and spoke with God; and by the name AGLA, which Joseph invoked, and was delivered out of the hands of his brethren; and by the name VAU, which Abraham heard, and knew God the Almighty One; and by the name of Four Letters, TETRAGRAMMATON, which Joshua named and invoked, and he was rendered worthy and found deserving to lead the Army of Israel into the Promised Land; and by the name ANABONA, by which God formed Man and the whole Universe; and by the name ARPHETON,17 and in the name ARPHETON, by which the angels who are destined to that end will summon the Universe, in visible body and form, and will assemble (all people) together by the sound of the Trumpet at that terrible and awful Day of Judgment, when the memory of the wicked and ungodly shall perish; and by the name ADONAI, by which God will judge all human flesh, at whose voice all men, both good and evil, will rise again,18 and all men and angels will assemble in the air before the Lord, who will judge and condemn the wicked; and by the name ONEIPHETON,19 by which God will summon the dead, and raise them up again unto life; and by the name ELOHIM, and in the name ELOHIM, by which God will disturb and excite tempests throughout all the seas, so that they will cast out the fish therefrom, and in one day the third part of men about the sea and the rivers shall die; and by the name ELOHI,20 and in the name ELOHI, by which God will dry up the sea and the rivers, so that men can go on foot through their channels; and by the name ON, and in the name ON, by which God shall restore and replace the sea, the rivers, the streams, and the brooks, in their previous state; and by the name MESSIACH,21 and in the name MESSIACH, by which God will make all animals combat together, so that they shall die in a single day; and by the name ARIEL,22 by which God shall destroy in a single day all buildings, so that there shall not be left one stone upon another; and by the name IAHT,23 by which God will cast one stone upon another, so that all people and nations will fly from the sea-shore, and will say unto them cover us and hide us; and by the name EMANUEL, by which God will perform wonders, and the winged creatures and birds of the air shall contend with one another; and by the name ANAEL,24 and in the name ANAEL, by which God will cast down the mountains and fill up the valleys, so that the surface of the earth shall be level in all parts; and by the name ZEDEREZA,25 and in the name ZEDEREZA, by which God will cause the Sun and Moon to be darkened, and the stars of heaven to fall; and by the name SEPHERIEL,26 by which God will come to Universal Judgment, like a Prince newly crowned entering in triumph into his capital city, girded with a zone of gold, and preceded by angels, and at his aspect all climes and parts of the Universe shall be troubled and astonished, and a fire shall go forth before him, and flames and storm shall surround him; and by the name TAU,27 by which God brought the Deluge, and the waters prevailed above the mountains, and fifteen cubits above their summits; and by the name RUACHIAH,28 by which God having purged the Ages, he will make his Holy Spirit to descend upon the Universe, and will cast ye, ye rebellious spirits, and unclean beings, into the depths of the lake of the abyss, in misery, filth, and mire, and will place ye in impure and foul dungeons bound with eternal chains of fire.



17. Also written Hipeton; and I believe sometimes replaced by Anapheneton, or Anaphaxeton. -SLM



18. Aub24 adds: "Et per nomen Igeon, et in nomine Igeon per quod Justi resurgent" (And through the name Igeon, and in the name Igeon, through which the Just will rise again) -JHP



19. This word is given variously in the MSS., as Oneypheon, Onayepheton, and Donecepheron, etc. -SLM



Aub24: Onaxepheon; Sl3091: Oneipheon; K288: Oneypheon; L1202: Donecepheron. -JHP



20. Or Elia. -SLM



Aub24 gives the previous name as Eloy, and this one as Elya; K288 gives them as Elohym and Eleya; Sl3091, L1202 read Elohim and Elya. -JHP



21. What is said here refers symbolically to the rooting out of the evil spirits, and shells, from the Universe by King Messiach, which is spoken of in the Qabalah. The Qabalah sometimes expresses the evil spirits by the words animals, or beasts, and creeping things. -SLM



22. Aub24: Aniel. -JHP



23. The oldest MSS. gives the above form, in the others it is changed into Iaphat, Taphat, and even Japhet. It is probably a corruption of Achad Unity. -SLM



Ad10862: Iaht; Aub24: Jahat; Sl3091: Iaphat; M276, L1202: Japhat; K288: Taphat. -JHP



24. This is also the name of the angel of Venus. -SLM

M276: Arel; Aub. 24: Ariel; Kings 288: Anael; Lans. 1202: Annael. - JHP



25. So written in the oldest MS., the others give it as Zedeesia, Zedeezia, and Zedezias. -SLM



Ad10862: Zedereza; M276: Zedesia; Aub24, Sl3091, and H3981: Zedeezia; K288: Zedeesia; L1202: Zedezias. -JHP



26. Meaning 'emanating from God.' It is corrupted into Sephosiel, etc., in the MSS. -SLM



M276: Jephosiel; Aub24: Saphasiel; Sl3091, K288, H3981: Sephosiel; L1202: Sophoziel; Ad10862: Saphatiel. -JHP



27. Iaha, in 10862 Add. MSS. -SLM



Aub. 24: Thau; Sl3091, M276, K288, H3981, and L1202: Tau. -JHP



28. Meaning spirit of Iah. -SLM



Aub. 24: Ruchia; K288: M276: Rechya; Reéhia; Sl30911, L1202: Rechia. -JHP



By these names then, and by all the other holy names of God before whom no man can stand and live, and which names the armies of the demons fear, tremble at, and shudder; we conjure ye, we potently exorcise and command ye, conjuring ye in addition by the terrible and tremendous PATHS29 of GOD and by his holy habitation wherein he reigneth and commandeth unto the eternal ages. Amen.



29. That is, the hidden and occult grades and links of emanation in the Sephiroth. The later MSS. have put, by mistake, voix for voies, the oldest Latin MS. gives Semitis. -SLM



Aub24, Ad10862, and M276 read "per terribiles et absconditas semitas Dei" (by the frightening and hidden paths of God). -JHP



By the virtue of all those aforesaid, we command ye that ye remain not in any place wherein ye are, but to come hither promptly without delay to do that which we shall enjoin ye. But if ye be still contumacious, we, by the authority of a sovereign and potent God, deprive ye of all quality, condition, degree, and place which ye now enjoy, and precipitate ye into and relegate ye unto the Kingdom of Fire and of sulphur, to be there eternally tormented. Come ye then from all parts of the earth, wheresoever ye may be, and behold the symbols and names of that triumphant sovereign whom all creatures obey, otherwise we shall bind ye and conduct ye in spite of yourselves, into our presence bound with chains of fire, because those effects which proceed and issue from our science and operation, are ardent with a fire which shall consume and burn ye eternally, for by these the whole Universe trembleth, the earth is moved, the stones thereof rush together, all creatures obey, and the rebellious spirits are tormented by the power of the sovereign creator.



Then it is certain that they will come, even if they be bound with chains of fire, unless prevented by affairs of the very greatest importance, but in this latter case they will send ambassadors and messengers by whom thou shalt easily and surely learn what occupies the spirits and what they are about. But if they appear not yet in answer to the above conjuration, and are still disobedient, then let the master of the art or exorciser arise and exhort his companions to be of good cheer and not to despair of the ultimate success of the operation; let him strike the air with the consecrated knife30 towards the four quarters of the Universe; and then let him kneel in the midst of the circle, and the companions also in their several places, and let them say consecutively with him in a low voice, turning in the direction of the East, the following:



30. Aub. 24: cum gladio exorcizato.

ADDRESS TO THE ANGELS.



I conjure and pray ye, O ye angels of God, and ye celestial spirits, to come unto mine aid; come and behold the signs of Heaven, and be my witness before the sovereign Lord, of the disobedience of these evil and fallen spirits who were at one time your companions.



This being done, let the master arise, and constrain and force them by a stronger conjuration, in manner following.





CHAPTER VII

AN EXTREMELY POWERFUL CONJURATION



Behold us again prepared to conjure ye by the names and symbols of God, wherewith we are fortified, and by the virtue of the highest one. We command ye and potently ordain ye by the most strong and powerful name of God EL,1 who is worthy of all praise, admiration, honor, glory, generation, and fear, that ye delay not longer, but that ye appear before us without any tumult or disturbance, but, on the contrary, with great respect and courtesy, in a beautiful and human form.







1. So M276, Au24, Ad10862: "et in uirtute altissimi uos coniuramus atque uobis imperamus per potentissimum atque fortissimum nomen dei El" L1202 and Sl3091 misread "Et" (and) instead of "El"; Mathers follows K288 which is further removed: "by the most strong and powerful names of God." -JHP



If they then appear, let them see the pentacles, and say:



Obey ye, obey ye, behold the symbols and names of the creator; be ye gentle and peaceable, and obey in all things that we shall command ye.



They will then immediately talk with thee, as a friend speaketh unto a friend. Ask of them all that thou desirest, with constancy, firmness, and assurance, and they will obey thee.



But if they appear not yet, let not the master on that account lose his courage, for there is nothing in the world stronger and of greater force to overawe the spirits than constancy. Let him, however, re-examine and reform the circle, and let him take up a little dust of the earth, which he shall cast towards the four quarters of the Universe; and having placed his knife upon the ground, let him say on his knees, turning towards the direction of the North:



In the name of ADONAI ELOHIM TZABAOTH SHADDAI, Lord God of armies almighty, may we successfully perform the works of our hands. and may the Lord he present with us in our heart and in our lips.



These words having been said kneeling upon the earth, let the master shortly after arise and open his arms wide as if wishing to embrace the air, and say:

CONJURATION.



By the holy names of God written in this book, and by the other holy and ineffable names which are written in the Book of Life, we conjure ye to come unto us promptly and without any delay, wherefore tarry not, but appear in a beautiful and agreeable form and figure, by these Holy names: ADONAI, TZABAOTH, EL, ELOHI, ELOHIM, SHADDAI; and by EHEIEH, YOD HE VAU HE, which is the great name of God TETRAGRAMMATON written with four letters, ANAPHODITION, and ineffable; by the God of those virtues and potencies, who dwelt in the Heavens, who rideth upon the Kerubim, who moveth upon the wings of the wind, he whose power is in Heaven and in Earth, who spake and it was done, who commanded and the whole Universe was created; and by the holy names and in the holy names, IAH, IAH, IAH, ADONAI TZABAOTH; and by all the names of God, the living, and the true, I reiterate the conjuration, and I conjure ye afresh ye Evil and rebellious spirits, abiding in the abysses of darkness.



I conjure, I address, and I exorcise ye, that ye may approach unto and come before the Throne of God, the living and the true, and before the tribunal of the judgment of his majesty, and before the holy angels of God to hear the sentence of your condemnation.



Come ye then by the name and in the name of SHADDAI, which is that of God Almighty, strong, powerful, admirable, exalted, pure, clean, glorified, virtuous, great, just, terrible, and holy; and by the name and in the name of EL, IAH, IAH, IAH, who hath formed and created the world by the breath of his mouth, who supporteth it by his power, who ruleth and governeth it by his wisdom, and who hath cast ye for your pride into the land of darkness and into the shadow of death.



Therefore, by the name of the living God, who hath formed the heavens above, and hath laid the foundations of the earth beneath, we command ye that, immediately and without any delay, ye come unto us from all places, valleys, mountains, hills, field, seas, rivers, fountains, ponds, brooks, caverns, grottos, cities, towns, villages, markets, fairs, habitations, baths, courtyards, gardens, vineyards, plantations, reservoirs, cisterns, and from every corner of the terrestrial earth where ye may happen to be in your assemblies, so that ye may execute and accomplish our demands with all mildness and courtesy; by that ineffable name which Moses heard and invoked, which he received from God from the midst of the Burning Bush, we conjure ye to obey our commands, and to come unto us promptly with all gentleness of manner.



Again we command ye with vehemence, and we exorcise ye with constancy, that ye and all your comrades come unto us in an agreeable and gracious manner like the breeze, to accomplish successively our various commands and desires. Come ye, then, by the virtue of these names by the which we exorcise ye; ANAY, GETHA, TERAMIA, ARNETH, NEGIA, JONA, PROLHUCH, TITACH, JENAU, BEJA, THEIT; all which names are written in Heaven in the characters of Malachim,2 that is to say, the tongue of the angels.



2. The mystic alphabet known as the 'Writing of Malachim' is formed from the positions of the stars in the heavens, by drawing imaginary lines from one star to another so as to obtain the shapes of the characters of this alphabet. -SLM



This section is missing from Aub24. M276: "Anay, Getha, Teramya, Arneth, Hegie, Jona, Prodruch [=pro**uch], Tirach, Jenau, Baya, Theyth"; H981: "Anay, Getath, Texamin, Arnet, Negia, Jona, Prolhuch, Titach, Jenau, Beja, Theit"; Sl3091: "Anay, Getah, Texamin, Arnet, Negia, Jona, Protuch, Titah, genau, Beja, Theit"; K288: "Aay, Getah, Texamin, Arnet, Negia, Jona, Prothuch, Tetah, Jenau, Beja, Theit"; Ad10862: "Anau, Aechel [or Hechel], Transia, Amet, Negie, Iona, Profae, Titache, Penaui, Biia, Teib"; L1202: "Anar, Golat, Negior, Taxam, Inaël, Jona, Portah, Litah, Jenan, Buia, Lheu"; Mathers: "ANAI, ÆCHHAD, TRANSIN, EMETH, CHAIA, IONA, PROFA, TITACHE, BEN ANI, BRIAH, THEIT" The Magical Treatise of Solomon devotes an entire chapter to a series of four "alphabets of the planets", resembling the "celestial alphabet", and used for writing on talismans. -JHP



We then, by the just judgment of God, by the ineffable and admirable virtue of God, just, living, and true, we call ye with power, we force and exorcise ye by and in the admirable name which was written on the tables of stone which God gave upon Mount Sinai; and by and in the wonderful name which Aaron the High Priest bare written upon his breast, by which also God created the world, the which name is AXINETON;3 and by the living God who is one throughout the ages, whose dwelling is in the Ineffable Light, whose name is Wisdom, and whose spirit is life, before whom goeth forth fire and flame, who hath from that fire formed the firmament, the stars and the Sun; and who with that fire will burn ye all for ever, as also all who shall contravene the words of his will.







3. So H and Sl3091; Ad10862: "Arcuron"; M276: "A Rimeton"; L1202: "Azineton". -JHP



Come ye, then, without delay, without noise, and without rage, before us, without any deformity or hideousness, to execute all our will; come ye from all places wherein ye are, from all mountains, valleys, streams, rivers, brooks, ponds, places, baths, synagogues; for God, strong and powerful, will chase ye and constrain ye, being glorious over all things; He will compel ye, both ye and the Prince of Darkness. Come ye, come ye, angels of Darkness; come hither before this circle without fear, terror, or deformity, to execute our commands, and be ye ready both to achieve and to complete all that we shall command ye.



Come ye, then, by the crown of the chief of your emperors, and by the sceptres of your power, and of SID, the great demon, your master; by the names and in the names of the holy angels who have been created to be above you, long before the constitution of the world; and by the names of the two princes of the Universe, whose names are, IONIEL and SEFONIEL;4 by the rod of Moses, by the staff of Jacob; by the ring and seal of David, wherein are written the names of sovereign God;5 and by the names of the angels by which Solomon has linked and bound ye; and by the sacred bonds by which ANAEL hath environed and hath conquered the spirit; and by the name of the angel who ruleth potently over the rest, and by the praise of all creatures who cry incessantly unto God, who spake, and immediately all things, even the Ages, were made and formed; and by the name HA-QADOSCH BERAKHA, which signifies the Holy and Blessed One; and by the Ten Choirs of the holy angels, CHAIOTH HA-QADESH, AUPHANIM, ARALIM, CHASHMALIM, SERAPHIM, MALACHIM, ELOHIM, BENI ELOHIM, KERUBIM, and ISHIM; and by, and in the sacred name of twelve letters of which each letter is the name of an angel, and the letters of the name are ALEPH, BETH, BETH, NUN, VAU, RESH, VAU, CHETH, HE, QOPH, DALETH, SHIN.6



4. M276: Songel et Aonyel; H3981, Sl3091: Soniel et Aoeniel; K288: Soniel et Aaniel; L1202: Jomel & Armiel; Ad. 10862: Ionyel et Ifoniel. This section is not found in Aub24 (up to "And we conjure, oblige, and terribly exorcise ye"). -JHP



5. The rest of this paragraph is not found in Ad. 10862. Compare with a Jewish mortuary charm published in J.A. Montgomery Aramaic Incantation Texts from Nippur, (Philadelphia, 1913): "With the Wand of Moses and the Plate of Aaron and the Seal of Solomon and the Shield of David and the Mitre of the Chief Priest I perform the spell." Cited by Raya Shani in "A Judeo-Persian Talismanic Textile" in Irano-Judaica IV (Jerusalem: 1999, p. 254). -JHP



6. Which letters I have, with much care, corrected, for in the MSS. the letters are jumbled together in hopeless confusion, Seym is written for Shin, Res for Beth, etc. The name is Ab, Ben, Ve-Ruach, Ha-Qadesch, Father, Son, and Holy spirit. There are two other names of twelve letters frequently employed, HQDVSh BRVK HVA, holy and blessed be he; and ADNI HMLK NAMN, the Lord, the faithful king; besides other forms. -SLM



Again, M276 seems to have the most reliable reading: "he sin daled caph he ched uau bed, nun nayn beld aleph"; H3981: "Ha, Hé, Seym, Daled, Coph, He, Thath, vau, Res, nem Jod, Zuin, Res, Aleph"; K288: "Ha, Hé, Saym, Daleth, Coph, He, Thet, vau, Res, Nun, Jod, Zayn, Res, Aleph". -JHP



By these names therefore, and by all the other holy names, we conjure ye and we exorcise ye; by the angel ZECHIEL; by the angel DUCHIEL; by the angel DONACHIEL; and by the great angel METATRON, who is the prince of the angels, and introduceth the souls before the face of God; and by the angel SANGARIEL, by whom the portals of Heaven are guarded; and by the angel KERUB, who was made the guardian of the terrestrial paradise, with a sword of flame, after the expulsion of Adam our forefather; and by the angel MICHAEL by whom ye were hurled down from the height of the THRONE into the depth of the lake and of the abyss, the same name meaning, 'who is like God upon Earth;' and by the angel ANIEL; and by the angel OPHIEL; and by the angel BEDALIEL; wherefore, by these and by all the other holy names of the angels, we powerfully conjure and exorcise ye, that ye come from all parts of the world immediately, and without any delay, to perform our will and demands, obeying us quickly and courteously, and that ye come by the name and in the name of ALEPH, DALETH, NUN, IOD, for we exorcise ye anew by the application of these letters, by whose power burning fire is quenched, and the whole Universe trembleth.



We constrain ye yet again by the seal of the Sun which is the word of God; and by the seal of the Moon and of the stars we bind ye; and by the other animals and creatures which are in Heaven, by whose wings Heaven cleanseth itself, we force and attract ye imperiously to execute our will without failure.





And we conjure, oblige, and terribly exorcise ye, that ye draw near unto us without delay and without fear, as far as is possible unto ye, here before this circle, as supplicants gently and with discretion, to accomplish our will in all and through all. If ye come promptly and voluntarily, ye shall inhale our perfumes, and our suffumigations of pleasant odour, which will be both agreeable and delightful unto ye. Furthermore ye will see the symbol of your creator, and the names of his holy angels, and we shall afterwards dismiss ye, and send ye hence with thanks. But if, on the contrary, ye come not quickly, and ye show yourselves self-opinionated, rebellious, and contumacious, we shall conjure ye again, and exorcise ye ceaselessly, and will repeat all the aforesaid words and holy names of God and of the holy angels; by the which names we shall harass you, and if that be not sufficient we will add thereunto yet greater and more powerful ones, and we will thereunto again add other names which ye have not yet heard from us, which are those of an almighty God, and which will make ye tremble and quake with fear, both ye and your princes; by the which names we conjure both you and them also, and we shall not desist from our work until the accomplishment of our will. But if perchance ye yet shall harden yourselves, and show yourselves self-opinionated, disobedient, rebellious, refractory, and contumacious, and if ye yet resist our powerful conjurations, we shall pronounce against you this warrant of arrest in the name of God almighty, and this definite sentence that ye shall fall into dangerous disease and leprosy, and that in sign of the divine vengeance ye shall all perish by a terrifying and horrible death, and that a fire shall consume and devour you on every side, and utterly crush you; and that by the power of God, a flame shall go forth from his mouth which shall burn ye up and reduce ye unto nothing in Hell. Wherefore delay ye not to come, for we shall not cease from these powerful conjurations until ye shall be obliged to appear against your will.





Aub24 resumes at this point. -JHP



Thus then, therefore, we anew conjure and exorcise ye by and in the holy name of IAH, IAH, IAH,7 which is interpreted and called God; by the name and in the name of EHEIEH ASHER EHEIEH,8 which is the true name of God, 'I am He who is'; by and in the ineffable name of four letters YOD HE VAU HE, the knowledge and understanding of which is hidden even from the angels; by the name and in the name of EL,9 which signifieth and denoteth the powerful and consuming fire which issueth from his countenance, and which shall be your ruin and destruction; and by the light of the angels which is kindled and taken ineffably from that flame of divine ardour.





7. Mathers reads "ON", but Aub. 24 and Ad. 10862 both read "Iah, Iah, Iah." M276, Sl3091, K288, and L1202 all omit the name. -JHP



8. So M276 and Aub24; Ad. 10862: "Ehere"; Mathers follows Sl3091, K288, and L1202 in reading "EHEIEH". -JHP



9. So M276, Sl3091, K288, and L1202. Aub24 and Ad. 10862 both read "Es." -JHP



By these then, and by other most holy names which we pronounce against you from the bottom of our hearts, do we force and constrain ye, if ye be yet rebellious and disobedient. We conjure ye powerfully and strongly exorcise ye, that ye come unto us with joy and quickness, without fraud or deceit, in truth and not in error.



Come ye then, come ye, behold the signs and the names of your creator, behold the holy pentacles by the virtue of which the Earth is moved, the trees thereof and the abysses tremble. Come ye; come ye; come ye.



These things being thus done and performed, ye shall see the spirits come from all sides in great haste with their princes and superiors; the spirits of the First Order, like soldiers, armed with spears, shields, and corslets; those of the second Order like barons, princes, dukes, captains, and generals of armies. For the Third and last Order their king will appear, before whom go many players on instruments of music, accompanied by beautiful and melodious voices which sing in chorus.



Then the exorcist, or master of the art, at the arrival of the king, whom he shall see crowned with a diadem, should uncover the holy pentacles and medals which he weareth upon his breast covered with a cloth of silk or of fine twined linen, and show them unto him, saying:—



Behold the signs and holy names by and before whose power every knee should bow, of all that is in Heaven, upon Earth, or in Hell. Humble ye yourselves, therefore, under the mighty hand of God.



Then will the king bow the knee before thee, and will say, 'What dost thou wish, and wherefore hast thou caused us to come hither from the infernal abodes?'



Then shall the exorcist, or master of magical art, with an assured air and a grave and imperious voice, order and command him to be tranquil, to keep the rest of his attendants peaceable, and to impose silence upon them.



Let him, also, renew his fumigations, and offer large quantities of incense, which he should at once place upon the fire, in order to appease the spirits as he hath promised them. He should then cover the pentacles, and he will see wonderful things, which it is impossible to relate, touching worldly matters and all sciences.



This being finished, let the master uncover the pentacles, and demand all that he shall wish from the king of the spirits, and if there are one or two spirits only, it will be the same; and having obtained all his desire, he shall thus license them to depart:—

THE LICENSE TO DEPART



In the name of ADONAI, the eternal and everlasting one, let each of you return unto his place; be there peace between us and you, and be ye ready to come when ye are called.



After this he should recite the first chapter of Genesis, 'Berashith Bara Elohim, In the beginning, etc.'



This being done, let them all in order quit the circle, one after the other, the master first. Furthermore let them bathe their faces with the exorcised water, as will be hereafter told, and then let them take their ordinary raiment and go about their business.



Take notice and observe carefully that this last conjuration is of so great importance and efficacy, that even if the spirits were bound with chains of iron and fire, or shut up in some strong place, or retained by an oath, they could not even then delay to come. But supposing that they were being conjured in some other place or part of the Universe by some other exorcist or master of the art, by the same conjuration; the master should add to his conjuration that they should at least send him some messengers, or some individual to declare unto him where they are, how employed, and the reason why they cannot come and obey him.



But if (which is almost impossible) they be even yet self-opinionated and disobedient, and unwilling to obey; in this case their names should be written on virgin paper, which he should soil and fill with mud, dust, or clay. Then he shall kindle a fire with dry rue, upon which he shall put powdered assafoetida, and other things of evil odour; after which let him put the aforesaid names, written on parchment or virgin paper, upon the fire, saying:—

THE CONJURATION OF THE FIRE.



I conjure thee, O creature of fire, by him who removeth the Earth, and maketh it tremble, that thou burn and torment these spirits, so that they may feel it intensely, and that they may be burned eternally by thee.



This being said, thou shalt cast the aforesaid paper into the fire, saying:—

THE CURSE.



Be ye accursed, damned, and eternally reproved; and be ye tormented with perpetual pain, so that ye may find no repose by night nor by day, nor for a single moment or time, if ye obey not immediately the command of him who maketh the Universe to tremble; by these names, and in virtue of these names, the which being named and invoked all creatures obey and tremble with fear and terror, these names which can turn aside lightning and thunder; and which will utterly make you to perish, destroy, and banish you. These names then are Aleph, Beth, Gimel, Daleth, He, Vau, Zayin, Cheth, Teth, Yod, Kaph, Lamed, Mem, Nun, Samekh, Ayin, Pe, Tzaddi, Qoph, Resh, Shin, Tau.10



10. Which are the names of the letters of the Hebrew alphabet, to each of which a special mystic meaning and power is attached, besides its ordinary application. -SLM



By these secret names, therefore, and by these signs which are full of mysteries, we curse ye, and in virtue of the power of the three principles, Aleph, Mem, Shin,11 we deprive ye of all office and dignity which ye may have enjoyed up till now; and by their virtue and power we relegate you unto a lake of sulphur and of flame, and unto the deepest depths of the abyss, that ye may burn therein eternally for ever.



11. The literal symbols of air, water, and fire; which are called by the Sepher Yetzirah the three mother letters. -SLM



Then will they assuredly come without any delay, and in great haste, crying: 'O our lord and prince, deliver us out of this suffering.'



All this time thou shouldest have near thee ready an exorcised pen, paper, and ink, as will be described hereinafter. Write their names afresh, and kindle fresh fire, whereon thou shalt put gum benjamin, olybdanum, and storax12 to make therewith a fumigation; with these odours thou shalt afresh, perfume the aforesaid paper with the names; but thou shouldest have these names ready prepared beforehand. Then show them the holy pentacles, and ask of them what thou wilt, and thou shalt obtain it; and having gained thy purpose, send away the spirits, saying:—



12. Mathers is following Sl3091, K288, and L1202 here, however Aub24 and Ad10862 both read "Sandalum citrinum et rubrum et storacem"; M276: "sandelo citrino sandolo rosso e storace"; Perhaps "sandalum album citrinum et rubrum" is intended (along with storax). -JHP

THE LICENSE TO DEPART.



By the virtue of these pentacles, and because ye have been obedient, and have obeyed the commandments of the creator, feel and inhale this grateful odour, and afterwards depart ye unto your abodes and retreats; be there peace between us and you; be ye ever ready to come when ye shall be cited and called; and may the blessing of God, as far as ye are capable of receiving it, be upon you, provided ye be obedient and prompt to come unto us without solemn rites and observances on our part.



Thou shouldest further make a book of virgin paper, and therein write the foregoing conjurations, and constrain the demons to swear upon the same book that they will come whenever they be called, and present themselves before thee, whenever thou shalt wish to consult them. Afterwards thou canst cover this book with sacred sigils on a plate of silver, and therein write or engrave the holy pentacles. Thou mayest open this book either on Sundays or on Thursdays, rather at night than by day, and the spirits will come.



Regarding the expression 'night,' understand the night following, and not the night preceding the aforesaid days. And remember that by day (the demons) are ashamed, for they are animals of darkness.



CHAPTER VIII

CONCERNING PENTACLES, AND THE MANNER OF CONSTRUCTING THEM



As we have already made mention of the pentacles, it is necessary that thou shouldest understand that the whole science and understanding of our Key dependeth upon the operation, knowledge, and use of pentacles.



He then who shall wish to perform any operation by the means of the medals,1 or pentacles, and therein to render himself expert, must observe what hath been hereinbefore ordained. Let him then, O my son Roboam, know and understand that in the aforesaid pentacles he shall find those ineffable and most holy names which were written by the finger of God in the tablets of Moses; and which I, Solomon, have received through the ministry of an angel by divine revelation. These then have I collected together, arranged, consecrated, and kept, for the benefit of the human race, and the preservation of body and of soul.

1. Ad10862: canderias; M276: canderie. This paragraph and the preceding are not found in Aub. 24. -JHP



The pentacles should then be made in the days and hours of Mercury, when the Moon is in an aerial2 or terrestrial sign; she should also be in her increase, and in equal number of days with the Sun.

2. i.e. in Gemini, Libra, Aquarius, Taurus, Virgo, or Capricorn. -SLM



It is necessary to have a chamber or cabinet specially set apart and newly cleaned, wherein thou canst remain without interruption, the which having entered with thy companions, thou shalt incense and perfume it with the odours and perfumes of the art. The sky should be clear and serene. It is necessary that thou shouldest have one or more pieces of virgin paper prepared and arranged ready, as we shall tell you more fully later on, in its place.



Thou shalt commence the writing or construction of the pentacles in the hour aforesaid. Among other things, thou shalt chiefly use these colours: Gold, cinnabar or vermilion red, and celestial or brilliant azure blue. Furthermore, thou shalt make these medals or pentacles with exorcised pen and colours, as we shall hereafter show thee. Whensoever thou constructest them, if thou canst complete them in the hour wherein thou didst begin them, it is better. However, if it be absolutely necessary to interrupt the work, thou shouldest await the proper day and hour before re-commencing it.



The pentacles being finished and completed, take a cloth of very fine silk, as we shall hereafter ordain thee, in the which thou shalt wrap the pentacles. After which thou shalt take a large vessel of earth filled with charcoal, upon the which there must be put frankincense, mastic, and aloes, all having been previously conjured and exorcised as shall hereafter be told thee. Thou must also be thyself pure, clean, and washed, as thou shalt find given in the proper place. Furthermore, thou shouldest have the penknife or knife of the art,3 with the which thou shalt make a circle, and trace within it an inner circle, and in the space between the two thou shalt write the names of God,4 which thou shalt think fit and proper. It is necessary after this that thou shouldest have within the circle a vessel of earth with burning coals and odoriferous perfumes thereon; with the which thou shalt fumigate the aforesaid pentacles; and, having turned thy face towards the East, thou shalt hold the said pentacles over the smoke of the incense, and shalt repeat devoutly the following Psalms of David my father:5



* (Ps8=KJV8) Domine Deus noster. [sic Domine Dominus noster] (O Lord our Lord....)

* (Ps18=KJV19) Caeli enarrant gloriam Dei.(The heavens declare the glory of God....)6

* (Ps26=KJV27) Dominus illuminatio mea (The Lord is my light....)

* (Ps21=KJV22) Deus Deus meus respice in me. (My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?)7

* (Ps31=KJV32) Beati quorum remissae sunt iniquitates. (Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven....)

* (Ps50=KJV51) Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam. (Have mercy upon me, O God, according to thy loving kindness....)

* (Ps28=KJV29) Afferte [=Adferte] Domine. (Give unto the Lord....)

* (Ps71=KJV72) Deus iudicium tuum Regi da. (Give the King thy judgements, O God....)

* (Ps53=KJV54) Deus in nomine tuo salvum me fac. (Save me, O God, by thy name....)8

* (Ps133=KJV134) Ecce nunc Benedicite Dominum. (Behold, bless ye the Lord, all ye....)







3. Following Aub. 24: "Artauum, vel gladium artis". Ad. 10862 reads "arctauum, aut gladium." M276 reads "con l' artavo dell' arte hò coltello"; Mathers follows Sl3091, L1202, and K288 in reading, "sickle or knife of magical art." Ad. 10862 adds, "(tempered) with the blood of a goose and the juice of a pimpernel" as in Book 2 chapter 8. Ad. 36674 reads "A knyfe ready in goses blode, which was made on the day of Mercury." -JHP



4. Preferably those having some reference to the work in hand. -SLM



5. I have given the number of the Psalms according to the English, not the Hebrew numbers. -SLM



Mathers lists the Psalms by numbers only: "Psalms viii., xxi., xxvii., xxix., xxxii., li., lxxii., cxxxiv," whereas all the manuscripts give the opening words. Since the Psalms are numbered differently in different versions of the Bible, Mathers' method is more ambiguous. -JHP



6. Not in Mathers' list.



7. Mathers' list includes Psalm 21 instead.



8. Not in Mathers' list.



(For a convenient form of circle which may be used for preparing instruments and other things of the same kind, as well as for consecrating the pentacles, see Figure 3.)



Figure 3, from Ad. 10862, fol. 81r.9

9. The figure shows the sacred name Agÿel in the East (labelled "Oriente" in the manuscript), Sabaot in the south ("Mezzo giorno"), Jeova in the West ("Occidentale"), and Adonay in the North ("Settentrionale").



Aub24 has two versions of this circle. The one on fol. 18v is like that in Ad. 10862. The one on fol. 72v is similar, but adds inside the inner circle the words "Quis in fortibus ut tu Deus Tetragrammaton". It also adds a third circle around the others, with the names and symbols of the four Kings between the two outer circles: Asmodel in the East, Amaymon in the South, Paymon in the West, and Aegym in the North.



Mathers gives the names in Hebrew characters. -JHP

After this thou shalt repeat the following Oration:—

THE ORATION.



O ADONAI most powerful, EL most strong, AGLA most holy, ON most righteous, the ALPHA and the OMEGA10, the Beginning and the End; thou who hast established all things in thy Wisdom; thou who has chosen Abraham thy faithful servant, and hast promised that in his seed shall all nations of the earth be blessed, which seed thou hast multiplied as the stars of Heaven; thou who hast appeared unto thy servant Moses in flame in the midst of the Burning Bush, and hast made him walk with dry feet through the Red Sea; thou who gavest the Law to him upon Mount Sinai; thou who hast granted unto Solomon thy Servant these pentacles by thy great Mercy, for the preservation of Soul and of Body; we most humbly implore and supplicate thy Holy Majesty, that these pentacles may be consecrated by thy power, and prepared in such manner that they may obtain virtue and strength against all spirits, through thee, O Most Holy ADONAI, whose Kingdom, Empire, and principality, remaineth and endureth without end.



10. Mathers reads the ALEPH and the TAU, but the manuscripts all read "Alpha et Omega." -JHP



The Qabalistic word AZOTH may be substituted for 'the Aleph and the Tau.' -SLM



These words being said, thou shalt perfume the pentacles with the same sweet scents and perfumes, and afterwards having wrapped them in a piece of prepared silk cloth, thou shalt put them in a place fit and clean, which thou mayest open whenever it shall please thee, and close it again, at thy pleasure and according unto thy will. We will hereafter show thee the method and manner of preparing the aforesaid place, of perfuming it with scents and sweet odours, and of sprinkling it with the water and water-sprinkler of magical art; for all these things contain many good properties, and innumerable virtues, as experience will easily teach thee.



We have already said sufficient regarding the solemn conjuration of spirits.11



11. Ad. 10862: boni Angeli (of good angels). -JHP



We have also spoken enough in our present Key, regarding the manner in which it is necessary to attract the spirits so as to make them speak. Now, by divine aid, I will teach thee how to perform certain experiments with success.12



12. Mathers inserts here an excerpt from Lans. 1203, "Know, O my son Roboam, that all the divine sigils ... which is why I command thee to be attentive to all that is contained in this my Testament."





CHAPTER IX

OF THE EXPERIMENT CONCERNING THINGS STOLEN, AND HOW IT SHOULD BE PERFORMED



My beloved son, if thou findest any theft, thou shalt do as is hereinafter ordained, and with the help of God thou shalt find that which hath been taken away.



If the hours and days be not otherwise ordained in this operation, thou must refer to what hath already been said. But before commencing any operation whatsoever for the recovery of things stolen, after having made all necessary preparations, thou shalt say the following oration:—

THE ORATION.



Ateh1 Adonai Elohim Asher Ha-Shamain Ve-Ha-Aretz, etc.



1. This is simply the Hebrew of the prayer which follows; but in the MS. Codices it is so mutilated as to be worthless. -SLM



M276 may again be the least corrupt: "Atta melech Eloy asser malach bassamaym uerensar amalachim bonel uengose neagnimanù chesid lemangan asemod baruch adonay Eloym eloe [emagro] auraam arcadiel daccon lamliel malun eya Eloym aya arniscrater unenia machia deuradum Zachiel deol emad egem gemas." -JHP



Thou, O Lord, who hast made both Heaven and Earth, and hast measured them in the hollow of thy hand; thou who art seated upon the Kerubim and the Seraphim, in the high places, whereunto human understanding cannot penetrate; thou who hast created all things by thine agency, in whose presence are the living creatures, of which four are marvellously volatile, which have six wings, and who incessantly cry aloud: 'QADOSCH, QADOSCH, QADOSCH, ADONAI ELOHIM TZABAOTH, Heaven and Earth are full of thy glory'; O Lord God, thou who hast expelled Adam from the terrestrial paradise, and who hast placed the Kerubim to guard the Tree of Life, thou art the Lord who alone doest wonders; show forth I pray thee thy great mercy, by the holy city of Jerusalem, by thy wonderful name of four letters which are YOD, HE, VAU, HE, and by thy holy and admirable name,2 give unto me the power and virtue to enable me to accomplish this experiment, and to come unto the desired end of this operation; through thee who art life, and unto whom life belongeth unto the eternal ages. Amen.







2. Sl. 1307 adds "ADONAY". -JHP



After this perfume and cense the place with good scents and sweet odours. This aforesaid place should be pure, clean, safe from interruption or disturbance, and proper to the work, as we shall hereafter show. Then sprinkle the aforesaid place with consecrated water, as is laid down in the chapter concerning circles.



The operation being in such wise prepared, thou shalt rehearse the conjuration necessary for this experiment, at the end of which thou shalt say as follows:—



O almighty Father and Lord, who regardest the Heavens, the Earth, and the Abyss, mercifully grant unto me by thy holy name written with four letters, YOD, HE, VAU, HE, that by this exorcism I may obtain virtue, thou who art IAH, IAH, IAH, grant that by thy power these spirits may discover that which we require and which we hope to find, and may they show and declare unto us the persons who have committed the theft, and where they are to be found.



I conjure ye anew, ye spirits above named, by all the aforesaid names, through which all things created tremble, that ye show openly unto me (or unto this child here present with us3) those things which we seek.



3. A child employed as a clairvoyant in the operation; as is still the custom in some places in the East. -SLM



These things being accomplished they will make thee to see plainly that which thou seekest. Take note that the exorcist, or master of the art, should be such as is ordained in the chapter concerning the exorcist and his companions; and if in this experiment it should be necessary to write down characters or names, thou shalt do that which it is necessary to observe regarding the pen, ink, and paper, as is duly prescribed in the chapters concerning them.



For if thou dost not regard these things, thou wilt neither accomplish that which thou desirest, nor arrive at thy desired end.4



4. Sl. 1307 adds a second chapter on "things stolen," which invokes the "venerable intelligence ASSA" while facing East. Mathers inserts Lans. 1203, chap. 26 at this point. -JHP

CHAPTER X

OF THE EXPERIMENT OF INVISIBILITY, AND HOW IT SHOULD BE PERFORMED



If thou wishest to perform the experiment of invisibility, thou shalt follow the instructions for the same. If it be necessary to observe the day and the hour, thou shalt do as is said in their chapters. But if thou needest not observe the day and the hour as marked in the chapter thereon, thou shalt do as taught in the chapter which precedeth it. If in the course of the experiment it be necessary to write anything, it should be done as is described in the chapters pertaining thereto, with the proper pen, paper, and ink, or blood. But if the matter is to be accomplished by invocation, before thy conjurations, thou shalt say devoutly in thine heart:—



SABOLES, HABARON, ELOHI, ELIMIGIT, GABELOY SEMITION, METINOLACH, LABALITENA, NEROMOBEL, CALEMERE, DALUTI, TIMAGUEL, VILLAGUEL, TEVEMIS, SERIE, JERETE, BARUCHABA, ATHONAVEL, BARACABA, ERATICUM;1 through him by whom ye have empire and power over men, ye must accomplish this work so that I may go and remain invisible.



And if it be necessary in this operation to trace a circle, thou shalt do as is ordained in the chapter concerning circles; and if it be necessary to write characters, etc., thou shalt follow the instructions given in the respective chapters.2



This operation being thus prepared, if there be an especial conjuration to perform, thou shalt repeat it in the proper manner; if not, thou shalt say the general conjuration, at the end of which thou shalt add the following words:—



1. M276: "Jaboles habaron Eloy elit nigit garbeloy semition metimoluch labalitena neromobel calemere daluti timaguel uirsaguel teuemis serye Jerete baruchaba athonoual baracabá eraiscum"; Aub24: "Scaboles, Habaron, Eloy, Elimigit, Gabolti, Semitrion, Methionobal, Nabanitem, Nezemobal, Calè, Methè, Baluti, Timagul, Villaguel Teuem[is], Sereiè, Jenetè, Barucaba, Atanoual, Boracab, Earatin"; H: "Saboles, Habaron, Eloy, Elimigit, Gabeloy, Gabeloy [sic], Semiticon, Metinolach, Cabanitena, Neromobel, Calemite, Dalut, Timaguel, Villaquel, Tevenis, Serie, Jerete, Baruchaba, Athonavel, Barachabat, Eraticum" Ad10862: "Seaboles, Arbaron, Eloy, Elimigit, Heremobulcule, Methe, Baluti, Timagal, Villaguel Teueni, Leure, Ferete, Bacuhaba, Guratim"; Mathers: "SCEABOLES, ARBARON, ELOHI, ELIMIGITH, HERENOBULCULE, METHE, BALUTH, TIMAYAL, VILLAQUIEL, TEVENI, YEVIE, FERETE, BACUHABA, GUVARIN". Sl. 1307 adds the sinister element of invoking the "ministers of invisibility" through "Lucifer your prince". -JHP



2. Aub24 omits this paragraph. -JHP



O thou ALNIRAS,3 master of invisibility, with thy ministers CHEROS, MAYTON, METAGIR, EBIROS, DIONEDIS, UGEMENOS, ABADEM, PERIBERIM, TRANGIALEM, TRANSIDEM, SUCCANTOS, ABELOY, BORED, BELAMIA, CASTORMY, DETEL;4 I conjure ye by him who maketh Earth and Heaven to tremble, who is seated upon the throne of his majesty, that this operation may be perfectly accomplished according to my will, so that at whatsoever time it may please me, I may be able to be invisible.



I conjure thee anew, O ALNIRAS, Chief5 of Invisibility, both thee and thy ministers, by him through whom all things have their being, and by SATURIEL, ARCHIEL, DANIEL, BELLIE, ASIMONE,6 that thou immediately comest thither with all thy ministers, and achievest this operation, as thou knowest it ought to be accomplished, and that by the same operation thou render me invisible, so that none may be able to see me.



In order then to accomplish this aforesaid operation, thou must prepare all things necessary with requisite care and diligence, and put them in practice with all the general and particular ceremonies laid down for these experiments; and with all the conditions contained in our first and second books. Thou shalt also in the same operations duly repeat the appropriate conjurations, with all the solemnities marked in the respective chapters. Thus shalt thou accomplish the experiment surely and without hindrance, and thus shalt thou find it true.7



3. So Aub24, M276, and Sl. 1307. Mathers follows Sl3091, K288, and H3981 in reading "Almiras". Ad10862: "almuas"; Ad36674: "Penerason". -JHP



4. M276: "cherus mayton metagir elyros dionedis ugemnos abadem periberem tangialem trentidim suceantos abeloy bored bilbamina castormy detel"; Aub24: "Cheros, Mayton, Metagire, Biros, Dionedis, Vgemenos, Abadin, Periburin, Tangedim, Trensidim, Sauantos, Abeloy, Bored, Belamit, Castrimi, Desoe[l?]."; Sl. 1307: "Cheros, Maiton, Metague, Bires, Dionedis, Vgeminos, Abadon, Peributin, Tangedem, Tresidim, Succantes, Ebelloy, Bored, Bellamid, Castirnu, Detesel"; Sl3091: "Mayton, Metagyx, Ebyros, Dionidis, Uguemenos, Abadem, Periberim, Tanguialem, Trensidem, Succantos, Abeloy, Bored, Bellamia Castormi, detel"; H3981: "herus, Mayton, Metagix, Ebyros, Dronidis, Uguemenos, Abadem, Periberim, Tangialem, Trenlidem, Succantos, Abeloy, Bored, Bellamia, Castormi, detel"; K288: "Cherus, Mayton, Matagix, Ebyros, Diomidis, Uguemenos, Abadem, Periberim, Tangialem, Trensidem, Saccantos, Abeloy, Bored, Bellamia, Castormy, Detel"; Ad. 10862: "Cheros, Maitor, Tangedem, Transidim, Suuantos, Abelaus, Bored, Belamit, Castumi, Dabuel"; Mathers: "CHEROS, MAITOR, TANGEDEM, TRANSIDIM, SUVANTOS, ABELAIS, BORED, BELAMITH, CASTUMI, DABUEL". -JHP



5. Ad. 10862, M276, and Sl. 1307: "ducem" (leader, also duke). This paragraph is not found in Sl3091. -JHP



6. M276: "saturnelum archielem danielem belie asiemohe"; Aub24: "Saturielem, Narchielem, Damielem, Bellia, Asimonei"; Sl. 1307: "Saturielem, Harchialem, Damiele, Bellia, Assimonai"; H3981: "Saturiel, Archiel, Daniel Benie, Assem"; K288: "Saturiel, Archiel, Daniel Beniel, Asseme"; Ad10862: "Saturelem, Narchielem, Damielem, Bellia, Asimoner"; Mathers: "SATURIEL, HARCHIEL, DANIEL, BENIEL, ASSIMONEM". -JHP



7. Aub24 omits this paragraph. -JHP



But, on the contrary, if thou lettest any of these things escape thee, or if thou despiseth them, never shalt thou be able to arrive at thy proposed end; as, for example, we enter not easily into a fenced city over its walls but through its gates.8



8. Sl. 1307 adds another short chapter on invisibilty here, which involves making a wax image with the words "Argat, Saetam" on the front. Mathers inserts Lans. 1203, chapters 24, 25, 27, 28, and 29 at this point. The first one he appended to this chapter; the rest he numbered 11-14. -JHP

CHAPTER XI

EXPERIMENT OF LOVE, AND HOW IT IS TO BE PERFORMED



This chapter was omitted by Mathers, who substituted instead Lans. 1203, chapters 25: To hinder a sportsman from killing any game.



Ad. 36674 contains an abbreviated version of this chapter. It includes a conjuration which begins "Venus, ester, Astropolyn, Asmo, Mercurius, Jupiter, Saturnus," which corresponds with "Noga Jes artphelem asmo corau sabcedes sabaday" in M276. i.e. the English manuscript recognizes Noga, Cocab, Zedeck, and Sabbathi as the Hebrew names of the names of the planets Venus, Mercury, Jupiter, and Saturn.



Also of interest, Aub24 includes the phrase "per virtutem et potentiam Sanctissimi ADONAY cuius MARCHUD sine fine" which corresponds to "per virtu et per potenta del sanctissimo nome ADONAY il MALCUD del quale sensa fine." Ad. 10862 seems to translate the Hebrew MALCHUD as it reads, "[per virtutem] et potentiam Sanctissimi ADONAY cuius Imperium sine fine" (throught the virtue and power of the most holy ADONAY who RULES without end).



Note also the invocation of the four kings of the cardinal directions, given variously (generally Oriens, Paymon, Egyn, and Amaymon). Aub24 and Ad10862 start with "O Oriens Rex egregio qui in oriente regnas"; which might be translated as "O Oriens, illustrious King, who rules in the East." Ad36674 takes "egregio" (illustrious) as a proper name and translates the passage as "O thou orient king Eggye, which reineth and ruleth in the East" M276 reads "O omnis rex egregie qui in oriente regnas"; Sl. 1307 has "O Asmodee, illustrious king who rules in the East"; Sl. 3091 and K288 read "O Asmodée, Orient tres reluisant" (O Asmodee, the East very glittering.)



In Sl. 1307 this is followed by another chapter (chap. 9) on love magic, this one using a statue of wax, invoking "Sichel, Richel, Moches, Aray, Saiatri, Amacon, Enacon." This is followed by (chap. 10), which includes "Esperimento d' Amore toccando", "Esp. d' Amore mangiando", and "Esp, d' Amore gettando" (experiments of love using touching, eating, and throwing). -JHP



CHAPTER XII

EXPERIMENT OR OPERATION OF THE APPLE



This chapter was omitted by Mathers, who substituted instead Lans. 1203, chapters 27: How to make the magic garters.



CHAPTER XIII1

THE OPERATION OF LOVE BY HER DREAMS, AND HOW ONE MUST PRACTICE IT

1. Translated by JHP. This chapter was omitted by Mathers, who substituted instead Lans. 1203, chapters 28: How to make the magic carpet proper for interrogating the intelligences.. PGM VII.407-10 gives a spell to appear to someone at night in dreams (Betz, p. 128).



This is an ineffable experiment if you desire to enjoy2 a lover in a dream. Before beginning the conjuration on behalf of the one you wish to dream of, (operating in the hour mentioned in the second book), observe that the sky is clear. It may help to stand in your chamber looking into the sky, at the stars and the Moon, and humbly say in your heart:

2. Lat: coire.



AGLA, IOD, HE, VAU, HE, IAH, IAH, IAH, VA, VA, VA, IAH, IAH, HANISTAROD, ADONAY, ELOHENO, VEHANIGLOD LANU, ULBANENO, GAALGOLAM,3 O Lord, holy and all-powerful Father who created all, and knows the hearts of men and women, I beseech you through your most sacred names mentioned above to illuminate the heart and mind of N., so that she may love me as much as I love her, and that she may be ready to do my will. And furthermore, as this present image lies with me, may N. feel that she lies in sweet embrace with me in a dream.







3. M276: "Agla Jod, hè, uau he Jah Jah Jah uah uah uah Jah Jah Jah anistarod l’Adonay eloenú ueanighlaod l’anu, ulbaneno gad olam." Michael Sidlofsky has identified this as a corruption of Deuteronomy 29:28: Hanistarot la-YHVH (Adonay) Eloheynu vehaniglot lanu ulevaneynu ad olam (Concealed matters concern the Lord our God, but revealed matters concern us and our children forever). "Rabbinic texts often cite this verse when arguing for caution in revealing mysteries (kabbalistic and otherwise) to the masses." (Personal communication). Apparently this passage is used for divination in dreams in practical Kabbalah texts (e.g. Sefer Gematriot, late 13th or early 14th century). See http://www.atomick.net/fayelevine/pk/letters02.shtml. -JHP



Afterwards, when you want to perform the same experiment, put the image under your pillow4 recite again the previous conjuration three times, and you will see the result. And make sure you observe everything that is laid out in the first chapter of the second book.



4. Latin (Ad. 10862): pluminare; French (K288): l'oreiller. -JHP

CHAPTER XIV

OF THE EXPERIMENT OF SEEKING FAVOUR AND LOVE1

1. This chapter is taken from 10862 Add. MSS. -SLM



In Mathers' edition this chapter is numbered 15. It also occurs in Aub24, Ad. 36674, and Sl. 1307. -JHP



If thou wishest to perform the experiment of seeking favour and love, observe in what manner the Experiment is to be carried out, and if it be dependent upon the day and the hour, perform it in the day and the hour required, as thou wilt find it in the chapter concerning the hours; and if the experiment be one that requireth writing, thou shalt write as it is said in the chapter concerning the same; and if it be with penal bonds, pacts, and fumigations, then thou shalt cense with a fit perfume as is said in the chapter concerning suffumigations; and if it be necessary to sprinkle it with water and hyssop, then let it be as in the chapter concerning the same; similarly if such experiment require characters, names, or the like, let such names be written as the chapter concerning the writing of characters, and place the same in a clean place as hath been said. Then thou shalt repeat over it the following oration:—

THE ORATION.



O ADONAI, most holy, most righteous, and most almighty God, who hast made all things through thy mercy and righteousness wherewith thou art filled, grant unto us that we may be found worthy that this experiment may be found consecrated and perfect, so that the light may issue from thy most holy seat, O ADONAI, which may obtain for us favor and love. Amen.



This being said, thou shalt place it in clean silk, and bury it for a day and a night at the junction of four cross-roads; and whensoever thou wishest to obtain any grace or favor from any, take it, having first properly consecrated it according to the rule and place it in thy right hand, and seek thou what thou wilt it shall not be denied thee. But if thou doest not the Experiment carefully and rightly, assuredly thou shalt not succeed in any manner.



For obtaining grace and love write down the following words:



SATOR,2 AREPO, TENET, OPERA, ROTAS, IAH, IAH, IAH, ENAM, IAH, IAH, IAH, KETHER, CHOKMAH, BINAH, GEDULAH, GEBURAH, TIPHERETH, NETZACH, HOD, YESOD, MALKUTH, ABRAHAM, ISAAC, JACOB, SHADRACH, MESHACH, ABEDNEGO, be ye all present in my aid and for whatsoever I shall desire to obtain.



2. This incantation is also given in 1307 Sloane MSS., page 76. -SLM



Which words being properly written as above, thou shalt also find thy desire brought to pass.



CHAPTER XV

REGARDING EXPERIMENTS TO BE MADE REGARDING HATRED AND DISCORD1

1. This chapter was omitted by Mathers, but is included in all the manuscripts. Translation is from A.E. Waite, Book of Ceremonial Magic, pp. 298 ff. In place of it Mathers substituted Lans. 1203, chapters 29: How to render thyself master of a treasure possessed by the spirits. Sl. 1307 appends a second experiment which involves making two wax images, with the words "Apaga, Itulac, Di, Mas", and "Asgan, Artan, Alben, Apachiel, Satagel." -JHP



Experiments upon enemies may be performed in several ways, but, whether with waxen images or some other instrument, the particulars of each must be diligently and faithfully observed. Should the day and hour fail thee, proceed as already laid down, and prepare the image or instrument proper to this effect in the order and manner thereof. Fumigate with the proper perfumes, and if writing be required on the image, let it be done with the needle or stylet of the art, as aforesaid. Next recite the following words once over the said image:-



VSOR, DILAPIDATOR, TENTATORE, SOMNIATORE, DEVORATOR, CONCISOR, ET SEDUCTOR. O all ye ministers and companions, I direct, conjure, constrain and command you to fulfil this behest willingly, namely, straightway to consecrate this image, which is to be done in the name of N., that as the face of the one is contrary to the other, so the same may never more look upon another.



Deposit the image in some place perfumed with evil odours, especially those of Mars, such as sulphur and assafoetida. Let it remain there for one night, having duly asperged it, observing the proper hour and time.



Do likewise when the experiment is performed with characters and names, by touching the lovers with words, or by whatsoever other manner. But when the experiment is made by giving something to be eaten, the same must be performed on the day and hour proper to this work.



All things being prepared, place them before you, and say:



Where are ye, SOMNIATOR, VSOR, DILAPIDATOR, TENTATOR, DIVORATOR, CONCISOR, SEDUCTOR, ye who sow discord, where are you? Ye who infuse hatred and propagate enmities,



I conjure you by him who hath created you for this ministry, to fulfill this work, in order that whenever N. shall eat of like things, or shall touch them, in whatsoever manner, never shall he go in peace.



Give then whatsoever you please to the person designated, but let it be in the hour of Saturn or that of Mars, observing all things needful for such experiments.



CHAPTER XVI

HOW OPERATIONS OF MOCKERY AND SCORN SHOULD BE PREPARED1

1. This chapter is given in 10862 Add. MSS. 3981 Harleian MSS., 288 King's MSS., 3091 Sloane MSS., and 1307 Sloane MSS., but is wanting in 1202 Lansdowne MSS., as are all the chapters of the first book after Chap. 8. -SLM



Mathers titles this chapter "How operations of mockery, invisibility, and deceit should be prepared," but I have followed Aub24, Ad10862, Sl. 1307, and Ad. 36674. Sl. 1307 follows this chapter with "Esp. che un Gallo tiriuna Traue" which involves writing a charm with "Tartar, Tartarem, Retifera" on virgin parchment. This is followed by "Esp. che un Cane seguiti un Ceruo" which involves writing the name "Dalef" on virgin parchment. -JHP



Experiments relating to mockery and scorn2 may be performed in many ways. When thou shalt wish to practice these experiments with regard to any person, thou shalt observe the day and the hour as we have already said. Should it be necessary to write characters or words, it should be done upon virgin paper, as we shall show farther on. As for the ink, if it be not specially ordained in this operation, it is advisable to use the blood of a bat with the pen and the needle of art. But before describing or writing the characters or names, all the necessary rules should be observed as given in the proper chapters, and having carefully followed out all these, thou shalt pronounce with a low voice3 the following words:—



2. Mathers: "tricks, mockeries, and deceits."



3. Mathers reads "loud voice", but Aub. 24 and Ad. 10863 both read "submissa uoce" (low or submissive voice). Sl. 1307 reads "voce sommella." K288 reads "voix bas" (low voice), and Ad. 36674 reads "lowly voice". -JHP



ABBAC, ABDAC, ISTAC, AUDAC, CASTRAC, CUAC, CUSOR, TRISTATOR, DERISOR, DETESTATOR, INCANTATOR,4 come hither all ye who love the times and places wherein all kinds of mockeries and deceits are practiced.5 And ye who make things disappear and who render them invisible, come hither to deceive all those who regard these things, so that they may be deceived, and that they may seem to see that which they see not and hear that which they hear not, so that their senses may be deceived, and that they may behold that which is not true.



Come ye then hither and remain, and consecrate this enchantment, seeing that God the Almighty Lord hath destined ye for such.





4. M276: "Abbac Adbdac Istac Audac Constrac Coac Scisos Tristator derisor detristator Incantator"; Aub24: "Abbac, Abdat, Istat, Audac, Castrac, Coach, Lusor, Tristator, Derisor, Destator, Incantator"; Sl3091: "Abbac abdac, Istac, audac, Costrac, Coac, Suses, Tristator, Derisor, Detestator, Incantator"; H: "Abbac, Abdac, Istac, Audac, costrac, Coac, Susez, Tristator, Derison, detentutor, Incantator"; K288: "Abbac, Abdac, Istac, Audac, Castrac, Coac, Suses, Tristator, Derisor, Detestator, Incantator"; Ad. 10862: "Abac, Aldal, Iat, Audac, Lustrac, Lusor, Locuch, Tistator, Decisor, Destatur" (but first word is given as "Albac" below); Ad. 36674: "Abac, Abdac, Istac, Castac, Adach, Castas, Calsac (?), lusor, Triumphator, Derisor, Incantator." Sl. 1307: "Abac, Abdac, Istac, Audac, Castrac, Coac, Cusor, Tristator, Derisor, Destator, Incantator"; Mathers: "ABAC, ALDAL, IAT, HUDAC, GUTHAC, GUTHOR, GOMEH, TISTATOR, DERISOR, DESTATUR". -JHP



5. Aub24 and M276: "Triviatores et circulators"; Sl. 1307: "trecciatori et Circulatori". The first word probably means "tricksters." "Circulatores" (strollers) generally meant travelling fortune tellers or peddlars. -JHP



When this experiment is completed in this manner in the hour and time which we have. shown and taught, also the foregoing words ABBAC, ABDAC,6 etc., should be written with the pen as hereinafter ordained; but if the experiment be performed in a different way, yet shalt thou always say the aforesaid words, and they should be repeated as before given.



6. Mathers: "ABAC, ALDAL."



If thou practicest these things in this manner correctly, thou shalt arrive at the effect of thine operations and experiments by the which thou mayest easily deceive the senses.



CHAPTER XVII

HOW EXTRAORDINARY EXPERIMENTS AND OPERATIONS SHOULD BE PREPARED



We have spoken in the preceding chapters of common experiments and operations, which it is more usual to practice and put in operation, and therein thou mayest easily see that we have told thee sufficient for their perfection. In this chapter we treat of extraordinary and unusual experiments, which can also be done in many ways.



None the less should those who wish to put in practice the like experiments and operations observe the days and hours as is laid down in the proper chapters, and should be provided with virgin paper and other necessary things. Having prepared a similar experiment thou shalt say:—

PRAYER.



O God, who hast created all things, and hast given unto us discernment to understand the good and the evil; through thy holy name, [ADONAY, and through your sacred name which the seven choirs of angels assisting before your face, ever proclaim with incessant voices,]1 and through these holy names:— IOD, IAH, VAU, PALOS, TAFOR, SPAZOR, ZUCOR, AMATOR, CREATOR,2 do thou, O Lord, grant that this experiment may become true and veritable in my hands through thy holy seal, O ADONAI, whose reign and empire remaineth eternally and unto the ages of the ages. Amen.





1. This passage is found in Aub24, Ad10862, and Sl. 1307. After "ADONAY" Sl. 1307 adds "and through your holy name CHIN," and at the end of the passage it adds "exclaiming, CADOS, CADOS, CADOS, CADOS, ELOYM, SABBAOTH" (i.e. Holy, holy, holy, the God of Hosts) -JHP



2. M276: "Jod uau Jah palos starfor spazor Zucor Amator creator"; Aub24: "Jod, He, Jah, Vau, Palis, Tafar Lapazor, Lacor (Z-?), Amator, Creator"; Ad10862: "Iod, Iah, Polis, Vau, Labant, Lacir, Amator, Creator"; Sl3091: "Jah, Vau, Dalos, Tafor, Sapazor, Zucor, Amator, Creator"; H: "Jod, Jah, Vau Dalos, Tafor, Sapazor, Zucor, Amator, Creator"; K288: "Jod, Jah, Vau Dalos, Taphor, Sapajor, Incor, Amator, Creator"; Sl. 1307: "Iod, Uau, Palos, Safur, Sapazor, Buuor, Amator, Creator"; Mathers: "IOD, IAH, VAU, DALETH, VAU, TZABAOTH, ZIO, AMATOR, CREATOR". -JHP



This being done, thou shalt perform the experiment, observing its hour, [and then you may say the following song:



ASNORIDA, DICTILORIDA, TRESAY, BESSAY, HISTAN, APASSAN, IRUSOLATOS, ENITORITOS, TERUFIEL, ACUSIEL, TANGADIAT, RIZONAT, FACULTASIM, ASTRABAIM, DARANI, ARBEI, ARFUSA, ASTARA,3 and all you spirits named, come from whichever part of the universe you be, to aid and assist us in this experiment so that through you it may be consecrated, and strengthened, and confirmed, though words be omitted. Through the most sacred name ADONAY, who lives and reigns without end, through the all the ages of the ages.]4



and thou shalt perfume and incense as is laid down in the proper chapter; sprinkling with exorcised water, and performing all the ceremonies and solemnities as we shall instruct thee in the second book of our Key. [And if the time is not specified, let it be in the day and hour of Mercury.]5 3. So Aub24. Sl. 1307: "Asmorida, Dictiel, Onda, Fressai, Bessay, Nistam, Apassam, Irusolatos, Enetoritos, Temfiel, Auinel, Tanga, Drai, Bironat, Facultaim, Abrabnim, [50v] Parani, Arbei, Arfusa, Astara"; Ad10862: "Amicida, Distida, Maessay, Bessay [Benay?], Hista~, Apassa~, Irusulutos, Enitrietos, Itaufnal, Auisiel, Tangadiac, Rizonal, Sacultaim, Astrabaim, Danuri, Arbei, Astara". -JHP



4. This passage is only found in Aub24, Sl. 1307, and Ad10862. -JHP



5. This passage is also only found in Aub24 and Ad10862. In Sl. 1307 this chapter is followed by "Esperimenti di Ligare, et altro" which includes reciting the words "Fensa, Cua, Ellaq, Amonu," and a charm with "Asmodeus, Compossas, Amuter, Somniator, Tentator." This is followed by two "Esper di Gioco" — the first with a sigil, the second using a charm with "Aron, Terni, Abar." This is followed by "Esper. dfi statua di Cera" which includes a conjuration with the words "O Asgam, O Artan, O Alben, O Pachiel, O Satagel, O Vsor, Dilapidator, Tentator, Somniator, Deuorator, Concifor, et Seductor" and invoking the four kings Amodeo [sic] (king of the East), Paymon (king of the West), Egion (king of the North), and Maimon (domini nel Mezzogiorno). Compare with chapter 15 above. This is followed by additional chapters of experiments. -JHP





CHAPTER XVIII

CONCERNING THE HOLY PENTACLES OR MEDALS



The medals or pentacles, which we make for the purpose of striking terror into the spirits and reducing them to obedience, have besides this wonderful and excellent virtue. If thou invokest the spirits by virtue of these pentacles, they will obey thee without repugnance, and having considered them they will be struck with astonishment, and will fear them, and thou shalt see them so surprised by fear and terror, that none of them will be sufficiently bold to wish to oppose thy will. They are also of great virtue and efficacy against all perils of earth, of air, of water, and of fire, against poison which hath been drunk, against all kinds of infirmities and necessities, against binding, sortilege, and sorcery, against all terror and fear, and wheresoever thou shalt find thyself, if armed with them, thou shalt be in safety all the days of thy life.



Through them do we acquire grace and good-will from man and woman, fire is extinguished, water is stayed, and all creatures fear at the sight of the names which are therein, and obey through that fear.



These pentacles are usually made of the metal the most suitable to the nature of the planet; and then there is no occasion to observe the rule of particular colours. They should be engraved with the instrument of art in the days and hours proper to the planet.



Saturn ruleth over lead; Jupiter over tin; Mars over iron; the Sun over gold; Venus over copper; Mercury over the mixture of metals; and the Moon over silver.1

1. This paragraph does not occur in Aub24, Ad. 10862, Sl. 1307, or L1202. -JHP



They may also be made with exorcised virgin paper [with the quill pen and ink of the Art],2 writing thereon with the colours adopted for each planet, referring to the rules already laid down in the proper chapters, and according to the planet with which the pentacle is in sympathy.

2. So Aub24 and Ad. 10862. Mathers omits. Aub24 continues with "or blood or cinnabar as portrayed in the example." -JHP



Wherefore unto Saturn the colour of black is appropriated; Jupiter ruleth over celestial blue; Mars over red; the Sun over gold, or the colour of yellow or citron ; Venus over green: Mercury over mixed colours; the Moon over silver, or the colour of argentine earth.3

3. This paragraph does not occur in Aub24, Ad. 10862, Sl. 1307, or L1202. -JHP



The matter of which the pentacle is constructed should be virgin, never having been used for any other purpose; or if it be metal it should be purified by fire.



As regards the size of the pentacles it is arbitrary, so long as they are made according to the rules, and with the requisite solemnities as hath been ordained.4



4. Mathers inserts a section of Lans. 1203 at this point: "The virtues of the holy pentacles ... never descend into oblivion." -JHP



Adore5 and revere the most holy names of God which are found in these pentacles and characters, for without this never shalt thou be able to come to the end of any enterprise, nor to accomplish the Mystery of Mysteries.



5. The rest of the chapter is from 1202 Lansdowne MSS. -SLM



Above all things, remember that to perform any of these operations thou must be pure in body and mind, and without blemish, and omit not any of the preparations.



This Key, full of mysteries, hath been revealed unto me by an angel.



Accursed be he who undertaketh our art without having the qualities requisite to thoroughly understand our Key, accursed be he who invoketh the name of God in vain, for such an one prepareth for himself the punishments which await the unbelievers, for God shall abandon them and relegate them unto the depths of Hell amongst the impure spirits.



For God is great and immutable; he hath been for ever, and he shall remain even unto the end of the ages.



END OF THE FIRST BOOK



HERE FOLLOW THE HOLY PENTACLES, EXPRESSED IN THEIR PROPER FIGURES AND CHARACTERS, TOGETHER WITH THEIR ESPECIAL VIRTUES; FOR THE USE OF THE MASTER OF ART.

THE ORDER OF THE PENTACLES



(1) Seven pentacles consecrated to Saturn = Black.



(2) Seven pentacles consecrated to Jupiter = Blue.



(3) Seven pentacles consecrated to Mars = Red.



(4) Seven pentacles consecrated to the Sun = Yellow.



(5) Five pentacles consecrated to Venus = Green.



(6) Five pentacles consecrated to Mercury = Mixed Colours.



(7) Six pentacles consecrated to the Moon = Silver.



[This is the general pentacle, called the Great (or Grand) Pentacle]1



[It should be written on sheepskin paper or virgin parchment, the which paper should be tinted green. The circle with the 72 divine letters should be red or the letters may be gold. The letters within the pentacle should be the same red, or sky blue everywhere, with the great name of God in gold. It serves to convene all spirits; when shown to them they will bow and obey you.]







1. This pentacle and description are found only in M276 and Aub24. They are obviously versions of Sigillum Dei Aemeth. -JHP



At this point Mathers includes the "Grand Pentacle of Solomon" from L1202 and L1203 with the following explanation:-



Editor's Note on Figure 1. -- The Mystical Figure of Solomon.-- This is only given in the two MSS., Lansdowne 1202 and 1203. It was given by Lévi in his Dogme et Rituel de la Haute Magie, and by Tycho Brahé in his Calendarium Naturale Magicum, but in each instance without the Hebrew words and letters, probably because these were so mangled by illiterate transcribers as to be unrecognizable. After much labor and study of the figure, I believe the words in the body of the symbol to be intended for the Ten Sephiroth arranged in the form of the Tree of Life, with the name of Solomon to the right and to the left; while the surrounding characters are intended for the twenty-two letters of the Hebrew alphabet. I have, therefore, thus restored them. This figure forms in each instance the frontispiece of the MS. referred to. -SLM



(The author of the Magical Calendar was actually Johann Baptista Großchedel. -JHP)







SATURN.

Figure 11.-- The first pentacle of Saturn.-- This pentacle is of great value and utility for striking terror into the spirits. Wherefore, upon its being shown to them they submit, and kneeling upon the earth before it, they obey.



Figure 11.



Editor's Note.-- The Hebrew letters within the square are the four great names of God which are written with four letters:— IHVH, Yod, He, Vau, He; ADNI, Adonai; IIAI, Yiai (this name has the same Numerical value in Hebrew as the name EL) ; and AHIH, Eheieh. The Hebrew versicle which surrounds it is from Psalm lxxii. 9; 'The Ethiopians shall kneel before him, his enemies shall lick the dust.' -SLM



The manuscripts do not number the pentacles, and only the Lans. mss. assign most of them to planets. This is also the first pentacle in Aub. 24, Ad. 10862, and M276. In W, it is number 17. The third name is unclear to me; the manuscripts vary somewhat, and none of them exhibit good Hebrew orthography. In most of them the third name looks like IRAH. In M276 it looks like IZAH or IVAH. Ad. 10862 looks more like IARL. The verse in Aub24, M276, Ad. 10862, K288 et al. is in Latin (Ps71:9) "Coram illo procident Aethiopes et inimici eius terram lingent." A version of this pentacle is also found in Gremoire du Pape Honorius (1800). -JHP

Figure 12.-- The second pentacle of Saturn.-- This pentacle is of great value against adversaries; and of especial use in repressing the pride of the spirits.



Figure 12.





Editor's note.-- This is the celebrated

S A T O R

A R E P O

T E N E T

O P E R A

R O T A S



the most perfect existing form of double acrostic, as far as the arrangement of the letters is concerned; it is repeatedly mentioned in the records of mediæval Magic; and, save to very few, its derivation from the present pentacle has been unknown. It will be seen at a glance that it is a square of five, giving twenty-five letters, which, added to the unity, gives twenty-six, the numerical value of IHVH. The Hebrew versicle surrounding it is taken from Psalm lxxii. 8, 'His dominion shall be also from the one sea to the other, and from the flood unto the world's end.' This passage consists also of exactly twenty-five letters, and its total numerical value (considering the final letters with increased numbers), added to that of the name Elohim, is exactly equal to the total numerical value of the twenty-five letters in the square. -SLM



This is also the second pentacle in M276 and Aub24, but the third in Sl. 1307, and the thirtieth in Ad. 10862, and number 18 in W. The verse reads "et dominabitur a mari usque ad mare et a flumine usque ad terminos orbis terrarum" In Sl. 1307 the SATOR/AREPO etc. are all written in Roman letters. -JHP

Figure 13.-- The third pentacle of Saturn.-- This should be made within the magical circle, and it is good for use at night when thou invokest the spirits of the nature of Saturn.



Figure 13, from M276.





Editor's Note.-- The characters at the ends of the rays of the mystic wheel are magical characters of Saturn. Surrounding it are the names of the angels:— Omeliel, Anachiel, Arauchiah, and Anazachia, written in Hebrew. -SLM



This is the third pentacle in Ad. 10862 and M276, the sixth in Aub24, and number 19 in W. The names in M276 read, "Omaliel, anachiel, Arauichia, anazachia" In all cases the names are given in Roman letters. -JHP



Figure 14.-- The fourth pentacle of Saturn.-- This pentacle serveth principally for executing all the experiments and operations of ruin, destruction, and death. And when it is made in full perfection, it serveth also for those spirits which bring news, when thou invokest them from the side of the South.



Figure 14, from M276.

Figure 14, from Ad. 10862, fol 82r.

Editor's Note.-- The Hebrew words around the sides of the triangle are from Deut. vi. 4:— 'Hear, O Israel, IHVH ALHINV is IHVH AChD.' The surrounding versicle is from Psalm cix. 18:— 'As he clothed himself with cursing like as with a garment, so let it come into his bowels like water, and like oil into his bones.' In the center of the pentacle is the mystic letter Yod. -SLM



This is the second pentacle in Ad. 10862, the fifth in Aub 24, and number 20 in W. The verse reads, "induit maledictionem sicut vestimentum et intravit sicut aqua in interiora eius et sicut oleum in ossibus eius." The same verse is found on the tenth pentacle in Sl. 1307, but the drawing is quite different. -JHP



Figure 15.-- The fifth pentacle of Saturn.-- This pentacle defendeth those who invoke the spirits of Saturn during the night; and chaseth away the spirits which guard treasures.



Figure 15, from Kings 288, fol. 73r.





Editor's Note.-- The Hebrew letters in the angles of the cross are those of the name IHVH. Those in the angles of the square form ALVH, Eloah. Round the four sides of the square are the names of the angels:— Arehanah, Rakhaniel, Roelhaiphar, and Noaphiel. The versicle is:— 'A great God, a mighty, and a terrible.' -- Deut. x. 17. -SLM



This is the twenty-eighth pentacle in Ad. 10862, and number 13 in W. The verse reads, "Terribilis Fortis Potens Deus." -JHP

Figure 16.-- The sixth pentacle of Saturn.-- Around this pentacle is each name symbolized as it should be. The person against whom thou shalt pronounce it shall be obsessed by demons.



Figure 16, from M276.

Figure 16, from Kings 288, fol. 73v.





Editor's Note.-- It is formed from mystical characters of Saturn. Around it is written in Hebrew: 'Set thou a wicked one to be ruler over him, and let Satan stand at his right hand.' -SLM



This is the twenty-ninth pentacle in Ad. 10862, number 34 in Aub24, and number 14 in W. Aub. 24 labels it as "all black", while Ad. 10862 labels it as red (rosso). The verse is from Psalm 108.6 according to the Vulgate numbering: "constitue super eum peccatorem et diabulus stet a dextris eius." -JHP

Figure 17.-- The seventh and last pentacle of Saturn.-- This pentacle is fit for exciting earthquakes, seeing that the power of each order of angels herein invoked is sufficient to make the whole Universe tremble.



Figure 17, from K288, fol. 74r.





Editor's Note.-- Within the pentacle are the names of the nine orders of angels, those of six of them in ordinary Hebrew characters, and the remainder in the letters which are known as 'The Passing of the River.' These nine orders are:— 1. CHAIOTH HA-QADESCH, Holy Living Creatures; 2. AUPHANIM, Wheels; 3. ARALIM, Thrones; 4. CHASCHMALIM, Brilliant Ones; 5. SERAPHIM, Fiery Ones; 6. MELAKIM, Kings; 7. ELOHIM, Gods; 8. BENI ELOHIM, Sons of the Elohim; 9. KERUBIM, Kerubim. The versicle is from Psalm xviii. 7:— 'Then the earth shook and trembled, the foundations of the hills also moved and were shaken, because He was wroth.' -SLM



This is the thirty-first pentacle in Ad. 10862. Verse reads, "commota est et contremuit terra et fundamenta montium conturbata sunt et commota sunt quoniam iratus est eis." -JHP





JUPITER.

Figure 18.-- The first pentacle of Jupiter.-- This serveth to invoke the spirits of Jupiter, and especially those whose names are written around the pentacle, among whom Parasiel is the lord and master of treasures, and teacheth how to become possessor of places wherein they are.



Figure 18, from M276.





Editor's Note.-- This pentacle is composed of mystical characters of Jupiter. Around it are the names of the angels:— Netoniel, Devachiah, Tzedeqiah, and Parasiel, written in Hebrew. -SLM



This is the fifth pentacle in Ad. 10862, the seventh in Aub24, and number 15 in W. -JHP

Figure 19.-- The second pentacle of Jupiter.-- This is proper for acquiring glory, honors, dignities, riches, and all kinds of good, together with great tranquillity of mind; also to discover treasures and chase away the spirits who preside over them. It should be written upon virgin paper or parchment, with the pen of the swallow and the blood of the screech-owl.



Figure 19, from M276.





Editor's Note.-- In the center of the hexagram are the letters of the name AHIH, Eheieh; in the upper and lower angles of the same, those of the name AB, the Father; in the remaining angles those of the name IHVH. I believe the letters outside the Hexagram in the re-entering angles to be intended for those of the first two words of the versicle, which is taken from Psalm cxii. 3:— 'Wealth and riches are in his house, and his righteousness endureth for ever.' -SLM



This is the fourth pentacle in Ad. 10862, the eighth from Aub24, and number 16 in W. The verse is from Vulgate, Ps.111:3: "gloria et divitiae in domo eius et iustitia eius manet in saeculum saeculi." Aub24 and Ad. 10862 say it should be written with the blood of a bat (Lat. "noctula", Ital. "noctula"), whereas the French manuscripts read "chouette" (owl). Since the usual Latin word for bat is "vespertilio", this may be a hint that the French edition was translated from the Latin, not Italian. Aub24 adds that it can also be engraved. -JHP

Figure 20.-- The third pentacle of Jupiter. This defendeth and protecteth those who invoke and cause the spirits to come. When they appear show unto them this pentacle and immediately they will obey.



Figure 20, from M276.





Editor's Note.-- In the upper left hand corner is the magical seal of Jupiter with the letters of the name IHVH. In the others are the seal of the Intelligence of Jupiter, and the names Adonai and IHVH. -- Around it is the versicle from Psalm cxxv. 1:— 'A song of degrees. They that trust in IHVH shall be as Mount Zion, which cannot be removed, but abideth for ever.' -SLM



This is the twenty-sixth pentacle in Ad. 10862, number 22 in Aub24, the first in W, but the sixth in Sl. 1307. The verse reads, "qui confidunt in Domino sicut mons Sion non commovebitur in aeternum qui habitat in Hierusalem." In Aub. 24, Hebrew reads TzHQ and RVHIH. -JHP

Figure 21.-- The fourth pentacle of Jupiter.-- It serveth to acquire riches and honor, and to possess much wealth. Its angel is Bariel. It should be engraved upon silver in the day and hour of Jupiter when he is in the sign Cancer.



Figure 21, from M276.





Editor's Note.-- Above the magical sigil is the name IH, Iah. Below it are the names of the angels Adoniel and Bariel, the letters of the latter being arranged about a square of four compartments. Around is the versicle from Psalm cxii. 3:— 'Wealth and riches are in his house, and his righteousness endureth for ever.' -SLM



This is the twenty-seventh pentacle in Ad. 10862, the 25th in Aub24, second in W, and the eighth in Sl. 1307. The verse reads, "gloria et divitiae in domo eius et iustitia eius manet in saeculum saeculi" -JHP

Figure 22.-- The fifth pentacle of Jupiter.-- This hath great power. It serveth for assured visions. Jacob being armed with this pentacle beheld the ladder which reached unto heaven.



Figure 22, from M276.





Editor's Note.-- The Hebrew letters within the pentacle are taken from the five last words of the versicle which surrounds it, each of which contains five letters. These are, then, recombined so as to form certain mystical names. The versicle is taken from Ezekiel i. 1:— 'As I was among the captives by the river of Chebar, the heavens were opened, and I saw visions of Elohim.' In my opinion the versicle should only consist of the five last words thereof, when the anachronism of Jacob using a pentacle with a sentence from Ezekiel will not longer exist. -SLM



This is the sixth pentacle in Ad. 10862, but the 29th in Aub24, and the third in W. Verse reads "cum essem in medio captivorum iuxta fluvium Chobar aperti sunt caeli et vidi visiones Dei." -JHP

Figure 23.-- The sixth pentacle of Jupiter.-- It serveth for protection against all earthly dangers, by regarding it each day devoutedly, and repeating the versicle which surroundeth it. 'Thus shalt thou never perish.'



Figure 23, from M276.





Editor's Note.-- The four names in the arms of the cross are:— Seraph, Kerub, Ariel, and Tharsis; the four rulers of the elements. The versicle is from Psalm xxii. 16, 17:— 'They pierced my hands and my feet, I may tell all my bones.' -SLM



This is the seventh pentacle in Ad. 10862, and the fourth in W. The verse reads, "foderunt manus meas et pedes meos dinumeraverunt omnia ossa mea." In Aub24 it is the 32nd pentacle, and the verse reads, "foderunt manus meas et pedes meos, scrutati sunt omnia ossa mea, et tradiderunt me hominibus." -JHP

Figure 24.-- The seventh and last pentacle of Jupiter.-- It hath great power against poverty, if thou considerest it with devotion, repeating the versicle. It serveth furthermore to drive away those spirits who guard treasures, and to discover the same.



Figure 24, from M276.





Editor's Note.-- Mystical characters of Jupiter with the verse:— 'Lifting up the poor out of the mire, and raising the needy from the dunghill, that he may set him with princes, even with the princes of his people.' -- Psalm cxiii. 7. -SLM



In Aub. 24 this is the 33rd pentacle. Verse reads, "suscitans a terra inopem et de stercore erigens pauperem ut conlocet eum cum principibus." This is the twenty-fifth pentacle in Ad. 10862, in which the verse is missing. In W it is the fifth pentacle. -JHP

MARS.

Figure 25.-- The first pentacle of Mars.-- It is proper for invoking spirits of the nature of Mars, especially those which are written in the pentacle.



Figure 25, from Lans. 1202, pg. 128.





Editor's Note.-- Mystical characters of Mars, and the names of the four angels:— Madimiel, Bartzachiah, Eschiel, and Ithuriel written in Hebrew around the pentacle. -SLM



This is the twenty-fourth pentacle in Ad. 10862, the ninth in Aub24, and number 6 in W. -JHP

Figure 26.-- The second pentacle of Mars.-- This pentacle serveth with great success against all kinds of diseases, if it be applied unto the afflicted part.



Figure 26, from Harl. 3981, fol. 77v.





Editor's Note.-- The letter Hé, in the angles of the hexagram. Within the same the names IHVH, IHShVH Yeheshuah (the mystic Hebrew name for Joshua or Jesus, formed of the ordinary IHVH with the letter Sh placed therein as emblematical of the spirit), and Elohim. Around it is the sentence, John i. 4:— 'In him was life, and the life was the light of man.' This may be adduced as an argument of the greater antiquity of the first few mystical verses of the Gospel of St. John. -SLM



This pentacle is in Harl. 3981, but is not found in M276, Ad. 10862, Sl. 3091, L1202, K288, Aub24, or W. The verse reads "In ipso vita erat et vita erat lux hominum." -JHP



Figure 27:— The third pentacle of Mars.-- It is of great value for exciting war, wrath, discord, and hostility; also for resisting enemies, and striking terror into rebellious spirits; the names of God the all powerful are therein expressly marked.



Figure 27, from Sl. 3091, fol. 57v.





Editor's Note.-- The letters of the names Eloah and Shaddaï. In the centre is the great letter Vau, the signature of the Qabalistic Microprosopus. Around is the versicle from Psalm lxxvii. 13:— 'Who is so great a God as our Elohim?' -SLM



This is the tenth pentacle in Ad. 10862 as well as in Aub. 24. Verse is actually from 1 Sam 2:2: "non est fortis sicut Deus noster" -JHP

Figure 28.-- The fourth pentacle of Mars.-- It is of great virtue and power in war, wherefore without doubt it will give thee victory.



Figure 28, from Sl. 3091, fol. 58r.





Editor's Note.-- In the center is the great name Agla; right and left, the letters of the name IHVH; above and below, El. Round it is the versicle from Psalm cx. 5:— 'The Lord at thy right hand shall wound even kings in the day of his wrath.' -SLM



This is the eleventh pentacle in Ad. 10862, the 24th in Aub. 24, and the fifth in Sl. 1307. In Sl. 1307 the AGLA in the center is written in Roman letters. The verse reads "Dominus a dextris tuis confregit in die irae suae reges mundi" -JHP

Figure 29.-- The fifth pentacle of Mars.-- Write thou this pentacle upon virgin parchment or paper, because it is terrible unto the demons, and at its sight and aspect they will obey thee, for they cannot resist its presence.



Figure 29, from Aub24, fol. 51v.

Figure 29, from Harl. 3981, fol. 79r.





Editor's Note.-- Around the figure of the scorpion is the word HVL. The versicle is from Psalm xci. 13.-- 'Thou shalt go upon the lion and adder, the young lion and the dragon shalt thou tread under thy feet.' -SLM



This is the eighth pentacle in Ad. 10862, the 31st in Aub24, and number 32 in W. The verse reads, "Super aspidem et basiliscum ambulabis et; conculcabis leonem et draconem." Mathers' and most of the manuscripts show a scorpion in the middle. Compare Lans. 1202, pg. 141b. -JHP

Figure 30.-- The sixth pentacle of Mars.-- It hath so great virtue that being armed therewith, if thou art attacked by any one, thou shalt neither be injured nor wounded when thou fightest with him, and his own weapons shall turn against him.



Figure 30, Aub24, fol. 58v.





Editor's Note.-- Around the eight points of the radii of the pentacle are the words 'Elohim qeber, Elohim hath covered (or protected),' written in the secret alphabet of Malachim, or the writing of the angels. The versicle is from Psalm xxxvii. 15:— 'Their sword shall enter into their own heart, and their bow shall be broken.'-SLM



This is the ninth pentacle in Ad. 10862, and numbers 7 and 33 in W. The verse in Latin reads "gladius eorum intret in corda ipsorum et arcus ipsorum confringatur." -JHP

Figure 31.-- The seventh and last pentacle of Mars.-- Write thou this upon virgin parchment or paper with the blood of a bat, in the day and hour of Mars; and uncover it within the circle, invoking the demons whose names are therein written; and thou shalt immediately see hail and tempest.



Figure 31, Aub24, fol. 59r.





Editor's Note.-- In the center of the pentacle are the divine names, El and Yiai, which have the same numerical value when written in Hebrew. The letters in Hebrew, and in the secret alphabet called the Celestial, compose the names of spirits. Round the pentacle is:— 'He gave them hail for rain, and flaming fire in their land. He smote their vines also, and their fig-trees.' -- Psalm cv. 32, 33. -SLM



This is the 34th pentacle in W. This also corresponds with the twenty-third pentacle in Ad. 10862, but the drawing is much simpler. The verse reads, "Posuit pluvias eorum grandinem ignem conburentem in terra ipsorum destruxit vineas eorum." -JHP





THE SUN.

Figure 32.-- The first pentacle of the Sun.-- The countenance of Shaddaï the almighty, at whose aspect all creatures obey, and the angelic spirits do reverence on bended knees.



Figure 32, from Sl. 1307, fol. 116v.





Editor's Note.-- This singular pentacle contains the head of the great angel Methraton or Metatron, the vice-gerent and representative of Shaddaï, who is called the Prince of Countenances, and the right-hand masculine cherub of the Ark, as Sandalphon is the left and feminine. On either side is the name 'El Shaddaï.' Around is written in Latin:— 'Behold his face and form by whom all things were made, and whom all creatures obey.' -SLM



This is the twenty-second pentacle in Ad. 10862, the 26th in Aub24, number 22 in W, and the eleventh in Sl. 1307. The verse reads, "Ecce faciem eius facta sunt et cui omnes obedieunt creaturae." In Lans. 1202 this pentacle is attributed to Mars. -JHP

Figure 33.-- The second pentacle of the Sun.-- This pentacle, and the preceding and following, belong to the nature of the Sun. They serve to repress the pride and arrogance of the solar spirits, which are altogether proud and arrogant by their nature.



Figure 33, from Lans. 1202, pg. 131.





Editor's Note.-- Mystical characters of the Sun and the names of the angels:— Shemeshiel, Paimoniah, Rekhodiah, and Malkhiel. -SLM



This is the twentieth pentacle in Ad. 10862, the eleventh in Aub24, and number 28 in W. -JHP

Figure 34.-- The third pentacle of the Sun.-- This serveth in addition (to the effects of the two preceding) to acquire kingdom and empire, to inflict loss, and to acquire renown and glory, especially through the name of God, Tetragrammaton, which therein is twelve times contained.



Figure 34, from Lans. 1202, pg. 132.





Editor's Note.-- The name IHVH, twelve times repeated; and a versicle somewhat similar to Daniel iv. 34:— 'My kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and my dominion endureth from age to age.' -SLM



This is the twenty-first pentacle in Ad. 10862, the twelfth in Aub24, and numbers 29 and 40 in W. The verse reads "Regnum meum regnum omnium saeculorum & generatio mea in generatione & generationum" (compare with Ps144.13: "regnum tuum regnum omnium saeculorum et dominatio tua in omni generatione). -JHP

Figure 35.-- The fourth pentacle of the Sun.-- This serveth to enable thee to see the spirits when they appear invisible unto those who invoke them; because, when thou hast uncovered it, they will immediately appear visible.



Figure 35, from Aub24, fol. 58r.





Editor's Note.-- The names IHVH, Adonai, are written in the center in Hebrew; and round the radii in the mystical characters of the 'Passing of the River.' The versicle is from Psalm xiii. 3, 4:—'Lighten mine eyes that I sleep not in death, lest mine enemy say, I have prevailed against him.' -SLM



This is the fifteenth pentacle in Ad. 10862, the twelfth in Sl. 1307, and number 30 in W. Psalm 12:4-5: illumina (*inlumina) oculos meos ne umquam obdormiam in mortem (5) nequando dicat inimicus meus praevalui adversus eum. According to Ad. 10862, it should be colored sky blue (celeste). -JHP

Figure 36.-- The fifth pentacle of the Sun.-- It serveth to invoke those spirits who can transport thee from one place unto another, over a long distance and in short time.



Figure 36, from Sl. 3091, fol. 62r.





Editor's Note.-- Characters in the 'Passing of the River' Alphabet, forming spirit's names. The versicle is from Psalm xci. 11, 12:— 'He shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways. They shall bear thee up in their hands.' -SLM



This is the twelfth pentacle in Ad. 10862, but the 36th in Aub. 24. The verse reads "angelis suis mandabit de te ut custodiant te in omnibus viis tuis in manibus portabunt te." Figures 36 and 37 in Mathers, which he calls The Fifth and Sixth pentacles of the Sun, are not found in Lans. 1202, but do occur in Ad. 10862, Kings 288, and Sl. 3091. -JHP

Figure 37.-- The sixth pentacle of the Sun.-- It serveth excellently for the operation of invisibility, when correctly made.



Figure 37, from Sl. 3091, fol. 62v.





Editor's Note.-- In the center is the mystical letter Yod, in the Celestial Alphabet. The three letters in the 'Passing of the River' writing, in the angles of the triangle, form the great name Shaddaï. The words in the same characters round its three sides are, in my opinion, from Genesis i. 1:— 'In the beginning the Elohim created,' etc.; but the characters are sadly mangled in the MSS. The versicle is from Psalms lxix. 23, and cxxxv. 16:— 'Let their eyes be darkened that they see not; and make their loins continually to shake. They have eyes and see not.' -SLM



This is the sixteenth pentacle in Ad. 10862, and number 5 in Aub. 24. Verse reads: "obscurentur oculi eorum ne videant et dorsum eorum semper incurva" (Ps68:24) ... "oculos habent et non videbunt" (Ps134:16) -JHP

Figure 38.-- The seventh and last pentacle of the Sun.-- If any be by chance imprisoned or detained in fetters of iron, at the presence of this pentacle, which should be engraved in Gold on the day and hour of the Sun, he will be immediately delivered and set at liberty.



Figure 38, from Aub24, fol. 59v.





Editor's Note.-- On the arms of the cross are written the names of Chasan, angel of Air; Arel, angel of Fire; Phorlakh, angel of Earth; and Taliahad, angel of Water. Between the four arms of the cross are written the names of the four rulers of the elements: Ariel, Seraph, Tharshis, and Cherub. The versicle is from Psalm cxvi. 16, 17:— 'Thou hast broken my bonds in sunder. I will offer unto thee the sacrifice of thanksgiving, and will call upon the name of IHVH.' -SLM



This is the eighteenth pentacle in Ad. 10862, and number 31 in W. It also appears in Aub. 24, fol. 59v. Verse reads "disrupisti vincula mea tibi sacrificabo hostiam laudis et in nomine Domini invocabo" -JHP





VENUS.

Figure 39.-- The first pentacle of Venus.-- This and those following serve to control the spirits of Venus, and especially those herein written.



Figure 39, from Sl. 3091, fol. 63v.





Editor's Note.-- Mystical characters of Venus, and the names of the angels Nogahiel, Acheliah, Socodiah (or Socohiah) and Nangariel. -SLM



This is the fourteenth pentacle in Ad. 10862, the thirteenth in Aub24, and number 8 in W. -JHP

Figure 40.-- The second pentacle of Venus.-- These pentacles are also proper for obtaining grace and honor, and for all things which belong unto Venus, and for accomplishing all thy desires herein.



Figure 40, from Sl. 3091, fol. 64r.





Editor's Note.-- The letters round and within the pentagram form the names of spirits of Venus. The versicle is from Canticles viii. 6:— 'Place me as a signet upon thine heart, as a signet upon thine arm, for love is strong as death.' -SLM



This is the seventeenth pentacle in Ad. 10862, where it is drawn without any verse. In Aub24 it is the fourteenth, and the verse is intact. In Sl. 1307 it is the first pentacle, and it has Roman letters in the middle rather than Hebrew. The verse reads, "Pone me ut signaculum super cor tuum ut signaculum super brachium tuum quia fortis est ut mors dilectio." According to Ad. 10862 it should be red (rosso). In W it is pentacle number 9. -JHP

Figure 41.-- The third pentacle of Venus.-- This, if it be only shown unto any person, serveth to attract love. Its angel Monachiel should be invoked in the day and hour of Venus, at one o'clock or at eight.



Figure 41, from Sl. 3091, fol. 64v.





Editor's Note.-- The following names are written within the figure:— IHVH, Adonai, Ruach, Achides, Ægalmiel, Monachiel, and Degaliel. The versicle is from Genesis i. 28:— 'And the Elohim blessed them, and the Elohim said unto them, Be ye fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue it.' -SLM



This is the ninteenth pentacle in Ad. 10862, but the 30th in Aub. 24. Verse reads "dixit eloim crescite et multiplicamini et replete terram et subicite eam" which is adapted from Gen 1:28: "benedixitque illis Deus et ait crescite et multiplicamini et replete terram et subicite eam." In Sl. 1307 it is the seventh pentacle, and number 11 in W. The verse reads, "dixit Deus crescite et multiplicamini replete terram et subycite eam." -JHP

Figure 42.-- The fourth pentacle of Venus.-- It is of great power, since it compels the spirits of Venus to obey, and to force on the instant any person thou wishest to come unto thee.



Figure 42, from Lans. 1202, pg. 135.





Editor's Note.-- At the four angles of the figure are the four letters of the name IHVH. The other letters form the names of spirits of Venus, e.g.:— Schii, Eli, Ayib, etc. The versicle is from Genesis ii. 23, 24:— 'This is bone of my bones, and flesh of my flesh. And they two were one flesh.' -SLM



This corresponds with the thirteenth pentacle in Ad. 10862, but the drawing looks considerably different than the Colorno manuscripts. This is the 28th pentacle in Aub24, which resembles the Colorno mss, more closely than Ad. 10862. In W it is pentacle number 10. The verse reads "Hoc est enim os de ossibus et caro de carne mea." -JHP

Figure 43.-- The fifth and last pentacle of Venus.-- When it is only showed unto any person soever, it inciteth and exciteth wonderfully unto love.



Figure 43, from Sl. 3091, fol. 65v.





Editor's Note.-- Around the central square are the names Elohim, El Gebil, and two other names which I cannot decipher, and have, therefore, given them as they stand. The characters are those of the 'Passing of the River.' The surrounding versicle is from Psalm xxii. 14:— 'My heart is like wax, it is melted in the midst of my bowels.' -SLM



This is the 35th pentacle in Aub24, and the 12th in W. The verse reads, "inflammatum est cor meum et renes mei commutati sunt et ego ad nihilum redactus sum." (Ps72.21) None of the rest of the pentacles occur in Ad. 10862. -JHP





MERCURY.

Figure 44.-- The first pentacle of Mercury.-- It serveth to invoke the spirits who are under the Firmament.



Figure 44, from Sl. 3091, fol. 66r.





Editor's Note.-- Letters forming the names of the spirits Yekahel and Agiel. -SLM



This is the third pentacle in Aub24, and numbers 25 and 36 in W. -JHP

Figure 45.-- The second pentacle of Mercury.-- The spirits herein written serve to bring to effect and to grant things which are contrary unto the order of Nature; and which are not contained under any other head. They easily give answer, but they can with difficulty be seen.



Figure 45, from Sl. 3091, fol. 66v.





Editor's Note.-- The letters form the names of Böel and other spirits. -SLM



This is the fourth pentacle in Aub24, and numbers 26 and 37 in W. -JHP

Figure 46.-- The third pentacle of Mercury.-- This and the following serve to invoke the spirits subject unto Mercury; and especially those who are written in this pentacle.



Figure 46, from Kings 288, fol. 88r.





Editor's Note.-- Mystical characters of Mercury, and the names of the angels: Kokaviel, Ghedoriah, Savaniah, and Chokmahiel. -SLM



In Aub24 this is the fifteenth pentacle, and number 27 in W, and possibly number 38. -JHP

Figure 47.-- The fourth pentacle of Mercury.-- This is further proper to acquire the understanding and knowledge of all things created, and to seek out and penetrate into hidden things; and to command those spirits which are called Allatori to perform embassies. They obey very readily.



Figure 47, from Sl. 3091, fol. 67v.





Editor's Note.-- In the center is the name of God, El. The Hebrew letters inscribed about the dodecagram make the sentence, 'IHVH, fix thou the Volatile, and let there be unto the void restriction.' The versicle is:— 'Wisdom and virtue are in his house, and the Knowledge of all things remaineth with him for ever.' -SLM



In W, this is pentacle number 21, where the verse reads "Sapientia et virtus in domo eius, et scientia omnia rerum apud eum in saeculorum saeculi. In Aub24 this is the sixteenth pentacle, but the verse reads, "Et tunc cognovi esse in me scientia cunctarum creaturas, tam quae in coelo, quam quae sub coelo sunt." -JHP

Figure 48.-- The fifth and last pentacle of Mercury.-- This commandeth the spirits of Mercury, and serveth to open doors in whatever way they may be closed, and nothing it may encounter can resist it.



Figure 48, from Sl. 3091, fol. 68r.





Editor's Note.-- Within the pentacle are the names El Ab, and IHVH. The versicle is from Psalm xxiv 7:— 'Lift up your heads, O ye gates, and be ye lift up ye everlasting doors, and the King of Glory shall come in.' -SLM



This is the 23rd pentacle in Aub. 24. In Aub24, the second name seems to read "KB IH"; Sl. 3091: "RB IH" The verse reads, "Attollite [*adtollite] portas principes vestras et elevamini portae aeternales et introibit rex gloriae." (Ps23.7.) -JHP





THE MOON.

Figure 49.-- The first pentacle of the Moon.-- This and the following serve to call forth and invoke the spirits of the Moon; and it further serveth to open doors, in whatever way they may be fastened.



Figure 49, from Sl. 3091, fol. 68v.





Editor's Note.-- The pentacle is a species of hieroglyphic representation of a door or gate. In the centre is written the name IHVA. On the right hand are the names IHV, IHVH, AL, and IHH. On the left hand are the names of the angels: Schioel, Vaol, Yashiel, and Vehiel. The versicle above the names on either side, is from Psalm cvii. 16:— 'He hath broken the gates of brass, and smitten the bars of iron in sunder.' -SLM



Mathers' translation follows Kings 288. It doesn't appear in Lans. 1202, Mich 276, Sl. 1307, or Ad. 10862. This is the seventeenth pentacle in Aub. 24. Aub. 24 reads "This pentacle, along with the next four are pentacles of the Moon. They serve for calling spirits, the names of which are written inside the pentacles. This one is effective for opening any doors. It is painted with a silver color." -JHP

Figure 50.-- The second pentacle of the Moon.-- This serveth against all perils and dangers by water, and if it should chance that the spirits of the Moon should excite and cause great rain and exceeding tempests about the circle, in order to astonish and terrify thee; on showing unto them this pentacle, it will all speedily cease.



Figure 50, from Sl. 3091, fol. 69r.





Editor's Note.-- A hand pointing to the name El, and to that of the angel Abariel. The versicle is from Psalm lvi. 11:— 'In Elohim have I put my trust, I will not fear, what can man do unto me?' -SLM



This is the eighteenth pentacle in Aub24, and number 22 in W. -JHP

Figure 51.-- The third pentacle of the Moon.-- This being duly borne with thee when upon a journey, if it be properly made, serveth against all attacks by night, and against every kind of danger and peril by water.



Figure 51, from Sl. 3091, fol. 69v.





Editor's Note.-- The names Aub and Vevaphel. The versicle is from Psalm xl. 13:— 'Be pleased O IHVH to deliver me, O IHVH make haste to help me.' -SLM



This is the nineteenth pentacle in Aub24, and number 23 (?) in W. Verse reads (Ps69) "Deus in adiutorium meum intende Domine ad adiuvandum me festina." Hebrew names in middle read ADNI and NDAPAL. Colors are specified as "Circle outward azure, circle inward greene, star and Latin black." -JHP

Figure 52.-- The fourth pentacle of the Moon.-- This defendeth thee from all evil sources, and from all injury unto soul or body. Its angel, Sophiel, giveth the knowledge of the virtue of all herbs and stones; and unto whomsoever shall name him, he will procure the knowledge of all.



Figure 52, from Sl. 3091, fol. 70r.





Editor's Note.-- The divine name Eheieh Asher Eheieh, and the names of the angels Yahel and Sophiel. The versicle is:— 'Let them be confounded who persecute me, and let me not be confounded; let them fear, and not I.' -SLM



This is the twentieth pentacle in Aub24, and number 24 in W. Verse reads, "Confundantur qui quaerunt animam meam et non confundar ego: Paueant illi et non paueam ego." Compare Jeremiah 17: "Confundantur qui persequuntur me et non confundar ego paveant illi et non paveam ego." -JHP

Figure 53.-- The fifth pentacle of the Moon.-- It serveth to have answers in sleep. Its angel Iachadiel serveth unto destruction and loss, as well as unto the destruction of enemies. Thou mayest also call upon him by Abdon and Dalé against all phantoms of the night, and to summon the souls of the departed from Hades.



Figure 53, from Sl. 3091, fol. 70v.





Editor's Note.-- The divine names IHVH and Elohim, a mystical character of the Moon, and the names of the angels Iachadiel and Azarel. The versicle is from Psalm lxviii. 1:— 'Let God arise, and let his enemies be scattered; let them also who hate him flee before him.' -SLM



This is the twenty-first pentacle in Aub. 24, but the second in Sl. 1307. The verse reads, "Exurgat (*exsurgat) Deus et dissipentur inimici eius et fugiant qui oderunt eum a facie eius." -JHP

Figure 54.-- The sixth and last pentacle of the Moon.-- This is wonderfully good, and serveth excellently to excite and cause heavy rains, if it be engraved upon a plate of silver; and if it be placed under water, as long as it remaineth there, there will he rain. It should be engraved, drawn, or written in the day and hour of the Moon.



Figure 54, from Kings 288.





Editor's Note.-- The pentacle is composed of mystical characters of the Moon, surrounded by a versicle from Genesis vii. 11, 12:— 'All the fountains of the great deep were broken up ... and the rain was upon the earth.' -SLM



This is the 27th pentacle in Aub. 24, and the ninth pentacle in Sl. 1307. The verse reads, "die [mensis] rupti sunt omnes fontes abyssi magnae et cataractae caeli apertae sunt." Aub. 24 adds "super Terram." -JHP



[This is the end of the holy pentacles, in all which I have, to the best of my power, restored the Hebrew letters and mystical characters correctly. I have further given nearly every versicle in pointed Hebrew, instead of in the Latin; so that the occult student might not be inconvenienced by having to search out the same in a Hebrew Bible. The restoration of the Hebrew letters in the body of the pentacles has been a work of immense difficulty, and has extended over several years.]





[Pentacles from the Hebrew Key of Solomon (Mafteah Shelomoh, Or. 14759, fol, 35a)]





[Pentacles from the Greek Key of Solomon (Harl. 5596)]







COMMENTS

-



 

Liber Juratus, or the Sworne Booke of Honorius (Part 5)

00:34 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,899


Abbreviations

GH Gösta Hedegård (2002)

R British Library MS Royal 17Axlii

S Sloane 3885

S2 Sloane 3854

S3 Sloane 3853



Section numbers in square brackets [] follow GH. Corrected readings are indicated by * in front of the correct form. Text in is to be deleted.





Here begineth the .2. parte of clensyng or makyng clene to obtayne the syght of the deyte.



[XCVIII] Here begins the second part: Of cleansing or making [onesself] clean to obtain the sight of the Deity.

S: Incipit .2.a mundacio~ [in visione divina].

After that, he that wyll see ye deyte hathe pourged & clensyd & macerated his body we comaunde him yt he kepe him selffe allwayes very clene, & to be garnysshed wt all vertues & lett him allwayes remembre god, & pray vnto him for ye forgyuenes of his synns, for god is righteous & ought to be feared, for he yt dothe nott loue him, as salomõ sayeth the begini~ge of wisdome is to feare god, therfore every man ought to feare him for no man of his owe~ worthines or [59r] goodenes dothe deserue or dothe gett glorye or helthe nor can see god wt owt grace of his savyor, & agayne lett him fast other .12. dayes bread and water holly wt owt any other refeccyõ doinge as he dyd before in ye other dayes untill he cum to the .13. daye which must be a thursdaye, & the~ agayne yffe he perseue any wyckednes or syne in him selffe lett him pourge it, & then agayne receyue ye body of chryst sayinge ::::: After that, he that will see the Deity hath purged and cleansed and macerated his body; we command him that he keep himself always very clean, and to be garnished with all virtues. And let him always remember God, and pray unto Him for the forgiveness of his sins, for God is righteous and ought to be feared, for he that doth not love Him, as Solomon sayeth, "the beginning of wisdom is to fear God."1 Therefore every man ought to fear him, for no man of his own worthiness or goodness doth deserve or doth get glory or health nor can see God without grace of his savior. And again let him fast other twelve days bread and water wholly, without any other refection [refreshment], doing as he did before in the other days until he come to the thirteenth day, which must be a Thursday. And then again if he perceive any wickedness or sin in himself, let him purge it, and then again receive the body of Christ, saying: 1. compare Ksol chapter 1.

A prayer to be sayde before ye receyving of the body of chryst:::::



A prayer to be said before the receiving of the body of Christ.

O thow lorde Iesu chryst ye savor of all men whych dydest wouchsaffe to sacryfyce thy bodye for ye helth of me most myserable synner & for other yt liue in ye world wt ye whych ye .5. day that is to saye ye thursdaye ye daye of thy supper thow dydest fide thy holy apostles wt thy precyous body & blovde couminavding yt in thy name or holy mother ye churche shulde consecrate thy most holy body & bloude yt it might be ye helthe & lyffe of ye soules yt beliue in ye, I vnworthy synner receyvinge ye o lorde Iesu chryst knowing & confessinge ye to be my lorde & my creator whome I oonly shall see in my fleshe & noone other, whom I looke for to cõme to be my Iudge graunt vnto me mercyfull lorde by ye vertue of thys holye misterye yt lyke as I doo confesse & know vysyblye thy devine spirituall & corporall power by ye redemptyon of thy most holy bodye & bloode, so wochsaffe to claryfy & pourge my body, yt my body being washed my soule may vysyblye see ye wt thy .9. orders of angelles wylles I lyue & prayse ye which lyvest & reygnest god worlde wyth owte ende. Amen.



O thou Lord Jesus Christ, the savior of all men, who didst vouchsafe to sacrifice thy body for the health of me, most miserable sinner, and for other[s] that live in the world with the which the fifth day, that is to say the Thursday the day of thy supper thou didst feed thy holy apostles with thy precious body and blood, commanding that in thy name our holy mother the Church should consecrate thy most holy body and blood, that it might be the health and life of the souls that believe in thee. I, unworthy sinner, receiving thee, O Lord Jesus Christ, knowing and confessing thee to be my Lord and my Creator, whom I only shall see in my flesh and none other, whom I look for to come to be my judge, grant unto me, merciful Lord, by the virtue of this holy mystery that like as I do confess and know visibly thy divine spiritual and corporeal power by the redemption of thy most holy body and blood, so vouchsafe to clarify and purge my body, that, my body being washed, my soul may visibly see the with thy nine orders of angels whilst I live, and praise thee, who livest and reignest, God, world without end. Amen.



This doone Go home to thy Howse and begin thy worke after thys soorie :::::: Thow shallte saye ye same thursday ye psalter wt ye letannye wt ye proper prayers folowinge it. After yt thow shalte saye ye . 25 . 26 . 31 . prayer & thow shalte add ::: peticyo ::: that thow by ye a~nu~cyatyõ conceptyon natyvite cercvmcysyon perching, baptyme, and ascentyõ of thy most blessyd sonne or lord Iesu chryst woldest wouchsaffe to claryffye and pourege my body ::: peticyo ::: yt it being washed I maye visybly see the whyle [59v] I lyue wt thyn .9. orders of angelles yt my soule maye worship & prayse ye. at the last thvs ende yor prayer for yu god art mighty aboue all & mercyfull which lyuest & reygnest god in vnite and trynite and shallt raygn worlde wt owt ende. Amen. This done, go home to thy house and begin thy work after this soorie: Thou shalt say the same Thursday the psalter with the litany, with the proper prayers following it. After that thou shalt say the 25th, 26th, and 31st prayer, and thou shalt add:

Petition



"... that thou by the annunciation, conception, nativity, circumcision, piercing, baptism, and ascension of thy most blessed Son, our Lord Jesus Christ, wouldst vouchsafe to clarify and purge my body (Petition) that it being washed I may visibly see thee whilst I live, with thine nine orders of angels, that my soul may worship and praise thee."



At the last thus end your prayer:



"... for thou, God, art mighty above all and merciful, Who livest and reignest God in Unity and Trinity, and shalt reign, world without end. Amen.



ffrom hence forthe thow shalt be in some secret place where there is no greate resorte of people & every daye yu shalt saye thies prayers folowinge wt those yt goe before yt be appoynted for him yt shall worke wt these names folowinge . Agla . monhon . tetragramaton . ely . deus . ocleyste . ampheneton . lamyara . Ianemyer . sadyon . hely . horlon . porrenthymon . yelur . gofgamel . emaunel . on . admyel . honzmorib . ioht . helon . resamarathon . anethi . eryona . yvestre . saday . maloht . sechce ::::::: After that yu shalt saye this prayer :::::: From henceforth thou shalt be in some secret place where there is no great resort of people and every day thou shalt say these prayers following, with those that go before, that be appointed for him that shall work, with these names following:



Agla + Monhon + Tetragrammaton + Ely + Deus + Ocleyste + Anpheneton + Lamyara + Ianemyer + Sadyon + Hely + Horlon + Porrenthymon + Yelur + Gofgamel + Emaunel + On + Admyel + Honzmorib + Ioht + Helon + Resamarathon + Anethi + Eryona + Yvestre + Saday + Maloht + Sechce.



After that thou shalt say this prayer:

O my god father allmighty of everlastinge power which arte able to make him clene yt is conceyved of an vnclene seede . primogenitus . primellus . principium . sapientia . vertus . sol . splendor . gloria . pax . lux . panis . os . verbum . salus . angellus . sponsus . perpheta . agnvs . ovis . vitulus . serpens . aries . leo . vermis . here mercyfully ye prayers & invocatyons of thy servant yt thorow ye vertue of thy holy names my body being washed I maye see the visiblye whilles I liue wt thy .9. orders of angells yt my soule may worship & prayse the. Amen ::::::: After that saye these names :::::::



O my God, father almighty, of everlasting power who art able to make him clean that is conceived of an unclean seed. Primogenitus + Primellus + Principium + Sapientia + vertus + Sol + Splendor + Gloria + Pax + Lux + Panis + Os + Verbum + Salus + Angelus + Sponsus + Perpheta + Agnus + Ovis + Vitulus + Serpens + Aries + Leo + Vermis. Hear mercifully the prayers and invocations of thy servant, that through the virtue of thy holy names, my body being washed, I may see thee visibly whilst I live, with thy nine orders of angels, that my soul may worship and praise thee. Amen.



After that, say these names:

Escha . fortis . abbdya . iuste . alpha et omega . piissime . leiste . dulcissime . oristion . potentissime . yeremon . ercell . entissime . hosbr . excelse . merkerpon . adiutor . elzephares . defensor . egyrion . protector . pheta . largitor . here gentely ye prayers of thy seruãt yt thorow ye gyft of thy grace and thorow ye intercessyon of ye blissed virgin mary thy mother & of thy angells & archangells . michael . gabriel . vriel . and raphael . & all other thy celestyall angells, & of thy apostoles peter . paule . Ihonn . & Iames . andrew . mathew . simond . & Iude . philip . thomas . & barthlemew . my body & cc cc ::::



Escha + Fortis + Abbdya + Iuste + Alpha et Omega + Piissime + Leiste + Dulcissime + Oristion + Potentissime + Yeremon + Ercell + Entissime + Hosbr + Excelse + Merkerpon + Adiutor + Elzephares + Defensor + egyrion + protector + pheta + largitor. Hear gently the prayers of thy servant, that through the gift of thy grace and through the intercession of the blessed Virgin Mary thy mother, and of thy angels and archangels Michael, Gabriel, Uriel, and Raphael, and all thy other celestial angels, and of thy apostles Peter, Paul, John, and James, Andrew, Matthew, Simon, and Jude, Philip, Thomas, and Barthlemew, my body and (etc.).



+ After that saye these names +



After that, say these names:

[60r]



Ombonar . ineffabilis . stimulamathon . in substantia . inuisibilis . oryon . inestimabilis . ethion . Impermutabilis . nomios . clementissime . pep . incõmensurabilis . nathanathoy . incorruptibilis . theon . inmense . vsiston . gloriose . porho . tocius . misericordiæ :::: After yt saye this prayer folowinge ->





Ombonar + Ineffabilis + Stimulamathon + Insubstantia + Invisibilis + Oryon + Inestimabilis + Ethion + Impermutabilis + Nomios + Clementissime + Pep + Incommensurabilis + Nathanathoy + Incorruptibilis + Theon + Immense + Usiston + Gloriose + Porho + Totius + Misericordiae.



After that, say this prayer following:

looke gentely to thy prayers of thy seruant not hauing respect to the innvmerable iniquites which I haue done against the for yf yu regardest owre iniquites o lorde who may abyde ye but thow o lorde doest lyft ye feeble ffrom ye earthe & the poore owt of ye myre . in ye vertu of holy humilyte & obedyence as it is writte~ he was obedyent evyn to deathe & in another place I haue humbled my selfe very low which humelite thow didest wouchsaffe to take vpon ye, & to suffer for synners . so gentely receyue my prayers for I confesse & know yt yu hast mercye vpon all creatures yt call vpon ye faythffully as dauyd sayeth an humble & a contrite harte thow shall nott dispyse, & in another place ye lorde is nighe to them yt call vpon him truely yt yu wilte rayse my soule ffrom the darknes of my body & from ye fylthynes of synne that my body being washed & cc cc as before at this signe ::::::: here ffoloweth the names of the lyvyng gode ::::::::::



Look gently to the prayers of thy servant, not having respect to the innumerable iniquites which I haue done against thee, for if thou regardest our iniquities, O Lord, who may abide thee, but thou, O Lord, doest lift the feeble from the Earth and the poore out of the mire. In the virtu of holy humilty and obedience, as it is written, "He was obedient even to death," and in another place "I have humbled myself very low which humility thou didst vouchsafe to take upon thee," and, "to suffer for sinners." So gently receive my prayers, for I confess and know that thou hast mercy upon all creatures that call upon thee faithfully, as David sayeth, "an humble and a contrite heart thou shall not despise," and in another place, "the Lord is neigh to them that call upon him truly," that thou wilt raise my soul from the darkness of my body and from the filthiness of sin, that my body being washed and, (etc. as before at this signe :::::::)



Here followeth the names of the Living God:

+ Rothon + maker of heauen & earth . lethellete + which ast stretched owt heaven above the heyght of the clowdes + ysmas + which hast stablysched the earth aboue the waters + Adonay + which hast appoynted ye sea her bowndes which she cane nott passe + Bathinadir + which hast sett ye sonne and the moone and all ye sterres in ye heyghe of heaven + Onoitheon + which hast done all thinges thorow wysdome + hosga + which the .6. daye dydest created [sic] man to thyn owen symylytude and lykenes + lemdra + which didest putt adam and eve whom yu gavest him for acompanyon in ye paradyse of [60v] pleasure, whome also for transgressing of thy commaundement yu dyddest by and by cast owt of the same + nosulaceps + which didest accepte abells ablatyon + tutheon + which didest dystroy ye worlde avr the wickednes therof wt ye water of the flowde + telemoht + which didest saue noe & those that were wt him in ye water of ye deluge by whome also thow didest restore agen mankynde + paraclitus + which didest appere to abraham thy servant at ye footte of mambre in ye lykenes of .3. persons + occynonenon + which didest take vp enoche and helyas into heavens to fyghte agaynst ye tyranne + Ochothas + which mercyfully delyverdst thy servant loth from the drowninge or synkinge of sodome & gomorre + Abracio + which didest speke to thy serwant moyses in the midest of a bushe in a flame of fyer + Anepheneton + which madest aarons rodde, to budd & floryshe and to bringe forthe frute, + Abdou + which browghtest thy people mightely owt of ye lande of egypt ffrom there captyvite + melche + which openedest ye waye in ye myddes of yt ye went thorow drye ffooted + Sother + which gavest thy people a lawe in mownt synay by ye handes of moyses + vsyryon + which gauest to thy thyrsty people owt of ye hard roke inumuerable waters to drinke + baruch + which browghtest danyel ye prophet owt of ye lyons denne saffe and sownde + Sporgon Go + which cawseddest ye .3. children .sydrac . mysaac . and abdenago . yt is to saye . Ananias . Azarias . and misael . to cum harmles owt of ye burninge fornace + tenonem + which delyuerydst susanne having a sure stust in ye ffrom ye fallssecrime of ye fallsse Iudges + messyas + which didest preserue ye prophet Ionas in the whalas bely .3. dayes and .3. nightes + pantheon + which madest the prophet to escape ye handes of golyas with victory, O Iust mighty and pacyent god . agyos . otheos . hiskyros . athanathos . eleyson . ymas . christ . stronge allmighty & Immortall god . Iesus of nazereth ffull of mercy which only thorow contricyon of harte doest fforgeue synns here most [61r] gentil and mercyfull lorde ye prayers of thy servant which I speke thorow ye power of thy maiestye yt thorow thy mercye & grace which yu haste gyuen to thy sayntes thow woldest wouchsaffe to graunt vnto me lett the powre of thy holy sprite cu~ downe vpon me thy servant allthovgh I be full of synne yet made of ye which may obtayne forgevenes of my synns yt thorow thy celestyall dewe ye fowlnes of my body maye be putt awaye yt my body being wasched and cc cc as beffore :::: petysyon ::::: II . thys prayer aforesayde owght to be sayde in all perrylls and daungers ffor it kepethe men in helthe, it maketh sycke men hole, it dothe obtayne remissyon of synns, it pacyfyeth angre, and encreasyth frendship, it cõforteth desperat persons, it cherysschythe the poore, it mitygateth the wrathe of god, it overcometh all tribulatyons and perversytes, it dryveth away tempestes, it dothe frustrat Inchaunteme~tes, it dothe constrayne and bynde sprytes: and it owght to be sayde fastinge and knelynge, and wt great devocyons, and he yt shall worke by it must be humble pacyent and chast. thus therfore shalte yu the .fryday . saturday . sonday . munday . twesdaye . & wendensdaye . ffolowinge saye all thes and .3. everye daye that is to saye in the morninge att nonne and at mighte [sic]:*:



+ Rothon + maker of Heaven and Earth, + Lethellete + who hast stretched out Heaven above the height of the clouds, + Ysmas + who hast established the Earth above the waters, + Adonay + who hast appointed the sea her bounds which she cannot pass, + Bathinadir + who hast set the Sun and the Moon and all the stars in the height of Heaven, + Onoitheon + who hast done all things through wisdom, + Hosga + who the sixth day didst create man in thine own similitude and likeness, + Lemdra + who didst put Adam, and Eve whom thou gavest him for a companion, in the paradise of pleasure, whom also for transgressing of thy commandment thou didst by and by cast out of the same, + Nosulaceps + who didst accept Abel's oblation, + Tutheon + who didst destroy the world and the wickedness thereof with the water of the flood, + Telemoht + who didst save Noah and those who were with him in the water of the deluge, by whom also thou didst restore again mankind + Paraclitus + who didst appear to Abraham thy servant at the foot of Mambre in the likeness of three persons, + Occynonenon + who didst take up Enoch and Helyas into heavens to fight against the tyranne + Ochothas + who mercifully didst deliver thy servant Lot from the drowning or sinking of Sodom and Gomorrah, + Abracio + who didst speak to thy servant Moses in the midst of a bush in a flame of fire, + Anepheneton + who madest Aaron's rod to bud and florish and to bring forth fruit, + Abdou + who didst bring thy people mightily out of the land of Egypt from their captivity, + Melche + who didst open the way in the midst of that they went through dry footed, + Sother + which gavest thy people a law in Mount Sinai by the hands of Moses, + Usyryon + who gavest to thy thirsty people out of the hard rock innumerable waters to drink, + Baruch + who broughtest Daniel the Prophet out of the Lion's den safe and sound, + Sporgon Go + who didst cause the three children, Shadrac, Mishac, and Abdenago (that is to say, Ananias, Azarias, and Misael) to come harmless out of the burning furnace, + Tenonem + who didst deliver Susan having a sure stust in thee from the fallssecrime of the false judges, + Messias + who didst preserve the prophet Jonas in the whale's belly three days and three nights, + Pantheon + who madest the prophet [David] to escape the hands of Goliath with victory.



O just, mighty, and patient God + Agios + Otheos + Hiskyros + Athanathos + Eleyson + Ymas + Christ, strong, almighty, and immortal God, Jesus of Nazareth, full of mercy, who only through contrition of heart dost forgive sins, hear, most gentle and merciful Lord the prayers of thy servant which I speak through the power of thy majesty that through thy mercy and grace which thou hast given to thy saints thou wouldst vouchsafe to grant unto me, let the power of thy Holy Spirit come down upon me thy servant although I be full of sin, yet made of thee, which may obtain forgiveness of my sins, that through thy celestial dew the foulness of my body may be put away, that my body being washed and (etc. as before ":::: petition :::::")



This prayer aforesaid ought to be said in all perils and dangers, for it keepeth men in health, it maketh sick men whole, it doth obtain remission of sins, it pacifieth anger, and increaseth friendship, it comforteth desperate persons, it cherisheth the poor, it mitigateth the wrath of God, it overcometh all tribulations and perversities, it driveth away tempests, it doth frustrate enchantments, it doth constrain and bind spirits. And it ought to be said fasting and kneeling, and with great devotions, and he that shall work by it must be humble patient and chaste.



Thus therefore shalt thou the Friday, Saturday, Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday following say all these three times every day, that is to say, in the morning, at noon, and at night.

now to the effect of the worke ::: upon thurday early in the morninge saye as thow saydest before and then make a cowche of heye, and a bowt it strew assches that be cleane cyfted and in them wryghte the hundreth names of god

[CI] Now to the effect of the work.



Upon Thurday early in the morning, say as thou saidst before, and then make a couch of hay, and about it strew ashes that be clean sifted, and in them write the hundred names of God.

Perfeccio operis.

:::: these are the names of godd :::::::

These are the names of God:

Aglai [S2: Agla] .1. monhon .2. tetragramaton .3. olydeus .4. Ocleiste .5. Aniphinethon .6. Lamiara .7. Ianemyer .8. Saday .9. Hely .10. Horlon .11. portenthymon .12. Ihelur .13. GofGamep .14. Emanvel .15. On .16. Admyhel .17. Honzmorp .18. Ioht .19. Hofob .20. Rasamarathon .21. Anethi .22. erihona [61v] .23. Iuestre .24. Saday .25. maloht .26. Sethee .27. elscha .28. Abbadia .29. Alpha et omega .30. leiste .31. Oristyon .32. Ieremon .33. hosb .34. merkerpon .35. elzephares .36. egyryon .37. Betha .38. Ombonar .39. stymulamathon .40. Orion .41. eryon .42. noymos .43. peb .44. nathanothay .45. theon .46. ysyston .47. porho .48. Rothon .49. lethellete .50. ysmas .51. adonay .52. Athionadabir .53. Onoytheon .54. Hosga .55. leyndra .56. nosulaceps .57. tutheon .58. Gelemoht .59. paraclitus .60. Occymomyon .61. ecchothas .62. Abracio .63. Anepheneton .64. Abdon .65. melche .66. sother .67. vsiryon .68. baruch .69. sporgongo .70. genonem .71. messyas .72. pantheon .73. zabuather .74. rabarmas .75. yskyros .76. Kyryos .77. Gelon .78. Hel .79. rethel .80. nathi .81. ymeynlethon .82. Karer .83. sabaoth .84. sellaht .85. cirhos .86. Opyron .87. nomygon .88. Oryhel .89. theos .90. ya .91. horha .92. christus .93. hosbeke .94. tosgar .95. occymomos .96. elyorem .97. heloy .98. Archyna .99. Rabur .100 ::::::::

Aglai .1. Monhon .2. Tetragramaton .3. Olydeus .4. Ocleiste .5. Aniphinethon .6. Lamiara .7. Ianemyer .8. Saday .9. Hely .10. Horlon .11. Portenthymon .12. Ihelur .13. GofGamep .14. Emanvel .15. On .16. Admyhel .17. Honzmorp .18. Ioht .19. Hofob .20. Rasamarathon .21. Anethi .22. Erihona .23. Iuestre .24. Saday .25. Maloht .26. Sethee .27. Elscha .28. Abbadia .29. Alpha et omega .30. Leiste .31. Oristyon .32. Ieremon .33. Hosb .34. Merkerpon .35. Elzephares .36. Egyryon .37. Betha .38. Ombonar .39. Stimulamaton .40. Orion .41. Eryon .42. Noymos .43. Peb .44. Nathanothay .45. Theon .46. Ysyston .47. Porho .48. Rothon .49. Lethellete .50. Ysmas .51. Adonay .52. Athionadabir .53. Onoytheon .54. Hosga .55. Leyndra .56. Nosulaceps .57. Tutheon .58. Gelemoht .59. Paraclitus .60. Occymomyon .61. Ecchothas .62. Abracio .63. Anepheneton .64. Abdon .65. Melche .66. Sother .67. Usiryon .68. Baruch .69. Sporgongo .70. Genonem .71. Messias .72. Pantheon .73. Zabuather .74. Rabarmas .75. Iskiros .76. Kyryos .77. Gelon .78. Hel .79. Rethel .80. Nathi .81. Ymeynlethon .82. Karer .83. Sabaoth .84. Sellaht .85. Cirhos .86. Opyron .87. Nomygon .88. Oryhel .89. Theos .90. Ya .91. Horha .92. Christus .93. Hosbeke .94. Tosgar .95. Occymomos .96. Elyorem .97. Heloy .98. Archyna .99. Rabur .100.

And when he hath thus doone, thus lett him begyn his worke lett him take fayre clere water and colde of aspringe wherin he shall washe him selfe sayinge ::::::::: And when he hath thus done, then let him begin his work. Let him take fair clear water and cold of a spring, wherein he shall wash himself saying:

O lorde hooly father allmyghty and everlasting god whose spryte before the creacyon of ye worlde was borne vpon ye waters, which in ye creacyon of ye worlde didest blesse it wt ye other elementes which didest gyve it to thy thyrsty people for there refreshinge, and yt the owtwarde ffylthynes of this worlde shulde by them be washed away, which woldest be baptysed in water of Iordane by Ihon baptyst yt thorow yemisierye of thy most holy body all waters thorow the blessing shulde encrease, and lyke as by it all owtwarde ffylthynes is wasshed away even so by it and by thy holy sprite owre inwarde ffylthines yt is to say ower synns may be wasshed awaye, as ye prophet david testefyeth saying yu shall [62r] sprinkyll me wt ysope and I shall be cleane yu shalte washe me and I shall be whyter then snow, which in reme~berance of this hooly mistery dydest thy hooly apostles ffeete which gauest vnto hus owt of thy percyons syde water to drinke ffor the refectyon of or soule and dyddest wouchsaffe to haue thy syde bytterly percyd wt a spere for us, graunt I besyche the that lyke as by this water my owtwarde partes of this my wretchyd body are washed so by ye vertue of thy holy baptyme which I haue receyued vpon me in thy name vautsaffe yt the dew of thy grace maye descende vpon me wherby my inwarde synns may be washed awaye that my body beinge washed and cc cc as before at this marke :::: petycyon ::



O Lord, holy Father, Almighty and everlasting God, whose spirit before the creation of the world was born upon the waters, who in the creation of the world didst bless it with the other elements which didst give it to thy thirsty people for their refreshing, and that the outward filthiness of this world should by them be washed away, which wouldst be baptised in water of Jordan by John the Baptist, that through the misery of thy most holy body all waters through the blessing should increase, and like as by it all outward filthiness is washed away even so by it and by thy Holy Spirit, our inward filthiness, that is to say our sins, may be washed away, as the prophet David testifieth saying, "thou shall sprinkle me with Hyssope and I shall be clean, thou shalt wash me and I shall be whiter than snow," which in rememberance of this holy mystery didst wash thy holy apostles' feet, which gavest unto us out of thy percyons side water to drink for the refection of our soul, and didst vouchsafe to have thy side bitterly pierced with a spear for us, grant I beseech thee, that like as by this water my outward parts of this my wretched body are washed, so by the virtue of thy holy baptism which I have received upon me in thy name vouchsafe that the dew of thy grace may descend upon me whereby my inward sins may be washed away, that my body being washed and (etc. as before at this mark :::: petition ::::).



and know that noo man yt is trobeled wt worldely thinges canne doo this thinge ffor the soule by means of earthely blyndenes is vtterly sequestrate from all goddely secretes therfore it doeth very hardely vnderstand them but so muche the more as ye fleshe dothe consent to the workes of ye sprite soo muche the soner and easelyer doeth it vnderstande the secret misteryes and therfore they that founde owt these scyences did ye more abyde in secret places because they wolde nott thorow worldely temptacyons be lett from there workes. and yff he that shall worke but for a parte of this scyence must be sequestred ffrom worldely thinges how muche the more owght he to abstayne that shall worke ffor the whole ::::: then lett him put on a heyr nexte to his skyn and blacke clothes, and so goe into the quere and there sytt, then lett him begin the psalter wyth the letany & the proper prayers folowinge, and all other as I said before and when he hathe donne lett him say thyes names folowing :::::: And know that no man that is troubled with worldly things can do this thing, for the soul, by means of earthly blindness is utterly sequestrate from all godly secrets. Therefore it doth very hardly understand them but so much the more as the flesh doth consent to the works of the spirit, so much the sooner and easier doth it understand the secret mysteries. And therefore, they that found out these sciences did the more abide in secret places, because they would not through worldly temptations be let from their works. And if he that shall work but for a part of this science must be sequestered from worldly things, how much the more ought he to abstain that shall work for the whole.



Then let him put on a hair next to his skin, and black cloths, and so go into the quere and there sit, then let him begin the Psalter with the litany and the proper prayers following, and all other as I said before, and when he hath done, let him say these names following:

zabuather . rabarmas . yskyros . kyryos . gelon . hel . tethel . nothi . ymei . alethon . karex . sabaoth . sellal . chiros . opron . nomygon . oryel . theos . ya :::: a prayer :::



Zabuather + Rabarmas + Iskiros + Kyryos + Gelon + Hel + Tethel + Nothi + Ymei + Alethon + Karex + Sabaoth + Sellal + Chiros + Opron + Nomygon + Oryel + Theos + Ya.



A Prayer:

[62v]



O GOD allmyghty stronge in batyll kinge of eternall glorye ye plesauntnes of whose brightenes dothe fyll heaven and earth whome angells and archangells doo feare worship & prayse sayinge . Holy . Holy . Holy . lord god of sabaoth heaven and earth are full of thy glorye . Osanna in the highest which to be lorde over mankynde cammest owt of heauen dowe~ to the earthe . OrHa . which be gabryel in the temple of Ierusalem dydest gyue knowledge to marye ye vergin thy mother of ye beginninge of thy incarnatyon . Christus . which dydest shadow thy selfe in her wombe wt owt spott of corruptyon evin as the sonne entereth into a glasse . Hospsk . which madest the dry rodd to floryshe in the handes of Ioseph . GofGar . which by Ihon baptist dydest sende vnto thy people of Israell testymonye and aforknowledge of thy cumminge by prechinge of those thinges whiche were spoken of the and of thy byrthe by the prophetes and dydest send a lighte vnto men sytting in darknes by ye which they knew thy hooly comminge. Octynnomos . which dydest sende the fyrst starre to the .3. kinges Iaspar melchyor and balthazar wch cam to worship the, and thow dydest receyue there gyftes shewing thy selfe vnto them to be very god and mortall man, and shewest vnto them in there slepe by thy angell the fallshed [falsehood] of herode, which hast crowned gloryously in heaven the holy innocente whiche [63r] suffered for thy name . elyorem . which being presented vnto god in the temple of Ierusalem by the handes of Symeon gauest vnto the same Symeon the effect of knowledge as he dothe wyttenes him selfe sayinge now lord lettyst yu thy seruant depert in peace ffor myn eyes haue seen thy saluacyon, which yu hast prepared befor ye face of all people alight to lyghten the gentylls and the glorye of the people of Israell . theloy . which at the maryagh of a certen ruler dydest turne water in to wyne . Archima . which .32. yeres dyddest preche vnto the people the catholyke ffaythe which didest make peter, Iames, and Ihon, barthemew, and thomas, and other of the apostles perfect in knowledge and grace . Rabuch . which by the space of .40. dayes dydest fast in the desert, and there warte tempted of the deuyll, which dydest remytt and forgyue marye magdelen weping most bytterly at thy fyte wepinge them wt her here and anoyntinge them all here synns, and dydest rayse agayne from dethe lazarus her brother which had lyne deade .4. dayes, and gauest sighte vnto him that was bornne blynde, and dyddest voucsaffe thy body to be sacrafyced to be drawen crelly, to be entretyd and spytefully to be Iudged, and to be blasfemyd, & to be bytterly whipped wt sharpe cordes, to be vexyd wt buffetts & spyttinges, to be crowned wt thorne, to be nayled to ye crosse wt sharpe naylles bothe hand & footte, to derinke vynegar & gall, & thy syde to be openyd wt a spere & to be [63v] layde in thy graue, and to be kepte of souldyers & all for vs myserable synners, which by thy mighty power and wt the sygne of thy holy crosse wt ye which I doo now sygne me wt myn owne handes





O God, almighty, strong in battle, king of eternal glory, the pleasantness of whose brightness doth fill Heaven and Earth, whom angels and archangels do fear, worship, and praise, saying, "Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God of Sabaoth, Heaven and Earth are full of thy glory. Hosannah in the highest," which to be Lord over mankind camest out of Heaven down to the Earth.



OrHa, which be Gabriel in the temple of Jerusalem didst give knowledge to Mary the virgin thy mother of the beginning of thy incarnation.



Christus, which didst shadow thyself in her womb without spot of corruption even as the son entereth into a glasse.



Hospsk, which madst the dry rod to florish in the hands of Joseph.



GofGar, by which John the Baptist didst send unto thy people of Israel testimony and foreknowledge of thy coming by preaching of those things which were spoken of thee and of thy birth by the prophets and didst send a light unto men sitting in darkness by the which they knew thy holy coming.



Octynnomos, which didst send the first star to the three kings, Jaspar, Melchior, and Balthazar, who came to worship thee, and thou didst receive their gifts, showing thyself unto them to be truly God and mortal man, and shewest unto them in their sleep by thy angel the falsehood of Herod, which hast crowned gloriously in Heaven the holy innocent who suffered for thy name.



Elyorem, which being presented unto God in the temple of Jerusalem by the hands of Simeon, gavest unto the same Simeon the effect of knowledge as he doth witness himself, saying, "now Lord lettest thou thy servant depart in peace, for mine eyes have seen thy salvation, which thou hast prepared before the face of all people alight to lighten the Gentile's and the glory of the people of Israel."



Theloy, which at the marriage of a certain ruler didst turn water into wine.



Archima, which thirty-two years didst preach unto the people the Catholic faith, which didst make Peter, James, and John, Bartholomew, and Thomas, and other of the apostles perfect in knowledge and grace.



Rabuch, which by the space of forty days didst fast in the desert, and there were tempted of the devil, who didst remit and forgive Mary Magdaline weeping most bitterly at thy feet wiping them with her hair and annointing them all her sins, and didst raise again from death Lazarus her brother who had lain dead four days, and gavest sight unto him that was born blind, and didst vouchsafe thy body to be sacrificed to be drawn cruelly, to be entreated and spitefully to be judged, and to be blasphemed, and to be bitterly wipped with sharp cords, to be vexed with buffets and spittings, to be crowned with thorns, to be nailed to the cross with sharp nails both hand and foot, to drink vinegar and gall, and thy side to be opened with a spear and to be laid in thy grave, and to be kept of soldiers and all for us miserable sinners, which by thy mighty power and with the sign of thy holy cross with the which I do now sign me with mine own hands.



In the name off the father + and of ye sonne + and of ye holy gost + brakest ye brasen gaates and delyuerydst thy fryndes owt of ye darke places of hell, also o lorde by ye fayth which I confesse and know and haue in theis holy misteryes evy~ so delyuer my soule from ye darknes of my bodye yt in this corruptyble body I maye visibly see the wt ye .9. orders of angells yt whyle I lyue my soule may looke vpon ye prayse ye and gloryfy ye, thow therfore lorde which the thrid [sic] daye didest ryse agen from ye deade and didest revele thy resurrectyon on to mary magdalen and to mary Iames and to mary solome, and to thy disciples, & didest shew thy wondes to saynt thomas, and after .3. dayes yu didest ascende into heaven frõ whence yu dydest send ye holy gost to thy discyples thow also lord which didest shew to paule thy apostle and to Ihon ye euangelist thy secretes & didest open ye heavens to stephen when he [64r] was stonyd as he sayeth he did see thy maiesty wt his corporall & bodely eeyes saying beholde I see ye heavens open & ye sonne of man standinge at ye righte hande of ye power of god which didest graunt to thy mertyres to suffer tormentes pacyentely which shall comme to Iudge ye quicke & ye deade & ye worlde wt fyer, looke vpon me & here my prayers yt thorow thy grace & power of thy holy names yu woldest voutsaffe to delyuer my soule ffrom ye darkenes of my body and from ye filthynes of my synn ffor in ye doo I ende my lyffe o my god + stoexhor + abalay + scyystalgaona + fullarite + kesphiomoma + remiare + baceda + canona + onlepot + which saydest on the crosse It Is fynished */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



In the name of the Father + and of the Son + and of the Holy Ghost + breakest the brazen gates and deliveredst thy friends out of the dark places of hell, also O Lord, by the faith which I confess and know and have in these holy mysteries, even so deliver my soul from the darkness of my body, that in this corruptible body I may visibly see thee with the nine orders of angels that while I live my soul may look upon thee, praise thee, and glorify thee, thou therefore Lord, who on the third day didst rise again from the dead and didst reveal thy resurrection unto Mary Magdalen and to Mary James and to Mary Solome, and to thy disciples, and didst show thy wounds to saint Thomas, and after three days thou didst ascend into Heaven from whence thou didst send the Holy Ghost to thy disciples, thou also Lord who didst show to Paul thy apostle and to John the Evangelist thy secrets and didst open the Heavens to Stephen when he was stoned, as he sayeth he did see thy majesty with his corporal and bodily eyes, saying, "behold I see the heavens open and the Son of Man standing at the right hand of the power of God," who didst grant to thy martyrs to suffer torments patiently, who shall come to judge the quick and the dead, and the world with fire, look upon me and hear my prayers that through thy grace and power of thy holy names thou wouldst vouchsafe to deliver my soul from the darkeness of my body and from the filthiness of my sin, for in thee do I end my life, O my God + Stoexhor + Abalay + Scyystalgaona + Fullarite + Kesphiomoma + Remiare + Baceda + Canona + Onlepot + who saidst on the cross "It is finished."



Then lett him slepe & after yt speke no more and so he shall see ye celestyall palyce & ye maiesty of god in his glorye & ye .9. orders of angells, & ye companyes of all blyssed sprites, butt some man will saye be cause god dothe saye man shall nott see me & lyue, it foloweth then yt he yt seeth god must nydes dye bodely, the~ he shall no more ryse tyll ye daye of Iudgeme~t, ffor no man dyeth bodely twyse, but it is false yt a man shulde dye bodely because he seeth ye deyte, for [64v] the sprite Is carred into heaven, and the body Is fedde in ye earth wt angells foode or meate, ffor we reade of many whych haue bene ravyshed in sprite to whome many celestyall secretes hathe ben reuelyd, for at the tyme of the passyon of or lorde Iesus christ many bodyes dyd ryse as we reade */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* Then let him sleep, and after that speak no more, and so he shall see the celestial palace and the majesty of God in his glory, and the nine orders of angels, and the companies of all blessed spirits. But some man will say, because God doth say "man shall not see Me and live," it followeth then that he that seeth God must nides die bodily, then he shall no more rise till the Day of Judgement, for no man dieth bodily twice, but it is false that a man should die bodily, because he seeth the Diety, for the spirit is carried into Heaven, and the body is fed in the Earth with angel's food or meat. For we read of many who have been ravished in spirit to whom many celestial secrets hath been revealed, for at the time of the passion of our Lord Jesus Christ many bodies did rise, as we read.

he yt shall worke mvst be willinge in his worke & vtterli clensed ffrom all fylthynes ffor ye more he suffereth ye more he shall obtayne for yf or superyour yt Is it saye christ wolde suffer for his subiected & inferyours bo cause [sic] he wolde glorefy them in his sighte, muche more owght ye infer your suffer for him selffe yt he may please his lorde, ffor ye sighte of ye deyte will nott be hadd wt owt perfett purenes for he will nott constrayned but prayed vnto and entreatyd & yet it wil be very harde to obtayn it, for ye lorde hathe geuen ye earth to men, & ye knowledge of his law as dauyd testefyeth sayinge ye heaven of heavens is ye lordes, but ye earthe hathehe gyven to ye sonnes of men, & in another place take hide my people vnto my law & because faythe dothe nott merytt where man is able to proue it by naturall reason therfor it is ye hardest thinge for a man to see ye deyte or deuye~ maiestye because it is a thinge supernaturall */*/*/* He that shall work must be willing in his work and utterly cleansed from all filthiness, for the more he suffereth the more he shall obtain, for if our superior, that is to say Christ, would suffer for his subjected and inferiors because he would glorify them in his sight, much more ought the inferior suffer for himself, that he may please his Lord. For the sight of the Diety will not be had without perfect pureness, for he will not be constrained, but prayed unto and entreated. And yet it will be very hard to obtain it, for the Lord hath given the Earth to men, and the knowledge of His Law, as David testifieth, saying, "the Heaven of Heavens is the Lord's, but the Earth hath he given to the sons of men," and in another place, "take heed my people unto my law." And because faith doth not merit where man is able to prove it by natural reason therefore it is the hardest thing for a man to see the Diety or Divine Majesty, because it is a thing supernatural.



In thys worke lett never man reme~ber deathe. for thorow ye vertues of prayer & ye power of god in whome he hathe his hoole trust his body is made as [65r] It were a spirytuall bodye & he shall be fedd wt spirytuall meate evyn as ye younge crowes or younge ravens whome god of his mercye dothe noryshe as dauyd testfyeth saying he dothe gyue ye oxe meat & ye you~ge ravens or crowes yt call vpon him but lett him yt shall worke beware yt he be in noo deadly synn for yf he be he shall be mad ever after, & this is ye cause for his vnderstandinge, which commeth from ye soule the which dothe desyer to see god in whom it delytethe, & dothe nott see him thorow ye Impedyment of synn do the never after remember any other thinge, & therfore as conserui~ge his bodye he is an vnresonable creature, & soo lykewyse we see many which be abstract because they cane nott obtayne ye thinge yt they wolde haue. god therfore of his Infynyte goodenes graunte vs grace to cum to ye sighte of his deyte which lyueth in ye trynite of personnes and in the vnyte of substance worlde wt owt ende. Amen. */*/*



In this work let never man remember death. For through the virtues of prayer and the power of God in whom he hath his whole trust, his body is made as it were a spiritual body, and he shall be fed with spiritual meat, even as the young crows or young ravens whom God of his mercy doth nourish, as David testifieth, saying, "He doth give the ox meat and the young ravens or crows that call upon him." But let him who shall work beware that he be in no deadly sin, for if he be he shall be mad ever after, and this is the cause, for his understanding, which cometh from the soul, the which doth desire to see God in whom it delighteth, and doth not see him through the impediment of sin do the never after remember any other thing. And therefore as conserving his body he is an unreasonable creature, and so likewise we see many which be abstract because they cannot obtain the thing that they would have. God therefore of His Infinite Goodness grant us grace to come to the sight of his Diety, who liveth in the Trinity of Persons and in the Unity of substance, world without end. Amen.



Off the chapters of the fyrst booke */*/*/*/*/*/*

[CII] Of the chapters of the first book

Now yt ye be tawght to cum to ye sighte of ye deyte & of ye knowledge of ye deuyne power of wasshinge awaye of yor synns & of establyshinge of yor selfe yt ye fall nott in to moertall synne, & of ye redemptyon of .3. sowles owt of purgatorye, now will we Intreate of purgatorye, but yf any man will worke for any of these .4. doo as is before [65v] sayde for ye vysyon of ye deyte but yow must change yor petycyon from ye sight of the deyte, in to ye petycyon of ye knowledge of the dauyne power or in to the petycyon of remyssyon of synns, or in to ye stablysshingeof grace, or for ye redemptyon of .3. soules owt of purgatorye & so wt owt dowt yu shalte ye more easlyer obtaye~ it. And note yf yu wilte worke for all thes thinges aforesayd then thow must saye everye daye the afforsayd .8. termes wt these .10. prayers . 23 . 24 . 25 . 26 . 27 . 28 . 29 . 30 . 31 . 32 . for these yu shalte regarde neyther the moone nor ye hower, but shalte specyally saye them in ye morninge & abowt .3. of ye cloke & abowt ye myd daye ffor thes prayery [sic] doo bringe agayne to righte whatsoever a man thorow his ffraylte hathe wrought amysse & ye more & oftener they be sayde soo muche ye more is ye fawt ame~did & saued frõ erringe.



Now that ye be taught to come to the sight of the Diety, and of the knowledge of the Divine Power, of washing away of your sins, and of establishing of yourself that ye fall not into mortal sin, and of the redemption of three souls out of purgatory, now will we treat of purgatory. But if any man will work for any of these four, do as is before said for the vision of the Diety, but you must change your petition from "the sight of the Diety," into the petition of "the knowledge of the Divine Power," or into the petition of "remission of sins," or into "the establishing of grace," or "for the redemption of three souls out of purgatory." And so without doubt thou shalt the more easier obtain it. And note, if thou wilt work for all these things aforesaid, then thou must say every day the aforesaid Eight Termes with these ten prayers: 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, and 32. For these thou shalt regard neither the Moon nor the hour, but shalt especially say them in the morning and about three of the clock, and about midday, for these prayers do bring again to right whatsoever a man through his frailty hath wrought amiss, and the more and oftener they be said so much the more is the fault amended, and saved from erring.



here begineth the .2. treatyse of the seconde booke.



[CIII] Here beginneth the Second Treatise of the Second Book.

Now that we haue ffynyshed the fyrst treatyse of thys booke here foloweth now the second which lyke as the fyrst had .6. chapters of ye which we haue by ye grace of god entreatyd soo hathe this booke .27. as here folowyth, the fyrst of ye knowledge of ye heavens, of ye knowledge of the angells of every heaven, of ye knowledge of every angell his will and power, of the knowledge of the seales of euery angell of ye knowledge of ye superyor of [66r] euery angell, of ye knowledge of ye offyce of every angell, of ye Inuocatyon and companye of everye angell how to obtayne yer will by every angell, how to obtayne all scyences, how to know ye hower of deathe, to know all thinges prsent past & to com~e, to know ye planetts & sterres and there influences, to alter & change ye influence of ye planetts, to change ye daye into nighte & ye nighte in to daye. to know ye sprytes of ye fyer & there names & there superyors there seales and there power & vertu, to know spritttes & bestes of ye ayer, to know ye name & names & powers of there superyors, to know there seales & there vertyues, to know ye cõinnctyons & alteratyon of ye elementes & of ye bodyes made of them, to know all herbes & treys & all bestes vpon the earthe & there vertuer, to know ye natuere of man and all ye deedes of men yt be secret or hydd, to know ye sprites of ye water and of the bestes, and there vertues, there superyours, to know the earthely and infernall sprittes, to see pourgatorye and hell and to know there soules there beinge to haue this booke consecrated */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Now that we have finished the First Treatise of this book, here followeth now the second, which like as the first had six chapters, of the which we have by the grace of God treated. So hath this book twenty-seven, as here followeth:



1. the first, of the knowledge of the heavens,

2. of the knowledge of the angels of every heaven,

3. of the knowledge of every angel his will and power,

4. of the knowledge of the seals of every angel,

5. of the knowledge of the superior of every angel,

6. of the knowledge of the office of every angel,

7. of the invocation and company of every angel,

8. how to obtain your will by every angel,

9. how to obtain all sciences,

10. how to know the hour of death,

11. to know all things present, past, and to come,

12. to know the planets and stars

13. and their influences,

14. to alter and change the influence of the planets,

15. to change the day into night and the night into day,

16. [to know the spirits of the air,]

17. to know the spirits of the fire and their names and their superiors, their seals, and their power and virtue,

18. to know spirits and beasts of the air,

19. to know their name, and the names and powers of their superiors,

20. to know their seals and their virtues,

21. to know the conjunctions and alteration of the elements and of the bodies made of them,

22. to know all herbs and treys, and all beasts upon the Earth and their virtues,

23. to know the nature of man and all the deeds of men that be secret or hid,

24. to know the spirits of the water and of the beasts, and their virtues, their superiors,

25. to know the earthly and infernal spirits,

26. to see Purgatory and Hell and to know their souls there being

27. to have this book consecrated.







here ffoloweth the treatyse off the nature and offyce of the seconde angelles



[CIV] Here followeth the Treatise of the Nature and Office of the Second Angels.

Now that we haue doone wyth the vysyon of the dayte, and of the .9. orders of angelles [66v] now lett vs begin to treate of ye seconde angells whose nature is sache that thei doo princypally serue god & after that man whome they doo naturally loue and they doo reygne in the sphyers of the sterres, & they doo take vpon them a fyrye bodye when thei be sent, by the commandement of god to man in this worlde that be clensyd and puryffyed to company wt them, and to comforte them, and of them there Is .7. sorttes whose natures ought to be knowen for euery on of them hathe his proper offyce appoynted him all thowght they may at sume tyme take su~e other office Now that we have done with the vision of the Deity, and of the nine orders of angels, now let us begin to treat of the second angels, whose nature is such that they do principally serve God, and after that, man whom they do naturally love. And they do reign in the spheres of the stars, and they do take upon them a firey body when they be sent by the commandment of God to man in this world that be cleansed and purified to company with them, and to comfort them. And of them there are seven sorts whose natures ought to be known, for every one of them hath his proper office appointed him although they may at some time take some other office.

off the sprites that be vnder the planet saturne.



And of these sum~e be called satrnynes which be these



[CV] Of the spirits that be under the planet Saturn.



And of these some be called Saturnines, which be these:

Bohel Casziel michathon datquiel





Bohel Casziel Michathon Datquiel



the sealle of the angells of satvrne Is thys */*/*/*/*/*/*

The seal of the angels of Saturn is this:

:



[S2 omits "the seal ..." and the seals.] and there nature is to cawse sadenes, angre, & hatred, & to [67r] make snow and yse, there bodyes are longe and gentyle paale or yelow and there regyon Is the northe */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*

:



And their nature is to cause sadness, anger, and hatred, and to make snow and ice. Their bodies are long and gentle, pale or yellow, and their region is the North.

Off the sprytes that be vnder the planet Iupyter.

other there be which be Iouialles or vnder Iupiter whych are these */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*

[CVI] Of the spirits that be under the planet Jupiter.



Other there be which be Jovials, or under Jupiter, which are these:

Satquiel Raphael Pahamcocyhel Asassayel





Satquiel Raphael Pahamcocyhel Asassayel



the sealle of the angells of Iupyter Is thys */*/*/*/*/* The seal of the angels of Jupiter is this:

: and there nature Is to gyue loue Ioye, gladenes and fauor of all persons to him that worketh, to bringe forthe dewys fflowers, herbes and leavys, or to take them awaye, and there reqyon or abydinge Is betwyx the east and the sowth, and there bodyes are of a meane stature, ye colour of them Is lyke to the coloure of heaven or lyke vnto crystall */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* : And their nature is to give love, joy, gladness, and favor of all persons to him that worketh, to bring forth dews, flowers, herbs and leaves, or to take them away, and their region or abiding is betwixt the East and the South, and their bodies are of a mean stature. The color of them is like to the color of heaven, or like unto crystal.



Off the sprytes that be vnder the planet mars */*/*/*

Othere there be whych are called martyans whych be these */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*

[CVII] Of the spirits that be under the planet Mars



Others there be which are called Martians, which be these:

[67v]



Samahel Satyhel ylurahyhel Amabyhel





Samahel Satyhel Ylurahyhel Amabyhel



the sealle of the angells of mars Is thys */*/*/*/* The seal of the angels of Mars is this:

: and there nature Is to cause & styre vp warre murder distructyon and mortalyte of people and of all earthly thinges, & there bodyes are of a meane statuer dry & leane there colouer Is redd lyke to burni~g colles burni~g redd, and there regyon or abydinge Is the sowthe */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* : and their nature is to cause and stir up war, murder, destruction, and mortality of people and of all earthly things, and their bodies are of a mean stature, dry and lean. Their color is red like to burning coals burning red, and their region or abiding is the South.



Other there are vnder the sonne which are these */*/*/*

Raphael Cashael dardyhel hanrathaphael





[CVIII] Other there are under the Sun, which are these:

Raphael Cashael Dardyhel Hanrathaphael



[68r]



the sealle of the angells of the sonne Is thys */*/*/*/*/*



: there naturee Is to gyue loue and fauor and rycches to a man & power also to kepe hym hayle and to gyue deweys, herbes, flowers and frutes in a moment, there bodyes are greate and large ffull of all gentylnes there colouers Is bryghte like glasse, or as the soune or golde, and there regyon Is the east.

The seal of the angels of the Sun is this:



: their nature is to give love and favor and riches to a man, and power, also to keep him hail and to give dews, herbs, flowers, and fruits in a moment. Their bodies are great and large, full of all gentleness. Their colors are bright like glass, or as the Sun or gold, and their region is the East.



Off the sprytes that be vnder planet of venus */*/*/*/*/*



There be othere whych are called venereans whych be these */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Hanahel Raquyel Salguyel





the sealle of the angells of venus Is thys */*/*/*/*



: there nature Is to prouoke lawhiges entycementes and desyers to loue wome~ and to giue fflower, & frutes, there bodyes are of a meane stature in all poyntes, for they be nether lytle nor greate neyther fatt nor leane. ther cou~tenaa~ce Is pleasant, whyte lyke snow there regyon is [68v] betwyxte the southe and the west */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[CIX] Of the spirits that be under planet of Venus



There be others which are called Venereans, which be these:



Hanahel Raquyel Salguyel





The seal of the angels of Venus is this:



: Their nature is to provoke laughing, enticements, and desires, to love women, and to give flowers and fruits. Their bodies are of a mean stature in all points, for they be neither little nor great, neither fat nor lean. Their countenance is pleasant, white like snow. Their region is betwixt the South and the West.



off the sprytes that be vnder the planet of mercurye */*/*

Other there be wch be called mercuryans which be these -

michael mihel Saryyel





The sealle of the angells of mercurye Is thys */*/*/*



: there nature is to subdew them selffes and othere good sprytes to othere, they gyue answere of things present past and to comme, they teche the secret deeds whych are to be donne or what shall chance in thys worlde, they revele the secretes of all othere sprytes, they can also yf they be commaunded doo the same thinges that othere cane doo there forme or fassion Is movable clere lyke glasse or the flame of whyte fyer, and they to gether wyth the [Luna] doo revele and tell cowncells and secretes of all other, there regyon Is be twyxte the west and the northe */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[CX] Of the spirits that be under the planet of Mercury



Other there be which be called Mercurians, which be these:

Michael Mihel Saryyel





The seal of the angels of Mercury is this:



: Their nature is to subdue themselves and other good spirits to others. They give answers of things present, past, and to come. They teach the secret deeds which are to be done or what shall chance in this world. They reveal the secrets of all other spirits. They can also if they be commanded do the same things that others can do. Their form or fashion is movable, clear like glass, or the flame of white fire, and they together with the Moon do reveal and tell councils and secrets of all others. Their region is betwixt the West and the North.



[69r]



off the sprytes that be vnder the planet of the moone.



There be other sprytes of the moone which be thyes */*



Gabriel michael Samyhel Acithael





the sealle of the angells of the moone Is thys */*/*/*/*



: and there nature Is to change thoughtes and wills to prepare Iorneys to tell wordes that be spoken to cavse rayns, there bodes are longe and greate, there cowntenances Is whystyshe dym lyke cristall or lyke yse or a darke clowde and there regyon Is the west */*/*/*/*/*/*





[CXI] Of the spirits that be under the planet of the Moon.



There be other spirits of the Moon, which be these:



Gabriel michael Samyhel Acithael





The seal of the angels of the Moon is this:



: and their nature is to change thoughts and wills, to prepare journeys, to tell words that be spoken, and to cause rains. Theire bodies are long and great; their countenances are whitish dim like crystal, or like ice, or a dark cloud, and their region is the West.



Here ffolowith the makinge of the cyrcle */*/*/*/*



[CXII] Here followeth the making of the circle.

Now that yow haue dwe knowledge of there nature power, regyon, and forme when yu wilte call them yu shallt doo thus, take harde stonnes, and playne in the which there Is neyther hoole nor ryft or ells, tyles specyally made for that purpose, and lett him that shall make them be [69v] cleane from all pollucyons, and lett him haue lyme & sande of the seae banke mengled to gether wherwt he shall Ioyne the stonnes, then of them he shall make a place wherin the cercle shall be drawen, and this place shall thus be fashyoned ffyrst lett the cercle be equall wt the earth having in lengthe and brede .14. focte wt in ye which make a croked cercle lyke halfe a cercle higher the~ the other, in length and breade contayning .7. foote, & in heyght .3. ffoote and an halffe, yet be cawse of poverty this place may be made of clene earthe thinke or cley yf it be well purged so that there be no ryft or breke in It, and when the place for the cercle Is fynished then he that shall worke as I sayde be fore muste be clensyd or purged as Is declared in the first clensinge but yor petycyon must be alteryd or changed, for the prist whyle he dothe consecrate the bodye of christ must saye thys prayer ffolowinge */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* Now that you have due knowledge of their nature, power, region, and form, when thou wilt call them thou shalt do thus:



Take hard stones, and plain, in the which there is neither hole nor rift, or else tiles specially made for that purpose, and let him that shall make them be clean from all pollutions, and let him have lime and sand of the sea bank mingled together wherewith he shall join the stones. Then of them he shall make a place wherein the circle shall be drawn, and this place shall thus be fashioned:



First let the circle be equal with the earth, having in length and breadth fourteen feet, within the which make a crooked circle like half a circle, higher than the other in length and breadth, containing seven feet, and in height three feet and an half.



Yet because of poverty this place may be made of clean earth think or clay if it be well purged, so that there be no rift or break in it. And when the place for the circle is finished, then he that shall work as I said before must be cleansed or purged as is declared in the first cleansing, but your petition must be altered or changed. For the priest while he doth consecrate the body of Christ must say this prayer following:

O thow lorde Iusu christ god and man which diddest votsaffe by thyne owne selffe to visytt thy faythfull people to there health I humbly besiche the, pray the, and desyer the, euyn thyn owne sellffe whom I doo now holde in my handes for thy servant .N. that thorow the gyfte and permyssyon of thy grace all those angells whome he shall call to haue there cowncell it [70r] wolde please the to sende them and constrayn them that by the meanys of the he may mercyfully company wt them



O thou Lord Jesus Christ, God and man, who didst vouchsafe by thine own self to visit thy faithful people to their health, I humbly beseech thee, pray thee, and desire thee, even thine own self whom I do now hold in my hands, for thy servant .N., that through the gift and permission of thy grace, all those angels whom he shall call to have their council it would please thee to send them and constrain them, that by the means of thee he may mercifully company with them.



::: the ffyrst daye ::: who as I sayd before after yt he hathe receyued the bodye of christ shall departe owt of ye churche saying contynually the .17. prayer. vntill he cõe to the place of the cercle. the consecrating of the cercle, then lett him blysse ye cercle saying .15. prayer and that daye he shall doo no more. the seconde daye he shall goe to ye churche, and after complayne he shall go the cercle saying agen the .17. prayer, and lett him haue a payre of sensors wt cooles in them whervpon he shall cast perles, and wt them he shall perfume the place owt of the which he will call, and the .4. partes of the worlde heaven and earth thryse, sayinge the first and seconde prayer, this doone thryse goinge abowt the cercle and perfumi~g it begining at that place owt of ye which yu wilte call and there endinge agayne yu shalte name ye angells for ye which yu willte worke wt ye angells of ye daye & hower moneth, tyme and the face in the which yu wilte worke saying . michael . miel . saripel . and cc cc . peace dothe over come~, agyft subdueth, pacyence getteth the victorye, humylite dothe noryshe concord, I therfore .N. yu sonne of .N. and .N. humbling my selfe vnto yow gyue me peace vnto yow thus doinge, I gyue my gyfte vnto yow yt yow beinge pacyffyed and pacye~t may ge~tely graunt ye petycyons which by godes meanes & sufferance I shall aske of yow.

[CXIII] The First Day:



Who, as I said before, after he hath received the body of Christ, shall depart out of the church, saying continually the Seventeenth Prayer, until he come to the place of the circle.

The Consecrating of the Circle



Then let him bless the circle, saying the Fifteenth Prayer, and that day he shall do no more.

[CXIV] The Second Day.



He shall go to the church and after complain he shall go the circle saying again the Seventeenth Prayer, and let him have a pair of censors with coals in them whereupon he shall cast pearls, and with them he shall perfume the place out of the which he will call, and the four parts of the world, heaven, and earth thrice, saying the First and Seconde Prayer.



This done thrice, going about the circle and perfuming it, beginning at that place out of the which thou wilt call and there ending again, thou shalt name the angels for the which thou wilt work with the angels of the day and hour, month, time, and the face in the which thou wilt work saying



Michael + Miel + Saripel + (and etc.) peace doth overcome, a gift subdueth, patience getteth the victory, humility doth nourish concord, I therefore .N. the son of .N. and .N. humbling myself unto you, give me peace unto you thus doing, I give my gift unto you that you being pacified and patient may gently grant the petitions which by God's means and sufferance I shall ask of you.



[70v]



thys done draw .2. cercles wherof the on shall be a footte fron [sic] the othere and It must be donne wt a new knyffe, and wrytte in the compas the names of the angells of the hower, of the daye, of the moneth, of the tyme and of the face saying .come all ye angells .N. peceably vnto the seate of samaym which the lorde commaundyd the trybes of Israel to ye encrease of his honor, wherfore I doo Invocate and call yow oo ye .N. as zebedie commaundid his subiectes to obey, therfore come. the .7. daye. the .3. daye being bathed having vpon yow a cleane shyrte or lynnen havinge also whyte apparrell, and being clene shaven ffrom ye heares of your bodye havinge your face toward the part owt of the which yow will call standing vpright wt owt ye cercle yow shall thus begyn */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



This done, draw two circles whereof the one shall be a foot from the other, and it must be done with a new knife. And write in the compass the names of the angels of the hour, of the day, of the month, of the time, and of the face, saying:



Come all ye angels .N. peaceably unto the seat of Samaym which the Lord commanded the tribes of Israel to the increase of his honor, wherefore I do invocate and call you, O ye .N., as Zebedie commanded his subjects to obey. Therefore come.



[CXV] The third day.



Being bathed, and having upon you a clean shirt or linen, having also white apparel, and being clean shaven from the hairs of your body, having your face toward the part out of the which you will call, standing upright without the circle, you shall thus begin:



The preparatyon to the Invocatyon */*/*/*/*



Haue the seale of god in thy right hande cleane made and consecrated & then perfume thy cercle doyng & saying as I tolde ye before, & the~ perfume ye seale & also thy selffe & then knele downe and saye the .31. prayer, wt ye prayer of Salomon the .49. Rothon maker of heaven and earthe and cc cc: thow shalte add in the ende of euery prayer yt I may sryndely be accompanyed wt thy hooly angells which thorow ye sufferance of thy most blessyd will may fullfyll all my iust desyres & requestes.





The Preparation to the Invocation



Have the Seal of God in thy right hand, clean made and consecrated, and then perfume thy circle, doing and saying as I told thee before, and then perfume the seal and also thyself, and then kneel down and say the Thirty-first Prayer, with the prayer of Solomon the Forty-ninth, "Rothon, Maker of Heaven and Earth, and etc." Thou shalt add in the end of every prayer, "... that I may sryndely be accompanied with thy holy angels which through the sufferance of thy most blessed Will may fulfill all my just desires and requests."











[Royal manuscript omits the rest of Liber Juratus, which includes more instructions on the invocation of angels, details on the spirits of the air, of the 4 cardinal directions, and the earth. Instead it appends the following material evidently derived from de Abano's Heptameron and Agrippa's de occulta philosophia. Curiously however, Agrippa (book III chap. 29) in turn quotes from "Peter Apponus [Petrus d'Abano] ... as delivered by Honorius of Thebes."]

[71r]



heare foloweth an other worke for the angels of the .7. heavens,

and of the .4. tymes or seasons of the yeare accordinge to the nature and dysposissione of the .7. planettes and celestiall bodies, and fyrst heare begeneth the names of the .4. seasons of the yeare and the angels that haue rewle and goverment in the sayde tymes, wt the names of the principall head or rewler of every signe, and the names of ye principall head or rewler of the yearth, wt the names of ye .2. lyghtes that Is the Sonne and the mone, which haue workinge in there qualytes, in the .4. quarters or seasonnes of the yeare accordinge to the providence will and pleasuer of the allmighty god of his Incomperhensibilite created and made */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* [Compare with de Abano's Heptameron.]

The names of the springe tyme Is called + talui +

The name of somer Is called + casmaram +

The name of harvest Is called + ardarael +

The name of winter Is called + farlae +



Thes angels do rewle and governe in the springe tyme.

Caracasa Core Amatiel Commissoros





[71v]



+ spugliguel + + amaday +

The principall headd or rewler of the signes of the springe tyme, Is called. The name of the power of the yearth In the springe tyme Is called



+ [SOL] + abraym + [luna] + agusita +

The names of the .2. lyghtes that is called ye Sonne and the mone which rewle in the springe tyme are called



Thes angells do rewle and governe in the somer tyme.

+ gargatel + + fariel + + gaviel +





[72r]



+ Tubiel + + festatui +

The principall head or rewler of the signes In sommer sesonne Is called. The name of the power of the yearth in the sommer sesonne Is calledd



+ [SOL] + athemay + [luna] + armatas +

The names of the .2. lyghtes that Is called the sonne and the mone whych rewle And Governe In the Sommer Sesonne, Are called



Thes angells do rewle and governe in ye harvest tyme.

+ tarquam + + gualbarel +





[72v]



+ tolquaret + + rabianira +

The principall headd or rewler of the signes of the haruiste tyme Is called. The name of the power of the yearth in the harviste tyme Is called.



+ [SOL] + abragini + [luna] + matasignais +

The names of the .2. lyghtes that Is called the sonne and the mone whych rewle and Governe In the harviste Seasonne are called.



Thes angells do rewle and governe in the winter season.

+ amabael + + ctarari +





[73r]



+ Altarib + + gerenia +

The principall head or rewler of the signes in the winter seasonne Is called. The name of the power of the yearth in the winter seasonne Is called.



+ [SOL] + commvtaf + [luna] + affaterim +

The names of the .2. lyghtes that Is called the sonne and the mone whych rewle and Governe In the winter sesonne Are called.

Thes be the angells of the .12. signes. */*/*/*/*/*/*

[Compare Agrippa III, ch 24.]

+ [aries] + malchidael + + [taurus] + asmodel + + [gemini] + ambriel + + [cancer] + muriel +





[73v]



+ [leo] + verchiel + + [virgo] + hamaliel + + [libra] + zuriel + + [scorpio] + barchiel + [Agrippa: Barbiel]





+ [sagittarius] + aduachiel + + [capricorn] + hanael + + [aquarius] + gamviel + [Agrippa: Cambiel] + [pisces] + barchiel +





Thes be the angells of the .28. mancions of ye mone

+ geniel + enediel + amixiel + azariel +





[74r]



+ cabiel [Agrippa: Gabiel] + dirachiel + scheliel + amnediel +





+ barbiel + ardesiel + neciel + abdizuel +





+ Iazeriel + ergediel + ataliel + azeruel +





[74v]



+ adriel + egibiel + amutiel + kiriel + [Agrippa: Kyriel]





+ bethnael + geliel + requiel + abrimael + [Agrippa: Abrinael]





+ aziel + sagriel [Agrippa: Tagriel] + alheniel + amnixiel +





[75r]

Thes be the angells of the .4. wynes and princies.

[Compare Agrippa III, ch 24.]

of the east Is. of the weast Is. of the northe Is. of ye sowthe Is.

+ michael + Raphael + Gabriel + nariel + or vriel+/





Thes be the angells of the .4. elementes OE dominators.

of the aier Is. of the wather Is. of the yearth Is. of ye fyear Is.

+ cherub + tharsis + ariel + seruph + or nathaniel +



[72 angels from Schemhamphoras]

[The following two paragraphs appear to have been quoted verbatim from the 1533 edition of Agrippa III, ch 25.]

Et hi sunt quipræsident septuaginta duobus quinariis coelestibus, totidemqe nationibus et linguis, et humani corporis artubus, cooperanturqe septuaginta duobus synagogæ senioribus, totidemqe christi discipulis. et nomina eorum secundum extractionem quam faciunt cabalistæ patent in hac [75v-78v] sequenti tabella, secundum vnum modum quem diximus.



Sunt autem et alii plures modi ex eisde~ versiculis fabrica~di Schemhamphoras, vt cum omnes tres recto ordine sibi subalternatim a dextram sinistram scribuntur, præter illos qui per tabulas Ziruph, et tabulas commutationum extrahuntur, de quibus in superioribus mentionem fecimus et quoniam hæ tabulæ omnibus tum diuinis, tum angelicis nominibus inseruiunt, ideo illas etiam huic capiti subiungemus.

vehuiah leuuiah Aniel Mebahiah

Ieliel pahaliah haamiab [A: Chaamiah] Poiel

Sitael nelchael [A: Nelkael] Rehael Nemamiah

elemiah Ieiael Ieiazel [A:Ihiazel] Ieialel

mahasiah melahel hahahel harahel [A: Harachel]

lelahel hahuiah [A: Chahuiah] michael [A: Mikael] Mizrael

achaiah [Agrippa: Akaiah] nuthaiah [A: Nithhaiah] veualiah vmahel [A: Umabel]

cahethel haaiah ielahiah Iahhel

Haziel Ierathel Sealiah Annauel

Aladiah Seehiah Ariel mehekiel [A: Mecheiel]

lamah [A: Lauiah] Reiiah [A: Reiiel] Asaliah damahiah [A: Damabiah]

Hahaiah Omael michael [A: Mihael] meniel [A: Menkiel]

Iezalel [A: Ieiazel] Lecabel Vehuel Eiael

Mebahel Vasariah Daniel habuiah [A: Chabuiah]

Hariel Iehuiah [A: Iechuiah] hahasiah [A: Hachasiah] Roehel [A: Raehel]

Hakamiah lehahiah [A: Lehachiah] Imamiah iabamiah [A: Iibamiah]

Leviah chanakiah [A: Kavakiah] Nanael Haiaiel

Caliel manadel [A: Monadel] Nithael mamiah [A: Mumiah]



[79r]



The angels of the .7. planetts after the opinione of zevell */*/*/*/*



[Saturn] sachir + onath + anasen + prothophares + gaym + fimtilis +

[Jupiter] Nastegeon + sexagip + tors + tentercenta + selops + versiel + astronday +

[Mars] Belligeron + robrinez + thophares + scetaburous + zelidron + pristorides + pirirm + phitach +

[Sol] Alfareon + luetundium + ferlucifin + moderiel + pasntes + strinabelion +

[Venus] Penel + apripos + filiach + disdros + nechir + pbab + neptaliam +

[Mercury] Calamichan + pergamidam + tichiz + aprops + cirael + gariliam + gemesnay +

[Luna] ydroel + nar + escor + phin + bethan + gesrus + philosen + onfilmetoii +



The names of the angels of the .xii. signes

[Aries] Utiridan + berithz + manstitan + ysmarelion +

[Taurus] Geofriel + dridmoyl + frenil + dirigalii +

[Gemini] Sinchateriel + anabrochz + gefrel + beliabii +

[Cancer] Tetrarchin + froseithz + endiran + cefafin +

[Leo] Berferiel + andri + facifon + vridithian +

[Virgo] Monosriel + scamburion + liricom + an +

[Libra] Ilfiey + drabundin + prothabeon + sephyron +

[Scorpio] Gefusieon + grisolis + ophicen + albuth +

[Sagittarius] Tebondriel + zedrociel + rufibian + exdromal +

[Capricorn] Tiragisneil + sandamruch + gelisedon + nili +

[Aquarius] sterlunilon + andebal + gorthz + zahayr +

[Pisces] Nolicheil + angiseil + theodropham + salchmeon +



[Ascending node] Exagiel + syimnoy + debroz + [Descending node] + Schyphaon + drudromoy + ehehii +

The names of the princes of the .xii. altytudes are thes folowinge.

[Aries] Armiel + gabriel + barachiel + libes + helissan +

[Taurus] Pax + princeps + miserecordia + alphay + raym + geon + gereon + armon + geremon +

[Gemini] Fortitudo + paciencia + ythanay + elon + evebychay +



[79v]



[Cancer] yareth + yaran + arneth + zaraney + lux + eye +

[Leo] Almay + ezey + zabele + monoym + aurach + liulay +

[Virgo] Hores + bysserios + onay + ornath + vita + yareth + allay +

[Libra] Ay + alkin + roel + abanay + rathan + corosay +

[Scorpio] Amayn + anay + gelomitro + gecebamia + ysaramana + elomich +

[Sagittarius] zaan + zabin + zadanay + arphel + alphanay + zadan +

[Capricorn] Ym + anab + reil + solin + paciencia + vel + potian +

[Aquarius] Alphaneos + alphanay + asser + zarmioch + almeos + sphray +

[Pisces] Salmel + alimos + alibin + lubiras + ana + anay +



The angels of the .7. planetts after the opinion of honorius

[Saturn] zapkiel + oriphiel + caphiziel + boel + cassziel + michathon + dalqiel + gastiel + matraton + satel +

[Jupiter] zadkiel + zachariel + sacqiel + paysthar + raphael + pahanitoriel + assassaiel + tethapiel + paranyemol +

[Mars] Camael + zamael + samael + azimor + satihel + yturahihel + amabiel + taryel + armael +

[Sol] Raphael + michael + quelamya + caphael + dardihel + hurathaphel +

[Venus] Hamiel + anael + daner + raqiel + salguyel +

[Mercury] Michael + raphael + targuarra + myhel + sarapiel + vriel +

[Luna] Gabriel + orpheniel + mychael + samyhel + athithael +



The names of the angels of the .xii. signes after the opinion of honorius



[Aries] malichidael + [Taurus] asmodel + [Gemini] ambriel + [Cancer] muriel + [Leo] verchiel + [Virgo] hamaliel + [Libra] zuriel + [Scorpio] barchiel + [Sagittarius] advachiel + [Capricorn] hanael + [Aquarius] ambiel + [Pisces] barchiel +



The angels of the .xxviii. mancions of the mone

Geniel + enediel + amixiel + azariel + caiel + dirachiel + seheliel + amnediel + barbiel + ardesiel + neciel + abdizuel + iazeriel + ergediel + ataliel + azeruel + adriel + egiviel + amutiel + kiriel + bethnael + geliel + requiel + abrinael + aziel + tagriel + atheniel + amnixiel +



[80r]



Thes are the princes of the .4. windes



Of the est Is + michael + of the west Is + raphael + of the northe Is + gabriel + of the sowghte is + nariel + vel vriel +

Thes are the dominators and reulers of the .4. elementes



Of the ayer Is + cherub + of the water Is + tharsis + of the yearthe Is + ariel + of the fyer Is + seruph + vel nathaniel +



Thes are the angels that beare the great name of god called in the hebrewe tunge schemhamphoras



vehuiah + Ieliel + sitael + elemiah + mahasiah + lelahel + achaiah + cahethel + haziel + aladiah + lamah + hahaiah + Iezalel + mebahel + hariel + hakamiah + leuiah + caliel +



leuuiah + pahaliah + nelchael + Ieiael + melahel + hahuiah + nitthaiah + haaiah + Ierathel + seehiah + reiial + omael + lecabel + vasariah + Iehuiah + lehahiah + chauakiah + manadel +



Aniel + haamiab + rehael + Ieiazel + hahahel + michael + veualiah + Ielahiah + sealiah + ariel + asaliah + michael + vehuel + daniel + hahasiah + Imamiah + nanael + nithael +



Mehahiah + poiel + nemamiah + Ieialel + harakel + mizrael + vmahel + Iahhel + annauel + mehekiel + damahiah + meniel + eiael + habuiah + roehel + Iabamiah + haiaiel + mamiah +

[finis]


COMMENTS

-



 

Liber Juratus, or the Sworne Booke of Honorius (Part 4)

00:33 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,897


Part 4

Abbreviations

GH Gösta Hedegård (2002)

R British Library MS Royal 17Axlii

S Sloane 3885

S2 Sloane 3854

S3 Sloane 3853



Section numbers in square brackets [] follow GH. Corrected readings are indicated by * in front of the correct form. Text in is to be deleted.



Correncymon (vel Correrimon) the mediator of all creatures & operatyons of whome naturally com~ethe all good thinges and all good gyftes and all effectuall and p'fytt thinges whose worde is lyuely and cõmeth from the pryncely seate, thorow thy grace into ower harts, all other thinges in the meane whyle kepinge scylence in a meane thorow thy greate loue and charyte so order my understandinge that I may obtayne the most excellent mistery of this arte and of thy holy visyon that I may [51r] obtayne the perfytt effecte of the hooly thinges. Amen.1





[LXVII] [Oration 12.]



Correncymon (or Correrimon) the mediator of all creatures and operations, of whom naturally cometh all good things, and all good gifts, and all effectual and perfect things, whose word is lively, and cometh from the princely seat, through thy grace into our hearts all other things in the meanwhile keeping silence in a mean through thy great love and charity, so order my understanding that I may obtaine the most excellent mystery of this art and of thy holy vision, that I may obtain the perfect effect of the holy things. Amen.







1. S, S2: 12a Oracio.



Porcenthimon: mediator omnium operacionum et creaturarum a quo omnia exeunt naturaliter bona: et omnium dona a quo omne quod est solidum et perfectum cuius omnis sermo recens est et de regalibus sedibus venit gracia in corda nostra dum medium tenerent omnia silencium media ratione et mente me tua charitate in intellectum bonum construe ad perficiendum hæc tanta excellentissima misteria huius artis sanctæ tuæ visionis et istorum sacramentorum perfectum consequar effectum. Amen.



O ffather allmyghty judge which hast shewed unto hus thy saui~g helthe and in the sygte [sic] of all people hast reuelyd thy iustice, open myn eyes and lyghten my harte wt thy helthfull justice that I may se the glorious meruells, & how miche inuocencye I maye obtayne in this arte & clernes of understandinge, & yt thorow the helpe which oñely doest meruells I may in this worke sodenly be made wholy yt thorow my holynes and innocencye ioyned wt thy loue (dic petitionem tuam sed pro deitate dic ut sequitur) I may se and behold thé & thy holy visyon & thorow ye intercessyon of thy celestyall powres I may honor thé world wythowte ende. Amen.





[LXVIII] [Oration 13.]1

[Ihelur], O father, almighty judge, which hast shewed unto us thy saving health and in the sight of all people hast revealed thy justice, open mine eyes and lighten my heart with thy healthful justice, that I may see thy glorious marvels, and how much innocence I may obtain in this art, and clearness of understanding, and that through the help which only dost marvels I may in this work suddenly be made holy, that through my holiness and innocence joined with thy love (Here recite your petition — if for the Deity say as follows) I may see and behold thee and thy holy vision, and through the intercession of thy celestial powers I may honor thee, world without end. Amen.2



1. S: 13a Oracio.



2. S: Ihelur: Judex omnipotens pater qui novum [GH: notum] nobis fecisti salutare tuum et in conspectu gentium revelasti iusticiam tuam revela oculos meas et cor meum illustra salutari iusticia tua ut mirabilia de tuis tam gloriosissimis videam quatinus per ea tantam in hac arte consequar innocenciam et intelligentia clarificenciam ut te prestante qui solus mirabilia facis magna in ipsa opera subitus celebs efficiar ut mea celebitate et innocencia cum puritate et charitate recepta te speculando speculer et te videndo videam et tuam sanctam visionem videam et intercessione virtutum cœlestium honorem te in secula seculorum. Amen.



Gosgamel (vel Gasgamyel) the honor of all wisdome, ye gyuer of all knowledge to them in whome is noo synne, ye master of all spirituall disciplyne & spirytuall gyft ye banysher of all vyce, thé do I besiche o lorde by thy ãgells, & archãgells, thrones, pryncypatp, potestates, & vertues, by cherubyn, & seraphyn, & 24 elders, & by all ye celestyall hoost I doo worshipe, inuocate, desyre, & feare gloryffye & exalte thy most holy ffearfull & mekest name. I beseche ye o lorde yt thow wylte this illumyne my harte wt ye lyghte of thy holy spryte yt it may be made fruytfull & clensyd wt ye grace of yi [51v] hooly visitayon [sic] and that thow wylte strengthe it wyth charyte thow which art thre persons & oone Substance. Amen.2





[LXIX] [Oration 14.]1

Gasgamel, the honor of all wisdom, the giver of all knowledge to them in whom is no sin, the master of all spiritual discipline and spiritual gifts, the banisher of all vice, thee do I beseech, O Lord, by thy angels and archangels, thrones, principalities, potestates and virtues, by cherubin and seraphin, and 24 elders, and by all the celestial host, I do worship, invocate, desire and fear, glorify and exalt thy most holy fearful and meekest name. I beseech thee O Lord, that thou wilt this [day] illumine my heart with the light of thy Holy Spirit, that it may be made fruitful and cleansed with the grace of thy holy visitation and that thou wilt strengthen it with charity thou which art three persons and one substance. Amen.



1. S: 14ta Oracio.



2. S: Gasgamel [GH: Gofgameli]: omnis sapienciæ decus [GH: Deus] et scienciæ donator illis in quibus peccatum non est omnis disciplinæ spiritualis magister et doni spiritualis cuiusque largitor et maculæ omnis elimator, te domine per angelos et archangelos tues [*tuos] per thronos et potestates principatus e virtutes per cherubin et seraphin, per 24 seniores per omnem miliciam cœlestis excercitus adoro, invoco, flagito, vereor, et glorifico exalto nomen tuum sanctissimum terribile et micissimum te quæso domine ut hodie cor meum spiritus sancti lumine et gracia tuæ visitacionis fœcundatum clarificatum et charitate corroboratum illustres tu qui es trinus et unus. Amen.



Emanuel I worship thé O kinge of kinges my god And My Substance, and Also my knowledge my memorye And My Strengthe whych In oone Hower dyddest gyue dyuerse kynde of Speches to the buylders of the tower, and which Also diddest shide In to thy Holy apostles the Anoynting of the Seuen folde grace of thy holy Sprite and didest then ye gyfte Sodenly to Speke All maner of langwages, & commaundest them to teche us the princyples or letters of all those Spiches by the vertu of thy worde, wher wt thow hast made all thinges, And by the power of this holy thinge breath in to my harte and power into it the dew of thy grace that I beinge sodenly breathed upon wt the lighte of thy holy sprite may obtayne ye effecte of this worke and the puryfycatyon of my soule and the effecte of all these holy visyons, and A subtyle, and A wyttye, and A clensyd, and puryfyed mynde. Amen.2





[LXX] [Oration 15.]1



Emanuel I worship thee O king of kings, my god and my substance, and also my knowledge, my memory, and my strength, which in one hour didst give diverse kind of speechs to the builders of the tower, and which also didst shide into thy holy apostles the annointing of the seven-fold grace of thy Holy Spirit, and didst then the gift suddenly to speak all manner of languages, and commandest them to teach us the principles or letters of all those speechs by the virtue of thy word, wherewith thou hast made all things, and by the power of this holy thing, breath into my heart, and pour into it the dew of thy grace that, I being suddenly breathed upon with the light of thy Holy Spirit may obtain the effect of this work and the purification of my soul, and the effect of all these holy visions, and a subtle, and a white, and a cleansed, and purified mind. Amen.



1. S, S3: 15ta Oracio.



2. S: Emanuel: adore te rex regum et deus meus et substantia mea, simul [S3 omits, GH: salus] et revelacio mea memoria [S3 omits the last 2 words] et virtus mea qui hora una diversarum genera linguarum edificantibus turrim dedisti et qui sanctis apostolis tuis unccionem septiformis [S3: septiformi gracie] spiritus sancti infundisti [GH: infudisti] et illis ydiomata [S3: Idiomata, GH: ediomata] que nobis [GH: nos] docerent de omnibus linguis eisdem [deest S3] repente loqui tribuisti per virtutem verbi tui in quo omnia fecisti [GH: creasti] per potenciam huius sacramenti inspira cor meum et infunde in illud rorem graciæ tuæ ut subito tui spiritus sancti afflatus [S3: afflati9] lumine \ [S3 omits \] efficaciam huius operacionis innocenciam et purificacionem animæ [S3, GH omit] et harum sanctarum visionum capax voluntatem subtilem et ingeniosam et mentem clarificatam valeam consequi. Amen.



Hon (vel Lynozathemos)2 ezethomos iezemonos hazalathon azaithon hentynethel hezemtinethel [*hezemtynethel]4 zamay zathon [*zamayzathon]5 hamanzathon zamarzathon Hezemegnor6 zecromanda iechomancha7 ieraphay zaraphamy phalezethon phabogheton [*phaboghecon]8 seremyhal sacramyzan iethemathon sacramazaym secranal9 sacramathon [*sacramathan]10 iezemy halathon hathezihatos [*hathezihacos]11 iecely [*ieceley]12 mathon13 ateriathos zay [*zai]14 mazay zammazazay [*zamma zazay]15 guygu cheibib [*guygucheibib]16 gigithios guahiros megalon [52r] senegalon heracruhit ciarhuht [*ciarihuht]17 haracrihuz.





[LXXI] [Oration 16.]1

Hon (or Lynozathemos) ezethomos iezemonos hazalathon azaithon hentynethel hezemtynethel zamayzathon hamanzathon zamarzathon Hezemegnor zecromanda iechomancha ieraphay zaraphamy phalezethon phaboghecon seremyhal sacramyzan iethemathon sacramazaym secranal sacramathan iezemy halathon hathezihacos ieceley mathon ateriathos zai mazay zamma zazay guygucheibib gigithios guahiros megalon senegalon heracruhit ciarihuht haracrihuz.



1. S: 16 Oracio.



2. GH omits "vel Lynozathemos".

3. S: hazabathon.

4-5. Per GH, S.

6. GH: hezemeguor.

7. S: iecomantha.

8. Per GH, S.

9. GH: se{cr}anal.

10-12. Per GH, S.

13. GH: mathan.

14-16. Per GH, S.

17. Per GH; S: tiarihuht.

O lord god incompshensyble invysyble and immortall and wt owt mans understandinge whose countenance angells and archangells and all the celestyall powers doo ardently desyre to beholde whose maiestye I desyer to worship euerlastingly and contynually to my power I doo exerc yse myselfe to worship the ome [sic] god worlde wythowt ende. Amen.1





[LXXII] [Latin Oration.]

O Lord God, incomprehensible, invisible, and immortal, and without [beyond] man's understanding, whose countenance angels and archangels, and all the celestial powers do ardently desire to behold, whose majesty I desire to worship everlastingly and continually to my power I do exercise myself to worship the one God, world without end. Amen.



1. S, S2: Oracio latina.



Domine deus incomprehensibilis invisibilis immortalis et intelligibilis cuius vultum angeli et archangeli et celestes virtutes ardenter videre desiderant cuius maiestatem eternaliter desidero adorare atque continue pro pesse [GH: posse] meo excerceo [GH: exerceo] adorans te deum unum [GH: vivum] in secula seculorum. Amen.



Admyhel lorde god hooly and almighty father here this daye my prayers & bowe dou~e thyn eare to my petycyons



chemon gezomelyhon samaht gezagam iezehator lesebator sezehacon saymanda samay gezihel gulahentihel iezel iezetihel galatihel gazay hetihel +1





[LXXIII] [Oration 17.]

Admyhel, Lord, God, holy and almighty father, hear this day my prayers and bow down thine ear to my petitions



Chemon gezomelyhon samaht gezagam iezehator lesehator sezehacon saymanda samay gezihel gulahentihel iezel iezetihel galatihel gazay hetihel.



1. S: 17a Oracio.



Admyhel [S3: Admihel]: domine deus sancte pater omnipotens exaudi preces meas hodie et inclina aurem tuam ad orationes meas.



chemon gezomelyhon samaht gezagam iezehator lesehator sezehacon saymanda samay gezihel [S3: Gezibel] gulahentihel iezel iezetihel [S3 omits] galetihel gazay hetihel (vel hehhel vel helier) [S3: hetyhel]



[In marg:] *oe **** arte *********** ********** ********** ********** ********* by the power of thy holy [Spirit into my mind and understanding, and grant that the] gifte of thy grace may shine into my harte & into my sowle nowe & ever more. Amen. (that must folowe after the prayer admel w***** ye ** prayer.1

[LXXIV] [Latin Oration.]

Oh God eternal, the way, the truth, and the life; give thy light and the flower and virtue of thy Holy Spirit into my mind and understanding, and grant that the gift of thy grace may shine forth in my heart, and into my soul, now and evermore. Amen.



1. Oracio Latina.



deus [S3 adds meus] semper via vita veritas da lucem tuam florere per virtutem sancti spiritus in conscienciam meam et mentem meam et concede ut fulgeat et clarescat domus [GH: donum] operacionis tuæ et donum graciæ tuæ in cor meum et [S3 adds: in] animam meam nunc et per omnia secula seculorum. Amen.



honzimorib (vel horysmorb)2 lemogethon Hegemothon Hazathay Hazathar Hazamathar [hazatha hazamathar]3 Iazamathan Zegomothay Gohathay Zachana Legomothay Iathama [*iachama]4 Legomezon Legornezon Lemdomethon Hathanathyos [*hathanathios]5 Lamdomathon Iegomaday Hathaman [*hathamam]6 Zachamos Hathanayos Hellestymon [*helesschymon]7 Zelezyon [*zelezion]8 Naderabar [*uaderabar]9 Nagedarom [*uagedarom]10 Lamuanaht [*lamnavaht]11 Lamandy [*lamandi]12 Gemethor13 Guomon Gehor Genamchor14 Hellemay Iezecromay Iecromal Iecrohaly [*iecrahaly]15 Tholomanos CColomaithos [*colomaithos]16.





[LXXV] [Oration 18.]

honzimorib lemogethon Hegemothon Hazathay Hazathar Hazamathar hazatha hazamathar Iazamathan Zegomothay Gohathay Zachana Legomothay iachama Legomezon Legornezon Lemdomethon hathanathios Lamdomathon Iegomaday hathamam Zachamos Hathanayos helesschymon zelezion Vaderabar Vagedarom lamnavaht lamandi Gemethor Guomon Gehor Genamchor Hellemay Iezecromay Iecromal iecrahaly Tholomanos colomaithos.



1. S: 18a Oracio.



2. GH: Honzmorb; S: "Homzmorp" corrected from "Honzmab."

3. Missing from R, but found in S, GH.

4. Per GH; S: iochama.

5-9. Per GH, S.

10. Per S; GH: uagedaroin.

11. Per S; GH: lauinauaht.

12. Per GH, S.

13. GH: gemechor.

14. S: genamohor (?).

15. Per GH, S.

16. Per GH; S: colomarthos vel colomarnthos.

O the lyffe of men and of all creatures visible and inuisible ye euerlastinge bryghtenes of ye celestyall sprites the endeles helthe of all men the fowntayn of all godelines which knowest all thinges before thei be done which iudgest all thinges visible and inuisible, and by thy unspekeable dispotycyon [52v] doest diserrne them, gloryfy thy hooly and ineffable name this daye & stregthe [sic] my harte my understandinge & my sowle, and encrease myne innocencye and confyrme my prayers & make my sowle pure & cleane ffrom all vyce, & indwe it wt vertues & pe~ance, wt morninge & inuocencye yt thorow ye abundance of puernes & inuocencye gyven me of thé & thorow the ssyle of pennance, & of thy grace I may laude & prayse thé and know ye wt owt any shadow or fygure & yt I may se thé face to face and may gloryfye thy name to thy honor & prayse worlde wt owt ende. Amen.1





[LXXVI] [Latin Oration.]

O the life of men and of all creatures visible and invisible, the everlasting brightness of the celestial spirits, the endless health of all men, the fountain of all godliness, which knowest all things before they be done, which judgest all things visible and invisible, and by thy unspeakable disposition dost discern them, glorify thy holy and ineffable name this day and strengthen my heart, my understanding, and my soul, and increase mine innocence, and confirm my prayers, and make my soul pure and clean from all vice, and endue it with virtues and penance, with mourning and innocence, that through the abundance of pureness and innocence given me of thee, and through the sile of penance, and of thy grace I may laud and praise thee and know thee without any shadow or figure, and that I may see thee face to face, and may glorify thy name to thy honor and praise, world without end. Amen.



1. S: Vita hominum et omnium creaturarum visibilium et invisibilis claritas æterna cœlestium spirituum omnium hominum salus indeficiensquæ pietatis origo qui omnia novisti antequam fiant qui iudicas omnia quæ videntur [GH adds: et non sunt et que non videntur] et sunt [et] ineffabili disposicione discernis glorifica sanctum nomen tuum et ineffabile hodie. corroborae [GH: corrobora] cor meum et intellectum meum et animam meam et auge innocenciam meam et confirma precem meam et a vicijs expeditam redde animam meam clarificatam in virtutibus et pœnitencijs et fletibus et innocencijs et facultate puritatis et innocenciæ a te mihi collata et lima penitencie et tuæ gracie ut [S2 om.] laudem te et agnoscã [S2: cognoscam] te sine enigmate et videam facialiter te et glorificem nomen tuum ad laudem tuam in secula seculorum. Amen.



Ioht2 omaza (vel Phet)3 behea theon megal menehon exhehal4 tirigel harapheiocom [*harapheiocon]5 Semenoyn6 Sehumeny hachemathan7 hiemaraym [*hiemarayn]8 Gemehehon lucharanochyn exnotheyn themelyhen [*themelihen]9 segyhon hyhanenyr [*hihovenyr]10 HacrisentHeon [sic] [*hacrisientheon]11.





[LXXVII] [Oration 19.]1

Ioht omaza behea theon megal menehon exhehal tirigel harapheiocon Semenoyn Sehumeny hachemathan hiemarayn Gemehehon lucharanochyn exnotheyn themelihen segyhon hihovenyr hacrisientheon.



1. S: 19a Oracio.



2. S adds ":".

3. S omits "(vel Phet)."

4. S3: exhebal.

5. Per GH, S.

6. S: semonoyn.

7. S: hachamathan.

8. Per GH, S, S3.

9. Per GH, S; S3: themelyhen.

10. GH: hihoueuyr; S: hilovenyr; S3: hyhonemyr.

11. Per GH, S, S3.

kynge of kynges god of Infynite mercye & maiesty ye graunter ye disposer, & distributor & stablysher of all foundatyons laye ye foundatyõ of all thy vertues in me & take frõ me ye folyschenes [foolishness] of my harte yt my sences may be stablysshed in ye loue of thy charite, and lett thy holy sprite be my instructer acordinge to thy creatyõ & inuocatyõ of thy name yt I may haue effectually ye syghte of thy face whiche liuest & regnest god worlde wyth owt ende. Amen.1





[LXXVIII] [Latin oration.]

King of kings, God of infinit mercy and majesty, the granter, the disposer, and distributor and establisher of all foundations, lay the foundation of all thy virtues in me, and take from me the foolishness of my heart, that my senses may be established in the love of thy charity, and let thy Holy Spirit be my instructor according to thy creation and invocation of thy name, that I may have effectually the sight of thy face, which livest and reignest God, world withoit end. Amen.



1. S: Oracio latina. S3 adds: cum eodem dicenda.



Rex regnum Deus infinitæ misericordie et maiestatis immensæ largitor ac dispositor atque dispensator stabilitor omnium fundamentorum pone fundamentum omnium tuarum virtutum in me et aufer a me insipienciam cordis mei ut stabiliantur sensus mei in dilectione charitatis tuæ et informetur spiritus sanctus in me secundum [re-]creacionem et innovacionem voluntatis tuæ [S3 omits the rest and substitutes: recita peticionem qi viuis] ut habeam efficaciter tuam facialem visionem, qui vivis et regnas deus per omnia secula seculorum. Amen.



hofely (vel zozely) god the ffather allmighty form whome all good thinge dothe cõme whose greatenes is incomperhensyble here this daye my prayers which I offre in thy syghte and graunte me ye gyfte yt I aske of ye, & geve me ye Ioye of thy ^***ge helth, & yt I may this day forsake all mye [53r] iniquytes, & take thy wayes & ye pathes of thy knowledde, and lett all stubborne & unbeliuers conuerte unto ye, & even as I thynke wt my harte, & speake wt my mouthe so lay ye fowndatyon in me yt in this worke I may seme and appere to be holpen of thé. Amen.1





[LXXIX] [Oration 20.]

Hofely, God the father almighty, from whom all good things doth come, whose greatness is incomprehensible, hear this day my prayers which I offer in thy sight, and grante me the gift that I ask of thee, and give me the joy of thy saving health, and that I may this day forsake all my iniquities, and take thy ways and the paths of thy knowledge, and let all stubborn and unbelievers convert unto thee, and even as I think with my heart, and speak with my mouth, so lay the foundation in me, that in this work I may seem and appear to be helping of thee. Amen.



1. S, S3: 20a Oracio.



Hosely [GH: Hofob] deus pater immense a quo procedit omne quod bonum est cuius magnitudo [GH inserts misercordie] incomprehensibilis est, exaudi hodie preces meas quas in conspectu tuo refero et concede mihi donum quod a te [S3 omits "a te"] peto. redde mihi lætitiam salutaris tui et ut deleam iniquitates meas hodie et accipiam vias tuas et semitas scienciarum tuarum et convertantur ad te rebelles et increduli ut corde repeto et ore commemoro in me radicitus habeant fundamentum ut [*et] in operibus tuis efficax videar et adiutus. Amen.



Messamarathon (vel Azeffamadathon) gezomothon ezomathon haihaca [*haihatha]2 hagibar [*hagihar]3 hagiathar haihatha4 Lethasiel Lechisihel Gethidnhal [*gethiduhal]5 Geguhay Iechonay [*iethonay]6 Samazaraht [*samazataht]7 Samazarel Zamazchel [*zamazthel]8 Sergomazar Hazomathon9 Hazothynathon10 Iesomathon Iezochor Heihasai [*heihazay]11 Heihazar Samy Zamyn Helihel Saraehelyhel [*samehelihel]12 Syloth [*siloth]13 Sylereht [*silereht]14 Gezemachal [*gezemathal]15 Ierezonay [*iecoronay]16 Iecornenay Samyhahel17 Hefemyhel [*hesemyhel]18 Secozomay Sedomazay [*sedomasay]19 Sechothamay [*sethothamay]20 Saima21 Rabiathos [*rabihathos]22 Hamnos Hamnas23. Amen.





[LXXX] [Oration 21.]1

Messamarathon gezomothon ezomathon haihatha hagihar hagiathar haihatha Lethasiel Lechisihel gethiduhal Geguhay iethonay samazataht Samazarel zamazthel Sergomazar Hazomathon Hazothynathon Iesomathon Iezochor heihazay Heihazar Samy Zamyn Helihel samehelihel siloth silereht gezemathal iecoronay Iecornenay Samyhahel hesemyhel Secozomay sedomasay sethothamay Saima rabihathos Hamnos Hamnas. Amen.



1. S: 21 Oracio.



2-3. Per GH, S.

4. S: haihacha.

5. Per GH.

6-8. Per GH, S.

9. GH: hazomathan.

10. S: hazethynathon.

11-15. Per GH, S.

16. Per GH; S: ietoronay.

17. S: samyhehel.

18-20. Per GH, S.

21. GH: sanna.

22. Per GH, S.

23. S: hãnas.



O everlastinge god king & Judge ye sercher of all good conscyence clense and puryfye this day my mynde ffor thy holy names sake by thyes thy holy sacramentes, yt even as water falleth owt of heauen so maye inuocentye entre into my inward partts & lett it cum in to my bonnes lyke oyle thorow ye o god ye savyor of all thinges which arte ye fowntayne & springe of all goodenes & all godlynes, dyrecte me and bringe me to thys hooly visyon whych I aske of thé whych arte 3 persones and oone Godd. Amen.





[LXXXI] [Latin Oration.]



O everlasting God, king and judge, the searcher of all good conscience, cleanse and purify this day my mind, for thy holy name's sake, by these thy holy sacraments, that even as water falleth out of heaven, so may innocence enter into my inward parts, and let it come into my bones, like oil through thee O God, the savior of all things which art the fountain and spring of all goodness and all godliness, direct me, and bring me to this holy vision which I ask of thee, which art three persons and one God. Amen.



1. S: Oracio latina.



Rex eterne deus iudex et discretor omnium [con-]scienciarum bonarum tu hodie clarifica me propter nomen sanctum tuum et per hæc sancta sacramenta tua purifica [GH omits] mentem incã [*meam] ut intret inocencia tua [in] interiora mea sicut aqua fluens de cœlo et sicut oleum in ossibus meis per te deus salvator omnium qui es fons bonitatis et totius pietatis origo dirige me et promove me in ista sancta faciali visione quam deposco tu qui es trinus et unus. Amen.



hanethi (vel hamethy) the god of all Godlynes and creator of all thinges ye euerlasting Helthe, and ye redemptyon of ye people, ye inspyrer of all Graces & holynes ye Graunter of all pure operatyons or workes of whose onely Gyfte and mercy thy Servantes haue remissyon of there sines [53v] whych hast Graunted unto me wretched synner ye way to know thy secret misteryes, thow lorde defende me and pourge my soule & delyuer my harte from ye wicked thowghtes of this worlde and all pleasures therof, qwenche in me utterly & subdew all ye lustes of fornycatyõ yt I may delyghte in clennes, & in ye workes of ryghteousnes, & in all vrtues, & yt yu wyllte Gyue me ye petycyon of my harte yt beinge confirmed & hauynge pleasure in thy glorye maye loue. (peticyon) and yt I may effectually see ye face whylles my body lyueth & yt ye power of thy holy sprite maye increase in me by thy helthe and ye rewarde of all faythfull people to ye helthe bothe of soule & body. Amen.





[LXXXII] [Oration 22.]



Hanethi, the God of all godliness and creator of all things, the everlasting health and the redemption of the people, the inspirer of all graces and holiness, the granter of all pure operations or works, of whose only gift and mercy thy servants have remission of their sins, which hast granted unto, a me wretched synner, the way to know thy secret mysteries, thou, O Lord, defend me and purge my soul, and deliver my heart from the wicked thoughts of this world and all pleasures thereof, quench in me utterly, and subdue all the lusts of fornication that I may delight in cleanness, and in the works of righteousness, and in all virtues, and that thou wilt give me the petition of my heart that being confirmed, and having pleasure in thy glory may love. (Here recite the petition) and that I may effectually see thy face whilst my body liveth, and that the power of thy Holy Spirit may increase in me by thy health and the reward of all faithful people to the health both of soul and body. Amen.



1. S: 22a Oracio.



S: Hanethi deus totius pietatis auctor et fundamentum omnium salus æterna et redempcio populorum inspirator omnium graciarum et sanctitatum omnium purarum operacionum largitor immense de cuius munere et misericordia venit ut tantum nobis famulis tuis indulgenciarum inspirare digneris augmentum qui et [*eciam] mi [*michi] misero peccatori viã [*tua] concessisti scire sacramenta tu[ere] domine defende et clarifica animam meam et libera cor meum de pravis huius mundi cogitacionibus et incenciva [GH: incentiva] libidinis voluptate et omnis fornicacionis desideria in me potenter extingue et reprime ut puritatibus tuis et actibus misticis ac virtutibus [GH adds: intentus] delectem [GH: delecter] in eis et des mihi peticionem cordis mei ut in glorificacione tua confirmatus et delectatus diligam te, quod valeam efficaciter tuam facialem visionem et sanctam meo vivente corpusculo obtinere et augeatur in me virtus sancti spiritus per salutem tuam et renumeracionem fidelium in salutam animæ [GH adds: mee] et corporis mei. Amen.



O God the almighty ffather of whõe cõmethe all yt Good Is & most mercyfull O most myghty God burne my reynes wt the Grace of thy holy sprite, & wt ye fyer of thy vysytacyon vysytt me this daye and be mercyfull to me, & Graunte me thy mercy yt I may drynke of thy well evyn my fyll, & yt I maye knowe thy wyll that I maye singe & see thy mervells whych arte 3 persõnes and oone God. Amen.





[LXXXIII]



O God, the almighty father of whom cometh all that good is and most merciful, O most mighty God burn my veins with the grace of thy Holy Spirit, and with the fire of thy visitation, visit me this day, and be merciful to me, and grant me thy mercy, that I may drink of thy well even my fill, and that I may know thy will, that I may sing and see thy marvels, which art three persons and one God. Amen.1



1. S: Deus pater immense a quo procedit omne quod est bonum misericordissime omnipotentissime deus ure renes meos ex gracia spiritus sancti ut visitationis tuæ, visita me hodie, et propitius esto mi [GH: michi] misericordiamque tuam conceda ut potem et satiar [GH: sacier] de fonte qui deus es [est] et sciam voluntatem tuam benignissime et psallam et videam mirabilia tua tu qui es deus trinus et unus. Amen.



heriona (vel haryona) allmyghty incomperhensible invisible & indiuisible god this day doo I worship thy holy name I onworthy & most wretchyd synner lyftinge up my prayers my understanding & my reason to thy holy temple of thy celestyall ierusalem, & to stande befor thé this day my god knowleginge ye to be my lord, & my creator, & my savyor & I a reasonable creature I this day besiche thy glorious mekenes yt thy holy sprite maye vyset my infyrmyte, [54r] and thow o lorde my god which gavest to moyses & aaron thy seruants, thorow fayth & puryte grace to see thé, gyue unto me this daye ye grace of thy abundante swettenes wherwt thow didest indewe thy seruantes, & wt ye knowledge which yu gauest them by ye prophettes, & euyn as yu didest for aspace gyue unto them thy grace, even so giue [sic] me ye grace of inuocencye which I desyer & powrge my conscye~ce from dead workes, & leade my understandinge in to thy holy waye o thow lorde god which didest vouchsaffe to create me to thyn owne image and lykenes here me in thy ryghtewossies, & teche me in thy truthe, & replenishe my soule wt thy grace accordinge to thy greate mercy yt I may so miche ye more delyghte in ye multytude of thy mercyes, & in thy greate workes, & yt I may haue pleasure in ye fulfillinge of thy cõmaundementes, & being holpen with thy grace, & restored to good workes shall reioyce in harte, & my conscyence beinge pourged I maye trust in ye, & may ffeede in thy syghte, & exalte thy name becawse it is good, o lord sanctefy me this daye in ye sighte of all thy sayntes yt I maye lyue in faythe pffytte hope, & constante charitye of the visyon which I desyer, & yt thorow grace gotte~ I may be exalted strengthened & illumyned I may loue ye & know ye, & yt I may haue assuredly inuocentye wisdome clennes & holynes whych yu promisedest to geue unto men from ye seates of thy euerlastinge hylles, & yt I may retayne them in my memorye o Jesu christ the only be gotte~ sonne of god into whose handes ye father before (?) all worldes gaue all thinges gyue unto me this daye for thy holy gloryous & ineffable names sake compete~ norischement & a redy yt whatsoeuer I aske thorow thy mercy & truthe, & will it maye be gyuen me & all my prayers & actes maye be rooted [54v] in thé and confyrmed according to thy pleasure open unto me o lorde my god & father of my lyffe ye fowndacyõ of ye syghte which I desyer to see, open unto me o lorde ye fowntayne which thow openedest to ower forfather adam, and to abraham, Isaac & Jacob thy seruantes yt thei mighte biliue loue & obey glorifye and sanctefy ye, receue for me this day ye prayers & intercessyons of all sayntes, and of all ye celestyall powers that I may be made apte to be tawght. Amen.





[LXXXIV] [Oration 23.]



Heriona, almighty, incomprehensible, invisible, and indivisible God, this day do I worship thy holy name, I unworthy and most wretched sinner, lifting up my prayers, my understanding, and my reason to thy holy temple of thy celestial Jerusalem, and to stand before thee this day my God, acknowledging thee to be my Lord, and my creator, and my savior, and I a reasonable creature -- I this day beseech thy glorious meekness that thy Holy Spirit may visit my infirmity, and thou, O Lord my God, which gavest to Moses and Aaron thy servants, through faith and purity, grace to see thee, give unto me this day the grace of thy abundant sweetness wherewith thou didst endue thy servants, and with the knowledge which thou gavest them by the prophets, and even as thou didst for a space give unto them thy grace, even so give me the grace of innocence which I desire, and purge my conscience from dead works, and lead my understanding into thy holy way. O thou Lord God, which didst vouchsafe to create me to thine own image and likeness, hear me in thy righteousness, and teach me in thy truth, and replenish my soul with thy grace according to thy great mercy, that I may so much the more delight in the multitude of thy mercies, and in thy great works, and that I may have pleasure in the fulfilling of thy commandments, and being holpen with thy grace, and restored to good works, shall rejoice in heart, and my conscience being purged, I may trust in thee, and may feed in thy sight, and exalt thy name because it is good. O Lord, sanctify me this day in the sight of all thy saints that I may live in faith, perfect hope, and constant charity of the vision which I desire, and that through grace gotten I may be exalted, strengthened, and illumined [that] I may love thee and know thee, and that I may haue assuredly innocence, wisdom, cleanness, and holiness which thou promised to give unto men from the seats of thy everlasting halls, and that I may retain them in my memory. O Jesus Christ, the only begotten son of God, into whose hands the Father before (?) all worlds gave all things, give unto me this day for thy holy, glorious, and ineffable names' sake competent nourishment and a ready (?) that whatsoever I ask through thy mercy and truth and will, it may be given me and all my prayers and acts may be rooted in thee and confirmed according to thy pleasure. Open unto me, O Lord my God and father of my life, the foundation of the sight which I desire to see. Open unto me, O Lord the fountain which thou openedest to our forefather Adam, and to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob thy servants, that they might believe, love and obey, glorify and sanctify thee. Receive for me this day the prayers and intercessions of all saints, and of all the celestial powers, that I may be made apt to be taught. Amen.



1. S: 23a Oracio.



Heriona omnipotens incomprehensibilis invisibilis deus adoro hodie nomen tuum sanctum ego indignus et miserrimus peccator extollens Oracionem meam et intellectum meum et rationem meam ad templum sanctum tuum cœlestis Ierusalem et assisti [*assisto] tibi hodie deus meus ostendens te deum meum creatorem meum et salvatorem meum et ego creatura rationabilis invoco hodie gloriosam clementiam tuam, ut visitet hodie spiritus sanctus tuus infirmitatem meam et tu domine deus meus qui Mosi et Abrahamo [GH: Abrahe] servis tuis per fidem et puritatem visionis tuæ graciam contulisti confer mi hodie graciam superioris dulcedinis tuæ qua rorasti servos tuos et investigacionis qua investigasti eosdem per prophetas et scire [GH: sicut] voluisti eis momentaneam conferre graciam. adhibe mi innocenciæ graciam quam desidero et emunda conscienciam meam ab operibus mortuis et mitte cor me in viam rectam et aperi illud ad te videndum. Destina intellectum meum ad viam sanctam tu domine deus qui me ad imaginem et similitudinem tuam creare dignatus es. exaudi me in tua iusticia et doce me in tua veritate et reple animam meam [gracia tua secundum magnam misericordiam tuam, ut] in similitudine [*multitudine] miseraconum tuarum amplius delecter et in operibus tuis magnis et complaceam in administracionem [*administracione] mandatorum tuorum et secundum opera grciæ tuæ adiutus et restauratus exaltabo [*GH: exaltato] corde et consciencia mea emundata confidem in te et epuler in conspectu tuo et exalte nomen tuum quod est bonum. O domine in conspectu sanctorum tuorum sanctifica me hodie ut in fide viva et spe perfecta et charitate constanti visionis quam desidero adepta gracia exaltatus corroboratus et illuminatus dilligam te et cognoscam te facialiter et innocenciam sapienciam et purificentiam de sedibus tuis moncium æternitatis que hominibus [GH adds: dona] donanda promisisti sanctimonia et firmiter habeam et memoriter retineam Ihesu Christe fili dei unigenite cui ante secula dedit pater omnia in manus da mi hodie propter nomen sanctum tuum gloriosum et ineffabile nutrimentum corporis et animæ. Ydoneam presta mihi et perspicuam voluntatem et animam liberam et expeditam ut quicquid postulavero in tua misericordia et veritate pro voluntate disponatur et omnis oracio mea et actio mea in beneplacito tuo radicata et confirmata existat. [Here is a symbol like a "7" with circles in the three corners.] Aperi domine deus meus et pater vitæ meæ fundamentum visionis quam desidero. Aperi mi fontem quem app aperuisti prothoplaustro [GH: prothoplausto] Adæ et quem aperuisti servis tuis Abraham Isaac et Iacob ad credendum diligendum obediendum clarificandum et sanctificandum. suscipa [*suscipe] pro me hodie preces et Oraciones domine omnium sanctorum et omnium sanctarum celestium virtutum [ut] omnium sancimoniarum tuarum docebilis constantor efficiar. Amen.



Iuestre (vel Celieste) I worshyp the kinge of kings & lord of lordes, O everlasting & impmutable [sic] kinge understondinge this daye my crye, and ye morninge of my sprite & harte yt my understoni_~ge [sic] being changed & hauinge a fleshly harte in ye stidd of a stonye harte I maye trust in ye O my lorde & sauyo^r^ [=savior], washe me inwardely o lorde wt thy new sprite, and for ye evil understondinge of my fleshe giue me thy holy understandinge & take from me yt that is evill changinge me into a new man & yt thorow ye loue wherwt yu haste reformed ye worlde yu wilte reforme me, & yt thy holynes may geue unto me ye encrese of all holynes, here this daye O lorde my prayers wt ye which I cry unto ye, and open yu ye eyes of my fleshe yt I may consyder perceue & understande ye meruells of them yt shall be powrched & gloryfyed by thy spirytuall grace, yt beinge iustefyed in thy ryghtewonsnes I maye preuele in ye sighte of ye devill which is aduersarye to all faythfull people, here me O lord my god & be mercyfull unto me yu which hast creatd me shew me this day thy mercy & putt forthe to me ye helthfull cuppe yt I [55r] may drinke, & be satisffyed of ye well of thy grace yu O god & yt I may be oone of those which shall be sanctefyed & yt shall see thy holy visyon which I desyer & wysche for this daye yt I may singe wt under standinge in my soule, & may stande & beholde thy holy visyon, & lett ye grace of thy holy sprite cum thys daye owt of heaue~ and rest in me. Amen.





[LXXXV] [Oration 24.]

Iuestre, I worship thee, king of kings and Lord of Lords, O everlasting and immutable king, understanding this day my cry, and the mourning of my spirit and heart, that my understanding being changed and having a fleshy heart instead of a stone heart, I may trust in thee O my Lord and savior. Washe me inwardly O Lord with thy new spirit, and for the evil understanding of my flesh give me thy holy understanding and take from me that which is evil, changing me into a new man, and that through the love wherewith thou hast reformed the world thou wilt reform me, and that thy holiness may give unto me the increase of all holiness. Hear this day, O Lord, my prayers, with the which I cry unto thee, and open thou the eyes of my flesh, that I may consider, perceive, and understand the marvels of them that shall be powrched and glorified by thy spiritual grace, that being justified in thy righteousness I may prevail in the sight of the devil, which is adversary to all faithful people. Hear me, O Lord my God, and be merciful unto me, thou which hast created me. Shew me this day thy mercy, and put forth to me the healthful cup that I may drink, and be satisfied of the well of thy grace, thou O God, and that I may be one of those which shall be sanctified and that shall see thy holy vision which I desire, and wish for this day, that I may sing with understanding in my soul, and may stand and behold thy holy vision, and let the grace of thy Holy Spirit come this day out of Heaven and rest in me. Amen.



1. S: 24a Oracio.



Yrestre [GH: Yvestre] adoro te rex regnum [GH: regum] et domine dominancium rex æterne inpermutabilis intellige hodie clamorem meum et spiritus mei et cordis mei gemitum ut commutato intellectu meo et dato mi corde carneo pro lapideo respirem in te dominum et salvatorem meum lava domine interiora mea spiritu tuo novo pro intellectu carnis meæ malo pone domine intellectum tuum sanctum [GH adds bonum] et aufer a me quod malum est commutans me in hominem novum ut dilectione qua reformasti mundum reformes me et salus tua sancta mi bonae [*tue] sanctimoniæ tribuat incrimentum. exaudi hodie domine preces meas quibus clamo ad te et revela oculos carnis meæ [ut] considerans intelligens et custodiens mirabilia [de] glorificaturis et purificaturis graciæ tuæ spiritualis ut [GH: in] iustificatus [GH: vivificatus] in iustificacionibus tuis prævaleam in conspectu adversarij fidelium diaboli. exaudi me domine deus meus et propitius esto mi qui plasmasti me. ostende mi hodie misericordiam tuam et parrige [GH: porrige] mi vas salutare ut potem et sacier de fonte graciæ tuæ tu qui deus es ut de sanctificaturis et de visionis tuæ facial'r [GH: facialis] monstrataris quas desidero et adapto [GH: adopto] hodie psallam cum intellectu et anima et intuor [GH: intuer] et stem et fruar in via immaculata visionis tuæ et veniat hodie de cœlo gracia spiritus sancti et requiescat in me. Amen.



Saday oo lord I sinner confesse unto ye oo ffather maker of heauen & earthe & of all visible & inuisible creatures ye disposer of all vertues, & gyuer of all good graces, which, which kypest thy wysdõe & knowledge & thy charyte frõ ye proud and wicked, & deest shew it to ye humble & meke, humble this day my harte & stablyshe my understandinge, & my mynd, encrease my understandinge & my cõscyence yt I may loue ye, understand ye & se ye, sygne me this day O lord wt ye lyghte of thy countenãce that I beinge renewed & clensed from all dede workes & all my sinnes may preuayle amonge the~ yt shall see ye, proue me O most mercyfull & almighty god, & burne my raynes strengthen my harte this daye, & illumyne it wt ye grace of thy holy sprite, & vysett me wt Ye feruent grace of thy visitatyon lighten my mynde & gyrde my loynes wt stronge stabylite, & piett in to my righte hande the staffe of comforte, & lett me be washed amonge them yt shall be washed wt thy droopes, & dyrecte my mynde into thy holynes, & confyrme my sprite wt ye worke of thy handes yt all vyces & ffylthynes of synne beinge rooted owt of me I maye strongely preuele in ye loue of thy mercyes inspire in to me O lorde ye breihe of lyffe & encrease my mynde & my understandinge thorow ye constancye & stablenes of thy holy spryte yt my spryte maye be conforted [sic] & encrease in ye exercyse of thy workes & prayse, beholde O lorde & cõsyder this daye ye worke of my mynde & lett thy godly will be shewed in me & send owt of heaue~ unto me into ye earthe ye cõfortor thy holy spryte yt he may stablyshe me & helpe [55v] me, that I maye se thé and prayse thé and enioye ye whõe I desyer which arte my grace my glorye & my defence. amen.





[LXXXVI] [Oration 25]



Saday, O Lord, I a sinner confess unto thee O Father, maker of Heaven and Earth, and of all visible and invisible creatures, the disposer of all virtues, and giver of all good graces, which, which keepest thy wisdom and knowledge and thy charity from the proud and wicked, and dost shew it to the humble and meek, humble this day my heart, and establish my understanding and my mind. Increase my understanding and my conscience, that I may love thee, understand thee, and see thee. Sign me this day O Lord with the light of thy countenance, that I being renewed and cleansed from all deeds, works, and all my sins, may prevaile among them that shall see thee, prove me O most merciful and almighty God, and burn my rains (?), strengthen my heart this day, and illumine it with the grace of thy Holy Spirit, and visit me with the fervent grace of thy visitation. Lighten my mind and gird my loins with strong stability, and piety into my right hand the staff of comfort, and let me be washed among them that shall be washed with thy droopes (?), and direct my mind into thy holiness, and confirm my spirit with the work of thy hands, that all vices and filthiness of sin being rooted out of me, I may strongly prevail in the love of thy mercies. Inspire into me, O Lord, the breath of life, and increase my mind and my understanding, through the constancy and stableness of thy Holy Spirit, that my spirit may be comforted, and increase in the exercise of thy works and praise. Behold O Lord, and consider this day the work of my mind, and let thy godly will be shewed in me, and send out of Heaven unto me into the Earth the comforter thy Holy Spirit, that he may establish me and help me, that I may see thee and praise thee, and enjoy thee whom I desire, which art my grace, my glory, and my defense. Amen.



1. S: 25 Oracio.



Saday. domine confiteor tibi ego reus hodie pater cœli et terræ deus conditor omnium visibilium et invisibilium creaturarum atque virtutum omnium et graciarum bonarum dispensator atque largitor qui custodis sapienciam tuam scienciam et humilitatem tuam et charitatem tuam a superbis et reprobis et revelas parvulis humilia hodie domine cor meum et intellectum meum stabilem facias et mentem meam firmam et intelligenciam meam et conscienciam meam augmenta ut te diligam intelligam et videam. signa domine hodie lumen vultus tui super me ut prorsus innovatus et mundatus ab omnibus operibus mortis [&mortuis] et a pecctis meis prevaleam in visionibus et speculaturis tuis. proba me misericordissime et omnipotentissime deus et vres [*ure] renes meos. corrobora hodie cor meum et illustra gracia spiritus sancti et igne graciæ visitacionis tuæ visita me et illumina mentem meam et fortitudine stabilitatis tuæ precinge lumbos meos et baculum confortacionis da in dextram meam et in lauaturis stillarum tuarum me lotum facias et in sanctimoniis tuis dirige mentem meam et in opera manuum tuarum. confirma spiritum meum et eradicatis vicijs omnibus et sordibus peccatorum meorum prevaleam fortiter in dilectione misericordiarum tuarum. [Here again the "7" symbol.] Inspira mi domine [hodie] spiraculum vitæ et auge mentem meam et intellectum et racionem meam per spiritus sancti firmitatem et constanciam ut in operibus laudum et visionum [GH: visurarum] tuarum excercitatus spiritus meus confortetur et augeatur. vide domine et considera hodie laborem mentis meæ et fiat voluntas tua benigna in me et de cœlo mitte in terram mihi consolatorem spiritum sanctum ut me stabilitate perfecta muniat et auxilium mi conferat in videndis visionibus tuis et laudandis laudibus tuis et fruendis fruicionibus tuis quas desidero quæ sunt gracia et gloria et defensio mea. Amen.



Maloht + otheos + hara + magiel [*hatamagiel]2 + hacaha [*hataha]3 + maryhel [*marihel]4 + gezozay + iezoramp [*iezoray]5 + Gezozay + Saziel + Sazamay + Iezoramp + Zazamanp6 + Sacamap7 + Zachamay + Iecornamas8 Iecoharnampde [*iecohornampda]9 + Salatiel [*salatihel]10 + Gezomel + Zarathiel [*zarachiel]11 + megall [*megalis]12 + nachama13 + nechamyha + Sazamaym + Suphonaym [*sophonaym]14 + Lazamar [*lazamair]15 + mehisrampna + Hamamyl + Zamanyl + Syhel [*sihel]16 + Deloth + Hamamyn + Hazeme + Loch [*hazemeloch]17 + moys + Ramna + Secozam [*secoram]18 Hanasichonea19 + Seronea + Zaramahe [*zaramahem]20 + 21 + Sacromohem + Iegonomay + Zaramohem22 + Chades + Bachue [*bachuc]23 + Iezemeloht + Harngo + Semorgizethon [*sezorgizechon]25 + Malaparos + Malapatas + Helatay + Helahenay + mechay [*methay]26 + meray +





[LXXXVII] [Oration 26.]1



Maloht + otheos + hatamagiel + hataha + marihel + gezozay + iezoray + Gezozay + Saziel + Sazamay + Iezoramp + Zazamanp + Sacamap + Zachamay + Iecornamas + iecohornampda + Salatiel + Gezomel + Zarachiel + megalis + nachama + nechamyha + Sazamaym + sophonaym + lazamair + mehisrampna + Hamamyl + Zamanyl + Sihel + Deloth + Hamamyn + hazemeloch + moys + Ramna + Secoram + Hanasichonea + Seronea + Zaramahem + Sacromohem + Iegonomay + Zaramohem + Chades + Bachuc + Iezemeloht + Harngo + Sezorgizechon + Malaparos + Malapatas + Helatay + Helahenay + Methay + Meray +



1. S: "26 Oracio". The following oration is not marked with crosses or capital letters in S.



2-5. Per GH, S.

6. S: zazomanp.

7. S omits.

8. S: iecornanas.

9. Per S; GH: iecohoruampda.

10. Per GH; S: sabatihel.

11-12. Per GH, S.

13. S: nathama.

14-16. Per GH, S.

17. Per GH; S: hamemeloth.

18. Per GH; S: lecoram.

19. S: hanasichovea.

20. Per GH, S.

21. GH and S omit.

22. S: zaramahem

23. Per GH, S.

24. GH: harugo.

25-26. Per GH, S.

O mercyffull god O gentyll god O almighty god ye gyuer of all thinges doo for me this daye whych doo beliue althynges possible helpe thys daye my unbeliffe and haue mercy upon me eue~ as thow haddest mercy of adam when he repented which also didest gyue unto him asoodayn gyfte of all vertues thorow ye mercy of thy allmightynes giue unto me this daye thoro thy mercy ye grace that I desyer yt I hauing delighte in ye greatenes of thy workes may obtayne ye effecte of thy visyõ which I desyer, O most gentyll ffather be nighe this daye unto my worke, O most gentyll sonne of god confyrme & strenthen me breathe upon me wt thy holy sprite O holy & allmighty god stablyshe my worke this daye and teche me that I may walke innocentely in thy sighte O glorious god yt yu mayste delyghte in the abundance and thy plentyfull grace yt ye violence of ye ffloode of thy most holy spryte may make ye cyte of my harte gladd & may make it pwer in ye faythe of thy holy visyon and in ye hope of ye effectuall inuocencye for ye which I labour and maye replenishe my harte wt thy abundant charite, and quicken me wt [56r] ye beames of thy holy spryte and defend me wt ye everlastinge loue of thy abundant mercy, and yt thy grace be nott voyde in me I besiche thé o lorde my god, but yt it maye abyde in me alwayes abundantly, hele my soule o lorde wt thy inestymable & ineffable goodnys because I haue sinned agaynst ye comfort my harte this daye yt I may receue inwardely that which yu wylte gyue me and kepe it that I maye be apte and mite to see thy face thorow the most holy sacramentes aforsayd thorow ye workinge of the grace of the father of the sonne & of ye holy goost. Amen.





[LXXXVIII] [Latin Oration.]



O merciful God, O gentle God, O almighty God, the giver of all things, do for me this day, which do believe all things possible, help this day my unbelief and have mercy upon me even as thou hadst mercy on Adam when he repented, which also didst give unto him a suddain gift of all virtues through the mercy of thy almightiness, give unto me this day through thy mercy the grace that I desire, that I having delighted in the greatness of thy works may obtain the effect of thy vision which I desire. O most gentle father, be nigh this day unto my work. O most gentle Son of God, confirm and strengthen me. Breath upon me with thy Holy Spirit. O holy and almighty God, establish my work this day, and teach me that I may walk innocently in thy sight, O glorious God, that thou mayst delight in the abundance and thy plentiful grace, that the violence of the flood of thy most Holy Spirit may make the site of my heart glad, and may make it pure in the faith of thy holy vision, and in the hope of the effectual innocence, for the which I labor and may replenish my heart with thy abundant charity, and quicken me with the beams of thy Holy Spirit, and defend me with the everlasting love of thy abundant mercy, and [grant] that thy grace be not void in me. I beseech thee, O Lord my God, but that it may abide in me always abundantly. Heal my soul, O Lord, with thy inestimable and ineffable goodness, because I have sinned against thee. Comfort my heart this day, that I may receive inwardly that which thou wilt give me, and keep it that I may be apt and mite to see thy face, through the most holy sacraments aforesaid, through the working of the grace of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.



1. S: Oracio latina.



Pie deus clemens deus misericors deus d'ns omnipotens õis dans fac mi credenti hodie omnia possibilia et adiuva hodie incredulitatem meam et miserere mei hodie sicut misertus es Adæ pœnitentis [*-ti] qui ei subitaneam per omnipotenciæ tuæ misericordiam multarum virtutum contulisti graciam confer mi hodie per omnipotenciæ tuæ misericordiam graciam quam desidero ut in magnificencia operum tuorum delectatus potesate tue virtutis efficaciam facialis visionis quam desidero valeam adipisti. adesto clementissime pater hodie operi meo et clarifica me benigne alme clementissime unigenite fili dei. confirma me aspira me flamine spiritus sancti. omnipotens sancte deus consolida hodie opus meum et doce me ut ambulem in innocencia tui ipsius dei gloriosi. et glorieris [GH: glorier] in multitudine effluentis graciæ tuæ ut impetus fluminis sanctissimi spiritus unitatem [GH: civitatem] cordis mei letificet et dupurot [GH: depuret] in fide visionis sanctæ et in spe efficaciæ [et] innocenciæ pro qua laboro et cor meum charitatis largitate repleat et instauret et radijs spiritus sancti munificet et muniet charitate [GH: c[l]aritate] æterna affluentis misericordiæ et non sit in me vanitas [GH: vacua te] quaeso deus meus gracia tua quæ p' [deest GH] manet [GH: maneat] semper et multipliciter in me sana domine animam meam pietate clemenciæ tuæ ineffabilis et inæstimabilis quia peccavi tibi et conforta cor meum hodie ut quod mi tribues [GH: trades] in me [GH: intranee] recupiã [GH: recipiam] et teneam ut aptitudinem facialis et sanctæ tuæ visionis habeam per hæc sacramenta tua sanctissima prefata cooperante gracia patris et filij et S. S. Amen.



Sechce (vel Sethye) oo godely father O mercyfull soñe, O gentyll holy spryte 3 p'soñes and oone god, O ineffable and inestymable kinge I besiche ye and thy holy name, & thy aboundant ryghteousnes which worketh all thinges yt yu wylte remitte & forgyue and haue mercy upõ me wretched synner persumi~g unto this worke which I haue begone yt is to know and haue ye sighte of ye yt yu O my lorde and thy grace which I desyer may abundantely wer and grow stronge in me, open o lorde myn eares yt I may here, comfforte my handes yt I may worke clense ye syghte of myn eyes yt I may see, make me cercamspecte yt I may p'forme and bringe to passe, strengthen my sytte yt I may walke, open my nosthrells and my mowgthe yt I may smelle and taste, and speke, those thinges yt may be plesant unto ye now and euer to the honor of thy name which is blyssed for euer. amen.





[LXXXIX] [Oration 27.]



Sechce, O Godly Father, O merciful Son, O gentle Holy Spirit, three persons and one God, O ineffable and inestimable king, I beseech thee and thy holy name, and thy abundant righteousness which worketh all things that thou wilt remit, and forgive, and have mercy upon me, a wretched sinner, presuming unto this work, which I have begone, that is, to know and have the sight of thee, that thou, O my Lord, and thy grace which I desire, may abundantly wer (?) and grow strong in me. Open, O Lord, mine ears that I may hear, comfort my hands, that I may work; cleanse the sight of mine eyes, that I see, make me circumspect, that I may perform and bring to pass; strengthen my sight, that I may walk; open my nostrils and my mouth that I may smell and taste, and speak those things that may be pleasant unto thee now and ever, to the honor of thy name, which is blessed forever. Amen.



1. S: 27 Oracio.



Sethce [GH: Sechce] pie pater misericors fili clemens spiritus sancte deus rex ineffabilis et inestimabilis trinus et unus deus adoro te invoco te et deprecor te et sanctum nomen tuum et supereffluentem æternitatem [GH: equitatem] tuam operantem omnia: quatinus ignoscas indulgeas et miserearis mihi peccatori misero præsumenti et officium quod aggressus sum de visione videnda in me sentiam et cognoscam et tu domine mi ut gracia quam desidero efficaciter in me vigeat et convalescat aperi in me domine aures meas potenter ut audiam. Conforta manus meas ut operer exterge lumen [GH: luctum] oculorum meorum ut videam dilata circumspeccionem meam, ut prospiciam et lucescam confirma pedes meos ut ambulem expedi nares meas et os meum ut olfaciam et sentiam et loquar tibi placita nunc et semper ad honorem nominis tui quod est benedictum in secula. Amen.



Alstha (vel Elsta) O my God thys daye doo Lyft up ye sensys of my fleshe unto ye and my harte yt I may please thé this daye O lorde and that my syghyng may be knowne in thy sight and yt my wordes and workes may be acceptable in thy sighte, & lett thy allmighty goodenes & mercye shyne in my bowelles, & lett my mynde be effectually clensed in thy workes & lett thy glorye encrease in my soule, lett thy [56v] grace floryshe in my harte and in my mowthe yt ye synne which I haue committed I may putt awaye evyn as marye magedelen dyd put awaye hers, & yt I maye p'forme and brynge to effecte that wiche I shall receyue of ye gyfte of thy grace euyn as thy holy apostle saynt paule dyd, & as abraham kepe It & as Isaac remembred it so I may remember it & yt beynge fownded and rooted in ye strength of thy puernes, I may reioyce yt ye fowndatyõ of thy mercy is layd in me, & yt I delyghtynge in ye workes of thy handes may contynually obtayne rightwosnes and peace of mynde & body, & shortely after ye holy visyõ of ye & Inioye it contynually, & ye grace of thy holy spryte plenteosly workinge in me I maye reioyce yt I haue ouercome all ye craftes and subteltyes of myn enemyes bothe vysyble and Invysyble. Amen.





[XC] [Oration 28.]



Alscha, O my God, this day do lift up the senses of my flesh unto thee, and my heart, that I may please thee this day O Lord, and that my sighing may be known in thy sight, and that my words and works may be acceptable in thy sight, and let thy almighty goodness and mercy shine in my bowels, and let my mind be effectually cleansed in thy works, and let thy glory increase in my soul. Let thy grace flourish in my heart and in my mouth, that the sin which I have committed I may put away, even as Mary Magdelin did put away hers, and that I may perform and bringe to effect that which I shall receive of the gift of thy grace, even as thy holy apostle Saint Paul did, and as Abraham kept it, and as Isaac remembered it, so I may remember it and that being founded and rooted in the strength of thy pureness, I may rejoice that the foundation of thy mercy is laid in me, and that I delighting in the works of thy hands, may continually obtain righteousness, and peace of mind and body, and shortly after the holy vision of thee and enjoy it continually, and the grace of thy Holy Spirit, plentiously working in me I may rejoice that I have overcome all the crafts and subtlties of mine enemies both visible and invisible. Amen.



1. S: 28a Oracio.



Alscha [GH: Elscha]: extallo sensus carnis meae ad te hodie domine deus meus et elevo hodie cor meum ad te ut placeant tibi domine hodie gemitus mei et representatio in conspectu tuo et complaceant ut [?, GH omits] verba et opera mea in conspectu tuo et refugeat hodie omnipotentia tua et misericordia in visceribus meis et clarificetur mens mea efficaciter in operibus tuis et conclarescat glorificacio in anima mea et germine gracia tua in corde meo et ore meo ut quod commisero vel peccavero ita diluam sicut beata Maria magdalena diluit et ita in tuo dono graciæ quod a te recepero perficiam, sicut sanctus Apostolus tuus Paulus perfecit et sicut custodivit Abraham ita custodiam sicut memoriter tenuit Iacob teneam ut in purificaturarum tuarum virtute fundatus et radicatus in me tuæ misericordiæ fundamentum confirmatum glorier acquisisse et delectatus in operibus manuum tuarum iusticiam et pacem mentis meæ et corporis et paulo post sanctam visionem perseveranter adoptem et adipiscar et custodiam et spiritus sancti tui domine plenarie in [me] operante gracia hostium sive visibilium sive invisibilium mi adversancium insidias atque versucias gaudeam superasse. Amen.



Obdadia (vel Abladya) O god ye disposer and distrybuter of all kyngdomes and of all power visible and invisible ye governor of good wells dispose my wyll after ye cownsell of thy good spiryte and quicke~ this daye my weykenes and my weyke power, & order my mynde aryghte oo lorde & my wyll to goodenes O lorde yt it maye please ye, and of thy gentyll lyberallyte grauntt me mercyffully thy manyffolde grace nott lokinge to ye multytud of my synnes but acordinge to my desyer gyue me a wyll conformable to ye and a wytt reioysing in the power gyng ye grace of my soule gyuing unto it a good affectyon wt thy grace & vysitt me wt ye vysytacyon of thy holy spryte that the fylthynes which I haue thorow my fleshe or thorow my byrthe may be putt awaye thorow thydeuyne and ineffable goodenes wt the which in ye begi_~ni_~ge thow didest wouchsaffe to creat heauen and earthe yt thy spirytuall & great mercy wt ye which thow didest [57r] vchsaffe to restore agayne man beinge lost to the olde state of grace ffrom whome ye will and Judgement of ye deuyll hadd taken awaye ye lybertye to se thy face thow o lorde whose wytt whose wisdome and brightenes recheth from the beginninge to ye endinge disposing all things pleasauntly myghtely and mercyfully restore in me all sinceryte and puernes that I onworthy and wretched synner being confyrmed in all thy workes maye of them be made well seme and excellent in those thinges which I desyer, and that I may obtayne the 3 folde and seuenfolde grace of the father + ye sonne + and of the holy gost + that I maye obtayne the holy syght of the hooly and gloryous trynite whyle I lyue the lordgrauntyng & admynistrynge and workinge it by his most hooly grace which lyuethe and regneth threy and oone. Amen.





[XCI] [Oration 29.]



Abbadya, O God, the disposer and distributor of all kingdoms and of all power, visible and invisible, the governor of good wills, dispose my will after the counsel of thy good spirit, and quicken this day my weakness and my weak power, and order my mind aright, O Lord, and my will to goodness, O Lord, that it may please thee, and of thy gentle liberality. Grant me mercifully thy manifold grace, not looking to the multitude of my sins, but according to my desire give me a will conformable to thee, and a wit, rejoicing in the power, giving the grace of my soul, giving unto it a good affection with thy grace, and visit me with the visitation of thy Holy Spirit, that the filthiness which I have through my flesh, or through my birth may be put away through thy divine and ineffable goodness, with the which in the beginning thou didst vouchsafe to create Heaven and Earth, that thy spiritual and great mercy with thee, which thou didst vouchsafe to restore again man, being lost to the old state of grace from whom the will and judgment of the devil had taken away the liberty to see thy face, thou O Lord whose wit, whose wisdom, and brightness reacheth from the beginning to the ending, disposing all things pleasantly, mightily, and mercifully. Restore in me all sincerity and pureness, that I [an] unworthy and wretched sinner being confirmed in all thy works may of them be made well, seem, and excellent, in those things which I desire, and that I may obtain the three-fold and seven-fold grace of the Father + the Son + and of the Holy Ghost + that I may obtain the holy sight of the holy and glorious Trinity while I live, the Lord granting and administering, and working it by his most holy grace, which liveth and reigneth three and one. Amen.



S: 29 Oracio.



Abbadya omnium regnorum sive potestatum sive [GH om.] visibilium sive invisibilium dispensator atque dispositor deus et omnium bonarum voluntatum ordinator tu domine consilio tui boni spiritus dispone voluntatem meam et vivifica hodie potestatem meam debilem et imbecillitatem meam et inordinacionem mentis meæ ordina domine voluntatem meam in bonum et in beneplacito tuo et mi graciam tuam multiformem in benignitate dispenscionis largire propitius non ad multitudinem pecctorum meorum respiciens sed mihi qui [GH: que] desidero voluntatem tibi conformem sensum in te iubilantem animæ graciam clarificantem in me confirma et effectum meum cum gracia tua animæ meæ accommoda et visita me visitacione spiritus sancti ut quod ex carnis macula sive quod ex nativitate ex peccati labe contraxi divina tua [illa] ineffabilis pietas aboleat qua in principio cœlum et terram creare voluisti illa spiritualis magna misericordia tua restauret quia [GH: qua] hominem perditum ad graciæ pristinum statum amissum revocare dignatus es cui iudicium Sathanæ facultatis [GH: -tatem] visionis abstulit et intellectus. tu domine cuius sensus atque sapiencia et claritas est attingens a fine usque ad finem et disponens omnia fortiter suaviter et misericorditer omnem sinceritatem atque puritatem in me restituas. ut ego indignus peccator et miser in omnibus operibus tuis confirmatus in [GH adds: hiis] quæ desidero ab illis [GH: habilis] efficiar et perspicuus et claribundus triplici et septemplici patris et filij et S. S. largitate officiar ad obtinendum sanctam facialem sanctæ et gloriosæ trinitatis visionem meo vivente corpusculo deo prestante et administrante cooperante sua sanctissima gracia qui vivit et regnat trinus et unus. Amen.



Alpha . et . omega God and lord of all lyuinge creatures the admynystrator and Increaser of all visyble and invisyble thinges Gyvinge all thinges to all creatures accordinge to ye abundance of his mercye, accordinge to ye deseruynges of angells and men shide into me the abundance of the celestyall grace, and the grace of thy holy spryte maye this daye illumyne my harte, and thow o lorde encrease in me the gyftes of thy holy spiryte, and strengthen me and renew in me ye Inwarde man and washe me wt ye dewe of thy grace wt ye which thow hast moystered ye angells adowrne me wt the abundance of thyn Innocencye, wt ye which thow hast adourned and beautyfyed thy faythfull frome ye beginni_~ge, yt ye gyftes of ye seue~ffolde grace of ye holy gost maye worke in me, and ye waters of ye celestyall fluddes of the celestyall Jerusalem rõin_~g wt great veheme~cye maye washe and fyll the nytt of my conscyence that it maye ouerfflow wyth the brightenes wherwt thow cõmest owt of heauen upon ye waters of ye holy & pure sacrame~t of ye maiesty & cõfyrme in me ye mightie thinges of this most holy visiõ. amen.





[XCII] [Oration 30.]



Alpha and Omega, God and Lord of all living creatures, the administrator and increaser of all visible and invisible things, giving all things to all creatures according to the abundance of his mercy, according to the deservings of angels and men, shide into me the abundance of the celestial grace, and the grace of thy Holy Spirit. May this day illumine my heart, and thou O Lord increase in me the gifts of thy Holy Spirit, and strengthen me and renew in me the inward man, and wash me with the dew of thy grace with the which thou hast moystered (?) the angels. Adorn me with the abundance of thine innocence, with the which thou hast adorned and beautified thy faithfull from the beginning, that the gifts of the seven-fold grace of the Holy Ghost may work in me, and the waters of the celestial floods of the celestial Jerusalem, coming with great vehemence may wash and fill the nit of my conscience, that it may overflow with the brightness wherewith thou comest out of Heaven upon the waters of the holy and pure sacrament of the majesty and confirm in me the mighty things of this most holy vision. amen.



1. S: 30a Oracio.



Alpha et omega: deus vivorum dominator et omnium visibilium et invisibilium administrator fæcundator omnibus omnia singulis singula tribuens secundum naturæ suæ facultatem pro [e-]qualitate meritorum angelorum et hominum graciæ cœlestis largitatem in me infunde et [*ut] gracia spiritus sancti hodie cor meum et animam meam illustret et tu domine multiplica in me dona spiritus sancti et corrobora et innova [in] me interiorem hominem et facunda [GH: fecunda] me rore tuæ graciæ qua anglos [*angelos] rorasti et adorna me largitate innocenciæ tuæ qua a principio fideles tuos adornasti ut in me operentur septiformis graciæ munera spiritus sancti et aque superioris fluminis Ierusamem cum impitu [GH: impetu] fluentes puteum conscienciæ meæ et animum meum irrigent repleant et exuberent charitate qua de cœlo venisti super aquas magestatis [GH: maiestatis] tuæ. huius pure [GH: puri] sacramenti in me confirma magnalia [ac] huius sanctæ visionis. Amen.



[57v]



Leiste (vel Trayeste) I conffesse to thé o lorde god the ffather of all thyng whych hast shewyd unto us thy celestyall secretes thé doo I humbly besiche, and thy maiesty doo I desyre and prayse yt euen as yu arte kinge and prynce of thowghts wylls sowls and all other vertues euyn so here my prayers this daye and lett my workes prosper in thy sighte, and lett my dedys preuayle in the syghte of all celestyall powers, I cry this daye unto ye oo my god now here my crye, I make my moone to thé thys daye here the morning of my harte, and I commende this daye my sprite, my body, my soule in to thy handes and my thowghts oo my father & my god & lett me nott perceue my selfe to be forsaken of thé but gyue unto me thy mercy yt thy name maye be exalted in me. o most gentyll god ye holy gost, whose goodenes is everlasting, whose mercye is incomperhensible, whose bryghtenes is perpetuall wherof heaue~ & earthe is full breath & looke upon me oo lorde, & unto this my worke, and for thy honor & prayse grawnt unto me yt that I deuoutly aske & all forwardenes towarde thy holy visiõ thorow thy godely dispensatyõ may be fulfilled in me. teache me O lord for in ye doo I putt my selfe to be tawght, puryfy me for in ye doo I putt my selfe to be puryfyed, clarify me for in ye doo I putt mi selfe to be clarefied, make me cleane for in ye doo I putt my selfe to be clensyd, make me i_~nocent for in ye doo I putt my selfe to be made i_~noce~t, gloryfye me O lord for in ye doo I putt my selfe to be glorified, gouerne me O lorde for in ye doo I putt my selfe to be gouerned, & power ye faythe of thy [58r] grace into me, and fasien it in me that the holy gost maye cum into me & maye reygne and governe me yt I may obtayne this holy visyon. Amen.





[XCIII] [Oration 31.]



Leiste, I confess to thee, O Lord God, the father of all things, which hast shewed unto us thy celestial secrets. Thee do I humbly beseech, and thy majest do I desire and praise, that even as thou art king and prince of thoughts, wills, souls, and all other virtues, even so hear my prayers this day, and let my works prosper in thy sight, and let my deeds prevail in the sight of all celestial powers, I cry this day unto thee O my God, now hear my cry. I make my moan to thee this day; hear the mourning of my heart, and I commend this day my spirit, my body, my soul, into thy hands, and my thoughts, O my Father and my God, and let me not perceive myself to be forsaken of thee, but give unto me thy mercy, that thy name may be exalted in me. O most gentle God, the Holy Ghost, whose goodness is everlasting, whose mercy is incomprehensible, whose brightness is perpetual, whereof Heaven and Earth is full, breathe and look upon me, O Lord, and unto this my work, and for thy honor and praise grant unto me that which I devoutly ask, and all forwardness toward thy holy vision, through thy godly dispensation may be fulfilled in me. Teach me, O lord, for in thee do I put myself to be taught. Purify me for in thee do I put myself to be purified. Clarify me, for in thee do I put myself to be clarified. Make me clean, for in thee do I put myself to be cleansed. Make me innocent, for in thee do I put myself to be made innocent. Glorify me, O lord, for in thee do I put myself to be glorified. Govern me, O Lord, for in thee do I put myself to be governed, and pour the faith of thy grace into me, and fasten it in me, that the Holy Ghost may come into me, and may reign and govern me, that I may obtain this holy vision. Amen.



S: Oration 31a.



[S3 adds: dicenda cum o~rone Salomonis Rothon. celi ante Invocationem angelorum.]



Leyste [S3: Leiste] profiteor tibi hodie [S3: d~ne = domine] deus pater omnium qui secreta celestia ostendisti [S3: ostende]. Te deprecor suppliciter et maiestatem tuam [S3: tuam maistatem] precor et exoro ut sicut tu ex [S3: es] rex et princeps cogitacionum voluntatum et animarum et omnium virtutum aliarum hodie exaudi preces meas et dirigantur operaciones meæ in conspectu tuo et actiones meæ in conspectu cœlestium virtutum prevaleant clamo hodie ad te deus meus nunc exaudi clamorem meum ingemisco ad te hodie exaudi gemitus cordis mei et ego comuendo [GH: commendo] hodie spiritum meum corpus meum et animam meam in manus tuas et cogitaciones meas pater mi et deus meus et ne me a te senciam derelictum sed [GH: set] misericordiam tuam mi tibue et exaltetur [GH: misericordiam tuam in me [senciam], et exaltetur] nomen tuum in me clementissime spiritus sancti deus cuius bonitas est æterna cuius misericordia est incomprehensibilis cuius perpetua claritas cuius possessione pleni sunt cœli et terra. aspira et respire in me domine et [GH inserts: intende] ad hanc operacionem meam et quod in me [GH: tue] laudis honorem [GH: honore] devote postulo mi concede et [*ut] in me omnis profectus facialis et sanctæ visionis [GH: visione] dispensacionem [GH: dispensacione] divina compleatur. doce me domine qd [GH: qui] in te pono me docendum purifica me domine qd [GH: quia] in te pono me purificandum clarifica me qd [GH: quia] in te pono me clarificandum, mundifica me [GH adds: Domine] qd [GH: quia] in te pono me mundificandum, Innocentifica me qd [GH: quia] in te pono me innocentificandum glorifica me domine qd [GH: quia] in te pono me glorificandum, rege me domine qd [GH: quia] in te pono me regendum et in me graciæ tuæ fidem infunde et fige ut spiritus sanctus in me veniat regnet et imperet pro hac sancta visione divina. Amen.



Horiston (vel Horystyon) O god be cause I ame thy servan_~t I serue thé this daye and confesse befor the maiestye of thy glorye in whose syghte all magnyfycence and all holynes is I besiche thy holy and ineffable name yt yu woldest this daye bowe ye eares of thy pytye to ye offyce of this my worke & ope~ ye eyes of thy maiestye yt thy hande beinge ope~ I maye be satysffyed wt ye grace which I desyer & made fruytffull wt charyte & bryghtenes wherwt yu hast ffowded heaven & earthe omst [?] godly ffather of thy lyberalyte which lyuest and reygnest one god worlde wt owt ende. Amen.





[XCIV] [Oration 32.]



Horistion, O God, because I am thy servant I serve thee this day, and confess before the majesty of thy glory in whose sight all magnificence and all holiness is. I beseech thy holy and ineffable name that thou wouldest this day bow the ears of thy pity to the office of this my work and open the eyes of thy majesty, that thy hand being open, I may be satisfied with the grace which I desire, and made fruitful with charity and brightness, wherewith thou hast founded Heaven and Earth, O most godly Father of thy liberality, which livest and reignest one God, world without end. Amen.



1. S: 32a Oracio.



Horistion: domine quia ego seruus tuus f' [? GH omits] sum servio tibi hodie et confiteor coram maiestate gloriæ tuæ in cuius conspectu omnis manificencia [GH: magnificencia] et sanctimonia est, et deprecor sanctum et ineffabile nomen tuum quatinus ad tantæ operacionis meæ officium [GH: effectum] hodie aures tuæ pietatis inclines et oculos tuæ maiestatis accomodes ut aperiente [GH adds te] manu tua [GH: manum tuam] graciam [GH: *gracia] quam desidero sacier et fæcunder charitate et claritate qua cœlum fundasti et terram, te pater pijssime largitate [GH: largiente] qui vivis et regnas solus per omnia secula seculorum. Amen.



Ieremon (vel ysemon) O most mekest my lorde and my god haue mercy upon me and forgeve my synnes heale my soule, for I haue synned agaynst ye, deny nott yt thinge to oone which thow hast gyuen to mãy [many? Mani?!] heare o god the prayer of thy servant N. & yt in what daye soeuer I shall call upon ye thow wylte here me quickeli as yu dydest here holy marye magdalene receue o lorde ye prayers of him yt confessythe hymselfe to ye, & here ye voyce of my prayer thorow ye intercessyon of ye most blessyd virgin marye thy mother, & of all thy sayntes yt ye prayers & intercessyons which I make to thé in this hower for this holy vysyõ may cum to thy pytyffull eares yt I thorow thy most holy & sacred names which be these: Hosel + Iesel + Hazaiacol + Iosel + Anthiachar + Hazacol + Gezor + Gezamyhor + namathar + Senales + Iole + Tharotheos + Lochos + Genos + Halla + Samyyhel [?] + Ramay + Sacharios + Logos + Patir + Saraht + Iothosym. Beinge clensyd and purefyd and clarefyed made innocent and consecrate maye see the glorious and holy sighte of thy face thorow or lord Jesus christ which lyueth & raygneth worlde wyth owt ende. Amen.





[XCV] [Oration 33.]



Jeremon, O most meekest, my Lord and my God, have mercy upon me and forgive my sins. Heal my soul, for I have sinned against thee. Deny not that thing to one which thou hast given to many. Hear, O God, the prayer of thy servant N. and that in what day soever I shall call upon thee thou wilt hear me quickly, as thou didst hear holy Mary Magdalene. Receive, O Lord, the prayers of him that confesseth himself to thee, and hear the voice of my prayer, through the intercession of the most blessed virgin Mary, thy mother, and of all thy saints, that the prayers and intercessions which I make to thee in this hour for this holy vision may come to thy pitiful ears, that I through thy most holy and sacred names which be these: Hosel + Iesel + Hazaiacol + Iosel + Anthiachar + Hazacol + Gezor + Gezamyhor + namathar + Senales + Iole + Tharotheos + Lochos + Genos + Halla + Samyhel + Ramay + Sacharios + Logos + Patir + Saraht + Iothosym, being cleansed and purified and clarified, made innocent, and consecrate, maye see the glorious and holy sight of thy face, through our Lord Jesus Christ, which liveth and reigneth world without end. Amen.



1. S: 33a Oracio.



S: Seremon [GH: Jeremon]. clementissime domine deus meus et miserere mei et parce malis meis sana animam meam quia peccavi tibi non obneges [GH: abneges] uni quod pluribus contulisti exaudi deus oracionem famuli tui N. et in quacunque die invocavero te velociter exaudi me sicut exaudisti sanctam M. magdalenam. suscipe domine clamorem confitentis tibi [GH: ad te], audi vocem precantis et [GH adds: per] oraciones beatissimæ Mariæ virginis matris tuæ atque omnium sanctorum tuorum ut oraciones et preces preveniant ad aures pietatis tuæ quas ego N. pro hac sancta visione effundo coram te in hac hora ut per tua sanctissima nomina et sacramenta. quæ sunt hosel iesel hazaiacol. Iosel anthiathar [GH: authiachar] hazacol gezor gezamyhor namathar senales iole tarotheos lochos genos halla samyhel ramay sacharios logos patir sarahe [GH: sarahc] iothosym. mundatus purificatus clarificatus innocentificatus et consecratus ad hanc gloriosam [GH om.] et sacramti [GH: sacram] tui facialem visionem, [GH adds: pervenire merear] prestante domino nostro Ihesu Christo qui vivit et regnat per omnia secula seculorum. Amen.



[58v]



Hosbor O hyghe lord O Inuisible god, O inestimable god O ineffable god, O incomutable god, O Incorruptyble god, O pytyffull god, O most swytest god, O hyghe and gloryous god, O Infynyte god, O almighte god, father of all mercy I unworthye synner full of iniquite deceyte & malyce cu~ humbly unto thy mercye prayinge & besechinge ye nott to looke upon all myn & innumerable synnes but eue~ as yu arte wonte to haue mercye upon synners & to here ye prayers of ye humble & meke, euyn so wouchsaffe to here me thy servant N. allthough unworthe crying unto ye ffor this most hooly & godely vision most humbly & hartely asking it of ye by prayer adourned wt thy holy & sacred names which are these: Hosel + Iesel + etc. yt I may haue vertue & grace which I ought to haue for suche an hyge visyon that Is to saye pryte, Inuocencye, clerenes, wysdome, holines, charyte, sinceryte, humilite, stedfastenes & good wyll thorow thy gyft whych syttest in the hyghest to whome be laude glorye and honoer worlde wyth owt ende. Amen.





[XCVI] [Oration 34.]

Hosbor, O high Lord, O invisible God, O inestimable God, O ineffable God, O incommutable God, O incorruptible God, O pitiful God, O most sweetest God, O high and glorious God, O infinite God, O almighty God, father of all mercy, I [an] unworthy sinner, full of iniquity, deceit, and malice come humbly unto thy mercy, praying and beseeching thee not to look upon all mine innumerable sins, but even as thou art wont to have mercy upon sinners and to hear the prayers of the humble and meek, even so vouchsafe to hear me, thy servant N., although unworthy, crying unto thee for this most holy and godly vision, most humbly and heartily asking it of thee by prayer adorned with thy holy and sacred names which are these: Hosel + Iesel + etc. that I may have virtue and grace which I ought to have for such an high vision, that is to say, purity, innocence, clearness, wisdom, holiness, charity, sincerity, humility, steadfastness, and good will, through thy gift which sittest in the highest to whom be laud, glory, and honor, world without end. Amen.



1. S: 34a Oratio.



Hostor [GH: Hofbor] excelse domine deus invisibilis deus inestimabilis deus ineffabilis deus incommutabilis deus incorruptibilis deus pijssime deus dulcissime deus excelse deus gloriose deus immense deus omnipotens deus pater totius misericordie ego licet indignus et plenus iniquitate dolo et malicia supplex ad tuam venio misericordiam orans et deprecans ut non respias ad uniuersa et innumerabilia peccata mea. sed [GH: set] sicut consueuisti peccatorum misereri et preces humilium exaudire. ita me famulum tuum N. licet indignum exaudire digneris clamantem ad te pro hac sanctissima uisione diuina humiliter et desiderantissime a te postulata prece tuis sanctis sacramentis insignita quæ sunt: hosel iesel [S2: vosel . iesel .] (ut prius) [GH: et cetera] ut virtutem et graciam quam pro tanta visione habere debeo habeam. scilicet puritatem et innocenciam et claritatem sapienciam et sanctitatem charitatem et sinceritatem et humilitatem et firmitatem et bonam voluntatem te ipso prestante qui sedes in altissimis. cui laus est atque gloria et honor per infinita seucla seculorum. Amen.





[XCVII]

[Si seriem1 harum oracionum scire vis, respices [GH: respice] seciem .100. nominum dei huius libri, quia per illa semper incipiunt oraciones. // Et nota quod illa sacra dei nomina predicta .hosel. Iesel. et cetera debent dici paulo post principium orande eciam in principia cuiuslibet oracionis.



1. S2 adds.



[The Ms. continues with the second part "of clensyng or makyng clene to obtayne the syght of the deyte"]


COMMENTS

-



 

Liber Juratus, or the Sworne Booke of Honoriu

00:32 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,896


Part 3

Abbreviations

GH Gösta Hedegård (2002)

R British Library MS Royal 17Axlii

S Sloane 3885

S2 Sloane 3854

S3 Sloane 3853



Section numbers follow GH. Corrected readings are indicated by * in front of the correct form. Text in is to be deleted.







[(Royal MS 17Axlii)] [(Modernized)] Notes

NYNE prayers are sett in the begi~ni~ge which doo last unto this prayer helisthemaht hazaram wherof the firste 8 are a preparatyon of the way to worke and to prepare the worke to obtayne but the 9 is off the effect of this worke as for the fyrst 8 they oughte to be sayd euery day that yow wil worke very early in the morninge before the breke of the daye and no more to be sayd that day and the 9 owght alwayes to be sayd in the beginninge of the prayers that foloweth those 8 and in the ende of them also,

[L]



NINE prayers are set in the beginning which do last unto this prayer: 'helisthemaht hazaram' whereof the first 8 are a preparation of the way to work and to prepare the work to obtaine, but the 9 is of the effect of this work. As for the first 8, they ought to be said every day that you will work, very early in the morning before the break of the day, and no more to be said that day. And the 9 ought always to be said in the beginning of the prayers that followeth those 8, and in the end of them also.

S: Novem orationes sunt in principio posite usque ad illam orationem: 'Helistemaht, hazaram...', quarum octo sunt preparacio vie ad operandum et preparacio operis ad obtinendum, sed nona est prima oratio de intrincesitate huius operis. de octo dico [tibi] quod summo mane paululum ante crepusculum matutinum ante incepcionem operis cuiuslibet diei ipse sunt proferrendae, et non oportet de tota die amplius, de nona dico, quod semper in principio orandi per orationes alias ab illis octo praedictis et in fine est proferenda.

after that there be othere 8 prayers folowing which be called the 8 termes and the be good to cause yow to obtayne your request at godes hande, so upon ye fryday after that yow haue truly repented your selfe and confessyd yow shall fast breade and water and very early in the morninge before the breke of the daye thoe shalt say 10 prayers which thow shalte fynde wrytten after that is to say the 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, and these muste ye saye wt greate deuocyon.



After that there be 8 other prayers following, which be called the 8 terms, [or "Ends"] and they be good to cause you to obtain your request at God's hand, so upon the Friday after you have truly repented yourself and confessed, you shall fast bread and water, and very early in the morning before the break of the day, thou shalt say 10 prayers which thou shalt find written after, that is to say, the 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32. And these must ye say with great devotion.



S: Octo orationes sunt in fine positae quae octo termini nuncupantur et de illis dico, quod valent ad habendum divinum concessu.



Sic primo una die veneris, postquam eris vere pœnitens et confessus, ieiunabis pane et aqua et summo mane circa principium crepusculi matutini dices decem orationes, quas invenies infra 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. suaviter et intente atque sedulo prorumpendo.

After that yow shall pawse a whyle remembring your petycion and rehersing it and then shall ye saye the 8 termes afore wrytten and in the ende of euery terme yow shall powse a lytle and reherse your petycyon. After yt [45r] when yow haue thus donne once in the morninge yow must doo so agayne abowt the 3 hower and lykewyse abowt the middaye & then yow may dyne.



After that you shall pause a while, remembering your petition and rehearsing it, and then shall ye say the 8 terms afore written, and in the end of every term you shall pause a little and rehearse your petition. After that, when you have thus done once in the morning, you must do so again about the 3 hour, and likewise about the midday, and then you may dine.



S: deinde facto parvo intervallo postulatis et cogitando dices illos 8 terminos intervallum similiter parvum et postulativum in fine cuiuslibet termini faciendo. deinde cum mane semel dixeris eodem modo penitus circa tertiam semel dices et similiter circa meridiem semel et tunc poteris prandere.



The day folowinge yt is to saye upon satturday yow moste doo euen as ye did the day before in any wyse upon the sonday yow shall doo lykewyse sauinge yt yow shall nott fast but that yow may eatte fyshe or fleshe as ye will but moderately. Then after none, that is to saye when ye haue prayed 3 tymes, then in the nyghte folowinge shall be reuelyd unto yow by an angell whether yow shall obtayne your petycyon or noo.



The day following, that is to say upon Saturday, you must do even as ye did the day before in any wise upon the Sunday you shall do likewise, saving that you shall not fast, but that you may eat fish or flesh as ye will, but moderately. Then after noon, that is to say when ye have prayed 3 times, then in the night following shall be revealed unto you by an angel, whether you shall obtain your petition or no.



S: In crastino, scilicet in die sabbati, eodem modo penitus facies. In die dominica similiter, nisi quod non ieiunabis, immo quod vis, vel pisces vel carnes, commedere quibus post meridiem, scilicet finita tertia vice orandi.



tuuc in nocte sequenti in somnis revelabitur tibi per Angelum concessus vel repulsa.



Yf your petycyon be graunted then shall ye doo as yow shall be tawght in this booke, and yf hit be denyed then shall yow awayte another tyme and in the meane whyle ye shall prepare your selfe better that yow may obtayne your petycyon:



If your petition be granted, then shall ye do as you shall be taught in this book, and if it be denied, then shall yuw await another time, and in the meanwhile ye shall prepare yourself better, that you may obtain your petition.



S: Si concessus facies ut docebitur tibi in hoc libro. Si repulsa spectabis aliud tempus in quo iterum quæres concessum et tunc te melius preparato apud deum, unde veniet concessus.

But here is to be noted that this prayer, "O Jesu the sonne," etc. with that prayer that foloweth, "Elyminator" be cause it is parte of the same prayer owght to be sayde thryse after euery tyme of your prayinge softely and allwayes at the ende of them to reherse your petycyon then yf yt be put backe that thow doest nott obtayne, then doo as yow dyd the fryday saturday and sonday before sauynge that upon the sonday in stede of your fast yow shall geue almose ["alms"] to 3 poore folke charytably and wt good deuocyon.



But here is to be noted that this prayer, "O Jesu the Son," etc. with that prayer that followeth, "Elyminator" because it is part of the same prayer ought to be said thrice after every time of your praying, softly and always at the end of them to rehearse your petition; then if that be put back that thou dost not obtain, then do as you did the Friday, Saturday, and Sunday before, saving that upon the Sunday instead of your fast, you shall give alms to three poor folk charitably and with good devotion.



S: Sed nota quod illa oratio 'Ihesu dei filius' cum illa 'Eleminator' que est pars euisdem orationis nisi quod ibi debet fierit minimum intervallum postulativum debet dici ter submisse post quamlibet vicem orandi horis praedictis. Si autem repulsam habueris fac ut dictum est die veneris, sabbati et dominici, nisi quod in die dominico loco ieiunij debes dare tres elemosinas tribus pauperibus misericorditer et devote.



after that in the fyrst moone that is to say the munday folowinge doo as ye dydest before and after the same maner lykewyse the 2, 3, and 4 moone or munday and so euen to the ende that ^paduenture god will haue mercy upon thé, but in the latter prayers Yu must change thy petycyon that is to saye Yu shallte nott desyer of god to graunte thé thy petycyon butt onely that he wyll haue mercy upon thé.



After that in the first moon, that is to say the Monday following, do as ye didst before, and after the same manner. Likewise the 2, 3, and 4 moon or Monday, and so even to the end that peradventure God will have mercy upon thee, but in the latter prayers thou must change thy petition, that is to say, thou shalt not desire of God to grante thee thy petition, but only that he will have mercy upon thee.



S: deinde prima luna, scilicet in die lunae sequenti, fac ut prius penitus et eodem modo similiter luna 2a et luna 3a et lunae 4ta et sic usque ad finem. Et si forte deus miserebitur tui. tamen in orationibus latinis tunc oporteret peticionem mutare, scilicet peticione concessus in peticionem miseracionis.



And it is to be noted that he that will saye those prayers or suche lyke must be chaste and cleane and he must say them with greate deuocyon and he that doth otherwyse he shall be openly plaged of god, in those greke, [45v] hebrue and chaldey prayers there be the most sacred and hooly names of god and his holy angells which owght nott to be spoken of man but only thorow the mercy of godd, and when thow arte put bakke of thy request thow oughtst not to dispayre but truely to confesse thy selffe and not to dissemble with god and to serche thy conscyence thorowly and to geue almose ["alms"] largely, and to cause dyuerse massys to be sayd, and to say dyuers prayers knelyng upon thy knees and with bitter teeres to entrete and besiche almighty god to be merciful unto ye ffor thus were the wyse men wont to doo to cume to theyr purpose.



And it is to be noted that he that will say those prayers or such like must be chaste and clean, and he must say them with great devotion, and he that doth otherwise he shall be openly plagued of God. In those Greek, Hebrew, and Chaldaic prayers there be the most sacred and holy names of God and his holy angels, which ought not to be spoken of man but only through the mercy of God, and when thou art put back of thy request thou oughtest not to dispair, but truly to confess thyself and not to dissemble with God, and to search thy conscience thoroughly, and to give alms largely, and to cause diverse masses to be said, and to say diverse prayers kneeling upon thy knees and with bitter tears to entreat, and beseech almighty God to be merciful unto thee for thus were the wise men wont to do to come to their purpose.



S: Et nota quod qui tales orationes vult dicere debet esse castus et mundus et devote proferre et qui aliter fecerit procul dubio punicionem manifestam videbit. In illis enim orationibus grecis hebraicis et caldaicis sunt sacratissima nomina dei et angelorum que non nisi ex misericordia ab homine proferri permitterentur.



Et quando tibi accidit repulsa non debes desperare sed confiteri et renes magis perscrutari et multas elemosina laete largiri et missas diversas [facere celebrari et orationes diversas] genibus flexis ad dominum alloqui sive fari et tempestivis et protervis fletibus et orationibus dominum hortari et amplecti. haec solent facere sapientes, ut veniant ad effectum.

YFF ADONAY, that is to say, allmyghty god, doo graunte the thy request or petycyon, that is to say, revele unto the in thy slepe that thow shalt obtayne, then must yu worke as here after folowythe, that is to saye, ye 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32 of the moone in the morning thow shallte say these prayers folowynge oonce abowt 3 of the cloke oonce abowt 9 of the cloke and oonce at eueni_~g, yt is to saye, "Assaylemaht and nazaihemaht lameht leynaht, O most high and inuisible god theos", and "I beseche the_~ O my lorde", and that which is the prologge, that is to saye, quot;O most hyghe and inuisible god," but that those 3 fyrst prayers are of the secretes of this arte, "alpha et omega" and "helischemaht" and "theos megale patir" with there prologe "O almyghte and euerlastinge god the father the lyght" which ought to be sayd after yt must be sayd fyrst





[LI] [The beginning of the cleansing]1

IF ADONAY, that is to say, almighty God, do grant thee thy request or petition, that is to say, reveal unto thee in thy sleep that thou shalt obtain, then must thou work as hereafter followeth, that is to say, the 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, and 32 of the Moon in the morning thou shalt say these prayers following once about 3 of the clock, once about 9 of the clock, and once at evening, that is to say, "Assaylemaht and nazaihemaht lameht leynaht, O most high and invisible God theos", and "I beseech thee O my Lord", and that which is the prolog, that is to say, quot;O most high and invisible God," but that those 3 first prayers are of the secrets of this art, "Alpha et Omega" and "helischemaht" and "Theos megale patir" with their prolog "O almighty and everlasting God, the father the light" which ought to be said after that [which] must be said first.2



1. S2 titles this section "Prima Mundacio".



2. S: "1. Si Adonay largiente concessum habueris et opereris secundum modu, subscriptum, luna 4a, 8a, 12a, 16a, 20a, 24a, 28a, 32a, in die circa matutinum semel circa, tertiã semel, circa nonam semel, circa vesperas semel dices has orationes prescriptas scilicet Saylemaht [*Assaylemaht] et hazaihemaht que est 2a pars eius et lameht leynaht et deus summe deus et te quaeso domine. Et que est prologus eius scilicet deus summe deus nisi quod illae tres orationes prime de intraneitate artis. Alpha et [omega] et heliscemaht. Et theos megale patir cum suo prologo lux mundi que post eam debet dici prius dicantur



and after that lett "hassailemaht" be sayd but yow must fyrst pawse a lytle and reherse your petycyon yt same most holy prayer "lameht ragna" with his parte folowinge "Semeht Segaht" with his prologge ought to be sayd the fyrst daye of the moone 4 tymes, that is to saye, early in the morning abowt 3 of the cloke oonce, [46r] abought 9 of the clok, 3 abowght myddaye, 3 and the 3 moondaye ye must saye it thryse that is to saye in the morning oonce, abowte 9 of the clokke oonce, and abowt the myddaye oonce,



And after that let "hassailemaht" be said. But you must first pause a little and rehearse your petition that same most holy prayer "lameht ragna" with his part following "Semeht Segaht" with his prolog ought to be said the first day of the Moon 4 times, that is to say, early in the morning about 3 of the clock once, about 9 of the clock, 3 about midday, 3, and the 3 moonday ye must say it thrice, that is to say in the morning once, about 9 of the clock once, and about the midday once.



S: et post ille hassailamaht dicantur facto tamen modico intervallo postulati~o. Illa autem sanctissima oratio Lameht Ragna cum sua particula Semeht sagaht et cum suo prologo debet dici luna prima quater scilicet summa mane semel circa tertiam semel circa nonam ter circa meridiem ter.



the 3 daye of the moone it must be sayde 3 in the morninge oonce, abowte 9 of the cloke oonce, and abowte 12 of the cloke oonce,



the 6 daye of the moone it must be sayde twyse that is at 9 of the cloke oonce, and at 12



the 9 daye it must be sayd 3 in the morninge 3 at 9 of the cloke 3 and 3 at 12



the 12 daye it must be sayd 3 in the mrning [sic] 3 at 9 of the clokke 3 3 at noune and 3 at nighhte



the 15 day it must be sayd 3 in the morninge at 9 of the cloke 3 at 12 of the cloke 3 and 3 at nyghte,



and upon the 18 daye, 21 daye, and the 23, 26, 29, and 30 daye ye must say them euyn as yow dyd upon the 15 daye but note that this prayer must be saye in greate chastite and cleines.1



The 3rd day of the moon it must be said 3 in the morning once, about 9 of the clock once, and about 12 of the clock once.



The 6th day of the moon it must be said twice, that is, at 9 of the clock once, and at 12.



The 9th day it must be said 3 in the morning 3, at 9 of the clock 3, and 3 at 12.



The 12th day it must be said 3 in the morning 3, at 9 of the clock 3, 3 at noon, and 3 at night.



The 15th day it must be said 3 in the morning [3], at 9 of the clock 3, at 12 of the clock 3, and 3 at night.



And upon the 18th day, 21st day, and the 23rd, 26th, 29th, and 30th days ye must say them even as you did upon the 15th day. But note that this prayer must be said in great chastity and cleanness.



1. S: Luna 3a proferatur ter: circa mane semel, circa meridiem semel, circa nonam semel. Luna 6ta proferatur bis in mane, bis in meridie, bis in nona. Luna 9a, proferatur ter in mane, ter in meridie, ter in nona. Luna 12a proferatur 3 in mane, 3 in meridie, 3 in nona, ter in vesperis. Luna 15a proferatur [in] mane ter, [in] tertia 3, in meridie ter, in nona 3, in vesperis ter.



In 18a luna 21a, 23a, 26a, 29a, 30 legantur similiter sicut in 15a. Sed nota quod ista oratio in castitate et in mundicia.



It is good to be sayde also agaynst all perrylles and daungers of fyer beastes and dyuells but then yow nyde ["need"] not haue respecte to the day our hower, but that most holy prayer "hazaram hihel" wt his 4 partes folowinge which be these "hihelma helma" &c "agloros theomythos" and c, "megal agal" and c, "hamicchiahel" and c, with there prologges which are these, "confyrme, strengthen", and c, "almyghty and euerlastinge god", and c, "O the truthe the waye", and c, "I wretched synner", &c, as the ly be fore [as they lie before] in order owght to be sayd plesauntely and with good deuocyon after the forsayd prayers "lameth ragua" the same dayes and howers excepte hit be in one cause that when your petycyon is for sume great busynes as to speke with sprytes or to se the deyte, then it ought nott to be sayd but oonce that is to say in the morninge



It is good to be said also against all perils and dangers of fire, beasts, and devils, but then you need not have respect to the day or hour, but that most holy prayer "Hazaram hihel ..." [chap XXXI] with his 4 parts following, which be these, "Hihelma helma ..." [XXXII], "Agloros theomythos ..." [XXXIV], "Megal agal ..." [XXXV], "Hamicchiahel ..." [XXXVII], with their prologs, which are these, "Confirm, strengthen ..." [XXXIII], "Almighty and everlasting God ..." [XL], "O the truth, the way, ..." [XXXVI], "I, wretched sinner..." [XXXVIII], as they lie before in order, ought to be said pleasantly and with good devotion after the foresaid prayers "Lameth ragna ..." [XXVIII] the same days and hours, except it be in one cause that when your petition is for some great business as to speak with spirits or to see the Deity, then it ought not to be said but once, that is to say in the morning.



S: et fide prolata valet similiter contra pericula ignis, bestiarum vel daemonum, et tunc nihil de horis vel lunacionibus respicere oportet.



Illa autem oratio sanctissima Hazaram hihel cum suis particulis 4, quae sunt lihelma [sic] helma etc. Agloros thromahos (vel - thromahnos) etc. megal agal etc. hammlstiahel etc. cum suis similiter prologis, scilicet Confirma, consolida etc. o deus omnip's qui es etc., O lux veritas etc., Ego in conspectu tuo etc. seriatim ut prius iacent, debent prorumpi suaviter et intente post illam predictam. Lameht Ragna eisdem diebus et horis nisi in uno casu, scilicet quando pro magno negocio petitur, puta loqui cum spiritibus vel videre deum. Tunc ipsa non debit dici nisi semel, scilicit circa mana.

but when yow aske for scyence or knoledge to be saued from euylles, or for the knowledge of the heauens & angells and there seales or suche thinges then muste ye [46v] doo as is afore sayde of "lameht ragna" and this prayer hathe the same effycacye and strengthe that "lameht ragna" hathe and sumwhat more specyall or that is better excepte it be in case yt yow wil aske of ye celestyall sprytes any greate or harde thinge as to come doune and speke to aman or ells to constrayne the sprytes of ye ayer or of ye earthe to cume and obey yow



But when you ask for science or knowledge, to be saved from evils, or for the knowledge of the heavens and angels and their seals, or such things, then must ye do as is aforesaid, of "lameht ragna" [XXVIII] and this prayer hath the same efficacy and strength that "lameht ragna" hath, and somewhat more special, or that is better, except it be in case that you will ask of the celestial spirits any great or hard thing, as to come down and speak to a man, or else to constrain the spirits of the air or of the earth, to come and obey you.



S: Set quando petitur sciencia vel tutela a malis vel cognicio cælorum vel angelorum et sigillorum etc. tunc sicut dictum est de 'lameht ragna' est faciendum. Et hæc oracio eandem efficaciam cum 'lameht ragna' habet et aliquid possit [*plus] in speciali vel quod melius est, in casu quo petitur fieri a spiritibus cælestibus aliquid arduum et magnum eis approbatum, scilicit descendere et cum homine loqui vel cogere spiritus Aereos et terreos ad veniendum et obediendum.



and this prayer "Semoht Gehel" and ye other "Almyghty and euerlasting Gog [sic]", and this other prayer "Semoht lamen" with this "O Jesu" shall be sayde in those dayes in the which ye other owght nott to be sayde as is before appoynted that the shulde not be sayde as ye 2 day of ye moone the 5, 7, 14, and so forthe of other as is auperythe ["appears"?] before and not [note] yf any man hathe any greate cause beforee a judge which cane nott be determyned, then ye daye before he shall go to ye courte to plaite his cause lett him fast breade and water and after lett him saye twysy these 3 prayers folowinge softely "Semoht Gehel", and c, "Almighty and euerlasting God", and "Semoht lamen", and there shall be suche wysdome and eloquence gyuen him in propownding of his cause yt he shall soune obtayne but he must be chast and clene also yow ought to say this prayer with "lameht Ragna" when any spryte is called and dothe come that yow may auoyde ye perylls and daunger and to abtayn wysdome and eloquence to speke boldely unto the sprite that is called.



And this prayer "Semoht Gehel" [XXXIX] and the other "Almighty and everlasting God" [XL], and this other prayer "Semoht lamen" [XLI] with this "O Jesu" [XXVI] shall be said in those days in the which the other ought not to be said, as is before appointed that they should not be said as the 2nd day of the moon, the 5, 7, 14, and so forth of other, as appears before. And note, if any man hath any great cause before a judge which can not be determined, then the day before he shall go to the court to plead his cause, let him fast bread and water, and after let him say twice these 3 prayers following softly: "Semoht Gehel..." [XXXIX], "Almighty and everlasting God..." [XL], and "Semoht lamen..." [XLI], and there shall be such wisdom and eloquence given him in propounding of his cause that he shall soon obtain. But he must be chaste and cleane. Also you ought to say this prayer with "lameht Ragna..." [XXVIII] when any spirit is called and doth come, that you may avoid the perils and danger and to obtain wisdom and eloquence to speak boldly unto the spirit that is called.



[S: "Illa autem oratio 'Semoht gahel' et illa 'Omnipotens sempiterne deus' et illa 'semoht lamen' proferantur cum illa 'Ihesu deo filius' in illis diebus in quibus aliae praedicta proferri non debent. sicut dictum est supra quod debent proferri luna 2a nec 5a nec 7a nec 14a et sic de alijs ut prius patet. Et nota quod si coram iudice habet magnam causam quae non possit ad finem produci [et] ieiunet præcedenti die qua ibit ad curiam propositum causam suam pane et aqua, postea proferat basse bis illas tres orationes, 'gemoht' et 'Omnipotens' et 'Semoht', tanta enim sapientia et eloquentia dabitur sibi in proponendo causam suam quod breviter obtinebit, nisi quod oportet te esse bene mundum et castum. Similiter hanc orationem [valet] dicere quando aliquis spiritus vocatus venit cum illa 'Lameht ragna' pro evitando periculum et acquirendo sapientiam et eloquenciam affandi audacter spiritu advocatu~.

Now Seing that he shall doo no other thinge althought he hathe done nor thought upon any syne yet lett him contynually pray upon god in other howers then in the fyrst appoynted howres with the 6, 10, and 12 prayers and in the morning lett him go to the chyrche and as he goeth lett hym saye the 16 prayer and in the chyrche lett hym saye the 22 prayer [47r] and also ye 14, 24, 21, 32, 33, 34, 29, 30, and so lett hym doo contynually by ye space of 20 dayes and lett hym alwayes take dylygent hyede that he fall in to no syn, and yf by chance he fall into syn lett him forthewith repent and be confessed and yf he cane lett him fast contynually yf nott lett him release the oone, but by the space of 7 in order he must fast and abstayne from all dedely syn





[LII]

Now seeing that he shall do no other thing although he hath done, nor thought upon any sin, yet let him continually pray upon God in other hours than in the first appointed hours, with the 6th, 10th, and 12th prayers, and in the morning let him go to the church, and as he goeth let him say the 16th prayer, and in the church let him say the 22nd prayer, and also the 14, 24, 21, 32, 33, 34, 29, 30, and so let him do continually by the space of 20 days, and let him always take diligent heed that he fall into no sin, and if by chance he fall into sin, let him forthwith repent and be confessed, and if he can, let him fast continually; if not let him release the one, but by the space of 7 in order he must fast and abstain from all deadly sin.



S: Cum igitur nihil aliud fecerit vel ad peccatum cogitaverit roget continue deum alijs horis a primis. 6. 16 [sic]. 12. oracionem et [in] mane vadat ad missam et eundo dicat 16 in templo dicat 22 item 14. 24. 21. 32. 33. 34. 29. 30. et ita faciat continue per 20 dies cavens sibi diligenter ne incidat in peccatum. Si tamen casualiter in peccatum inciderit immediate peniteat et confiteatur; ieiunet, si possit continue, si non de duobus unum relaxat. [set] per 7 dies ordine retrogrado procedendo ab omni mortitinio ieiunet.



then lett hym haue aware and a faythfull priste which may saye unto hym matters pryme and howres and a masse of the holy gost and in his introyt lett hym say ye 13 prayer, and after the offertory the 9 prayer, then take francumsence and incense and cense the alter saying ye first prayer and be cause the holy fathers did trust in ye sayntes yt were there named therfore thei did so, and yf he that shall worke haue more douocyon ["devotion"] to any other sayntes then be ther named lett hym change name for name for faythe dothe alwayes worke as I sayd before.



Then let him have a wary and a faithful priest which may say unto him matters prime and hours, and a mass of the Holy Ghost, and in his introit let him say the 13th prayer, and after the offertory the 9th prayer. Then take frankincense and incense and cense the altar saying the first prayer, and because the holy fathers did trust in the saints that were there named, therefore they did so, and if he that shall work have more devotion to any other saints, then be there named, let hym change name for name, for faith doth always work, as I said before.



S: Tunc habeat sacerdotem cautum et fidelem qui sibi matutinam primam et 3am et missã de spiritu sancto cantet dicens in introitu .13. post offertorium .9. tunc accipiat thus et suffumiget ut pertinet ad altare dicens primã et quia beati patres in illis gloriosis sanctis ibidem nominatis sperabant ideo sic fecernut. Operans autem si in aliquibus alijs sanctis maiorem devocionem habeat mutat nomen pro nõine quia fides operatur ut prædixi.



Then lett ye 2 prayer be sayde inimedyatly [sic] and after te igiter in the masse lett be sayd the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 prayers and so in consecrating of ye body of Chryst, let the pryst praye for hym yt shall worke yt thorow the grace of god he may obtayn the effecte of his petycyon and so must ye pryst doo in all his prayers that he shall saye for hym yt shall worke but adde nothinge ells to then [sic], also after yt poscconione ye pryst shall saye the 26 prayer and after masse he that shall worke shall receue ye sacrment [sic] sayng the 19 and 20 prayer, but lett hym take hide yt he receue nott ye body of chryst for an euille purpose for yt were dethe unto him, wherfore sinn man haue entytuled this booke callinge it ye dethe of ye soule and yt is trew to them that worke for an euil entente and purpose & nott to haue sume scyence or sume good thinge for ye lorde sayeth aske & it shall be geuen yow seke & ye shall fynde & in an other place he sayeth where 2 or 3 are gatheryd to gether in my name [47v] I ame in the myddest of them and euery thing that thei shall aske the father in my name and he will fullfyll and doo it.



Then let the 2nd prayer be said immediately and after te igiter in the mass; let be said the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 prayers and so in consecrating of the body of Christ, let the priest pray for him that shall work that through the grace of God he may obtain the effect of his petition. And so must the priest do in all his prayers that he shall say for him that shall work, but add nothing else to them. Also after the communion the priest shall say the 26 prayer, and after mass he that shall work shall receive the sacrament saying the 19th and 20th prayer. But let him take heed that he receive not the body of Christ for an evil purpose, for that were death unto him, wherefore some have entitled this book calling it The Death of the Soul, and that is true to them that work for an evil intent and purpose, and not to have some science or some good thing; for the Lord sayeth "Ask, and it shall be given you, seek and ye shall finde," and in another place he sayeth "where 2 or 3 are gathered together in my name, I am in the midst of them and everything that they shall ask the father in my name and he will fulfill and do it."



S: 2a oratio immediate dicatur et post 'Te igitur' 3. 4. 5. 7. 8. et sic in sacrando corpus Christi petat pro operante Sacerdos nisi effectum petitionum suarum per divinam graciam assequatur. Et ita intellige de omnibus oracionibus q' pertinent ad sacerdotem et ad operacionem quia sunt generales ad omnes petitiones habendas set nihil alijs addas. et post communionem dicat sacerdos .26. post missam vero recipiat operans eucaristiam dicendo 19. 20. Et caveat ne corpus Cristi accipiat pro effectu malo quia non esset salus immo mors, unde quidam intitulav[erun]t librum istum sic: 'Incipit mors animae' et hoc est verum male operantibus [et] propeter effectum malum et non propeter scienciam Nam ait dominus 'petite et dabitur vobis. quærite et invenietis.' Et alibi dicit dominus 'ubi duo vel tres congregati fuerint in nomine meo ibi sum in medio' et 'de omni re quam petierint in nomine meo fiet illis a patre meo.'



The prayers whereof sum are named before and sume here after are thes.





[LIII]

The prayers, whereof some are named before and some hereafter, are these:





S: Oraciones prænominatae et post nominandæ numero sunt hae.





Agla the lighte the truthe the lyfe and the waye mercyfull judge the way the strengthe by thy pacyence conserue and helpe me. (hic recita peticyonem sed p' deitate dic ut sequitue) and helpe me in this holy visyon and for thy greate mercy haue mercye upon me, and for the service of this holy fumygatyon, and for this holy sacrafyce of Or lorde Jesus Christ and by the merytes of the gloryous virgin Marye mother of thy sone owr lord Jesus Christ and by the merytes of the holy apostells, Peter, Paule, Andrew, James, Philip, Bartholemew, Mathew, Symon, Thadee, Lyne, Clete, Clement, Sextus, Cornelius, Cypriane, Laurenes, Grisogone, John, and Paule, cosme and Damyane, and all thy sayntes thorow whose merytes and prayers. (hic recita petycyonem tuam sed p' deita dic ut sequitur) thow wilte graunte me thy holy visyon thorow the sonne owr lorde Jesus Christ. Amen.





[First Oration.]1



AGLA, the light, the truth, the life, and the way, merciful judge, the way, the strength, by thy patience conserve and help me. (Here recite the petition -- if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows) and help me in this holy vision, and for thy great mercy have mercy upon me, and for the service of this holy fumigation, and for this holy sacrifice of our Lord Jesus Christ and by the merits of the glorious virgin Mary, mother of thy son our Lord Jesus Christ and by the merits of the holy apostles, Peter, Paul, Andrew, James, Philip, Bartholemew, Mathew, Simon, Thadee, Lyne, Clete, Clement, Sixtus, Cornelius, Cypriane, Laurenes, Grisogone, John, and Paul, Cosme, and Damiani, and all thy saints, through whose merits and prayers... (Here recite the petition -- if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows) thou wilt grant me thy holy vision through thy son, our Lord Jesus Christ. Amen.2











1. GH, S, S2: Prima oracio.



2. S: Agla, lux veritas vita via iudex misericors misercordia fortitudo pacientia conserva et iuva me in hac sancta visione et miserere mei propter misericordiam tuã et servicium huius sancti suffumigij et sancti sacrificij domini nostri Ihesu Christi [S2 adds: et propter meritum gloriose semper virginis Marie, matris Domini nostri Ihesu Christi] et meritis [GH: meritum] Apostolorum Petri et Pauli Andrae Iacobi Iohanis et Thomae Iacobi Philippi Bartholomei Matthei Simonis et Thadei Lini cleti Clementis sexti, cornelij Cipriani Laurencij grisogoni Iohanis et Pauli, Cosme et Damiani et omnium sanctorum tuorum quorum meritis et præcibus concedas hanc sanctam tuam visionem per eundem dominum nostrum.



monhon lorde holy father almightye and euerlastinge god in whose sighte are all the foundatyon of all vysible and inuisible creatures, whose eyes hathe sene myn imperfyttenes, whose swite charyte or loue hathe filled heauen and earthe, whose eares do here all thinges, which haste seene all thinges before they be doone in whoso booke all dayes are nombred and all men wrytten looke this daye upon thy servant which hath submitted him selffe to the Wc all his mynde and all his harte by thy holy sprite confyrme and stregthen me :::: (recita peticionem sed per deitate dic vt sequitur) :::: [48r] that I may se thé, blysse me this day and order all my actes and deeds toward this holy syghte and contynually lyghten with thy hooly visitacyon. Amen.





[LIV] [Oration 2.]1

Monhon, Lord, holy father almighty and everlasting God, in whose sight are all the foundation of all visible and invisible creatures, whose eyes hath seen mine imperfectness, whose sweet charity or love hath filled Heaven and Earth, whose ears do hear all things, which hast seen all things before they be done, in whose book all days are numbered and all men written, look this day upon thy servant which hath submitted himself to the which all his mind and all his heart by thy Holy Spirit, confirm and strengthen me (Here recite the petition -- if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows) that I may see thee, bless me this day and order all my acts and deeds toward this holy sight, and continually lighten with thy holy visitation. Amen.2







1. S, S2: Scda oracio.



2. S: Monhon: domine sancte pater omnipotens sempiterne deus [in] cuius [conspectu] omnia sunt visibilium et invisibilium fundamenta creaturarum omnium cuius oculi imperfectum meam [*meum] viderunt cuius charitatis dulcedine pleni sunt cœli et terra, cuius aures omnia audiunt qui omnia vidisti antequam fierent in cuius libro omnes formati sunt dies et homines inscripti respice hodie super famulum tuum tibi tota mente et toto corde subiectum. per spiritum sanctum tuum confirma me ut te videam. benedic hodie et protege omnes actus meos hodiernos in [*et] hanc inspeccionem et constantia tuæ visitasionis me illustra. Amen.



Tetragramathon looke O lorde God most mercyfull and everlasting father, of all thinges the disposer of all vertues consyder my workes this day thow whith dost beholde the actes and deede of men and angelles and ye discerner of them (dic tuam peticionem sed p deitate dic ut sequitur) therfore I besiche that ye meruelous grace of thy holy sufferance maye wouchsaffe to fill in me the powre of this hooly visyon and power into me so miche strengthe to the honor and glorye of thy name which dost schid owt thy prayse into ye mowthes of them that loue thé. Amen.2





[LV] [Oration 3.]1

Tetragrammaton, look O Lord God most merciful and everlasting father, of all things the disposer of all virtues, consider my works this day thou which dost behold the acts and deeds of men and angels and the discerner of them (Here recite the petition -- if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows) therefore I beseech that the marvellous grace of thy holy sufferance may vouchsafe to fill in me the power of this holy vision and power into me so much strength to the honor and glory of thy name which dost schid out thy prayse into the mouths of them that love thee. Amen.



1. S: 3a Or'o.



2. S: Tetragmmathon: respice domine deus clemens pater omnium aeterne dispositor omnium virtutum operaciones meas hodie considera tu qui es actuum hominum et angelorum inspectator atque discretor. ideo te rogo ut admirabilis gracia promissionis tuæ in me dignetur subitam adimplere virtutem huius sanctæ visionis et in me tantam efficaciam nomine sancto tuo et magno infundas tu qui laudem tuam in ore te diligencium imponis et infundis. Amen.



hely god the creator Adonay of all inuysyble creatures most godely father which abydest euerlastingly in ye lyght inaccessyble and before the begininge of the worlde disposyng & gouerning all thinges I doo make intercessyon to thy euerlasting and incomperhensyble deyte withe most humble wordes yt ye effect of this sacramentall and mistycall worke thorow thyy power and thy holy angells may so appere in me (dic tuã petycionem sed p deitate dic ut sequitr) that ye syghte and beholdinge of thé may shyne in me and by the names of thy holy angells it may abunde and increase in my munde and memorye that I may know the workes of thy holy visyon and that it may shyne in me everlastingly. Amen.





[LVI] [Oration 4.]1

Hely God, the creator, Adonay, of all invisible creatures, most Godly father which abidest everlastingly in the light, inaccessible and before the beginning of the world, disposing and governing all things, I do make intercession to thy everlasting and incomprehensible Deity with most humble words that the effect of this sacramental and mystical work through thy power and thy holy angels may so appear in me (Here recite the petition -- if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows) that the sight and beholding of thee may shine in me and by the names of thy holy angels it may abounde and increase in my mind and memory, that I may know the works of thy holy vision and that it may shine in me everlastingly. Amen.2



1. S: 4ta Oracio.



2. S: Hely deus: creator Adonay õnium [visibilium et] invisibilium creaturarum pater pijssime qui [in-]circumscripto lumine habitas eternale[iter] et ante principium mundi omnia ineffabiliter disponens atque gubernans aeternitatem tuam atque incomprehensibilem pietatem ubi [*verbis] supplicantibus aggredior ut huius sacramentalis atque mistici operis in me et per tui et sanctoum angelorum potenciam efficacia tui visio et consideratio clarestat atque per eorudem sanctorum Angelorum nomina in memoria et mente habundet atque sancta opera tua facialis sanctæ tuæ visionis in me cum stabilitate clarescant. Amen.



hocleiste (uel Athanathos) holy god and godly father the indissoluble argumentacyon of the harte which hast stabylisched heaven, earthe, the se and the depthe, in whose sight all reason, all communycatyon, [48v] all workes, and holynes dothe by these precyous sacramentes of thy holy angells graunt unto me that thing which I desyer. (recita tuam peticionem p deitate dic ut sequitur) for I beliue yt I shall se ye grace and glorye of thy holy deyte Wt owt any euil intent. Amen.2





[LVII] [Oration 5.]1

Hocleiste (or Athanathos) holy God and godly father, the indissoluble argumentation of the heart which hast established Heaven, Earth, the sea, and the depth, in whose sight all reason, all communication, all works, and holiness doth by these precious sacramentes of thy holy angels grant unto me that thing which I desire. (Here recite the petition -- if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows) for I believe that I shall see the grace and glory of thy holy Deity without any evil intent. Amen.



1. S: 5ta Oratio.



2. S: Hocleiste: sancte deus pater et indissolubilis argumentatio cordis qui cœlum terram mare et Abissum et omnia que in eis sunt stabiliri voluisti in cuius conspectu omnis ratio sermo opus et sanctitas subsistit per hæc preciosa sacramenta Angelorum tuorum da mihi ea quæ desidero et credo visionis huius absque malignitatis intentione gloriam et gr[aci]am. Amen.



hamphimethon2 heloy most mercyfull creator the gyuer of influence, and ye reformer of all lyuing soules, ye allower & orderer of all good willes bow doune thy selfe and looke must godely to my mynde yt that which I most humbly desyre of Ye, of ye abundance of thy mighty power thow wilte graunte it me lyke as before is promysed me. Amen.3





[LVIII] [Oration 6.]1

Hamphimethon + heloy, most merciful creator, the giver of influence, and the reformer of all living souls, the allower and orderer of all good wills, bow down thyself, and look most godely to my mind that that which I most humbly desire of thee, of the abundance of thy mighty power, thow wilt grant it me like as before is promised me. Amen.



1. S: 6ta Or'o.



2. GH: Hamphynethon.



3. S: Amphymethon: heloy clementissime creator et inspirator et reformator omnium animarum viciatorum et omnium bonarum voluntatum approbator et ordinator deprecationem gloriosus intende et mentem meam respice benignus ut quod ex humilitate deprecor sicut ante [*a te] promissum est mihi de tuæ magnificenciæ largitate concedas. Amen.



Iamyhara (uel Hamyhamyharam) allmighty and mercyfull father ye governer of all creatures, ye euerlastinge judge, our refuge, and lorde of all lordes which haste wouchssafe to geue to thy sayntes wysdome holynes and glorye that I may se thy mervells which descenest [sic] & judgest all thinges lyghte my harte this daye with ye shyne of thy clerenes clennes and holynes. (dic petitionem tuam sed p deitate dic ut sequitur) that I may know understinde and se th [sic] face and thy glorye, and that I maye se thy glorye is all my desyer. Amen.





[LIX] [Oration 7.]

Iamyhara (or Hamyhamyharam)1 almighty and merciful father, the governor of all creatures, the everlasting judge, our refuge, and Lord of all lords, which haste vouchsafe to give to thy saints wisdom, holiness, and glory, that I may see thy marvels which descendest and judgest all things, lighten my heart this day with the shine of thy clearness, cleaness, and holiness, (Here recite the petition -- if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows) that I may know, understand, and see thy face and thy glory, and that I may see thy glory is all my desire. Amen.2



1. GH: Lamyhara.



2. 7ma Oracio. Amyhara: omnipotens misericors pater omnium creaturarum ordinator [iuste] iudex æterne refugium [GH: rex regum] et domine dominancium qui tuis sanctis sapienciam sanctitatem et gloriam conferre dignatus es [concede mihi] ut te [GH: possim] videre mirabiliter qui omnia diiudicas et discernis. illumina hodie cor meum fulgore claritatis et mundiciæ atque sanctificenciæ et [*ut] cognostam et intelligam et facialiter videam te et tuam gloriam. et quod huius gloriam videre merear exopto. Amen.



[49r]



hanazay (uel Halacazay) zarahoren [*zarahoron]2 hubisenaar ghu3 hirbaionay gynbar zanaile [*zanailt]4 selchora 5 zelmora hiramay iethohal yfaramel [*ylaramel]6 hamatha mathois iaboha gechors [*gethos]7 cozomerag zosomeraht hamy phodel denos gerot haoalos [*hagalos]8 meliha tagahel sechamy9 salyhelethon [*salihelethon]10 monocogristes lemenron hachagnon hamyhon. 11





[LX] [Oration 8.]1

Hanazay + zarahoron + hubisenaar + ghu + hirbaionay + gynbar + zanailt + selchora + zelmora + hiramay + iethohal + ylaramel + hamatha + mathois + iaboha + gethos + cozomerag + zosomeraht + hamy + phodel + denos + gerot + hagalos + meliha + tagahel + sechamy + salihelethon + monocogristes + lemenron + hachagnon + hamyhon.







1. S, S2: 8a Oratio.



2. Per S, S2, GH.

3. GH: ghu; S2: glm; S: glm vel ghu.

4. Per S, S2; GH: zanailc.

5. S, S2, GH omit.

6-8. Per S, S2, GH.

9. S: sethamy.

10. Per S, S2, GH.

11. S, GH omit.

The englishe of ye prayer yt goeth before.

[LXI] The English of the prayer that goeth before.

S: Oracio de precedenti latina.

Ianemyer (vel Zanamyher) on [sic] greate meruelous and euerlastinge god, ye angell of the euerlasting cowncell ye disposer maker and orderer of all vertues, this daye garnyshe my understanding & encrease in me reason yt I may repent & mak me clere & geue unto me ye same knowledge & understonding yt thow hast geuyn other creatures to pronounce ye names of ye celestyall angells, & graunte unto me ye same scyence & purnes accordinge to thy promysse (dic peticionem tuam sed p deitate dic ut sequitur) and geue unto me affecte of thy visyon yt I may discerne it. Amen.



Ianemyer (or Zanamyher) one, great, marvellous, and everlasting God, the angel of the everlasting council, the disposer, maker, and orderer of all virtues, this day garnish my understanding and increase in me reason, that I may repent, and make me clear, and give unto me the same knowledge and understanding that thou hast given other creatures to pronounce the names of the celestial angels, and grant unto me the same science and pureness according to thy promise, (Here recite the petition -- if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows) and give unto me affect of thy vision that I may discern it. Amen.



S: Ianemyer: unus magnus mirabilis aeterne deus [There is an "S" written above this word.] aeterni consilij Angelus dispositor omnium virtutum et compositor atque ordinator adorna hodie intelligentiã meã et multiplica in me rationem pœnitendi et clarificandi et cognicionem ac claritatem quam in proferrendis nominibus cœlestium angelorum tuis creaturis contulisti et eandem scienciam et puritatem sue [*secundum] promissionem tuam mihi concede et da mihi huius visionis tuæ efficaciam et discretionem. Amen.



hadyon2 usyon omnium potestaum [*potestatum] atque regnorum et iudiciorum eterna conspiratione [*conspiracione!] conspicuus omnium administrans3 glorae [*glorie]4 et tuæ visionis in cuius regimine nullum impedimentum dabis instaura queso habitam innocentiam5 et repetitam et adhuc maiorem cor meum, voluntatem myam [*meam]6, linguam meam, opus meam [*meum]7 ad mai [*mei]8 animam mundificandam [absolvendam]9 et tui faciem facialiter videndam et edhabendum [*ab habendum]10 quæ in hac arte necessaria11 auctoritas diuina commendat et in me perfectae [*perfecte]12 compleatur [*compleantur]13. Amen.



[49v]





[LXII] [Oration.]1

Hadyon + usyon + beholding with thy eternal conspiration all powers, kingdoms, and judges, administering all manner of languages to all, and the glory of thy vision, and of whose power there is no end; restore and increase I beseech thee, my heart, my will, my tongue, my work, purifying and absolving my spirit, and grant that I may behold thy living face and whatever thy divine authority commendeth necessary in this art, perfectly fulfill them in me. Amen.14



1. S, S2: Oracio.



2. S: Adyon. Sl.3885 has an "h" in the far left margin, and an "S" just to the left of "Adyon".

2. Per S, GH.

3. S adds "thema."

4. Per S2, GH; S: gloriæ.

5. GH: innocenciam; S: innicenciã.

6-8. Per S, GH.

9. Missing from R but found in S and GH.

10. Per GH, S.

11. S omits.

12-13. Per S, GH.

14. Compare Notoria 9 ("Vision...")

hely azelechias neloreos mohan zama sarnelohatehus saguaht adonay zoma lenezothos lithon ietemothon sabahot, and thow mercyfull god conffyrme thy promyses in me lyke as by the same wordes thow dyddest confyrme it to king Salomon and bysyde, them to Jhon and Paule. Send unto me O lorde thy powre ow [sic] of heauen yt it may illumyne my harte, and confyrme my mynde, & comfort O god my understandinge & my soule, renew me and washe me wt the waters which are aboue the heavens, and power owt of thy sprite into my flesche and into my bowelles to do and performe thy judgements Wt humblenes and charyte wherwith thow hast made heauen & earthe & hast formed & created man to thyn owen simylytude & lykenes shide ye lyght of thy bryghtnes into my understanding yt I beinge grownded and rooted in thy mercy may loue thy name, & know & se and wurschippe thé that I may obtayne and understande all ye wayes of this arte yt I maye obtayne ye visyon or syghte of thé for ye which all ye mysteryes of fygures and holynes are sent of god by the handes of his angells, all which thinges I besiche thé I may haue and know in my hatre and in ye understandinge of my mynde yt I may obtayne ye effecte of this arte truely thorow the power of thy gloryous and holy name. Amen.2





[LXIII] [Hebrew Oration.]1

Hely + azelechias + neloreos + mohan + zama + sarnelohatehus + saguaht + adonay + zoma + lenezothos + lithon + ietemothon + sabahot, and thou, merciful God, confirm thy promises in me like as by the same words thou didst confirm it to king Solomon, and beside him to John and Paul. Send unto me, O Lord, thy power of Heaven that it may illumine my heart and confirm my mind, and comfort O God my understanding and my soul. Renew me and wash me with the waters which are above the heavens, and pour out of thy spirit into my flesh and into my bowels, to do and perform thy judgements with humbleness and charity, wherewith thou hast made Heaven and Earth, and hast formed and created man to thine own similitude and likeness, shide the light of thy brightness into my understanding that I, being grounded and rooted in thy mercy, may love thy name, and know and see and worship thee, that I may obtain and understand all the ways of this art, that I may obtain the vision or sight of thee, for the which all the mysteries of figures and holiness are sent of God by the hands of his angels, all which things I beseech thee I may have and know in my heart and in the understanding of my mind that I may obtain the effect of this art truly, through the power of thy glorious and holy name. Amen.



1. S: Or'o hebraica.



S: Hely: azelethias velozeosmohun zama sarvelo hatehus sagnaht adonay zoma lenozothos lithon iezemothon sadahot. et tu deus propitius in me promissiones confirma sicut confirmasti per eosdem sermones regi Salomoni et preter eosdem Iohanni et Paulo. emitte mi domine virtutem de cœlis quæ cor meum et mente [*mentem meam] illuminet et confirmet, et comforta deus intellectum meum et animam meam. innova me et lava me aquis q' super cœlos sunt, et effunde [de] spiritum tuum [*spiritu tou] in [*super] carnem meum et in viseribus meis ad facienda et comiponenda iudicia tua humilitate et charitate qua cœlum et terram fecista et hominem ad inaginem et similitudinem tuam creasti et formasti. infunde claritatis tuæ lumen intellectui meo ut fundatus et radicatus in misercordia tua diligam nomen tuum cognoscam et videam et adorem te et obtineam et intelligam omnes vias huius artis habendi visionem tuam ob quam hæc data a deo et insignita et emissa per manus sanctorum angelorum sict [*sunt] figurarium [*figurarum] et sanctitatum misteria que omnia in corde meo et intellectu mentis [mee] habeam et cognoscam et huiuc artis vere et efficaciter effectum habeam nominis sancti tui et gloriosi prævalente consilio. Amen.



[50r]



Sadyon (vel Herlon) I know yt I delyght in the greate and meruelous and ineffable worke, and that you wilte geue me the sighte which thow hast promysed to them yt haue this worke acordinge to thy greate and incomperhensible truethe2





[LXIV] [Oration 9.]1

Sadyon (or Herlon) I know that I delight in thy great and marvellous and ineffable work, and that you wilt give me the sight which thou hast promised to them that have this work according to thy great and incomprehensible truth.



1. S: Or'o 9a



2. S: Sadyon scio enim quia delecter [*delector] in factura tua magna mirabili et ineffabili [et] dabis mihi visionem quam per hoc opus habentibus illud pollicitus es secundum magnam et incomprehensibilem veritatem tuam.



theon hatagamagon haramalon zamoyma thamasal ieconomarum [*ieconomaril]3 harionathar [*harionathor]4 iecomagol gelamagos remelyhot [*remelihot]5 remanthar [*remanathar]6 hariomagalathar hananehos nelomannathar [*velomanathar]7 haiozoroy iebasaly.



Theon hatagamagon haramalon zamoyma thamasal ieconomaril harionathor iecomagol gelamagos remelihot remanathar hariomagalathar hananehos velomanathar haiozoroy iebasaly.



3-6. Per GH, S.

7. Per S; GH: uelouianathar.

by these most sacred and most glorious and pfounde mysteryes of god & by the most precyous clennes and vertu of thy visyon encrease in me & fulfyll yt Yu haste begonne & reforme yt thow hast shewed in me8



By these most sacred and most glorious and profound mysteries of God, and by the most precious cleanness and virtue of thy vision, increase in me and fulfill that thou hast begun, and reform that thou hast shewed in me.



8. S: per hæc sacrissima dei et gloriosissima et profunda misteria et preciosissimam mundiciam virtutem et visionis tuæ graciam auge in me et comple quod incæpisti et reforma quod [ost]endisti in me.



zemabar henoranaht grenatail9 sazatham [*samzatham]10 iecornazay Zemabar henoranaht grenatail samzatham iecornazay 9. GH: grenetail.

10. Per GH, S.

fundamentum altissime11 omniuum [*omnium]12 bonitatum & scientiarum atque vertutum [*virtutum]13 tribue famulo tuo tibi displicentia vitare contagia et lauare14 et tua veritate pura et intentione [*intencione]15 sancta possim satiari16 ut tuam promissionem toto17 corde desideran et possidens in omnibus tam vertutibus [*virtutibus]18 quam puritatibus19 et vitiorum [*viciorum]20 absolutionibus precipue per hæc sancta misteria videar et cognoscar adipisti [*adipisci]21 et bene in ista arte proficiar [*perficiar]22 penitus [*peritus]23 laudabilis ac pro sancta visione mundus.24



[Compare Ars Notoria, Oration 11: Oh thou great fountain of all goodness, knowledge and virtue, give unto thy servant power to eschew all evil, and cleave unto goodness and knowledge, and to follow the same with an holy intention, that with my whole heart I may understand and learn thy laws and decrees, especially these holy mysteries; wherein that I may profit, I beseech thee.]



11. S: altissimã.

12-13. Per GH, S.

14. S: levare.

15. For a change S seems to preserve the more original form here.

16. GH: saciari; S: sanari.

17. S: tota.

18. Per GH, S.

19. S: puritate.

20-22. Per GH, S.

23. Per GH.

24. S adds "Amen."



Hely reuerende allmyghte and gouernor of the superyor angells and archangells and all celestyall creatures and also infernall of whose plentyfull goodenes it cõmeth yt we do thé any good seruice [50v] whose power governeth ye 4 partes of the worlde which haste created man of boones soule and sprite to thyne owne symylitude and lykenes gyue unto me the knowledge of thys arte (dic peticionem tuam sed pro deitate dic ut sequitur) and the effecte of thy visyon strengthing me in the lybertei of this vision and holy scyence. Amen.2





[LXV] [Oration 10.]1

Hely reverend, almighty, and governor of the superior angels and archangels, and all celestial creatures, and also infernal, of whose plentiful goodness it cometh that we do thee any good service, whose power governeth the four parts of the world, which hast created man of bones, soul, and spirit to thine own similitude and likeness, give unto me the knowledge of this art (Here recite your petition -- if for the Deity say as follows:) and the effect of thy vision, strengthening me in the liberty of this vision and holy science. Amen.



1. S: Or'o 10a.



2. S: Hely reverende potens et dominans superioribus angelis et archangelis omnibusque celestibus creaturis [et] tam infernalibus quam celestibus [GH: *terrestribus] de cuius magnificentia plenitudinis venit ut tibi a nobis digne famuletur. cuius a mundi 4 partibus regnat potestas, qui ossibus anima et spiritu hominem ad imaginem et similitudinem tuam formasti da mihi huius artis scienciam et visionis effectum corroborans me in ipsius facultate visionis sanctae et scientiae. Amen.



horlon (vel Cadion) god which haste made all thinges in number weyght and measure thorow whose gyft every weake heade shall be lyft up who hathe appoynted the measures of all momentes and dayes who alone doest name the starres & nu~bre them gyue unto me the effecte of thy visyon that in the knowledge and workinge of thys arte I maye loue thé and se thé and of thy goodenes may haue the gyft of ye visyon or syghte of thé. Amen.2





[LXVI] [Oration 11.]1

Horlon (or Cadion), God, which hast made all things in number, weight, and measure, through whose gift every weak head shall be lifted up, who hath appointed the measures of all moments and days, who alone dost name the stars and number them, give unto me the effect of thy vision that in the knowledge and working of this art, [that] I maye love thee and see thee, and of thy goodness, [and I] may have the gift of the vision or sight of thee. Amen.



1. S, S2: xia Oracio.



2. S: Horlon: deus qui omnia numero pondere et mensura fecisti de cuius mundo omne caput hominis desiderans elevabitur in cuius ordine omnium momentorum sive dierum patens est et aperta dimencio qui etiam solus stellarum nomina numeras et nominas menti meæ constanter tribue visionis tuæ efficaciam [ut] in huius artis cognicione et operacione te diligam et videam et tuæ pietatis munus agnoscam facialis visionis. Amen.


COMMENTS

-



 

Liber Juratus, or the Sworne Booke of Honorius

00:31 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,897


Part 2





Abbreviations

GH Gösta Hedegård (2002)

R British Library MS Royal 17Axlii

S Sloane 3885

S2 Sloane 3854

S3 Sloane 3853



Section numbers follow GH. Corrected readings are indicated by * in front of the correct form. Text in is to be deleted.







[(Royal MS 17Axlii)] [(Modernized)] Notes

[28r]

oratio prima1



Acciones nostras quesumus domine aspirando parueni, et adiuuando prosequerem it cuncta nostra operatio a et semper incipiat, et per et incepta finiatur qui viuis et regnas deus per omnia secula seculorum amen */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[VI] First Oration



[Actiones nostras:] "Direct, we beg you, O Lord, our actions by your holy inspirations, and carry them on by your gracious assistance, that every prayer and work of ours may begin always with you, and through you be happily ended. Amen."



1. S2 does not have this heading. This prayer appears in the Book of Hours amd other medieval collections of prayers. Sinclair, p. 407.

oratio secunda



Aue maria gratia plena dominus tecum benedicta tu in mulieribus et benedictus fructus ventris tui ihesus mater [dei] ora pro nobis amen */*/*





[VII] Second Oration

Hail Mary, full of grace, the Lord is with thee. Blessed art thou amongst women and blessed is the fruit of thy womb, Jesus. Holy Mary, Mother [of God], pray for us. Amen.

oratio Tercia



Salue regina [mater] misericordie vita dulcedo et spes nostra salue, ad te clamanes exules filii eue, ad te suspiramus gementes et flentes, in hac lachrimarum valle eya ergo aduocata nostra illos tuos misericordes oculos ad nos conuerte et Ihesum benedictum fructum ventris tui nobis post hoc exilium ostende o clemens o pia o dulcis [virgo] maria ora pro nobis sancta dei genitrix, vt digni efficiamur promissionibus christi */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[VIII] Third Oration



Hail holy queen, mother of mercy,

Hail our life, our sweetness and our hope.

To you do we cry poor banished children of Eve,

To you do we send up our sighs, mourning and weeping

in this valley of tears.

Turn then, most gracious advocate

your eyes of mercy toward us.

And after this, our exile,

Show us the fruit of your womb, Jesus.

O clement, O loving, O sweet [virgin] Mary.



Pray for us, Holy Mother of God

That we may be made worthy of the promises of Christ.



This is the well-known Salve Regina prayer (up to "O Sweet [virgin] Mary") along with the standard response.

oratio quarta



O gloriosa domina1 virgo semper maria mater gloriæ, mater ecclesiæ, mater pietatis et indulgentiæ, aue carissima domina semper virgo maria, mater luminis, honor eternus, signum serenitatis, [28v] aue piissima domina maria aula dei porta caeli sacrarium spiritus sancti, aue piissima domina vbna2 aurea templum dignitatis3 reclinatorium eterne pietatis, aue clementissima domina maria decus virginum domina gencium regina cælorum4, aue amantissima domina maria fons ortorum, ablutio peccatorum lancrum5 animarum, aue desideratissima domina maria mater orphanarum6 manurilla peruulorum7, consolatio miserorum, salue sancta parens, salue sancta et inmaculata virginitas assistens vultui dei memor8 esto nostræ fragilitatis, salue benignissima, salue suauissima, salue misericordissima, propiciaberis semper virgo benedicta et gloriosa9 virgo maria quæ virga sacratissima dei et mater et10 piissima11 stella clarissima, salue semper gloriosa, margarita preciosa, ficus, lilium, formosa, oleus [olens?] velut rosa alba dirige me in visio~e beata, obsecro te regina perhennis sancta maria per amorem patris et filii et spiritussancti, et per commendatum tibi celeste sacrarium, et per multas miserationes quas fecit super me et super genus humanum, et per virtutes et per misteria sancte crucis, et per sanctos claues fixas12 in suas preciosas manus et pedes, et per sancta .5. vulnera sui preciosa corporis, et per precium sancti corporis [29r] sui quo nos redemit in sancta cruce ut ores pro me et pro omnibus peccatis meis et necessitatibus meis anime et corporis mei ad dilectum filium tuum */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[IX] Oration 4



O glorious Mary, ever a virgin...

1. S2 omits "domina."



2. S2: urna.



3. S2: diuinitatis.



4. S2: angelorum.



5. S2: lavacru~.



6. S2: orphanorum.



7. S2: mamilla parvulorum.



8. S2: memorum.



9. S2 adds: semper.



10. S2: es.



11. S2 adds: montis. GH: maris.



12. S2: clavos fixos.



here recyte youre peticion accordinge to the effecte of the which you worke, doo so in the [blank space of approx 12 chars] of euery prayer before wrytten and [rest of line is blank]



(Here recite your petition according to the effect of the which you work. Do so in the [...] of every prayer before written, and [...]) [Instead of this paragraph, S2 has: ut me uiuente ipsum uidere et collaudare merear. Amen.]

Gaude virgo maria1 genitrix inmaculata gaudium mihi dona, gaude que gaudium ab angelo suscepisti et gaudium visionis diuine mihi dona. gaude quæ genuisti eterni luminis claritates2, gaude dei genitrix et gaudium visionis diuine in3 dona, vt subleuer de omnibus angustiis et tribulationibus et vitiis meis quæ sunt in corde meo et quero amplius vt tecum sim a latere constans [hic recita petitionem tuam, pro visione die ad videndum me viuente deum eternum]4 adoro et5 sancta mater domini nostri iesu christi et laudo et magnifico te, adoro altitudinem tuam, adoro castitatem et virgnitatem tuam, adoro pietatem et misericordiam tuam, adoro viscera beata tua quæ portauerunt deum et hominem, adoro beatum vterum tuu~ qui portauit iesum dominum, adoro beata vtera6 tua quæ lactauerunt saluatorem mundi, precor te carissima semper virgo maria par amorem filii tui domini nostri iesu christi vt intercedas pro me [29v] peccatore Heare recyte your perticion whate your desyere is to haue.7 Ad visionem dei eterni me viuente habendam et sis8 mihi auxiliatrix9 in omnibus angustiis et necessitatibus meis et ne derelinquas me neque sim sine adiutorio in hac visione beata neque in illo tremendo die cum exierit anima [mea]10 de corpore meo, aut in mirabili hora cum rapta fuerit ad videndum me viuente deum [eternum]11, postulo gratiosa me ad portas paradisi facere venire vt merear ibi videre12 filium tuum et merear habere leticiam sempiternam visionis diuine cum christo13 filio tuo gloriosissimo qui viuit et regnat per omnia secula seculorum. amen */*/*/*





[X.]

1. S2: dei.



2. S2: claritatem.



3. S2: michi.



4. Instead of "hic recita..." S2 reads: ad uidendu~ me uiuente deu~ eternu~."



5. S2: te.



6. GH: ubera.



7. S2 omits "Heare ... haue."



8. S2: succurras.



9. S2 omits.



10. S2.



11. GH.



12. S2: uidere ibi.



13. GH: ipso.



oratio saxta



Ego peccator indignus ad laudem et honorem gloriisissime semperque virginis mariæ genitricis domini nostri iesu christi eius sacra nomina cum sim indignus iuxta meum exiguum senssum spiritu sancto dictante nominare curo.



[XI] Oration *5.

O gloriosa dei genitrix [semper virgo]1 maria me [*ne in-]2 digneris contra [me]3 nequissimum et innumerabili iniquitate plenum, sed accipe propitia misericorditer quod indignus ad honorem tuum offero et affecto, etenim piissima sacra tua nomina corde ore opere distincte nominare et exaltare volo, nominaris namque maria genitrix, mater, sponsa, filia, theoton4, virga, vas, balsamus, nubes, [30r] ros, pacifica, princeps, regina aurora, imperatrix, domina, ancilla, ortus, fons, puteus, vita, via,5 semita, splendor, stella aurea, lumen, luna, fenestra vitrea, ianua, porta, velum cella, domus, hospitium, capsa, templum, aula, tabernaculum, manua,6 ciuitas, liber, stola, flumen, pons, vna malum, granatum7 femina, nutrix, mulier, turris, nauis, redemtrix, liberatrix, amica, thalamus, vallis, cinamomum, turtur, columba, lilium, rosa, consolatio, portus, spes, salus, gloria, fundamentum, vera peccatorum medicina, sacrarium, spiritus, sancti, radix, iesse, antidotum, recreatrix, syon, puella, miser[a]trix, tuam deprecor, sanctissima misericordiam vt per hæc tua diuina nomina quæ ego tibi nunc plenus inmundicia coram altari tuo de te presumendo optuli vt in hac hora me audias [et] insaciabiliter digneris me facere */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* hic peticionem tuam recita sed pro visione diuina tunc dic vt sequitur,8 videre atque laudare te et tuum filium gloriosum corpusculo meo viuente */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



1. S2 adds.



2. Text correction per S2.



3. S2 adds.



4. GH: Theotan.



5. GH: Via, Vita.



6. GH: Manna.



7. GH: "Uva, Malogranatum,"



8. S2 omits this phrase.



Teque interpello gloriosa per filium tuum quem concepisti, quem genuisti, [30v] quem peperisti, quem in carnem [*carne]9 concepisti, quem in balneo misisti, [quem pannis involvisti,]10 quem in templo presentasti, quem predicantem audisti, quem in cruce pro nobis suspensum vidisti, quem mortuum et sepultum inspexisti, [quem]11 surgentem a mortuis sciuisti, quem ad cælos ad patrem ascendentem vidisti12, et inde venturus est iudicare viuos et mortuos et seculum per ignem, per ipsum quoque pollutus labiis pollutus [carne, pollutus]13 corpore pollutus in mente14 ausus nominare [imploro]15. hic recita tuam petitionem, nisi fit pro visione diuina tunc die vt sequitur * *16 quatenus17 in hoc opere te et sanctam trinitatem cum sanctis angelis [tuis]18 facias me aspicere et videre et in extremo magno iudicio ab eternali pena eripias pær christum dominum nostrum amen */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



9. Corrected per S2.



10. GH adds.



11. GH adds.



12. GH: quem ad celum ascendentem ad Patrem vidisti.



13. GH adds.



14. GH: pollutus mente [te].



15. GH adds.



16. S2 omits this phrase.



17. GH: quatinus.



18. GH adds.



[In marg: ye crede]



Hic oportet te dicere simbolum tuum usque ad finem et postea dic hunc psalmum quicunque vult usque ad finem */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[XII Oration 6. The Creed.]



[I believe in God, the Father Almighty, Creator of heaven and earth. And in Jesus Christ, his only Son, our Lord: who was conceived by the Holy Spirit, born of the Virgin Mary, suffered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, died, and was buried; he descended into hell; the third day he rose again from the dead; he ascended into heaven; sitteth at the right hand of God the Father Almighty; from thence he shall come to judge the living and the dead. I believe in the Holy Spirit, the holy Catholic Church, the communion of Saints, the forgiveness of sins, the resurrection of the body, and life everlasting. Amen.]



GH gives the text of the Apostles' Creed - Roman Ritual in Latin: "Credo in Deum, Patrem omnipotentem ... et vitam eternam. Amen."

Quiccumque vult salus esse et visionem diuinam1 habere ante omnia opus est vt teneat catholicam fidem. Quam nist [*nisi] quisqe integram in uiolatamqe seruauerit: absqe dubio ineternu~ peribit et2 visionem diuinam non hababit. Eides [*Fides] autem catholica heoe~ [*hec est]: vt vnum deum in trinitate & trinitate~ in vnitate veneremur Neqe confundentes personas: neqe substantia separantes Alia est enim persona [31r] patris, alia filii alia spiritussancti. Sed patris & filii & spiritussancti una est diuinitas: equalis gloria coeterna maiestas: Qualis pater talis fili[u]s: talis spiritussanctus. Increats pater increats filis: increatus spiritussanctus. Immensus pater immensus filius: immensus spiritussanctus. Eterns pater eterns filis: eternus spiritussanctus. Et tamen non tres eterni: sed vnus eternus: Sicut non tres increati nec tres immensi: sed vnus increatus & vnus immensus: Similiter omnipotens pater, omnipotens filis. omnipotens spiritussanctus. Et tamen non tres omnipotentes: sed vnus omnipotens. Ita deus pater deus filis: deus spiritussanctus. Et tamen non tres dii: sed vnus est deus. Ita dominus pater dominus filis: dominus spiritussanctus. Et tamen non tres domini: sed vnus est dominus. Quia sicut sigillatibus [*singillatim] vnamquamqe personam deum ac dominum confiteri: christiana veritate compellimur. Ita tres deos aut dominos dicare: catholica religione prohibemur. Pater a nullo est factus: nec creatus nec genitus. Filis a patre solo est: non factus nec creatus sed genitus Spiritussanctus a patre & filio: non factus nec creatus nec genitus sed procedens. Unus ergo pater non tres patres: vnus filius non tres filii: vnus spiritussanctus non tres spiritussancti. Et in hac trinitate nihil prius aut posterius: nichil mais [*maius] aut minus: sed tote tres persone coeterne sibi sunt et coequales. Ita vt per omnia sicut iam supradictum est: & vnitas in trinitate: & trinitas in vnitate veneranda sit. Qui vult ergo saluus esse3 [31v] ita de trinitate sentiat. Sed necessarium est ad efna~ [*aeternam] salutem:4 vt incarnationem quoqe domini nostri iesu christi fideliter credat. Est ergo fides recta vt credamus & confiteamur: qe dominus noster iesus christi dei filius deus et homo est. Deus est ex substantia patris ante secula genitus: & homo est ex substantia matris in seculo natus. Perfectus deus perfectus homo: ex anima rationali & humana carne subsistens. Equalis patri secundum diuinitatem: minor patre secundum humanitatem. Qui licet deus sit et homo: non duo tamen sed vnus est christus. Unus autem non conuersione diuinitatis in carnem: sed assumptione humanitatis in deum Unus omnino non confusione substantie: sed vnitate persone. Nam sicut anima rationalis & caro vnus est homo: ita deus et homo vnus est christus. Qui passus est pro salute nostra descendit ad inferos: tertia die resurrexit a mortuis Ascendit ad celos sedet ad dexteram dei patris omnipotentis: inde venturus est iudicare viuos et mortuos. Ad cuius aduentum omnes homines resurgere habent cum corporibus suis: & reddituri sunt de factis propiis rationem. Et qui bona egerunt ibunt in vitam eternam:5 qui vero mala in ignem eternum.6 Hec est fides catholica: quam nisi quisqe fideliter firmiterqe crediderit saluus esse non poterit.7 Gloria patri et filio et spiritui sancti. Sicut erat in principio et nunc et semper et in [32r] secula seculorum. Amen. */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[XIII Oratio 7: Symbolum Athanasianum]



"Whoever wishes to be saved [and have the vision of God], should above all things hold to the Catholic faith. Whoevery fails to keep it whole and undefiled, without doubt shall perish everlastingly. And the Catholic faith is this: That we worship one God in Trinity, and Trinity in Unity, neither confounding the persons, nor dividing the substance. For there is one person of the Father, another of the Son, and another of the Holy Spirit. But the Godhead of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit is all one, the glory equal, the majesty coeternal. Such as the Father is, such is the Son, and such is the Holy Ghost. The Father uncreate, the Son uncreate, and the Holy Ghost uncreate. The Father incomprehensible, the Son incomprehensible, and the Holy Ghost incomprehensible. The Father eternal, the Son eternal, and the Holy Ghost eternal. And yet they are not three eternals, but one eternal. As also there are not three uncreates, nor three incomprehensibles, but one uncreate and one incomprehensible. So likewise the Father is almighty, the Son almighty, and the Holy Ghost almighty. And yet they are not three almighties, but one almighty. So the Father is God, the Son is God, and the Holy Ghost is God, and yet they are not three Gods, but one God. So likewise the Father is Lord, the Son Lord, and the Holy Ghost Lord, and yet they are not three Lords, but one Lord. For like as we are compelled by the Christian verity to acknowledge every person by himself to be God and Lord, so are we forbidden by the Catholic religion to say there are three Gods or three Lords. The Father is made of none, neither created, nor begotten. The Son is of the Father alone, not made nor created, but begotten. The Holy Ghost is of the Father and of the Son, neither made, nor created, nor begotten, but proceeding. So there is one Father, not three Fathers; one Son, not three Sons; one Holy Ghost, not three Holy Ghosts. And in this Trinity none is before or after another, none is greater or less than another. But the whole three Persons are co-eternal together, and co-equal. So that in all things, as is aforesaid, the Unity in Trinity and the Trinity in Unity is to be worshipped. He therefore that will be saved must thus think of the Trinity. Furthermore, it is necessary to everlasting salvation that he also believe rightly the incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ. For the right faith is, that we believe and confess that our Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God, is God and Man. God, of the substance of the Father, begotten before the worlds; and Man, of the substance of his mother, born in the world. Perfect God, and perfect Man, of a reasonable soul and human flesh subsisting. Equal to the Father as touching his Godhead, and inferior to the Father as touching his Manhood. Who, although he be God and Man, yet he is not two, but one Christ. One; not by conversion of the Godhead into flesh, but by taking of the Manhood into God. One altogether, not by confusion of Substance, but by unity of Person. For as the reasonable soul and flesh is one man, so God and Man is one Christ; Who suffered for our salvation, descended into hell, rose again the third day from the dead; He ascended into heaven, he sitteth on the right hand of the Father, God, Almighty; from whence he shall come to judge the quick and the dead. At whose coming all men shall rise again with their bodies; and shall give account for their own works. And they that have done good shall go into life everlasting; and they that have done evil into everlasting fire. This is the Catholic faith, which except a man believe faithfully, he cannot be saved. Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Ghost; As it was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be, world without end. Amen."







(This oration is based on the well-known Athanasian Creed (Symbolum Athanasianum.)



(Quicumque vult salvus esse, ante omnia opus est, ut teneat catholicam fidem: Quam nisi quisque integram inviolatamque servaverit, absque dubio in æternum peribit. Fides autem catholica hæc est: ut unum Deum in Trinitate, et Trinitatem in unitate veneremur. Neque confundentes personas, neque substantiam separantes. Alia est enim persona Patris, alia Filii, alia Spiritus Sancti: Sed Patris, et Filii, et Spiritus Sancti una est divinitas, æqualis gloria, coæterna majestas. Qualis Pater, talis Filius, talis Spiritus Sanctus. Increatus Pater, increatus Filius, increatus Spiritus Sanctus. Immensus Pater, immensus Filius, immensus Spiritus Sanctus. æternus Pater, æternus Filius, æternus Spiritus Sanctus. Et tamen non tres æterni, sed unus æternus. Sicut non tres increati, nec tres immensi, sed unus increatus, et unus immensus. Similiter omnipotens Pater, omnipotens Filius, omnipotens Spiritus Sanctus. Et tamen non tres omnipotentes, sed unus omnipotens. Ita Deus Pater, Deus Filius, Deus Spiritus Sanctus. Et tamen non tres Dii, sed unus est Deus. Ita Dominus Pater, Dominus Filius, Dominus Spiritus Sanctus. Et tamen non tres Domini, sed unus est Dominus. Quia, sicut singillatim unamquamque personam Deum ac Dominum confiteri christiana veritate compellimur: ita tres Deos aut Dominos dicere catholica religione prohibemur. Pater a nullo est factus: nec creatus, nec genitus. Filius a Patre solo est: non factus, nec creatus, sed genitus. Spiritus Sanctus a Patre et Filio: non factus, nec creatus, nec genitus, sed procedens. Unus ergo Pater, non tres Patres: unus Filius, non tres Filii: unus Spiritus Sanctus, non tres Spiritus Sancti. Et in hac Trinitate nihil prius aut posterius, nihil majus aut minus: sed totæ tres personæ coæternæ sibi sunt et coæquales. Ita ut per omnia, sicut jam supra dictum est, et unitas in Trinitate, et Trinitas in unitate veneranda sit. Qui vult ergo salvus esse, ita de Trinitate sentiat. Sed necessarium est ad æternam salutem, ut Incarnationem quoque Domini nostri Jesu Christi fideliter credat. Est ergo fides recta, ut credamus et confiteamur, quia Dominus noster Jesus Christus, Dei Filius, Deus et homo est. Deus est ex substantia Patris ante sæcula genitus: et homo est ex substantia matris in sæculo natus. Perfectus Deus, perfectus homo: ex anima rationali et humana carne subsistens. æqualis Patri secundum divinitatem: minor Patre secundum humanitatem. Qui, licet Deus sit et homo, non duo tamen, sed unus est Christus. Unus autem non conversione divinitatis in carnem, sed assumptione humanitatis in Deum. Unus omnino, non confusione substantiæ, sed unitate personæ. Nam sicut anima rationalis et caro unus est homo: ita Deus et homo unus est Christus. Qui passus est pro salute nostra: descendit ad inferos: tertia die resurrexit a mortuis. Ascendit ad cælos, sedet ad dexteram Dei Patris omnipotentis: inde venturus est judicare vivos et mortuos. Ad cujus adventum omnes homines resurgere habent cum corporibus suis: et reddituri sunt de factis propriis rationem. Et qui bona egerunt, ibunt in vitam æternam: qui vero mala, in ignem æternum. Hæc est fides catholica, quam nisi quisque fideliter firmiterque crediderit, salvus esse non poterit. Gloria Patri, et Filio, et Spiritui Sancto. Sicut erat in principio, et nunc, et semper, et in sæcula sæculorum. Amen.)



1. GH: Dei.



2. GH omits the last 3 words.



3. GH adds: et visionem divinam habere.



4. GH adds: et divinam visionem.



5. GH adds: et visionem divinam, quam nunc petimus.



6. GH adds: cui nunc abrenunciare postulamus.



7. GH omits the rest of the creed, and concludes with: nec hanc divinam visionem optinere quibit.

Ego diuina institucione formatus et preceptis salutaribus imprecatus audebo dicere hic dic orationem dominicam. */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[XIV Oration 8]

Pater noster qui es in celis, sanctificetur nomen tuum. adueniat regnum tuum, fiat voluntas tua, sicut in cælo et in terra. panem nostrum quotidianum da nobis hodie, et dimitte nobis debita nostra: sicut et nos dimittimus debitoribus nostris, et ne nos inducas in tentationem, sed libera nos a malo. Amen. */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Our Father, who art in heaven, hallowed be Thy name; Thy kingdom come; Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven; give us this day our daily bread; and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those who trespass against us; and lead us not into temptation; but deliver us from evil. Amen.



This of course is the well-known "Lord's Prayer."

[Oration 9]



Alpha et Omega: deus omnipotens principium omnium rerum sine principio finis sine fine exaudi hodie preces meas piissime neque secundum1 iniquitates meas2 neque secundum peccata mea retribue mihi3 domine deus meus sed secundum, misericordiam tuam quae est maior omnibus rebus visibilibus et invisibilibus miserere mei sapientia patris christe lux angelorum [gloria sanctorum,]4 spes [et]5 portus et refugium peccatorum, cunctarum rerum conditor et humanæ [32v] fragilitatis redemtor,6 qui cælum [et]7 terram mare que totum ac8 montium pondera palma9 concludis, te piissima deprecor [et exoro]10 ut una cum patre illumines11 animam meam radio sanctissimi spiritus tui. Hic recita tuam petitionem pro divina visione dei ut sequitur */*/*/*/*12 quatenus in hac sacrosancta arte taliter13 possim perficere vt valeam [ad facialem]14 tui deus eternæ15 visionem [virtute]16 tui sanctissimi spiritus et tui17 nominis peruenire. et tu qui es deus meus qui in principio creasti cælum et terram et omnia18 ex nihilo qui in spiritu tuo [sancto]19 omnia reformas, comple, instaura, sana animam [meam]20 vt glorificem te per omnia opera cogitationum mearum et verborum meorum21 deus pater orationem meam confirma et intellectum meum auge et memoriam meam. Recita petitionem tuam sed si fit pro visione diuina tunc dic ut sequitur */*/*/*/*22 ad suscipiendam23 beatam visionem tuam meo viuente corpusculo et24 ad cognoscendum superexcelsam et supereternam facialiter tuam essentiam qui viuis et regnas per infinita secula seculorum. Amen. */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[XV Oration 9.]

1. S omits the last 2 words.



2. S adds "deleas".



3. S replaces the last 4 words with "p'cta n'ra tribuas nobis"



4. S adds.



5. S adds.



6. Sl. 3885: redemptor.



7. S adds.



8. S substitutes for last 3 words, "et omnia qae in eis sunt feristi et".



9. S: palmo.



10. S adds.



11. S: illustres.



12. This phrase is omitted in S.



13. S: total'r.



14. S adds.



15. S: "externe +".



16. S adds.



17. S omits.



18. S adds: quae in eis sunt et omnia.



19. S adds.



20. S adds.



21. S adds "Amen".



22. This phrase is omitted in S.



23. S: suscipiendum.



24. S omits.



Oratio decima



Helysemath . hasaram [*hazaram]1 . hemel . saduch . theou [*theon]2. [33r] heloy . zamaram . zoma . iecromaym [*ietromaym]3 . theos . deus . pie . et fortis hamathamal . iecronamayhala [*ietronamayhala]4 . zanay . hacronaaz . zay . colnaphan . salmazaiz . ayhal . gemelam [geromelam]5 . haymasa . ramay . genzi . zamath . helyemath [*heliemath]6. semay . selmar . iecrosamay . iachar [*iachat]7 . lemar . [harana .]8 harnany [*hamany]9 . memothemath . hemelamp . and thow holy father almighte and incomperhensyble god in all thy workes which are holy iuste and good10 . magalhamethor [*megalhamethor]11 . semassaer . zamachamar [*zamathamar]12 . . geogremay [*geogremai]13 . megus . monorail . hamezeaza . hillebata . maraama . iehenas . iehemia . malamay [*malamai]14 . sephormay . zemonoma . melas . hemay . hemesna [*hemesua]15 . iecormay . lemesey . senosecari . [zemaher .]16 heltamay [*helcamay]17 . calion . tharathos [tronios . nebay . tharathos]18 . vsyon . geysethon [*gezsethon]19 . semyna . themas [*seminathemas]20 . zezehas . thaman [*thamam]21 . helomany . hamel. amen.





[XVI] Oration 10.



Helysemath + hazaram + hemel + saduch + theon + heloy + zamaram + zoma + ietromaym + theos + Deus pie et fortis hamathamal + ietronamayhala + zanay + hacronaaz + zay + colnaphan + salmazaiz + ayhal . gemelam + geromelam + haymasa + ramay + genzi + zamath + heliemath + semay + selmar + iecrosamay + iachat + lemar + harana + hamany + memothemath + hemelamp + and thou, holy Father, almighty and incomprehensible God, in all thy works which are holy, just, and good + megalhamethor + semassaer + zamathamar + geogremai + megus + monorail + hamezeaza + hillebata + maraama + iehenas + iehemia + malamai + sephormay + zemonoma + melas + hemay + hemesua + iecormay + lemesey + senosecari + zemaher + helcamay + calion + tharathos + tronios + nebay + tharathos + vsyon + gezsethon + seminathemas + zezehas + thamam + helomany + hamel. Amen.



1. Corrected per S.



2. Corrected per GH.



3-6. Corrected per S.



7. Corrected per GH; iachat; S: Iathar.



8. Omitted in R, but found in S.



9. Corrected per S.



10. S: et tu sancte pater pie deus et incomprehensibilis in omnibus operibus tuis quae sunt sancta et iusta et bona.



11-12. Corrected per S.



13-14. Corrected per GH.



15. S has "hemesua" corrected to "hemesva".



16. In S.



17. Corrected per S.



18. In S.



19. Corrected per S.



20. Corrected per S; GH: semynathemas.



21. Corrected per S.



Oratio 11a1



Theos (uel Itheos)2 . megale . patir . ymos . hebrel . habobel . hecoy . haley3 . helyhot . hety . hebiot4 . letiel . iezey . sadam . saloseey5 . salatyal6 . salatelly7 . samel . sadamiel . saday . helgyon . hellyel8 . lemegos . micron9 . megos . myheon . legmes . muthon . [33v] michoyn10 . heel . hesely . iecor . granal11 . semhel . semozhat12 . semeliha13 . samay . geth . gehel . rasahanay . gelgemona14 . semana . harasynuhon15 . salepatir . selapati . ragion . saletha . thurigium . hepatir . vsion . hatamas . hotanas16 . harayn .





[XVII] Oration 11.



Theos + megale + patir + ymos + hebrel + habobel + hecoy + haley + helyhot + hety + hebiot + letiel + iezey + sadam + salaseey + salatial + salatelli + samel + sadamiel + saday + helgyon + helliel + lemegos + mitron + megos + myheon + legmes + muthon + michoyn + heel + hesely + iecor + granal + semhel + semobzhat + semeltha + samay + geth + gehel + rasahanay + gelgemana + semana + harasymihon + salepatir + selapati + ragion + saletha + thurigium + hepatir + vsion + hatamas + hetanas + harayn.



1. S doesn't have a break here.



2. S omits these 2 words.



3. S: halay.



4. GH: hebeot; S: hebehoth.



5. GH: salaseey; S: "salasay" corrected to "salaseey".



6. S: salatial.



7. S: salatelli.



8. S: helliel.



9. S: mitron.



10. GH: mychohyn; S: mychol_h_yn.



11. GH: graual.



12. S: semobzhat.



13. S: semeltha.



14. S: gelgemana.



15. GH: harasymihon.



16. S: hetonas.



O allmighty and euerlastinge god the father, the sonne and the holy goste * adonay * the lighte of the worlde the geuer and inestimable disposer of all wisdome and of all spirytuall grace knowinge all thinges before thei be donne makinge bothe lighte and darkenes putt forth thy hande and touche bothe my soule and body and make it cleane as a new scowred swerde. */*/*/*/*/* hic recita tuã petitione~ sed si sit p' visione diuina die ut sequitur:.



That I may se thy deyte and make it as a chosen shafte or as a whete kernil to beholde thy glorious face, and send thy holy sprite o lorde in to my hart and in to my soulle to receue thy gyfte, to purche and clense my consyence to beholde thy deuyne mageste by the promes that thow haste made that is to say by thy right hande of thy godely forknoledge and infunde or power thy grace [34r] moste mercyfully and moste gentely into me and teche and instruct me and renew all my sences and teche me claryfye and purche me and correcke me acordinge to thy moste godely dissyplyne euen unto my lyues ende. */*/*/*/*/* hic dic tuã petitionem sed si laboras p' visione diuina tu'c dic vt sequitur.



Ande helpe me wt thy godely councell that i may se thy deuyne maieste face to face through thy infinite greate mercy and goodnes. amen. */*/*/* hic si vis laborare ad habendum aliquã scientiã vel ad cõsecrãdu~ librum vel adiuuotõ spiritu~ tu'e mutares peticionem orationis predicte ita dicens */*/*/*/*/*



put forth thy hande and touche my mouthe and make it as a sharpe swerde to pronou~ce these holy wordes and make my tu~ge like a chosen shafte to pronounce and tell owt thy meruelles and wonders and also to retayne them in my memory.



Si laboras pro sciencia tu'c dic vt iam m'ostram sed pro cõsecratione libri dic vt sequitur. */*/*/*



put forth thy hande and touche my mouthe and make it lyke a scharpe swerde to consecrate and sanctefy thes as well deedes as wordes and make them euen as a chosen shafte to confirme the treuthe of all thy wonders and to pronou~ce the and [34v] to obtayne them at my pleasure. */*/*/* Sed p' inuocatione spirituum dic vt sequitur */*/*/* put forth thy hande and touche my mouthe and make it lyke a sharpe sworde to declare and speke forthe aswell wordes as deedes as other thinges to constrayne and compell to cum and to answere to stande and to go away suche sprytes * N * unto me * N * the sune of suche a man * N * to shew me the maruels of thy holy power and to speke unto me and to be subiecte unto me. */*/*/*/*/* And yf thow wilte aske for any other thinge then is afore mentyoned then alway alter and change thy petycyon accordinge to thy entente and purpose. and not onlie in the foresayde prayers, but in all the other prayers folouinge.





[XVIII]

O almighty and everlasting God, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, Adonay, the light of the world, the giver and inestimable disposer of all wisdom and of all spiritual grace, knowing all things before they be done, making both light and darkness.



Put forth thy hand, and touch both my soul and body, and make it clean as a new scoured sword.



(Here recite your petition; if it is for the divine vision, say as follows:)



That I may see thy deity, and make it as a chosen shaft or as a wheat kernel, to behold thy glorious face, and send thy Holy Spirit, O Lord, into my heart and into my soul, to receive thy gift, to purge and cleanse my conscience, to behold thy divine majesty, by the promise that thow hast made, that is to say by thy right hand of thy godly foreknowledge, and infunde or pour thy grace most mercifully and most gently into me, and teach and instruct me, and renew all my senses, and teach me. Clarify and purge me, and correct me according to thy most godly disipline, even unto my life's end.



(Here recite your petition; if it is for the divine vision, say as follows:)



And help me with thy godly council, that I may see thy divine majesty face to face, through thy infinite great mercy and goodness. Amen.



[XIX]



(Hic si vis laborare ad habendum aliquam scientiam vel ad consecrandum librum vel adiuuotõ spiritus tu'e mutares petitionem orationis predicte ita dicens.)



Put forth thy hand and touch my mouth, and make it as a sharp sword, to pronounce these holy words, and make my tongue like a chosen shaft to pronounce and tell out thy marvels and wonders, and also to retain them in my memory.



(Si laboras pro sciencia tu'c dic vt iam m'ostram sed pro cõsecratione libri dic vt sequitur.)



Put forth thy hand and touch my mouth and make it like a sharp sword, to consecrate and sanctify these as well deeds as words, and make them even as a chosen shaft, to confirm the truth of all thy wonders, and to pronounce them and to obtain them at my pleasure.



(Sed per invocatione spirituum dic vt sequitur.)



Put forth thy hand and touch my mouth, and make it like a sharp sword, to declare and speak forth as well words as deeds as other things, to constrain and compel to come and to answer, to stand, and to go away, such spirits * N *, unto me * N *, the son of such a man * N *, to shew me the marvels of thy holy power, and to speak unto me, and to be subject unto me.



(And if thou wilt ask for any other thing than is aforementioned, then alwaya alter and change thy petition according to thy intent and purpose. And not only in the foresaid prayers, but in all the other prayers following.)



[S: "Lux mundi, deus immense, pater aeternitatis, largitor sapientiae, et totius graciae spiritualis pie et inaestimabilis dispensator noscens omnia anteq~ [*priusquam] fiant facieus tenebras et lucem mitte manum tuam [et tange animam meam et corpus meus] et [pone] illam ut gladium furbitum ad visionen + tuam habendam + et fac eam ut sagittam electam et granum tritici reconditum ad contemplandum tuam mirabilem faciem et mitte [*emitte] spiritum sanctum tuum domine in cor meum ad istud donum percipiendum in animam meam ad emendãdu~ [*emundandum] et in conscientiam meam ad speculandum. Per iuramentum cordis [*coheredis] tui + id est + per dextram pie scientiae tuae misericorditer clementer et leniter in me graciam tuam inspira et instaura introitum et exitum et doce et instrue sensus meos [*sensuum meorum] et doceas me et clarifices me et mundifices me et corrigas me cum disciplina tua usque in finem ut visionen tuam facialiter obtinem et adiuuet me consilium altissimi per infinitam sapientiam [tuam] et misericordam tuam. Amen.



[XIX] (Si autem velles impetrare aliquid (vel aliquã) scientiam vel sacrare librum vel invocare spiritus, mutares petitiones orationis praecedentis sic:) Mitte manum tuam et tange os meum et pone illud ut gladium acutum ad enarrandum et eloquendum haec sancta verba tua et fac linguam meam ut sagittam electam ad enarrandum mirabilia tua et ad pronunciandum ea et memoriter retinendum.



(Sic petes pro scientia impetranda sed pro libo consecrando sic ut sequitur:)



Ut gladium acutum ad consecrandum et sanctificandum haec tam sancta quam alia verba



ut sagittam electam et ad consecrandum in veritate mirabilia tua et ad pronunciandum ea et pro libito impetrandum.



(Sed pro invocando et usincando [?] spiritus [agis] pete sic:)



Ut gladium acutum ad eloquendum haec verba tua tam sancta quam alia ad coarctandum et cogendum venire respondere stare recedere obedire spiritus N. tales mihi tali N. filio N. N. electam ad ostendendum mirabilia sanctae potentiae tuae et ad pronunciandum verba ad gladialiter et flammee tuos tales spiritus [N.] coarctandum.



(Si aliud petieris quam illa quae dicta sunt simili modo secundum naturam illius petitionem mutares et non solum in hac oratione sed in omnibus latinis in quibus aliqua petitio reperitur. hic incipit oratio sequens:)



[Some amendments are written in the marg. but are illegible]



1 Vita, dulcedo spes Maria* salve, ad te clamamus exules filii eve ad te suspiramus gementes et flentes in hac lacrimaru~ valle Eva [?] ergo advocata Maria* illos tuos misericordes oculos ad nos converte et ?h'um bu~dictu~ fructu~ ventris tui nobis post hoc exiliu~ ostende.



2 nec sc'du~ [?] iniqitates mea nec sc'du~ p'cta mea retribue mihi deus meus.



3 salatiae salatelli samel sadamiel Saday



4 Et tange animã meã et corpa meu~.]



Assaylemaht (uel Assailamath)1 rasay semaht azahat araaht2 lameth hazabat hamat hamae gesemon grephemyon zelamye [relamye]3 hazatha hamatha hazaremehal hazanebal helial zebial seziol semyhor hamissiton fintiugon tintiugethe hamissirion sebarnay halmoth [*halmoht]4 alymyon gemail halimot [*halmiot]5 sadail hehomail neomail cristos thiothot sepha taphamal paphalios sicromemior [*sicrogramon]6 laupdau laupta7 iothileta lazahemor iemeamor [35r] . letahemor [*lotahemor]8 . saromegall [*fitcomegal]9 . haemor . giseleccor [*giselector]10 . gihelerathon [*gilzelerethon]11 . glereleon . gamasgay . semagar . semalgay . semasgyy . balna12 . atheton [*arethon]13 . iesamahel14 . gegemahelay . hala . hela . iemay . semethay . may . semnay . geles . syney . iolehelney [*iolehemey]15 . iesmar . samennay . bariaccoca [*bariactoca]16 . cariactera . tharietha [*tharihetha]17 . socalmata . getymay18 . socalma . socagamal . helgezamay . balma . hailos . halos . zaynos . ienenegal . sarimalip . [sarmalaip]19 sacramalaip . tamygell [*tamygel]20 . thamal [*thamahel]21 . sathabynhel . sathabmal [*sathabinal]22 . samal . maga . samalanga . saminaga . satalmagu . silymal23 . salmana . sagnaht24 . silymythu25 . semalsay . gahit . galiht . gezamanay26 . sabal . zegahaton [*zegahathon]27 . zehanphaton [*zahanphaton]28 . iezamycrathon [*iezanycrathon]29 . iecnaphaton30 . iezemo . iezelem . ioselimen . hatanathos . hathanathay . semaht . zemehet . iezorahel . chetorab [*checorab]31 . helgezorabal [*hel gerozabal]32 . craton . hariobal [*hariabal]33 . hariagal . hanagai . hariagil . parithomegos . samaziel [*samazihel]34 . simazihel35 . leosemaht36 . leosamaty . thenuathol [*themiathol]37 . genynatol . gemizacol . hebalthe . halabee . hamysschon38 . sebanay . halmye . gemail . sadail . neomahil . cristolepha39 . caphanial . hazaron . gezamel . haymal . haihala [*hayhala]40 . sememay . geliesmoy41 . thanccha [*thariattha]42 . gemiazay [*gemiazai]43 . zohanphaton . ielesamen . hathanathay [*hatanathay]44 . gemaht . iesomabel . haynosiel . halabethen . iabaioge . halabeht . ebalohe . myphos [*nyphos]45 . phabos . phelior . phobos . ydolmassay . predolmassay . pholior [*pholihor]46 . negioggen . neginather . pharamnee [*pharampnee]47 . pharanhe [*pharanehe] . stomicopten [*scomicopoten]48 . sohomythepoten [*sohomychepoten]49 hymaliassenon . ymiamos . manyhas [*manyahas]50 . geromay . yemay [*iemay]51 . ierathayazai [*ietathamazai]52 [35v] passamaht . thon [*theon]53 . beht . bon . sathamac [*sathamat]54 . hagynol . naragal . semozihot . nerothinay . ragnathi . ranal . ragnali [*raguali ranal]55 . ragahal . hagmal . hagamal . sagomossyn [*fagomossyn]56 . fagemesym . domogetha [*domogentha]57 . theomegen [*theomogen]58 . theromagen [*theromogen]59 . salmatha . salamaht . zalamatha . hon . bolon . lialon [*halon]60 . sephezium [*sephezimu]61 . sapinon [*sapynon]62 saphiamon . hamon . harion . vsyon [*usion]63 . gemessyon [*gemession]64 . sepha . phalymyt . sebanay . hamyssithon65 . thnitingren [*thyutyugren]66 . harcon [*hacton]67 . rogonbon68 . [lon]69 vsyon [*usion]70. Amen. */*/*/*/*/*/*





[XX] Oration 12.

Assaylemaht + rasay + semaht + azahat + araaht + lameth + hazabat + hamat + hamae + gesemon + grephemyon + zelamye + relamye + hazatha + hamatha + hazaremehal + hazanebal + helial + zebial + seziol + semyhor + hamissiton + fintiugon + tintiugethe + hamissirion + sebarnay + halmoht + alymyon + gemail + halmiot + sadail + hehomail + neomail + cristos + thiothot + sepha + taphamal + paphalios + sicrogramon + laupdau + laupta + iothileta + lazahemor + iemeamor + lotahemor + fitcomegal + haemor + giselector + gilzelerethon + glereleon + gamasgay + semagar + semalgay + semasgyy + balna + arethon + iesamahel + gegemahelay + hala + hela + iemay + semethay + may + semnay + geles + syney + iolehemey + iesmar + samennay + bariactoca + cariactera + tharihetha + socalmata + getymay + socalma + socagamal + helgezamay + balma + hailos + halos + zaynos + ienenegal + sarimalip + sarmalaip + sacramalaip + tamygel + thamahel + sathabynhel + sathabinal + samal + maga + samalanga + saminaga + satalmagu + silymal + salmana + sagnaht + silymythu + semalsay + gahit + galiht + gezamanay + sabal + zegahathon + zahanphaton + iezanycrathon + iecnaphaton + iezemo + iezelem + ioselimen + hatanathos + hathanathay + semaht + zemehet + iezorahel + checorab + hel gerozabal + craton + hariabal + hariagal + hanagai + hariagil + parithomegos + samazihel + simazihel + leosemaht + leosamaty + themiathol + genynatol + gemizacol + hebalthe + halabee + hamysschon + sebanay + halmye + gemail + sadail + neomahil + cristolepha + caphanial + hazaron + gezamel + haymal + hayhala + sememay + geliesmoy + thariattha + gemiazai + zohanphaton + ielesamen + hatanathay + gemaht + iesomabel + haynosiel + halabethen + iabaioge + halabeht + ebalohe + nyphos + phabos + phelior + phobos + ydolmassay + predolmassay + pholihor + negioggen + neginather + pharampnee + pharanehe + scomicopoten + sohomychepoten + hymaliassenon + ymiamos + manyahas + geromay + iemay + ietathamazai + passamaht + theon + beht + bon + sathamat + hagynol + naragal + semozihot + nerothinay + ragnathi + raguali + ranal + ragahal + hagmal + hagamal + fagomossyn + fagemesym + domogentha + theomogen + theromogen + salmatha + salamaht + zalamatha + hon + bolon + halon + sephezimu + sapynon + saphiamon + hamon + harion + usion + gemession + sepha + phalymyt + sebanay + hamyssithon + thyutyugren + hacton + rogonbon + lon + usion. Amen.













1. S omits the last 2 words.



2. S: haraaht.



3. S adds.



4-6. Corrected per S.



7. S adds Jethim.



8. Corrected per S.



9. Corrected per GH; S: filiomegal.



10. Corrected per S.



11. Corrected per GH. S has "gilzelerethon" corrected to "gihelerethon".



12. GH: balua.



13. Corrected per S.



14. S: iesamshel.



15-17. Corrected per S.



18. S: ietimay.



19. S adds.



20-22. Corrected per S.



23. S: silimal.



24. GH: saguaht.



25. S: silimythu.



26. GH: gezamannay; S: gezamanuai.



27-29. Corrected per S.



30. GH: ietuaphaton; S: ietnaphaton.



31. Corrected per GH.



32-33. Corrected per S.



34. Corrected per GH; S: famazihel.



35. S: simaziel.



36: GH: leosemmaht.



37. Corrected per S.



38. S: hamisschon.



39. S: Christolepha.



40. Corrected per S.



41. GH: gehesmoy.



42. Corrected per GH; S: tharialtha.



43-51. Corrected per S.



52. Corrected per GH; S: ietachamazai.



53. Corrected per S.



54. Corrected per GH; S: lathamat.



55-59. Corrected per S.



60. Corrected per GH.



61-64. Corrected per S.



65. S: hamyssython.



66. Corrected per GH; S: thyntyngren.



67. Corrected per S; GH: hactou.



68. GH: rogoubon.



69. Added per S.



70. Corrected per S.



Hazailzemaht (uel Hasaylemath) [*Hazailemaht]1 . lemaht . azac [*azat]2 . gessemon . thelamoht . hazab . habatal [*halatal]3 . haebal . sezior . sicromagal . gigoro . mogal . gielotheon [*gielocheon]4 . samagoy . haphiles . pamphilos . sicragalmon . lanpda [*laupda]5 . iothun [*iothim]6 . halnal [*haiual]7 . hailos . halna [*halua]8 . genenogal [*geneuogal]9 . samanlay . tacayhel . thamiel [*tacayhelthamyel]10 . secalmana . hoesemolas [*hesemolas]11 . hesemelaht [*hesomelaht]12 . gesatham [*gethasam]13 . cethal [*cethalsam]14 . stilmon [*scilmon]15 . saibaiol . semalsay . crathon . hanagnil [*hanaguil]16 . panconuegos [*pancomnegos]17 . tyngeny . hamyssitoy [*hamissitoy]18 . sebarnay . hassinilop [*hassimilop]19 . thenaly . soday . henaly20 . halaco . meahil . crihicos . sepha . caphanal [*caphaual]21 . hazaron . tezamahal [*cezamahal]22 . haila . saraumay [*saramnay]23 . gelior . synoy . bariachacha . gehemizay [*gehemyzai]24 . ietrafagon [*iecrafagon]25 . legelyme . hathamathay . senac . gromyazay [*gromyhazay]26 . sothal . magaal . iemazai [*iemazay]27 . zehemphagon . hasihezamay . legelime . [36r] hacama . ieizobol . ierozabal . symalyel [*symaliel]28 . seymaly . seihel . leosamaht . gemyhacal . halabre . cyophagros [*cyhophagros]29 . theos . phabos . ycolmazay [*ycolmazai]30 . negen . pharamepht [*pharameht]31 . nehihahon . sehon . gethorem . nehehom32 . helisemaht . saratihai . ierasiai [*ierafiai]33 . hynaliha . sememamos [*sememanos]34 . gezamay [*gezamai]35 . iecremai . passamaht . thagail . hagamal . fagamesy . fagamesym . themegoman . zemegamary . salamatha . salamothono [*salomothono]36 . bon . lon . sepizihon . harion . vsyon [*usyon]37 . semession . tegon. Amen. */*/*/*





[XXI] [Oration 13]



Hazailemaht + lemaht + azat + gessemon + thelamoht + hazab + halatal + haebal + sezior + sicromagal + gigoro + mogal + gielocheon + samagoy + haphiles + pamphilos + sicragalmon + laupda + iothim + haiual + hailos + halua + geneuogal + samanlay + tacayhelthamyel + secalmana + hesemolas + hesomelaht + gethasam + cethalsam + scilmon + saibaiol + semalsay + crathon + hanaguil + pancomnegos + tyngeny + hamissitoy + sebarnay + hassimilop + thenaly + soday + henaly + halaco + meahil + crihicos + sepha + caphaual + hazaron + cezamahal + haila + saramnay + gelior + synoy + bariachacha + gehemyzai + iecrafagon + legelyme + hathamathay + senac + gromyhazay + sothal + magaal + iemazay + zehemphagon + hasihezamay + legelime + hacama + ieizobol + ierozabal + symaliel + seymaly + seihel + leosamaht + gemyhacal + halabre + cyhophagros + theos + phabos + ycolmazai + negen + pharameht + nehihahon + sehon + gethorem + nehehom + helisemaht + saratihai + ierafiai + hynaliha + sememanos + gezamai + iecremai + passamaht + thagail + hagamal + fagamesy + fagamesym + themegoman + zemegamary + salamatha + salomothono + bon + lon + sepizihon + harion + usyon + semession + tegon. Amen.



1-3. Corrected per S.



4. Corrected per GH; S: grelotheon.



5. Corrected per GH; S has "lanpda" corrected to "laupda"



6. Corrected per S.



7. Corrected per GH; S: "hainal" corrected to "haiual".



8. Corrected per S.



9. Corrected per GH; S: gentvogal.



10-19. Corrected per S.



20. S has "henaly" corrected to "hevaly".



21. Corrected per GH; S has "caphanal" corrected to "caphaval".



22. Corrected per S.



23. Corrected per GH; S has "saraumay" corrected to ?"sarammay".



24-26. Corrected per S.



27. Corrected per GH.



28. Corrected per GH; S: simaliel.



29. Corrected per GH; S: cytophagros.



30-31. Corrected per S.



32. S has "nehehom" corrected to "vehehom".



33-36. Corrected per S.



37. Corrected per GH; S: usion.



[Oratio 14]



lemaht (uel Lenthath)1 . sebanthe . helitihay . gozogam . romasim . hegeto [*hegetti]2 . gozimal . exiophiam . sorathim3 . salathaam4 . besapha . saphrez [*saphiez]5 [haculam]6 . samiht . sanaioho [*senaiho]7 . phetaloym [*phethaloym]8 . harissim . genges . lethos. amen. */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





[XXII Oration]



Lemaht + sebanthe + helitihay + gozogam + romasim + hegetti + gozimal + exiophiam + sorathim + salathaam + besapha + saphiez + haculam + samiht + senaiho + phethaloym + harissim + genges + lethos. Amen.



1. S: semaht.



2. Corrected per S.



3. S: lorathim.



4. S: lalathaam.



5. Corrected per S.



6. S adds.



7. Corrected per GH; S: senaibi.



8. Corrected per S.



Lameht (uel Lameth)1 . lenat2 . lemahat . semaht . selmahat . helmam [*helmay]3 . helymam . helmamy . zezecca [*zezetta]4 . zezegta . gezegatha . zozagam . remasym . themare . masym [*themaremasym]5 . ieranyhel . phnerezo [*phuerezo]6 . gamyhal . zetogamyaal [*zecogomyhal]7 . hezetogamyal [*hezetogamyhal]8 . heziephiat . hozoperbiar . iosacchin [*iosaithyn]9 . iosathin [*iosathyn]10 . iosany . gosamyn . salaht . salatoham . salatehen . salatabel [*salatambel]11 . henehenbem [*hen henbem]12 . habena . henbezepha13 . bosephar . thamar . sahalat [*sahaletromar]14 . [36v] hafar . tycmar [*hafartitmar]15 . thimas . tirimar . namor16 . semyhot . semohit . zemyhot . 17 . semoiz . lemdihon . lemahat . phetalon [*phethalon]18 . hamiht . phetalonamie [*phethalonamie]19 . zomize [*zomye]20 . zamiht . prihici [*prihiti]21 . philei . haphin [*haphyn]22 . gergeon . gergohen . ierthon . lothios . lothos . semyhot . lemahat . semohit [*zemohit]23 . lemaiho . phetalon . hamye . hamyphyn . pethio . gergion . lecton . iergohen . thothios . leccos [*lectos]24 . Amen.





[XXIII]



Lameht + lenat + lemahat + semaht + selmahat + helmay + helymam + helmamy + zezetta + zezegta + gezegatha + zozagam + remasym + themaremasym + ieranyhel + phuerezo + gamyhal + zecogomyhal + hezetogamyhal + heziephiat + hozoperbiar + iosaithyn + iosathyn + iosany + gosamyn + salaht + salatoham + salatehen + salatambel + hen + henbem + habena + henbezepha + bosephar + thamar + sahaletromar + hafartitmar + thimas + tirimar + namor + semyhot + semohit + zemyhot + semoiz + lemdihon + lemahat + phethalon + hamiht + phethalonamie + zomye + zamiht + prihiti + philei + haphyn + gergeon + gergohen + ierthon + lothios + lothos + semyhot + lemahat + zemohit + lemaiho + phetalon + hamye + hamyphyn + pethio + gergion + lecton + iergohen + thothios + lectos. Amen.

1. S: Lameth. S does not have a break here, although it does end the preceeding text with "Amen."



2. S: "lenat" corrected to "levat".



3-5. Corrected per S.



6. Corrected per GH; S: "phnerezo" corrected to "phverezo".



7. Corrected per GH; S: zetegomyhal.



8-12. Corrected per S.



13. GH: henlezepha.



14-15. Corrected per S.



16. S: namar.



17. S om. the last 2 words.



18-24. Corrected per S.



[Oratio 16]



o most highe and inuisible god1 . theos . patir . behemuos [*behemnos]2 . lehemuyos3 . behenny4 . we besiche the5 ymos . by thy most hooly angells which are6 michael . which is as miche to say as the medicyne of god7 . raphael . the strengthe of god8 . gabryel [*gabriel] . burni~ge9 . & seraphin [*Seraphyn]10 . helyphamassay [*helipha massay]11 . cherubin [*cherubyn]12 . ielomiuctos [*ielomynctos]13 . gadabany14 . zedabanay15 . gederanay . saramany . lomtecy [*lomtety]16 . loccosi [*loctosy]17 . gerohanathon18 . zahamany . lomyht . gedanabasy19 . [setamanay]20 . seremanay . henlothant . [*helomyht henboramyht]21 . samanazay . gedebandi22 . ffullnes, of syence . cherubyn . and seraphin . we most humbly besiche yow and the iesus christ by all thy holy and glorious angells whose names are blessyd of god which ought nott to be spoken of us which be these23 . deihel . dehel . depymo . dewhel24 . excludo [*exluso]25 . depymon . helynon . exmogon . paryneos [*parineos]26 . exmegan . pheleneos . nanagen [*nauagen]27 . hosiel [*hosyel]28 . oragon . garbona29 . rathion . monyham . megonhamos .





[XXIV] Oration 16.



O most high and invisible God + theos + patir + behemnos + lehemuyos + behenny + We beseech thee + ymos + by thy most holy angels which are Michael + which is as much to say as the medicine of God + Raphael + the strength of God + Gabriel + burning, and Seraphyn + helipha massay + cherubyn + ielomynctos + gadabany + zedabanay + gederanay + saramany + lomtety + loctosy + gerohanathon + zahamany + lomyht + gedanabasy + setamanay + seremanay + henlothant + helomyht + henboramyht + samanazay + gedebandi + fulness, of science + cherubyn + and seraphin + we most humbly beseech you, and thee, Jesus Christ, by all thy holy and glorious angels whose names are blessed of God, which ought not to be spoken of us which be these: + deihel + dehel + depymo + dewhel + exluso + depymon + helynon + exmogon + parineos + exmegan + pheleneos + nauagen + hosyel + oragon + garbona + rathion + monyham + megonhamos.



1. S: Deus summe deus invisibilis.



2. Per GH; S: behemmos.



3. GH: lehemnyos.



4. S: leheimoy.



5. S: te rogamus.



6. S: per sanctissimos angelos tuos qui sunt.



7. S: Michael vel medicina dei.



8. S: fortitudo dei.



9. S: Gabriel, ardens.



10-13. Corrected per S.



14. S: Gadalany.



15. S: Zedalanay.



16. Corrected per GH; S: Iometety.



17. Corrected per S.



18. S: Ierohanathon.



19. S: Gedalanasy.



20. Per S.



21. Per GH, S.



22. GH: gedebaudi.



23. S: plenitudine scientie Cherubyn et Seraphin, vos suppliciter rogamus et te Ihesu Christe per omnes sanctos angelos tuos gloriosos quorum nomina a deo consecrata sunt, quae a nobis proferri non debent quae sunt haec:



24. GH: Dein Hel; S: dem hel.



25-28. Corrected per S.



29. S: gartona.



I beseche the o my lorde lyghten and pourge my soule and my conscyence with the brightnes [37r] of thy light illumyn and confyrme my understandinge with the oder of the switenes of thy holy sprite.



(hic recita peticione~ sed si per visione deitatis tu~c dic vt sequitur.) that I may obtayne to se the gloryous visyõ which now I desyer to se. garnishe my soule o lorde that I may se thy face and here thy glory and prayse reforme my harte o lorde and renew my sensys and geue me a good memorye to beholde the blessed vision of thy face temper most gentyll lorde bothe my soule and tonge to haue that glorious visyõ by thy glorious and ineffable names thow which arte the fowntayn and begininge of all goodenes and godelynes suffer me o lorde and geue me grace and a good memorye that I may obtayn the blissed visyon which I haue desyred of the in this godely prayer. (hic rursus incipe).



Thow lorde which dost nott by and by condempne the sinner but thorow the mrrcy doest abyde his repentance, i onworthy synner doo be siche the o lorde that thow wilte wype away all my synns and wickednes and utterly quenche in me all instigatyons. (hic recita tuã petitione~ sed per deitate dic sequitr) that i may be made mete o lorde thorow this petycyon to obtayne the sight of thy diuyne maiste by the vertu and power of thy holy angells and archangells of whome i spake before thorow thy gloryous maiestye thow which arte one allmyghty and euerlastinge god to whome be prayse and honor for euer. amen.





[XXV]

I beseech thee, O my Lord, lighten and purge my soul and my conscience with the brightness of thy light. Illumine and confirme my understanding with the odor of the sweetness of thy Holy Spirit.



(Here recite the petition, if for the vision of the Deity, say as follows.) that I may obtain to see the glorious vision which now I desire to see. Garnish my soul, O Lord, that I may see thy face and hear thy glory and praise. Reform my heart, O Lord, and renew my senses, and give me a good memory to behold the blessed vision of thy face. Temper most gentle Lord both my soul and tongue to have that glorious vision by thy glorious and ineffable names, thou which art the fountain and beginning of all goodness and godliness. Suffer me, O Lord, and give me grace and a good memory, that I may obtain the blessed vision which I have desired of thee in this godly prayer. (Hic rursus incipe).



Thou, Lord, which dost not by and by condemn the sinner but through the mercy dost abide his repentance, I, unworthy sinner, do beseech thee, O Lord, that thou wilt wipe away all my sins and wickedness, and utterly quench in me all instigations. (Here recite the petition, if for the vision of the Deity, say as follows.



S: "Te quaeso domine mi illustra et clarifica animã [et conscienciam] meã splendore luminis tui et illustra et confirma intellectu~ meum odore suavitatis spiritus tui sancti ut obtinere valeã gloriosã visione~ tuã quã nunc humiliter deposco adorna domine animã meã ut videã faciem tuã videam et audiã gloriam tuã et laudem tuã reforma domine cor meu~ instaura domine sensu~ meu~ placa pijssime memoriã meam ad aspiciendã visione~ faciale~ tuã et beatam tempera benignissime animã et linguã meã ad hebendam hanc visione~ per gloriosa et ineffabilia nõi~a tua tu qui es fons bonitatis et totius pietatis origo habeas quaeso domine patientiã in me et memoriã et graciam bonã [*tuam] da mihi ut accipe [*accipere] valeã hanc visionã beatã et quod a te petij in hac sancta oratione da mihi et largire tu qui peccante~ stati~ non iudicas sed ad penitentiã mihtus [*misertus] expectas te quaeso indignus peccator ut facinora et peccata mea et delictoru~ meoru~ scelera abstergas et penitus extinguas ut aptus efficiar domine sancta visione tua et me petitione tanta per sanctoru~ angeloru~ et Archangeloru~ tuoru~ virtutem de quibus praefatus sum dignu~ et efficare~ facias per gloriosã maiestatem tuã tu qui es aeternus [*trinus] et unus verus deus omnipotens Ame~."

[37v]



Oratio 17



o Iesu the sonne of the incomprhensible god hancor hanacor hamylos iehorna theodonos heliothos phagor corphandonos norizane corithico hanosae helsezope phagora.





[XXVI] Oration 17

O Jesus, the son of the incomprehensible God, Hancor Hanacor *Hanylos Iehorna Theodonos Heliothos Phagor Corphandonos Norizane Corithico Hanosae Helsezope Phagora.



S: Ih'u dei filius incompraehensibilis hancor hanacor hanylos iehorna theodonas helyothos heliotheos phagor corphandonos norizane corithico hanosal helsezope phagora.

Eleminator candones helos1 helee resphaga thephagayn2 thetendyn thahonos3 micemya4 hehortahonas [*heortahonos]5 nelos6 behebos belhores hacaphagan belehothol7 ortophagon corphandonos / borne in the shape of a man for vs sinners and yow holy angells heliothos phagnoraherken and teche me and gouerne me. (Hic dic peticionem tuã sed per visione diuina dic vt sequitr.) that i may come to obtayne the visyõ of the deyte thorow the glorious and moste gentle and moste almighte creator oure lyuyng lorde holy infinite godely and euerlastinge to whome be prayse honor and glorye worlde withowt ende. amen.8





[XXVII] Oration.



Eleminator + candones + helos + helee + resphaga + thephagayn + thetendyn + thahonos + micemya + heortahonos + nelos + behebos + belhores + hacaphagan + belehothol + ortophagon + corphandonos + born in the shape of a man for us sinners, and you holy angels heliothos + phagnoraherken and teach me and govern me. (Here recite your petition -- if for the Divine vision, say as follows:) that I may come to obtain the vision of the Deity through the glorious and most gentle and most almighty creator, our living Lord, holy, infinite, godly, and everlasting, to whom be praise, honor, and glory, world without end. Amen.



1. S: helas.



2. S: thephagagayn.



3. S: thahanos.



4. GH: uicemya; S: mtemya.



5. Corrected per S.



6. GH: uelos.



7. S: belohothoi.



8. corphandonos. humane natus pro nobis peccatoribus et vos, Heliothos, phagnora, angeli sancti, adestote, advertite et docete me et regite me ad visionem Dei sanctam perveniendam, habendam, obtinendam per gloriosum, Clementissimum et [omni]potentissimum creatorem, dominum nostram vivum, sanctum et immensum, pium et aeternum cui est honor et laus et gloria per infinita secula Amen.

[Oratio 18]1



[XXVIII] Oration.

1. S3 adds: Istae oratio debet dici quotidie quater / ye fyrst daye of the mone.

Lameth [*lameht]2 . ragna . ragahel . ragia . ragiomab3 . hagnaht4 . hagnolam5 . exaccodan [*exactodan]6 . [heractodam]7 hanthonomos8 . hethaeneho . hemones . iothe . lothesezatha9 . sazaratha . hensazatha . serail . marab . minathil [*mynathil]10 . marathal . mairathal . brihamocon . thahamathon . leprodoz . lephoris . leprehoc11 . lephons [*lephorijs]12 . hesacro . hesacrohen [*hesacohen]13 . corquenal . choremal . gnoyoemel [*guoyemal]14 . validiol [*valiaiol]15. [38r] salail . salaiz . salaior . halaiz16 . salquihel . gessydomy [*gessidomy]17 . gessenazi [*gessevazi] . iessonay . hazoroz . hazarob . tharhal [*tharahal]19. bostyhal [*bostihal]20 . hamol . hamalamyn. Amen.



Lameht + ragna + ragahel + ragia + ragiomab + hagnaht + hagnolam + exactodan + heractodam + hanthonomos + hethaeneho + hemones + iothe + lothesezatha + sazaratha + hensazatha + serail + marab + mynathil + marathal + mairathal + brihamocon + thahamathon + leprodoz + lephoris + leprehoc + lephorijs + hesacro + hesacohen + corquenal + choremal + guoyemal + *valiaiol + salail + salaiz + salaior + halaiz + salquihel + gessidomy + gessevazi + iessonay + hazoroz + hazarob + tharahal + bostihal + hamol + hamalamyn. Amen.



2. Corrected per S; S3: Lameth.



3. S3: Ragionab.



4. S3: hagnat.



5. GH: hoguolam; S: hognolam; S3: hagnolam.



6. Corrected per S; S3: Exaccodan.



7. Restored per S; S3: heraccodan~.



8. S: hanchonomos; S3: hanthonomos.



9. S: iothesezatha; S3: lothe~ . sezaiha.



10. Corrected per S; S3: minathil.



11. GH: leprohoc; S: leprohot.



12. Corrected per S; S3: lephons.



13. Corrected per S; S3: hesacrohen.



14. Corrected per GH; S: gnoyemal.



15. Corrected per S; GH: ualiaiol; S3: validiol. R. has some words in margin, but they are mostly illegible. "cum (?)... Sem... Lameth ... 3o ..." There is also a drawing of a hand.



16. S3: haldiz.



17. Corrected per S; S3: Gessydomy.



18. Corrected per S; GH: gesseuazi; S3: gessenazi.



19. Corrected per S.



20. Corrected per S.



[Oratio 19]



semeht (uel semeth)2 seghehalt . ragnaht3 . reloymal4 . haguliaz5 . exhator . hanthomos6 . lezen . saccail . marab . briamathon [*brihamathon]7 . lephez . hiesacco [*hiefacto]8 . themay . salaihel . agessomagy [*agessomay]9 . arothatamal [*arathotamal].





[XXIX]1



Semeht + seghehalt + ragnaht + reloymal + haguliaz + exhator + hanthomos + lezen + saccail + marab + brihamathon + lephez + hiefacto + themay + salaihel + agessomay + arathotamal.



1. S3 has "oratio" at the top of this section. S does not start a new oration here.



2. S: semeht; S3: Semeth.



3. GH: raguaht.



4. S: regoymal; S3: Reloymal.



5. S: hagnliaz.



6. S: amhomos; S3: hanthonos.



7. Corrected per S.



8. Corrected per S; S3: hiesacco.



9. Corrected per S; S3: Agessomagy.



10. Corrected per S.

O incommutable god which in menorye art irreperhensible whose wisdome can not be spoken agaynst the angell of the euerlastinge cownsell may this day embrace my harte in his right hand and may fill my conscyence wt the remembraunce of the and the oder of thy oyntementes and the switenes of thy grace may furnisch my mynde with the brightenes and clernes of thy holy spryte with the which thy angells o lorde with all the powers of heauen do desyre to beholde the face euerlastinglye (Hic recita petitionem tuam sed per deitate dic vt sequitr) that I may wt them most marcyfull lorde beholde the face thow which wt thy wysdome hast repayred all thinges with thy euerlastinge blisse wherunto thow hast restored the angells by man which was fallen whome thorow thy loue thou hast drawen agayn wt [38v] thy glorye and didest voucsaffe to instrue adam with all knoledge infforme replenishe instrue restore correct claryfy and refreshe me that I may be a new man to understande thy commaundementes. (Recita petitionem sed per deitate dic vt sequitur.) that I may obtayne the blissed syghte of the to ye helthe my soule and body and all faythfull people to the honor and glorye of thy name which Is blessed for euer. amen.2





[XXX] [Oration.]1



O incommutable God, which in memory art irreprehensible, whose wisdom cannot be spoken against the angel of the everlasting council, may this day embrace my heart in his right hand, and may fill my conscience with the remembrance of thee, and the odor of thy ointments, and the sweetness of thy grace may furnish my mind with the brightness and clearness of thy Holy Spirit, with the which thy angels, O Lord with all the powers of heaven do desire to behold thy face everlastingly (Here recite your petition -- if for the vision of the Deity, say as follows:) that I may with them, most merciful Lord, behold the face, thou which with thy wisdom hast repaired all things with thy everlasting bliss, whereunto thou hast restored the angels by man which was fallen, whom through thy love thou hast drawn again with thy glory, and didst vouchsafe to instrue Adam with all knowledge, inform, replenish, instrue, restore, correct, clarify, and refresh me, that I may be a new man, to understand thy commandments. (Here recite your petition -- if for the vision of the Deity, say as follows:) that I may obtain the blessed sight of thee, to the health of my soul and body, and all faithful people, to the honor and glory of thy name, which is blessed forever. Amen.



1. S starts this section with "Oratio".



2. S: "Memoria irreprehensibilis sapientia incontradicibilis et incommutabilis deus aeterni conssilij angelus amplectetur hodie cor meum dextra [S3: dextera] tua et adimpleat conscientiam meam memoria tua et odor unguentorum tuorum et dulcedo gracie tuae [S3: tue] muniat mentem meam splendore spiritus sancti et claritate qua angeli [S3 omits the last 8 words] faciem tuam, domine cum omnibus caeli virtutibus intueri sine fine desiderant ut valeam cum ipsis te clementissime facialiter intueri, [S3 omits "ut valeam ... intueri" and substitutes: "here reherse thy peticion"] sapietia [S3: O Sapientia] qua [S3: que] omnia [GH adds: "fecisti, intelligencia, qua omnia"] reparasti beatitudinis pereverantia qua angelos restituisti dilectione qua hominem lapsum ad caelestia traxisti doctrina qua Adam omnem scientiam docere dignatus es, informa, reple, instrue [deest S3], instaura, corrige clarifica et refice me ut fiam novus in mandatis tuis intelligendis [S3 omits the rest, substituting: recita peticionem orationes prec~ (?) debent dici prima sinia (?) quat^ scilicet su~mo mane circa terciam Semell circa nonã ter circa meridiem ter/] et suscipienda hac visione tua beata in salutem corporis et animae meae et omnium fidelium credentium in nomine tuo quod est benedictum in secula seculorum. Amen.

Hazaram (uel hazacam)1 . hihel . hehelilem . hethelilem . thelihem . hazagatha . agrirazcor [*agrnazcor]2 . hizgeocir [*hizguor]3 . hazaheimn4 . iesan5 . zezor6 . iesar . ysail7 . and yow hooly angells whose names ar written in the booke of lyffe and there be rehersed8 rasaym [*iasym]9 . boros [*horos]10 . helsa . heremogos . myrecagil . resaym . lemay . [lemar]11 rasamen . lemar . themamohi [*themamoht]12 . irasym [*irasim]13 . iemamoht14 . themamoht . secray . soctaht [*sotthaht]15 . sehã . hanathar16 . thansethay17 . helymaht . iosoihel . helimoht [*helymoht]18 . saccamaht19 . helymyhot . iosey . thedony [*theodony]20 [.] iasamaht . pharene . panetheneos21 . phate . neynehos [*phateneynehos]22 . haramen . theos . hathamaym [*hathanaym]23 . hanataiphar . hatanazar . basiaccor [*basiactor]24 . iesenenay [*iesenamay]25 . iesamana . [iesamanay26 .] haziactor27 . hamynosia28 . zezamanay . hamos . hamynos . hiatregilos . cahegilihos29 . zagnel [*zaguhel]30 . zacahel [*zatahel]31 . amen.





[XXXI] [Oration 20]



Hazaram + hihel + hehelilem + hethelilem + thelihem + hazagatha + agrnazcor + hizguor + hazaheimn + iesan + zezor + iesar + ysail + and you holy angels whose names are written in the Book of Life, and there be rehearsed: iasym + horos + helsa + heremogos + myrecagil + resaym + lemay + lemar + rasamen + lemar + themamoht + irasim + iemamoht + themamoht + secray + sotthaht + sehan + hanathar + thansethay + helymaht + iosoihel + helymoht + saccamaht = helymyhot + iosey + theodony + iasamaht + pharene + panetheneos + phateneynehos + haramen + theos + hathanaym + hanataiphar + hatanazar + basiactor + iesenamay + iesamana + iesamanay + haziactor + hamynosia + zezamanay + hamos + hamynos + hiatregilos + cahegilihos + zaguhel + zatahel. Amen.



1. S: Oracio / Hazacam; S3: Hazaram.

2. GH: agruazcor; S: agrnazcor; S3: Agrirazcor.

3. S: hizguor.

4. GH: liaiah; S: hazalzet; S3: hazahetam.

5. GH: isenesan; S: Iesan.

6. S: rezor; S3: zezor.

7. S: ysail; S3: ysayl.

8. S: et vos angeli quorum nomina scribuntur in libro vitae et ibi recitantur.

9. S: iasym; S3: Rasaym.

10. S: horos; S3: Boros.

11. Added per S.

12. S: themamoth; S3: themamoht.

13. S: Irasim; S3: Irasym.

14. S: gemamoht; S3: Iemamoht.

15. Corrected per S; S3: Seccaht.

16. GH: hanamar.

17. GH: thau. sechay.

18. Corrected per GH.

19. GH: sattamaht; S: lattamaht; S3: Saccamaht.

20. Per S, GH; S3: Thedony.

21. S3: panethehos.

22. Corrected per GH; S: phateneyneos; S3: phate . Neynehos.

23-24. Corrected per S, GH.

25. Corrected per S; GH: ieseuemay.

26. Found in S, GH.

27. S: hariactar; S3: haziactor.

28. S3: hamynosya.

29. S: cahegililos; S3: cahegilihos.

30. Corrected per S, GH; S3: Ragnell.

31. Corrected per S, GH.

[39r]



Hielma (uel hyhelyma)1, 2 . helma . helimar [*helimat]3 . herina4 . hutanathas [*hytanathas]5 . hemyna . huanathois [*hitanathois]6 . helsa . hebros [*hebos]7 . hiebros . helda . hagasa . hoctomegos [*hoccomegos]8 . raictotagti [*raitotagum]9 . coicragon [*coictagon]10 . myheragyn11. amen.12



[XXXII] [Oration 21]



Hielma + helma + helimat + herina + hytanathas + hemyna + hitanathois + helsa + hebos + hiebros + helda + hagasa + hoccomegos + raitotagum + coictagon + myheragyn. Amen.

1. S,S3 have a new paragraph, but not a new oration start here.

2. S: Helma; S3: hielma.

3. Corrected per S, GH; S3: helymar.

4. GH: heuina; S: henina; S3: henna.

5. Corrected per GH; S: hycanathas; S3: hitanathas.

6. Per S, GH.

7. Per S, GH; S3: hebros.

8. Per S, S3, GH.

9. S: rai?totagn; S3: Raictotagum.

10. Per S, GH; S3: Coicragon.

11. S3: miheragyn.

12. S3 omits "amen".

Conffyrme1 strenthen and illumune2 abba3 . theos . behenmyhat [*behetimyhat]4 . hehemornhos [*hehem . ruhos]5 . bethar . husurnhnut [*husurnhunt]6 . hotarins [*hetarius]7 . theos . god the father god the sone god the holy goste my prayer god confyrme my understondyng and my soule and my memorye. (Recita petitionem sed per deitae dic vt sequitr.) to recene know see and beholde ye sighte of the and thy blessed and glorious face. amen.8





[XXXIII] [Oratio 22]



Confirm, strengthen, and illumine, abba + theos + behetimyhat + hehem + ruhos + bethar + husurnhunt + hetarius + theos + God the Father, God the Son, God the Holy Ghost, my prayer. [O] God, confirm my understanding and my soul, and my memory. (Here recite the petition; if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows:) to *take up, know, see, and behold the sight of Thee, and thy blessed and glorious face. Amen.



1. S, S3 start a new paragraph here, but not a new oration.

2. S: Confirma, consolida, elucida.

3. S3: alba.

4. Per GH; S: behetmiyhat; S3: behe~myhat.

5. Per S, S3, GH.

6. S, S3: husurnhu~t; GH: husuruhunt.

7. Per S, S3, GH.

8. deus pater, deus fili [S3: fili9], deus spiritus sancte, orationem meam [S3: ma~m nostram] confirma et intellectum [S3 omits the last 2 words] et animam meam et memoriam meam [S3 omits the rest and adds: recita peticione~] ad suscipiendam, cognoscendam, videndam, intuendam visionem et faciem tuam divina beatam et gloriosam. Amen.

Oratio 231

Agloros theomithos [*theomythos]2 . theomiros [*themyros]3 . shocodothos [*sehocodothos]4 . [zehocodos]5 haccisamel [*hattihamel]6 . sozena . haptamygel . sozienziha [*sozihenzia]7 . hemya . geccaholzer [*gettahol]8 . helyna . sothoneya . geherahel . halymyz [*halimyz]9 . zezoray10 . gezetiz11 . gerehoinuhaziol [*gerehona hazihal]12 . hazaimegnos [*hazai . megnos]13 . megalos . vsion [*usyon .]14 saduhe [*saduht]15 . amen.





[XXXIV] Oration 23.

Agloros + theomythos + themyros + sehocodothos + zehocodos + hattihamel + sozena + haptamygel + sozihenzia + hemya + gettahol + helyna + sothoneya + geherahel + halimyz + zezoray + gezetiz + gerehona + hazihal + hazai + megnos + megalos . usyon + saduht. Amen.



1. S, S3 do not start a new oration here.

2-5. Per S, S3, GH.

6. S: hamhaniel; S3: hacccsamel.

7. Per GH; S, S3: sozihenziha.

8. Per S, GH; S3: Geccahol.

9. Per GH, S.

10. S: zezocay.

11. S3: Gezetyz.

12. Per GH, S, S3.

13. Per S, S3; GH: hazai meguos.

14. Per S, S3, GH.

15. Per S, S3; GH: saduhc.





Megal . agal . iegal . hariothos . handos . hanathos . [hanathoios]1 . hanothos2 . lemozay [*lemazai]3 . semezai . lamezai . lethonas . iethonay4 . zemazphar . zeomasphar5 . zeomaphar6 . tetragramos . thethagranys . hatamar [*hatammar]7 . haziamahar [*hazaamahar]8 . zahamir [*zahamyr]9 . iechoiaphor [*iechosaphor]10 . zethesaphir . gethor . saphor . halaguha [*hasagitha]11 . hasacapria [*hasacapha]12 . [39v] hasamypa . haragaia13 . hazagny [*hazaguy]14 . phasamar . samar . saleht . salym15 . salmeht . sameht . saloht . sillezaleht . sadayne16 . neothatir . neodamy . hadozamyr . zozena . belymoht17 . hazat . helyot [*helyhot]18.





[XXXV] Oration [24]



Megal + agal + iegal + hariothos + handos + hanathoios + hanothos + lemazai + semezai + lamezai + lethonas + iethonay + zemazphar + zeomasphar + zeomaphar + tetragramos + thethagranys + hatammar + hazaamahar + zahamyr + iechosaphor + zethesaphir + gethor + saphor + hasagitha + hasacapha + hasamypa + haragaia + hazaguy + phasamar + samar + saleht + salym + salmeht + sameht + saloht + sillezaleht + sadayne + neothatir + neodamy + hadozamyr + zozena + belymoht + hazat + helyhot.



1. Per GH, S; S3 adds: hanathos.

2. GH: hauothos; S: hanathos.

3. Per S, S3, GH.

4. So GH; S: iethonas; S3: Iechonay.

5. GH: zeomaspar; S: zemasphar; S3: zemazsphar.

6. So GH; S: zeomaspar; S3: zeomasphar.

7. Per GH; S: hacãman; S3: hacãmar.

8. Per GH; S: hazaamahat; S3: hazaimahar.

9. Per GH, S; S3: "zahanur (or zahamir)".

10. Per GH, S3; S: iethosaphor.

11-12. Per GH, S, S3.

13. S3: haragia.

14. Per GH; S: hazanuy (?); S3: hazagny.

15. S: salephusalym.

16. S: ordayne.

17. S: helymoht.

18. Per GH, S; S3: helyot.



O the truthe1 the way and the lyffe of all creatures oryghtewos god quicken me and visit me and my understoudinge claryfy my soule and pourge it (Recita peticionem sed per deitate dic vt sequitr.) that lyke as thow dyddest shew unto Ihon and pawle the syght of the when thow didest take them up in to heuen euyn so lorde that I may whyle this my body lyueth see & beholde thy face. amen.2





[XXXVI] Oration

O the truth, the way, and the life of all creatures, O righteous God, quicken me, and visit me, and my understanding, clarify my soul and purge it (recite the petition, if for the [vision of the] Deity, say as follows:) that like as thou didst shew unto John and Paul the sight of thee when thou didst take them up into heaven, even so, Lord, that I may while this my body liveth see and behold thy face. Amen.



1. S starts a new oration here. In S3 Oration 58/19 follows.



2. S: Veritas lux via et vita omnium creaturarum, iuste deus, vivifica me, visita me et intellectum meum et animam meam confirma et instaura conscienciam meam et clarifica et purga, sicut Iohanni et paulo quando rapuisti eos ad visionem tuam eis ostendendo ut sic, domine, meo vivente corpore possit te anima mea inspicere facialiter et videre.

Hamicchiahel (uel Hamathahol) [*Hamycchiahel]1 . hamsahel . daihyr [*dalihir]2 . hayr [*hair]3 . hael [*halel]4 . zedach . hazarach . zedaich [*zedaizh]5 . hazaias . lezorial [*lezorihal]6 . zezorias7 . iechori8 . alsemaya [*alsemaia]9 . ysamya [*ysamyha]10 . zama . ysa . samina [*samma]11 . ysaray [*ysarai]12 . ysameht . ysathay . lemehyel [*lemyhel]13 . nehel . semehel . iemymehel . mytinab [*mythynab]14 . mybhahal [*nybahal]15 . mychyn . mybacaiab [*mybancaiab]16 . hamyly . mynab . halyasal [*heliasal]17 . hometibymal18 . helymal . hymbos . zebracal . zelimal . iechro19 . samaril20 . zezocha21 . iecrosahal . melos . zalymebor [*zalimebor]22 . zalymylos . zagahel [*zaguhel]23 . mychathomos . myheromos24 . mycracosmos . nycromyhos. amen. 25





[XXXVII]



Hamycchiahel + hamsahel + dalihir + hair + halel + zedach + hazarach + zedaizh + hazaias + lezorihal + zezorias + iechori + alsemaia + ysamyha + zama + ysa + samma + ysarai + ysameht + ysathay + lemyhel + nehel + semehel + iemymehel + mythynab + nybahal + mychyn + mybancaiab + hamyly + mynab + heliasal + hometibymal + helymal + hymbos + zebracal + zelimal + iechro + samaril + zezocha + iecrosahal + melos + zalimebor + zalymylos + zaguhel + mychathomos + myheromos + mycracosmos + nycromyhos. Amen.



1. Per GH; S: "Lamyntnahel vel lamycthiahel.

2-6. Per GH, S.

7. S: zehorias.

8. S: iethori.

9-11. Per GH, S.

12. Per GH.

13-17. Per GH, S.

18. S: hometibimal.

19. S: iethro.

20. S: samara.

21. S: zezoca.

22-23. Per GH, S.

24. S: myleromos.

25. GH, S have only one "Amen.".



[40r]



I wretched sinner in thy syght o lorde my god to whose syghte all thinges are open and manyfest, in whose hande all thinges are clene and pure pourge and clense me o almyghte god these thinges do i speke that the error of infydelytie and the fylthines of sine beinge taken awaye, the good holy spryte maye helpe me and quicken me as it dothe quicken all thinges and put away all myne incredulyte and fylthynes. (Recita peticionem sed per deitate dic vt sequitur) that i thought i be unworthy thorow thy mercy with owt lett may obtayne to se thy most gloryous face. amen.1





[XXXVIII]



I, wretched sinner in thy sight, O Lord my God, to whose sight all things are open and manifest, in whose hand all things are clean and pure, purge and cleanse me, O almighty God. These things do I speak that the error of infidelity and the filthiness of sin being taken away, the good Holy Spirit may help me and quicken me as it doth quicken all things, and put away all mine incredulity and filthiness, (Recite the petition. If for the vision of God, say as follows:) that I, though I be unworthy, through thy mercy, without let me obtain to see thy most glorious face. Amen.



1. S: Ego in conspectu tuo, domine deus [GH adds meus] in cuius nutu omnia nuda sunt et aperta et in mani cuius omnia sunt munda et pura - mundifica et depura me, deus omnipotens, haec enim loquor, nisi [GH: ut] ablato infidelitatis et infectionis errore et labe adiuvet me spiritus tuus bonus, sanctus vivificans omnia, et vivificet omnem incredulitatam et labem meam ut visionem tuam sanctissimam, licet indignus, propter tuam misericordiam valeam efficaciter et absque defectu iam obtinere Amen.

Semoht (uel Gymath) [*Semoth]1 gehel2 . helymoht . hemeb . sabahel . zerothay . zabayel [*zabahel]3 . gerozay . hebel . crosay . hamagra [*crosaihamagra]4 . hatiagra [*hatchagra]5 . ragen6 . zeromay [*seromay]7 . zehez . hezehengon . iezomay8 . hemehegon . hamagrata . cezozoy . gesommay . hesehengnon9 . lethomai [*lethomay]10 . halla . hathanathon [*hathanaton]11 . hagigel . hatamyhel12 . 13 . hathomas . hecobay [*hecohay]14 . zemohay . theageta . theal . regon . hagen [*hagem]15 . iezeragal16 . iehalragen [*zehalragem]17 . geht . zeregal . hamabihat . hezegon . gethage . madaaios [*madiaaios]18 . zadaanchyos [*zadanchios]19 . exhedon20 . palathoros [*pallathoros]21 . zallaehatos [*zallachatos]22 . thelthir [*thelthis]23 . threhodios . [*trehodios]24 . zezochthiam . palliticatos [*pallititacos]25 . nethi . delthis . heroniodios [*heremodios]26 . helmelazar . helyne . zazarharon [*zazar . haron]27 . gezero . mymyhel . henthon . hermelazar28 . sython29 . genython [*genithon]30 . hezdmyel31 . heymemy . heelmelazar [*helmelazar]32 . cremymyel [*cremymyhel]33 . exheruz34 . zorol . mochora [*mothora]35 . rabyhel [*rabihel]36 . samyb . lamely . melyon [*melion]37 . sarabyhel [*sarabihel]38 . samyl . tamyl . samyhel. amen.





[XXXIX]



Semoth + gehel + helymoht + hemeb + sabahel + zerothay + zabahel + gerozay + hebel + crosaihamagra + hatchagra + ragen + seromay + zehez + hezehengon + iezomay + hemehegon + hamagrata + cezozoy + gesommay + hesehengnon + lethomay + halla + hathanaton + hagigel + hatamyhel + hathomas + hecohay + zemohay + theageta + theal + regon + hagem + iezeragal + zehalragem + geht + zeregal + hamabihat + hezegon + gethage + madiaaios + zadanchios + exhedon + pallathoros + zallachatos + thelthis + trehodios + zezochthiam + pallititacos + nethi + delthis + heremodios + helmelazar + helyne + zazar + haron + gezero + mymyhel + henthon + hermelazar + sython + genithon + hezdmyel + heymemy + helmelazar + cremymyhel + exheruz + zorol + mothora + rabihel + samyb + lamely + melion + sarabihel + samyl + tamyl + samyhel. Amen.



1. Per GH; S: Lemoth.

2. S: gegel.

3-4. Per GH, S.

5. Per GH; S: hanhaga.

6. GH: rageu.

7. Per GH, S.

8. S: zezomay.

9. GH: hesehenguon.

10-11. Per GH, S.

12. S: "hatamy hel".

13. GH, S omit.

14. Per GH, S.

15. Per GH; S: hage~.

16. S: rezeregal.

17. Per GH; S: zehalrage~. 18. Per GH, S.

19. Per GH; S: zadanthios.

20. S: exheton.

21-24. Per GH, S.

25. Per GH; S: pallititatos.

26-27. Per GH, S.

28. S: herinelazar.

29. S: lython.

30. Per GH, S.

31. GH omits. S: hezemyhel.

32-33. Per GH, S.

34. S: exhernz.

35-38. Per GH, S.

[40v]



Allmyghty and euerlastinge god moste mercyffull father which arte blyssed foreuer whith [sic] hast geuine unto us o eternall & irreperhensyble god a helthfull and incommutable remedy which for the almightynes of thy maiesty hast geuen us leane to prayse and glorify the and hast graunted unto us to se thy gloryous maiestye the which is to other creatures denyed whose determynacyon cane in no wyse be altered, whose nature is eternall & of deuyne substance with the holy trynyte which is the father ye sonne and ye holy goste which is exalted aboue all heavens wher the godhead and ye deyte dothe abyde. x. I besiche thy maiesty o lorde and glorify thy allmighty power and ye mervelous ye hyghest and euerlastinge power I most lamentably besiche ye o my god which arte the inestimable wysdome & ye ineffable lyffe of angells ye incomperhensyble god in whose syghte doo stoude ye multytude of angells. (Recita peticione~ tuam sed per visione diuina dic ut sequitur.) that thow wilt fforthwith graunt me thy holy visyon, and that your wilte helpe me and geue me helthe that I may se ye clerenes of thy visyon and graunt me thy pure understouding & perseuerance in thy lawes yt I may be worthy to se the face which lyuest and reynest eternally in the syghte of all celestyall powres now and euer and euery where worlde with owt ende. amen.





[XL]



Almighty and everlastinge God, most merciful father, which art blessed forever which hast given unto us, O eternall and irreprehensible God, a healthful and incommutable remedy, which for the almightiness of thy majesty hast given us lean to praise and glorify thee, and hast granted unto us to see thy glorious majesty, the which is to other creatures denied, whose determination can in no wise be altered, whose nature is eternal and of divine substance, with the holy Trinity which is the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, which is exalted above all heavens, where the godhead and the Deity doth abide. x. I beseech thy majesty O Lord, and glorify thy almighty power and the marvels, the highest and everlasting power, I most lamentably beseech thee O my God which art the inestimable wisdom and the ineffable life of angels, the incomprehensible God, in whose sight do stand the multitude of angels. (Here recite your petition. If for the divine vision, say as follows.) that thou wilt forthwith grant me thy holy vision, and that thou wilt help me and give me health that I may see the clearness of thy vision, and grant me thy pure understanding and perseverance in thy laws that I may be worthy to see thy face which livest and reignest eternally in the sight of all celestial powers, now and ever and everywhere, world without end. Amen.1



1. S: Omnipotens sempiterne deus et misericors pater ante omnia secula benedicte, qui nobis, aeterne deus incomprehensibilis et incommutabilis, remedium salutare contulisti, qui propter omnipotenciam maiestatis tue nobis facultatem laudandi, glorificandi, videndi facialiter maiestatem tuam concessisti caeterisque animalibus negata, cuius dispositio in sui providentia non fallitur, cuius etiam natura aeterna est et consubstancialis deitati suae et trinitati suae que est pater et filius et spiritus sanctus que est exaltata super omne caelum, ubi divinitas et deitas corporaliter habiat, deprecor maiestatem tuam domine et omnipotenciam tuam glorifico et aeternitatis tuae virtutem ac magnificenciam tuam summam et aeternam cum nimia imploracione intentionis flagitans deposco. te deus meus, sapiencia inaestimabilis et ineffabilis vita angelorum deus incomprehensibilis, in cuius conspectu chorus angelorum consistit, te deprecor et flagito, ut per sanctum et gloriosum nomen tuum et per conspectum angelorum [GH adds: tuorum] et principatus caelestes mihi gracim tuam dones huius sanctae visionis et statim subvenias mihi et sanctitatem mihi tribuas et subtilitatem visionis tantae et intellectus tui puritatem et perseveranciam concedas, ut te facialiter videre valeam qui vivis et regnas aeternaliter in conspectu omnium virtutum caelestium nunc et semper et ubique per omnia secula seculorum. Amen.



semoht (uel Lemoth) : lamen . lezahel . salmatihal . zamatihel . mahaziel [*mahazihel]1 . zamazihal . ezeleaz . mahatioten [*mahatihoten]2 . 3 . helzoleam4 . megos . hemol . hemuoleha [*hemnoleha]5 . methos . hazamegos . halzamyhol . alzamoy . [41r] memmamiccos [*menmanittos]6 . memomiccos [*memomittos]7 . zely . marayhathol . zolmazathol . zemeney . iemenay . lameley . zethemalo . zetheneran [*zathenaran]8 . labdaio . lodeho . zabday . hoton9 . ladaiedon . lapdaihadon . lothanan . hizemazihe . izthanacihe [*izthamhihe]10 . [iotha . uahuzuzif .]11 phomos [*zihanatihephomos]12 . zeherem . zeheziehelmos [*zehe . ziehelmos]13 . hie . hanathie [*hiehanathihe]14 . homos . zeherem . hessymatel [*hessimathal]15 . hessicomalon [*hessicomal . on]16 . thehe [*chehe]17 . sihotil18 . magal . hesiothil . micho [*mycho]19 . halpha . husale . omis [*ouus]20 . flum . fais [*fals]21 . hallemassay . alesemony [*alesemonoy]22 . salemanasay [*salemanasai]23 . helemasay . zazacco [*zazaico]24 . semanay . nachairo25 . natham . gemehol . yetulmassaye [*yetulmassay]26 . gemahol . iezemalo . magnl [*magul]27 . gehamas28 . senadar29 . iezema30 . salpha31 . sacramagay [*secramagay]32 . iehetmagay [*iehennagay]33 . zehetyn . zemazadair [*zemadazan]34 . iehir . ramagay . geiama35 . salpha . gemama . suphniohet [*suphu . ioher]36 . Iohabos . haymal . hamanal . thanoctomas37 . Iobohe . hamynal . zanogromos . nyzozoronba [*nyzozoroba]38 . mygerozoma [*nygerozoma]39 . negero . rabaly [*rabali]40 . negora . hohalym . nytheromathum41 . tholynthay [*tho . lymchay]42 . tolomay . loynar . tholumgay [*tholinngay]43 . zenolozihon . hisomomelyhon [*hisonomelihon]44 . samyhel . giethy45 . sicrozegamal . thoneihos [*thoneos]46 . carmolehos . samhel . gehiszefyhor [*geiszefihor]47 . Iezolnohit . phicrose . gramaht . theonehos [*theonthos]48 . carmelos . lamyhel49 . larmanail . gezezihor [*gesezihor]50 . semarnail . zaarmethihail [*zaarmatihail]51 . heliozo . thael [*thahel]52 . semail53. amen.





[XLI]



Semoht + lamen + lezahel + salmatihal + zamatihel + mahazihel + zamazihal + ezeleaz + mahatihoten + helzoleam + megos + hemol + hemnoleha + methos + hazamegos + halzamyhol + alzamoy + menmanittos + memomittos + zely + marayhathol + zolmazathol + zemeney + iemenay + lameley + zethemalo + zathenaran + labdaio + lodeho + zabday + hoton + ladaiedon + lapdaihadon + lothanan + hizemazihe + izthamhihe + iotha + uahuzuzif + zihanatihephomos + zeherem + zehe + ziehelmos + hiehanathihe + homos + zeherem + hessimathal + hessicomal + on + chehe + sihotil + magal + hesiothil + mycho + halpha + husale + ouus + flum + fals + hallemassay + alesemonoy + salemanasai + helemasay + zazaico + semanay + nachairo + natham + gemehol + yetulmassay + gemahol + iezemalo + magul + gehamas + senadar + iezema + salpha + secramagay + iehennagay + zehetyn + zemadazan + iehir + ramagay + geiama + salpha + gemama + suphu + ioher + iohabos + haymal + hamanal + thanoctomas + iobohe + hamynal + zanogromos + nyzozoroba + nygerozoma + negero + rabali + negora + hohalym + nytheromathum + tho + lymchay + tolomay + loynar + tholinngay + zenolozihon + hisonomelihon + samyhel + giethy + sicrozegamal + thoneos + carmolehos + samhel + geiszefihor + iezolnohit + phicrose + gramaht + theonthos + carmelos + lamyhel + larmanail + gesezihor + semarnail + zaarmatihail + heliozo + thahel + semail. Amen.



1-2. Per GH, S.

3. GH, S omit.

4. GH: hezoleam.

5. Per GH, S.

6. Per GH; S: menmamitos.

7. Per GH, S.

8. Per GH; S: zethenaram.

9. S omits.

10. Per GH, S.

11. Per GH; S: S adds "iotha nahuzihis."

12-14. Per GH, S.

15. Per GH; S: helsimathal.

16. Per GH, S.

17. Per GH; S: ehehe.

18. S: honl.

19. Per S; GH: mytho.

20. Per GH; S: onus.

21-24. Per GH, S.

25. S: nachano.

26. Per GH; S: yenilmassay.

27. Per GH, S.

28. S: gelamas.

29. S: senadae.

30. GH: iezama.

31. S adds "gemama suphu iohel iohabos haymal". These five words are underlined; the first and last words also have lines over them (evidently displaced from further on).

32-34. Per GH, S.

35. S: gesama.

36. Per GH; S: "suphn Iohel."

37. GH: thanocbomas.

38-39. Per GH, S.

40. Per S; GH: robali.

41. GH: uytheromachum.

42. Per GH; S: "cho lymchay".

43-44. Per GH, S.

45-46. GH: giethi.

47. Per GH; S: gehszesihol.

48. Per GH, S.

49. GH: lainyhel.

50-52. Per GH, S.

53. GH: samail.

Genealogon reealologon . tenealogo . saphay . zazaiham . saphya [*saphia]2 . zede . zemeziham [*zemoziham]3 . zeomonriel [*zomonrihel]4 . sanamam [*sanaman]5 . samna . gegnognal . samayhel [*samyhel]6 . Ieremyhel . horaciotos . hetha . siothos . sepharaym . henemos . genozabal . Ieremabal . hethemel . genotheram . genorabal . semyha . semua [*senma]7 . mynaron8 . ymuathon [*yninathon]9 . [geristel . hymacton .]10 chalos . phabal . resaram . marachihel11 . naratheos . Ietrinaiccho [*ietrinantho]12 . Iezibathel . sephoros . thesirara . zepharonay . hazana . messihel . sother . haziel [*hazihel]13 . semichros [*semicros]14 . chiel15 . hamacal . hator16 . zemothor . sanaday17 . morothochiel18 . semenos . satabis . themaay [*themay]19 . horel . remay . [renay .]20 zenel . hasa . gemol . zemelaza . Iemozihel21 . zemey [*zemei]22 . [41v] zemeihacon [*zemeihaton]23 . zechor24 . helichos [*helycos]25 . semysenue [*semysemie]26 . hiacon . Iechor [*iethor]27 . meholim [*mehohin]28 . hazenethon . semale29 . mepathon . zemolym . systos [*sistos]30 . eloy . semegey . manos . helipos [*helypos]31 . hemiclopos [*hemyclopos]32 . geys . seray . sephet . sephamanay . heliothos [*helihothos]33 . cherobalym . hassenethon34 . hisistos . domengos . Iemyrohal . samanathos . semeham . behenos35 . megon . hanythel . Iochomeros [*iechomeros]36 . Ielamagar . remelthot [*remelthet]37 . genay . domathamos . hathamir [*hathamyr]38 . serihon [*seryhon]39 . senon40 . zaralamay . zabaihon [*sabayhon]41. amen.





[XLII First End]1



Genealogon + reealologon + tenealogo + saphay + zazaiham + saphia + zede + zemoziham + zomonrihel + sanaman + samna + gegnognal + samyhel + Ieremyhel + horaciotos + hetha + siothos + sepharaym + henemos + genozabal + Ieremabal + hethemel + genotheram + genorabal + semyha + senma + mynaron + yninathon + geristel + hymacton + chalos + phabal + resaram + marachihel + naratheos + ietrinantho + Iezibathel + sephoros + thesirara + zepharonay + hazana + messihel + sother + hazihel + semicros + chiel + hamacal + hator + zemothor + sanaday + morothochiel + semenos + satabis + themay + horel + renay + zenel + hasa + gemol + zemelaza + Iemozihel + zemei + zemeihaton + zechor + helycos + semysemie + hiacon + iethor + mehohin + hazenethon + semale + mepathon + zemolym + sistos + eloy + semegey + manos + helypos + hemyclopos + geys + seray + sephet + sephamanay + helihothos + cherobalym + hassenethon + hisistos + domengos + Iemyrohal + samanathos + semeham + behenos + megon + hanythel + iechomeros + Ielamagar + remelthet + genay + domathamos + hathamyr + seryhon + senon + zaralamay + sabayhon. Amen.



1. S: "Primus terminus". This begins a series of eight prayers called 'termini' (ends or goals), a description taken over from Ars Notoria.

2-4. Per GH, S.

5. Per GH. S reads "sanamã".

6. Per GH and S.

7. Per GH. S: samna.

8. GH: mynerom.

9. Per GH. S reads "ymathon".

10. Additional words found in GH, S.

11. S: "marathihel nat".

12. Per GH; S: ietrmantho.

13-14. Per GH and S.

15. S: thiel.

16. S: hacor.

17. GH: sauaday.

18. S: morothothiel.

19. Per GH and S.

20. Additional word found in GH and S.

21. S: iemazihel.

22-23. Per GH and S.

24. S: zethor.

25-28. Per GH and S.

29. GH: semase.

30-33. Per GH and S.

34. S: hassenothy~.

35. S: lehenos.

36. Corrected reading per GH. S reads "iethomeros".

37. Per GH and S.

38. Per GH; S: hathamyt.

39. Per GH, S.

40. S: lenon.

41. Per GH, S.

Geolym hazenethon . ysiscos [*ysistos]2 . eloy . sephey [*sephei]3 . manay . helihotas [*helyhotas]4 . Ierobalym . semalet . gonay . heliothos . domathamos . hathamyr . seryhon . hamynyr . senoz . magamagol . sethar . senam . magelhel [*magel . hel]5 . helymothos . helseron . zeron . phamal . Iegromos . herymyhothon . lanthamos6 . heramathon . landamos7 . lanaymos . seplatihel . sephatihel . hagenalis . legenale . hegernar . stanazihel . stancchel [*stanithel]8 . hathanathos . hegrogebal . rogor . heremynar . henecyman . marothon . Iechar . naym [*ietharnaym]9 . henomos [*henozios]10 . Iezeduhos . gezconos11 . sabam [*satam]12 . gortaray13 . helyccheym [*helycychcym]14 . helestymeym15 . sepharma [*sephalzna]16 . mathar17 . saphar . manacham [*manatham]18 . bezezay . samay . sephay . syamathon [*syhemathon]19 . balair . samamar . hamyhel . marmamor20 . henemos . gegohomos . samar . sabar21 . hamyhel [*hamihel]22 . gezamahel . sacramay . Iezamathel [*iezamamel]23 . hama~samel [*hamansamel . hamazamoly]24 . geromol . Iezemon [*lezemon]25 . sycromal26 . Iezabal . samua [*sanma]27 . zama . hatanathos28 . theos . helyhene . zelym . helyhem . hezelym . cromemon . henethemos29 . gegenol [*gegehuol]30 hemthemos . Iamam . harathamam [*harathinam]31 . megon . megnon . cemon [*megnoncemon]32 . strymay [*scrymay]33 . [42r] hethemel . hemel . sethor . helsethor . sophornay . behelthoi [*behelthor]34 . sesalihel . ranahel [*tanahel]35 . homyhal . Iezahel . zemahal [*zemahel]36 . homal37 . guomagnos38 . semyr [*sennyr]39 . Iechor40 . nomemal . gehangno41 . genair [*genayr]42 . Iecoruame [*iecorname]43 . malihagnathos44 . hachamol . Iecromagnos45 . [magnarht . noynemal . hagnathos . hamathalis . iecoragnos .]46 sammazihel . Ieconail47 . hesuogem48 . choto [*chotorim]49 . mynamchanamaycha [*mynamtanamaytha]50 . chanaym [*thanaym]51 . raymara . senayhel . homuogenthon [*honmon . genthon]52 . lanamyhel53 . gehenignor [*gehemgnor]54 . gemyochar [*gemyhothar]55 . lanamyhel [*iamnamyhel]56 . sezyhel [*sezihel]57 . magol . samanay . haganal . menya . ferymay [*ferimay]58 . sarranay . lanamyhel . [gnohemgnor . gemõthar . lãmyhel .]59 zezihel [*sezihel]60 . magnol61 . samanay62 . hagamal63 . mena64 . ferymay [*ferimay]65 . sarranay . lacham66 . lihares [*lyhares]67 . lechanagihel [*lethanagihel]68 . nathoes [*nathes]69 . samayrlyazer [*samairliazer]70 . egyhel [*egihel]71 . thamazihel . hacaros [*hacacaros]72 . cazaihel73 . hacarraz [*hacaraz]74 . hacacoharona [*hacatoharona]75 . semyday . hacca . chaharon [*choharon]76 . semelay . Iamye . Iazabal . lanerecabal [*lauerecabal]77 . Iammeze . thabal . coouachoros [*cumachoros]78 . hacoronathos . sathanael . haryham [*hariham]79 . zachhar [*zathhar]80 . harathar . haziber [*haziler]81 . zechar . hazihem . hazathar82 . loemgemar [*loenigemar]83 . hazanather [*hazanathar]84 . hamegnar85 . semal . gehen86 . negemar . hemegnol87 . semam . hathamanos . hatimairos [*latimairos]88 . rechihamos . hamognal89 . semar . temualamos [*temnalamos]90 . sebranay . sebemuay [*selamnay]91 . byrnchata [*baructhata]92 . Ialon . hespnhos93 . ramel . semal . reuilsemar [*renylsemar]94 . Ielamacrom . Ielama . crimisaiber [*crymyzaiber]95 . segher . sayher . Ierolognos96 . Iegemagnolon97 . geiemamagnosam98 . haminos [*hamynos]99 . Iamozia . Iozihon . Iacuhosia100 . hagnyhosio101 . Iecologos [*yecologos]102 . hazeoyon . hamynos . hamyr . matharihon . machanon [*mathanon]103 . senos . heliothon . zenos . semear . lanar104 . lamar . sacronalon [*setronalon]105 . gemal . secrmagnol [*secromagnol]106 . sacromehas [*secromehal]107 . lamagil . sethoham . sechoiro108 . maihol . socromagnol109 . genos . thomegen . nycheos. 110.





[XLIII. Second End]1



Geolym + hazenethon + ysistos + eloy + sephei + manay + helyhotas + Ierobalym + semalet + gonay + heliothos + domathamos + hathamyr + seryhon + hamynyr + senoz + magamagol + sethar + senam + magel + hel + helymothos + helseron + zeron + phamal + Iegromos + herymyhothon + lanthamos + heramathon + landamos + lanaymos + seplatihel + sephatihel + hagenalis + legenale + hegernar + stanazihel + stanithel + hathanathos + hegrogebal + rogor + heremynar + henecyman + marothon + ietharnaym + henozios + Iezeduhos + gezconos + satam + gortaray + helycychcym + helestymeym + sephalzna + mathar + saphar + manatham + bezezay + samay + sephay + syhemathon + balair + samamar + hamyhel + marmamor + henemos + gegohomos + samar + sabar + hamihel + gezamahel + sacramay + iezamamel + hamansamel + hamazamoly + geromol + lezemon + sycromal + iezabal + sanma + zama + hatanathos + theos + helyhene + zelym + helyhem + hezelym + cromemon + henethemos + gegehuol + hemthemos + iamam + harathinam + megon + megnoncemon + scrymay + hethemel + hemel + sethor + helsethor + sophornay + behelthor + sesalihel + tanahel + homyhal + Iezahel + zemahel + homal + guomagnos + sennyr + iechor + nomemal + gehangno + genayr + iecorname + malihagnathos + hachamol + iecromagnos + magnarht + noynemal + hagnathos + hamathalis + iecoragnos + sammazihel + ieconail + hesuogem + chotorim + mynamtanamaytha + thanaym + raymara + senayhel + honmon + genthon + lanamyhel + gehemgnor + gemyhothar + iamnamyhel + sezihel + magol + samanay + haganal + menya + ferimay + sarranay + lanamyhel + gnohemgnor + gemonthar + lammyhel + sezihel + magnol + samanay + hagamal + mena + ferimay + sarranay + lacham + lyhares + lethanagihel + nathes + samairliazer + egihel + thamazihel + hacacaros + cazaihel + hacaraz + hacatoharona + semyday + hacca + choharon + semelay + iamye + iazabal + lauerecabal + iammeze + thabal + cumachoros + hacoronathos + sathanael + hariham + zathhar + harathar + haziler + zechar + hazihem + hazathar + loenigemar + hazanathar + hamegnar + semal + gehen + negemar + hemegnol + semam + hathamanos + latimairos + rechihamos + hamognal + semar + temnalamos + sebranay + selamnay + baructhata + ialon + hespnhos + ramel + semal + renylsemar + ielamacrom + ielama + crymyzaiber + segher + sayher + ierolognos + iegemagnolon + geiemamagnosam + hamynos + iamozia + iozihon + iacuhosia + hagnyhosio + yecologos + hazeoyon + hamynos + hamyr + matharihon + mathanon + senos + heliothon + zenos + semear + lanar + lamar + setronalon + gemal + secromagnol + secromehal + lamagil + sethoham + sechoiro + maihol + socromagnol + genos + thomegen + nycheos.



1. S: "Secundus terminus".

2-5. Per GH and S.

6. GH: lauthamos.

7. GH: laudamos.

8-10. Per GH, S.

11. GH: gezconas.

12. Per GH, S.

13. S omits but has a gap.

14. Per GH; S: helytychcym.

15. S: heleshimeym.

16. Per GH, S.

17. S: Acathar.

18-19. Per GH, S.

20. S: marmamo.

21. S: sabat.

22-25. Per S, GH.

26. S: hicromal.

27. Per GH, S.

28. S: hacanathos.

29. S: henethonos.

30. Per GH; S: gegegnol.

31. Per GH; S: harathynam.

32. Per S; GH: meguoncemon.

33. Per GH; S: sirymay.

34-35. Per GH, S.

36. Per GH; S: hemahel.

37. GH: komal.

38. GH: guomaguos; S: gnomãgnos.

39. Per GH, S.

40. S: iethor.

41. GH: gehamguo; S: geliãgno.

42-43. Per GH, S.

44. GH: malihaguathos; S: malihãgnathos.

45. GH: iecromaguos.

46. Additional text per S; GH: "maguarht . noynemal . haguathos . hamathalis . iecoraguos."

47. S: ietonail.

48. S: hesuoge~.

49. Per S; GH: chocorim.

50-51. Per GH, S.

52. Per GH; S: honmou~ genthon.

53. GH: lauamyhel.

54. Per S; GH: gehemguor.

55. Per GH; S: gemy~hothar.

56. Per GH; S: iãnamyhel.

57-58. Per GH, S.

59. Additional text per S; GH: "guohemguor . gemothar . lammyhel."

60. Per GH, S.

61. GH: maguol.

62. S: samãnay.

63. S: haganal.

64. S: menya.

65. Per GH, S. Note the near duplication.

66. S: latham.

67-69. Per GH, S.

70. Per GH; S: lamairhazer.

71-72. Per GH, S.

73. S: tazaihel.

74. Per GH, S.

75. GH: hacatoharena.

76-81. Per GH, S.

82. GH: hazachar.

83. S: lornigemar.

84. Per GH, S.

85. GH: hameguar.

86. GH: geheu.

87. GH: hemeguol.

88. Per GH, S.

89. GH: lamogual.

90-91. Per GH, S.

92. Per GH; S: barnothata.

93. GH: hespuhos.

94-95. Per GH, S.

96. GH: ierologuos.

97. GH: iegemaguolon.

98. GH: geiemamaguosam.

99. Per GH, S.

100. S: ramhosia.

101. GH: haguyhosio.

102. Per GH; S: yetologos.

103. Per GH, S.

104. GH: lauar.

105. Per GH, S.

106. Per S; GH: secromaguol.

107. Per GH, S.

108. S: sethoiro.

109. GH: socromoguol; S: socromgnol.

110. GH and S omit the "amen"s.

Oratio 32



Agenos theomogenos . theos . hatanathos . kirihel . ypalis [*ypolis]2 . ypile . [42v] kariel [*karihel]3 cristapholis [*cristopholis]4 hon ymalihor ymas harethena chenathon leonbon boho usion [*usyon]5 ieromegnos6 hagenoy hisychon [*hysichon]7 geromagol hagyhamal8 latham zarthaiual [*zarchamal]9 senar petonahal [*peconahal]10 lacramagnal [*lacramagral]11 sebar [*sehar]12 sehan iezerom [*iezetom]13 geuomoly [*genomoloy]14 ienomos [*genomos] iezoro nomeros henahihel gemehegate [*gemehagate]15 gemyha iethemuahos [*iethenmahos]16 myhayhos17 semana hahel semahel hotheihos [*hoteihos]18 hatazaihos saphar nemenomas [*nemenomos]19 hoheihos hacaz [*hataz]20 ayhos caphar nemenomos horihos hataz haihos21 seiha chomochomacanay [*chomo chomothanay]22 lamam lanamyr [*lamnamyr]23 lamyhar lamanazamir [*lamanazamyr]24 lemyar hagramos generamoseht25 senyha erhagel [*exagal]26 hamagron semaharon semyr haramua [*harauma]27 mamail haramcha mothana28 ramay iose ramaht hanaramay29 iole xp~s [*Christus] hamyristos30 hamyrrios [*hamirrios]31 carathos [*tharathos]32 caratheos saleht33 semamarym [*semamarim]34 iasol salem semyhamaym35 hallehuma haristeiz behem [*bohem]36 ruhos halla samyey syloht samyhel hallenomay samychy [*samychi]37 methonomos iechonomos [*iethonomos]38 gedonomay.





[XLIV] [Third End]1

Agenos + theomogenos + theos + hatanathos + kirihel + ypolis + ypile + karihel + cristopholis + hon + ymalihor + ymas + harethena + chenathon + leonbon + boho + usyon + ieromegnos + hagenoy + hysichon + geromagol + hagyhamal + latham + zarchamal + senar + peconahal + lacramagral + sehar + sehan + iezetom + genomoloy + genomos + iezoro + nomeros + henahihel + gemehagate + gemyha + iethenmahos + myhayhos + semana + hahel + semahel + hoteihos + hatazaihos + saphar + nemenomos + hoheihos + hataz + ayhos + caphar + nemenomos + horihos + hataz + haihos + seiha + chomo + chomothanay + lamam + lamnamyr + lamyhar + lamanazamyr + lemyar + hagramos + generamoseht + senyha + exagal + hamagron + semaharon + semyr + harauma + mamail + haramcha + mothana + ramay + iose + ramaht + hanaramay + iole + Christus + hamyristos + hamirrios + tharathos + caratheos + saleht + semamarim + iasol + salem + semyhamaym + hallehuma + haristeiz + bohem + ruhos + halla + samyey + syloht + samyhel + hallenomay + samychi + methonomos + iethonomos + gedonomay.



1. S: Tertius terminus.

2-3. Per GH, S.

4. Per GH; S: christopholis.

5. Per GH, S.

6. GH: ieromeguos.

7. GH: hysichou; S: hysithon.

8. S: lagyhamal.

9-12. Per GH, S.

13. Per GH; S: iezekom.

14-16. Per GH, S.

17. S: myhaylos.

18-20. Per GH, S.

21. GH: haihoz.

22. Per GH, S.

23. Per GH. S has "lanamyr", with a bar over the "an".

24. Per GH, S.

25. GH: generamosehc.

26. Per GH, S.

27. Per GH; S: haramna.

28. S: mochana.

29. GH: hauaramay.

30. GH: hamyriscos.

31. Per GH, S.

32. Per GH.

33. S: laleht.

34. Per GH, S.

35. S: lemyhamaym.

36. Per GH, S.

37. Per S. GH: samythi.

38. Per GH, S.





[Note recurring sound changes: i [r] = g [S], e.g. "ienomos" [R] = "genomos" [S], ..iel [r] = ..ihel [S], e.g. "kariel" [r] = "karihel" [S]; also frequent interchange of y to i and i to y; ..am [r] = ..um [S], e.g. "lemeliham" [r] = "lemelihum" [S]. Possible evidence of mss tradition in some other script [Greek?] or oral tradition.]



Genathores2 sanamathocos [*sanamathotos]3 gnanatores4 zanothoros genomos ienazar samua [*seuma]5 marathos senather6 semacheher [*sematheher]7 senachar gernb [*gerub]8 iamam erihel [*exihel]9 chnblaman [*chublalaman]10 hesihel sethei semylihel zomyhel genocomel chanyham [*thanyham]11 machar hachay hazanathay theos hamanatar12 hazanechar [*hazanethar]13 chetonay [*theconay]14 chiathar15 theohon namacar senuales16 samyha hesaca semaly hesamem [*hesamen]17 semyhahes sarcihate nazihatel hanazihatel [*hanaziathachel]18 hasilihatel [*hasilihacel]19 pamilihel [*pamylihel]20 hazilihatel [*haziliatel]21 hagenerõ [*hagenoron]22 hagenorem23 hagenorozom24 samaht samoht habifumaht [*habisumaht]25 hendon habysanhat [*habysanahat]26 tyngehen27 crogohen [*cragohen]28 hazamgeri hazamguhem [*hazamaguhem]29 lemohot [*lemehot]30 hasomgeri Iomoyhot semiha [43r] riahaccon [*riahacton]31 semymarithaton32 semynar zihoton zagnam33 horay honethe hoparathos nabramala [*nahamala]34 rothos [*rochos]35 hazata36 helralathos [*helralacos]37 horecha [*horetha]38 horalathos [*horalacos]39 [horetha horalothos]40 harab [*haralo]41 lethos geno zabahal lemaht hazocha lematalmay halmay iemalis secomathal harmarlemaht sethemaesal rabasadail semuazliel [*semnazliel]42 lechom [*lethom]43 hagyhal [*hagihal]44 legos patis iethomagihal genomythoo [*genomythos]45 samyhas [*samayhas]46 ienemeros47 samma zasamar hazamyha hasaymam48 chagnoro [*thagnoro]49 landethe pharon [*bandethepharon]50 thagromothon [*thagromathon]51 landothes52 pharen decarpe medyhos decapochen53 duhomelathus decaponde dyhamelathos [*dihamelathos]54 semyharicht [*semyhariht]55 samyhan genathely zazamar myremoht satharios geuolyam [*gemiliam]56 sacrehos57 saphorenam saphoro megon hassahamynel hazaa myrahel gerizo ieristo symychos [*ieristosymythos]58 hothos59 hymycros [*hymicros]60 otheos.





[XLV] [Fourth End]1

Genathores + sanamathotos + gnanatores + zanothoros + genomos + ienazar + seuma + marathos + senather + sematheher + senachar + gerub + iamam + exihel + chublalaman + hesihel + sethei + semylihel + zomyhel + genocomel + thanyham + machar + hachay + hazanathay + theos + hamanatar + hazanethar + theconay + chiathar + theohon + namacar + senuales + samyha + hesaca + semaly + hesamen + semyhahes + sarcihate + nazihatel + hanaziathachel + hasilihacel + pamylihel + haziliatel + hagenoron + hagenorem + hagenorozom + samaht + samoht + habisumaht + hendon + habysanahat + tyngehen + cragohen + hazamgeri + hazamaguhem + lemehot + hasomgeri + iomoyhot + semiha + riahacton + semymarithaton + semynar + zihoton + zagnam + horay + honethe + hoparathos + nahamala + rochos + hazata + helralacos + horetha + horalacos + horetha + horalothos + haralo + lethos + geno + zabahal + lemaht + hazocha + lematalmay + halmay + iemalis + secomathal + harmarlemaht + sethemaesal + rabasadail + semnazliel + lethom + hagihal + legos + patis + iethomagihal + genomythos + samayhas + ienemeros + samma + zasamar + hazamyha + hasaymam + thagnoro + bandethepharon + thagromathon + landothes + pharen + decarpe + medyhos + decapochen + duhomelathus + decaponde + dihamelathos + semyhariht + samyhan + genathely + zazamar + myremoht + satharios + gemiliam + sacrehos + saphorenam + saphoro + megon + hassahamynel + hazaa + myrahel + gerizo + ieristosymythos + hothos + hymicros + otheos.







1. S: 4tus terminus.

2. GH: Geuathores.

3. Per GH, S.

4. GH: guanatores.

5. Per GH; S: senma.

6. GH: seuather.

7-11. Per GH, S.

12. S: hamanacar.

13-14. Per GH, S.

15. S: thiathar.

16. S: sennales.

17. Per GH; S: hesame~.

18. Per GH; S: hanaziachachel.

19-20. Per GH, S.

21. Per GH; S: haziliacel.

22. Per S; GH: hageueron.

23. GH: hageuorem.

24. GH: hageuorozom.

25-26. Per GH, S.

27. S: cyngehen.

28. Per S; GH: cragohem.

29-31. Per GH, S.

32. S: semymartchaton.

33. GH: zaguam.

34-35. Per GH, S.

36. S: hazaca.

37-38. Per GH, S.

39. Per GH; S: horalatos.

40. Additional text in S and GH, missing in R.

41. Per GH; S: horalo.

42-44. Per GH, S.

45. Per S. GH: genomychos.

46. Per GH, S.

47. GH: ieuemeros.

48. S: hasayman.

49. Per S; GH: thaguoro.

50-51. Per GH, S.

52. GH: laudoches.

53. GH: decapocheu.

54-55. Per GH, S.

56. Per GH; S: genuliam.

57. S: satrehos.

58. Per GH, S.

59. S: hothes.

60. Per GH, S.

Semathy (uel Senrathy)2 motheham sema thiotheos [*semathyotheos]3 hesapope [*hesapopa]4 hesaphopanos gramyhel garamanas saphomoron gelbaray ieblaray hetidyham [*hetidiham]5 henzan hezidiham canazpharis hanathesion [*hanthesion]6 canast phasis [*canastphasis]7 holithos hosschyhon [*hosschihon]8 samatihel9 ranaihel [*ramaihel]10 semiramoht11 sathanos12 gecabal hostosion lemeliham13 saphara negon zaramyhel [zamyrel]14 geriston zimphoros [*zymphoros]15 hocho16 hadalomob nagem17 nagenay megos maymogos [*naymogos]18 semazihar helaph herlo holopherno lopheo ^horpovaboceo [*hornobahoceo]19 nydeht herihegil rognohon [*rognhon]20 nydoccicib [*nydocricib]21 negal22 neguabel23 momoht [*memoht]24 hemel gemoht sagnanar25 clarapalos zenozmyhel iesagal [*iosagat]26 geuoz [*genoz]27 hamel guara maziel [*guaramaziel]28 gerathar sathamyanos sahamuham guamazihel29 mac- [43v] helaglilos geraguaht sathamyham30 huriel31 phalomagos phalomgros iotho megon32 saraht saaysac horamylichos33 carmelychos [*carmelichos]34 hezaladuha hezelam [*hezeladam]35 hisihel hemal usyon36 lamal raguam sablachom [*sablathom]37 sabsacom.





[XLVI] [Fifth End1]



Semathy + motheham + semathyotheos + hesapopa + hesaphopanos + gramyhel + garamanas + saphomoron + gelbaray + ieblaray + hetidiham + henzan + hezidiham + canazpharis + hanthesion + canastphasis + holithos + hosschihon + samatihel + ramaihel + semiramoht + sathanos + gecabal + hostosion + lemeliham + saphara + negon + zaramyhel + zamyrel + geriston + zymphoros + hocho + hadalomob + nagem + nagenay + megos + naymogos + semazihar + helaph + herlo + holopherno + lopheo + hornobahoceo + nydeht + herihegil + rognhon + nydocricib + negal + neguabel + memoht + hemel + gemoht + sagnanar + clarapalos + zenozmyhel + iosagat + genoz + hamel + guara + maziel + guaramaziel + gerathar + sathamyanos + sahamuham + guamazihel + machelaglilos + geraguaht + sathamyham + huriel + phalomagos + phalomgros + iotho + megon + saraht + saaysac + horamylichos + carmelichos + hezaladuha + hezeladam + hisihel + hemal + usyon + lamal + raguam + sablathom + sabsacom.



1. S: 5tus terminus.

2. GH: Demathy.

3-4. Per GH, S.

5. Per GH; S: hetidihum.

6-8. Per GH, S.

9. S: lamatihel.

10. Per GH, S.

11. S: lemiramoht.

12. S: lathanos.

13. S: lemelihum.

14. Additional text per GH, S.

15. Per GH, S.

16. S: hotho.

17. GH: uagem.

18-19. Per GH, S.

20. Per S; GH: roguhon.

21. Per GH, S.

22. GH: uegal.

23. S: negnabel.

24. Per GH, S.

25. GH: saguanar.

26-27. Per GH, S.

29. GH: gnamazihel.

30. S omits the last 4 words.

31. GH: hurihel.

32. GH: megom.

33. S: horamylithos.

34. Per GH; S: carmelithos.

35. Per GH, S.

36. S: usion.

37. Per GH, S.

Serognegnos (uel seregneguos)2 geronehos samanachor sazanachoray zamachoray3 sanatihel4 lamamathios [*lamathios]5 sanaziel [*sanazihel]6 chamyquiol [*thamyquiol]7 zazarahel kyrion zamynel kyris crememon caristomon [*caristomnon]8 sacronomay soromono hestimpandos9 iechampanidos [*iechampanydos]10 [ietham panydos]11 methalamathon12 merassamaty [*merasamaty]13 sabaarna [*sabarna]14 heluhama15 guathamal16 hemdamyhos thega myhabal teguamathal17 cathanathel [*chathanathel]18 theogethos [*thehogethos]19 cehognos20 sananazihel [*sanazihel]21 cathanathel cehogethos [*tehogethos]22 cehognos [*tehognos]23 canazay teneloyhos [*teneloihos]24 zenelyhos cathalihel [*cathaliel]25 theomeguos26 lapdamylon landamelyhon27 ierothyhon [*ierothihon]28 lapdamozyhon [*lapda mozihon]29 homen samal samochia30 homy samal samaziho sathamenay samohaya [*samohaia]31 sathonomay [*sathomonay]32 geromaziel [*geromazihel]33 haccho [*hoccho]34 macalon hothemegalon [*hothomegalon]35 guetazamanay [*genetazamanay]36 hazataniel [*hazatamel]37 hazabanas iechro tynognale38 sehor gehoraia haramanay harathaciel [*harathacihel]39 hazabamoht hamython lapdaas [*lapdas]40 hazatham [*hazathan]41 thihel hazabanos hamacon hamamabyhon [*hamamalyhon]42 samalyhon samalerihon [44r] vsiologihon [*usiologihon]43 legyn heleys [*heleis]44 hymon machitilon theos helotey [*heloty]45 sarramazili46 samachily [*samachili]47 helamon chihamon48 (vel chilamon)49 hel lamochyamon [*lamochiamon]50 lagay lemechiel51 semezi hel [*semezihel]52 laymos lanos hazamathon themohan53 thanacon [*thanathon]54 theon natharathon.





[XLVII] [Sixth End]1



Serognegnos + geronehos + samanachor + sazanachoray + zamachoray + sanatihel + lamathios + sanazihel + thamyquiol + zazarahel + kyrion + zamynel + kyris + crememon + caristomnon + sacronomay + soromono + hestimpandos + ietham + panydos + methalamathon + merasamaty + sabarna + heluhama + guathamal + hemdamyhos + thega + myhabal + teguamathal + chathanathel + thehogethos + cehognos + sanazihel + cathanathel + tehogethos + tehognos + canazay + teneloihos + zenelyhos + cathaliel + theomeguos + lapdamylon + landamelyhon + ierothihon + lapda + mozihon + homen + samal + samochia + homy + samal + samaziho + sathamenay + samohaia + sathomonay + geromazihel + hoccho + macalon + hothomegalon + genetazamanay + hazatamel + hazabanas + iechro + tynognale + sehor + gehoraia + haramanay + harathacihel + hazabamoht + hamython + lapdas + hazathan + thihel + hazabanos + hamacon + hamamalyhon + samalyhon + samalerihon + usiologihon + legyn + heleis + hymon + machitilon + theos + heloty + sarramazili + samachili + helamon + chihamon + hel + lamochiamon + lagay + lemechiel + semezihel + laymos + lanos + hazamathon + themohan + thanathon + theon + natharathon.







1. S: 6tus terminus.

2. GH: Derogueguos.

3. S omits.

4. GH: sauatihel; S: sanacihel.

5. Per GH, S.

6. Per S; GH: sauazihel.

7. Per GH, S.

8. Per S; GH: caristonmon.

9. S: hestnnpandos.

10. Per GH; S: iethampanydos.

11. Additional text per S, GH.

12. GH: methelamathon.

13. Per GH; S: merasamacy.

14. Per GH, S.

15. S: helnhama.

16. S: gnathamal.

17. S: tegnamathal.

18-19. Per GH, S.

20. GH: cehoguos.

21-22. Per GH, S.

23. Per S; GH: tehoguos.

24. Per GH, S.

25. Per S, GH!

26. S: theomegnos.

27. GH: laudamelyhon.

28. Per GH.

29. Per GH, S.

30. S: samothia.

31. Per GH, S.

32. Per GH; S: sathomanay.

33. Per GH, S.

34. Per S; GH: hoctho.

35-36. Per GH, S.

37. Per GH; S: hazacamel.

38. GH: tynoguale.

39-45. Per GH, S.

46. GH: sarrainazili.

47. Per GH, S.

48. S: chihamõ.

49. S omits.

50. Per S; GH: lamochiamou.

51. S: lemethiel.

52. Per GH, S.

53. S: "themohn" with a "u" above the "n" perhaps indicating that the transcriber couldn't determine which was intended in his Ms.

54. Per GH, S.

Magnus (uel magnys)2 magnol3 nazihacol naziathos [*nazihathos]4 heliam5 mathon saphar6 hazachon [*nazachon]7 gemehihel iomorihel samaychel [*sanayhel]8 sazanyhel9 saramel [semyhel]10 sezimel lebathon [*lebachon]11 iarachon iaratham basihas lamuay [*lamnay]12 ronala13 mathacon [*mathathon]14 rasiohs [*rasihos]15 layna choro laymateram [*laymatham]16 labynegual17 stomycros [*scomycros]18 bazihos lamua [*lamna]19 labimegas [*labnnegas]20 herezemyhel pheamycros [*pheamicros]21 negemezihol relmalaguoram22 hanamyhos hanomos gracosihos23 gracomessihos24 sothiron geuozepha [*genozepha]25 chelahel zopascanelyhos [*zopascanelios]26 zephastonomos [*zepasconomos]27 hamaraziohs [*hamarizihos]28 zenaziel [*zenazihel]29 geramathiel [*geramathihel]30 gecramathiol [*gecramathihol]31 hasaguar32 hasagiri paramyhot33 hapasyri [*hapasiry]34 haranamar senales hasagnanamar35 semagel36 secastologyhon [*secastologihon]37 [genagnolos]38 heuagnolothegos [*hagenolo thegos]39 sozor hamay seroguomay40 sorosomay [*sorosamay]41 iamaramos remolithos42 lammaramos zenon ierolen [*serolen]43 zabay peripaton44 haryhat [*harihat]45 hananyhos crastozios [*crastrosihos]46 graguomoyuhos [*graguomoysihos]47 sichiron geuozempha [*genozem pha]48 zezael [*zehahel]49 sephastaneos hamaristigos snazihel [*senazihel]50 geramatihel [*geramacihel]51 pazomyhol [*pazamyhol]52 haphasy zyhazanagar [*zihazanagar]53 senahel [*senasel]54 secasehagihon [*secasehogyhon]55 geuaguolos [*genaguolos]56 hegonele thegos sorozomay [*sorozamay]57 sozor (vel soror)58 hamay iamaramos zelyhon [*zelihon]58 iezolen.





[XLVIII] [Seventh End]1



Magnus + magnol + nazihacol + nazihathos + heliam + mathon + saphar + nazachon + gemehihel + iomorihel + sanayhel + sazanyhel + saramel + semyhel + sezimel + lebachon + iarachon + iaratham + basihas + lamnay + ronala + mathathon + rasihos + layna + choro + laymatham + labynegual + scomycros + bazihos + lamna + labnnegas + herezemyhel + pheamicros + negemezihol + relmalaguoram + hanamyhos + hanomos + gracosihos + gracomessihos + sothiron + genozepha + chelahel + zopascanelios + zepasconomos + hamarizihos + zenazihel + geramathihel + gecramathihol + hasaguar + hasagiri + paramyhot + hapasiry + haranamar + senales + hasagnanamar + semagel + secastologihon + genagnolos + hagenolo + thegos + sozor + hamay + seroguomay + sorosamay + iamaramos + remolithos + lammaramos + zenon + serolen + zabay + peripaton + harihat + hananyhos + crastrosihos + graguomoysihos + sichiron + genozem pha + zehahel + sephastaneos + hamaristigos + senazihel + geramacihel + pazamyhol + haphasy + zihazanagar + senasel + secasehogyhon + genaguolos + hegonele + thegos + sorozamay + sozor + hamay + iamaramos + zelihon + iezolen.







1. S: 7mus terminus.

2. GH: Maguus.

3. GH: maguol.

4. Per S; GH: uazihathos.

5. S: heliã.

6. S: saphur.

7-8. Per GH, S.

9. S: cazanyhel.

10. Missing from R, but found in GH and S.

11-12. Per GH, S.

13. GH: rouala.

14. Per S; S: matliathon.

15-16. Per GH, S.

17. S: labynegnal.

18. Per GH, S.

19. Per S; GH: lainna.

20. Per S; GH: labunegas.

21. Per GH, S.

22. S: relmalagnoram.

23. S: gucosihos.

24. S: gcomessihos.

25. Per GH, S.

26-29. Per GH; S omits.

30-31. Per GH, S.

32. S: hasagnar.

33. S: paramyhoc.

34. Per GH, S.

35. GH: hasaguanamar.

36. GH: sennagel.

37. Per GH, S.

38. Omitted in R but found in S; GH: geuaguolos.

39. Per S; GH: hageuolo thegos.

40. serognomay.

41. Per GH, S.

42. S: remohthos.

43. Per GH, S.

44. S: pipaton.

45. Per GH, S.

46. Per S; GH: crastrosihos.

47. Per GH; S: gragnomoysihos.

48-55. Per GH, S.

56. Per GH; S: genagnolos.

57. Per GH, S.

58. S omits "vel soror".

59. Per GH, S.

Reniolithos (uel R- [44v] emolohos [*Remolithos]2 ypomehiles hazimelos samal hazaramagos gelomyhel gezeno megual3 hanacristos4 hanaipos gemotheon samahot helyhemon [*helihemon]5 hialamun [*hialamum]6 salamyhym hamyuos [*haminos]7 gezelihos sartharay sarthamy gechora8 maray gechoramy [*gethoramy]9 ieguoram10 myhamy theos agios crehamuos [*crehamnos]11 iskyros [*yskyros]12 athanathos probihos meguon13 hacazmazy [*hacazamazay]14 hecohy uriel [*uryhel]15 iebozihel sarib rogay halomora sarahihel hecamazihel [*hechamazihel]16 sezamagua17 iechar18.





[XLIX] [Eighth End]1

Remolithos + ypomehiles + hazimelos + samal + hazaramagos + gelomyhel + gezeno + megual + hanacristos + hanaipos + gemotheon + samahot + helihemon + hialamum + salamyhym + haminos + gezelihos + sartharay + sarthamy + gechora + maray + gethoramy + ieguoram + myhamy + theos + agios + crehamnos + yskyros + athanathos + probihos + meguon + hacazamazay + hecohy + uryhel + iebozihel + sarib + rogay + halomora + sarahihel + hechamazihel + sezamagua + iechar.



1. S: 8us terminus.

2. Per GH, S, S2.

3. S: megnal.

4. GH: hauacristos.

5-7. Per GH, S.

8. S: gethora.

9. Per GH, S.

10. S: iegnorã.

11. Per S; GH: crehanmos.

12. Per S; GH: Yskiros.

13. S: megnon.

14-16. Per GH, S.

17. S: sezamagna.

18. S: iethar.







COMMENTS

-



 

Liber Juratus The Sworne Booke of Honorius

00:30 Jul 01 2006
Times Read: 3,898


INTRODUCTION:

Liber Juratus is one of the oldest and most influential texts of Medieval magic. The almost legendary reputation of this work led to the forgery of the so-called Grimoire of Pope Honorius, a ridiculous work so despised by Eliphas Levi and A. E. Waite.



According to Lynn Thorndike, Magic and Experimental Science II, 281 ff, it is also known as Liber Sacer or Liber Sacratus by which name it is mentioned at least twice in the thirteenth century.

Editions



Latin. A critical edition of the Latin text has recently been published by Gösta Hedegård: LIBER IURATUS HONORII -- A Critical Edition of the Latin Version of the Sworn Book of Honorius (Stockholm : Almovist & Wiksell International, 2002)



English The only attempt at publishing any significant portion of the English translation was Daniel Driscoll's The Sworn Book of Honourius (sic) the Magician, Heptangle Books, 1977. Unfortunately, Driscoll did not make use of the best manuscripts, omitted large portions, misread and misplaced angelic names and words from the prayers, and otherwise took serious liberties with the text. It is however a fine example of the book publisher's craft, and has become a valuable collectable.

Manuscripts



The Sworne Book is represented in several manuscripts including the following found in the British Museum:



* Royal MS 17Axlii (Latin and English, dated mid-sixteenth century because of borrowing from Agrippa not found in the older manuscripts). 82 folios. The title in the catalog reads 'The Sworne Booke of Honoryus':



'THE SWORNE BOOKE' of 'Honoryus' (see f. 4 b,

11. 3, 6): a translation of a book of magic, entitled (see

Sloane MS. 3854, f. 138 b) 'Liber de vita anime racionalis,

qui liber sacer uel liber angelorum vel liber iuratus

nuncupatur, quem fecit Honorius magister Thebarum',

purporting to be compiled by Honorius filius

Euclidis as the result of a conference of 89 magistri from

Naples, Athens, and Toledo, convened by the authority

of the Pope and cardinals (cf. also Sloane MSS. 313,

f. 1, 3885, f. 58). Beg. 'When wycked sprites ware

gathered together'.

On f. 82 is a charm, in a 16th cent. band, on the word, 'Calendant'

against ague.

Vellum; ff. 82. 7 1/2 in. x 5 1/2 in. XV cent. Gatherings of 4 leaves

(viii5, xiv6, xv10, xix2). Sec, fol. 'and ye cause'. Pen-drawings of

angels and spirits and marginal floral ornament, usually coloured,

sometimes in gold; chapter-headings in red, blue, or green. On the

fly-leaf (f. 1) are some late 16th cent. pen-drawings with the initials

R. T. This MS. and the next two are bound together.



* Sloane MS 313 (late fourteenth or early fifteenth century). This manuscript is known to have been in the collection of John Dee, and contains marginal notes in his handwriting. The title in the catalog reads simply "Tract on Magic.", or "Salomonis opus sacrum ab Honorio ordinatum, tractatus de arte magica"

* Sloane 3826 (fol. 58-83) 16th century. Excerpts from LJ. The catalog of angels found in Royal MS 17Axlii also has parallels in Sloane 3826.

* Sloane 3849 (art. 7) Excerpts from LJ.

* Sloane 3853 fol 163f: Catalogued as 'The Divine Seal of Solomon', this manuscript actually contains large portions of the Sworn Book. Mid 16th century, also with excerpts from Agrippa (with citations). English and Latin.

* Sloane 3854: (art. 9, fol 117-144) 14th century. "Honorii Magistri Thebarum liber cui titulus 'Juratus.'" or "Liber Juratus, vel liber de vita Animæ rationalis Qui Liber Sacer, vel Liber Angelorum nuncupatur quem fecit Honorius Magister Thebarum," etc.

* Sloane 3883: (fols. 1-25) 17th century. "De modo ministrandi sacrum" (revealed to Solomon by an angel)

* Sloane 3885: (fols. 1-25) 17th century. "Liber sacer Salomonis," repeated at fold 96v-125; (fols. 58-96) "Tractatus de re magica ab Honorio filio Euclidis magistro Thebarum ex septem voluminibus artis magicae compilatus, et intitulatus Liber sacer, sive juratus.", or "Opera Salomonis ab Honorio ordinata" (cursive script).



Of these, Sloane 3854 is the most reliable, complete, and readable.



The following text is from the Royal MS (abbreviated R) with variant readings from Sl.3885 (abbreviated S), Sl.3854 (designated S2), and Sl.3853 (designated S3).



All of the manuscripts seem to be missing some text, as shown by internal references to material not actually to be found. One example is the reference to the seals of angels. To make up for these evident deficiencies, the Royal manuscript seems to have inserted some additional text not found in the other manuscripts, namely the information on angels and incenses, most of which is taken from Agrippa and De Abano. It is also missing some text found in the other manuscripts.



Variants are of some interest. Note the recurring sound changes: "i" (R manuscript) becomes "g" (S manuscript), e.g. "ienomos" [R] = "genomos" [S], ..iel [r] = ..ihel [S], e.g. "kariel" [r] = "karihel" [S]; also frequent interchange of y to i and i to y; ..am [r] = ..um [S], e.g. "lemeliham" [r] = "lemelihum" [S]. possible evidence of mss tradition in some other script [Hebrew or Greek?] or oral tradition.



The diagram of the Sigillum Dei Aemeth is taken from Sloane 313. This is very close to the (although considerably corrupted) version shown in Athanasius Kircher in his monumental work Oedipus Aegyptiacus (1562). The drawing of the sigil does not occur in Royal, Sloane 3854, or Sl.3885. The version in Sloane 3853 (reproduced in C.J.S. Thompson, The Mysteries and Secrets of Magic, New York, 1973, pg. 186, but without identifying the source) is somewhat different. The drawing, with interesting differences, also appears in an Italian manuscript of the Key of Solomon in the Bodleian Library, MS. Mich. 276.



John Dee, in his Mystical Experiments, was originally told to use a version found in one of his books. Dee consulted several sources, and consulted the angels to resolve the discrepancies. This prompted them to detail an almost totally new version of the Sigil. One of Dee's sources was apparently Sl.313. Roberts and Watson, in their 1990 John Dee's Library Catalogue, pg. 168, identify Sloane 313 as being one of Dee's manuscripts. They give it catalog number DM70, and note, "On fol.9 (originally the first leaf, fol.1-8 having been misbound) is [Dee's ladder symbol] and, very faint, 'Fragmentum Magicum', which may be in Dee's hand. At the foot is 'Sum Ben: Jonsonij liber'."



Note also that the section 'On the composition of the Divine Seal' also occurs in the Hebrew version of the Key of Solomon (fol. 3b-5b).



Also of interest are the 'scribal doodlings' on the first folio of the Royal MS (as well as other illuminations and drawings of angels later in the MS -- which I hope to add at a later time) which are very reminiscent of the mysterious Voynich Manuscript, which also went through the hands of Kircher.



Note too that the Orations found in Liber Juratus parallel (and are probably derived from) those found in the Ars Notoria, for example:

Liber Juratus: [Oratio 17, Royal, fol. 37v] Ars Notoria: The oration of the physical art

O Jesu the sonne of the incomprhensible god

hancor hanacor hamylos [or hanylos] iehorna theodonos helyothos [heliotheos] phagor corphandonos norizaue corithico hanosae helsezope phagora.



Eleminator candones helos helee resphaga thephagayn thetendyn thahonos micemya [S2: uicemya] hehor tahonas [heortahonos] nelos [uelos] behebos belhores hacaphagan belehothol ortophagon corphandonos

borne in the shape of a man for us sinners and yow holy angells heliothos phagnora herken and teche me and gouerne me (hic dic petitionem tuam sed p visione diuina dic ut sequitr.) that i may come to obtayne the visyon of the deyte thorow the glorious and moste gentle and moste almighte creator oure lyuyng lorde holy infinite godely and euerlastinge to whome be prayse honor and glorye worlde withowt ende. amen.

IHesus fili Dominus Incomprehensibilis:



Ancor, Anacor, Anylos, Zohorna, Theodonos, hely otes Phagor, Norizane, Corichito, Anosae, Helse Tonope, Phagora.



Another part of the same oration.



Elleminator, Candones helosi, Tephagain, Tecendum, Thaones, Behelos, Belhoros, Hocho Phagan, Corphandonos, Humanae natus & vos Eloytus Phugora: Be present ye holy angels, advertise and teach me, whether such a one shall recover, or dye of this infirmity.









[Liber Juratus

or

The Sworne Booke of Honorius]





scribal doodlings





[1r] when wycked sprites ware gathered to gether intending to sende devills in to the hartts off men to the entente thay wolde dystroy all thinges profytable ffor mankynde and to corrupte all the whole worlde even to the uttermost off there powr sowing ipocrysye and envy and rooting bysshops and prelates in pryde even the pope him selfe and his cardenalles which gathering them selves to gether sayde won to another as here folowethe */*/*/*/*/*/*

[I. Prologue]



When wicked spirits were gathered together, intending to send devils into the hearts of men, to the intent they would destroy all things profitable for mankind, and to corrupt all the whole world, even to the uttermost of their power, sowing hypocrise and envy, and rooting bishops and prelates in pride, even the pope himself and his cardinals, which gathering themselves together said one to another as here follows:



the helth which the lorde hathe gevin his people is now through magecke and negromancy turned in to the damnacyon of all people, for even the magyans them selves being intoxycated and blynded by the devill, and contrary to the order of christes churche and transgressing the commandement of god, which dothe saye thow shalte not tempe the lorde thy god, but him only shalte yu serve, The health which the Lord has given his people is now through magic and negromancy turned into the damnation of all people. For even the magians themselves, being intoxicated and blinded by the devil, and contrary to the order of Christ's Church, and transgressing the commandment of God, which says, "Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God, but him only shalt thou serve"

but these negromancers or magyans denying the sacryfyce dew unto god and inn tempting him hathe donne sacryfyce unto devills and abused his name in calling of them contrary to the profession made at there baptin, [1v] for there it is sayd: for sake the devill and all his pompes, but thes magyans and negromancers dothe nott follow only the pompes and workes of sathan but hathe also brought all people through there mervelus ellusyons in to ye errors drowing the ignorant and suche lyke in to the damnasyon bothe of sowle and body, and they thinkinge this for no other purpose but that by this they shulde destroye all other scyences, But these negromancers or magians, denying the sacrifice due to God, and in tempting him have done sacrifice to devils, and abused His Name in calling of them, contrary to the profession made at there baptism, for there it is said, "Forsake the devil and all his pomps." But these magians and negromancers do not follow only the pomps and works of Satan, but have also brought all people through their marvellous illusions into the errors, drawing the ignorant and such like into the damnation both of soul and body, and they thinking this for no other purpose but that by this they should destroy all other sciences.

it is thought rite therfore to plucke up and utterly to dystroy this dedly roote and all the followers of this arte, but they throughe the instygasyon off the devill and being moved wt envy and covetusnes under the simylytude of truthe they did publyshe and spred abrode ye falshed speking false and unlykely things, for it is nott possible yt a wiched and unclen man shulde work trwly in this arte, for men are not bownde unto sprites, but the sprites are constrayned agaynst yr wills to answere men yt be clensed or clene, and to fulfill there requestes, yet agaynst all yos willes we have gone abowt to set forrthe the princyples of this arte [2r] and ye cause of truthe, and for that cause thay had condemned this arte and judged hus to dethe. It is thought right therefore to pluck up and utterly to destroy this deadly root, and all the followers of this art, but they through the instigation of the devil, and being moved with envy and covetousnes under the similitude of truth, they did publish and spread abroad the falsehood, speaking false and unlikely things. For it is not possible that a wicked and unclean man should work truely in this art, for men are not bound to spirits, but the spirits are constrained against their wills to answer men that are cleansed or clean, and to fulfill their requests. Yet against all those wills we have gone about to set forth the principles of this art, and the cause of truth, and for that cause thay had condemned this art and judged us to death.

we therfore throughe godes sufferance having a fore knoledge of that judgement knowing also yt by it shulde folow miche mischefe and yt it was impossible to us to scape the handes of the people by owre owne strengthe wt owt the helpe of sprites dowting yt a greter danger would folow upon it, for the wicked power of the sprites att owre commandement wolde have destroyed them all utterly in on, We therefore, through God's sufferance, having a foreknowledge of that judgement, knowing also that by it should follow much mischief, and that it was impossible to us to escape the hands of the people by our own strength without the help of spirits, doubting [i.e. fearing] that a greater danger would follow upon it, for the wicked power of the spirits at our command could have destroyed them [i.e. those who condemned us] all utterly at once.

wherfore we called on generall counsell off all the masters in the which counsell of *811* masters which camme owte of naples athence and tholetus we dyd chuse on whose name was honorius the sonne of eucludus master of the thebares in the which cytye this art was redd yt he shulde worke for us in this sayde arte, and he throughe the counsell of a certayne angell whose name was hocroel dyd wryte *7* volumes of arte magicke, geving unto hus the kernel and unto others the shalles owt of the which bookes he druu owt *93* chapiters in the which is bryffely contayned [2v] the effecte off this arte, off the which, chapters he made a booke which we doo call the sacred or sworne booke for this cause, for in it is contayned ye *100* sacred names of god and therfor it is callyd sacred as ye would saye made of holy thinges, or elles be cause by this booke he came to the knowledge of sacred or holy things, or elles be cause it was consecrated of angells, or elles be cause the angell hocroell did declare and show unto him yt it was consecrated of god, Wherefore, we called a general council of all the masters. And out of the which council of 811 masters which came out of Naples, Athens, and Toledo, we did choose one whose name was Honorius, the son of Euclid, master of the Thebians, in the which city this art was read, that he should work for us in this said art. And he through the council of a certain angel whose name was Hocroel, did write seven volumes of art magic, giving to us the kernel, and to others the shells. Out of the which books he drew out 93 chapters, in the which is briefly contained the effect of this art, of the which chapters he made a book which we do call The Sacred or Sworn Book for this cause, for in it is contained the 100 sacred names of God, and therefor it is called sacred, as you would say "made of holy things," or else because by this book he came to the knowledge of sacred or holy things, or else because it was consecrated by angels, or else because the angel Hocroel did declare and show him that it was consecrated of God.

then they princes & prelates being pacefyed wt burning of certen fables or tryffles, thought verely this arte had bin utterly destroyed, and therfore we being somwhate moved made this othe amounge oure selves, first yt this book shulde be delyveryd to no man untyll suche tyme as the master of the arte were in jeoberdye of dethe and yt it shulde be copyed but unto *3* att the most, and yt it shulde be delyveryd to no woman nor to any man excepte he were off lawfull aghe which shulde also be both godely and faythfull whose godely behaver had bin tryed by the space of a whole yere, and yt this booke shulde no more here after [3r] be destroyed, but yt it shulde be restored agayne to ye honore or to his successors, and yf there cane nott be founde an able and a sufficyent man to whome this booke nighte be delyveryd, yt then the master bynde his executors by a stronge othe to bury it withe him in his grave, or ells he shall him selfe whyle he liveth bury it him selfe, in some place honestely and clenly, and newer affter to revele the place by any curcumstances to any creature, and yf the master shall have nide of any scollers or will prove then any man of wayes yt for to fulfyll his commaundenentes yff nide be they shall even suffer dethe rather then they will declare ayther the sayinges or doinges of there master, or yt he knoweth any suche thinges, nor declare any suche thing by any man of surcumstances. and lyke as a father dothe cause on of his sonnes to love another, even so doth the master unytte and kintt together his discyples or schollers in concorde and love so yt alwayes the on shall helpe to bayre the others burthen, nor on shall nott revele the secretes of a nother, but they shall be faythfull off on mynde and concorde, and he yt [3v] he shall trewly performe observe and kepe every artycle off his othe and for this cause this is calyd the sworne booke: (*ffinis prologu */*/*/*/*/*





[The oath]



Then the princes and prelates being pacified with burning of certain fables or trifles, thought verily that this art had been utterly destroyed, and therefore we being somewhat moved, made this oath among ourselves:



* First, that this book should be delivered to no man until such time as the master of the art were in jeopardy of death, and

* That it should be copied but to three at the most, and

* That it should be delivered to no woman, nor to any man except he were of lawful age, and he should also be both Godly and faithful, whose Godly behavior had been tried for the space of a whole year, and

* That this book should no more hereafter be destroyed, but that it should be restored again to the honor, or to his successors, and

* If there cannot be found an able and a sufficient man to whom this booke might be delivered, that then the master bind his executors by a strong oath to bury it with him in his grave, or else he shall himself while he lives bury it himself in some place honestly and cleanly, and never after to reveal the place by any circumstances to any creature, and

* If the master shall have nide of any scholars or will prove then any man of ways that for to fulfill his commandments if need be, they shall even suffer death rather than they will declare either the sayings or doings of their master, or that he knows any such things, nor declares any such thing by any man of circumstances. And like as a father causes one of his sons to love another, even so does the master unite and knit together his disciples or scholars in concord and love, so that always the one shall help to bear the others burden, nor one shall not reveal the secrets of another, but they shall be faithful of one mind and concord, and he that he shall truely perform, observe, and keep every article of his oath.



And for this cause this [book] is called The Sworn Book

End of prologue.





in the name off the almighty god ye lorde jesus christ the trew living god. i honoryus have thus appoined in my booke the workes of salomon i have first apoynted the chapters yt it maye be the more playne */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*

heare be geneth the chapters of the first worke)



* the first chapter is of the composyssyon of the great name of god which the hebrues call sememphoras which dothe consyst of *72* h. t. o. e. r. o. r. a. b. a. l. a. y. q. c. l. y. s. t. a. l. g. a. a. o. w. o. s. v. l. a. r. y. t. c. e. k. r. p. f. y. o. m. e. m. a. n. a. r. e. l. a. t. e. v. a. t. o. n. o. n. a. o. y. l. e. o. t. s. y. n. a. letters which is the beginning in this arte

* the *2* chapter is of the visyon of the deytey,

* the *3* of the knowledge off the devyne power,

* the *4* of the for gyuenes off synnes,

* the *5* that a man shuld nott fall into dedely sine,

* the *6* of the redemsyon off *3* sowlles out of purgatorye */*/*/*/*/*/*/*



the chapters off the .2. worke */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



* the *7* chapter is off the knowledge off the heavens,

[4r]

* the *8* to know the angells off every heaven

* the *9* to know every angell his name and his power,

* the *10* to know the seales off every angel,

* the *11*to know under whome every angel is,

* the *12*to know the offyce of every angell,

* the *13* of the invocatyon of every angell and of his company,

* the *14* how a man shude obteyne his will by every angell,

* the *15* to obtayne all scyences,

* the *16* to know the hower of dethe,

* the *17* to know all thinges present past and to comme,

* the *18* to know the planetts and the starres,

* the *19* to know the vertu of the planetts and starres and there influences,

* the *20* to alter or chaunge ye influence of the planetts and starres,

* the *21* to change the daye in to nighte and the nighte in to ye daye,

* the *22* to know the sprites of the ayre,

* the *23* to know the sprites of the fyer, and there names and there superyors, there seales power and vertu,

* the *24* to know the names and ye powers off the higher sprites,

* the *25* to know there seales,

* the *26* to know the alteratyon and changing of the elymentes and of the bodyes that be mixte of them,

* the *27* to know all herbes, [4v] plantes, and bestes being upon the earthe and of there vertues,

* the *28* of the knoledge off the nature of man and of all his dyedes and his thoughtes,

* the *29* to know the sprites of the water and there vertuse and there superyors,

* the *30* to know the erthely sprrites and infernalles,

* the *31* of the sighte of purgatorye and hell and the sowlles there being,

* the *32* off the bond or oblygasyon yt the sowle and bodye shall returne agayne,

* the *33* of ye consecrating off this book */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



ffinis of the chapters of the secode worke */*/*/*



[II. Contents]



In the name of the almighty God, the Lord Jesus Christ, the true living God. I Honorius have thus appointed in my book the works of Solomon. I have first appointed the chapters that it may be the more plain.

Here begins the chapters of the first work.



1. The first chapter is of the composition of the great name of God, which the Hebrews call Schemhamphoras which consists of seventy-two letters: h. t. o. e. r. o. r. a. b. a. l. a. y. q. c. l. y. s. t. a. l. g. a. a. o. w. o. s. v. l. a. r. y. t. c. e. k. r. p. f. y. o. m. e. m. a. n. a. r. e. l. a. t. e. v. a. t. o. n. o. n. a. o. y. l. e. o. t. s. y. n. a., which is the beginning in this art.

2. The second chapter is of the vision of the Deity,

3. The third of the knowledge of the devine power,

4. The fourth of the forgiveness of sins,

5. The fifth that a man should not fall into deadly sin,

6. The sixth of the redemption of three souls out of Purgatory.



The chapters of the second worke.



7. The seventh chapter is of the knowledge of the heavens,

8. To know the angels of every heaven

9. To know every angel, his name, and his power,

10. To know the seals of every angel,

11. To know under whom every angel is,

12. To know the office of every angel,

13. Of the invocation of every angel and of his company,

14. How a man should obtain his will by every angel,

15. To obtain all sciences,

16. To know the hour of death,

17. To know all thinges present, past, and to come,

18. To know the planets and the stars,

19. To know the virtue of the planets and stars, and their influences,

20. To alter or change the influence of the planets and stars,

21. To change the day into night, and the night into the day,

22. To know the spirits of the air,

23. To know the spirits of the fire, and their names and their superiors, their seals, power, and virtue,

24. The twenty-fourth, to know the names and the powers of the higher spirits,

25. To know their seals,

26. To know the alteration and changing of the elements, and of the bodies that be mixed of them,

27. To know all herbs, plants, and beasts being upon the Earth, and of their virtues,

28. The knowledge of the nature of man and of all his deeds and his thoughts,

29. To know the spirits of the water, and there virtues, and their superiors,

30. To know the earthly spirits and infernals,

31. Of the sight of purgatory, and hell, and the souls their being,

32. Of the bond or obligation that the soul and body shall return again,

33. Of the consecrating of this book



End of the chapters of the second work.

the chapters of the *3* worke */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



* the *34* of the constrinksyon of sprites by wordes,

* the *35* of the consthinksyon of sprites by seales,

* the *36* of the constrinckesyon of sprites by tables,

* the *37* to give every sprite his shape,

* the *38* off inclosing of sprites,

* the *39* off a sprite yt is inclosed yt he maye answere or nott,

* the *40* to cause thunder and lightening,

* the *41* off burning to be made,

* the *42* of the powrging of they ayer,

* the *43* off ye corruptyon of the ayer,

* the *44* to cause snow [5r] and yse,

* the *45* off dewes rayne,

* the *46* to cause flowers and frutes,

* the *47* to go invysybbe,

* the *48* off a horse,

* the *49* to bringe agayne a man that is gone saffe in an hower,

* the *50* to have a thing carryed whether thow willte in a moment,

* the *51* to take a waye a thinge,

* the *52* to bringe a thinge agayne,

* the *53* to change the shape of every thinge,

* the *54* to make a fludde in a dry grounde,

* the *55* to make a commotyon att thy preasure,

* the *56* to distroy a kingdone or an empyre,

* the *57* to have power over every man,

* the *58* to have a *1000* armed men,

* the *59* to forme a castell yt shall never be dystroyed,

* the *60* to make a wicked glasse,

* the *61* to destroye a place or a holde by a wicked glasse,

* the *62* off a glasse wherin thow shalte se the whole worlde,

* the *63* to bringe agayne a thiffe which yt he hathe stollen,

* the *64* to open lockes,

* the *65* to cause discorde and debate,

* the *66* to cause unyte and concorde,

* the *67* to have the favor of everybodye,

* the *68* to obtayne or gett rytches,

* the *69* to [5v] hele all man of disseses,

* the *70* to cast in to sickenes whome ye will,

* the *71* to kill whome ye will,

* the *72* to cause danger bothe by se and lande,

* the *73* to delyn a shipe yt is stopped in the sea by the adamaint stone,

* the *74* to avoyde all man of dangers,

* the *75* to gayther byrdes together and to take them,

* the *76* to gether fysshes together and to take them,

* *77* to gather wylde bestes to gether and to take them,

* the *78* to cawse warre amonge fysshes fowlles and suche lyke,

* the *79* to make burninge to apeyre,

* the *80* to make juggelers or maydens singing to apeyre,

* the *81* to make gardens or castells to apeyre,

* the *82* to make fightinge men to apeyre,

* the *83* to make gryphons and dragons to apeyre,

* the *84* to make all wylde bests to appeyre,

* the *85* to make hunters and there dogges to appeyre huntinge,

* the *86* to make a man to thinke he is in a place where he is nott,

* the *87* to make all pleasures to appeyre */*/*/*/*



ffinis of the chapters of the *3* worke */*/*/*/*/*





The chapters of the third work.



34. Of the constrinksyon of spirits by words,

35. Of the consthinksyon of sprits by seals,

36. Of the constrinckesyon of spirits by tables,

37. To give every spirit his shape,

38. Of enclosing of spirits,

39. Of a spirit that is enclosed, that he may answer or not,

40. To cause thunder and lightening,

41. Of burning to be made,

42. Of the purging of the air,

43. Of the corruption of the air,

44. To cause snow and ice,

45. Of dews [and] rain,

46. To cause flowers and fruits,

47. To go invisible,

48. Of a horse,

49. To bring again a man that is gone safe in an hour,

50. To have a thing carried where you will in a moment,

51. To take away a thing,

52. To bring a thing again,

53. To change the shape of every thing,

54. To make a flood in a dry ground,

55. To make a commotion at your pleasure,

56. To destroy a kingdom or an empire,

57. To have power over every man,

58. To have a thousand armed men,

59. To form a castle that shall never be destroyed,

60. To make a wicked glass,

61. To destroy a place or a hold by a wicked glass,

62. Of a glass wherein you shall see the whole world,

63. To bring again that which a thief has stollen,

64. To open locks,

65. To cause discord and debate,

66. To cause unity and concord,

67. To have the favor of everybody,

68. To obtain or get riches,

69. To heal all man of diseases,

70. To cast into sickness whom you will,

71. To kill whom you will,

72. To cause danger, both by sea and land,

73. To delyn a ship that is stopped in the sea by the adamant stone,

74. To avoid all man of dangers,

75. To gather birds together, and to take them,

76. To gather fishes together and to take them,

77. To gather wild beasts together and to take them,

78. To cause war amongst fishes, fouls, and such like,

79. To make burning to appear,

80. To make jugglers or maidens singing to appear,

81. To make gardens or castles to appear,

82. To make fighting men to appear,

83. To make gryphons and dragons to appear,

84. To make all wild beasts to appear,

85. To make hunters and their dogs to appear hunting,

86. To make a man to think he is in a place where he is not,

87. To make all pleasures to appear



End of the chapters of the third work.





[6r]

the chapters off the *4* worke */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



* the *88* to delyur them yt be in pryson,

* the *89* to locke a gayne the gattes of the castell,

* the *90* to haue all treasures mettalls pressyns stones and all other thinges hyd in the grounde,

* the *91* off the appeyring off ded bodyes that thay seme to aryse agayne and to speke,

* the *92* that ye shulde thinke beastes to appeyre created agayne off the earth but these *2* chapters haue we takyn awaye be cause they be agaynst the will of god.



thus endeth the nottes off all the chapters */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



The chapters of the fourth work.



88. To deliver them that be in prison,

89. To lock again the gates of the castle,

90. To have all treasures metals, precious stones, and all other thinges hidden in the ground,

91. Of the appearing of dead bodies that they seem to arise again and to speak,

92. That you should think beasts to appear created againe of the earth



But these two chapters have we taken away, because they be against the will of God.

Thus ends the notes of all the chapters.





here beginnithe the booke */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



[III] Here begins the book.

we therfore thorow godes helpe intendinge to folow the stepps and precepes of salomon, therfore to thy receyuing of suche an highe misterye we prefess to be oone chiffe princyple or begininge. note therfore that the first and chiffe princyple or begininge is the devyne maiestye, and the trew invocatyon must cume frome the very faythe of the harte, the which faythe the workes shall declare, [6v] ffor salomon sayde there is one only god one mighte, or power, oone faythe, of whome oone worke, oone princyple or begininge, and of whome the prefectyon and effecte of every worke dothe comme althoughe this be deuyded into many parts, ffor lyke as all the holle partes doo saver and smel of the body even to lyke wyse dothe of these thinges comme all perfectyon and effect */*/*/*



We therefore, through God's help, intending to follow the steps and precepts of Solomon, therefore to your receiving of such a high mystery, we profess to be one chief principal or beginning. Note therefore that the first and chief principal or beginning is the Divine Majesty, and the true invocation must come from the very faith of the heart, the which faith the works shall declare. For Solomon said there is one only God, one might or power, one faith, of whom one work, one principal or beginning, and of whom the perfection and effect of every work comes, although this be divided into many parts. For like as all the whole parts do savour and smell of the body, even so likewise of these things come all perfection and effect.

in the name therfore of the true and lyuing gode which is alpha et omega ye beginninge and the ending which is the father the sonne, and the holy gost *3* persones and on god the gyuer off lyffe and the destroyer off dethe for he destroyed oure dethe and thrughe his resurrectyon restored us agayne to lyffe */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* In the name therefore of the true and living God, who is Alpha and Omega the beginning and the ending, which is the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, three persons and one God, the giver of life, and the destroyer of death. For he destroyed our death and through his resurrection restored us again to life.

off the makinge off the seale of god, for the knowledge of the first parte, of the knowledge of the deytye, for the knowledge of ye *2* parte. in ye *3* parte of the vysyon of angells, the *4* of ye constrinkesyon, [7r] the *5* parte off the bownde of deadmen */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*

Of the making of the Seal of God, for the knowledge of the first part, of the knowledge of the diety, for the knowledge of the second part, in the third part of the vision of angels, the fourth of the constrinkesyon, the fifth part of the bonds of dead men.

off angels there are *3* kyndes */*/*/*/*/*



some be celestyall, and some of the ayre and some be of the earthe. off the celestyall there are also *2* kyndes somme of them doo serve god only and those be the *9* orders of angells that is to saye cherubin, and seraphin, trons, domynatyons, vertuse, princypates, and potestates, arkangells and angells off whome it is to be spoken amounge mortall men, for they will not be constrayned by any artyfysyall powr, and therfore they oughte nott to be invocated for they alwayes stande before the deuyne maiestye and are neuer seperated from his presens yet be cause the sowle of man was created with theme and to there lykeness, lookinge to be rewardyd with them maye through the gyfte and grace of god his bodye yet lyuing beholde the deuyne maiestye, and with them to prayse and to know god ye creator, and this knowledge is nott to know god in his magestye [7v] and power but ever as adame and the prophettes dyd know him,

Of angels there are three kinds. Some are celestial, some are of the air, and some are of the earth. Of the celestial, there are also two kinds. Some of them serve God only, and those are the nine orders of angels, that is to say, cherubin, seraphin, thrones, dominations, virtues, principates, potestates, archangels, and angels. Of whom it is to be spoken among mortal men, for they will not be constrained by any artificial power. And therefore they ought not be invocated, for they always stand before the Divine Majesty, and are never separated from His presence. Yet because the soul of man was created with them, and to there likeness, looking to be rewarded with them may through the gift and grace of God, his body yet living behold the Divine Majesty, and with them to praise and to know God the creator, and this knowledge is not to know God in his majesty and power, but ever as Adam and the prophets did know him.

but this is princypally to be noted that there are *3* kyndes off men yt worke in this arte jwes, christyans and pagans, the pagans doo sacryfyce to the sprites of the ayre and of the earthe but they doo nott constrayne or bynde them, but the sprites doo fayne them selves to be bownde by the wordes of there law, to the intent they maye make them to committ idoletrye, and neuer turne to the true faythe, and by cause there faythe is nought therfore there workes be nawght, he yt will worke after yt man must forsake the lyuing god, and must doo sacryfyce unto sprites and idolles for it is faythe that worketh in a man good or euill, wherfore it is sayde in the gospell ye faythe hathe made the saffe, the jwes doo in no wyse worke to obtayne the visyon of the deytye, for by the comminge of christe they lost there prehemynence nor they can nott comme to heauen, for the lorde dothe saye [8r] he that is nott baptysed shall be damned, and so in all angells they worke imperfectly, nor they canontt throughe there inuocatyons bringe any worke to effecte excepte they be liue in christe. ffor it is sayd by the prophet, when the kinge of kinges and the lorde of lordes is cume then shall youre anoyntinge cease which shulde neuer haue ceasyd yf they cowlde haue wroughte effectually by this arte, and so there workes are noughte, and althoughe the jwes in that yy are jwes are condemnyd of yet they doo worship the highe creator but nott after a dew sorte, yet thorow the powr of the holy names of god spirrites are constrayned to comme. but jwes be cause they are nott signed wt the signe of god that is to saye with the signe of the crosse therfore they sprites will not answere them trewly, therfore the christyan man only dothe worke trewly to cum to the vysyon of the deyte, and in all other workes. and althoughe *3* sortes of men doo worke by this arte magyke, yet [8v] it is nott to be thoughte yt there is any euill in this name magyan, for this same name magyan dothe signefy in the grike twunge a philosopher, and in the hebru twunge a scrybe, and in the latten twunge it signefyeth wyse and so this name of arte magyke is compownded of this worde magos wiche is as muche to saye as wyse and of ycos wiche by interpretasyon is knowledge for by it a man is made wyse, for by this arte a man maye know thinges present past and to come */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



But this is principally to be noted, that there are three kinds of men that work in this art: Jews, Christians, and pagans. The pagans do sacrifice to the spirits of the air and of the earth, but they do not constrain or bind them, but the spirits do fain themselves to be bound by the words of their law, to the intent they may make them commit idolatry, and never turn to the true faith. And because their faith is nought, therefore their works are nought. He that will work after that man must forsake the living God, and must do sacrifice to spirits and idols. For it is faith that works in a man good or evil. Wherefore it is said in the Gospel, "your faith has made you safe."



The Jews do in no wise work to obtain the vision of the Diety, for by the coming of Christ they lost their preeminence, nor can they come to heaven, for the Lord says, he that is not baptized shall be damned. And so in all angels they work imperfectly. Nor can they through their invocations bring any work to effect, except they believe in Christ. For it is said by the prophet, "when the king of kings and the Lord of Lords is come, then shall your annointing cease," which should never have ceased if they could have wrought effectually by this art. And so theire works are nought. And although the Jews in that they are Jews are condemned, of yet they do worship the High Creator, but not after a due sort. Yet through the power of the holy names of God, spirits are constrained to come. But Jews because they are not signed with the sign of God, that is to say with the sign of the cross, therefore those spirits will not answer them truely.



Therefore, the Christian man only works truely to come to the vision of the Diety, and in all other works. And although three sorts of men do work by this art magic, yet it is not to be thought that there is any evil in this name Magian, for this same name Magian signifies in the Greek tongue a philosopher, and in the Hebrew tongue a scribe, and in the Latin tongue it signifies wise. And so this name of art magic is compounded of this word magos which is as much to say as 'wise,' and of ycos which by interpretation is 'knowledge.' For by it a man is made wise. For by this art a man may know things present, past, and to come.



here folowithe the makinge off the seale off the trwe and lyuinge god [S: De compositione signi dei vivi] */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



[IV] Here follows the making of the Seal of the true and living God

Primo fac unum circulum cuius diameter sic trium digitorum propter tres clauos domini [deest S], vel *5* propter *5* plagas, vel *7* propter *7* sacramenta, vel *9* propter *9* ordines angelorum, sed communiter *5* digitorum fieri solet. Deinde infra illum circulum fac alium circulum a primo distantem duobus granis ordei propter duas tabulas moysi, [9r] vel distantem a primo tribus granis propter trinitatem parsonarm. Deinde infra illos duos circulos in superiori parte quæ dicitur angulus meridiei fac unam crucem, cuius tibia aliquantulum intrat [S: intret] circulum interiorem. Deinde a parte dextra crucis scribe .h. aspirationem deinde .t. deinde .o. deinde .e. x [S: y] . o. r. a. b. a. [S adds: e] l. a. y. q. c [S: t]. i. y. s. t. a. l. g. a. a. o. w [S, S2: n, R also has this correction supra linea]. o. s. v. l. a. r [R sup. lin.: t]. y. t. c [deest S]. e. k. x [S, S2, R (sup. lin.): s]. p. f. y. o. m. e. m. a. n [S: x(?), S2: u]. a. r. e. l. a. t [S, S2: c]. e. v [S, S2: d; R (sup. lin.): t]. a. t. o. n. o. n. a. o. y. l. e. [R sup. lin. adds: p] o. t. s. y. m. a.[S, S2: ..yleyotma] et iste [S: istæ] literæ sunt eque [S: æque] distantes, et circu~dent circulum. eo ordine quo sunt prenominatæ et sic magnum nomen domini schemhamphoras[S2: semenphoras; S: shemhamphorash] *72* literarum erit completum. hoc facto in medio circulorum scilicet in centro fac unum pentagonum talem, [Pentagram] in cuius medio sit signum tau tale [.T.] et super illud signum scribe hoc [deest S,S2] nomen dei el, et sub nomine aliud nomen dei .l.[deest R; S: et sub nomen aliud dei sz] .ely. isto modo Deinde infra angulum superiorem [S: inferiorem] pentagoni scribe istas duas litteras .l.h [S, S2: lx]. Et infra alium angulum dextrum [S, S2 add: istas duas] .a.l. Et in alio [9v] post istum [S2 adds: "istas duas .l.a. et in alio post istum .l.c. Et in alio post istum" S. adds simply: "istas duas"] .n.m. [S: .v.m.] Deinde circa pentagonum fac unum eptagonum [S: heptagonum] cuius latus superius secundum sui medium contingat angulum superiorem pentagoni ubi .l.h. [S, S2: .l.x.] scribebatur, et in eodem latere eptagoni [S: heptagoni] scribe hoc nome~ scante [S, S2: sancti] angeli quod est [S, Sl. 3854 add: .casziel. Et in alio latere a dextris istud nomen alterius sancti angli quod est] .satquiel. Deinde in alio .samael. et in alio .raphael. postea .anael. postea .michael. postea .gabriel. et sic *7* latera eptagoni [S: heptagoni] sunt [S, S2: erunt] adimpleta [S: adimpleti], Deinde circa istum eptagonum [S: heptagonu~] predictum fac alium eptagonum [S: heptagonu~] non quoquo modo factum prius sed [S: non qo mo primus factus est sed] taliter quod unum latus ipsius incarceret [S, S2: intercedet] latera alterius, Deinde fac alium eptagonum [S, S2 add: tale~] qualis prius [S: primus] fuit cuius anguli *7* contingant angulos *7* eptagoni secundi quibus esse videtur. Hic tamen eptagonus infra perdictum secundum concludetur, [S, S2 add: unu~] latus secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni] supernudo et aliud subenudo, [S adds: sed; S2 adds: squo(?)] latus primo angulos [S: angulo] succedens subenudo ibit. et quæ [S2: que] sequntur [S2: secuntur] serie supereuntis et subeuntis alterutrum se habebunt, Deinde in quolibet angulo secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni] una crux depingatur, Deinde [10r] in illo latere secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni] quod transit ab ultimo angulo [S, S2 add: eiusde~] ad secundum angulum eiusde~ in eadem parte quæ est super [S: supra] .casziel. sillabe cuiusdam scaneti [S, S2: sancti] dei nominis scribatur [S: scribantur], Ita quod hac sillaba .la. scribatur in illo loco lateris perdicti [S: prædicti] qui est supra primam sillabam de .casziel. et hac [S2: hec; S: hæc] sillaba .ya. in illo loco [S, Sl3185 add: eiusdem] lateris qui est supra ultimam sillabam eiusdem de [deest S, S2] .casziel. et hæc [S2: hec, S: hæc] silliba .ly. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est latus intersecans predictum latus et crucem secundi anguli eiusdem, Deinde in [S: a] latere illo quod tendit ab angulo primo eiusdem secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni] ad tertium angulum eiusdem scribatur hoc nomen sanctum dei [S: hoc sanctum nomen dei] .narath. ita quod hæc [S2: hec] sillaba .na. scribatur in illo loco eiusdeum lateris qui est supra primam sillabam de .satquiel. et haec [S2: hec] sillaba .ra. in illo loco qui est supra ultimam eiusdem, et [S2 adds: hec; S adds hæ] dua [S2: due, S: duæ] literae .t.h. [S: .c.h.] in illo loco qui est in eodem [S, S2 add: latere] inter latus secans ipsum [S: illud] et crucem tertiam [S: tercia~], Deinde in illo latere eiusdem secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni] quod tendit .a. tertio [S reads simply: tendit a 3o...] angulo eiusdem ad quartum eiusdem [10v] scribatur hoc creatoris nomen sanctum quod dicitur .libarre. ita quod hæc [S2: hec] sillaba .ly. scribatur supra primam sillabam, de .raphael. et haec [S2: hec] sillaba .bar. supra ultimam sillabam [S2 adds in margin: i~ illo] * eiusdem, et hæc sillaba .re. in illo loco * [text between * deest in S2] eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et quintur angulum eiusdem secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni], Deinde in illo latere eiusdem secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni] quod est .a. quinta cruce [S reads simply: quod est a 5ta cruce] vsque ad ultimam scribatur hoc aliud sacrum creatoris nomen .libares. ita quod hæc [S2: hec] sillaba .ly. scribatur in illo loco lateris qui est supra primam sillabam ipsius .michael. et hæc [S2: hec] sillaba .ba. in illo loco lateris qui est supra ultimam sillabam eiusdem, et hæc [S2: hec] sillaba .res. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et ultimam crucem. Deinde in illo latere eiusdem secundi iptagoni [S: exagoni] quod vadit a secundo angulo eiusdem secundi eptagoni [S: exagoni] ad quintum [S: quartum] scribatur [S, S2 add: hoc] aliud sacrum [S: sanctum] nomen dei [deest S, S2] .halg. [S: lialg] cum coniunctina ita quod coniuunctina in illo loco eiusdem lateris scribatur quid [S: qi; S2: qui] est supra primam [11r] sillabam de .samael. et hæc litera .ly. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est supra ultimam eiusde~, et hæc sillaba .alg. in loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et quartam crucem, Sed caue quod ra [deest S] coniunctina sic debet scribi et [deest S] cum titulo intersecante propter timorem dei malum volitum [S2, S: nolitu~] diuideutem, Deinde in illo latere eiusdem eptagoni [S: hexagoni] tendente a quarta cruce ad sextam scribatur hoc aliud sacrum [S: sanctum] dei [S2: aliud dei sacrum] nomen .veham. [S2: ucham] ita quod hæc sillaba .ve. [S2 ue; S: Ne(?)] scribatur in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est supra primam sillabam de .anael. et hæc litera .h. supra ultimam sillibam et hæc sillabam .am. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est latus secans ipsum et sextam crucem, Deinde in illo latere quod tendit a sexto [S2 adds: angulo] eiusdem secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni] ad primum angulum scribatur hoc aliud sacrum [S: sanctum] dei nomen .yalgal. ita quod hec [S: hæc] litera .y. scribatur in alla [S2: in illo loco] eiusde~ lateris qui est [S: scribatur in illo loco lateris eiusdem qui est] supra primam sillabam de .gabriel. et hæc sillaba .al. super [S: supra] ultimam et hæc sillaba .gal. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et primam [11v] crucem, Deinde in medio latere [S2, S: lateris] primi et tertii eptagoni [S: hexagoni] a dextris [S: dexteris] scribatur .vos. [S: Avs(?)] et in sequenti latere eiusdem tertii eptagoni [S: hexagoni] a dextris [S: dexteris] hoc Nomen .duymas. [S: dvynas] et in alio .Gyram. et in alio .Grani. [S2, S: Gram] et in alio .Aysaram. et in alio .Alpha. et [omega]. in alio [S: et in alio ..]. Deinde in alio spaciolo quod est sub secundi et tertii angulo primo eptagonorum [S: est sub angulo primo 2i et 3i hexagonoru~] scribatur hoc nomen dei .el. et in alio spaciolo quod est a dextris sub angulis [S: angulo] secundi et tertii eptagonorum [S: hexagonorum] sub secunda cruce hoc nomen .ON. et in [S2, S add: illo] alio spaciolo sub tertia cruce. itarum [S2: iteru~] hoc nomen .el. et in alio sub quarta cruce iterum .ON. et in alio sub sequenti [S2: qinta; S: 5ta] cruce iterum .el. et in alio sub sequenti [S2: sexu; S: 6ta] cruce iterum .ON. et in alio sub septima cruce .[Omega]. Deinde in alio [S2, S: illo] spacio [S: spaciolo] quod clauditur [S: claditur] inter angulum [S2, S add: primum] secundi eptagoni [S: hexagoni] et secundum angulum eiusdem et primum latus tertii eptagoni [S: hexagoni] et portionem circuli contingentem illos angulos depingatur una crux, in medio scilicet [S2: .S.; S: si] spacii illius. Et in bucca superiori a leua crucis scribatur hæc litera .a. [S: A] et super buccam crucis secundam a dextris [12r] hæc litera .g. Et sub bucca inferiori a dextris [S: dexte=/is] scribatur hæc [S2, S add: alia] litera .a. [S: A] Et sub quarta bucca hæc [S,S2 add: alia] litera .l. Deinde in alio spaciolo sequenti a dextris in medio scribatur hoc nomen dei [deest S2, S] .ely. [S: Ely] et in alio hoc nomen .eloy. [S: Eloy] et in alio .christos. et in alio .sother. [S: Sother] et in alio .ADONAI. [S2, S: Adonay] et in alio .Saday. First, make a circle with a diameter of three fingers, on account of the Lord's three nails, or five on account of the five wounds, or seven on account of the seven sacraments, or nine on account of the nine orders of angels, but generally five fingers are customary.



Deinde infra illum circulum fac alium circulum a primo distantem duobus granis ordei propter duas tabulas moysi, vel distantem a primo tribus granis propter trinitatem parsonarm. Deinde infra illos duos circulos in superiori parte quae dicitur angulus meridiei fac unam crucem, cuius tibia aliquantulum intrat circulum interiorem. Deinde a parte dextra crucis scribe .h. aspirationem deinde .t. deinde .o. deinde .e. x . o. r. a. b. a. l. a. y. q. c. i. y. s. t. a. l. g. a. a. o. n. o. s. v. l. a. r [t]. y. t. c. e. k. s. p. f. y. o. m. e. m. a. n. a. r. e. l. a. c. e. d. a. t. o. n. o. n. a. o. y. l. e. [y]. o. t. m. a. et istae literae sunt aeque distantes, et circumdent circulum. eo ordine quo sunt prenominatae et sic magnum nomen domini schemhamphoras *72* literarum erit completum. hoc facto in medio circulorum scilicet in centro fac unum pentagonum talem, [Pentagram] in cuius medio sit signum tau tale [.T.] et super illud signum scribe hoc nomen dei el, et sub nomine aliud nomen dei sz .ely. isto modo .



Deinde infra angulum superiorem [S: inferiorem] pentagoni scribe istas duas litteras .l.x. Et infra alium angulum dextrum istas duas .a.l. Et in alio post istum [S2 adds: "istas duas .l.a. et in alio post istum .l.c. Et in alio post istum" S. adds simply: "istas duas"] .n.m. [S: .v.m.]



Deinde circa pentagonum fac unum heptagonum cuius latus superius secundum sui medium contingat angulum superiorem pentagoni ubi .l.x. scribebatur, et in eodem latere heptagoni scribe hoc nomen sancte angeli quod est .casziel. Et in alio latere a dextris istud nomen alterius sancti angli quod est .satquiel. Deinde in alio .samael. et in alio .raphael. postea .anael. postea .michael. postea .gabriel. et sic *7* latera heptagoni erunt adimpleta [adimpleti], Deinde circa istum heptagonum predictum fac alium heptagonum non quoquo modo primus factus est sed taliter quod unum latus ipsius intercedet latera alterius, Deinde fac alium heptagonum talem qualis primus fuit cuius anguli *7* contingant angulos *7* h3eptagoni secundi quibus esse videtur.



Hic tamen heptagonus infra perdictum secundum concludetur, unum latus secundi heptagoni supernudo et aliud subenudo, sed latus primo angulo succedens subenudo ibit. et quae sequntur serie supereuntis et subeuntis alterutrum se habebunt, Deinde in quolibet angulo secundi heptagoni una crux depingatur, Deinde in illo latere secundi heptagoni quod transit ab ultimo angulo eiusdem ad secundum angulum eiusdem in eadem parte quae est supra .casziel. sillabe cuiusdam sancti dei nominis scribantur, Ita quod hac sillaba .la. scribatur in illo loco lateris praedicti qui est supra primam sillabam de .casziel. et haec sillaba .ya. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est supra ultimam sillabam eiusdem de .casziel. et haec silliba .ly. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est latus intersecans predictum latus et crucem secundi anguli eiusdem, Deinde in latere illo quod tendit ab angulo primo eiusdem secundi heptagoni ad tertium angulum eiusdem scribatur hoc nomen sanctum dei .narath. ita quod haec sillaba .na. scribatur in illo loco eiusdeum lateris qui est supra primam sillabam de .satquiel. et haec sillaba .ra. in illo loco qui est supra ultimam eiusdem, et haec duae literae .t.h. in illo loco qui est in eodem latere inter latus secans ipsum [S: illud] et crucem tertiam, Deinde in illo latere eiusdem secundi heptagoni quod tendit .a. tertio angulo eiusdem ad quartum eiusdem scribatur hoc creatoris nomen sanctum quod dicitur .libarre. ita quod haec sillaba .ly. scribatur supra primam sillabam, de .raphael. et haec sillaba .bar. supra ultimam sillabam eiusdem, et haec sillaba .re. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et quintur angulum eiusdem secundi heptagoni.



Deinde in illo latere eiusdem secundi heptagoni quod est .a. quinta cruce vsque ad ultimam scribatur hoc aliud sacrum creatoris nomen .libares. ita quod haec sillaba .ly. scribatur in illo loco lateris qui est supra primam sillabam ipsius .michael. et haec sillaba .ba. in illo loco lateris qui est supra ultimam sillabam eiusdem, et haec sillaba .res. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et ultimam crucem. Deinde in illo latere eiusdem secundi heptagoni quod vadit a secundo angulo eiusdem secundi heptagoni ad quintum [S: quartum] scribatur hoc aliud sanctum nomen dei .halg. cum coniunctina ita quod coniuunctina in illo loco eiusdem lateris scribatur qui est supra primam sillabam de .Samael. et haec litera .ly. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est supra ultimam eiusdem, et haec sillaba .alg. in loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et quartam crucem, Sed caue quod ra coniunctina sic debet scribi et cum titulo intersecante propter timorem dei malum nolitum diuideutem, Deinde in illo latere eiusdem heptagoni tendente a quarta cruce ad sextam scribatur hoc aliud sacrum dei nomen .veham. ita quod haec sillaba .ve. scribatur in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est supra primam sillabam de .Anael. et haec litera .h. supra ultimam sillibam et haec sillabam .am. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est latus secans ipsum et sextam crucem, Deinde in illo latere quod tendit a sexto angulo eiusdem secundi heptagoni ad primum angulum scribatur hoc aliud sacrum dei nomen .yalgal. ita quod haec litera .y. scribatur in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est supra primam sillabam de .Gabriel. et haec sillaba .al. supra ultimam et haec sillaba .gal. in illo loco eiusdem lateris qui est inter latus intersecans ipsum et primam crucem, Deinde in medio lateris primi et tertii heptagoni a dextris scribatur .vos. et in sequenti latere eiusdem tertii heptagoni a dextris hoc Nomen .duymas. et in alio .Gyram. et in alio .Gram. et in alio .Aysaram. et in alio .A. et in alio .W.



Deinde in alio spaciolo quod est sub secundi et tertii angulo primo heptagonorum scribatur hoc nomen dei .el. et in alio spaciolo quod est a dextris sub angulis secundi et tertii heptagonorum sub secunda cruce hoc nomen .ON. et in illo alio spaciolo sub tertia cruce. iterum hoc nomen .el. et in alio sub quarta cruce iterum .ON. et in alio sub quinta cruce iterum .el. et in alio sub sexta cruce iterum .ON. et in alio sub septima cruce .W. Deinde in illo spacio quod clauditur inter angulum primum secundi heptagoni et secundum angulum eiusdem et primum latus tertii heptagoni et portionem circuli contingentem illos angulos depingatur una crux, in medio scilicet spacii illius. Et in bucca superiori a leua crucis scribatur haec litera .a. et super buccam crucis secundam a dextris haec litera .g. Et sub bucca inferiori a dextris scribatur haec alia litera .a. Et sub quarta bucca haec alia litera .l. Deinde in alio spaciolo sequenti a dextris in medio scribatur hoc nomen dei .Ely. et in alio hoc nomen .Eloy. et in alio .Christos. et in alio .Sother. et in alio .ADONAI. et in alio .Saday.

Deinde scias quod communiter in exemplaribus [S2, S: qd in exemplaribus communiter] pentagonus fit de rubeo cum croceo in spaciis tincto. Et prim~ [S2, S: primus] septagonus [hextagonus] de azurio, secundus de croceo, tertius de purpureo, et circuli de nigro, et spacium inter circulos ubi est nomen de maximum. ac venerabile [S2 omits "de maximum ac venerabile"] .schemhamphoras. tingitr croceo, omnia alio [S2, S: alia] spacia viridi habent tingi, Sed in operationibus aliter fieri debet, quia de sanguine aut. talpæ. aut .turturis. at [S2: aut] .vpupæ. aut .vespertilionis. aut omnium horum figuratur, et in pergameo~ virgineo vituluio [S2, S: vitulino], vel equino, vel ceruino, et sic completur dei sigillum, Et par [S2, S: per] hoc sanctum et sacrum sigillum quando erit sacratum poteris. facere operationes quæ postea dicentur [S: sequntur] in hoc libro [S2: libro sacro; S: saco]. Modus autem sacrandi hoc sacrum sigillum talis [S: talitur] sicut sequitr [S: seqitur] debet esse. */*/*/*/*/*/*



[S3: After this thow shalt knowe that comonly in the examplars the fyve cornarde cyrkyll or anullet is made of redd died wt saffron wtin the spaces & the ffirst crkell wt 7 corners of azure, the seconde of saffron. The thirde of purple & the rounde cerkelie of Black. / & the space betwene the circules wher the name Shemhamphoras is: is dyed wt saffron. Att other spaces are to be coloured wt grene. wher tet'grammaton ye & the xkyll abowght that wyght wt the Angells names & planetts. / But in operacyons it must other wyse be done. for it is made wt the blode either of a mowlle or of a turtyll doue. or a lappwynge or of Backe or of the all & in virgynu~ parchament of a calfe or oa foole or a hynde calfe. and so is the seale of god perfecte. / and by this holy & consecrated seale aftr it be consecrated thou mayest worke operacions wich shalbe declared afterwarde in this Booke. The manr of consecratyng of this holy seale ought thus to be as folowethe.]

After this you shall know that commonly in the exemplars the five-cornered circle or amulet is made of red dyed with saffron. Within the spaces and the first circle with seven corners of azure, the second of saffron, the third of purple and the round circle of Black. And the space between the circles where the name Schemhamphoras is, is died with saffron. At other spaces are to be coloured with green. Where Tetragrammaton ye & the xkyll abowght that wyght with the Angels names and planets. But in operations it must otherwise be done. For it is made with the blood either of a mole or of a turtledove, or a lapwing, or of a bat, or of them all, and in virgin parchment of a calf, or of foal, or a hind calf. And so is the Seal of God perfect.



And by this holy and consecrated seal after it is consecrated, you may work operations which shall be declared afterwards in this book. The manner of consecrating of this holy seal ought thus to be as followeth.

Sigillum Dei Aemeth



[12v]

Inspirante domino dixit Salomon unus est solus deus, sola fides, sola virt~s, qua~ dominus hominibus voluit revelari et distribui hoc [S2, S: tali] modo. Dexit [S2, S: Dixit] Angulus .Samael. Salomoni hoc [S2: hic] dabis populo Israel qui et aliis similiter tribuent [S2, S add: sic placuit creatori] et inbet ipsum Dominus [S: dominus ipsum] taliter consecrari, Primo sit mundus operans non pollutus [S: polutus], et cum deuocione faciat non astute, non commedat neque bibat, donec perfecerit opus, Et sanguis quo scriptus [S2, S: scriptu~] fuerit primo sit benedictus sicut postea dicetur, Deinde suffumigetr [S2, S: suffumigetur], hoc sigillum ambra, musco, aloe, lapdano, albo, et rubeo, mastice, olibano, margaritis et thure. Invocando et orando dominum sicut postea de visione divina erudietur, Post [S: postea] invocando angelos sicut etiam [deest S] infra [deest S2] Dicetur, mutabitur tamen [S2: tñ; S: tantum] peticio hoc [S2, S: tali] modo,



[S3: By the inspiracion of god, Salomon said: yer is only one god only faith only vertue wch the lord wolde to be reueled to men & distributed of this wyse. The angell said to Salomon this shalt thow geve to the people off Israell whiche also shall likewise geve to others, so it hathe pleased the creator. / & the lorde comaundeth it thus to be cõsecrated / ffirst let the worker be cleane not polluted & let hym do it wt deuocion not deceytfully / let hym not eate nor drynke tyll he heaue done his worke / & the blode wheretr it shalbe written first must be blessed as shalbe said afterward. than the seale must be fumed wt amber, muske, aloes, lapdanum the white & redd / mastyke, Olibanum margarith & encensce, callyng uppõ & prayng to the lorde & all holy angels, by sayng as foloweth.]

By the inspiration of god, Solomon said: there is only one God, one faith, and one virtue, which the Lord intended to be revealed to men and distributed of this wise. The angel said to Solomon, "This shall you give to the people of Israel who also shall likewise give to others. So it has pleased the creator."



And the Lord commands it thus to be consecrated: § First, let the worker be clean, not polluted, and let him do it with devotion, not deceytfully. § Let him not eat nor drink till he has done his work. § And the blood wherewith it shall be written, first must be blessed as shall be said afterward. Then the seal must be [per]fumed with amber, musk, aloes, lapdanum, white and red mastick, olibanum margarith, and Frankincense, calling upon and praying to the Lord and all holy angels, by saying as follows:



[S: Oratio]



ut tu domine per annunciationem concepcionem et citera. Hoc sacratissimum nomen ac sigillum tuum benedicere et consecrare digue ris [S2, S: digneris] ut per ipsum et [S2, S: te] mediante possim vel possit talis [S2: "tal:"; S: "tali"] .N. celestes [S: cælestes] coniuncere [S: convincere] potestates aereas et terreac [S2, S: terreas] cum infernalibus subingare, invocare, transmittaere [S2, S: transmutare]. coniurare [13r] constringere, excitare, gongregare [S: congregare], dispergere, ligare ac ipsos innocuos reddere homines placare, et ab eis suas [S2: tuas] peticiones graciosius [S: graciosi] habere, inimicos pacificare, pacificatos disimigere, sanos insanitate custodire vel infirmare. infirmos curare. homines bonos a malis custodire. et distinguere, et cognoscere, omne corporale periculum euadere, Judices in placito placatos reddere, victoriam in omnibus obtinere, pecrata carnalia mortificare et spiritualia fugare vincere, et euitare, divitias in bonis augmentare et dum [S2: du~; S: domine(?)] in die indicii apparebit. a dextris tuis cum sanctis et electis tuis tuam possit cognoscere [S2: agnoscere] maiestatem */*/*/*/*



[S3: That thow lorde by the annunciacion, conceptiõ &c. wilte vouchesafe to blesse & cõsecrate this thy most holy name & seale that by it through thy mediacion I may or suche one maye N. convitco heuenly powers ayrely earthy & infernall to subdue invocate to alter coniure, cõstrayne, reyse up, cõgregate dryve away to bynde & to make tho not able to hurte or harme to pacifie men & of them to haue graciouslye myne or his peticione to quyet enemyes. / them yt be at peace to disseu~ & to kape seke ,e~ in helth or to make the~ seeke./ to make seke men whole, to keper evyll men from good & to dyvide & to know them. / to skape all bodely daunger, to make Iudges pacified at pleasure./ to obteyne victory in all thyngs, to mortifie carnall synnes & to dryve away ouercome & avoyde, the spirituall./ to encrease riches in good thyngs & whau~ in the daye of iudgement. I or he shall appere of thy ryght hande wt thy saynts & electe I or he maye knowe thy maiestie.]



Oration.



That thou, Lord, by the annunciation, conception, and [?] wilt vouchsafe to bless and consecrate this thy most holy name and seal, that by it through thy mediation I (or such one) N. may convitco heavenly powers airy, earthy, and infernal, to subdue, invocate to alter, conjure, constrain, raise up, congregate, drive away, to bind and to make though not able to hurt or harm, to pacify men and of them to have graciously mine (or his) petitione to quiet enemies. Them that be at peace to disseun, and to keep sick them in health, or to make them sick, to make sick men whole, to keper evil men from good and to divide and to know them, to escape all bodily danger, to make judges pacified at pleasure, to obtain victory in all things, to mortify carnal sins and to drive away, overcome, and avoid, the spiritual, to increase riches in good things and when in the Day of Judgement, I (or he) shall appear at thy right hand with thy saints and elect, I (or he) may know thy majesty.











Et tunc illa nocte sub aere [S2, S add: sereno] extra domum dimittat, Tunc habeas chirotecas [S: chirothechas] nouas sine creace factas inquas quis numquam manum posuit [S2, S: posuerit] in quibus signum glutetur, et sic complebitur hoc sacrum [S2: sacrosct~m; S: sacosctmus (?)] sigillum, Cuius primus eptagonus [S: heptagonus] .7. ordines, Secundus .7. Articulos Duplos tertius .7. sacramenta Designat [S: designant] */*/*/*/*/*/*



[S3: Than that nyght let hym ley it wtout the house in the cleare ayre, then, thow shalt haue new gloves made wtout fyngrstherou~, in to the wch no man~ eu~ dyd put his hande in the whiche the seale shalt be fast put & thus is complisshed this holy seale.]

Then that night let him lay it without the house in the clear air. Then you shall have new gloves made without fingers therou~, into the which no man ever did put his hand, in the which the seal shall be fast put and thus is accomplished this holy seal.

Prima mundatio that is to saye the beginninge of the clensinge or powrginge of him yt shall worke in this arte ffor he must be cleane ffrom all filthynes of soule and bodye */*/*/*



[V] The beginning of the cleansing or purging of him who shall work in this art, for he must be clean from all filthiness of soul and body



[13v]

Now that we haue fynisshed the composityon or makinge of the seale of god, let us procede to know how we shall obtayne the visyon or sighte of the deite.

ffirst he yt shall worke must be very penitent and trewly confessed of all his sinnes. he muste vtterly forbere ye company of women and all there intycements, in so muche yt he maye nott looke upon them, ffor as salomon sayeth, it is better to abyde withe a bere or a lyon in there dennes then to be in a howse wt a wickyd woman, he maye kepe no company wt wicked or sinfull men, for as dauid sayethe wt ye holy thow shalte be holy, and wt the wicked thow shalte be wicked. therfore he muste leade a pure and clene lyffe. for dauid sayeth blyssed are the undefyled and those yt walke in the lawe of ye lorde, lett not his apparryll be filthe but rather new, or elles very cleane waschyd, salomon meanithe here by ye new garmentes vertu and purenes of lyffe, ffor god and his holy angells care for no wordely thinges, and that dothe appere, for the pore men doo soner worke effectually in this arte then the ryche men, but in this worke folowinge clene apparryll [14r] is necessarye, for angells doo abyde wt me~ and they be clene, and therfor they desyre to haue clene apparryll, and therfore salomon did speke generally aswell of the clennes of ye soule as of the clennes of apparryll, and let him that shall worke neuer be ydell least his harte doo the soner enclyne to synne for the scripture sayeth, be alwayes doinge some thinge lest ye be fownde ydle, and lett him alwayes praye unto god withe these prayers folowinge for the scripture sayethe blessed is the seruant whome the lorde when he commethe shall fynde wakinge */*/*/*/*/*



Now that we have finished the composition or making of the Seal of God, let us proceed to know how we shall obtain the vision or sight of the Diety.



First he that shall work must be very penitent and truly confessed of all his sins. He must utterly forbear the company of women and all their enticements, insomuch that he may not look upon them. For as Solomon says, "It is better to abide with a bear or a lion in their den than to be in a house with a wicked woman." He may keep no company with wicked or sinful men, for as David says, "With the holy you shall be holy, and with the wicked you shall be wicked." Therefore he must lead a pure and clean life. For David says, "blessed are the undefiled and those that walk in the law of the Lord." Let not his apparel be filthy, but rather new, or else very clean washed. Solomon means here by the new garments virtue and pureness of life, for God and his holy angels care for no worldly things, and that does appear (?). For the poor men do sooner work effectually in this art than the rich men. But in this work following clean apparel is necessary, for angels do abide with men and they be clean, and therefore they desire to have clean apparel. And therefore Salomon did speak generally both of the cleanness of the soul and of the cleanness of apparel. And let him that shall work never be idle, lest his heart do the sooner incline to sin. For the scripture says, "Be always doing something lest you be found idle." And let him always pray to God with these prayers following. For the scripture says, "blessed is the servant whom the Lord when he comes shall finde waking."







the suffumigatyons as heare foloweth */*/*/*/*



[This section is not present in other manuscripts of Liber Juratus (S, S2, or Sl.313); They jump directly to the Orations]



The suffumigations as here follows.



[The following sections on suffumigations and the names of angels is not found in other manuscripts of Liber Iuratus (S, S2, or Sl.313). They jump directly to the Orations]

Thimiamate for the satter daye is all good things and well smelling roottes as ys costus (?) and herbe thuris, */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*

Thimiamate upon saunday is masticke, muscus and suche lyke and all other good [14v] gumes of good odoure, as thus [thure], beniamen [benjamin, i.e. benzoin], storax, labdanum, ambre armoniacum, and such lyke */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Thimmiamate for Saturday is all good things and well smelling roots such as costus and the herb thuris.



Thimiamate for Sunday is mastic, musk, and such like, and all other good gums of good odor, as thus, benjamin, storax, labdanum, amber armoniacum, and such like.



thimiamate upon mondaye is folium mirti, and lawlri, and leues of good odor of all swet flowers */*/*/*/*/*/*



thimiamate on the tewsdaye is sanders the redd blake and white, and all swete woodes as lygnum aloes cipres, balsami and such lyke */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



thimiamate on the wedsoun daye is the ryndes of all swete woodes, as cinamum, cassia ligina corticus, lauri, and macis and all swete sedes */*/*/*/*/*/*



thimiamate on the thowrsdaye is all swete frutes as nuttmuges, cloues, the ryndes of orenges and citrynes drye and powdred with suche lyke of good odoure */*/*/*

Thimiamate for Monday is folium mirti, and lawlri, and leaves of good odor of all sweet flowers.



Thimiamate for Tuesday is sanders, the red, black, and white, and all sweet woods as lignum aloes, cypress, balsam, and such like.



Thimiamate for Wednesday is the rinds of all sweete woods, as cinnamon, cassia ligina corticus, lauri, and macis, and all sweet seeds.



Thimiamate for Thursday is all sweet fruits as nutmeg, cloves, the rinds of oranges and citrines, dry and powdered with such like of good odor.

thimiamate on the frydaye is mace roses [15r] violates and all other frutes or flowers of good odoure as crocus and such lyke */*/*/*



Thimiamate for Friday is mace, roses, violets, and all other fruits or flowers of good odor, as crocus and such like.



Hermes sayde of thimiamate, of the [Luna] is cinamonium, and lignum aloes, and masticke, and crocus, and costus, and maces, and mirtus we put this yt yche planett haue a partye in it */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* Hermes said of thimiamate, of the Moon is cinnamon, lignum aloes, mastic, crocus, costus, maces, and myrtle. We put this that each planet has a part in it.



[Cp. Agrippa I-xliv: "But Hermes describes the most powerful fume to be, viz. that which is compounded of the seven aromatics, according to the powers of the seven planets, for it receives from Saturn, pepperwort, from Jupiter, nutmeg, from Mars, lignum-aloes, from the Sun, mastic, from Venus, saffron, from Mercury, cinnamon, and from the Moon, the myrtle."]

Salomon making a destinctyon upon the dayes and planettes of the spyce with ye which aman oughte to make thimiamate, sayde that of [Saturn] is eche good rootte in good and euill, of [Jupiter] all frutes, of [Mars] eche tree, of [Sol] eche gumme, of [Mercury] eche rynde, of [Venus] eche flowers and odoriferus herbe, of the [Luna] eche lefe, */*/*/* bacce, cardamonum wax, put also with ^thes thinges */*/*/*/*/*/* Solomon, making a distinction upon the days and planets of the spice with which a man ought to make thimiamate, said that of Saturn is each good root in good and evil, of Jupiter all fruits, of Mars each tree, of Sol each gum, of Mercury each rind, of Venus each flower and odoriforus herb, of the Moon each leaf. Bacce, cardamonum wax, put also with these things.

hermes sayeth that he founde in an olde booke yt these were ye more suffumigatyons thimiamate grecum, masticke, sandalus, [15v] galbanum, muscharlazerat, mirram and ambram and these be ye collectyons of spirites */*/*/*/* and he saythe there is no suche suffumigatyon to call spirites as is ambra, lignum aloes, costus muscus crocus and bloode of a lapwinge wt thimiamate mixt all to gethere wt equall porcions, so yt it be odiferus of the goumes */*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Hermes says that he found in an old book that these were the more suffumigations: thimiamate grecum, mastic, sandalus, galbanum, muscharlazerat, myrrh, and amber, and these be the collections of spirits. And he says there is no such suffumigation to call spirits as is ambra, lignum aloes, costus muscus, crocus, and the blood of a lapwing, with thimiamate mixed all together in equal portions, so that it be odiferus of the gums.



Suffumigacions compounded of sartaine thynges heare foloweth. atribited unto the planettes */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*

Suffumigations compounded of certain thinges here follow, attributed to the planet.



[This section is evidently based on Agrippa I-xliv: "The compositions of some fumes appropriated to the planets." For suffumigations of the planets see also Picatrix Ed. Pingree pp. 200-2.]

For the sonne take saffrone, amber, muske, lignum, aloes, lignumbalsami, the frutte of laurell, wt cloues, mir, and thuer equall porcions so yt it be mixt all to gether after such manner yt it be veri swete of odour of the goumes aforsaide, put to this ye braines of an eygell and the bloude of an whytte coke suche quantite as yt may be [16r] verie odiferus as before sayde and makeyt in lyttell balles or pylles and kepe yt verie close frome the aier or wynde for youre use */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* For the Sun take saffron, amber, musk, lignum, aloes, lignum balsam, the fruit of laurel, with cloves, myrrh, and thuer equal portions, so that it is mixed all together after such manner that it be very sweet of odor of the gums aforesaid. Put to this the brains of an eagle and the blood of an white cock, such quantity as it may be very odiferous as before said. And make it into little balls or pills and keep it very closed from the air or wind for your use.



[Agrippa: We make a suffumigation for the Sun in this manner, viz. of saffron, ambergris, musk, lignum-aloes, lignum-balsam, the fruit of the laurel, cloves, myrrh, and frankincense, all which being bruised, and mixed in such a portion as may make a sweet odour, must be incorporated with the brain of an eagle, or the blood of a white cock, after the manner of pills, or trochisks.]

For the mone take the heades of froges made of the aier which you may gather after some showers of raigne, with the eyes of a bull and the sede of whytt popye wt thure, and camphyre equall porcions, mixt all to gethere wt sangine menstruo, and the bloud of a whytt gander suche quantyte as yt may be verie odiferus, and laye ytt safflye up for youre use as before sayde */*/*/*/*/*/*/* For the Moon take the heads of frogs made of the air, which you may gather after some showers of rain, with the eyes of a bull and the seed of white poppy with thure, and camphir, equal portions, mixed all together with sangine menstruo, and the blood of a white gander, such quantity as it may be very odiferus, and lay it safely up for your use as before said.

For mars take euphorbium, bedellium, armoniacum, the rottes of bothe ye hearbes called elleborus, of some yt is called bearfotte, wt the powder of the stone called magnes, and mirr, wt alyttell sulphuer, but of the other equall porcions, mixt all to gether [16v] wt the braines of a rauen, and humayne bloude wt the bloude of a blak catt suche a quantie [sic] as yt maye be verie odiferus, and laye yt up for youre use as before saide */*/*/*/*/*/*/*//*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* For Mars take euphorbium, bedellium, armoniacum, the roots of both the herbs called Helleborus (of some it is called bearfoot), with the powder of the stone called magnes, and myrrh, with a little sulphur, but of the other equall portions, mixed all together with the brains of a raven, and human bloode, with the blood of a black cat, such a quantity as it may be very odiferus, and lay it up for your use as before said.

For marcurie take mastike, thuer, cloues, the hearbe called sunckfoyle and of the stone in pouder called an agath, of equall porcions and mixt all thes to gethere, wt the braines of afox and of a wesell, wt ye bloude of a pye called a hagester, suche a quantyte as shalbe expedient, so yt it be verie odiferus of the goumies aforesaide, and laye yt up saffe for youre use as before is first wrytten */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/* For Mercury take mastic, thure, cloves, the herb called cinqfoil, and of the stone in powder called an agate, of equal portions, and mix all these together with the brains of a fox and of a weasle, with the blood of a pie called a hagester, such a quantity as shall be expedient, so that it be very odiferus of the goumies aforesaid, and lay it up safe for your use, as before is first written.

For the planett iubiter take the sede of a~ ayche tree, lignum aloes, storax, beniame~ and of the stone yt is called lapis lazuli, and the greate endes of the quiells of [17r] a pecoke equall porcions, and mixtall thes to gether wt the bloude of a storke, of a swalowe, and the braines of stagg called an hartte when he is kylled in the precens of the prince, the male or female will serue, but take suche a quantite as yt may be verie odiferus of the foresaide gumes, and layeyt up vere well for youre use as before saide */*/*/*/*/*/* For the planet Jupiter take the seed of an ash tree, lignum aloes, storax, benjamen, and of the stone that is called lapis lazuli, and the great ends of the quills of a peacock, equal portions, and mix all these together with the blood of a stork, of a swallow, and the brains of stag called an hart, when he is killed in the presence of the prince, the male or female will serve, but take such a quantity as it may be very odiferus of the foresaid gums, and lay it up very well for your use as before said.

For the planett venus, take muscke, ambre, lignum aloes, redd roses, and of the stone in pouder called corall, of yt whiche is redd equall porcions and mixt all thes to gethere, with the braines of sparowes male and female, and wt the bloude of a turcledour or of a howse doue being whytte, hauinge allwayes respect that it be odifires of the goumies as afore mencioned, and kepe yt verye well for youre use, ut supra, For the planet Venus, take musk, amber, lignum aloes, red roses, and of the stone in powder called coral, of that which is red, equal portions, and mix all these together with the brains of sparrows, male and female, and with the blood of a turtledove, or of a house dove being white, having always respect that it be odiforous of the goumies as aforementioned, and keep it very well for your use, ut supra (as above).

[17v] For the planett saturne take the sedde of blake popye the sede of henbane, the rotte of mandragg, and of the stone in powder called magnes, and of mirr, equall porcions, mixt all thes to gethers with the braines of ablake catt, and the bloude of backes called fluider myse, hauinge respecte to the quantite that it be odiferouse of the goumie afore specified, kepeinge it verie well for youre use as is first wrytten */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



For the planet Saturn take the seed of black poppy, the seed of henbane, the root of mandrake, and of the stone in powder called magnes, and of myrrh, equal portions, mix all these together with the brains of a black cat, and the blood of backes called fluider mice [i.e. bats], having respect to the quantity that it be odiforous of the goumie afore specified, keeping it very well for your use as is first written.



Heare foloweth of maruelous efficacei sartaine suffumigacions accordinge to the demonstracion of lerned and wyse men after the opnione of philosophye */*/*/*/*/*/*/*

Here follows of marvellous efficacies of certain suffumigations according to the demonstration of learned and wise men after the opinion of philosophy

A suffumigacion made of thes hearbes as foloweth causeth a man to see scecreate visions to fore shewe and pronogsticate hidd and secreat mystires concerninge the hole use of the world, and to revele and openley declarre the quallities and operacion [18r] therof */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Take of sede of flex the sede of the hearbe called flesede, the rottes of violettes the rottes of persley, and make a fumigacion accordinge to the use as you shalbe tawghe [sic] in this booke, and you shall thorowe the grace and healpe of allmightie god haue your desyere */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



A suffumigation made of these herbs as follows causes a man to see scecreate visions to foreshow and prognosticate hidden and secret mysteries concerning the whole use of the world, and to reveal and openly declare the qualities and operation thereof.



Take of seed of flex the seed of the herb called fleseed, the roots of violets, the roots of parsley, and make a fumigation according to the use as you shall be taught in this book, and you shall through the grace and help of almighty God have your desire.



A suffumigacion made of thes erbes cansethe visions in the ayer or els wheare to apeare */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Take coriander of some called colender and henbane, and the skine yt is withein the pound garnet and the fumigacion made yt is finished yt you desyere */*/*/*/*



A suffumigation made of these herbs cause the visions in the air or elsewhere to appear



Take coriander of some called colender, and henbane, and the skin that is within the pound garnet. And the fumigation made, it is finished [=accomplished] that [which] you desire.

A suffumygacion made of these hearbes as folowithe causethe visions of the earthe to appeare */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Take the rotte of the came reede, and [18v] the rott of fenill giaunte, which is called ferula, with the skynne yt is wt in the pourgarnet, and henbaune, and the herbe tassi barbassi and reed saunders and blake poppie, the conffeccione of thes made it is finished that you desyere */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



But iff this hearbe perslie with ye rote of ytt be added unto the fore sayde confecsion yt destroyethe the forsayde matter and maketh it cleane voyde from all places and yt shall come to no effecte */*/*/*/*/*/*





A suffumigation made of these herbs as follows causeths visions of the earth to appear



Take the root of the cane reed, and the root of giant fennil, which is called ferula, with the skin that is within the pourgarnet, and henbane, and the herb tassi barbassi, and red sanders, and black poppy. The confection of these made, it is finished that [which] you desire.



But if this herb parsley with the root of it be added to the foresaid confection, it destroys the forsaid matter, and makes it clean void from all places, and it shall come to no effect.



A suffumigacion made of thes hearbes as foloweth expellyth and driuith awaye all visions, and fantices in slepe or other wuse */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Take piones peniriall, mintes and ye hearbe called palmacrist, and make a confeckecion therof at your goinge to bedd or at ani other tyme when as nede requireth and yt shalbe donne that [19r] you requier */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





A suffumigation made of these herbs as follows expels and drives away all visions, and fantasies in sleep or otherwise



Take peonies, pennyroyal, mints and the herb called palmacrist, and make a confection thereof at your going to bed, or at any other time when as need requires, and it shall be done that [which] you require.



A suffumigacion made as folowith dryvith and expellith all poysons and venomes



Take the pemies of a peroke the hidden partes of the longes of an asse and make a conffeccion thereof and yt is donne that you desire */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





A suffumigation made as follows drives and expels all poisons and venoms



Take the pemies of a peroke the hidden parts of the lungs of an ass, and make a confection thereof, and it is done that [which] you desire.



A suffumigacion made as folowith cawsyth a howse or suche places where yt is made to sime as yt were full of water or blowde */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Take the galle of the fyshe called a cuttle the swete gum called arminioicum & rosses and lignum aloes, if then the sayde confeccion be put in the place wher ani water of the sea hathe benne or ani bloude hath benne or put of the sayde water or bloude in to the sayde confeccion yt beinge congelyd and dried and therof afimigacion made in a howse or ani place [19v] where you are dyssposed to proue this and yt shalbe donne that you desyere and put into thys place where you worke thys forsayde matter ther earth yt fallyth or hangeth on a plowe, and it wyll sem that all the earthe dothe tremble and shake.





A suffumigation made as follows causes a house or such places where it is made to seem as it were full of water or blood.



Take the gall of the fish called a cuttle, the sweet gum called armoniac, and roses, and lignum aloes. If then the said confection be put in the place where any water of the sea has been, or any blood has been, or put [some] of the said water or blood into the said confection, that being congealed and dried, and thereof a fumigation made in a house or any place where you are disposed to prove this, and it shall be done that [which] you desire. And put into this place where you work this forsaide matter, the earth that falls or hangs on a plow, and it will seem that all the earth trembles and shakes.



A suffumygacion made as hearafter folowith in anie place where you will cawseth all things there hiddin never to be founde or reuelyd */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Take thes hearbes, coriander, and saffron, henbanne, parslie and blake popie the water therof the popie dysstilled and tempered wt the iuce of the poungarnet skine the which is wt in the sayde poungarnet this being in a confeccion made and laye wt yt golde syluer or anie other precious thinge wt in the water the earthe or anie other place where you will, or make a fumigacion of the foresayde [20r] conffeccion upon the sayde place which thoue wilte hyde anie thinge in the [Moon] at the same present be in coniunccion wt th sonne in the .4. howse which is ye angle of the earthe or the pointe of midnight and yt shalbe allways kepte secrett for beinge found or reuelyd by anie waye or means it is sartaine and true */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





A suffumigation made as hereafter follows in any place where you will, causes all things there hidden never to be found or revealed



Take these herbs, coriander, and saffron, henbanne, parsley, and black poppy, the water thereof the poppy distilled and tempered with the juice of the poungarnet skin, the which is within the said poungarnet. This being in a confection made and lay with it gold, silver, or any other precious thing within the water, the earth, or any other place where you will, or make a fumigation of the foresaid confection upon the said place which you would hide anything in. The Moon at the same present [=instant] be[ing] in conjunction with the Sun in the fourth house, which is the angle of the earth, or the point of midnight, and it shall be always kept secret, for being found or revealed by any way or means, it is certain and true.



A suffumygacion made of, as after folowith cawseth visions in the ayer & the shaddowes of sepulcors of the arthe to appeare */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Take the naturall seed of the fyshe called a whalle, lingnum aloes, costus, muske saffronne, armoniacum, wt the blude of the foule called a lapwinge, and make a conffeccion therof, wt this sayde conffeccion make a fumigaccion in a conuenient place, and you shall see visyons in the ayer, take of the sayd conffeccion and make [20v]

a fumygacion aboute the sepulkers and vissions of the dedd shall and wyll appeare



And note and marke all this well, that thes saide matters hathe tymes and dew, obseruacions perffyttley to be donne and keepte properley under the trew frome and concourse of the heaunes, according to ther proper qualites and influences, in eche degre. for the whiche you maye worke as in the chapters before wrytten yt apperethe more plainley */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





A suffumigation made of, as after follows, causes visions in the air and the shaddows of sepulchers of the earth to appear



Take the natural seed of the fish called a whale, lignum aloes, costus, musk, saffron, armoniac, with the blood of the foul called a lapwing, and make a confection thereof. With this said confection make a fumigation in a convenient place, and you shall see visions in the air. Take of the said confection, and make a fumigation about the sepulchers, and visions of the dead shall and will appear.



And note and mark all this well, that these said matters have times and due observations perfitly to be done, and kept properly under the true frame and concourse of the heavens, according to their proper qualites and influences, in each degree. For the which you may work, as in the chapters before written it appears more plainly.



the suffumigacions of the .12. signes, and of there facies */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



* [aries] take for ye fumigacion of the singe of aries mir

* [taurus] take for the fumigacion for ye singe of taurus, costus

* [gemini] take for the fumigacion for the singe of gemini, mastike

* [cancer] take for the fumigacion for the singe of cancer, camphyer,

* [leo] take for the singe of leo, thi fumigacion, thu

[21r]

* [virgo] take for the fumygacion for the singe of virgo, saunders

* [libra] take for the singe of libra, this fumigacion, galbanm

* [scorpio] take for the singe scorpio, thys fumygacion, oponianac

* [sagitori] take for the singe of sagitori, thys fumygacion, lingnum

* [capricorne] take for the singe of capricorne, thys fumigacion, asam

* [aquarie] take for the singe of aquarie thys fumygacion, euphorbium

* [pysses] take for the synge of pysses thys fumygacion, thimiamatyis called armoniacum









The suffumigations of the twelve signs, and of their faces



* [Aries] Take for the fumigation of the sign of Aries myrrh.

* [Taurus] Take for the fumigation for the sign of Taurus, costus.

* [Gemini] Take for the fumigation for the sign of Gemini, mastic.

* [Cancer] Take for the fumigation for the sign of Cancer, camphor.

* [Leo] Take for the sign of Leo, the fumigation, thu.

* [Virgo] Take for the fumigation for the sign of Virgo, sanders.

* [Libra] Take for the singe of libra, this fumigation, galbanum.

* [Scorpio] Take for the sign Scorpio, this fumigation, oponianac.

* [Sagittarius] Take for the sign of Sagittarius, this fumigation, lignum [aloes].

* [Capricorn] Take for the sign of Capricorn, this fumigation, asam

* [Aquarius] Take for the sign of Aquarius, this fumigation, euphorbium

* [Pisces] Take for the sign of Pisces this fumigation, thimiamatis, called armoniacum.



[Compare Agrippa I xliv: The twelve signs also of the Zodiac have their proper fumes, as Aries hath myrrh; Taurus, pepperwort; Gemini, mastic; Cancer, camphor; Leo, frankincense; Virgo, sanders; Libra, galbanum; Scorpio, opoponax; Sagittarius, lignum-aloes; Capricornus, benjamin; Aquarius, euphorbium; Pisces, red storax.]



Suffumicacions of the facies of the .12. signes



Primafacies [aries] teuer mirram .2. scamonum .3. pip nigrum . prima [taurus] costum .2. cardamonum .3. coprssum, prima facies .[cancer]. muscum .2. succhum .3. nucem muscatum, prima .[libra]. galbanium .2. ut almea, [21v] .3. garyophilum, prima facies .[capricorne]. asafetedam .2. celephamam, .3. pip longum, prima .[aquarie]. euforbium, .2. ruberberum .3. scamoneam, prima .[pysses]. tenet thimiama. .2. crocum .3. sandalum album .1. .[leo]. tenet thus .2. lingnum balsum, .3. mir muscata, prima .[virgo]. sandalus .2. crocum, .3. masticem. And looke what fumicacion we giue the first hower of the [Sol] the same muste you giue all that daye & so lykewyse of other */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





Suffumigations of the faces of the twelve signs.



* Prima facies [Aries] teuer mirram; 2. scamonum; 3. pip nigrum.

* Prima [taurus] costum; 2. cardamonum; 3. coprssum.

* Prima facies [cancer] muscum; 2. succhum; 3. nucem muscatum.

* Prima [libra] galbanium; 2. ut almea; 3. garyophilum.

* Prima facies [Capricorn] asafetedam; 2. celephamam; .3. pip longum.

* Prima [aquarie] euforbium; 2. ruberberum; 3. scamoneam.

* Prima [Pisces] tenet thimiama; 2. crocum; 3. sandalum album.

* 1. [Leo] tenet thus; 2. lignum balsum; 3. mir muscata.

* Prima [Virgo] sandalus; 2. crocum; 3. masticem.



And look what fumigation we give the first hour of the [Sol]; the same must you give all that day, and so likewise of others.



De suffumigationibus temporum */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



In primo tempore lignum aloes, thus, et crocum, in secundo tempore thimiama, id est armoniacum, costum, masticem, in tercio tempore sandalos, cassia et mirtum, in quarto tempore muscum succum et lignum balsami,





De suffumigationibus temporum



* In primo tempore lignum aloes, thus, et crocum.

* In secundo tempore thimiama, id est armoniacum, costum, masticem.

* In tertio tempore sandalos, cassia et mirtum.

* In quarto tempore muscum succum et lignum balsami.







De fumigationibus quatuor pertium mundi quatuer elementorum */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



In oriente parte et super ignem sunt ambra, [22r] muscus, et alba cera, in parte meredei, et terræ, sunt algalya, almea, et tyryaca, in occidentalii parte et in aere sunt balsamus, camphora, et olium olmarum, in septentrione et aqua sunt lignum aloes, nux muscata, et maceys */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





De fumigationibus quatuor pertium mundi quatuer elementorum



* In oriente parte et super ignem sunt ambra, muscus, et alba cera.

* In parte meredei, et terrae, sunt algalya, almea, et tyryaca.

* In occidentalii parte et in aere sunt balsamus, camphora, et olium olmarum.

* In septentrione et aqua sunt lignum aloes, nux muscata, et maceys.











The names of the angells that haue powr upon ye .7. dayes in the wicke and upon the .7. sterres and goethe upon the .7. heauens and other whyle in there chayers be these */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Capziel . satquiel . Samael . raphael . anael . l . Amael . Michael . et gabriel. and the powr of theys is that capziel is the power of sabaday .[Saturn]. satquiel of Zedet [sic] .[Jupiter]. samael of madin .[Mars]. raphael of hamina .[Sol]. anael of noga .[Venus]. michael of cocab .[Mercury]. and gabryel of labana .[Luna]. and euery wan of thes sitteth in his heauen. */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*

Nomina aeris in quatuor temporibus

in primo tempore dicitr ystana, in secundo .surail. in tertio . oadyon in quarto gulyon, et nomina angeloru~ qui habent potestatem in aere et super sunt hæc Raphael . guabryel . michael . cherubin . seraphyn . [22v] orchyne . pataceron . mycraton . sandalson . barachyel . rageyel . tobyell et nominabis . eos in omnibus rebus quæ facias in aere . et deo adiuuante prosperabis */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Nomina terræ in quatuor . temporibus anni in primo dicitur nyguedam in secundo yabassa . in tercio . tobell, in quarto . aradon, et angeli terræ sunt hæc */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Samael . yatayell . baranyell . oryell . arfanyel . tatgryel . danael . affaryell . pactryell . baell . byenyell . et nominabis hæc nomina angelorum super terram in his rebus quæ facis in terra, et deo adiu~ante prosperabis */*/*/*





[The names of the angels.]

The names of the angels that have power over the seven days of the week, and over the seven stars, and who go upon the seven heavens, and other while in their chairs be these.



Capziel, Satquiel, Samael, Raphael, Anael (or Annael), Michael, and Gabriel.



And the power of these is that Capziel is the power of Sabbathai (Saturn), Satquiel of Zedek (Jupiter), Samael of Madim (Mars), Raphael of Hamina (Sol), Anael of Nogah (Venus), Michael of Cocab (Mercury), and Gabryel of Labana (The Moon). And every one of these sits in his heaven.

Nomina aeris in quatuor temporibus



* In primo tempore dicitr ystana.

* In secundo, surail.

* In tertio, oadyon.

* In quarto gulyon,



Et nomina angelorum qui habent potestatem in aere et super sunt haec: Raphael, Guabriel, Michael, Cherubin, Seraphin, Orchyne, Pataceron, Mycraton, Sandalson, Barachyel, Rageyel, Tobyell, et nominabis . eos in omnibus rebus quae facias in aere . et deo adiuuante prosperabis.



Nomina terrae in quatuor . temporibus anni:



* In primo dicitur Nyguedam.

* In secundo, Yabassa.

* In tertio, Tobell.

* In quarto, Aradon.



Et angeli terrae sunt haec.



Samael, yatayell, baranyell, oryell, arfanyel, tatgryel, danael, affaryell, pactryell, baell, byenyell. Et nominabis haec nomina angelorum super terram in his rebus quae facis in terra, et deo adiu~ante prosperabis.



the names of the monthes be these */*/*/*



nisan . yar . mantanius . abelul . tysyryn . marquesnam . quislep . tobenor thus tebethe sabat . adar . postadar . postremus .





The names of the months are these:



Nisan, Iyar, mantanius, abelul, Tishrei, marquesnam, Kislev, Tevet, Shevat, Adar, postadar, postremus.



[Jewish month names are: Nisan, Iyar, Sivan, Tammuz, Av, Elul, Tishrei, Heshvan, Kislev, Tevet, Shevat, Adar. Compare with the list given below.]



The names of the potestates be these and they be .12. princes or rulors . that is one uppon euerye month of the .[moon]. and the rather is .oryel . sasuyell . amaryel . noryel . beraquiel . magnyuya . suryel . barfiell . adoniel . anael . gabryel . romyel . lacyel and euery of these [23r] hathe so many potestates or helpars more or greater as there be dayes in the monthe or many other seruantes of them.





The names of the potestates are these,



and they are twelve princes or rulers, that is, one for every month: Oriel, Sasuyell, Amariel, Noriel, Beraquiel, Magnyuya, Suriel, Barfiell, Adoniel, Anael, Gabriel, Romiel, Laciel.



And every one of these has as many potestates or helpers, more or greater as there are days in the month, or many other servants.



the names of the angells of the .12. monthes.



The names of the angells that be mighty and more mighty in the first monethe which is sayde nysan, be these . oryel . malaquiram . acya . zaziel . paltifur . yesmachia . yaryel . araton . robyca . sephatya . anaya . guesupales . seniquiel . sereryel . malquia . aricasom . pacyta . abdyel . ramasdon . cafiel . nascyasori . sugni . aszrus . sornadaf . admyel . necamya . caysaac . benyh . q~uor . adziryell .





The names of the angels of the twelve months.

The names of the angels that are mighty and more mighty in the first month, which is called Nisan, are these:



Oriel, Malaquiram, Acya, Zaziel, Paltifur, Yesmachia, Yariel, Araton, Robica, Sephatia, Anaya, Guesupales, Seniquiel, Sereriel . Malquia, Aricasom, Pacita, Abdiel, Ramasdon, Cafiel, Nascyasori, Sugni, Aszrus, Sornadaf, Admiel, Necamia, Caysaac, Benyh, Q~uor, Adziriell.



the names of the .2. monthe which is sayd yar in the language of hebrewe */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*



Safuelor . sasnyeil . santon . cartemat . alyel . paltnya . bargar . galmus . necpys . aarom . manyt . aadon . quenanel . quemon . rasegar . affrye . absamon . sarsall . aspyn . carbyel . regnya . athlas . nadys . abytasy . abytan . palylet . */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*





The names of the second month, which is called Iyar in the Hebrew language.



Safuelor, Sasnyeil, Santon, Cartemat, Aliel, Paltnia, Bargar, Galmus, Necpis, Aarom, Manit, Aadon, Quenanel, Quemon, Rasegar, Affrie, Absamon, Sarsall, Aspin, Carbiel, Regnia, Athlas, Nadis, Abitasi, Abitan, Palilet.



the names of the angells of the .3. monthe that is sayd */*/*/*/* sifan be these.



Amaryel . tabryell . casmuch . nastyfa . almur . naa= [23v] mab . mamica . zicaran . samysarach . naaseyn . andas . paltamus . abrys . borzac . saforac . yayat . dalya . azyger. nabsuf . abuifor . zenam . dersam . cefanya . maccasor . naboon . adyell . maasyell . szarzyr . tartalyon . adyysar .





The names of the angels of the third month that is called Sivan are these:



Amariel, Tabriell, Casmuch, Nastifa, Almur, Naamab, Mamica, Zicaran, Samisarach, Naasein, Andas, Paltamus, Abris, Borzac, Saforac, Yayat, Dalia, Aziger, Nabsuf, Abuifor, Zenam, Dersam, Cefania, Maccasor, Naboon, Adiell, Maasiell, Szarzir, Tartalion, Adyysar.



these be the names of ye angelles of ye .4. monthe yt is sayd thamuth



. noryel . safyda . asaf . mazica . sarsac . adryyaac . nagron . galuf . galgal . danroc . saracu . remafydda . lulyaraf . nedylar . tyaf . taanat . lafayel . genyda . nedyr . delqua . maadon . samyel . amrael . lezaydi . as . ohoc . nasyby . razyarsady . yadna . caspa . garytan . elysafan . pastama . maday .





These are the names of the angels of the fourth month, which is called Tammuz.



Noriel, Safida, Asaf, Mazica, Sarsac, Adryyaac, Nagron, Galuf, Galgal, Danroc, Saracu, Remafydda, Lulyaraf, Nedylar, Tyaf, Taanat, Lafayel, Genida, Nedir, Delqua, Maadon, Samiel, Amrael, Lezaydi, As, Ohoc, Nasyby, Razyarsady, Yadna, Caspa, Garitan, Elysafan, Pastama, Maday.



the names of the angells of the .5. monthe be these Ab



beraquyell or beraquyel . mãhy . or amarya . haya . byny . madrat . aman . tulyell . cossuro . fartis . nactif . nekyff . pegner . tablic . manuat . amasya . guatyell . reycat . gnynzy . palyel . gadeff . nesgnyraf . abrac . animiter . carnby . nachall . cabake loch . macrya . sase . essaf .





The names of the angels of the fifth month, called Av, are these:



Beraquiel, Manhy (or Amarya), Haya, Byny, Madrat, Aman, Tuliell, Cossuro, Fartis, Nactif, Nekyff, Pegner, Tablic, Manuat, Amasya, Guatiell, Reycat, Gnynzy, Paliel, Gadeff, Nesgnyraf, Abrac, Animiter, Carnby, Nachall, Cabake, Loch, Macria, Sase, Essaf.



these be the names of ye angells of the .6. monthe that is sayd elul.



manyny . arabyell . hanyell . nacery . yassar . rassy . boell . mathyall . naccameryf . zacdon . nafac . rapyon . saspy . salhy . rasersh . malquyell . sanytyell . yoas . gualaly . danpy . yamla . golum . zaszyell . satpach . nassa . myssyn . macratyf . dadyell . carcyell . effygmato */*/*





These are the names of the angels of the sixth month, which is called Elul.



Manyny, Arabiell, Haniell, Nacery, Yassar, Rassy, Boell, Mathiall, Naccameryf, Zacdon, Nafac, Rapion, Saspy, Salhy, Rasersh, Malquiell, Sanytiell, Yoas, Gualaly, Danpy, Yamla, Golum, Zasziell, Satpach, Nassa, Myssyn, Macratyf, Dadiell, Carciell, Effygmato.



these be the names of ye angells of the .7. monthe that is sayd tysyrin.

surgell or suryel . sarycam . guabryza . szncaryell . sabybyall . ytrnt . cullya . dadyel . marham . abercaysdon . sacdon . pagnlan . arsabon . asyramon . agnyel . sastyracnas . alt= [24r] ym . masulaef . salamyel . sascunyel . barcaran . yahnt . alycas . vlysacyaia . abry .





These are the names of the angels of the seventh month, which is called Tishrei..



Surgell (or suriel), Sarycam, Guabryza, Szncariell, Sabybiall, Ytrnt, Cullia, Dadiel, Marham, Abercaysdon, Sacdon, Pagnlan, Arsabon, Asyramon, Agniel, Sastyracnas, Altym, Masulaef, Salamiel, Sascuniel, Barcaran, Yahnt, Alycas, Vlysacyaia, Abry.



the names of the angells of the .8. monthe that is sayde marquesnan.

be these barbyts . or barfiell . tylzdyell . raamyell . nehubaell . alysaf . balyel . arzaf . rashyel . alson . naspyell . becar . palyel . elysu . aiguap . nacpas . sansany . aesal . maarym . sascy . yalsenac . mabynt . magdyell . saneinas . maalyel . arsafael . nanyseyorar . becabalaf . napybael . sucyel . nabnell . saryell . sodyel . marenell . palytam .





The names of the angels of the eighth month, which is called marquesnan [Heshvan], are these:



Barbits (or Barfiell), Tylzdiell, Raamiell, Nehubaell, Alysaf, Baliel, Arzaf, Rashiel, Alson, Naspiell, Becar, Paliel, Elysu, Aiguap, Nacpas, Sansany, Aesal, Maarym, Sascy, Yalsenac, Mabint, Magdiell, Saneinas, Maaliel, Arsafael, Nanyseyorar, Becabalaf, Napybael, Suciel, Nabnell, Sariell, Sodiel, Marenell, Palytam.



the names of the angells of the .9. monthe be these which is sayde quislep.*/*/*/*

edoniel . radyel . maduch . racyno . hyzy . maryel . azday . mandyel . gumyel . seryel . kery . sahaman . osmyn . sechyel . pazehemy . chalchyphay . gey . Idael . necad . mynael . arac . ararygugel . galnel . gimon . satuel . elynzy . baquylaguall





The names of the angels of the ninth month, which is called Kislev, are these:



Edoniel, Radiel, Maduch, Racino, Hyzy, Mariel, Azday, Mandiel, Gumiel, Seriel, Kery, Sahaman, Osmyn, Sechiel, Pazehemy, Chalchyphay, Gey, Idael, Necad, Mynael, Arac, Ararygugel, Galnel, Gimon, Satuel, Elynzy, Baquylaguall.



the names of the angells of the .10. monthe that is sayde thebeth be these.*/*/*

Anael . amyel . acyor . naclya . rapynes . raacpel . pacrel . halion . guanrynasnihe . aslaom . naspaya . neapry . sanihay . hasasylgason . gastaset . yfaryamy . man . polimas sarananuf . olyab . saryel . canel . razyell . pmla . nisquem . sarman . malysan . asyzat . marimoe .



the names of the angells of the .11. monthe which is sayd cyuanth be these.*/*/*

gabryel . ysrael . natryel . gaszyel . nassam . abrysaf . zefaell . zamyel . mamyel . talyel . myryel . sahinyel . guryel . samhyell . daryel . banorsasty . satymn . nasyel . ransyel . talguaf . lebrachiel . dalyell . gandryel . sahuhaf . myschyel .





The names of the angels of the tenth month, which is called Tevet, are these:



Anael, Amiel, Acior, Naclia, Rapines, Raacpel, Pacrel, Halion, Guanrynasnihe, Aslaom, Naspaya, Neapry, Sanihay, Hasasylgason, Gastaset, Yfaryamy, Man, Polimas, Sarananuf, Olyab, Sariel, Canel, Raziell, Pmla, Nisquem, Sarman, Malysan, Asyzat, Marimoe



The names of the angels of the eleventh month, which is called Shevat, are these:



Gabriel, Ysrael, Natriel, Gasziel, Nassam, Abrysaf, Zefaell, Zamiel, Mamiel, Taliel, Myriel, Sahiniel, Guriel, Samhiell, Dariel, Banorsasty, Satymn, Nasiel, Ransiel, Talguaf, Lebrachiel, Daliell, Gandriel, Sahuhaf, Myschiel.



the names of ye angells of the .12. monthe that is sayde adar be these.*/*/*



romyel . patyel . [24v] guryel . azryel . paamyel . cartyel . el . anunalbeh . parhaya . ysael . beryel . laell . tenebyel . panten . panteron . fanyel . falason . mancyel . pataron . labyel . ragael . cetabyel . nyazpatael .





The names of the angels of the twelfth month, which is called Adar, are these:



Romiel, Patiel, Guriel, Azriel, Paamiel, Cartiel, El, Anunalbeh, Parhaya, Ysael, Beriel, Laell, Tenebiel, Panten, Panteron, Faniel, Falason, Manciel, Pataron, Labiel, Ragael, Cetabiel, Nyazpatael.



the names of the angells of the .13. moneth yt is sayde büsextilis which is sayde adar the laste in marche be these,



lacyel or lantyel . ardyel . nosmyel . ardyel . celydael . amyel . malquyel . gabalyel . susuagos . barylaguy . yabtasyper . magos . sangos . yayell . yel . yasmyel . steluyel . garasyn . ceyabgos . sacadyel . garacap . gabanael . tamtyel .





The names of the angels of the thirteenth month, which is called Büsextilis, which is called Adar the last in March, are these:



Laciel (or Lantiel), Ardiel, Nosmiel, Ardiel, Celydael, Amiel, Malquiel, Gabaliel, Susuagos, Barylaguy, Yabtasyper, Magos, Sangos, Yayell, Yel, Yasmiel, Steluiel, Garasyn, Ceyabgos, Sacadiel, Garacap, Gabanael, Tamtiel.



the names of ye dayes of the wicke wt there angells stronge and mighty upon euery daye, and euery won in his daye .

the names of ye angells that seruithe in the daye of [Sol] be these.



danyel . olyeyll . saffyell . dargoyeyll . yelbrayeyell . cemaguyll . gebarbaya . faceyeyll . caram . neyeyll . talgylueyl . bethtaez . raneyl . salha . hyeyll . armaquieyeyll . romayl . gybryll . zemayl . mychaze . zarsayeyll . amayl . antorayeyll . ronayeyll . reniayeyll . barhyl . marhyll . rarorhyll . merhyll . zarafyll . zarayll . an . quyhym . ceytatynyn . eznyah . vehych . dunedryneylyn . yedemkyeyl . esmaadyn . elbedagrin . zamaanel . yocaleme . detryeyll . aryeyl . arnaeyll . veremedyn . vnaraxidyn .





The names of the days of the week with their angels, strong and mighty upon every day, and every one in his day.

the names of the angels that serve in the day of [Sol] are these:



Daniel, Olyeill, Saffiell, Dargoyeill, Yelbrayeiell, Cemaguill, Gebarbaya, faceyeill, Caram, Neyeill, Talgylueil, Bethtaez, Raneil, Salha, Hyeill, Armaquieyeill, Romail, Gybrill, Zemail, Mychaze, Zarsayeill, Amail, Antorayeill, Ronayeill, Reniayeill, barhil, Marhill, Rarorhill, Merhill, Zarafill, Zaraill, An, Quyhim, Ceytatinin, Ezniah, Vehich, Dunedryneylin, Yedemkieil, Esmaadin, Elbedagrin, Zamaanel, Yocaleme, Detryeill, Aryeil, Arnaeill, Veremedin, Vnaraxidin.



these be the angells in the daye of the [Luna]



semhazylyn . semyhylym . yasrozyn . agrasnydyn . aymsylyn . cathneylyn . alrasachysyn . abrachasyn . layralosyn . lang [25r] hasyn . anaenym . niangaroryn . aezonyn . montazyn . labelas . mafatyn . feya . rachyn . cadanagyn . laeradonyn . caffrnbryn . bachramyn . varthalyn . amnanyneylyn . hacoylyn . balganaychyn . aryeylyn . badeylyn . abranoryn . tarmanydyn . amdalysyn .sahgragynyn . adyanienyn . sacstoyeyn . latebayfanysyn . caybeinynyn . nabyalyn . cyzamanyn . abramacyn . laryagathyn . bofealyquyn . bayealadyn . gasoryn . asaphyn . daryenyn . macnayelyn . gomraoryn . marybyn . yebyryn . arylyn . faryelyn . nepenyelyn . banyelyn . astyeylyn . ceradadyn .





These are the angels in the day of the [Luna]



Semhazylin, Semyhylim, Yasrozin, Agrasnydin, Aymsylin, Cathneylin, Alrasachysin, Abrachasin, Layralosin, Lang, Hasin, Anaenim, Niangarorin, Aezonin, Montazin, Labelas, Mafatin, Feya, Rachin, Cadanagin, Laeradonin, Caffrnbrin, Bachramin, Varthalin, Amnanyneylin, Hacoylin, Balganaychin, Aryeylin, Badeylin, Abranorin, Tarmanydin, Amdalysin, Sahgragynin, Adyanienin, Sacstoyein, Latebayfanisin, Caybeininin, Nabyalin, Cyzamanin, Abramacin, Laryagathin, Bofealyquin, Bayealadin, Gasorin, Asaphin, Daryenin, Macnayelin, Gomraorin, Marybin, Yebirin, Arilin, Faryelin, Nepenyelin, Banyelin, Astyeilin, Ceradadin.



these be the angells that serue in ye daye of [Mars].



samayelyn . tartalyn . doppeyl . racyelyn . farabyn . cabyn . asymolyn . mabareylyn . tralyeylyn . rubbelyn . marmaryn . tafanyelyn . fuheylyn . ruffar . aneylyn . rabsylyn . eralyn . pyrteplyn . brofylyn . cacyrylyn . naffreynyn . nupuryn . raffylyn . nyrylyn . nyenyolyn . nybyryn . celabryll . tubeylyn . haayn . veyn . paafyryn . cetenoylyn . letytyeylyn . rarafeyll . canueyl . bastaylyn . costyryn . montyelyn . albylyn . parachbeyll . alyeyll . vaceyll . zalcycyll . amadyell . vsararyeyll . lyncodoneyl . daffrypeyl . vnlylyn . carfzoneyll . gronyeyll . gabrynyn . narbeyll .





These are the angels that serve in the day of [Mars]:



Samayelin, Tartalin, Doppeil, Racyelin, Farabin, Cabin, Asymolin, Mabareilin, Tralyeilin, Rubbelin, Marmarin, Tafanyelin, Fuheilin, Ruffar, Aneilin, Rabsilin, Eralin, Pyrteplin, Brofilin, Cacyrilin, Naffreinin, Nupurin, Raffilin, Nyrilin, Nyenyolin, Nybirin, Celabrill, Tubeilin, Haain, Vein, Paafirin, Cetenoilin, Letytyeilin, Rarafeill, Canueil, Bastailin, Costirin, Montyelin, Albilin, Parachbeill, Alyeill, Vaceill, Zalcicill, Amadiell, Vsararieill, Lyncodoneil, Daffripeil, Vnlilin, Carfzoneill, Gronieill, Gabrinin, Narbeill.



the names of ye angells that serue in ye daye of [Mercury] be these.



michael . beerel . dafngel . aryhyryel . boel . baryel . meryel . amyel . aol . semeol . aaen . beryon . saryno~ . keineryon . feynon . aneynyn . zamazynyn . cananyn . aall . merygall . pegal . gabal . veal . aum= [25v] eal . faranyeal . gebyn . carybyfyn . autarylyn . metorylyn . nabyafsyn . fysfyn . barsslylyn . caruphylyn . danyturla . fenyturla . geumyturla . amya . alnamya . tabynya . nafya . myacha . tyagra . bec . alacaorynyll . benenonyll .





The names of the angels that serve in the day of [Mercury] be these.



Michael, Beerel, Dafngel, Aryhyriel, Boel, Bariel, Meriel, Amiel, Aol, Semeol, Aaen, Berion, Sarinon, Keinerion, Feynon, Aneinin, Zamazinin, Cananin, Aall, Merygall, Pegal, Gabal, Veal, Aumeal, Faranyeal, Gebin, Caribifin, Autarilin, Metorilin, Nabyafsin, Fysfin, Barsslilin, Caruphilin, Danyturla, Fenyturla, Geumyturla, Amia, Alnamia, Tabinia, Nafia, Myacha, Tyagra, Bec, Alacaorinill, Benenonill.



ye names of ye angells in ye daye of [Jupiter] be these.



satquyel . ahyell . yebel . anenyel . Jumyel . Junyel . amyel . fanyel . ramuel . sanfael . saccynyel . galbyel . lafyel . ,azyel . ymraell . memyell . paryel . pamhynyel . toupyel . ambanyel . omyell . orfyell . ael . hearel . memyel . ynel . syumelyel . tranfyel . mefenyel . antquyel . quisyell . cumyryel . rofynyel . rubyeyel . beell . baryel . cheduryel .





The names of the angels in the day of [Jupiter] are these:



Satquiel, Ahyell, Yebel, Aneniel, Jumiel, Juniel, Amiel, Faniel, Ramuel, Sanfael, Sacciniel, Galbiel, Lafiel, Maziel (?), Ymraell, Memiell, Pariel, Pamhiniel, Toupiel, Ambaniel, Omiell, Orfiell, Ael, Hearel, Memiel, Ynel, Syumeliel, Tranfiel, Mefeniel, Antquiel, Quisiell, Cumiriel, Rofiniel, Rubyeiel, Beell, Bariel, Cheduriel.



the names of the angells of ye daye of [Venus] be these.



hasuayeyl . barneyeyl . verday . heyll . alzeyeyll . szeyeyll . bacapel . zelfayeyll . morayeyll . borayeyll . alpheyeyll . arobylyn . canofylyn . ourylyn . zaryalyn . marylyn . bacoraye . kolfayelyn . azrayeylyn . ambayeyryn . mayeylyn . cabueyryn . alseyryn . asueyryn . alneyryn . nenanryn . rayoryn . orynyn . gedulyn . hareryn . namylyn . halylyn . hymeylyn . reffylyn . narraabylyn . hahyeylyn . landelyn . esfylyn . thefelyn . patnelyn . keyalyn . naylyn . leyrayell . ablayeyll . talraylanrayn . barkalyn . bahoraelyn .





The names of the angels of the day of [Venus] are these:



Hasuayeil, Barneyeil, Verday, Heill, Alzeyeill, Szeyeill, Bacapel, Zelfayeill, Morayeill, Borayeill, Alpheyeill, Arobilin, Canofilin, Ourilin, Zaryalin, Marilin, Bacoraye, Kolfayelin, Azrayeilin, Ambayeirin, Mayeilin, Cabueirin, Alseirin, Asueirin, Alneirin, Nenanrin, Rayorin, Orinin, Gedulin, Harerin, Namilin, Halilin, Hymeilin, Reffilin, Narraabilin, Hahyeilin, Landelin, Esfilin, Thefelin, Patnelin, Keyalin, Nailin, Leyraiell, Ablayeill, Talraylanrain, Barkalin, Bahoraelin.



ye names of ye angells in ye daye of [Saturn] be these.



myeraton . pacrifon . polypon . capeyell . ehenyton . alfyton . cheryon . sandalson . panyon . almyon . erpyon . paxon . calyrxon . horryon . melyson . unryon . tonelyn . refaebylyon . monyteon . bornaylon . paxylon . lelalyon . onoxyon . quybon . quyron . vyxasmyon . relyon . cassylon . tyfonyon . muryon . degyon . dapsyon . lenayon . orleunyon . foylyon . monychyon . [26r] gabyon . paxonyon . pynsylon . lepyron . loeloon . saron . salyon . pyon . nargeron . aaron . selyypon . pinmybron . raconcall . zelybron .





The names of the angels in the day of [Saturn] are these:



Myeraton, Pacrifon, Polypon, Capeiell, Eheniton, Alfiton, Cherion, Sandalson, Panion, Almion, Erpion, Paxon, Calirxon, Horrion, Melison, Unrion, Tonelin, Refaebilion, Moniteon, Bornailon, Paxilon, Lelalion, Onoxion, Quibon, Quiron, Vixasmion, Relion, Cassilon, Tifonion, Murion, Degion, Dapsion, Lenaion, Orleunion, Foilion, Monichion, Gabion, Paxonion, Pinsilon, Lepiron, Loeloon, Saron, Salion, Pion, Nargeron, Aaron, Selyypon, Pinmibron, Raconcall, Zelibron.



ffinis */*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*/*











Finis









Before that these .3. prayers folowinge be sayd ouer the bloude ye must go towardes Ierusalem that Is estwarde and ye must saye ouer the bloud ye exorcisme that Is sayd ouer ye salte that Is putt Into haly water, and that must be sayd .3. but that ye names must be changed thus. I exorcyse the o yu creature of bloude, In the styde of ye creature of salte, which god commaundyd by salomon to be putt In to ye seale, In ye stide of which god commaundid by his prophet helyzeus to be putt Into water and so forthe of the resydewe, and this exorcysme thus sayd .3. with astole abowt thy neke the~ saye the prayers folowing thryse that donne ye bloude shall be consecrated and mete for the seale.





[CXXXVII 20-22]



This introductory paragraph to the rite of exorcism of blood is "discussed but not given in full" in the Latin manuscripts (Hedegård, p. 17). Also, the Latin manuscripts mention only salt, not substituting blood.



Before that, these three prayers following must be said over the blood. You must go [=face] towards Jerusalem, that is, Eastward, and you must say over the blood the exorcism that is [also] said over the salt which is put into holy water. And that must be said three [times], except that the names must be changed thus, "I exorcise thee O thou creature of blood", instead of "... thou creature of salt," which God commanded by Solomon to be put into the seal, instead of which God commanded by his prophet Helyzeus to be put into water, and so forth of the rest, and this exorcism thus said three [times], with a stole [=scarf] about your neck, then say the prayers following thrice. That done, the blood shall be consecrated, and meet [=suitable] for the seal.



Compare the following exorcism with that in Scot, Discovery of Witchcraft Book 15, chapter 15.



Exorcizo te creatura sanguis + per deum vivum + per deum verum + per deum sanctum + per deum qui Salomonen In eius deuinam Sigillum primum In ssic: vt sanaretur sterilitas Sanguis efficiaris exorcizatum In salutem credencium: et sis omnibus te Sumentibus Sanitas anime et corporis et effugiat atque desendat ab Iste sanguine omnia samasia et nequita vel versucia diabolice fraudis: omnisque spiritus In mundus adiuratus per eum qui venturus est Iudicare vivos et mortuos et seculum per Ignem. Amen.



Exorcizo te creatura Sanguis que In nomine + Dei patris omnipotentis et In nomine + [26v] Iesu xpi filii eius dni nostri, et In virtute Sps Sancti, vt fias Sanguine exorcizate ad effugandam omnem potestatem Inimiel et Ipsum Inimicum eradicare et explantare valeas cum angelis Suis apostaticis, per virtutem eiusdem dni nostri + Iesu xpi qui vnturus est Iudicare vivos et mortuos et Seculum per Ignem. Amen. * * * *



O Inuisyble god, O Inestymable god, O Ineffable god, O Incommutable god, O Incorrvptyble GOD, O most mercyfull god, O most Swettest god, O Highe and gloryous god. O god of Infynite mercye, I althought vnworthe Synner full of Iniquyt deceyte And malyce most Humbly come unto thy mercy prayinge and beseching the not to haue respecte to all & Innumerable myn Iniquytes, but even As yu arte wonte to haue mercye upon Synners, and to here ye prayers of ye Humble and meke, even so I beseche ye to vouchsaffe to here me thy Seruant althoughe vnworthy yet calling vnto ye ffor ye blessinge And consecrating of this bludd thy creature that It maye be made apte and worthy ffor ye ynke of thy most precyous and Holy Seale and of thy name . SememphoraS . so yt It maye haue ye aptnes and metenes whith It ought to haue by thy most Holy name, which Is written with .4. letters . Joth . He . vau . Deleth . Agla . eloy . yayin . theos . Deus . which being harde all celestyall terrestryall and Infernall creatures doo tremble feare & [27r] worship It, and by thyes thy most Holy names . on . Alpha et omega . principium . el . ely . eloe . eloy . elyon . Sother . emanuel . Sabaoth . Adonay . egge . ya . ya . ye . this creature of bludd may be blessyd preparyd and made apte ffor ye ynke of thy Holy seale and of thy most Holy name . SememphoraS . which Is blessyd worlde with owt ende . Amen .











Exorcizo te creatura sanguis + per deum vivum + per deum verum + per deum sanctum + per deum qui Salomonem in eius diuinam Sigillum primum in ssic: ut sanaretur sterilitas Sanguis efficiaris exorcizatum in salutem credentium: ut sis omnibus te sumentibus sanitas animae et corporis et effugiat atque disendat ab iste sanguine omnia samasia et nequitia vel versutia diabolicae fraudis: omnisque spiritus in mundus adiuratus per eum, qui venturus est iudicare vivos et mortuos et seculum per ignem. Amen.



Exorcizo te creatura Sanguis que In nomine + Dei patris omnipotentis et In nomine + Iesu Christi filii eius domini nostri, et in virtute Spiritus Sancti, ut fias sanguine exorcizate ad effugandam omnem potestatem inimiel et ipsum inimicum eradicare et explantare valeas cum angelis suis apostaticis, per virtutem eiusdem domini nostri + Iesu Christi qui vnturus est iudicare vivos et mortuos et seculum per ignem. Amen.



[CXXXVII 1-19]



O Invisible God, O Inestimable God, O Ineffable God, O Incommutable God, O Incorruptible God, O most mercifull God, O most Sweet God, O High and Glorious God. O God of infinite mercy, I, although an unworthy sinner, full of iniquity, deceit, and malice, most humbly come to your mercy, praying and beseeching you not to have respect to all and innumerable mine iniquities, but even as you are wont to have mercy upon sinners, and to hear the prayers of the humble and meek, even so I beseech you to vouchsafe to hear me, your servant, although unworthy, yet calling unto you for the blessing and consecrating of this blood, your creature, that it may be made apt and worthy for the ink of your most precious and Holy Seal, and of your name Schemhamphoras, so that it may have the aptnes and meteness which it ought to have by your most holy name, which is written with four letters, Joth, He, Vau, Daleth, Agla, Eloy, Yayin, Theos, Deus, which being heard all celestial, terrestrial, and infernal creatures do tremble, fear, and worship it. And by these your most holy names, On, Alpha and Omega, Principium, El, Ely, Eloe, Eloy, Elion, Sother, Emmanuel, Sabaoth, Adonay, Egge, Ya, Ya, Ye, may this creature of blood be blessed, prepared, and made apt for the ink of your holy seal, and of your most holy name, Schemhamphoras, which is blessed, world without end. Amen.







Another prayer ffor the Same



O good Iesu christ ffor thy Ineffable mercy Spare me and haue mercy upon me and here me now thorow the Invocatyon of the name of the Holy trynyte the father the Sonne and the Holy goste and that yu woldest accept and take In good worthe the prayers and wordes of my mouthe, by the Invocatyon of thy .100. Hooly names that Is to Saye . AglA monhon . tetragramaton . olydeus . Ocleiste . Amphinethon . lamtara . Ianemyer . Saday . Hely . Horlon . portenthymon . Ihelur . Gofgamep . emanuel . On . Admyhel . Honzmorp . Ioht . Hofob . Rasamarathon . Anethi . erihona . Iuestre . Saday . maloht . Sethœ . elscha . Abbadaia . Alpha et omega . leiste . Oristyon . Ieremon . Hosb . merkernon . elzephares . egyryon . betha . Ombonar . Stymulamathon . Orion . eryon . noymos . peb . nathanothasy . theon . ysyston . porho . Rothon . lethellethe . ysmas . Adonay . Athionadabir . Onoytheon . Hosga . leyndra . nosulaceps . tutheon . Gelemoht . paraclitus . Occymomyon . erchothas . abracio . anepheneton . Abdon . melche . Sother . usiryon . baruch . Sporgongo . Genonem . messyas . pantheon . zabuather . Rabarmas . Yskyros . Kyryos . Gelon . Hel . Rethel . nathi . Ymeynlethon . Karex . Sabaoth . Sallaht . cirhos . Opyron . nomygon . Oryhel . theos . ya . Horha . christus . Holbeke . tosgac . Occymomos . elyorem . [27v] Heloy . Archyna . rabur . humbly & faythfully beseching the althoughe unworthe yet trusting In ye that yu woldest sanctefy & blesse this bloude by thy most Holy names afforsayd, & by this na~e . Sememphoras . of .72. letters that by ye power Holynes and vertue of ye same na~es & by yi deuyne mighte & power this bloude maye be co~secrated, blyssed, & strengthed by ye vertu of yi most Holy bodye & bloude yt It may haue ye vertue & aptnes which it oughte to haue wt out any discet, yt it maye be worthy to wrighte yi Holy seale yt it may haue ye effecte which it ought to haue thorow or lorde Iesus which syttethe in ye hyghest to whome be honor prayse & glorye worlde wt owt ende Amen.









Another prayer for the same.



O good Jesus Christ, for your ineffable mercy, spare me and have mercy upon me and hear me now through the invocation of the name of the Holy Trinity, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, and that you would accept and take in good worth the prayers and words of my mouth, by the invocation of your one hundred holy names, that is to saye, Agla, Monhon, Tetragrammaton, Olydeus, Ocleiste, Amphinethon, Lamtara, Ianemyer, Saday, Hely, Horlon, Portenthymon, Ihelur, Gofgamep, Emmanuel, On, Admihel, Honzmorp, Ioht, Hofob, Rasamarathon, Anethi, Erihona, Iuestre, Saday, Maloht,. Sethoe, Elscha, Abbadaia, Alpha et Omega, Leiste, Oristion, Ieremon, Hosb, Merkernon, Elzephares, Egirion, Betha, Ombonar, Stimulamathon, Orion, Erion, Noimos, Peb, Nathanothasy, Theon, Ysiston, Porho, Rothon, Lethellethe, Ysmas, Adonay, Athionadabir, Onoytheon, Hosga, Leyndra, Nosulaceps, Tutheon, Gelemoht, Paraclitus, Occymomion, Erchothas, Abracio, Anepheneton, Abdon, Melche, Sother, Usirion, Baruch, Sporgongo, Genonem, Messias, Pantheon, Zabuather, Rabarmas, Iskiros, Kyrios, Gelon, Hel, Rethel, Nathi, Ymeinlethon, Karex, Sabaoth, Sallaht, Cirhos, Opiron, Nomigon, Orihel, Theos, Ya, Horha, Christus, Holbeke, Tosgac, Occimomos, Eliorem, Heloy, Archina, Rabur. humbly and faithfully beseeching you, although unworthy yet trusting in you that you would sanctify and bless this blood by your most holy names aforesaid, and by this name Schemhamphoras of seventy-two letters, that by the power, holiness, and virtue of the same names and by your divine might and power this blood may be consecrated, blessed, and strengthed by the virtue of your most holy body and blood, that it may have the virtue and aptness which it ought to have without any discet (?), that it may be worthy to write your holy seal, that it may have the effect which it ought to have through our Lorde Jesus, who sits in the highest, to whom be honor, praise, and glory, world without end. Amen.







:::::the blessing of It:::::



God the father blesse ye God ye sonne blesse ye God ye Holy gost blesse ye Hooly marye mother of or lorde Iesu christ maye blesse & Sanctefy ye, o bloude yt yu mayst Haue ye mighte and power of a sacrament In wryting of ye Seale of God. All Holy virgins maye blesse ye this, Daye & euer. All ye Holy & electe of God and All ye celestyall powers maye blesse the and confyrme and Strengthen the, All Angells and Archangells vertues, principates, potestates, thrones, and domynatyo~s, cherubin & Seraphin by ye auchtoryte & lycency of god may blesse ye, by ye marytes & all ye prayers of thy sayntes O lorde Iesu christ yt yu woldest blesse + sanctyfy + & consecrate + this bloude & strengthe~ it, by thy almighty powr, & yt thy seale yt shall herewt be wrytte~ may haue ye power which it oughte to haue & for yt purpose & intent for ye which it is ordeyned thorow or lord Iesu christ whose reygne & empyre dothe contynew worlde wt owt ende. Amen :::::





The blessing of it.



God the Father bless you, God the Son bless you, God the Holy Ghost bless you. May Holy Mary mother of our Lord Jesus Christ bless and sanctify you, Oh blood, that you may have the might and power of a sacrament in writing of the Seal of God. May all holy virgins bless you this day and ever. May all the holy and elect of God, and all the celestial powers bless you, and confirm and strengthen you. May all angels and archangels, virtues, principates, potestates, thrones, and dominations, cherubin, and seraphin, by the authority and license of God, bless you, by the merits and all the prayers of your saints, O Lord Jesus Christ, that you would bless + sanctify + and consecrate + this blood, and strengthen it, by your almighty power, and that your seal that shall herewith be written may have the power which it ought to have, and for that purpose and intent for the which it is ordained through our Lord Jesus Christ, whose reign and empire does continue, world without end. Amen.


COMMENTS

-






COMPANY
REQUEST HELP
CONTACT US
SITEMAP
REPORT A BUG
UPDATES
LEGAL
TERMS OF SERVICE
PRIVACY POLICY
DMCA POLICY
REAL VAMPIRES LOVE VAMPIRE RAVE
© 2004 - 2024 Vampire Rave
All Rights Reserved.
Vampire Rave is a member of 
Page generated in 0.269 seconds.
X
Username:

Password:
I agree to Vampire Rave's Privacy Policy.
I agree to Vampire Rave's Terms of Service.
I agree to Vampire Rave's DMCA Policy.
I agree to Vampire Rave's use of Cookies.
•  SIGN UP •  GET PASSWORD •  GET USERNAME  •
X